HomeMy WebLinkAbout12ci MOTION - ROTOLO PARK IMPROVEMENTS COUNCIL COMMUNICATION
TO: Mayor and Council
FROM: Adrian Torres, Brad Anderson, Christina Underhill, Gina Olberding
DEPARTMENT: Parks, Recreation & Library
DATE: October 6, 2025
SUBJECT: Motion - Parks and Recreation Bond Project Contract Approvals
DESCRIPTION:
Parks and Recreation staff will present the proposed contract for the Rotolo Park Construction.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval, by motion, construction contract for Rotolo Park Enhancements.
PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION:
Past bond issues include a 2001 bond for $5,810,000 and a 2002 bond for $6,990,000.
Both issues were refinanced in 2010 and financed through property taxes. The
ordinance stated that the bond funds would be expended on improvements to the Malley
and Recreation Centers, the construction of the Aquatic Center (Pirates Cove), and Park
improvements. The bonds were paid off on December 1, 2023.
April 24, 2024, study session, the Parks and Recreation Bond proposal was initially
presented at the Council Study Session.
June 20, 2023 Magellan Strategies presented Parks and Recreation Bond Measure
survey findings at the Council Study Session.
March 4, 2024, study session, the Parks and Recreation Bond proposal was presented,
along with an update on projects.
June 3, 2024, study session, Parks and Recreation staff presented the need for the
bond, with direction requested for the projects and GO Bond. On June 10, 2024, council
members were requested to complete a survey to determine what potential projects
could be included in the 2024 GO Parks and Recreation Bond.
June 24, 2024, Council reviewed the proposed projects for the Parks and Recreation
General Obligation (GO) Bond initiative. Based on community feedback and further
deliberations, the Council directed staff to adjust the proposed projects to include a
Community Pool at Miller Park and provide more information on the community pool at
the July 15, 2024, study session.
July 15, 2024, study session, the staff provided more information on a community pool at
Miller Park. The Council decided that the cost would be prohibitive.
July 22, 2024, Calling Special Election, Authorizing Agreement, and setting Parks Bond
Ballot Question for November Election.
August 5, 2024, Calling Special Election, Authorizing Agreement, and setting Parks
Bond Ballot Question for November Election.
December 2, 2024, Council approved on first reading, the Mill Levy Ordinance for the
General Obligation Parks and Recreation Bond
Page 769 of 1257
December 16, 2024, Council approved on second reading, the Mill levy ordinance for the
General Obligation (GO) Parks and Recreation Bond.
March 17, 2025, Council authorized the issuance of Parks and Recreation General
Obligation Bonds.
May 19, 2025, Council approved by motion, the design contracts for the following bond
projects: Miller Park, Englewood Recreation Center, Pirates Cove, and the construction
contract for Cushing Park.
September 15, 2025, Council approved by motion, the construction contract for Emerson
Park Enhancements and the design contract for Belleview Park.
SUMMARY:
On November 5, 2024, Englewood voters approved Ballot Issue No. 2C, enabling the city to
issue $41.5 million in General Obligation Bonds designated for parks and recreation
improvements. In 2025, an request for proposal (RFP) process for Rotolo Park Enhancements
took place and Elite Industries was the highest scored contractor and lowest bid.
ANALYSIS:
On July 3, 2025, the City issued Request for Proposal (RFP) No. 25-031 for Rotolo Park
Enhancements. Two proposals were received in response. Following a comprehensive
evaluation process by the City's selection committee, Elite Industries was identified as the
highest-ranked proposer, offering both the lowest cost and the highest overall score.
As part of the project, Elite Industries will provide a comprehensive scope of work, including
demolition, site preparation, erosion control, concrete and surfacing improvements, irrigation
restoration, restroom construction, installation of site furnishings, landscaping, and sod
replacement.
COUNCIL ACTION REQUESTED:
Staff recommends that Council approve, by motion, a contract with Elite Industries in the
amount of $938,858 to provide construction services at Rotolo Park
FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS:
The bond Capital Fund is 35-1300 with a total of $41.5 million. The cost breakdown is as
follows:
$755,000 is budgeted for the construction of Rotolo Park: 35-1300-009 and $3,000,000 is
budgeted for Irrigation Updates: 35-1300-001
35-1300-009: $713,031
35-1300-001: $225,827
Total: $938,858
CONNECTION TO STRATEGIC PLAN:
Safety - Protecting our citizens, infrastructure, and environment by providing safe parks and
recreation facilities.
Infrastructure - Updating, improving, and investing in the City's infrastructure.
Sustainability - Improving water use in parks
Page 770 of 1257
Community Wellbeing- Providing places and spaces the Englewood community can enjoy and
improve their quality of life.
OUTREACH/COMMUNICATIONS:
A variety of methods have been and will continue to be utilized to market the projects related to
the bond.
Print: Citizen magazine story, handouts for outreach events, utility bill insert, postcards
Community: Sandwich boards at recreation centers, in-person events, Neighborhood nights,
Englewood Ambassadors booths, and community message boards. A variety of methods have
been and will continue to be utilized to market the projects related to the bond.
Online: Webpage highlighting the projects (Englewood Engaged), FAQs, short-form videos,
social media campaign, emailed newsletters.
ATTACHMENTS:
Contract Approval Summary Rotolo
Award Recommendation RFP-25-031
CFC-25-210 Rotolo Park Enhancements Redacted
Page 771 of 1257
City of Englewood, Colorado
CONTRACT APPROVAL SUMMARY
Contract Number CFC-25-210 Rotolo Park Enhancements
City Contact Information:
Staff Contact Person Adrian Torres Phone 303-762-2538
Title Open Space Manager Email atorres@englewoodco.gov
Summary of Terms:
Original Contract Amount $938,858 Start Date 10/6/2025
Amendment Amount $-End Date 10/6/2026
Amended Contract Amount Total Term in Years 1.00
Renewal options available
Payment terms
(please describe terms or
attached schedule if based
on deliverables)
Vendor Contact Information:
Name Elite Industries Contact Brad Bensko
Address 535 S Gilbert Street Phone 970-980-5581
Email brad@eliteindustriesinc.com
Castle Rock CO 80104
City State Zip Code
Contract Type:
Please select from the drop down list CFC-Contract for Construction
Descripiton of Contract Work/Services
Elite Industries will provide the following professional services for Rotolo Park: Demolition and removal of sidewalk concrete, sod stripping, disposal and
hauling of waste materials. Tree protection and erosion control. Site preparation and minor grading. Concrete flatwork, crusher fines, and other
surfacing improvements. Irrigation restoration. Restroom construction, miscellaneous site furnishings and sod replacement. Enhancements are
anticipated to be finished by September 1, 2026, depending on the restroom lead time.
Procurement Justification of Contract Work/Services
CFC-25-210 Rotolo Park Enhancements. Based on their proposal and interview, Procurement recommneds awarding a contract to Elite Industries. Elite
can fulfill the solicitation's needs. Elite's team understands the City's requirements, the defined scope of work, and is well-structured. Its expereinced
project manager has extensive knowledge of park construction servies. Two bids were received, and Elite was the low bid.
Budget Authorization of Contract Work/Services
On November 5, 2024, the voters of Englewood approved Ballot Issue No. 2C, allowing the City to issue $41,500,000 in General Obligation Bonds. These
funds are designated for improving, repairing, equipping, and upgrading the City’s parks and recreation facilities (collectively referred to as “Parks
Improvements”). December 2, 2024, Council approved on first reading, the Mill Levy Ordinance for the General Obligation Parks and Recreation Bond
December 16, 2024, Council approved on second reading, the Mill levy ordinance for the General Obligation (GO) Parks and Recreation Bond.
Page 772 of 1257
Source of Funds:
CAPITAL ONLY Item A B C D 1=A-B-C-D
Capital Tyler New World Budgeted?Spent To Encumbrance Contract Budget
Operating Year Project # / Task #Fund Division Account Project Description YES / NO Budget Date (Outstanding PO)Amount Remaining
Capital 2025 35-1300-009 Rotolo Park YES $755,000 $-$-$713,031 $41,969
Capital 2025 35-1300-001 Irrigation Updates $3,000,000 $98,406 $20,547 $225,827 $2,655,220
$-$-$-
$-$-$-
O $-$-$-$-$-
Total Current Year $3,755,000 $98,406 $20,547 $938,858 $2,697,189
C $-$-$-$-$-
C $-$-$-$-$-
O $-$-$-$-$-
O $-$-$-$-$-
O $-$-$-$-$-
Total - Year Two $-$-$-$-$-
GRAND TOTAL $3,755,000 $98,406 $20,547 $938,858 $2,697,189
NOTES/COMMENTS (if needed):
For Operating Line Item Detail, please review information provided in OpenGov
For Capital Items, please review Prior Month's Project Status and Fund Balance Report
Process for Choosing Contractor:
Solicitation Name and Number:
Attachment (For Capital Items Only / Expense Line Item Detail is Located in OpenGov):
All Other Attachments:
PLEASE NOTE:
City Council Approval Required for the following:
- Budgeted Contracts or Agreements greater than $250,000
- Non-Budgeted Contracts or Agreements greater than $125,000
Solicitation Evaluation Summary/Bid Tabulation Attached
Prior Month-End Project Status and Fund Balance Report
Evaluation Summary/Bid Tabulation AttachedEvaluation Summary/Bid Tabulation AttachedEvaluation Summary/Bid Tabulation AttachedContract
Copy of Original Contract if this is an Amendment
Copies of Related Contracts/Conveyances/Documents
Addendum(s)
Exhibit(s)
Certificate of Insurance
City of Englewood, Colorado
CONTRACT APPROVAL SUMMARY
Page 773 of 1257
Updated February 2025
AWARD RECOMMENDATION MEMORANDUM
PROJECT INFORMATION
Solicitation: RFP-25-031 ROTOLO PARK ENHANCEMENTS
Department: PRLG, Open Spaces
Procurement Agent: Trudi Peepgrass
Project Manager: Adrian Torres/Tim Holt
Date: August 22, 2025
AWARD RECOMMENDATION
Procurement recommends awarding the contract to Elite Industries based on their proven
capability to meet the requirements of the solicitation. Elite Industries has demonstrated a
comprehensive understanding of the City’s objectives, the defined scope of work, and has
assembled a well-qualified team led by an experienced project manager with extensive expertise
in landscape and irrigation services.
Elite Industries has previously provided services for the City, delivering projects on schedule,
within budget, and with consistently high-quality results. Their performance history and depth of
knowledge position them as the best value choice for this award.
Page 774 of 1257
Updated February 2025
BACKGROUND
Solicitation Details: Date Posted July 3, 2025
Prebid Conference, if applicable July 16, 2025 @ 9:00am
Question Acceptance Deadline July 18, 2025
Date Closed July 31, 2025
Contractor Submittals: DesignScapes Colorado Inc.
Elite Industries Inc.
CONTRACT TERM
This contract will be for an initial one-year term. Construction is anticipated to be complete by
Summer 2026.
APPROVALS
Procurement &
Contracts Manager: Trudi Peepgrass, NIGP-CPP, CPPB Date: 08/22/2025
Page 775 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 1 CFC# 25-210
CONTRACT # CFC-25-210 ROTOLO PARK ENHANCEMENTS Not to exceed $938,858.00 THIS CONTRACT is, made and entered into this _________________, by and between the City of
Englewood, a municipal corporation of the State of Colorado hereinafter referred to as the “City”, and Elite
Industries whose address is 535 S Gilbert St, Castle Rock, CO 80104 hereinafter referred to as (“Contractor”).
(THIS CONTRACT IS NOT VALID UNTIL APPROVED, SIGNED, AND DATED ABOVE BY THE CITY.)
PROJECT: Rotolo Park Enhancements
All work required to completely remove the identified existing improvements and landscaping and install
• comfort station
• hardscape
• boulders and retaining walls
• log terraces
• boulder seats
• 4” thick concrete sidewalks
• crusher fines paths
• concrete mow band
• waterwise planting • xeric seeding
• landscaping
• irrigation
• Mulch All work is to be completed while the park is open allowing for adequate maintenance access and
circulation. Rotolo Park Enhancements is anticipated to be finished by Summer 2026, dependent upon weather. WHEREAS, proposals pursuant to said advertisement have been received by the City and have been
certified by the Director of Parks, Recreation, Library and Golf and forwarded to the Mayor and City Council with
a recommendation that a contract for work be awarded to the above named Contractor who was the lowest
reliable and responsible bidder therefore; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to said recommendation, the City Council has approved the Contract, and the
Contract has been awarded to the above-named Contractor, and said Contractor is now willing and able to
perform all of the work in accordance with the advertisement, and attached proposal.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid and the work to be performed under
this contract, the parties mutually agree as follows:
A. Contract Documents: It is agreed by the parties hereto that the following list of instruments, drawings and documents which are attached or incorporated by reference constitute and shall be incorporated into the ensuing terms and conditions and shall make up the Contract Documents: i. Exhibit A: Statement of Work
ii. Exhibit B: Contractor Proposal
Page 776 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 2 CFC# 25-210
iii. Exhibit C: Rotolo Park Construction Documents
iv. Exhibit D: Rotolo Technical Specifications
v. Exhibit E: General Terms and Conditions
All additional documents shall be clearly marked and delineated as an Exhibit.
B. Scope of Work: The Contractor agrees to and shall furnish all labor, tools, supplies, equipment, materials and everything necessary for and required to perform and complete all the work described, drawn, set forth, shown, and as set forth in the Exhibit A – Statement of Work, and made a part of this Contract. C. Terms of Performance: The Contractor agrees to undertake the performance of the work under this Contract within ten (10) days from being notified to commence work by the Director of Parks, Recreation, Library and Golf. D. Initial Term of Contract: The initial term of this contract shall be for one year. The term of this
contract shall begin upon the date that both parties have signed the contract with the work to be completed upon the date set forth in the Exhibit A - Statement of Work attached hereto, but at no time shall the contract be longer than a one year period. In the event that the parties desire to extend the contract beyond the one-year period, written notice shall be given to the City no later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the contract by the Contractor. If the City agrees to the request for renewal, the parties shall then enter into an amendment extending this Contract, including an amended Exhibit A – Statement of Work, if necessary. Any renewal of this contract is subject to approval by the Englewood City Council. E. Indemnification: The City cannot and by this Contract does not agree to indemnify, hold harmless,
exonerate or assume the defense of the Contractor or any other person or entity, for any purpose. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees from any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or proceedings of any kind or nature including Worker’s Compensation claims, in any way resulting from or arising out of this Agreement/Contract: provided, however, that the Contractor need not indemnify or save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees from damages resulting from the sole negligence of the City’s officers, agents and employees. F. Contractor's and Subcontractor's Insurance. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained the insurance required under this paragraph and satisfactory proof of such insurance has been submitted to City. Except for worker’s compensation insurance, the policy shall not be amended or modified and the coverage amounts shall not be reduced without the City’s prior written consent. The City shall be named as an additional insured and be furnished thirty (30) days written notice prior to cancellation. The Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor, employee or agent to commence work on this contract or any subcontract until this insurance has been obtained. i) Insurance Types and Amounts. The City requires the following minimum amounts of insurance coverage: Commercial General Liability in the amount of $3,000,000 per occurrence; Professional Liability Errors and Omissions in the amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence; and Employee Dishonesty and Computer Fraud in the amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence. The above
amounts may be amended upward or downward depending on the overall cost of the services provided, the type of project for which this contract has been awarded, and only with the approval of the City.
Page 777 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 3 CFC# 25-210
G. Performance And Payment Bonds. In accordance with C.R.S. Section 38-26-105, the Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond each in the full amount of the Contract Price. Bonds shall remain in effect for at least one year from final completion.
H. Termination of Award for Convenience: The City may terminate the award at any time by giving written notice to the Contractor of such termination and specifying the effective date of such termination, at least thirty (30) days before the effective date of such termination. In that event all finished or unfinished service, reports, material (s) prepared or furnished by the Contractor after the award shall, at the option of the City, become the City’s property. If the award is terminated by the City as provided herein, the Contractor will be paid for the materials and services provided up to the termination date, less payments of compensation previously made. If the award is terminated due to the fault of the Contractor the clause relating to termination of the award for cause, below in subsection H, shall apply.
I. Termination of Award for Cause: If, through any cause, the Contractor shall fail to fulfill in a timely and proper manner its obligations or if the Contractor shall violate any of the covenants, agreements or stipulations of the award or any of the terms and conditions contained in this Contract, the City shall have the right to terminate the award by giving written notice, no less than thirty (30) days, to the Contractor of such termination and specifying the effective date of termination. In that event, all furnished or unfinished services, at the option of the City, become its property, and the Contractor shall be entitled to receive compensation for any satisfactory actual work completed, documents prepared and completed, or materials furnished. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor shall not be relieved of the liability to the City for damages sustained by the City by virtue of a breach of the Contract by the Contractor and the City may withhold any payments to the Contractor for the purpose of set off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the City from the Contractor is determined. J. Terms of Payment: The City agrees to pay the Contractor for the performance of all the work required under this contract, and the Contractor agrees to accept as his full and only compensation therefore, such sum or sums of money as may be proper in accordance with the price or prices set forth in the Contractor’s proposal attached and made a part hereof, the total cost thereof being Nine-hundred eighty-three thousand eight-hundred fifty-eight dollars ($983,853.00). A 5% retainage of the awarded project amount will be withheld until final inspection and acceptance by the Project Manager. K. Appropriation of Funds: At present, $41,000,000.00 has been appropriated for the project. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties understand and acknowledge that each party is subject to Article X, § 20 of the Colorado Constitution (“TABOR”). The parties do not intend to violate the terms and requirements of TABOR by the execution of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that this Agreement does not create a multi-fiscal year direct or indirect debt or obligation within the meaning of TABOR and, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement/Contract to the contrary, all payment obligations of the City are expressly dependent and conditioned upon the continuing availability of funds beyond the term of the City’s current fiscal period ending upon the next succeeding December 31. Financial obligations of the City payable after the current fiscal year are contingent upon funds for that purpose being appropriated, budgeted, and otherwise made available in accordance with the rules, regulations, and resolutions of the City and applicable law. Upon the failure to appropriate such funds, this Agreement shall be deemed terminated. The City shall immediately notify the Contractor or its assignee of such occurrence in the event of such termination. L. Liquidated Damages: The City and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence in this Agreement because of the public interest in health and safety, and that the City will suffer financial loss, and
Page 778 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 4 CFC# 25-210
inconvenience, if the Work is not complete within the time specified in the bid documents and Exhibit A – Statement of Work, plus any extensions thereof that have been agreed to by the Parties. The Parties also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving, in a legal proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of
requiring any such proof, the City and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay, but not as a penalty, Contractor shall pay the City $1,600.00 for each day that expires after the time specified for substantial completion until the Work is complete, and $1,600.00 for each day that expires after the time specified for final completion of the Work. M. Assignment: Contractor shall not, at any time, assign any interest in this Agreement or the other Contract Documents to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the City specifically including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be
assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law). Any attempted assignment which is not in compliance with the terms hereof shall be null and void. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an Assignment, no Assignment will release or discharge the Assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents.
N. Contract Binding: It is agreed that this Contract shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, and successors.
O. State Statute: If this project is for a public works project or public project, as defined in Section 8-49-102(2) C.R.S. the contractor shall comply with 8-17-101 C.R.S. which requires the contractor to use at least eighty percent (80%) Colorado labor for any public works project financed in a whole or in part by State, counties, school districts, or municipal monies. P. Contractors Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee that work and associated incidentals shall remain in good order and repair for a period of two (2) years from all causes arising from defective workmanship and materials, and to make all repairs arising from said causes during such period without further compensation. The determination of the necessity for the repair or replacement of said project, and associated incidentals or any portion thereof, shall rest entirely with the Director of Parks, Recreation, Library and Golf whose decision upon the matter shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor. Any warranty associated with the Work shall be in compliance with 23 CFR 635.413. In the event of a conflict between 23 CFR 635.413 and warranty-related provisions of this Contract, 23 CFR 35.413 shall control. Q. Governing Law: This Contract shall be governed by, construed and enforced under the laws of the State of Colorado, excluding statutes related to conflict of laws between different jurisdictions. R. Disclosure of Confidential Information: The City as an arm of the state is subject to the Colorado Open Records Act, C.R.S. 24-72-201 et. seq. In the event that a Disclosing Party receives an Open Records request, the Disclosing Party shall notify the other party to this Contract. S. Attorney Fees: In the event that either party to this Contract shall commence any action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Contract, or contesting the validity of the Contract or any provision of this Contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorney’s fees and related costs, fees and expenses incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such action or proceeding. T. Compliance with the Immigration Reform And Control Act Of 1986. Contractor certifies that Contractor has complied with the United States Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. All persons employed by Contractor for the performance of this Contract have completed and signed Form I-9 verifying their identities and authorization for employment.
Page 779 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 5 CFC# 25-210
U. Incorporation by Reference. This Contract is made under and conformable to the provisions of Section 4-1-3-4 of Englewood Municipal Code, which provides standard contract provisions for all contractual agreements with the City. Insofar as applicable, the provisions of EMC Section 4-1-3-4 are incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference and shall supersede any apparently conflicting provision
otherwise contained in this Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first written
above.
CITY OF ENGLEWOOD
By: ________________________________ Date: ___________________
(Director)
By: ________________________________ Date: ___________________
(City Manager)
By: ________________________________ Date: ____________________
(Mayor)
Attest: ______________________________________________________
(City Clerk)
ELITE INDUSTRIES
Contractor (print company name)
By: ____________________ Date: ____________________________
(Signature)
_______________________________________________________
(Print name and Title)
Page 780 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 6 CFC# 25-210
EXHIBIT A STATEMENT OF WORK
1. SUMMARY OF PURPOSE The City of Englewood is entering into a contract with Elite Industries for construction services at Rotolo Park. 2. NAMES, PHONE NUMBERS AND EMAILS OF PROJECT COORDINATORS Elite Industries
Brad Bensko, President 535 S Gilbert St. Castle Rock, CO 80104 303.722.0700 brad@eliteindustriesinc.com
City of Englewood
Adrian Torres, Open Space Manager 1000 Englewood Parkway Englewood, CO 80110 303-762-2538 atorres@englewoodco.gov
3. EQUIPMENT AND PROGRAMMING TO BE PROVIDED BY CITY (IF ANY) The City shall provide access to the location and the Parks Supervisor. 4. OTHER CONTRACTOR/CONSULTANT/SUPPLIER RESOURCES Elite Industries will provide all equipment necessary for the park construction at Rotolo Park, including, but not limited to:
• 2025 John Deere 644 G-Tier Wheel Loader 2025 Kubota KX040-4R3A Excavator 2025 Kubota SVL75 Tracked Skid Loader 2024 Kubota Stand-on Compact Loader 2024 Kubota KX080-5R3A Excavator 2023 Kubota KX057 Mini Excavator E26 2023 Plate Compactor
• 2023 Kubota SCL I 000 Dingo
• Storage Containers and Portable Office Standard Construction Fencing • 2022 Bomag Trench Roller
• 2022 Hamm 54" Padfoot Roller
• 2021 Toro Dingo TX525
• 2021 FINN T75 Hydro Seeder
• 2019 John Deere 524L Wheel Loader
• 2019 Toro Dingo TX1000
• 2018 Ditch Witch RT45 Trencher
• 2014 John Deere 7720 Motor Grade Equipment to be staged inside Elite Industries construction zone at Rotolo Park. Subcontractors as identified by Elite Industries:
• Atlas Concrete Solutions Item: Concrete
• R.W Bayer & Associates Item: Surveying
• Skyline Electric Item: Electrical
• HX Mechanical Item: Plumbing 5. DESCRIPTION OF WORK PRODUCT AND DELIVERABLES
Page 781 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 7 CFC# 25-210
The Rotolo Park project consists of furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and work required and detailed in the technical specifications and drawings. All work required to completely remove the identified existing improvements and landscaping and install
comfort station, hardscape, boulders and retaining walls, log terraces, boulder seats, 4” thick concrete sidewalks, crusher fines paths, concrete mow band, waterwise planting, xeric seeding, landscaping, irrigation, and mulch as described in Construction Documents. All work is to be completed while the park is open allowing for adequate maintenance access and circulation. Rotolo Park Enhancements is to be substantially complete by Spring 2026, dependent upon weather.
Base bid total is $989,025.00 (less contingency) Alternate No 6: Material Selection of Western Retaining Wall is - (26,300.00)
Alternate No 9 New irrigation at Detention Pond Area is $85,500 Cost Includes permit fee and construction use tax. The City will only pay actual permit and construction use tax, no mark up allowed. 6. SPECIAL TERMS
a. Contractor will not perform work that is outside the scope of work defined in the project unless approved in advance in writing by the City. Failure of Contractor to obtain written authorization for work outside the Scope of Work could result in nonpayment of those services performed. b. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the completion time due to delay beyond the control of the Contractor, the completion times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include but not be limited to, acts or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays. For a delay caused by City, Contractor is responsible for submitting supporting information. City, at
its sole discretion, will determine the validity of the claim. City’s determination is final. c. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. d. Purchase of other items not listed on this contract based on percentage discounts: While the City has listed all major items on the contract which are utilized by the City and/or departments in conjunction with their operations, there may be ancillary items that must be purchased by the City during the term of this contract. For this reason, Contractors are requested to quote a percentage discount from the Contractor’s price list that will be offered to the City for items which do not appear on this contract. The City reserves the right to award these ancillary items to the successful Contractor or another Contractor based on the lowest actual price offered. 7. PAYMENT
Page 782 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 8 CFC# 25-210
Rotolo Park Base Bid + Alternates
Bid Form 100% Bid SetDate:9.2.2025
Bid Scope Item Measure Unit Cost/Unit Item Subtotal
Construction Fencing 1,350 LF $4.00 $5,400Tree Protection Fencing 902 LF $3.00 $2,706
Concrete Path and Pad Demo 739 SF $2.75 $2,032
Concrete Curb Demo (Near Playground)35 LF $12.00 $420
Gabion Wall Removal (180 LF, Wire Mesh disposal only, Salvage & Reuse Rock Onsite 180 LF $15.00 $2,700
Clearing, Grubbing & Sod Removal and Salvage &
Stockpile Topsoil 29,191 SF $0.68 $19,850Hand Clearing & Grubbing at trees, Tree Root
AirSpading (where compacted)1,333 SF $0.90 $1,200
$34,308
Civil
Rough Grading 320 CY $15.00 $4,800
Fine Grading 30,525 SF $0.40 $12,210
Silt Fence 1350 LF $3.00 $4,050
Vehicle Tracking Control 1 EA $2,500.00 $2,500
Concrete Washout 1 EA $500.00 $500
Erosion Control Blanket 31 SY $9.00 $279
Surface Roughening 0.62 AC $15,600.00 $9,672
$34,011.00
Landscape Boulder (Type 1 - Large)5 EA $1,500.00 $7,500
Landscape Boulder (Type 2 - Medium)20 EA $850.00 $17,000Landscape Boulder (Type 3- Small)26 EA $600.00 $15,600Boulder Retaining in Landscape 95 EA $790.00 $75,050
Boulder Retaining at Play Sand (Type 1 - Large)16 EA $1,000.00 $16,000
Boulder Retaining at Play Sand (Type 2 - Medium)4 EA $500.00 $2,000
Stone Seating 4 EA $1,000.00 $4,000Flagstone Steppers 16 EA $160.00 $2,560
Stone Steps 15 EA $300.00 $4,500
$144,210
Concrete Footpath (West Site at Ramble) (Assumes
4" Depth, Fiber Mesh, Standard Grey)2,950 SF $10.00 $29,500
Concrete Footpath (East Site at Restroom)
(Assumes 4" Depth, Fiber Mesh, Standard Grey)1,026 SF $10.00 $10,260
Gravel (Near Bathroom)156 SF $4.00 $624Crusher Fines Paving (Overlook)428 SF $3.50 $1,498Crusher Fines Paving (4' Wide Path)279 SF $3.50 $977
Concrete Curb Wall (6" Thick, 36" Deep)35 LF $50.00 $1,750
Concrete Flush Curb Edge (6" Thick, 12" Deep)205 LF $35.00 $7,175Concrete Raised Curb Edge (6" Thick, 12" Deep)95 LF $55.00 $5,225
Play Sand (18" Depth w/ Filter Fabric/Weed Barrier)371 SF $9.50 $3,525
$60,533
Play Log Terraces (12" -18" Diam.)65 LF $115.00 $7,475Log Steppers 14 EA $550.00 $7,700
$15,175
Subtotal, Paving & Edging
Subtotal, Ramble
Demolition & Site Preparation
Subtotal, Demo & Site Prep
Boulder Retaining, Boulder Groupings, Boulder Seating & Stone Slab Steps
Subtotal, Boulders & Steps
Paving & Edging
Subtotal, Civil & Utilities
Page 783 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 9 CFC# 25-210
PLANTING & SOILS AREA
Planting Soils Soil Mix 1 (46-0-0 (Urea) @ 2.2lbs per 1000 SF) (per
50 lb bag)1 EA $80.00 $80Soil Mix 1 (labor for blending)22,942 SF $0.30 $6,883
Soil Mix 2 (assumes compost backfill for air spade aeration)52 CY $85.00 $4,420Soil Mix 3 (assumes T2 Topsoil)58 CY $100.00 $5,800
Scarification & Preparation 24,769 SF $0.30 $7,431
$24,613
Trees 23 total, trees
Trees, Evergreen, 5' ht.16 EA $750.00 $12,000
Trees, Deciduous, 2" Cal.7 EA $750.00 $5,250
Subtotal, trees:$17,250
Shrubs 265 total, shrubs
#5 Container Size 33 EA $65.00 $2,145
#3 Container Size 147 EA $50.00 $7,350#1 Container Size 85 EA $48.00 $4,080
Subtotal, shrubs:$13,575
Perennials 357 total, perennials
#1 Container Size 204 EA $38.00 $7,752Plugs 153 EA $9.00 $1,377
Subtotal, perennials:$9,129
Grasses 1,079 total, grasses
#3 Container Size 35 EA $46.00 $1,610
#1 Container Size 388 EA $38.00 $14,744
Plugs 656 EA $9.00 $5,904
Subtotal, grasses:$22,258
Groundcover 23,428 total, groundcover SF
Sod (High Use Turf)5,966 SF $1.25 $7,458
PM1 Xeric Lawn Seed 4,513 SF $0.20 $903
PM2 (Shortgrass Prairie Meadow Seed Mix)5,002 SF $0.20 $1,000
PM4 (High Plains Foothills Wet Meadow Seed Mix)664 SF $0.30 $199Subtotal, groundcover:$9,560
PM3 (Mulch)7,283 SF $1.75 $12,745
$84,517
Irrigation
New Controller (assumes re-use of backflow only)1 Lump Sum $7,500.00 $7,500
Irrigation for new Water-Wise Gardens (incl. mainline, laterals, wiring , valves, emittors)17,459 SF $5.38 $93,929
Irrigation for Lawn 5,966 SF $5.38 $32,097
Irrigation for Trees in Xeric Planting (incl. mainline, laterals, wiring, valves, emittors)1 EA $6,800.00 $6,800$140,327
Cost of Structure (Custom by Shape)1 Lump Sum $184,000.00 $184,000Earthwork & Concrete 1 Lump Sum $22,000.00 $22,000
Electrical 1 Lump Sum $17,000.00 $17,000
1.5" Type K-Copper 120 LF $60.00 $7,200
1.5" Water Meter 1 EA $35,000.00 $35,000
4" PVC Pipe - Utility Connection 83 LF $320.00 $26,560
4" PVC Drain Pipe - Boulder Retaining in Landscape 150 LF $25.00 $3,750
Sanitary Service Cleanout 3 EA $250.00 $750
Asphalt Patch Back 93 SY $126.00 $11,718
Curb & Gutter Replacement 30 LF $45.00 $1,350
$309,328Subtotal, Restroom & Utilities
Subtotal, Planting Soils
Planting
Subtotal, Planting
Subtotal, Water & Irrigation
Restroom & Utilities
Page 784 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 10 CFC# 25-210
Warranty Maintenance & Warranty (12 months)1 Lump Sum $13,000.00 $13,000
$13,000
SUBTOTAL $860,022
Mobilization &
General Conditions Not to exceed 5% of total base bid 1 Lump Sum $43,001.00 $43,001
Contingency 10%percent of subtotal $86,002
Permit Fees & Construction Use Tax Lump Sum $18,700.00 $18,700
$1,007,725
No. 1 Total:$0
1 LS
1 LS $0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0
1 LS No. 2 Total:$0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0No. 3 Total:$0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0No. 4 Total:$0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0No. 5 Total:$0
86 LF $0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0No. 6 Total:-$26,300
DEDUCT: Boulder Retaining Wall 95 EA -$790.00 -$75,050
375 LF $0
375 LF $130.00 $48,750No. 7 Total:$0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0No. 8 Total:$0
1 LS $0
1 LS $0No. 9 Total:$85,500
1 LS $3,500.00 $3,500
1 LS $82,000.00 $82,000No. 10 Total:$0
1 LS $0
$59,200
Permit Fees & Construction Use Tax Lump Sum $2,935.00 $2,935
$62,135
ADD: Replace irrigation system, RE: Specs Alternate No. 10: Utility Meter Pedestal
ADD: New utility meter pedestal, RE: Specs
DEDUCT: 12 Month Warranty
ADD: Repair & Replace Lawn as needed
ADD: 24 Month Maintenance Period
DEDUCT: 12 Month Maintenance Period
ADD: Associated Irrigation for new seating (~450 sf)
ADD: Associated Sod Repair (~450 SF)Alternate No. 6: Material Selection of Western Retaining Wall
Alternate A: Redi-Rock Wall System (Delegated Design)
Alternate B (Optional Alternate): Gabion Wall System (Delegated Design)
Subtotal, Warranty
ADD: 24 Month Warranty Alternate No. 8: Maintenance Period
ADD: Concrete Ramps
ADD: Engineering design services Fees (Fixed Cost from HKS)Alternate No. 2: Ramble Overlook
DEDUCT: Crusher fines, stone steps, and boulders
ADD: Crosswalk Striping
DEDUCT: Replace existing concrete walk with ADA-compliant concrete paving
on East Side (865 SF Concrete)
For Alternate pricing, Contractor shall include all pricing required to complete the work, and deduct/delete any proposed work that would be
eliminated due to the Alternate selection. REFER TO DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.Alternate No. 1: Accessible Ramp and Crosswalk at W Stanford Dr Entrance
Alternate No. 7: Warranty Period
ADD: Associated Irrigation for live plantings
ALTERNATES TOTAL
BID TOTAL
Alternates
ADD: Additional survey (Fixed Cost from HKS)
ADD: Site Demo of Concrete Curb
ADD: Terraced Stone Seating
ADD: Live plantings 4" Containers @ 18" O.C.
ADD: Associated Irrigation for live plantingsAlternate No. 3: Ramble Connector
DEDUCT: Demo Concrete Path and Pad Demo (739 SF)
Alternate No. 5: Terraced Stone Seating
Alternate No. 9: New irrigation at Detention Pond Area
Alternate No. 4: Concrete Paving at Restroom
DEDUCT: Crusher fines, stone steps, and boulders
ADD: Live plantings 4" Containers @ 18" O.C.
Subtotal, Alternates
Page 785 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 11 CFC# 25-210
The Contractor shall submit signed estimates for progress payments on a monthly basis based on
“Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment” for all Work completed to date. Estimates shall be prepared for the Owner no later than ten (10) days after the end of the month for Work subject to the application. Estimates shall be produced in a format reflecting the line items for which payment is requested according to the Unit Price Form in the Proposal and any applicable Change Order, shall be dated as of the actual date of submittal (or revised submittal, as applicable), and shall reflect the Work completed and the date to which Work has been completed. The Contractor will provide support documentation for all estimates, as requested.
• City shall provide payment in the form of Check or Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT)
• Purchase Order (P.O.) required upon approval of contract
• 30-day net terms 8. PERFORMANCE Contractor shall perform the work according to the proposed work schedule, which will be submitted prior to the start of construction. The work schedule may be extended due to procurement lead times and third party restoration services as agreed upon by both parties.. Substantial completion will be Spring 2026. 9. ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING PROCEDURES Acceptance shall be contingent upon the City of Englewood inspecting the compliance of the work against the plans and technical specifications. City staff will approve all construction and provide punch list items as needed. 10. LOCATION OF WORK FACILITIES Rotolo Park, 4401 South Huron Street, Englewood, CO 80110 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant and in accordance with the Contract for Construction between the parties hereto dated ___________________, the parties have executed this Statement of Work as of this ______________________. CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO By: (Signature)
____________ _____________________ (Print Name) Title: ___________________ Date: _______________________________
Page 786 of 1257
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1000 Englewood Parkway, Englewood, Colorado 80110-2373 (303) 762-2300 www.englewoodgov.org 12 CFC# 25-210
ELITE INDUSTRIES Contractor Name By: (Signature)
_________________________________ (Print Name) Title: Date: _______________________________
Page 787 of 1257
Page 788 of 1257
Page 789 of 1257
Page 790 of 1257
Page 791 of 1257
Page 792 of 1257
Page 793 of 1257
Page 794 of 1257
Page 795 of 1257
Page 796 of 1257
Page 797 of 1257
Page 798 of 1257
Page 799 of 1257
Page 800 of 1257
Page 801 of 1257
Page 802 of 1257
Page 803 of 1257
Page 804 of 1257
Page 805 of 1257
Page 806 of 1257
Page 807 of 1257
Page 808 of 1257
Page 809 of 1257
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
G0.00
C29ER SHEET
,1DE;
LA1DSCA3E ARCH,TECT8RE
SUPERBLOOM
750 PENNSYLVANIA ST
DENVER, COLORADO 80203
CONTACT | DIANE LIPOVSKY
EMAIL | DIANE@SUPERBLOOM.NET
PHONE | 720.310.0255
C,9,L E1G,1EER
HARRIS KOCHER SMITH
1120 LINCOLN ST, SUITE 1000
DENVER, CO 80203
CONTACT | KEVIN KENNEDY
EMAIL | KKENNEDY@HKSENG.COM
PHONE | 303.623.6300
,RR,GAT,21
HYDROSYSTEMS
13949 W COLFAX AVE STE 260
LAKEWOOD, CO 80401
CONTACT | JILL BERSANO
EMAIL | JILLB@HYDROSYSTEMSKDI.COM
PHONE | 303.980.5327
ARCH,TECT8RE
SHAPE ARCHITECTURE
750 PENNSYLVANIA ST
DENVER, COLORADO 80203
CONTACT | STEVE SCRIBNER
EMAIL | STEVE@SHAPEARCHITECT.COM
PHONE | 970.708.9535
S8R9E<
HARRIS KOCHER SMITH
1120 LINCOLN ST, SUITE 1000
DENVER, CO 80203
CONTACT| AARON MURPHY
EMAIL | AMURPHY@HKSENG.COM
PHONE | 303.623.6300
GE2TECH1,CAL
COLE GARNER
1070 W 124TH AVE, STE 300
WESTMINSTER, CO 80234
CONTACT | ANDREW GARNER
EMAIL | AGARNER@COLEGARNER.COM
PHONE | 303.996.2999
ELECTR,CAL
D KELLER
7498 W LAYTON PL
LITTLETON, CO 80123
CONTACT | DAWN KELLER
EMAIL | DAWN@DKELLERENG.COM
PHONE | 303.918.9475
STR8CT8RAL
CRONIN ENGINEERING
6767 S SPRUCE ST, STE 210
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
CONTACT | LUKE CRONIN
EMAIL | LUKE.CRONIN@CRONIN.ENGINEER
PHONE | 303.907.6509
0ECHA1,CAL
MOEN ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS INC
4640 N PECOS ST, UNIT F
DENVER, CO 80211
CONTACT | BRYAN MOEN
EMAIL | BMOEN@MECENGR.COM
PHONE | 303.222.8033
2W1ER
3R2-ECT 1ARRAT,9E
Rotolo Park is a 3 ¼ acre park located in Englewood, and contains a playground,
multi-purpose field, and small picnic shelter in the northern portion, and a detention pond in
most of the southern portion of the site. This project by Superbloom and Team will provide
enhancements to the existing park, adding ADA-accessible trail connections from
neighboring streets, nature play elements, stormwater management, native planting and
turf-conversion, irrigation modifications, and a new custom restroom.
The park is also located within the greater South Englewood Flood Reduction Project. The
southern portion of the park will undergo stormwater detention basin improvements, while
the northeastern portion within this project's Limit of Work will feature an expanded
drainage swale. The contractor is to verify the accuracy of any conditions onsite before
commencing work.
12T T2 SCALE
9,C,1,T< 0A3
R2T2L2 3AR.
100% BID SET FOR
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
SHEET ,1DE;
,LL8STRAT,9E RE1DER,1G
12T T2 SCALE
I-
8
5
/
S
A
N
T
A
F
E
W OXFORD AVE
S
B
R
O
A
D
W
A
Y
W QUINCY AVE
W STANFORD AVE S
H
U
R
O
N
S
T
C21S8LTA1T TEA0
CL,E1T
ENGLEWOOD PARKS & RECREATION
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
CONTACT | ADRIAN TORRES
EMAIL | ATORRES@ENGLEWOODCO.GOV
RE)ERE1CE 12TES
Contractor shall reference and familiari]e themselYes Zith the folloZing reports
Zhich proYid einformation for both e[isting and adjacent conditions:
Construction Documents for Adjacent Work:
South EngleZood )lood Reduction 3roject as prepared b\ HDR
3roject 1o. 2146 AZaiting Completion Spring 2025.
Horticultural Soils Testing Lab Report:
)or Rotolo 3ark as prepared b\ CS8 Spur Campus
Lab ,D 2025S240 0a\ 23 2025.
Geotechnical Engineering Report:
)or Rotolo 3ark as prepared b\ Cole Garner Geotechnical CGC
3roject 1o. 25.22.05 -une 11 2025.
3R2-ECT DESCR,3T,21 A1D S,=E
PHYSICAL ADDRESS:
ROTOLO PARK TOTAL AREA: 3-1
4 ACRES
NORTHWEST RAMBLE AND PATHWAY LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENT AREA: 27,630 SF (.63 acre)
NORTHEAST RESTROOM LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENT AREA: 4,772 SF (.11 acre)
TOTAL IMPROVEMENT AREA LIMIT OF WORK: 32,402 SF (.74 acre)
Pa
g
e
8
1
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
G0.01
GE1ERAL 12TES
GE1ERAL 12TES
SITE CONDITIONS
1.The contractor shall be solely responsible for the conditions at and directly adjacent to the work site,
including the safety of all persons and property. During the performance of the work, the contractor shall
provide lights, signs, barricades, flag-persons, or other devices necessary to provide for public safety. This
requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
2.The contractor shall provide all signs, barricades, flag-persons, or other devices necessary to provide for
public safety for the duration of construction.
3.All temporary signs and traffic control devices shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (MUTCD) or as required by the City of Englewood.
4.The contractor shall field verify all dimensions, elevations, and other conditions prior to bidding, ordering,
or fabrication of any material, and prior to undertaking any portion of the work. Report any discrepancies
to the owner. Any deviation from these plans must be approved by the owner prior to construction.
PERMITS & INSPECTIONS
1.Contractor shall obtain, at its own expense, applicable codes, licenses, standards, specifications, permits,
bonds,
2.etc., which are necessary to perform the work prior to the commencement of any work.
3.Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the appropriate governing agencies at least 48 hours prior to
the start or restart of any work. The contractor shall notify the City of Englewood project manager at least
48 hours prior to the desired inspection.
4.Contractor shall notify the City of Englewood's Building Safety & Inspection Division to schedule any
required inspections. Contractor shall be responsible to schedule all required inspections and must be
ready on the day requested. All inspection fees shall be paid by the contractor at no additional charge to
the owner.
PROTECTION
1.At all times the contractor shall take precautions for protection of existing public and private installations
that may be encountered during construction. Any damaged installations, public or private, shall be
repaired immediately to the City of Englewood standards at the contractor's expense.
2.Repairs to existing paving, sidewalk, and/or curb and gutter damaged by construction activities within the
construction staging area, access routes, and work areas will not be measured and paid for separately but
shall be incidental to the work.
3.Contractor shall protect all existing trees within the limits of work unless noted otherwise. Tree protection
areas shall be considered the canopy drip line or as otherwise identified by the City Arborist. Contractor
shall not stockpile any material, store equipment, or park vehicles within tree protection areas.
Construction within tree protection areas shall be by hand or as outlined in specifications.
4.Any tree designated to remain that is damaged by construction work shall be immediately reported to the
owner.
Contractor shall water trees and other vegetation to remain within the limits of work as required to
maintain their health for the duration of construction operations.
UTILITIES
1.Locations of utilities shown on the plans are approximate and not all-inclusive. The contractor shall be
responsible for the locating and accurately identifying of all utilities prior to start of work. Utilities shall
include all public and private utility lines or services, including but not limited to water and drainage
facilities, power, natural gas, telephone, cable TV, etc. Prior to the start of work, contractor shall
coordinate with owners having jurisdiction to locate all private utilities, irrigation mains, and wires.
Contractor shall notify owner of any conflicts that may result from construction.
2.Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all utilities and for the repair of any damaged
systems. Repair shall be done at no additional cost to the owner. All work within easements shall be
performed according to the requirements of the governing agency.
PUBLIC ACCESS
1.The project limits of work includes areas within the public right of way and the road shall remain open at
all times.
2.Contractor shall provide traffic control at all times to ensure the safety of workers and users and minimize
interference with road use. Do not close, block, or obstruct roads, parking entrances, or other facilities
without the owner's written permission. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways,
including sidewalks and trails. Contractor shall submit any closures and suggested detour plans for review
by the owner prior to the start of work or a minimum of 14 days prior to the closure being required.
Contractor shall notify all adjacent property owners of any road closure or parking restrictions that impact
adjacent properties. Notification shall include a description of the work, the times and durations that the
closure or restrictions will be in effect, and the company name and emergency contact number.
WORK WITHIN RIGHT OF WAY
1.Some work is within public rights of way. Contractor shall submit a traffic control and signage plan to the
City of Englewood Traffic Engineer for review and approval a minimum of 14 days prior to beginning work.
2.When any street lane, sidewalk, or bike lane closures are needed, the contractor must obtain any and all
required permits from the City of Englewood.
CONSTRUCTION STAGING
1.Construction staging shall be confined to the construction work areas outlined on the plans or as agreed
upon in writing by the City Project Manager.
2.The contractor shall limit construction activities to those areas within the limits of work. The contractor, at
their own expense, shall restore any disturbance beyond these limits to original condition.
EROSION & POLLUTION CONTROL
1.The cleaning of cement truck delivery chutes is prohibited at the job site except at designated concrete
washout areas as approved by the owner. The discharge of water containing waste concrete to the
stormwater system is prohibited.
2.Contractor-provided means of watering shall be utilized by the contractor as necessary to minimize dust
resulting from construction operations. Dust traveling off-site is prohibited and may result in a stop work
order.
SANITATION & WASTE
1.Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate chemical toilet facilities for use of employees engaged on
the work.
2.Contractor shall maintain a trash receptacle and divert materials for recycling as required by the City of
Englewood.
AS-BUILTS
1.Contractor shall keep current a set of construction record drawings (as-builts) on site at all times. Use a
black, red, or green “record” book for permanent record copies.
2.Contractor shall record on as-builts any deviations from the plans, including changes in material,
alignment, elevation, depth, location, and additional work not shown on the plans.
As-built documents shall be kept clean and organized for review at any time by the owner or owner’s
representative.
3.It is the Contractor's responsibility to note any discrepancies onsite and notify the Landscape Architect.
LANDSCAPE NOTES
1.Refer to civil engineer's utility and grading plans for utility location and grading. the contractor shall be
responsible for coordinating all utility locations prior to any excavvation. notify owner's representative if
existing or proposed utilities interfere with the ability to perform work.
2.All trees and shrubs shall be field located by landscape architect.
3.All trees shall be back filled with a topsoil / organic fertilizer mixture at a 1:1 ratio.
4.Planted trees shall be staked with four foot metal posts. Trees shall be guyed with 12 gauge galvanized
wire and polypropylene tree race straps.
5.Planting beds shall be tilled to a minimum eighteen inch (18") depth per Soils Details, sheet L4.04, and
amended at a ratio of 2.2 LBs 46-0-0 (Urea) / 1000 SF topsoil.
6.Areas that have been compacted or disturbed by construction activity shall be thoroughly loosened to a
depth of 8” - 18” and amended per specifications prior to installation of plant materials.
7.All trees in seed or turf areas shall receive mulch rings see planting details for all deciduous and
evergreen trees and shrubs, see planting details for all deciduous and evergreen trees and shrubs.
8.Mulch all perennial, groundcover and shrub beds with 4" depth shredded cedar landscape mulch. Mulch
over specified geotextile weed control fabric in shrub beds. weed control fabric not required in perennial
and groundcover beds.
9.All shrub, groundcover and perennial beds are to be contained by (spade cut or flush concrete curb, as
indicated in plans) edger shall not be required to contain mulch unless specified in plans.
10.All plant material to meet the American standard for nursery stock.
11.All planted materials shall be non-noxious species as specified within the city/town noxious weed list.
landscaping shown on the landscape plan shall comply with all applicable code regarding noxious weeds.
12.Seed with native grass seed mix according to manufacturers instructions. if applicable, native grass seed
mix is required in all disturbed areas on the perimeter of the building site and at utility and road cuts.
13.Existing turf areas that are disturbed during construction shall be restored with new sod to match existing
turf species.
14.Trees to be planted a minimum of 5 feet from face of building, or pavement, except as approved by
landscape architect.
15.Shrubs and Perennials to be planted a minimum of 2 feet from face of building foundation, except as
approved by landscape architect.
16.All trees and shrubs shall meet the minimum plant size requirements in city/town landscape regulations.
17.The contractor shall follow the landscape plans and specifications as closely as possible. any substitution
or alteration shall not be allowed without approval of the owner's representative. overall plant quantity
and quality shall be consistent with the plans.
18.The contractor is responsible for verifying all plant quantities. graphic quantities takes precedence over
written quantities.
19.The owner's representative reserves the right to inspect and tag all plant material prior to shipping to the
site. in all cases, the owner's representative may reject plant material at the site if material is damaged,
diseased, or declining in health at the time of on-site inspections or if the plant material does not meet
the minimum specified standard identified on the plans and in the specifications. the contractor shall
coordinate with the owner's representative for inspection and approval of all materials and products prior
to installation.
20.The owner's representative may elect to upsize plant material at their discretion based on selection,
availability, or to enhance specific areas of the project. the contractor shall verify plant material sizes with
owner's representative prior to purchasing, shipping or stocking of plant materials. submit change order
request to owner's representative for approval if additional cost is requested by the contractor prior to
installation. re-stocking charges will not be approved if the contractor fails to submit a request for
material changes.
21.The contractor shall warranty all contracted work and materials for a period of one year after substantial
completion has been issued by the owner's representative for the entire project unless otherwise
specified in the contract documents or specifications.
22.In no case shall irrigation be emitted within the minimum distance from building or wall foundations as
stipulated in the geotechnical report. all irrigation distribution lines, heads and emitters shall be kept
outside the minimum distance away from all building and wall foundations as stipulated in the
geotechnical report.
23.Landscape material locations shall have precedence over irrigation mainline and lateral locations.
coordinate installation of irrigation equipment so that it does not interfere with the planting of trees or
other landscape material.
24.The landscape contractor shall be responsible for ensuring positive drainage exists in all landscape areas.
surface drainage on landscape areas shall not flow toward structures and foundations. maintain slope
away from foundations per the geotechnical report recommendations. all landscape areas between
walks and curbs shall drain freely to the curb unless otherwise identified on the grading plan. in no case
shall the grade, turf thatch, or other landscape materials dam water against walks. minimum slopes on
landscape areas shall be 2%; maximum slope shall be 25% unless specifically identified on the plans or
approved by the owner's representative.
25.All trees installed above retaining walls utilizing geo-grid must be hand dug to protect geo-grid. if geo-grid
must be cut to install trees, approval must be given by owner's representative prior to doing work.
26.When complete, all grades shall be within +/- 1/8” of finished grades as shown on the plans.
27.Slopes steeper than 4:1 shall be revegetated with the appropriate, biodegradable netting, such as
coconut netting or approved similar product that allows the plant material to grow up through it and
prevent erosion.
Pa
g
e
8
1
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
SS
SS
SS
ST
ST
ST
W
W
W
ST
E
W
IRRIRR
IRR
IRR
IRR
IRRIRR
IRR
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
G0.02
T232GRA3H,C
S8R9E<
A Survey - September 2024
0
SCALE: 1" = 20'
10'20'40'
1
12TES
1.Survey conducted by HKS, re: Civil
to confirm survey locations.
2.Contractor to field verify conditions
and compare to HDR plans for the
flood reduction project
Some trees existing at time of survey
removed during HDR flood reduction
project, contractor to verify.
Some trees existing at time of
survey removed during HDR
flood reduction project,
contractor to verify.
Pa
g
e
8
1
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
ST
ST
W
W
W
ST
E
W
SS
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
Hu
r
o
n
S
t
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
S
-
a
s
o
n
S
t
Adjacent
3ropert\
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.O.W
.
L.O.W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
ALTERNATE #1:
Accessible Ramp &
Crosswalk (Re: Specs)
ALTERNATE #2:
Ramble Overlook
(Re: Specs)
ALTERNATE #3:
Ramble Connector
(Re: Specs)
ALTERNATE #4:
Concrete Paving at
Restroom
(Re: Specs)
ALTERNATE #7:
New Irrigation
(Re: Specs)
ALTERNATE #6:
Material Selection of
Western Retaining Wall
(Re: Specs)
SS
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
ALTERNATE #5:
Terraced Stone Seating
(Re: Specs)
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L1.00
29ERALL
LA1DSCA3E
.E< 3LA1
0
SCALE:1"=20'-0"
10'20'40'1
A Overall Landscape Key Plan
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Sheet Matchline
B Alternate - Terraced Seating
MATCHLINE, SEE THIS SHEET
MATCHLINE, SEE THIS SHEET
RESTROOM
SHEETS L2.03, L3.03, L4.03, L5.03
ACCESSIBLE PATH & WEST ENTRANCE
SHEETS L2.01, 3.01, L4.01, L5.01
THE RAMBLE
SHEETS L2.02, L3.02, L4.02, L5.02
Pa
g
e
8
1
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
ST
ST
W
W
W
ST
E
W
SS
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Adjacent
3ropert\
S
-
a
s
o
n
S
t
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
Adjacent
3ropert\
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
Hu
r
o
n
S
t
ALTERNATE #1: Accessible Ramp &
Crosswalk (Re: Specs)
Base Bid: No Demo
Bid Alt: Demo existing curb and provide
accessible ramps & crosswalk
ALTERNATE #4: Concrete Paving at
Restroom (Re: Specs)
Base Bid: Demo Existing Concrete Walk
Bid Alt: Concrete Walk to Remain in Place
OU
Sawcut, Typ.
Existing Sign to Remain
and be Protected.
Demo Existing Utility Pole and
Affiliated Overhead Wires.
Demo Existing Gabion Wall.
Salvage, clean existing sandstone
retaining wall stone and move to
temporary storage location prior to
construction.
Existing Wall to Remain
Existing Fence to Remain
Demo Existing Curb
Existing Deciduous Tree to
Remain and be Protected,
Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Sawcut, Typ.
Existing Evergreen Tree to
Remain and be Protected,
Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Sign Post to
Remain and be Protected.
Verify if
Tree to
Remain
Verify Proposed
Limits of Work, Typ.
Valve Boxes Assumed to
Remain & Be Re-Used
Storm Structure To Remain
Existing Shade and
Concrete Pad to Remain
and be Protected
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Fencing,
Typ., Owner Provided
Tree Protection Fencing,
Typ., Owner Provided
Contractor to Grub and Remove
Sod, to Strip 6"-8" Existing Topsoil,
and to Stockpile Separately. Re:
Specs for Addt'l Information.
Contractor to Grub and Remove
Sod, to Strip 6"-8" Existing Topsoil,
and to Stockpile Separately. Re:
Specs for Addt'l Information.
Contractor to Grub by Hand, Limit
Heavy Machinery Usage in This
Area. Re: Specs for Addt'l
Information.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L1.01
DE02L,T,21
TREE 3R2TECT,21
3LA1
A Demolition and Tree Protection Plan
12TES
1.Contractor to verify existing trees on site within the
limit of work prior to beginning work. Tree
protection fencing to be provided and installed by
Owner. Contractor to provide minimum 5 day's
notice to Owner of when Tree Protection Fencing is
needed prior to commencement of any
Construction operations.
Demo Contour (5'), Re: Civil
Demo Contour (1'), Re: Civil
Tree Protection Zone, Re: Specs
DE02 TREE 3R2TECT,21 LEGE1D
Sawcut
Demolish
0
SCALE:1"=20'-0"
10'20'40'1
Clear and Grub, Re: Specs
Clear and Grub (TPZ), Re: Specs
Tree Protection Fencing
(Owner Provided)
Pa
g
e
8
1
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
SITE
Fil
e
p
a
t
h
:
P:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
C
D
\
C
D
-
C
O
V
E
R
.
D
W
G
L
a
y
o
u
t
:
LA
Y
O
U
T
1
2 X
R
E
F
s
:
n
o
t
e
s
-
e
n
g
l
e
w
o
o
d
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
c
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
p
l
a
n
n
o
t
e
s
,
v
i
c
m
a
p
Pl
o
t
t
e
d
:
WE
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
8
:
4
2
P
B
y
:
Ja
k
e
V
i
n
c
i
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
PROJECT #:24091704-10-2025
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
ROTOLO PARK
SITUATED IN THE NORTHWEST 1/4 OF SECTION 10, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE
68 WEST OF THE 6TH P.M.,
CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COUNTY OF ARAPAHOE, STATE OF COLORADO
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION PLANS
SCALE: 1" =
VICINITY MAP
1000'
CITY OF ENGLEWOOD - STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES:
1.ALL WORK IN THE RIGHT OF WAY SHALL BE PER THE CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO AND
THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL. CONTACT THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AT (303) 762-2500 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
2.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOCATION AND PROTECTION OF ALL UTILITIES. CALL 811 PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
3.ANY OCCUPANCY OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY ON THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY REQUIRES A PERMIT FROM THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. ANY WORK
CONDUCTED WITHOUT A PERMIT IS SUBJECT TO A DOUBLE FEE.
4.REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE PRIOR TO 12:00 PM THE DAY PRIOR TO THE INSPECTION (NO EXCEPTIONS).
5.ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS, DEVICES AND OPERATIONS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE LATEST MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES.
6.WORK HOURS IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY ARE MONDAY-FRIDAY 7:30 AM TO 7:00 PM. WORK HOURS FOR ARTERIALS AND COLLECTOR STREETS WILL BE 9:00 AM TO
3:00 PM. PUBLIC WORKS MUST BE NOTIFIED ONE WEEK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR ANY WORK SCHEDULED ON A SATURDAY.
7.NO WORK IS ALLOWED BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 7:00 PM AND 7:00 AM PER ENGLEWOOD MUNICIPAL CODE SECTION 6-2-5(E) OR ON SUNDAY OR ANY RECOGNIZED
CITY HOLIDAY.
8.ALL DAMAGE TO EXISTING PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATION, AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD INSPECTOR, WILL BE
REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO CITY STANDARDS.
9.THE USE OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD'S RIGHTS-OF-WAY FOR THE PURPOSE OF STAGING IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. STAGING IS DEFINED AS THE STORAGE OF (BUT
NOT LIMITED TO) MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, OR VEHICLES OUTSIDE OF THE NORMAL WORKING HOURS ALLOWED FOR IN THE PERMIT.
10.MAINTAIN ORIGINAL CROSS SECTION AND GRADE OF ALLEY. THE ADDITION OF COMPACTION OF ROADBASE (CDOT CLASS 6) MAY BE REQUIRED TO RESTORE A
STABLE SURFACE AND SHALL BE COMPLETED AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
11.CONSTRUCTION FENCING, INCLUDING GATES SHALL NO ENCROACH OR OPEN IN TO THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY.
12.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ALL ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS OF ANY ROAD OR ALLEY CLOSURES OR PARKING RESTRICTIONS THAT IMPACTS THE ADJACENT
PROPERTIES BY. NOTIFICATION SHALL INCLUDE A DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK, THE TIMES AND DURATION THAT THE CLOSURE OR RESTRICTIONS WILL BE IN EFFECT
AND THE COMPANY NAME AND EMERGENCY CONTACT NUMBER. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THEIR NOTIFICATION FLYER WITH THE PERMIT APPLICATION FOR
APPROVAL.
13.ALL BUILDING AND SITE DRAINAGE MUST BE DIRECTED TO STREET OR ALLEY. NO DRAINAGE IS PERMITTED TO FLOW ONTO ADJACENT PROPERTIES.
14.SITE GRADING SHALL MAINTAIN CONVEYANCE OF ALL EXISTING, TRIBUTARY OFF-SITE RUNOFF.
15.ALL MONUMENTED LOT CORNERS SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION OR REPLACED BY A COLORADO LICENSED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR IF
DAMAGED.
16.A CONCRETE PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR ALL NEW UTILITY SERVICE AND IRRIGATION LINES CROSSING THE PUBLIC CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK UNLESS
INSTALLATION IS MADE BY A MECHANICAL BORE. DIGGING OR TUNNELING UNDER THE CONCRETE IS NOT ALLOWED.
17.NO STEEL OR METAL TRACKED VEHICLES SHALL BE PERMITTED ON STREETS UNLESS APPROVED BY THE CITY. THE CITY MAY REQUIRE THAT ANY SCARRED AREA TO
BE RESTORED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. RUBBER TRACKED VEHICLES ARE ALLOWED.
18.BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE SAW CUT TO CLEAN, STRAIGHT LINES AND SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE FLOW OF TRAFFIC.
FOR ORIGINAL EXCAVATION ROLL CUTTING OR JACK HAMMERING IS AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF REMOVAL. HOWEVER, SAW CUTTING TO MEET THESE STANDARDS
SHALL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO ASPHALT PATCHING. IN EXISTING PAVEMENT, ALL EXCAVATIONS WITHIN 36" OF THE EDGE OF THE ASPHALT OR ANOTHER
EXCAVATION, EITHER EXISTING OR PROPOSED, SHALL REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THAT ASPHALT FROM THE EDGE OF ROAD TO THE EXCAVATION.
19.CONCRETE PAVEMENT, CROSS PANS, DRIVEWAYS, STREETS AND ALLEYS SHALL BE REMOVED TO NEATLY SAWED EDGES CUT TO FULL DEPTH. FULL PANEL
REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED FOR ALL CONCRETE REMOVAL.
20.ALL EXCAVATED MATERIAL SHALL BE STOCKPILED IN A MANNER THAT DOES NOT ENDANGER THE WORK OR WORKERS AND THAT DOES NOT OBSTRUCT SIDEWALKS,
STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS. THE WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A MANNER THAT WILL MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH TRAFFIC AND/OR DRAINAGE OF THE STREET. THE
CONTRACTOR AT THE END OF EACH DAY SHALL REMOVE EXCESS MATERIAL FROM RIGHTS-OF-WAYS, AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL STREET, ALLEYS AND
SIDEWALKS AFFECTED BY THE EXCAVATION. ALL WORK SHALL BE PROPERLY BACKFILLED PRIOR TO THE END OF THE WORKDAY. NO OPEN HOLES ARE ALLOWED
OVERNIGHT.
21.MOISTURE DENSITY CONTROL SHALL BE APPLIED FULL DEPTH FOR ALL EMBANKMENTS, SUBGRADE RECONDITIONING AND TRENCH BACKFILL. BACKFILL SHALL BE
COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF 90% STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY (AASHTO T-180). ALL TEST RESULTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY.
22.CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) MAY BE USED AS TRENCH BACKFILL WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A MIX DESIGN
TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL.
23.TEMPORARY PATCHING OF EXCAVATIONS REQUIRES THE APPROVAL OF THE CITY. INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE TEMPORARY PATCH SHALL BE THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PERMITTED UNTIL THE PERMANENT SURFACE IS COMPLETED AND ACCEPTED. TEMPORARY PATCHES SHALL BE COLD MIX PAVING
MATERIALS PLACED IN 2" LIFTS OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY. TEMPORARY SURFACES SHALL BE COMPACTED, ROLLED SMOOTH AND SEALED TO PREVENT
DEGRADATION OF THE REPAIR AND EXISTING STRUCTURES DURING THE TEMPORARY PERIOD. PERMANENT PATCHING SHALL OCCUR WITHIN TWO (2) WEEKS
EXCEPT AS OUTLINED BY THE CITY IN THE PERMIT. DURING WINTER MONTHS (NOVEMBER TO APRIL), THE TEMPORARY SURFACE (COLD MIX ASPHALT) SHALL BE
INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY. WHEEL ROLLING IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF FINAL COMPACTION. STEEL TRENCH PLATES MAY ONLY BE USED WITH THE PRIOR
APPROVAL OF THE CITY AND ARE FORBIDDEN BETWEEN OCTOBER 1ST AND APRIL 30TH.
24.FINAL PATCHING SHALL BE MADE TO MATCH THE EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION, INCLUDING AGGREGATE BASE COURSE AND ASPHALT COURSE
THICKNESS.AGGREGATE BASE COURSE SHALL BE CDOT CLASS B. THE ASPHALT PAVING MIXTURE (APM) SHALL BE GRADING S OR SX AS SPECIFIED BY THE LATEST
EDITION OF THE METROPOLITAN GOVERNMENT PAVEMENT ENGINEERS COUNCIL (MGPEC) SPECIFICATIONS.
25.CONCRETE SHALL BE CDOT CLASS B (4,500 PSI) FROM A CDOT PRE-APPROVED SUPPLIER OR CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A MIX DESIGN TO THE CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
26.ALL MANHOLES, VALVE BOXES AND SPLICE BOXES SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO FINISHED GRADE.
27.ERECT AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE EROSION PROTECTION FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. NO MATERIAL WILL BE ALLOWED TO LEAVE THE SITE. ALL ER0SION
CONTROL BMP'S SHALL BE PER THE LATEST ISSUE OF VOLUME 3 OF THE URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL AS APPROVED BY THE CITY.
28.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING ALL PAVED AREAS OF MUD AND DEBRIS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON A DAILY BASIS OR AS
DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
29.EROSION CONTROL BMP'S SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE AND IN WORKING CONDITION UNTIL FINAL STABILIZATION OF THE SITE IS ACHIEVED.
30.A DESIGNATED AREA SHALL BE PROVIDED ON SITE FOR CONCRETE TRUCK CHUTE WASHOUT. THE AREA SHALL BE SO AS TO CONTAIN WASHOUT MATERIAL AND
LOCATED AT LEAST FIFTY (50) FEET AWAY FROM ANY WATERWAY DURING CONSTRUCTION. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THE CONCRETE
WASHOUT MATERIAL WILL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO THE AREA BEING RESTORED.
31.SOIL ON THE SITE SHALL NOT BE LEFT EXPOSED FOR MORE THAN 60 DAYS. ALL DISTURBED AREAS ON THE SITE SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH SEEDING/MULCHING,
PAVING OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD.
32.ALL TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED AS SOON AS PRACTICAL WHEN THEY ARE NO LONGER NEEDED. WHEN WORK IS SUSPENDED FOR
SHORT PERIODS OF TIME, TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES THAT ARE NO LONGER APPROPRIATE SHALL BE REMOVED OR COVERED.
33.FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY CITY CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS MAY RESULT IN THE STOPPAGE OF WORK, AND/OR A SUMMONS ISSUED BY CODE
ENFORCEMENT.
LEGEND EXISTING PROPOSED
ABBREVIATIONS
BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE
BS BOTTOM OF STEP
BW BOTTOM OF WALL (FG)
CONC CONCRETE
DIA DIAMETER
DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE
DR DOOR
DS DOWNSPOUT
E EAST, EASTING
EGL ENERGY GRADE LINE
EL ELEVATION
EOA EDGE OF ASPHALT
EOC EDGE OF CONCRETE
EOP EDGE OF PAVEMENT
ESMT EASEMENT
EX EXISTING
FES FLARED END SECTION
FF FINISHED FLOOR
FG FINISHED GRADE
FH FIRE HYDRANT
FLOW LINE
GB GRADE BREAK
GV GATE VALVE
HC HANDICAP
HGL HYDRAULIC GRADE LINE
HORZ HORIZONTAL
HP HIGH POINT
INV INVERT
LP LOW POINT
LSD LANDSCAPE DRAIN
MAX MAXIMUM
MH MANHOLE
MIN MINIMUM
MJ MECHANICAL JOINT
N NORTH, NORTHING
PHS PHASE
PR PROPOSED
PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
ROW RIGHT-OF-WAY
SAN SANITARY
SS SANITARY SEWER
STA STATION
STM STORM
SW SIDEWALK
TB THRUST BLOCK
TBC TOP/BACK OF CURB
TOP TOP OF PIPE
TS TOP OF STEP
TW TOP OF WALL (FG)
TYP TYPICAL
UG UNDERGROUND
VERT VERTICAL
WAT WATER
I HEREBY AFFIRM THAT THESE FINAL CONSTRUCTION PLANS WERE PREPARED UNDER MY
DIRECT SUPERVISION, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD AND
STATE OF COLORADO STANDARDS AND STATUTES, RESPECTIVELY; AND THAT I AM FULLY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DESIGN AND REVISIONS RELATIVE TO SAID PLANS.
KEVIN P. KENNEDY, P.E. 54352
ON THE BEHALF OF HARRIS KOCHER SMITH
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A D O LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
SHEET INDEX
SheetIndexNumber Sheet Number Sheet Title
1 CD1 COVER
2 CD2 NOTES
3 CD3 OVERALL SITE PLAN
4 CD4 OVERALL GRADING PLAN
5 CD5 OVERALL UTILITY PLAN
6 CD6 SITE UTILITY PLAN
7 CD7 DETAILED GRADING PLAN
8 CD8 DETAILED GRADING PLAN
9 EC1 SWMP - INITIAL
10 EC2 SWMP - FINAL
11 EC3 SWMP - DETAILS
12 EC4 SWMP - DETAILS
BASIS OF BEARINGS:
BASIS OF BEARINGS: BEARINGS ARE GRID BEARINGS OF THE COLORADO STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM, CENTRAL ZONE, NORTH AMERICAN DATUM 1983 (NAD83).
BASED ON THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 9, TOWNSHIP 5 SOUTH, RANGE 68 WEST OF THE SIXTH PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN. BEING A CALCULATED
POSITION AT THE EAST QUARTER CORNER OF SECTION 9 BY MONUMENT RECORD TIES, AND BEING MONUMENTED AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 9 BY A 3.25"
ALUMINUM CAP, ILLEGIBLE, IN RANGE BOX, BEARING 00°10'33" EAST.
HORIZONTAL DATUM: PROJECT DATUM IS BASED ON COLORADO STATE PLAN COORDINATE SYSTEM, CENTRAL ZONE, NORTH AMERICAN DATUM 1983 (NAD83) MODIFIED TO
GROUND USING COMBINED SCALE FACTOR OF 1.0002741496.
PROJECT BENCHMARK: PROJECT BENCHMARK IS AN NGS BENCHMARK (V 409) AT THE JUNCTION OF EAST HAMPDEN AVENUE AND SOUTH BROADWAY, AT SOUTHERLY
EDGE OF CONCRETE WALK AT THE NORTH CONCRETE ABUTMENT, PUBLISHED ELEVATION (NAVD 88) = 5334.87'. SAID BENCHMARK WAS OBSERVED UTILIZING TRIMBLE GPS
AND TRIMBLE VRS NETWORK.
SITE BENCHMARK: SITE BENCHMARK IS POINT NUMBER 804, BEING AN 18"X#5 REBAR WITH 1.25" GREEN PLASTIC CAP, STAMPED: CONTROL POINT, ELEVATION = 5344.83'.
ADDRESS:
4401 S HURON STREET
ENGLEWOOD, CO 80110
CD1
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
1
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
C
D
\
C
D
-
C
O
V
E
R
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
L
A
Y
O
U
T
2
2
X
R
E
F
s
:
n
o
t
e
s
-
e
n
g
l
e
w
o
o
d
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
c
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
p
l
a
n
n
o
t
e
s
,
v
i
c
m
a
p
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
8
:
4
2
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
NOTES CD2
2 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
<DESIGNER>
<REVIEWER>
<DRAWN>
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
ENGLEWOOD GENERAL NOTES:
1.THE ENGLEWOOD ENGINEERING DIRECTOR SIGNATURE AFFIXED TO THIS DOCUMENT INDICATES THE
ENGINEERING DIVISION HAS REVIEWED THE DOCUMENT AND FOUND IT IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH
THE ENGLEWOOD ROADWAY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. THE ENGLEWOOD ENGINEERING
DIRECTOR, THROUGH ACCEPTANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT, ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY, OTHER THAN
STATED ABOVE, FOR THE COMPLETENESS AND/OR ACCURACY OF THESE DOCUMENTS. THE OWNER AND
ENGINEER UNDERSTAND THAT THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ENGINEERING ADEQUACY OF THE FACILITIES
DEPICTED IN THIS DOCUMENT LIES SOLELY WITH THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE
OF COLORADO WHOSE STAMP AND SIGNATURE IS AFFIXED TO THIS DOCUMENT.
2.ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ENGLEWOOD STANDARDS. ANY CONSTRUCTION NOT
SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSED BY THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BUIL T IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
LATEST EDITION OF THE MOST STRINGENT OF THE FOLLOWING:
2.1.THE ENGLEWOOD ROADWAY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
2.2.THE COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HIGHWAYS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE
CONSTRUCTION
2.3.THE COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION M STANDARDS
3.ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION
AS APPLICABLE. THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY SUCH MATERIALS AND
WORKMANSHIP THAT DOES NOT CONFORM TO ITS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGLEWOOD ENGINEERING INSPECTION DIVISION, 303-762-2300, A
MINIMUM OF 24-HOURS AND A MAXIMUM OF 72-HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR
SHALL CITYY ENGINEERING INSPECTION DIVISION WHEN WORKING OUTSIDE OF THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY
ON ANY FACILITY THAT WILL BE CONVEYED TO THE CITY, URBAN DRAINAGE & FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT, OR
OTHER SPECIAL DISTRICT FOR MAINTENANCE (STORM SEWER, ENERGY DISSIPATERS, DETENTION OUTLET
STRUCTURES, OR OTHER DRAINAGE INFRASTRUCTURES). FAILURE TO NOTIFY THE ENGINEERING
INSPECTION DIVISION TO ALLOW THEM TO INSPECT THE CONSTRUCTION MAY RESULT IN NON-ACCEPTANCE
OF THE FACILITY/INFRASTRUCTURE BY THE CITY AND/OR URBAN DRAINAGE.
5.CONSTRUCTION WILL NOT BEGIN UNTIL ALL APPLICABLE PERMITS HAVE BEEN ISSUED. IF A ENGLEWOOD
ENGINEERING INSPECTOR IS NOT AVAILABLE AFTER PROPER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY HAS
BEEN PROVIDED, THE PERMITTEE MAY COMMENCE WORK IN THE INSPECTOR'S ABSENCE. HOWEVER, CITY
RESERVES THE RIGHT NOT TO ACCEPT THE IMPROVEMENT IF SUBSEQUENT TESTING REVEALS AN
IMPROPER INSTALLATION.
6.THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ACTUAL
CONSTRUCTION. FOR INFORMATION CONTACT COLORADO 811 AT 811 OR 1-800-922-1987
7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE ONE (1) COPY OF THE PLANS SIGNED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING DIRECTOR,
ONE (1) COPY OF THE ROADWAY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, AS AMENDED, AND ALL
APPLICABLE PERMITS AT THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES.
8.A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES,
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO CITY FOR ACCEPTANCE WITH THE RIGHT-OF-WAY USE AND CONSTRUCTION
PERMIT APPLICATION. A RIGHT-OF-WAY USE AND CONSTRUCTION PERMIT WILL NOT BE ISSUED WITHOUT AN
ACCEPTED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION.
9.THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS SHALL BE CONSIDERED VALID FOR THREE (3) YEARS FROM THE DATE OF
COUNTY ACCEPTANCE, AFTER WHICH TIME THESE PLANS SHALL BE VOID AND WILL BE SUBJECT TO
RE-REVIEW AND RE-ACCEPTANCE BY ENGLEWOOD.
10.ENGLEWOOD STANDARD DETAILS SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED. ANY NON-STANDARD DETAILS WILL BE CLEARLY
IDENTIFIED AS SUCH.
11.STANDARD ENGLEWOOD HANDICAP RAMPS ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED AT ALL CURB RETURNS AND AT
MID-BLOCK LOCATIONS OPPOSITE OF ONE OF THE CURB RETURNS OF ALL "T" INTERSECTIONS AS IDENTIFIED
ON THESE PLANS.
12.THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF COLORADO, SIGNING THESE PLANS IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THE DETAILS INCLUDED ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE STANDARD CITY
DETAILS CONTAINED IN THE LATEST VERSIONS OF THE CRITERIA MANUALS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT
LIMITED TO:
12.1.ENGLEWOOD ROADWAY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
12.2.ENGLEWOOD STORM DRAINAGE DESIGN AND TECHNICAL CRITERIA
12.3.ENGLEWOOD GRADING, EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL CRITERIA
12.4.COOT M & S STANDARDS
12.5.MUTCD
12.6.URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL VOLUMES 1,2 & 3
13.A TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ACCESS PERMIT FROM ENGLEWOOD MAY BE REQUIRED FOR ANY PROJECT.
GENERAL NOTES:
1.OWNER/DEVELOPER SHALL SCHEDULE A PRE-SUBMITTAL WALK THRU WITH PUBLIC WORKS TO IDENTIFY ALL
PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS THAT WILL BE REQUIRED. THE PRE-SUBMITTAL WALK THRU SHALL BE COMPLETED
PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF ANY BUILDING PERMIT. CALL 303-762-2500 TO SCHEDULE\ A MINIMUM OF 24
HOURS IN ADVANCE.
2.ALL REQUIRED IMPROVEMENTS IDENTIFIED DURING THE PRE-SUBMITTAL WALK THRU SHALL BE CLEARLY
SHOWN ON THE SITE PLAN PRIOR TO THE APPROVAL OF ANY GRADING, SITE OR BUILDING PERMIT.
3.ERECT AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE EROSION PROTECTION FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. NO
MATERIAL WILL BE ALLOWED TO LEAVE SITE. ALL EROSION CONTROL BMP'S SHALL BE PER THE LATEST
ISSUE OF VOLUME 3 OF THE URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL.
4.ANY OCCUPANCY OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY ON THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY REQUIRES A PERMIT FROM
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. CALL 303-762-2500 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.
5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING ALL PAVED AREAS OF MUD AND DEBRIS DUE TO
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON A DAILY BASIS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
6.SOIL ON THE SITE SHALL NOT BE LEFT EXPOSED FOR MORE THAN 60 DAYS. ALL DISTURBED AREAS ON THE
SITE SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH SEEDING/MULCHING, PAVING OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD.
7.EROSION CONTROL BMP'S SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE AND IN WORKING CONDITION UNTIL FINAL STABILIZATION
OF THE SITE IS ACHIEVED.
8.A DESIGNATED AREA SHALL BE PROVIDED ON SITE FOR CONCRETE TRUCK CHUTE WASHOUT. THE AREA
SHALL BE SO AS TO CONTAIN WASHOUT MATERIAL AND LOCATED AT LEAST FIFTY (50) FEET AWAY FROM ANY
WATERWAY DURING CONSTRUCTION. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THE CONCRETE
WASHOUT MATERIAL WILL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO THE AREA BEING
RESTORED.
9.SITE GRADING SHALL MAINTAIN CONVEYANCE OF ALL EXISTING, TRIBUTARY OFF-SITE RUNOFF.
10.ALL WORK IN THE RIGHT OF WAY SHALL BE PER THE CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND CONCRETE
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO AND THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD STORM
DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL. CONTACT THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AT (303)762-2500 FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
11.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOCATION AND PROTECTION OF ALL UTILITIES. CALL 811 PRIOR
TO CONSTRUCTION.
12.ANY OCCUPANCY OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY ON THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY REQUIRES A PERMIT FROM
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. ANY WORK CONDUCTED WITHOUT A PERMIT IS SUBJECT TO A DOUBLE
FEE.
13.REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE PRIOR TO 12:00 PM THE DAY PRIOR TO THE INSPECTION (NO
EXCEPTIONS).
14.WORK HOURS IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY ARE MONDAY-FRIDAY 7:30 AM TO 7:00 PM. WORK HOURS FOR
ARTERIALS AND COLLECTOR STREETS WILL BE 9:00 AM TO 3:00 PM. PUBLIC WORKS MUST BE NOTIFIED ONE
WEEK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR ANY WORK SCHEDULED ON A SATURDAY.
15.NO WORK IS ALLOWED BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 7:00 PM AND 7:00 AM PER ENGLEWOOD MUNICIPAL CODE
SECTION 6-2-5(E) OR ON SUNDAYS OR ANY RECOGNIZED CITY HOLIDAY.
16.ALL DAMAGE TO EXISTING PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS, AS
DETERMINED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD INSPECTOR, WILL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO CITY
STANDARDS.
17.THE USE OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD'S RIGHTS-OF-WAY FOR THE PURPOSE OF STAGING IS STRICTLY
FORBIDDEN. STAGING IS DEFINED AS THE STORAGE OF (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, OR
VEHICLES OUTSIDE OF THE NORMAL WORKING HOURS ALLOWED FOR IN THE PERMIT.
18.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ALL ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS OF ANY ROAD OR ALLEY CLOSURES OR
PARKING RESTRICTIONS THAT IMPACTS THE ADJACENT PROPERTIES BY. NOTIFICATION SHALL INCLUDE A
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK, THE TIMES AND DURATION THAT THE CLOSURE OR RES TRICTIONS WILL BE IN
EFFECT AND THE COMPANY NAME AND EMERGENCY CONTACT NUMBER. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THEIR
NOTIFICATION FLYER WITH THE PERMIT APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL.
19.ALL BUILDING AND SITE DRAINAGE MUST BE DIRECTED TO STREET OR ALLEY. NO DRAINAGE IS PERMITTED
TO FLOW ONTO ADJACENT PROPERTIES.
20.SITE GRADING SHALL MAINTAIN CONVEYANCE OF ALL EXISTING, TRIBUTARY OFF-SITE RUNOFF.
21.ALL MONUMENTED LOT CORNERS SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION OR REPLACED BY A
COLORADO LICENSED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR IF DAMAGED.
22.A CONCRETE PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR ALL NEW UTILITY SERVICE AND IRRIGATION LINES CROSSING UNDER
THE PUBLIC CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK UNLESS INSTALLATION IS MADE BY A MECHANICAL BORE.
DIGGING OR TUNNELING UNDER THE CONCRETE IS NOT ALLOWED.
23.NO STEEL OR METAL TRACKED VEHICLES SHALL BE PERMITTED ON STREETS UNLESS APPROVED BY THE
CITY. THE CITY MAY REQUIRE THAT ANY SCARRED AREA TO BE RESTORED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.
RUBBER TRACKED VEHICLES ARE ALLOWED.
24.BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE SAW CUT TO CLEAN, STRAIGHT LINES AND SHALL BE
PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE FLOW OF TRAFFIC. FOR ORIGINAL EXCAVATION ROLL CUTTING OR
JACK HAMMERING IS AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF REMOVAL. HOWEVER, SAW CUTTING TO MEET THESE
STANDARDS SHALL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO ASPHALT PATCHING. IN EXISTING PAVEMENT, ALL EXCAVATIONS
WITHIN 36" OF THE EDGE OF THE ASPHALT OR ANOTHER EXCAVATION, EITHER EXISTING OR PROPOSED,
SHALL REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THAT ASPHALT FROM THE EDGE OF ROAD TO THE
EXCAVATION.
25.CONCRETE PAVEMENT, CROSS PANS, DRIVEWAYS, STREETS AND ALLEYS SHALL BE REMOVED TO NEATLY
SAWED EDGES CUT TO FULL DEPTH. FULL PANEL REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED FOR ALL CONCRETE
REMOVAL.
26.ALL EXCAVATED MATERIAL SHALL BE STOCKPILED IN A MANNER THAT DOES NOT ENDANGER THE WORK OR
WORKERS AND THAT DOES NOT OBSTRUCT SIDEWALKS, STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS. THE WORK SHALL BE
DONE IN A MANNER THAT WILL MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH TRAFFIC AN D/OR DRAINAGE OF THE STREET.
THE CONTRACTOR AT THE END OF EACH DAY SHALL REMOVE EXCESS MATERIAL FROM RIGHTS- OF- WAYS,
AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL STREET, ALLEYS AND SIDEWALKS AFFECTED BY THE EXCAVATION. ALL WORK
SHALL BE PROPERLY BACKFILLED PRIOR TO THE END OF THE WORKDAY. NO OPEN HOLES ARE ALLOWED
OVERNIGHT.
27.MOISTURE DENSITY CONTROL SHALL BE APPLIED FULL DEPTH FOR ALL EMBANKMENTS, SUBGRADE
RECONDITIONING AND TRENCH BACKFILL. BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF 95%
STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY (AASHTO T-180). ALL TEST RESULTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY.
28.CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) MAY BE USED AS TRENCH BACKFILL WITH THE APPROVAL
OF THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A MIX DESIGN TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL.
29.TEMPORARY PATCHING OF EXCAVATIONS REQUIRES THE APPROVAL OF THE CITY. INSTALLATION AND
MAINTENANCE OF THE TEMPORARY PATCH SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PERMITTED UNTIL THE
PERMANENT SURFACE IS COMPLETED AND ACCEPTED. TEMPORARY PATCHES SHALL BE COLD MIX PAVING
MATERIAL, PLACED IN 2” LIFTS OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY. TEMPORARY SURFACES SHALL BE
COMPACTED, ROLLED SMOOTH AND SEALED TO PREVENT DEGRADATION OF THE REPAIR AND EXISTING
STRUCTURES DURING THE TEMPORARY PERIOD. PERMANENT PATCHING SHALL OCCUR WITHIN TWO (2)
WEEKS EXCEPT AS OUTLINED BY THE CITY IN THE PERMIT. DURING WINTER MONTHS (NOVEMBER TO APRIL),
THE TEMPORARY SURFACE (COLD MIX ASPHALT) SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY. WHEEL ROLLING IS
NOT AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF FINAL COMPACTION. STEEL TRENCH PLATES MAY ONLY BE USED WITH THE
PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE CITY AND ARE FORBIDDEN BETWEEN OCTOBER 1ST AND APRIL 30TH.
30.FINAL PATCHING SHALL BE MADE TO MATCH THE EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION, INCLUDING AGGREGATE
BASE COURSE AND ASPHALT COURSE THICKNESSES. AGGREGATE BASE COURSE SHALL BE CDOT CLASS B.
THE ASPHALT PAVING MIXTURE (APM) SHALL BE GRADING S OR SX AS SPECIFIED BY THE LATEST EDITION OF
THE METROPOLITAN GOVERNMENT PAVEMENT ENGINEERS COUNCIL (MGPEC) SPECIFICATIONS.
31.ALL MANHOLES, VALVE BOXES AND SPLICE BOXES SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO FINISHED GRADE.
32.ERECT AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE EROSION PROTECTION FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. NO
MATERIAL WILL BE ALLOWED TO LEAVE SITE. ALL EROSION CONTROL BMP'S SHALL BE PER THE LATEST
ISSUE OF VOLUME 3 OF THE URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIAL MANUAL AS APPROVED BY THE CITY.
33.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING ALL PAVED AREAS OF MUD AND DEBRIS DUE TO
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON A DAILY BASIS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
34.EROSION CONTROL BMP'S SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE AND IN WORKING CONDITION UNTIL FINAL STABILIZATION
OF THE SITE IS ACHIEVED.
35.A DESIGNATED AREA SHALL BE PROVIDED ON SITE FOR CONCRETE TRUCK CHUTE WASHOUT. THE AREA
SHALL BE SO AS TO CONTAIN WASHOUT MATERIAL AND LOCATED AT LEAST FIFTY (50) FEET AWAY FROM ANY
WATERWAY DURING CONSTRUCTION. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THE CONCRETE
WASHOUT MATERIAL WILL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO THE AREA BEING
RESTORED.
36.SOIL ON THE SITE SHALL NOT BE LEFT EXPOSED FOR MORE THAN 60 DAYS. ALL DISTURBED AREAS ON THE
SITE SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH SEEDING/MULCHING, PAVING OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD.
37.ALL TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED AS SOON AS PRACTICAL WHEN THEY ARE
NO LONGER NEEDED. WHEN WORK IS SUSPENDED FOR SHORT PERIODS OF TIME, TRAFFIC CONTROL
DEVICES THAT ARE NO LONGER APPROPRIATE SHALL BE REMOVED OR COVERED.
38.FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY CITY CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS MAY RESULT IN THE STOPPAGE OF
WORK, AND/OR A SUMMONS ISSUED BY CODE ENFORCEMENT.
39.ANY NEW CURB CUTS REQUIRE A CONCRETE PERMIT AND ARE ONLY ALLOWED IN AREAS WITH VERTICAL
CURB AND GUTTER.
40.CURB WALK TYPES I AND II ARE MOUNTABLE AND THEREFORE MODIFICATION OF CURB WALK TO ALLOW FOR
DRIVEWAY CUT IS NOT ALLOWED
41.IF PROPERTY IS TO BE SUBDIVIDED APPROVAL OF SUBDIVISION IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO BUILDING PERMIT
APPROVAL
42.PERMIT APPROVAL FROM THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD IS AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THAT THE PLANS SATISFY
THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. APPROVAL DOES NOT CONFIRM ACCURACY OR CONTRACTIBILITY WITH
REGARDS TO FIELD CONDITIONS. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD WILL RETAIN RESPONSIBILITY FOR PLANS.
43.PUBLIC WORKS-ENGINEERING WILL NOT APPROVE A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY UNTIL SUCH TIME THAT
ALL COMMENTS TO THE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLANS HAVE BEEN SATISFACTORILY ADDRESSED AND THE
APPLICANT HAS PROVIDED COMPLETE AS-BUILT PLANS AND ENGINEERING CERTIFICATIONS FOR ALL
DRAINAGE FACILITIES. THE APPLICANT IS CAUTIONED THAT ALL WORK CONDUCTED WITHOUT APPROVED
GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLANS IS DONE AT THEIR OWN RISK AND MAY BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT IN ORDER TO CONFORM TO THE APPROVED GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLANS.
PUBLIC WORKS:
1.ALL WORK IN THE RIGHT OF WAY SHALL BE PER THE CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND CONCRETE
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO. PUBLIC WORKS. CONTACT THE PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT AT (303)762-2500 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
2.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING SITE UNTIL WORK IS COMPLETE.
3.ALL DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS, AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD
INSPECTOR, WILL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO CITY STANDARDS.
4.THE USE OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD'S RIGHTS-OF-WAY FOR THE PURPOSE OF STAGING IS STRICTLY
FORBIDDEN. STAGING IS DEFINED AS THE STORAGE OF (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, OR
VEHICLES OUTSIDE OF THE NORMAL WORKING HOURS ALLOWED FOR IN THE PERMIT.
5.CONSTRUCTION FENCING, INCLUDING GATES SHALL NOT ENCROACH OR OPEN INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF
WAY.
6.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ALL ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS OF ANY ROAD OR ALLEY CLOSURES OR
PARKING RESTRICTIONS THAT IMPACTS THE ADJACENT PROPERTIES. NOTIFICATION SHALL INCLUDE A
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK, THE TIMES AND DURATION THAT THE CLOSURE OR RESTRICTIONS WILL BE IN
EFFECT AND THE COMPANY NAME AND EMERGENCY CONTACT NUMBER.
UTILITY NOTES:
1.CONTACT CITY OF ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES DEPARTMENT(303-762-2635) FOR ANY APPLICABLE WATER AND/OR
SEWER SERVICE PERMIT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2.FOR TEMPORARY WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES, COORDINATE WITH ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES, AT
LEAST 3 DAYS IN ADVANCE. NO CONNECTION TO A CITY FIRE HYDRANT WILL BE ALLOWED UNTIL THE
CONTRACTOR HAS OBTAINED A FIRE HYDRANT PERMIT FROM THE UTILITIES DEPARTMENT.
3.A WATER SERVICE AND/OR SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CUT OFF PERMIT MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE CITY
OF ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES OFFICE PRIOR TO THE DEMOLITION OF ANY STRUCTURE CONNECTED TO
EXISTING CITY UTILITIES OR JUST FOR CUT-OFFS OF EXISTING UTILITIES. ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES SHOULD BE
CONTACTED FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
4.PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION WORK FOR WATER, SANITARY, AND STORM SEWER LINES WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT
OF WAY (ROW), A "PUBLIC ROW EXCAVATION PERMIT" SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT. CONTACT THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AT (303)-762-2500 FOR DETAILS.
5.ALL CROSSINGS OF THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD’S WATER, SANITARY, AND STORM SEWER FACILITIES MUST BE
POTHOLED TO VERIFY A MINIMUM 5 FEET OF HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE AND A MINIMUM 18 INCH VERTICAL
CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE PROPOSED CONDUIT(S) AND THE EXISTING UTILITIES.
6.CALL 811 FOR UTILITIES LOCATES THREE (3) DAYS IN ADVANCE OF DIGGING. EMERGENCY LOCATES MUST BE
CALLED IN ON THE SAME DAY OF THE EXCAVATION AND VERIFIED AS AN EMERGENCY BY THE UTILITIES
DEPT. PERSONNEL.
7.IN CASE OF ANY UTILITY MAINS BEING RELOCATED, CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL EXISTING SERVICE
CONNECTIONS TO THE MAIN BEING RELOCATED.
8.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS OF UTILITY SERVICE CONNECTIONS
TO BUILDING WITH MECHANICAL/PLUMBING PLANS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF
RECORD WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES.
9.FOR TRENCH COMPACTION TESTING WITHIN THE UTILITY EASEMENTS, REQUIREMENTS WILL BE SAME AS
COMPACTION TESTING REQUIRED FOR THE TRENCHES WITHIN PUBLIC ROW AND AS REGULATED BY CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD PUBLIC WORKS.
10.AT THIS TIME, CITY FOLLOWS DENVER WATER STANDARDS FOR WATER SYSTEM DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION
AND SOUTHGATE SANITATION DISTRICT STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM DESIGN/CONSTUCTION
WITH SOME RESTRICTIONS/SUBSTITUTIONS, MOSTLY AFFECTING MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT BOB
KUNSELMAN AT 303-762- 2635 FOR DETAILS. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTAL CITY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS ON
UTILITIES SYSTEM ARE UNDER SECTION 1.3.8, UTILITY CONSTRUCTION, IN THE ENGLEWOOD DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS DOCUMENT IS AVAILABLE IN THE CITY WEBSITE,
UNDER THE FOLLOWING LINK: HTTPS://WWW.ENGLEWOODCO.GOV/HOME/SHOWDOCUMENT?ID=25427.
11.IN CASE AREA WATER MAINS HAVE TO BE SHUT-DOWN BUT EXISTING VALVES FAIL TO PROVIDE AN
EFFECTIVE SHUTDOWN, CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO INSTALL INSERTA-VALVES WHICH SHALL BE
PRE-ARRANGED WITH AREA VENDOR(S) BY THE CONTRACTOR SO THAT THEY ARE AVAILABLE IF AND WHEN
NEEDED. SIZE AND NUMBER OF SUCH VALVES REQUIRED SHALL BE AS PER PRIOR COORDINATION WITH CITY
UTILITIES STAFF. CONTACT BOB KUNSELMAN AT 303-762-2635 FOR DETAILS ON APPROVED BRANDS AND LIST
OF APPROVED AREA VENDORS.
12.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ALL AFFECTED BUSINESSES/RESIDENTS IN WRITING 72 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY
PROPOSED WATER SERVICE SHUT-OFF. THE NOTICES MUST HAVE CONTRACTOR'S PHONE NUMBER, NAME
OF CONTACT PERSON, AND EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBER FOR AFTER HOURS CALLS. ALL SHUT OFFS MUST
BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES DEPARTMENT, AND CITY OF ENGLEWOOD VALVES
AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE OPERATED BY CITY OF ENGLEWOOD PERSONNEL, UNLESS WRITTEN
PERMISSION IS GIVEN OTHERWISE.
13.FOR WATER MAIN VALVE SHUT-OFFS, CONTACT THE CITY AT 303-762-2635 AT LEAST SEVEN (7) DAYS IN
ADVANCE.
14.ALL WATER MAINS, ALL WATER SERVICE LINES 3” AND LARGER, AND ALL FIRE LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED
WITH ALL PIPE JOINTS RESTRAINED.
15.FOR ALL COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS/RE-DEVELOPMENTS, CITY OF ENGLEWOOD REQUIRES
AN APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTION (BFP) DEVICE, BASED ON THE REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE, TO
BE INSTALLED ON DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY LINES ALONG WITH THE METER INSTALLATION (REFER TO THE
APPROPRIATE DENVER WATER STANDARD DETAIL ACCORDING TO THE METER SIZE). THE DEVICE CAN BE
INSTALLED INSIDE THE METER VAULT, OUTSIDE THE METER VAULT IN A SEPARATE VAULT/MANHOLE, OR
INSIDE THE BUILDING (TO BE LOCATED AS PER APPLICABLE DENVER WATER STANDARD DETAILS FOR THE
PIPE SIZE WITH NO OTHER TAP/TEE/Y-CONNECTIONS UNTIL AFTER THE BFP DEVICE). ALSO, BFP DEVICES
NEED TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL FIRE-LINES AND IRRIGATION SUPPLY LINES FOR ALL TYPES OF
DEVELOPMENTS - COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, OR RESIDENTIAL. THIS RULE IS APPLICABLE EVEN IF NOT
SHOWN OR CALLED OUT ON THE PLANS. TO AVOID HAVING TO INSTALL THIS DEVICE AFTER ALL
CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE, OWNER/DEVELOPER AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PLAN FOR THIS IN
ADVANCE. THIS IS STRICTLY ENFORCED BY ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES. BOB KUNSELMAN
(BKUNSELMAN@ENGLEWOODCO.GOV; 303-762-2635) MAY BE CONTACTED FOR THE APPROVED BFP DEVICES
LIST AND OTHER DETAILS.
16.IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION, ALL BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES MUST BE TESTED TO ENSURE
THAT THEY ARE WORKING PROPERLY. OWNER HAS TO HIRE A CERTIFIED BACKFLOW PREVENTION TESTER
FOR THIS PURPOSE WITH ALL EXPENSES PAID BY THE OWNER. THE TESTER'S CERTIFICATION AND PROOF
OF TEST KIT CALIBRATION ALSO HAVE TO BE PROVIDED TO ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES. FOLLOWING THE INITIAL
TEST, THESE DEVICES HAVE TO BE TESTED ANNUALLY AND REPORT EMAILED TO ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES:
BACKFLOW@ENGLEWOODCO.GOV.
17.IF A STRUCTURE IS TO BE BUILT OVER AN EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LINE SERVICING AN EXISTING
BUILDING, THE PIPE MUST BE RELOCATED OR REPLACED WITH PIPE MATERIAL APPROVED FOR USE
UNDERNEATH A BUILDING WHICH IS SCHEDULE 40 PVC. IF THE LOCATION OF THE EXISTING SEWER SERVICE
IS NOT KNOWN, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION BY
WHATEVER MEANS NECESSARY. SANITARY SEWERS WITHIN UTILITY EASEMENTS HAVE TO BE PVC C-900.
18.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS AND UTILITIES
AND SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DAMAGE AT THEIR EXPENSE AND AS DIRECTED BY ENGLEWOOD
UTILITIES INSPECTOR.
19.THE TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, AND NUMBER OF ALL KNOWN UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHOWN ON THE
DRAWINGS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED AS APPROXIMATE. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXISTENCE AND VERTICAL/HORIZONTAL LOCATIONS OF ALL UNDERGROUND
UTILITIES ON THE SITE, AND OFFSITE WORK AREAS, INCLUDING THEIR RESPECTIVE SIZES AS WELL AS PIPE
MATERIALS, PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES. FOR INFORMATION CONTACT: UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER OF COLORADO (UNCC) - 1-
800-922-1987 OR 811.
20.ENGINEER OF RECORD IS ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UTILITIES AND RELATED FACILITIES AS
DESIGNED AND SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. CITY REVIEW AND APPROVAL IS FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE
ONLY AND ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING THE COMPLETENESS AND/OR ACCURACY OF THESE
PLANS AND ANY OTHER RELATED DESIGN DOCUMENTS.
21.ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD
UTILITIES DEPARTMENT. THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY SUCH MATERIALS AND
WORKMANSHIP THAT DOES NOT CONFORM TO ITS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FIELD CONDITIONS
MIGHT NECESSITATE CHANGES TO THE APPROVED DESIGN.
22.CITY OF ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES DEPT. INSPECTORS WILL BE CONDUCTING INSPECTIONS/APPROVALS OF
UTILITIES CONSTRUCTION FOR WET UTILITIES. FOR UTILITY INSPECTIONS, NOTIFY ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES AT
LEAST 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE. ALSO, MR. BOB KUNSELMAN (PH: 303-762-2635) SHOULD BE INVITED TO ANY
UTILITIES RELATED PRE- CONSTRUCTION MEETING(S) SO THAT ALL ISSUES ARE DISCUSSED IN ADVANCE. HE
WOULD REQUIRE AT LEAST (7) DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE.
23.POST APPROVAL BY THE UTILITIES DEPT., IF THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION IS DELAYED BY MORE THAN 6
MONTHS, THEN FRESH UTILITY LOCATES ARE REQUIRED. THIS IS BECAUSE OTHER UTILITY AGENCIES MAY
HAVE INSTALLED NEW UTILITIES OR RELOCATED THEIR EXISTING UTILITIES LEADING TO THE POTENTIAL OF
A CONFLICT. IF THE 2ND ROUND OF UTILITY LOCATES SHOW A CONFLICT THEN DESIGN CHANGES HAVE TO
BE SUBMITTED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD TO THE UTILITIES DEPT. FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL.
24.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE ENGINEER OF RECORD A COMPLETE SET OF CONSTRUCTION
RECORD DRAWINGS (“AS-BUILTS”), FOR THE CONSTRUCTED IMPROVEMENTS OF ALL NEWLY INSTALLED
UTILITIES AS WELL AS ANY/ALL EXISTING UTILITIES THAT HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED TO FINAL GRADE AND/OR
RELOCATED. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW LOCATIONS OF VALVES, HYDRANTS, WATER
METERS/VAULTS, MISC. FITTINGS, STORM/SANITARY MANHOLES, INLETS, VAULTS (INCLUDING ELEVATIONS -
RIMS/INVERTS), PIPE ALIGNMENTS (HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL - NORTHING/EASTINGS & TOP OF PIPE/INVERT
ELEVATIONS RESPECTIVELY), PIPE SIZES AND MATERIALS, ETC. (ALL ITEMS PERTAINING TO THIS PROJECT),
AND ANY VARIATIONS FROM THE APPROVED PLANS. NORTHING-EASTINGS FOR HORIZONTAL CONTROL
SHALL BE BASED ON NAD-83. VERTICAL DATUM SHALL BE NAVD 88. ENGINEER OF RECORD WILL THEN
PREPARE RECORD DRAWINGS AND PROVIDE TO THE CITY. DELIVERED MEDIA TO INCLUDE COLORADO P.E.
STAMPED/SIGNED HARD COPY DRAWINGS AS WELL AS ELECTRONIC FILES IN SCALABLE PDF 'S (CAD FILES
NOT ACCEPTED AT THIS TIME; SHAPE FILES ARE ACCEPTED BUT NOT REQUIRED). IN ADDITION TO
CONFORMING TO ALL OTHER APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FINAL SIGN-OFF TOWARDS COMPLETION
OF ALL CONSTRUCTION, ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES ALSO REQUIRES THAT THE AS-BUILTS BE SUBMITTED FOR
THE SIGN-OFF PROCESS TO BE FINALLY COMPLETE.
HKS GENERAL SANITARY NOTES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY COLORADO 811 PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, IN ACCORDANCE WITH COLORADO
STATE STATUTES.
2.THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IS APPROXIMATE AND SHOWN ACCORDING TO THE BEST
INFORMATION AVAILABLE, AS SUPPLIED BY THE UTILITY OWNERS. PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL VERIFY EXISTENCE, SIZE, AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY HARRIS
KOCHER SMITH OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES TO
EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIES.
3.LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION.
4.PIPE LENGTHS ARE MEASURED FROM CENTER OF MANHOLE TO CENTER OF MANHOLE. ALL COORDINATES ARE
AT THE CENTER OF THE STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
5.ALL WORK, INCLUDING CORRECTION WORK, SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE UTILITY PROVIDER’S
REPRESENTATIVE WHO SHALL HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO HALT CONSTRUCTION WHEN THERE IS A LACK OF
ADHERENCE TO STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES.
6.MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET OF HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN ALL SANITARY SEWER AND
DOMESTIC WATER MAINS AND SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE OF COLORADO AND JURISDICTIONAL
UTILITY PROVIDER SPECIFICATIONS.
7.FOR ALL NON-CONCENTRIC MANHOLES, MANHOLE RINGS/COVERS AND STEPS LIDS SHALL BE ROTATED AS
SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW.
8.CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL EXISTING RIM ELEVATIONS TO MATCH THE PROPOSED GRADE.
9.ALL SANITARY SERVICE CLEANOUTS LOCATED ADJACENT TO A BUILDING SHALL BE TWO-WAY CLEANOUTS.
10.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR:
a.OBTAINING ALL APPLICABLE LICENSES, BONDS, PERMITS, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER
MAIN INSTALLATION.
b.VERIFYING THE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND NOTIFYING THE ENGINEER OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES.
c.RESTORING ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION, OR AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS.
HKS GENERAL GRADING NOTES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT HANDRAILS, STAIRS, CURB RAMPS, AND RAMPS
ARE INSTALLED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL STATE AND/OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS
AND STANDARDS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA), THE
FAIR HOUSING ACT (FHA) AND THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI).
2.CROSS SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR AT LANDINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED 2% IN ANY
DIRECTION.
3.LONGITUDINAL SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%. LONGITUDINAL SLOPES
ON RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.33%. RAMPS, EXCEPT CURB RAMPS, SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH
SIDES.
4.GUTTER SLOPES AT THE CURB RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
5.GUTTER PANS SURROUNDING HANDICAP SPACES SHALL MATCH THE SLOPE OF THE ADJACENT PAVEMENT
WITH A MAXIMUM 2% SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS.
6.ALL GRADES ARE FINISHED GRADE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7.ROCK MULCH, IF PLACED UPSTREAM OF CONCRETE FLATWORK OR GRASSED AREA, SHALL BE PLACED ON
TOP OF FINISHED GRADE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. ROCK MULCH AREAS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND
CONSTRUCTED TO ADEQUATELY DRAIN AND NOT RETAIN WATER. ALL LANDSCAPE EDGE MATERIALS
SHALL NOT PREVENT DRAINAGE TO PASS THROUGH.
8.ALL GRADES ADJACENT TO THE BUILDINGS SHALL BE AT MINIMUM 8-INCHES BELOW FINISHED FLOOR
ELEVATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
9.NON-PAVED GRADES ADJACENT TO BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL BUILDINGS AT A MINIMUM
OF 5% FOR 10-FT. ALL PAVED GRADES ATTACHED TO BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL BUILDINGS
AT A MINIMUM OF 1%, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
10.ALL GRADES FOR WALLS ARE FINISHED GRADE ELEVATIONS AT BOTTOM OF FRONT FACE (BW) AND
TOP-BACK OF WALL (TW). THE WALL ELEVATIONS DO NOT INDICATE FOUNDATION DEPTHS OR
ELEVATIONS. RETAINING WALL DETAILS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
11.REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR BUILDING FOUNDATION STEP LOCATIONS WHEN APPLICABLE.
12.PORTIONS OF STAIRS THAT DO NOT MEET THE MINIMUM 4-INCH RISER HEIGHT (DUE TO AN ADJACENT
SLOPING PUBLIC WAY) SHALL HAVE A DISTINCTIVE MARKING STRIPE, 1-INCH TO 2-INCHES IN WIDTH, WITH
A SLIP-RESISTANT SURFACE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
REGULATIONS.
13.SEE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PLANS FOR HEIGHT AND TOP OF COURTYARD AMENITIES (PLANTER CURBS,
SEAT WALLS, BENCHES, FIRE WALL, MEDIA WALL, BARS, AND GRILLS).
14.TOP STEP ELEVATIONS FOR STOOPS AND PATIOS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. TOP OF STEPS
AND PATIO ELEVATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/DETAILS AND AS-BUILT
STOOP/PATIO ELEVATIONS.
15.ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS ARE TO BE SET A MINIMUM OF 2-INCHES ABOVE THE
ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE PAD. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A
CONCRETE TURNDOWN AS NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM,
AND AROUND, ALL ELECTRICAL PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS.
16.SITE GRADING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND
THE RECOMMENDATIONS SET FORTH IN THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT.
17.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR DOORS AND GATES ARE CONSTRUCTED WITH
ADEQUATE LANDING WIDTH AND DEPTH TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES
ACT (ADA) AND AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOOR
REQUIREMENTS (BASED ON THE DIRECTION OF APPROACH OF THE SIDEWALK).
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
1
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
SS
W
W
ST
ST
ST
W
W
ST
E
SS
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
C
D
\
C
D
-
O
V
E
R
A
L
L
S
I
T
E
P
L
A
N
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
C
D
8
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
k
e
y
m
a
p
,
p
-
a
c
c
e
s
s
i
b
l
e
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
,
p
-
u
t
i
l
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
7
:
2
6
:
2
1
P
B
Y
:
K
E
V
I
N
K
E
N
N
E
D
Y
240917
ROTOLO PARK
OVERALL SITE PLAN CD3
3 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
20 20 40
20'
LEGEND:
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
RIGHT-OF-WAY
EXISTING STORM SEWER MANHOLE, INLET, & FES
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
EXISTING WATER MANHOLE
EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT
ACCESSIBLE PATH
EXISTING OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
W
P
R
O
F
ESSIONA L E N GI NEER
COL O R A D O LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV I N
Pa
g
e
8
1
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
ST
ST
ST
ST
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
G
R
A
D
I
N
G
\
C
D
-
O
V
E
R
A
L
L
G
R
A
D
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
C
D
A
5
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
9
:
0
0
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
OVERALL GRADING PLAN CD4
4 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
20 20 40
20'
GENERAL GRADING NOTES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT HANDRAILS, STAIRS,
CURB RAMPS, AND RAMPS ARE INSTALLED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL
APPLICABLE LOCAL STATE AND/OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA),
THE FAIR HOUSING ACT (FHA) AND THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS
INSTITUTE (ANSI).
2.CROSS SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR AT LANDINGS SHALL NOT
EXCEED 2% IN ANY DIRECTION.
3.LONGITUDINAL SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
LONGITUDINAL SLOPES ON RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.33%. RAMPS, EXCEPT
CURB RAMPS, SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES.
4.GUTTER SLOPES AT THE CURB RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
5.GUTTER PANS SURROUNDING HANDICAP SPACES SHALL MATCH THE SLOPE OF
THE ADJACENT PAVEMENT WITH A MAXIMUM 2% SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS.
6.ALL GRADES ARE FINISHED GRADE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7.ROCK MULCH, IF PLACED UPSTREAM OF CONCRETE FLATWORK OR GRASSED
AREA, SHALL BE PLACED ON TOP OF FINISHED GRADE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.
ROCK MULCH AREAS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO ADEQUATELY
DRAIN AND NOT RETAIN WATER. ALL LANDSCAPE EDGE MATERIALS SHALL NOT
PREVENT DRAINAGE TO PASS THROUGH.
8.ALL GRADES ADJACENT TO THE BUILDINGS SHALL BE AT MINIMUM 8-INCHES
BELOW FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
9.NON-PAVED GRADES ADJACENT TO BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL
BUILDINGS AT A MINIMUM OF 5% FOR 10-FT. ALL PAVED GRADES ATTACHED TO
BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL BUILDINGS AT A MINIMUM OF 1%,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
10.ALL GRADES FOR WALLS ARE FINISHED GRADE ELEVATIONS AT BOTTOM OF
FRONT FACE (BW) AND TOP-BACK OF WALL (TW). THE WALL ELEVATIONS DO NOT
INDICATE FOUNDATION DEPTHS OR ELEVATIONS. RETAINING WALL DETAILS SHALL
BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
11.REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR BUILDING FOUNDATION STEP LOCATIONS
WHEN APPLICABLE.
12.PORTIONS OF STAIRS THAT DO NOT MEET THE MINIMUM 4-INCH RISER HEIGHT
(DUE TO AN ADJACENT SLOPING PUBLIC WAY) SHALL HAVE A DISTINCTIVE
MARKING STRIPE, 1-INCH TO 2-INCHES IN WIDTH, WITH A SLIP-RESISTANT
SURFACE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
REGULATIONS.
13.SEE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PLANS FOR HEIGHT AND TOP OF COURTYARD
AMENITIES (PLANTER CURBS, SEAT WALLS, BENCHES, FIRE WALL, MEDIA WALL,
BARS, AND GRILLS).
14.TOP STEP ELEVATIONS FOR STOOPS AND PATIOS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
ONLY. TOP OF STEPS AND PATIO ELEVATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/DETAILS AND AS-BUILT STOOP/PATIO ELEVATIONS.
15.ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS ARE TO BE SET A MINIMUM
OF 2-INCHES ABOVE THE ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE AROUND THE PERIMETER
OF THE PAD. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CONCRETE TURNDOWN AS
NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM, AND
AROUND, ALL ELECTRICAL PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS.
16.SITE GRADING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE RECOMMENDATIONS SET FORTH IN THE
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT.
17.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR DOORS AND GATES ARE
CONSTRUCTED WITH ADEQUATE LANDING WIDTH AND DEPTH TO COMPLY WITH
APPLICABLE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) AND AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOOR
REQUIREMENTS (BASED ON THE DIRECTION OF APPROACH OF THE SIDEWALK).
EXISTING CONTOURS
PROPOSED CONTOURS
LEGEND:
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
RIGHT-OF-WAY
DRAINAGE CHANNEL FLOWLINE
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
1
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
ST
ST
W
W
W
ST
E
W
SS
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
0
SCALE: 1" =
20 20 40
20'
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
U
T
I
L
I
T
I
E
S
\
C
D
-
U
T
I
L
I
T
Y
P
L
A
N
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
L
A
Y
O
U
T
1
7
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
k
e
y
m
a
p
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
,
p
-
u
t
i
l
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
9
:
1
0
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
OVERALL UTILITY PLAN CD5
5 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
GENERAL SANITARY NOTES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY COLORADO 811 PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, IN
ACCORDANCE WITH COLORADO STATE STATUTES.
2.THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IS APPROXIMATE AND
SHOWN ACCORDING TO THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE, AS SUPPLIED BY THE
UTILITY OWNERS. PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY
EXISTENCE, SIZE, AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY
HARRIS KOCHER SMITH OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES TO EXISTING UNDERGROUND
FACILITIES.
3.LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO
START OF CONSTRUCTION.
4.PIPE LENGTHS ARE MEASURED FROM CENTER OF MANHOLE TO CENTER OF
MANHOLE. ALL COORDINATES ARE AT THE CENTER OF THE STRUCTURE UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
5.ALL WORK, INCLUDING CORRECTION WORK, SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE UTILITY
PROVIDER’S REPRESENTATIVE WHO SHALL HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO HALT
CONSTRUCTION WHEN THERE IS A LACK OF ADHERENCE TO STANDARD
CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES.
6.MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET OF HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN ALL
SANITARY SEWER AND DOMESTIC WATER MAINS AND SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH STATE OF COLORADO AND JURISDICTIONAL UTILITY PROVIDER
SPECIFICATIONS.
7.FOR ALL NON-CONCENTRIC MANHOLES, MANHOLE RINGS/COVERS AND STEPS LIDS
SHALL BE ROTATED AS SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW.
8.CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL EXISTING RIM ELEVATIONS TO MATCH THE
PROPOSED GRADE.
9.ALL SANITARY SERVICE CLEANOUTS LOCATED ADJACENT TO A BUILDING SHALL BE
TWO-WAY CLEANOUTS.
10.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR:
a.OBTAINING ALL APPLICABLE LICENSES, BONDS, PERMITS, STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER MAIN INSTALLATION.
b.VERIFYING THE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND NOTIFYING
THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES.
c.RESTORING ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION, OR AS INDICATED
ON THE PLANS.
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
1
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
E
W
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
PIPE TABLE
NAME
A-1
A-2
SIZE
4"
4"
LENGTH
27.67'
54.50'
SLOPE
2.00%
2.26%
MATERIAL
PVC
PVC
INVERT (START)
5356.55
5356.00
INVERT (END)
5356.00
5354.77
0
SCALE: 1" =
10 10 20
10'
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
U
T
I
L
I
T
I
E
S
\
C
D
-
W
A
T
E
R
S
E
R
V
I
C
E
S
P
L
A
N
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
L
A
Y
O
U
T
1
7
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
k
e
y
m
a
p
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
,
p
-
u
t
i
l
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
9
:
2
0
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SITE UTILITY PLAN CD6
6 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
GENERAL NOTES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY COLORADO 811 PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, IN
ACCORDANCE WITH COLORADO STATE STATUTES.
2.THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IS APPROXIMATE AND
SHOWN ACCORDING TO THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE, AS SUPPLIED BY THE
UTILITY OWNERS. PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY
EXISTENCE, SIZE, AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY
HARRIS KOCHER SMITH OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES TO EXISTING UNDERGROUND
FACILITIES.
3.LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO
START OF CONSTRUCTION.
4.ALL WORK, INCLUDING CORRECTION WORK, SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE UTILITY
PROVIDER’S REPRESENTATIVE WHO SHALL HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO HALT
CONSTRUCTION WHEN THERE IS A LACK OF ADHERENCE TO STANDARD
CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES.
5.MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET OF HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN ALL
SANITARY SEWER AND DOMESTIC WATER MAINS AND SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH STATE OF COLORADO AND JURISDICTIONAL UTILITY PROVIDER
SPECIFICATIONS.
6.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR:
a.OBTAINING ALL APPLICABLE LICENSES, BONDS, PERMITS, STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER MAIN INSTALLATION.
b.VERIFYING THE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND NOTIFYING
THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES.
c.RESTORING ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION, OR AS INDICATED
ON THE PLANS.
7. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
1.3.8.3 SANITARY SEWER WITHIN THE 2020 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
8. WATER SERVICE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1.3.8.2
WATER SYSTEM DESIGN WITHIN THE 2020 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CITY OF ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO.
IRRIRR
IRR
IRRIRRIRR
KEYMAP
1"=200'
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
2
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR
R
IR
R
ST
ST
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
G
R
A
D
I
N
G
\
C
D
-
D
E
T
A
I
L
E
D
G
R
A
D
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
C
D
A
6
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
k
e
y
m
a
p
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
9
:
3
2
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
DETAILED GRADING PLAN CD7
7 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
10 10 20
10'
GENERAL GRADING NOTES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT HANDRAILS, STAIRS,
CURB RAMPS, AND RAMPS ARE INSTALLED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL
APPLICABLE LOCAL STATE AND/OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA),
THE FAIR HOUSING ACT (FHA) AND THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS
INSTITUTE (ANSI).
2.CROSS SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR AT LANDINGS SHALL NOT
EXCEED 2% IN ANY DIRECTION.
3.LONGITUDINAL SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
LONGITUDINAL SLOPES ON RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.33%. RAMPS, EXCEPT
CURB RAMPS, SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES.
4.GUTTER SLOPES AT THE CURB RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
5.GUTTER PANS SURROUNDING HANDICAP SPACES SHALL MATCH THE SLOPE OF
THE ADJACENT PAVEMENT WITH A MAXIMUM 2% SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS.
6.ALL GRADES ARE FINISHED GRADE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7.ROCK MULCH, IF PLACED UPSTREAM OF CONCRETE FLATWORK OR GRASSED
AREA, SHALL BE PLACED ON TOP OF FINISHED GRADE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.
ROCK MULCH AREAS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO ADEQUATELY
DRAIN AND NOT RETAIN WATER. ALL LANDSCAPE EDGE MATERIALS SHALL NOT
PREVENT DRAINAGE TO PASS THROUGH.
8.ALL GRADES ADJACENT TO THE BUILDINGS SHALL BE AT MINIMUM 8-INCHES
BELOW FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
9.NON-PAVED GRADES ADJACENT TO BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL
BUILDINGS AT A MINIMUM OF 5% FOR 10-FT. ALL PAVED GRADES ATTACHED TO
BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL BUILDINGS AT A MINIMUM OF 1%,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
10.ALL GRADES FOR WALLS ARE FINISHED GRADE ELEVATIONS AT BOTTOM OF
FRONT FACE (BW) AND TOP-BACK OF WALL (TW). THE WALL ELEVATIONS DO NOT
INDICATE FOUNDATION DEPTHS OR ELEVATIONS. RETAINING WALL DETAILS SHALL
BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
11.REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR BUILDING FOUNDATION STEP LOCATIONS
WHEN APPLICABLE.
12.PORTIONS OF STAIRS THAT DO NOT MEET THE MINIMUM 4-INCH RISER HEIGHT
(DUE TO AN ADJACENT SLOPING PUBLIC WAY) SHALL HAVE A DISTINCTIVE
MARKING STRIPE, 1-INCH TO 2-INCHES IN WIDTH, WITH A SLIP-RESISTANT
SURFACE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
REGULATIONS.
13.SEE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PLANS FOR HEIGHT AND TOP OF COURTYARD
AMENITIES (PLANTER CURBS, SEAT WALLS, BENCHES, FIRE WALL, MEDIA WALL,
BARS, AND GRILLS).
14.TOP STEP ELEVATIONS FOR STOOPS AND PATIOS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
ONLY. TOP OF STEPS AND PATIO ELEVATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/DETAILS AND AS-BUILT STOOP/PATIO ELEVATIONS.
15.ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS ARE TO BE SET A MINIMUM
OF 2-INCHES ABOVE THE ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE AROUND THE PERIMETER
OF THE PAD. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CONCRETE TURNDOWN AS
NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM, AND
AROUND, ALL ELECTRICAL PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS.
16.SITE GRADING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE RECOMMENDATIONS SET FORTH IN THE
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT.
17.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR DOORS AND GATES ARE
CONSTRUCTED WITH ADEQUATE LANDING WIDTH AND DEPTH TO COMPLY WITH
APPLICABLE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) AND AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOOR
REQUIREMENTS (BASED ON THE DIRECTION OF APPROACH OF THE SIDEWALK).
EXISTING CONTOURS
PROPOSED CONTOURS
LEGEND:
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
RIGHT-OF-WAY
EXPOSED BUILDING FOUNDATION
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
IRRIRR
IRR
IRRIRRIRR
KEYMAP
1"=200'
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
2
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
ST
IR
R
IR
RST
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
G
R
A
D
I
N
G
\
C
D
-
D
E
T
A
I
L
E
D
G
R
A
D
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
C
D
B
6
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
k
e
y
m
a
p
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
9
:
3
4
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
DETAILED GRADING PLAN CD8
8 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
10 10 20
10'
GENERAL GRADING NOTES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT HANDRAILS, STAIRS,
CURB RAMPS, AND RAMPS ARE INSTALLED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL
APPLICABLE LOCAL STATE AND/OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA),
THE FAIR HOUSING ACT (FHA) AND THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS
INSTITUTE (ANSI).
2.CROSS SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR AT LANDINGS SHALL NOT
EXCEED 2% IN ANY DIRECTION.
3.LONGITUDINAL SLOPES ALONG THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
LONGITUDINAL SLOPES ON RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.33%. RAMPS, EXCEPT
CURB RAMPS, SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES.
4.GUTTER SLOPES AT THE CURB RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
5.GUTTER PANS SURROUNDING HANDICAP SPACES SHALL MATCH THE SLOPE OF
THE ADJACENT PAVEMENT WITH A MAXIMUM 2% SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS.
6.ALL GRADES ARE FINISHED GRADE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7.ROCK MULCH, IF PLACED UPSTREAM OF CONCRETE FLATWORK OR GRASSED
AREA, SHALL BE PLACED ON TOP OF FINISHED GRADE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.
ROCK MULCH AREAS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO ADEQUATELY
DRAIN AND NOT RETAIN WATER. ALL LANDSCAPE EDGE MATERIALS SHALL NOT
PREVENT DRAINAGE TO PASS THROUGH.
8.ALL GRADES ADJACENT TO THE BUILDINGS SHALL BE AT MINIMUM 8-INCHES
BELOW FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
9.NON-PAVED GRADES ADJACENT TO BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL
BUILDINGS AT A MINIMUM OF 5% FOR 10-FT. ALL PAVED GRADES ATTACHED TO
BUILDINGS SHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL BUILDINGS AT A MINIMUM OF 1%,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
10.ALL GRADES FOR WALLS ARE FINISHED GRADE ELEVATIONS AT BOTTOM OF
FRONT FACE (BW) AND TOP-BACK OF WALL (TW). THE WALL ELEVATIONS DO NOT
INDICATE FOUNDATION DEPTHS OR ELEVATIONS. RETAINING WALL DETAILS SHALL
BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
11.REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR BUILDING FOUNDATION STEP LOCATIONS
WHEN APPLICABLE.
12.PORTIONS OF STAIRS THAT DO NOT MEET THE MINIMUM 4-INCH RISER HEIGHT
(DUE TO AN ADJACENT SLOPING PUBLIC WAY) SHALL HAVE A DISTINCTIVE
MARKING STRIPE, 1-INCH TO 2-INCHES IN WIDTH, WITH A SLIP-RESISTANT
SURFACE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
REGULATIONS.
13.SEE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PLANS FOR HEIGHT AND TOP OF COURTYARD
AMENITIES (PLANTER CURBS, SEAT WALLS, BENCHES, FIRE WALL, MEDIA WALL,
BARS, AND GRILLS).
14.TOP STEP ELEVATIONS FOR STOOPS AND PATIOS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
ONLY. TOP OF STEPS AND PATIO ELEVATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/DETAILS AND AS-BUILT STOOP/PATIO ELEVATIONS.
15.ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS ARE TO BE SET A MINIMUM
OF 2-INCHES ABOVE THE ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE AROUND THE PERIMETER
OF THE PAD. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CONCRETE TURNDOWN AS
NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM, AND
AROUND, ALL ELECTRICAL PADS AND AC-UNIT PADS.
16.SITE GRADING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE RECOMMENDATIONS SET FORTH IN THE
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT.
17.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR DOORS AND GATES ARE
CONSTRUCTED WITH ADEQUATE LANDING WIDTH AND DEPTH TO COMPLY WITH
APPLICABLE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) AND AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOOR
REQUIREMENTS (BASED ON THE DIRECTION OF APPROACH OF THE SIDEWALK).
EXISTING CONTOURS
PROPOSED CONTOURS
LEGEND:
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
RIGHT-OF-WAY
EXPOSED BUILDING FOUNDATION
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
IRRIRR
IRR
IRRIRRIRR
KEYMAP
1"=200'
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
2
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
ST
ST
ST
ST
ECB
VTC
CWA
CF
LOC
LOC
SR
SR
SF
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
S
W
M
P
I
N
I
T
I
A
L
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
I
N
I
T
I
A
L
5
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
s
w
m
p
-
b
a
s
e
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
9
:
4
4
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - INITIAL EC1
9 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
20 20 40
20'
INITIAL PLAN
1.SHADED BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) WERE INSTALLED IN AN EARLIER
PHASE, AND UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE UNTIL
REVEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT IS APPROVED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING BMPS AND REMOVE
AND REPLACE THEM AS NECESSARY.
2.ALL EXISTING BMPS WILL NEED TO BE PROPERLY REFRESHED OR REINSTALLED BY
THE CONTRACTOR TO FUNCTION AS ORIGINALLY DESIGNED.
3.SEE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR DETAILS OF PERMANENT DRAINAGE FACILITIES
SUCH AS DETENTION FACILITIES, CULVERTS, STORM DRAINS, AND INLET AND
OUTLET PROTECTION.
4.SEE DETAIL SHEETS EC3 & EC4 FOR EROSION CONTROL MEASURE CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS.
5.CONTRACTOR SHALL SEED AND MULCH ALL DISTURBED AREAS NOT FORMALLY
LANDSCAPED PER THE APPROVED LANDSCAPE PLAN SEED MIX OR THE CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD STANDARD SEED MIX.
6.ROCK SOCKS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR SILT FENCE AS PERIMETER CONTROL ON
HARDSCAPE SURFACE AREAS.
7.ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
MEASURES IDENTIFIED IN THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) MUST BE
MAINTAINED IN PROPER FUNCTIONING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR
ALL BMPS AND IMMEDIATELY CORRECT OR REAPPLY ANY THAT ARE NO LONGER
FUNCTIONING EFFECTIVELY.
8.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SURFACE ROUGHENING AND SEEDING &
MULCHING DURING THE DEMOLITION AND EARTHWORK PHASES AS REQUIRED BY
THE SWMP AND COUNTY/CITY INSPECTOR.
9.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING INLET PROTECTION ON ALL
EXISTING STORM SEWER INLETS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AND DOWNSTREAM
OF THE PROJECT SITE.
10.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR
ROTOLO PARK DATED 06/18/2025; THE ENGLEWOOD GRADING, EROSION, AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS; AND THE MILE HIGH FLOOD DISTRICT'S
URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL, VOLUME 3 FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
TOTAL/DISTURBED
AREA CUT VOLUME FILL VOLUME NET VOLUME
CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD
DRAINAGE BASIN
RECEIVING
WATERS
10.3 AC 328 CY 378 CY 50 CY (IMPORT)SOUTH ENGLEWOOD
BASIN SOUTH PLATTE RIVER
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
SF
CWA
LOC
VTC
SR
ECB
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
2
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
ST
ST
ST
ST
ECB
SM
SM
SM
SMVTC
CWA
CF
LOC
LOC
SR
SR
SM
SF
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
S
W
M
P
F
I
N
A
L
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
F
I
N
A
L
6
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
,
s
w
m
p
-
b
a
s
e
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
1
9
:
5
3
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - FINAL EC2
10 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
20 20 40
20'
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
TOTAL/DISTURBED
AREA CUT VOLUME FILL VOLUME NET VOLUME
CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD
DRAINAGE BASIN
RECEIVING
WATERS
10.3 AC 328 CY 378 CY 50 CY (IMPORT)SOUTH ENGLEWOOD
BASIN SOUTH PLATTE RIVER
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
SF
CWA
LOC
VTC
SR
FINAL PLAN
1.SHADED BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) WERE INSTALLED IN AN EARLIER
PHASE, AND UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE UNTIL
REVEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT IS APPROVED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING BMPS AND REMOVE
AND REPLACE THEM AS NECESSARY.
2.ALL EXISTING BMPS WILL NEED TO BE PROPERLY REFRESHED OR REINSTALLED BY
THE CONTRACTOR TO FUNCTION AS ORIGINALLY DESIGNED.
3.SEE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR DETAILS OF PERMANENT DRAINAGE FACILITIES
SUCH AS DETENTION FACILITIES, CULVERTS, STORM DRAINS, AND INLET AND
OUTLET PROTECTION.
4.ALL LANDSCAPE DRAIN AREA INLETS SHALL HAVE INLET PROTECTION UNTIL THE
UPSTREAM AREA HAS BEEN FORMALLY LANDSCAPED AND ESTABLISHED. REFER TO
THE STORM SEWER PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL AREA INLETS.
5.SEE DETAIL SHEETS EC3 & EC4 FOR EROSION CONTROL MEASURE CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS.
6.CONTRACTOR SHALL SEED AND MULCH ALL DISTURBED AREAS NOT FORMALLY
LANDSCAPED PER THE APPROVED LANDSCAPE PLAN SEED MIX OR THE CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD STANDARD SEED MIX.
7.ROCK SOCKS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR SILT FENCE AS PERIMETER CONTROL ON
HARDSCAPE SURFACE AREAS.
7.ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
MEASURES IDENTIFIED IN THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) MUST BE
MAINTAINED IN PROPER FUNCTIONING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR
ALL BMPS AND IMMEDIATELY CORRECT OR REAPPLY ANY THAT ARE NO LONGER
FUNCTIONING EFFECTIVELY.
8.EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL PROPOSED SLOPES 4:1
OR GREATER.
9.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR
ROTOLO PARK DATED 06/18/2025; THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD GRADING, EROSION,
AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS; AND THE MILE HIGH FLOOD DISTRICT'S
URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL, VOLUME 3 FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
SM
ECB
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
2
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
VTC CWA
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
G
E
S
C
-
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
L
A
Y
O
U
T
1
1
X
R
E
F
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
2
0
:
0
1
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - DETAILS EC3
11 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
2
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
SF
SR
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
G
E
S
C
-
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
L
A
Y
O
U
T
2
1
X
R
E
F
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
2
:
2
0
:
0
1
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - DETAILS EC4
12 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
8
2
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
ST
ST
IR
R
IR
R
PA
PA
1
L6.01Concrete Paving
2
L6.03
Boulder Retaining in
Landscape
6" Diam. Perforated
Underdrain, See DTL 2 / L6.03
W
S
T
A
N
F
O
R
D
D
R
Adjacent
Property
L.O.W
.
L.O.W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
Valve Boxes Assumed to
Remain & Be Re-Used
Storm Structure To Remain
Storm Structure To Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Minimize heavy Equipment
Usage within TPZ, Typ.
ALTERNATE 1: Accessible Ramp and
Crosswalk at W Stanford Dr Entrance
BASE BID: Proposed walk shall meet and end
at back of walk as shown
BID ALT: Provide accessible ramps &
crosswalk. Additional survey needed along
west side of W Stanford Drive, Re: Civil.
ALTERNATE 7: New Irrigation
BASE BID: No work in this area.
BID ALT: Add all-new irrigation.
Existing Sign
ALTERNATE 6: Material Selection
of Western Retaining Wall
BASE BID: Boulder Wall as Shown
BID ALT A: Modular Block Wall
BID ALT B: Gabion Wall System
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
Concrete Paving1
L6.01
MATERIALS LEGEND
321
Boulder (Types 1-3),
See Specifications
Log Terraces,
See Specifications
Flagstone Steppers,
See Specifications
Log Steppers,
See Specifications
Concrete Flush Edge7
L6.01
Crusher Fines Paving4
L6.01
Natural Edge4
L6.01
Stone Seating,
See Specifications
1
L6.02
Play Sand5
L6.01
1
L6.03
3
L6.02
1
L6.04
2
L6.04
Gravel6
L6.01
Concrete Raised Edge8
L6.01
Concrete Jointing
A. Expansion Joint
B. Control Joint
2
L6.01
EJA
B
1.Contractor to verify limits of grading and
limits of work prior to construction.
2.Contractor to field verify all existing trees
and hardscape prior to construction.
3.Layout plan is for illustrative purposes only.
Landscape architect to field locate all
boulders and stone elements.
LAYOUT & MATERIALS NOTES:
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L1
MATERIALS PLAN 1
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'N
A Accessible Path & West Terrace
Materials Plan
L2.02
L2.01
L2.03
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L2.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
2
.
0
3
Pa
g
e
8
2
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
W
W
W
ST
PA
PA
PA
PA
PA
PA
PA
PA
PA
PA
PA
THE RAMBLE
1
L6.03Boulder
3
L6.02
Flagstone
Steppers
1
L6.02
Stone Seating
(Typ. of 3)
4
L6.01
Crusher Fines
Paving
4
L6.02Stone Steps
4
L6.01
Crusher Fines
Paving
7
L6.01Concrete Flush Edge
1
L6.01Concrete Paving 7
L6.01 Concrete Flush Edge
3
L6.01
Concrete
Curb Wall
1
L6.01
Concrete
Paving
2
L6.04 Log Steppers
1
L6.04 Log Terraces
5
L6.01 Play Sand
3
L6.03
Boulder Retaining
at Play Sand
1
L6.02
Stone
Seating at
Play Sand
S
J
a
s
o
n
S
t
Adjacent
Property
Adjacent
Property
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
L.
O
.
W
.
Existing Wall to Remain
Existing Fence to Remain
Existing Shade and
Concrete Pad to Remain
Property Line, Typ.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
ALTERNATE 2: Ramble Overlook
BASE BID: Provide all hardscape and
amenities as shown.
BID ALT: Delete crusher fines paving, stone
steps and boulders within boundary. Replace
with live plants @ 18" O.C. and irrigation.
ALTERNATE 3: Ramble Connector
BASE BID: Provide all hardscape
and amenities as shown.
BID ALT: Delete crusher fines
paving, stone steps and boulders
within boundary. Replace with live
plants @ 18" O.C. and irrigation.
Underdrain Outlet
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
Concrete Paving1
L6.01
MATERIALS LEGEND
321
Boulder (Types 1-3),
See Specifications
Log Terraces,
See Specifications
Flagstone Steppers,
See Specifications
Log Steppers,
See Specifications
Concrete Flush Edge7
L6.01
Crusher Fines Paving4
L6.01
Natural Edge4
L6.01
Stone Seating,
See Specifications
1
L6.02
Play Sand5
L6.01
1
L6.03
3
L6.02
1
L6.04
2
L6.04
Gravel6
L6.01
Concrete Raised Edge8
L6.01
Concrete Jointing
A. Expansion Joint
B. Control Joint
2
L6.01
EJA
B
1.Contractor to verify limits of grading and
limits of work prior to construction.
2.Contractor to field verify all existing trees
and hardscape prior to construction.
3.Layout plan is for illustrative purposes only.
Landscape architect to field locate all
boulders and stone elements.
LAYOUT & MATERIALS NOTES:
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L22
MATERIALS PLAN 2
A The Ramble
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'N
L2.02
L2.01
L2.03
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L2.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
2
.
0
3
Pa
g
e
8
2
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
W
E
W
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
PA
PA
PA
PA
8
L6.01Concrete Raised Edge
1
L6.01
Concrete
Paving
6
L6.01Gravel
Entry Door, Typ.,
Re: Arch
Concrete Pad with
Curb, Re: Civil
3
L6.02
Flagstone
Steppers
Hu
r
o
n
S
t
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
L
.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
ALTERNATE #4: Concrete Paving at Restroom
BASE BID: Demo and Remove existing walk
and bench pad. Replace with ADA-compliant
concrete path and pad as shown.
BID ALT: Leave existing non-ADA compliant
concrete sidewalk and pad.
Proposed Restroom
Sanitary Line to Tap
into Sanitary Main,
Re: Civil
Proposed
Restroom Sanitary
Line, Re: Civil
Assumed Re-use of Existing
POC, Backflow, Controller, &
Main Line & Valves. New
Laterals & Heads as Req'd. Re:
Irrigation
Proposed Restroom to Tap into
Existing Water Line, Re: Civil
P
R
O
P
O
S
E
D
R
E
S
T
R
O
O
M
,
R
E
:
A
R
C
H
Existing Sign to
Remain
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
Concrete Paving1
L6.01
0ATER,ALS LEGE1D
321
Boulder (Types 1-3),
See Specifications
Log Terraces,
See Specifications
Flagstone Steppers,
See Specifications
Log Steppers,
See Specifications
Concrete Flush Edge7
L6.01
Crusher Fines Paving4
L6.01
Natural Edge4
L6.01
Stone Seating,
See Specifications
1
L6.02
Play Sand5
L6.01
1
L6.03
3
L6.02
1
L6.04
2
L6.04
Gravel6
L6.01
Concrete Raised Edge8
L6.01
Concrete Jointing
A. Expansion Joint
B. Control Joint
2
L6.01
EJA
B
1.Contractor to verify limits of grading and
limits of work prior to construction.
2.Contractor to field verify all existing trees
and hardscape prior to construction.
3.Layout plan is for illustrative purposes only.
Landscape architect to field locate all
boulders and stone elements.
LA<28T 0ATER,ALS 12TES:
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L2.03
0ATER,ALS 3LA1 3
A Restroom Area
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
L2.02
L2.01
L2.03
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
2
.
0
2
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
2
.
0
1
Pa
g
e
8
2
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
ST
ST
IR
R
IR
R
5
'
-
0
"
E-
Align joints with points
of tangency, Typ.
E-
E-
5
24
'
-
1
0
"
35
'
-
0
"
5
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W
.
L.O.W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
Valve Boxes Assumed to
Remain & Be Re-Used
Storm Structure To Remain
Storm Structure To Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Minimize heavy Equipment
Usage within TPZ, Typ.
Existing Sign
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
Centerline
LA<28T LEGE1D
Curve Radius
(Decimal Feet)
1 Align path with edge of
walk/sod.
2 Align path with edge of
curb.
3 Align joint with edge of
walk/sod.
4 Align joint with edge of
curb.
5 Align joint with point of
tangent (PT).
6 Align step with wall.
1.Contractor to verify limits of grading and
limits of work prior to construction.
2.Contractor to field verify all existing trees
and hardscape prior to construction.
3.Layout plan is for illustrative purposes only.
Landscape architect to field locate all
boulders and stone elements.
LA<28T 0ATER,ALS 12TES:
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L3.01
LA<28T 3LA1 1
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
A Accessible Path & West Terrace
Materials Plan
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L3.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
3
.
0
3
L3.02
L3.01
L3.03
Pa
g
e
8
3
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
W
W
W
ST
5'-
0
"
4
8
'
-
9
"
11
'
-
3
"
43'-10"
9'
-
1
0
"
106'-0"
5'-2"
10'-0
"
1
4
'
-
1
1
"
30'-5"
15'-1"
15'-0"
16'
-
1
0
"
1
6
'
-
1
1
"
5'-2"
6'-9"
4'-
0
"
E-E-
E-
E-
E-
E-
E-
1
23
4
6
55
5
5
Align joints with points
of tangency, Typ.
Align joints with points
of tangency, Typ.
17
'
-
6
"
32'-0"
19'-7"
24
'
-
1
0
"
3
7
'
-
9
"
3
2
'
-
9
"
3
9
'
-
6
"
43
'
-
1
0
"
E-
E-
12'-6"
28'-7"56'-7"
2
4
'
-
0
"
6 6
L2G 5
L2G 4
RE: Log Terrace
Lengths Schedule, this
sheet, for horizontal
log terrace lengths
L2G 3
L2G 1
L2G 2
4
3
LOG 1: (1) log length :: 6' - 11"
LOG 2: (1) log length :: 8' - 2"
LOG 3: (1-2) logs total length :: 13' - 1"
LOG 4: (2-3) logs total length :: 20' - 8"
LOG 5: (2-3) logs total length :: 16' - 1"
L2G TERRACE LE1GTHS
SCHED8LE:
5
3
3
98
'
-
3
"
R43'
-
3
"
R
2
2
'
-
7
"
54'-4"
R24'
-
5
"
R18'-0"
R1
7
'
-
1
"
R3
3
'
-
9
"
R1
7
'
-
1
1
"
S
-
a
s
o
n
S
t
Adjacent
3ropert\
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
L.
O
.
W
.
Existing Wall to Remain
Existing Fence to Remain
Existing Shade and
Concrete Pad to Remain
Property Line, Typ.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Underdrain Outlet
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
1.Contractor to verify limits of grading and
limits of work prior to construction.
2.Contractor to field verify all existing trees
and hardscape prior to construction.
3.Layout plan is for illustrative purposes only.
Landscape architect to field locate all
boulders and stone elements.
LA<28T 0ATER,ALS 12TES:
Centerline
LA<28T LEGE1D
Curve Radius
(Decimal Feet)
1 Align path with edge of
walk/sod.
2 Align path with edge of
curb.
3 Align joint with edge of
walk/sod.
4 Align joint with edge of
curb.
5 Align joint with point of
tangent (PT).
6 Align step with wall.
46
'
-
1
"
Adjacent
3ropert\
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L3.02
LA<28T 3LA1 2
A The Ramble
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L3.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
3
.
0
3
L3.02
L3.01
L3.03
MATCHLINE, SEE THIS SHEET
MATCHLINE, SEE THIS SHEET
Pa
g
e
8
3
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
W
E
W
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
2
'
-
0
"
2'-0"
R
2
'
-
0
"
4'-6"
7
'
-
7
"
3
2
'
-
3
"
23'-11"
m
i
n
.
R
2
0
'
-
0
"
R22'-0"
E-
E-
E-
E-
E-
3'-1" m
i
n
.
24'-
1
"
8'-
0
"
11'-6"
106°
4
6
'
2
4
2
2
'
-
2
"
M
i
n
.
Hu
r
o
n
S
t
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
L
.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Proposed Restroom
Sanitary Line to Tap
into Sanitary Main,
Re: Civil
Proposed
Restroom Sanitary
Line, Re: Civil
Assumed Re-use of Existing
POC, Backflow, Controller, &
Main Line & Valves. New
Laterals & Heads as Req'd. Re:
Irrigation
Proposed Restroom to Tap into
Existing Water Line, Re: Civil
P
R
O
P
O
S
E
D
R
E
S
T
R
O
O
M
,
R
E
:
A
R
C
H
Existing Sign to
Remain
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
1.Contractor to verify limits of grading and
limits of work prior to construction.
2.Contractor to field verify all existing trees
and hardscape prior to construction.
3.Layout plan is for illustrative purposes only.
Landscape architect to field locate all
boulders and stone elements.
LA<28T 0ATER,ALS 12TES:
Centerline
LA<28T LEGE1D
Curve Radius
(Decimal Feet)
1 Align path with edge of
walk/sod.
2 Align path with edge of
curb.
3 Align joint with edge of
walk/sod.
4 Align joint with edge of
curb.
5 Align joint with point of
tangent (PT).
6 Align step with wall.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L3.03
LA<28T 3LA1 3
A Restroom Area
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
3
.
0
2
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
3
.
0
1
L3.02
L3.01
L3.03
Pa
g
e
8
3
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
Natural Edge
Soil Mix 1
Soil Mix 2
S2,LS LEGE1D
Soil Mix 3 (Provide at
Each Tree Location,
See Planting Plans)
S2,LS 3LACE0E1T 12TES:
1.For soils details, see sheet L4.04.
2.The landscape architect shall be able to rearrange plant stakes
without incurring additional cost to the project.
3.Contractor to familiarize themselves with the existing soil
stockpile to be reused. Contractor to quantify existing stockpile
prior to screening operations.
4.As a general note, use tracked low pressure equipment that does
not back-blade the soil. Review method of soil placement with
Landscape Architect prior to proceeding.
5.Soil should be placed in 6 inch lifts with scarification between lifts.
Thickness of subsoil will vary based on needed final grade, taking
into account SM1-SM3 Profile Depths
6.Refer to Planting Soil Details for Additional Information.
7.Refer to specification 329113 "Soil Preparations and Topsoil" for
additional requirements.
8.Contractor responsible for placing planting soil shall examine the
subgrade to make sure it is clear of debris.
9.If any portion of the subgrade is found not to be free-draining,
report findings to owner's representative and landscape architect.
Do not proceed with installation of planting soils until conditions
have been remediated.
10.Contractor shall verify that all under drainage and irrigation main
lines are correctly installed or coordinated prior to soil placement.
11.Beginning work means contractor accepts substrates, previous
work, and conditions.
12.The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to minimize
excessive compaction during soil placement. Back-blading is
forbidden. Refer to specifications for compaction requirements
under pavements and planted areas.
13.Loosen subgrade areas by disking or rototilling to minimum depth
of 6". Remove stones greater than 2" and all rubbish and debris.
14.Limits of each soil profile to be staked by contractor prior to
placing soil to be approved by the soil scientist and landscape
architect.
15.No Subsoil or Existing Topsoil shall be Moisture Conditioned.
16.Contractor to review methods proposed for blending soils and
blend ratios with Landscape Architect Prior to Proceeding.
S2,LS STA%,L,=AT,21 12TES:
1.Erosion control mesh should be placed on slopes 3:1 or greater.
Erosion control mesh to be hemp and maximize void space for
appropriate seed to soil contact and light penetration. Submit
erosion control mesh to Landscape Architect for review and
approval prior to proceeding.
2.Overlap mesh at least 18" in the waterflow direction.
3.The mesh should be buried in anchor trenches at least 10" deep
at the top and bottom ends an installation to prevent undercutting
of the mesh. Erosion control mesh shall be fully bedded against
soil such that there are no void spaces between mesh.
ST
ST
IR
R
IR
R
S01
S01
S01
S01
S01
S02
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W
.
L.O.W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
Valve Boxes Assumed to
Remain & Be Re-Used
Storm Structure To Remain
Storm Structure To Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Minimize heavy Equipment
Usage within TPZ, Typ.
Existing Sign
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L4.01
S2,LS 3LA1 1
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
A Accessible Path & West Terrace
Soils Plan
L4.02
L4.01
L4.03
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L4.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
4
.
0
3
Pa
g
e
8
3
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
Natural Edge
Soil Mix 1
Soil Mix 2
S2,LS LEGE1D
Soil Mix 3 (Provide at
Each Tree Location,
See Planting Plans)
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
W
W
W
ST
S01
S02
S01
S01
S01
S01
S01
S01
S01
S01
S01
S
-
a
s
o
n
S
t
Adjacent
3ropert\
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
L.
O
.
W
.
Existing Wall to Remain
Existing Fence to Remain
Existing Shade and
Concrete Pad to Remain
Property Line, Typ.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Underdrain Outlet
S2,LS 3LACE0E1T 12TES:
1.For soils details, see sheet L4.04.
2.The landscape architect shall be able to rearrange plant stakes
without incurring additional cost to the project.
3.Contractor to familiarize themselves with the existing soil
stockpile to be reused. Contractor to quantify existing stockpile
prior to screening operations.
4.As a general note, use tracked low pressure equipment that does
not back-blade the soil. Review method of soil placement with
Landscape Architect prior to proceeding.
5.Soil should be placed in 6 inch lifts with scarification between lifts.
Thickness of subsoil will vary based on needed final grade, taking
into account SM1-SM3 Profile Depths
6.Refer to Planting Soil Details for Additional Information.
7.Refer to specification 329113 "Soil Preparations and Topsoil" for
additional requirements.
8.Contractor responsible for placing planting soil shall examine the
subgrade to make sure it is clear of debris.
9.If any portion of the subgrade is found not to be free-draining,
report findings to owner's representative and landscape architect.
Do not proceed with installation of planting soils until conditions
have been remediated.
10.Contractor shall verify that all under drainage and irrigation main
lines are correctly installed or coordinated prior to soil placement.
11.Beginning work means contractor accepts substrates, previous
work, and conditions.
12.The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to minimize
excessive compaction during soil placement. Back-blading is
forbidden. Refer to specifications for compaction requirements
under pavements and planted areas.
13.Loosen subgrade areas by disking or rototilling to minimum depth
of 6". Remove stones greater than 2" and all rubbish and debris.
14.Limits of each soil profile to be staked by contractor prior to
placing soil to be approved by the soil scientist and landscape
architect.
15.No Subsoil or Existing Topsoil shall be Moisture Conditioned.
16.Contractor to review methods proposed for blending soils and
blend ratios with Landscape Architect Prior to Proceeding.
S2,LS STA%,L,=AT,21 12TES:
1.Erosion control mesh should be placed on slopes 3:1 or greater.
Erosion control mesh to be hemp and maximize void space for
appropriate seed to soil contact and light penetration. Submit
erosion control mesh to Landscape Architect for review and
approval prior to proceeding.
2.Overlap mesh at least 18" in the waterflow direction.
3.The mesh should be buried in anchor trenches at least 10" deep
at the top and bottom ends an installation to prevent undercutting
of the mesh. Erosion control mesh shall be fully bedded against
soil such that there are no void spaces between mesh.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L4.02
S2,LS 3LA1 2
A The Ramble
Soils Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
L4.02
L4.01
L4.03
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L4.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
4
.
0
3
Pa
g
e
8
3
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
Natural Edge
Soil Mix 1
Soil Mix 2
S2,LS LEGE1D
Soil Mix 3 (Provide at
Each Tree Location,
See Planting Plans)
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
SS
W
W
ST
W
E
W
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
S01
S01
S01
S01
S02
S02
S02
S02 Hu
r
o
n
S
t
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
L
.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Proposed Restroom
Sanitary Line to Tap
into Sanitary Main,
Re: Civil
Proposed
Restroom Sanitary
Line, Re: Civil
Assumed Re-use of Existing
POC, Backflow, Controller, &
Main Line & Valves. New
Laterals & Heads as Req'd. Re:
Irrigation
Proposed Restroom to Tap into
Existing Water Line, Re: Civil
P
R
O
P
O
S
E
D
R
E
S
T
R
O
O
M
,
R
E
:
A
R
C
H
Existing Sign to
Remain
S2,LS 3LACE0E1T 12TES:
1.For soils details, see sheet L4.04.
2.The landscape architect shall be able to rearrange plant stakes
without incurring additional cost to the project.
3.Contractor to familiarize themselves with the existing soil
stockpile to be reused. Contractor to quantify existing stockpile
prior to screening operations.
4.As a general note, use tracked low pressure equipment that does
not back-blade the soil. Review method of soil placement with
Landscape Architect prior to proceeding.
5.Soil should be placed in 6 inch lifts with scarification between lifts.
Thickness of subsoil will vary based on needed final grade, taking
into account SM1-SM3 Profile Depths
6.Refer to Planting Soil Details for Additional Information.
7.Refer to specification 329113 "Soil Preparations and Topsoil" for
additional requirements.
8.Contractor responsible for placing planting soil shall examine the
subgrade to make sure it is clear of debris.
9.If any portion of the subgrade is found not to be free-draining,
report findings to owner's representative and landscape architect.
Do not proceed with installation of planting soils until conditions
have been remediated.
10.Contractor shall verify that all under drainage and irrigation main
lines are correctly installed or coordinated prior to soil placement.
11.Beginning work means contractor accepts substrates, previous
work, and conditions.
12.The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to minimize
excessive compaction during soil placement. Back-blading is
forbidden. Refer to specifications for compaction requirements
under pavements and planted areas.
13.Loosen subgrade areas by disking or rototilling to minimum depth
of 6". Remove stones greater than 2" and all rubbish and debris.
14.Limits of each soil profile to be staked by contractor prior to
placing soil to be approved by the soil scientist and landscape
architect.
15.No Subsoil or Existing Topsoil shall be Moisture Conditioned.
16.Contractor to review methods proposed for blending soils and
blend ratios with Landscape Architect Prior to Proceeding.
S2,LS STA%,L,=AT,21 12TES:
1.Erosion control mesh should be placed on slopes 3:1 or greater.
Erosion control mesh to be hemp and maximize void space for
appropriate seed to soil contact and light penetration. Submit
erosion control mesh to Landscape Architect for review and
approval prior to proceeding.
2.Overlap mesh at least 18" in the waterflow direction.
3.The mesh should be buried in anchor trenches at least 10" deep
at the top and bottom ends an installation to prevent undercutting
of the mesh. Erosion control mesh shall be fully bedded against
soil such that there are no void spaces between mesh.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L4.03
S2,LS 3LA1 3
A Restroom Area
Soils Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
L4.02
L4.01
L4.03
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
4
.
0
2
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
4
.
0
1
Pa
g
e
8
3
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
1.T1 Topsoil: Existing Topsoil Stripped from Site Between 6" and 8" Below Existing Grade
and Stockpiled Separately. Apply 46-0-0 (Urea) at 2.2 LB per 1000 Square Feet to
Existing Topsoil and Blend, Till to 6" Depth. No Other Compost or Amendments to Be
Used, Re: CSU Soil Test Results.
2.EXT Subsoil: Existing Subsoil Excavated from Site to Between 6" and 12" Below Existing
Grade and Stockpiled Separately from Existing Topsoil.
3.Subgrade to be Scarified
4.Contractor to Review Methods Proposed for Blending Soils and Blend Ratios with
Landscape Architect Prior to Proceeding.
5.See Specifications for Additional Details.
6.Contractor to Assume 2.2 LBs 46-0-0 (Urea) / 1000 SF for SM1 Areas Indicated
in Soil Plans For Pricing.
Finish Grade
NOTES:
Strip 6"-8" Existing Topsoil, Stockpile
Separately
Scarify the Surface of Each Soil Layer
T1
Undisturbed Subgrade
6"
1'
-
6
"
18" Uncompacted Subgrade,
Stripped and Placed or Ripped to 18"
Depth, Re: Specs
EXT
CL
Rootball
Ø
(Varies)
2.5x Ø
of
Rootball
(Varies)
Compacted Subgrade Soil
Pedestal to Prevent Settling
Mulch, 3" Deep and 4-6"
Away From Trunk
T1T2
Soil Mix in Surrounding Plant
Bed (Varies, See Soil Plan)
Tree Pit Backfill in 6"-8" Lifts to
Support Rootball. Tamp and
Water Between Lifts. Do not
Overly Compact
Soil Saucer and Mulch,
See Specifications
T2
NOTES:
1.All Trees Indicated in Plant Schedule to Receive SM3 - Soil Mix 3 at Tree Pit.
See Planting Plans for Location and Review Final Placement with Landscape
Architect Prior to Proceeding.
2.T2 Topsoil: Blend a 1:1 Ratio Consisting of 1 Part Imported Topsoil and 1 Part
Compost by Dry Volume.
3.EXT Topsoil: Existing Subsoil Excavated from Site To 8" Below Existing Grade.
4.Compost to be STA Certified Class 1 Compost and Organic Materials Review
Institute (OMRI) Certified Compost.
5.See Specifications for Additional Details.
6.Contractor to Assume 2.5 CY Compost / Tree For Pricing.
All Deciduous and Evergreen Trees
T1
NOTES:
1.Remove Existing Sod and/or Plants and Mulch by Hand within All Tree
Protection Zones.
2.Contractor to Submit Means and Methods for Removal of Existing
Vegetation and Mulch and Schedule a Pre-Construction Meeting with
Landscape Architect Prior to Beginning Any Work Within Tree
Protection Zones.
3.Utilize Vertical Air Spading to Decompact Soil within the Tree
Protection Zone.
3.1.Air Spade Vertical Holes at 3' to 5' O.C. to create aeration holes at
a depth of 6" to 18" below Existing Grade.
3.2.Backfill Air Spade Holes with Compost to Introduce Water Deeper
into the Soil and to Facilitate Longer Term Decompaction.
3.3.Top Air Spade Holes with 1" to 3" of Existing Topsoil.
4.No Additional Soil Amendments to be Added Within Tree Protection
Zone.
1 SM1 (Soil Mix 1)
Scale: 1" = 1'-0"
Section
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
S2,LS DETA,LS
L4.04
3 SM3 (Soil Mix 3)
Scale: 1" = 1'-0"
Section
2 SM2 (Soil Mix 2)
Scale: 1" = 1'-0"
Section
Pa
g
e
8
3
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR1.00
IRRI*$7I21127(6
6&+('8/(
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
JK
KD
REVIEW
NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION
13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260
Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327
www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting &
Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR1.00
IRRIGATION NOTES IR1.00
IRRIGATION PLANS IR1.01
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR1.02 - IR1.03
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE
SYMBOL MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.DESCRIPTION DETAIL NO.
RAIN BIRD
RD-06-S-P30 WITH MATCHED
PRECIPITATION RATE SERIES
NOZZLE
POPUP SPRAY HEAD 13
RAIN BIRD RD-06-S-P30 WITH SST, CORNER SERIES
NOZZLE POPUP SPRAY HEAD 13
RAIN BIRD
RD-12-S-P30 WITH MATCHED
PRECIPITATION RATE SERIES
NOZZLE
HI-POP SPRAY HEAD 14
RAIN BIRD RD-12-S-P30 WITH SST, CORNER SERIES
NOZZLE HI-POP SPRAY HEAD 14
RAIN BIRD 5006-PL-PC-SAM-R-SS WITH #NOZ GEAR DRIVEN ROTOR 15
RAIN BIRD
5006-PL-PC-SAM-R-SS WITH #MPR-30
MATCHED PRECPITATION NOZZLE
(GREEN)
GEAR DRIVEN ROTOR 15
RAIN BIRD 5006-PL-PC-SAM-R-SS WITH #MPR-35
MATCHED PRECPITATION NOZZLE (TAN)GEAR DRIVEN ROTOR 15
RAIN BIRD FALCON 6504-SS WITH #NOZZLE GEAR DRIVEN ROTOR 15
RAIN BIRD 1402 BUBBLER 17
RAIN BIRD 44-RC QUICK COUPLING VALVE 7
BASELINE BL-5315B SOIL MOISTURE SENSOR 16
FEBCO LF825YA RP BACKFLOW PREVENTER 1
N/S STRONG BOX SBBC-30AL BACKFLOW PREVENTER ENCLOSURE 2
TYPE K COPPER HARD COPPER PIPE 1
N/S RAIN BIRD VB SERIES VALVE BOXES VARIOUS
N/S AY MACDONALD 76001 - 1/4 TURN - 1"MANUAL DRAIN VALVE 4
LINE SIZE - 212'' AND SMALLER GATE VALVE 5
LINE SIZE - 3'' AND LARGER GATE VALVE 6
BASELINE BL-BHM200 HYDROMETER 3
RAIN BIRD PESB SERIES WITH VAVLE DECODER AND
NIBCO BALL VALVE ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE 8 & 11
N/S LEEMCO MECHANICAL JOINT RESTRAINTS 18
CLASS 200 BE - 212" & SMALLER PVC MAINLINE 9
CLASS 200 RT - 3" & LARGER PVC MAINLINE 9 & 18
CLASS 200 BE PVC LATERAL 9
CLASS 160 PVC SLEEVING 10
N/S BASELINE BL-5201 VALVE DECODER 8 & 11
PAIGE P7072D 2-WIRE DECODER CABLE 3, 8 & 11
BASELINE BL-LA01 SURGE PROTECTION 12
EXISTING BACKFLOW DEVICE N/S
EXISTING CONTROLLER N/S
EXISTING METER N/S
EXISTING QUICK COUPLER N/S
EXISTING CONTROL VALVE N/S
EXISTING PUMP N/S
EXISTING MAINLINE N/S
R SL
L R S
#5
#5
#5
#5
#30
#30
#30
#30
#35
#35
#35
#35
#6
#10
#10
#10
B
S
HM
G A
A
M
P
GPM CONTROL VALVE SIZE
CONTROLLER & STATION NO.
1.DRAWINGS AND BASE INFORMATION - ALL BASE AND PLANTING INFORMATION HAVE BEEN
PROVIDED BY SUPERBLOOM THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY
HYDROSYSTEMS*KDI OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE UTILITY OR PLANTING PLANS
AND THE IRRIGATION PLAN. IF CONTRACTOR FAILS TO NOTIFY HYDROSYSTEMS*KDI AND
MAKES CHANGES TO THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN, THEY ASSUME ALL COSTS AND
LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THOSE FIELD CHANGES. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT IRRIGATION CONSULTANT FOR CURRENT
SPECIFICATIONS IF NOT PROVIDED.
2.SYSTEM PRESSURE - HYDROSYSTEMS*KDI HAS CONTACTED THE CITY PERSONNEL THAT
MANAGE THIS SITE AND THEY HAVE BEEN TOLD THAT THE STATIC WATER PRESSURE IN THIS
AREA SHOULD BE 80 PSI WITH BOOSTER PUMP. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO
FIELD VERIFY PRESSURE PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFY
HYDROSYSTEMS*KDI OF ANY VARIANCE FROM THE STATED PRESSURE IMMEDIATELY.
WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF PRESSURE TEST AND RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO
HYDROSYSTEMS*KDI AT CONSTRUCTION ONSET. IF CONTRACTOR FAILS TO FIELD VERIFY
PRESSURE AND/OR NOTIFY HYDROSYSTEMS*KDI OR ANY VARIATIONS FROM THIS
PRESSURE, THEN THEY ASSUME ALL CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING COSTS ASSOCIATED
WITH SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ACTUAL SITE PRESSURE.
REFER TO POINT OF CONNECTION NOTES FOR SPECIFIC PRESSURE REQUIRED AT THAT
LOCATION. THIS SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR A REQUIRED STATIC PRESSURE OF 80
PSI MINIMUM.
3.IRRIGATION SYSTEM OPERATION INTENT - THIS IRRIGATION SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO
IRRIGATE THE ESTABLISHED LANDSCAPE WITHIN A TBD NIGHT PER WEEK, TBD HOUR PER
NIGHT WATERING WINDOW. ESTABLISHMENT WATERING WILL REQUIRE UP TO TWICE AS MUCH
IRRIGATION FOR A FOUR TO SIX WEEK PERIOD. THE DESIGN IS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING
PROJECTED WEEKLY APPLICATION RATES AFTER ESTABLISHMENT. THESE FIGURES ARE
BASED ON A 30-YEAR AVERAGE WEATHER DATA AND WILL NEED TO BE ADJUSTED DUE TO
SEASONAL CHANGES AND WEATHER CONDITIONS ABOVE AND BELOW THE AVERAGE
VALUES UTILIZED.
BLUEGRASS TURF 2.22" PER WEEK PEAK SEASON
ORNAMENTAL PLANTINGS 0.93 PER WEEK PEAK SEASON
NATIVE SEED MIXES 0.77" PER WEEK PEAK SEASON (TWO SEASONS)
NOTE: IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS DESIGN THAT NATIVE AREAS WOULD ONLY BE IRRIGATED
FOR ESTABLISHMENT. SYSTEM WILL REMAIN FOR USE DURING YEARS WITH LESS THAN
NORMAL RAINFALL.
4.EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS DESIGN THAT ALL IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT
BE INSTALLED WITHIN PROPERTY LIMITS AND WITHIN LANDSCAPED AREAS. INSTALLATION
SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER UTILITY WORK, ALL OTHER UTILITIES SHALL TAKE
PRECEDENCE OVER IRRIGATION LOCATION. ANY EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN VALVE BOXES
OR SLEEVING THAT CONTAINS PIPE OR WIRES SHOWN OUTSIDE OF THESE LIMITS IS SHOWN
IN THAT LOCATION FOR GRAPHICAL CLARITY ONLY. ALL VALVE BOXES SHALL BE
INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 2'-0" FROM EDGE OF ANY PAVED SURFACES UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON PLANS. BOXES INSTALLED IN OPEN TURF AREAS SHALL BE
KEPT TO EDGES AND STAKED FOR REVIEW IF ALONG HIGH TRAFFIC AREAS. ALL VALVE
BOXES SHALL BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 3'-0" FROM THE CENTERLINE OF ANY DRAINAGE
SWALE. ALL VALVE BOXES WITHIN PAVEMENT SHALL BE TIER 15 RATED BOXES FOR HEAVY
DUTY NON-DELIBERATE TRAFFIC. BOX LID COLOR SHALL MATCH ADJACENT MATERIALS,
I.E. GREEN IN TURF, TAN IN WOOD MULCH, GRAY IN STONE MULCH, PURPLE FOR RECLAIMED
WATER SYSTEMS (IF REQUIRED). REFER TO LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR MATERIAL COLORS
AND TYPES. ALL BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO BE FLUSH WITH GRADE AND IN AN
ORDERLY MANNER. WHERE MORTAR PAVING LIDS ARE INSTALLED ABOVE BOXES,
IRRIGATION BOX WITH LID SHALL BE LOWERED TO ACCOMMODATE PAVING LID. REFER TO
LANDSCAPE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURE
RECOMMENDATIONS.
5.PIPING INSTALLATION - IRRIGATION PIPING SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM
BUILDING FOUNDATIONS OF 5 FEET OR AS DESCRIBED IN SOILS REPORT, WHICHEVER IS
GREATER. NO SPRAY IRRIGATION SHALL OCCUR WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE FOUNDATION. NO
DRIP IRRIGATION SHALL OCCUR WITHIN 5 FEET OF THE FOUNDATION UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE
SENSORS ARE INSTALLED ON VALVES SERVICING THESE AREAS. ALL IRRIGATION PIPING
AND EMISSION DEVICES LOCATED ON TOP OF OR WITHIN BUILDING STRUCTURE SHALL
CONFORM TO WATERPROOFING CONSULTANT REQUIREMENTS. PIPE ROUTING MAY BE
SHOWN WITHIN THESE DISTANCES FOR GRAPHICAL CLARITY ONLY.
6.MANUAL DRAIN VALVES - CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ONE MANUAL DRAIN VALVE ON PRESSURE
SUPPLY LINE DIRECTLY DOWNSTREAM OF BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND AT ALL LOW
POINTS AND DEAD ENDS OF PRESSURE SUPPLY PIPING TO ENSURE COMPLETE DRAINAGE
OF SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THESE LOCATIONS
IN-FIELD AND INSTALLATION LOCATIONS SHALL BE NOTED ON AS-BUILTS.
7.POP-UP SPRAY NOZZLES - CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PLASTIC NOZZLES ON ALL POP-UP SPRAY
HEADS. INSTALL 15 SERIES NOZZLES ON ALL HEADS SPACED AT 12' TO 14'. INSTALL 12
SERIES NOZZLES ON ALL HEADS SPACED 10' TO 11'. INSTALL 10 SERIES NOZZLES ON ALL
HEADS SPACED AT 8' TO 9'. INSTALL 8 SERIES NOZZLES ON ALL HEADS SPACED AT 6' TO
7'. INSTALL 5' NOZZLES ON ALL HEADS SPACED AT 5'. INSTALL SIDE STRIP NOZZLES ON ALL
HEADS WITH AN "S" DESIGNATION AND RIGHT AND LEFT CORNER STRIP NOZZLES ON ALL
HEADS WITH AN "L" OR "R" DESIGNATION. VARIABLE ARC NOZZLES SHOULD BE UTILIZED
ADJACENT TO CURVILINEAR SHRUB BEDS OR FOR ANY ANGLES THAT ARE NOT A
STANDARD NOZZLE ANGLE.
8.UNLABELED PIPING - ALL UNLABELED LATERAL PIPING SHALL BE 1" MINIMUM UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
9.SLEEVING - ALL SLEEVING UNDER PAVED SURFACES SHOWN ON PLANS IS BY CONTRACTOR
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SLEEVING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE SIZES AND QUANTITIES
SHOWN ON PLANS OR BASED ON THE SCHEDULE BELOW. WHERE SLEEVES ARE SHOWN, BUT
NOT LABELED, FOLLOW THE SCHEDULE BELOW. ALL MAINLINE, CONTROL WIRES AND DRIP
LINES UNDER PAVED SURFACES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN SLEEVING. ALL MAINLINE SLEEVE
LOCATIONS TO INCLUDE A SEPARATE WIRE SLEEVE.
SLEEVED PIPE SIZE/WIRE QUANTITY REQUIRED SLEEVE SIZE & (QUANTITY)
34" - 114" PIPING 2" PVC (1)
112" - 2" PIPING 4" PVC (1)
212" - 3" PIPING 6" PVC (1)
1-25 CONTROL WIRES 2" PVC (1)
COMMUNICATION CABLE 2" PVC (1)
10.2-WIRE SYSTEM NOTES - CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL TWO-WIRE COMPONENTS PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND STANDARDS.
10.1.CONTRACTOR SHALL USE ONLY MANUFACTURED 2-WIRE DECODER CABLE (SEE
SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC 2-WIRE CABLE).
10.2.ONLY USE SINGLE STATION DECODERS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC MODEL).
10.3.ONLY USE SENSOR DECODER FOR FLOW SENSOR (SEE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC
MODEL) IF INDICATED ON PLANS.
10.4.LOOP 5' OF 2-WIRE DECODER CABLE INTO ALL VALVE BOXES (WITH DECODERS AND
SPLICES) FOR MAINTENANCE.
10.5.LOOP 2' OF 2-WIRE DECODER CABLE AS AN EXPANSION LOOP AT ALL CHANGES OF
DIRECTION.
10.6.USE ONLY 3M DBR-6 WATERPROOF CONNECTORS ON ALL WIRE SPLICES AND ALL
WIRE SPLICES ARE TO BE MADE WITHIN A VALVE BOX WITH CONTROL VALVES OR A
SEPARATE 10" ROUND VALVE BOX FOR WIRE SPLICES.
10.7.INSTALL SURGE PROTECTOR RODS OR PLATES 8 LF. PERPENDICULARLY FROM
VALVES, DECODERS, AND COMMUNICATION WIRE. WHERE 8 LF IS NOT AVAILABLE,
REFER TO ASIC GUIDELINES FOR PLATE LAYOUT.
10.8.GROUNDING SHALL BE IN AN IRRIGATED AREA.
10.9.GROUND ALL DECODERS AND DECODER WIRE A MINIMUM OF EVERY 600' OF WIRE
AND AT ALL ENDS OF 2-WIRE DECODER CABLE RUN.
11.ADJUSTMENT - CONTRACTOR SHALL FINE TUNE/ADJUST THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM TO
REDUCE/AVOID OVERSPRAY ONTO HARD SURFACES BY ADJUSTING NOZZLE DIRECTION
AND NOZZLE RADIUS.
12.PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS - CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE WORK CONFORMS TO
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ANY REVISED SETS. AT ONSET OF CONSTRUCTION,
VERIFY PLANS ARE CURRENT. DO NOT CONSTRUCT ANY PORTIONS OF THE IRRIGATION
OFF OF PLANS MARKED NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR REVIEW ONLY. FAILURE TO
VERIFY CURRENT PLANS MAY RESULT IN RECONSTRUCTION AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.
WHERE REQUIRED BY CITY, TOWN OR WATER DISTRICT ENTITY, CONTRACTOR SHALL
CONSTRUCT ONLY OFF PLANS STAMPED WITH APPROVAL. PLANS PREPARED FOR CITY
SUBMITTAL MAY BE MARKED "ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION", BUT ARE NOT VALID WITHOUT
CITY APPROVAL STAMP BELOW. IF NO STAMP IS PRESENT, CONFIRM NO CITY APPROVAL IS
REQUIRED. REVISIONS TO APPROVED OR STAMPED PLANS SHALL CONFORM TO FIELD
CHANGE PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTATION AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY OR DISTRICT.
13.EXISTING IRRIGATION DAMAGE - CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY EXISTING
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS DAMAGED DURING NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
SHALL BE DETERMINED BY OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND PAID FOR BY THE
LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR.
14.EXISTING IRRIGATION COORDINATION - EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE TURNED
OFF FOR MORE THAN 24 HOURS MAXIMUM. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TURN OFF
OF SYSTEM WITH OWNER OR MAINTENANCE STAFF 72 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY NEW
CONSTRUCTION.
15.EXISTING TREE IRRIGATION - CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE IRRIGATION DURING
CONSTRUCTION TO EXISTING TREES AS REQUIRED BY ENGLEWOOD FORESTRY
STANDARDS.
20.SIMULTANEOUS ZONE OPERATION - THIS IRRIGATION SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO OPERATE
MULTIPLE ZONES SIMULTANEOUSLY BASED ON INDIVIDUAL ZONE FLOW. THE DESIGN IS
INTENDED TO OPERATE MULTIPLE VALVES, UP TO THE MAXIMUM FLOW IN THE POINT OF
CONNECTION NOTE. REFER TO CONTROLLER SPECIFICATION FOR MAXIMUM SIMULTANEOUS
VALVE COUNT.
21.BACKFLOW DEVICES: ALL CONNECTION COMPONENTS AND BACKFLOW DEVICES SHALL BE
LEAD-FREE. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT WATER SERVICE PROVIDER FOR ANY
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING BACKFLOW TESTING.
22.WATER BUDGETS AND PROJECTIONS - HYDROSYSTEMS-KDI HAS BASED THE IRRIGATION DESIGN
AND THE ASSOCIATED PROJECTED WATER USE UPON SUCH FACTORS AS CITY OR WATER
DISTRICT IMPOSED REQUIREMENTS, PUBLISHED PLANT SPECIES WATER NEEDS, SELECTED
IRRIGATION METHOD EFFICIENCIES AS REPORTED BY INDEPENDENT TESTING FACILITIES,
HISTORICAL WEATHER DATA FOR THE PROJECT LOCATION, AND PROPER MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES. HYDROSYSTEMS*KDI IS NOT RESPONSIBLE, AND ACCEPTS NO
RESPONSIBILITY, FOR THE ACTUAL WATER USAGE VARIATION THAT IS A RESULT OF FIELD
MODIFICATIONS TO THE SYSTEM NOT MATCHING CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, IMPROPER
MAINTENANCE, WASTE DUE TO SYSTEM DAMAGE OR VANDALISM, OR WEATHER CONDITIONS
THAT DEVIATE FROM PUBLISHED 30 YEAR HISTORICAL AVERAGES.
23.PRESSURE TESTING - CONDUCT MAINLINE TEST IN PRESENCE OF CONSULTANT. ARRANGE FOR
PRESENCE OF CONSULTANT 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF TESTING. SUPPLY FORCE PUMP AND
ALL OTHER TEST EQUIPMENT. COMPRESSED AIR SHALL NOT BE USED FOR PRESSURE
TESTING SYSTEM.
23.1.AFTER BACKFILLING, AND INSTALLATION OF ALL CONTROL VALVES, FILL PRESSURE
SUPPLY LINE WITH WATER, AND PRESSURIZE TO 40 PSI OVER THE DESIGNATED STATIC
PRESSURE OR 120 PSI, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, FOR A PERIOD OF 2 HOURS.
23.2.LEAKAGE, PRESSURE LOSS - TEST IS ACCEPTABLE IF NO LOSS OF PRESSURE IS
EVIDENT DURING THE TEST PERIOD.
23.3.LEAKS - DETECT AND REPAIR LEAKS.
23.4.RETEST SYSTEM UNTIL TEST PRESSURE CAN BE MAINTAINED FOR DURATION OF TEST.
23.5.BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE, PRESSURE SUPPLY LINE SHALL REMAIN UNDER PRESSURE
FOR A PERIOD OF 48 HOURS.
23.6.PRESSURE TEST SHALL BE SCHEDULED AND PASSED PRIOR TO SCHEDULING OF
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION WALK-THROUGH.
IRRIGATION CONSTRUCTION NOTES
NOTE - TREE AND PLANT LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE.
FINAL IRRIGATION HEAD PLACEMENT AND LATERAL PIPING MAY
BE ADJUSTED IN THE FIELD TO ACCOMMODATE ACTUAL PLANT
PLACEMENT AS APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.
ADJUSTMENTS MADE FOR COORDINATION WITH FINAL PLANT
LAYOUT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED A CHANGE IN SCOPE AND
SHALL BE COMPLETED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.
100 BID SET
Pa
g
e
8
3
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
301
301302%('303
302
302
302
302
302
%('
%('
%('
%('
%('
%('
%('
%('
303
302
62'
62'
62'
302
301
301
301
301
301
62'
62'
62'
%('
53
5
2
53
5
5
5354
5353
5351
534
3
53
4
4
53
4
5
53
4
6
534
7
5348
534
9
53
5
0
53
5
1
53
5
2
5353
SS
W
W
ST
ST
ST
W
W
W
ST
E
W
M
A
P
53
5
2
53
5
5
5354
5353
5351
534
3
53
4
4
53
4
5
53
4
6
534
7
5348
534
9
53
5
0
53
5
1
53
5
2
5353
HM
1
A
(1)6''(1)2''
3''
3''
3''
3''
(1)6''(1)2''
CONNECT NEW MAINLINE TO EXISTING
MAINLINE AT THIS APPROXIMATE
LOCATE AS SHOWN.
MAINLINE AND VALVE LOCATION ARE
APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD
VERIFY. MAY NEED TO REROUTE
MAINLINE AROUND RESTROOM.
REMOVE LAST TWO EXISTING
HEADS ON ROTOR ZONE
ALONG STREET AND CAP
LATERAL LINE IN THIS
APPROXIMATE LOCATION.
BB
B
B
BB
CONNECT NEW MAINLINE TO EXISTING MAINLINE
AT THIS APPROXIMATE LOCATE AS SHOWN.
EXTEND NEW TWO WIRE PATH IN TRENCH BACK
TO CONTROLLER AS SHOWN.
KEEP EXISTING POP UP
HEADS AROUND NORTH
SIDE OF PLAYGROUND
PLAYGROUND.
3''
3''
3''
3''
(1)6''(1)2''
(1)6''(1)2''
G A
G A
S
S
29 1.5"
A27
42 1.5"
A28
14 1"
A30
25 1"
A16
28 1.5"
A15
23 1"
A18
45 1.5"
A23
19 1"
A24
57 2"
A17
54 2"
A19
REMOVE EXISTING HEADS ON
ROTOR ZONE ALONG STREET
NORTH OF THIS LOCATION AND
CAP LATERAL LINE IN THIS
APPROXIMATE LOCATION.
(1)2''
(1)2''
(1)2''
(1)2''
(1)2''
(1)2''
(1)2''
3 1"
A22
37 1.5"
A20
37 1.5"
A25
67 2"
A26
67 2"
A29
26 1.5"
A13
22 1"
A14
(1)2''
24 1"
A21
(1)2''(1)4''
#6
#10
#10
S
L
R
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
R
S
L
R
S
S
ES
RS
S
E
S
S
S
L
R
#10
#10
#35
#35
#35
#35
#30
#30
#35
#35
#30
#35
#6
#35
#35
#35
#35
#35
#30
#30 #35
#30
#35
#35
#35
#8
#10
#8
S
S
S
S
2''112''
114''
REMOVE EXISTING POP
UP HEADS AROUND
SOUTH SIDE OF
PLAYGROUND.
(1)2''
114''
114''114''
114''
112''
112''
112''
114''
212''
114''
114''
114''
114''
112''
114''
112''
2''114''
112''
114''
2''
112''
114''
114''
2''
114''
112''
2''
(1)2''
114''
2''
114''
112''
212''114''
114''
2''
112''
112''
112''114''
212''
212''
2''
114''
112''
2''
114''
114''
112''
2''
2''
112''
IR1.01
IRRI*$7I213/$1
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
JK
KD
A Overall
Irrigation Plan
0
NORTH
10'20'40'
SCALE: 1''=20'
REVIEW
NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION
13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260
Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327
www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting &
Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR1.00
IRRIGATION NOTES IR1.00
IRRIGATION PLANS IR1.01
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR1.02 - IR1.03
POINT OF CONNECTION #1 - 2" (EXISTING)
PEAK FLOW REQUIREMENT: 73 GPM. REQUIRED STATIC PRESSURE: 80 PSI
CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT DOWNSTREAM OF EXISTING METER. REPLACE EXISTING BACKFLOW
PREVENTER AND ENCLOSURE WITH NEW AS SPECIFIED AND CONNECT TO EXISTING BOOSTER PUMP IN
SAME LOCATION. INSTALL ONE MANUAL DRAIN VALVE, ONE HYDROMETER, ONE GATE VALVE, ONE
QUICK COUPLER AND EXTEND MAINLINE AS SHOWN. CONNECT HYDROMETER TO ASSOCIATED
CONTROLLER VIA TWO-WIRE COMMUNICATION CABLE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. SEE
DETAIL SHEET FOR REQUIRED PIPE LENGTHS UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM OF FLOW SENSING UNIT.
WORK SHALL CONFORM TO LOCAL CODE. FEES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH
WORK ARE TO BE OBTAINED AND PAID FOR BY CONTRACTOR. FINAL BACKFLOW PREVENTER
LOCATION SHALL BE APPROVED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
CONTROLLER LOCATION "A" (EXISTING)A
1
EXISTING IRRIGATION DAMAGE - CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR
REPLACE ANY EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEMS DAMAGED DURING
NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE
DETERMINED BY OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND
PAID FOR BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING
HEADS IN THE TURF AREAS AFFECTED BY
NEW CONSTRUCTION. INSTALL NEW HEADS
AS SHOWN. ABANDON LATERAL PIPING IN
PLACE. RETURN HEADS TO CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD STAFF.
CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING
HEADS IN THE TURF AREAS AFFECTED BY
NEW CONSTRUCTION. INSTALL NEW HEADS
AS SHOWN. ABANDON LATERAL PIPING IN
PLACE. RETURN HEADS TO CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD STAFF.
CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST EXISTING
ROTOR HEADS TO PROVIDE HEAD TO
HEAD COVERAGE TO NEW HEADS.
100 BID SET
Pa
g
e
8
3
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR1.02
IRRI*$7I21
'(7$I/6
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
JK
KD
REVIEW
NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION
13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260
Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327
www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting &
Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR1.00
IRRIGATION NOTES IR1.00
IRRIGATION PLANS IR1.01
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR1.02 - IR1.03
PVC PRESSURE MAINLINE
REFER TO IRRIGATION
SCHEDULE
NOTE:
·CONCRETE PAD PENETRATIONS TO BE 1"
LARGER THAN TUBING DIAMETER.
·REFER TO ENCLOSURE DETAIL FOR
CONCRETE PAD DIMENSIONS.
·DIAMETER OF FITTINGS, NIPPLE AND TUBING
SHALL EQUAL DIAMETER OF BACKFLOW
PREVENTER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
BRONZE UNION - SWxSW
6" THICK CONCRETE PAD -
LENGTH AS REQUIRED, 30" MIN.
WIDTH. TOP OF SLAB TO BE 1"
ABOVE FINISH GRADE.
ADJUSTABLE CAST IRON STOP
BOX - TYLER OR EQUAL
PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE -
REFER TO DETAIL
REDUCED PRESSURE
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
CxM ADAPTER (TWO REQUIRED)
QUICK COUPLING
VALVE - INSTALL AS
PER QCV DETAIL
12"
SOIL FILTER FABRIC COVERING
GRAVEL SUMP
STOP & DRAIN VALVE - LINE SIZE
34" CRUSHED GRAVEL SUMP - 2 CU. FT.
SERVICE LINE FROM WATER METER
12"EQ EQ
TYPE "K"
RIGID
COPPER
BACKFLOW PREVENTER 13/4" - 2" SYSTEMS WITH PVC CONNECTION
CL
EQ EQ
6"16.25"6"
Y
BFP MODEL/SIZE ENCLOSURE MODEL X Y
FEBCO 825Y 34" & 1"SBBC-30AL 30"42"
FEBCO 825Y 112" & 2"SBBC-45AL 45"57"
FEBCO 825YA 34" & 1"SBBC-22AL 22''34"
FEBCO 825YA 112" & 2"SBBC-30AL 30"42"
NOTES:
·PAD PENETRATIONS FOR BACKFLOW PREVENTER RISERS TO BE
1" LARGER THAN RISER DIAMETER.
·TOP SURFACE OF CONCRETE PAD SHALL BE 1" ABOVE FINISH
GRADE.
·INSTALL ENCLOSURE ANCHORS AS PER MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS.
·PROVIDE OWNER WITH KEYED PADLOCK FOR ENCLOSURE.
30"
X
CL
1"5"
EQ
6"
Y
EQ
6"
CL
CONCRETE PAD
STRONGBOX ENCLOSURE
ELEVATION
PLAN VIEW
2STRONGBOX - 3/4" - 2" SYSTEMS
BACKFLOW ENCLOSURE HYDROMETER 3
FINISH GRADE
APPLY TEFLON TAPE TO ALL MALE THREADED
PVC FITTINGS AND ALL NIPPLES
34" CRUSHED GRAVEL SUMP 1 CU. FT.
2" VALVE MARKER
10" ROUND VALVE BOX - BRAND THE
LETTER "D' IN LID. REFER TO
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
2" CL 200 PVC ACCESS SLEEVE -
LENGTH AS REQUIRED
1" FxF BRASS 90 ELL (2) 1"xCL
BRASS NIPPLE (2)
1"x6" BRASS NIPPLE
1" BRASS 1/4 TURN CURB STOP
1" MxF SCH. 40 PVC 90 ELL
SOIL BLANKET COVERING SUMP
1"x4" PVC NIPPLE SCH. 80
34" CRUSHED GRAVEL SUMP. SEE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
SUMP SIZE
PVC PRESSURE MAINLINE. REFER
TO TRENCH DETAIL.
MANUAL DRAIN VALVE 4TYPICAL
FINISH GRADE
2"
3"
10" ROUND VALVE BOX. BRAND "GV"
ON LID OF VALVE BOX. REFER TO
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
GATE VALVE W/ CROSS HANDLE AND
SOLID WEDGE DISC.
34" CRUSHED GRAVEL SUMP - FILL
BOX TO WITHIN 2" OF TOP OF 6"
PVC ACCESS SLEEVE∅
6" CLASS 200 PVC SLEEVE BOTTOM TO
BE NOTCHED AND CONTACT TOP OF
PRESSURE MAINLINE
PVC PRESSURE MAINLINE
SCH. 40 PVC MALE ADAPTER (2) - SIZE
TO EQUAL GATE VALVE DIAMETER
UNDISTURBED SOIL
5GATE VALVE
2.5" & SMALLER - X-HANDLE
PVC PRESSURE MAINLINE
CONCRETE THRUST/SUPPORT BLOCK -
REFER TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
UNDISTERBED SOIL
#3 REBAR ANCHOR ROD - BEND TO CONFORM
TO GATE VALVE BODY.SE
C
T
I
O
N
A
-
A
6MIL POLY SHEETING BOND BREAKER
BETWEEN VALVE AND CONCRETE
CAST IRON 200 PSI EPOXY-COATED GASKETED
GATE VALVE WITH RESILIENT WEDGE DISC, SQUARE
OPERATING NUT & NON-RISING STEM.
6" CLASS 200 PVC ACCESS SLEEVE -
LENGTH AS REQUIRED
34" CRUSHED GRAVEL SUMP -
FILL BOX TO WITHIN 2" OF TOP
OF 6" PVC ACCESS SLEEVE
FINISH GRADE
10" ROUND VALVE BOX. BRAND
"GV" INTO VALVE BOX LID. REFER
TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
SECTION A-A
3"
4"(MIN.)
2"
3"
GATE VALVE 63" & LARGER - REBARANCHOR
FINISH GRADE
APPLY TEFLON TAPE TO ALL THREADED NIPPLES
3"
2"
10" ROUND VALVE BOX BRAND
"QC" INTO VALVE BOX LID.
REFER TO TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS.
34" CRUSHED GRAVEL SUMP -
FILL BOX TO WITHIN 2" OF
BOTTOM OF QCV LID
1" BRASS NIPPLE LENGTH AS REQUIRED
LINE SIZE BRASS COUPLING
12"x12" REBAR STABILIZING STAKE
TYPICAL TWO SIDES PER QUICK
COUPLING VALVE LOCATION
LASCO #G 13S-212 UNITIZED SWING
JOINT W/ BRASS INSERT STABILIZER
ELBOW. PROVIDE WITH 1" MIPT INLET
PRESSURE MAINLINEx1" PVC SERVICE TEE -
SOLVENT WELD OR GASKETED FITTING REFER
TO SPECIFICAIONS
QUICK COUPLING VALVE
QUICK COUPLING VALVE 7LASCOSWING - TYPICAL
NOTE: DIAMETERS OF BALL VALVES, PVC FITTINGS AND
NIPPLES SHALL EQUAL ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE
DIAMETER. VALVE BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL
OR PERPENDICULAR TO ADJACENT SIDEWALKS AND HARD
SURFACES WHERE APPLICABLE. APPLY TEFLON TAPE TO
ALL MALE THREADED FITTINGS AND THREADED NIPPLES.
PVC LATERAL - 45 ELL TO
SPECIFIED DEPTH
SCH. 40 PVC REDUCING
MALE ADAPTER
RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX. BRAND LID WITH
CONTROLLER & STATION #. REFER TO
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. CENTER BOX
OVER ASSEMBLY.
PVC BALL VALVE - FIPTxFIPT
34" CRUSHED GRAVEL SUMP - FILL BOXTO BOTTOM OF VALVE BODY
SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE - LENGTH AS
REQUIRED
SERVICE TEE - SOLVENT WELD
OR GASKETED FITTING - REFER
TO SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE
4"
FINISH GRADE
TWO BLACK WIRES TO VALVE SOLENOID
DECODER
DBR-6 (2)
PROVIDE 60" CONTINUOUS COILS OF EXTRA
CABLE WIRING WITHIN VALVE BOX (PER
DECODER) FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES.
TWO-WIRE PATH TO NEXT DECODER
TO EARTH GROUNDING LOCATION
INSTALLED PER ASIC GUIDELINES. REFER
TO CONSTRUCTION NOTES FOR
FREQUENCY AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
TWO-WIRE PATH TO
NEXT DECODER
DBR-6 (2)
DBR-6
ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE 8TWO-WIRE SYSTEM - PVC PIPE
NOTE: REFER TO TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR MINIMUM
TRENCH WIDTHS.FINISH
GRADE
ROTOR LATERAL
PIPING
BACKFILL MATERIAL (TYP.)
4-6" BODIES: 14"
12" BODIES: 18"
MAINLINE
4-6" BODIES: 18"
12" BODIES: 24"
CONTROL WIRE BUNDLE OR TWO
WIRE COMMUNICATION CABLE (PER
SPECIFICATIONS)
24"
SPRAY HEAD LATERAL
PIPING OR DRIP LINE
HEADER.
924" MAINLINE
TRENCH
B
A
ROUGH GRADE
C
NOTE:
·ALL SLEEVE MATERIAL PER IRRIGATION SCHEDULE, SIZE AS NOTED ON
PLAN.
·INSTALL SLEEVES IN SIDE-BY-SIDE CONFIGURATION WHERE MULTIPLE
SLEEVES ARE TO BE INSTALLED. SPACE SLEEVES 4" TO 6" APART. DO
NOT STACK SLEEVES VERTICALLY.
·CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH FLATWORK INSTALLER TO BRAND A
"V" IN SIDEWALK OR CURB AT BOTH ENDS OF SLEEVE CROSSING.
·SLEEVING THROUGH OR UNDER RETAINING WALLS, PLANTER WALLS, POND
LINING, OR WATER QUALITY AREAS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH CIVIL
WORK AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS SHOWN.
·AN INDIVIDUAL SLEEVE SHALL CONTAIN NO MORE THAN ONE PIPE OR WIRE
BUNDLE.
PAVED SURFACE
CURB AND GUTTER
(IF APPLICABLE)
2" PVC PIPE SLEEVE MARKER -
INSTALL AT BOTH ENDS OF EACH
SLEEVE LOCATION AND EXTEND AT
LEAST 3' ABOVE GRADE. SPRAY
EXPOSED PORTION OF MARKER WITH
GREEN FLUORESCENT PAINT. REMOVE
AT FINAL INSTALL.
SEAL ENDS OF SLEEVE WITH
CLOTH DUCT TAPE (TYPICAL)
PVC OR HDPE SLEEVING (TYPICAL)
24" MIN.
12" MIN.
36" MIN.
IRRIGATION SLEEVING 10TYPICAL 100 BID SET
Pa
g
e
8
3
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR1.03
IRRI*$7I21
'(7$I/6
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
JK
KD
REVIEW
NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION
13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260
Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327
www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting &
Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR1.00
IRRIGATION NOTES IR1.00
IRRIGATION PLANS IR1.01
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR1.02 - IR1.03
FINISH GRADE
SUBGRADE
RECTANGULAR VALVE
BOX WITH CONTROL
VALVE AND DECODER
SECURE DECODER TO 6"x1" PVC PIPE
WITH PIPE CAP VIA. NYLON WIRE TIE
(2)
REBAR STAKE
1" MINIMUM
12" MINIMUM
WIRE PATH FROM CONTROLLER ALLOW 5
FT. SLACK PER DECODER. ALL WIRE TO BE
TO 14 UAG STANDARDS. REFER TO TWO
WIRE PLAN FOR CONTROLLER WIRE
MANUFACTURE AND MODEL NUMBER.
DECODER, WIRE END DOWN (REFER
TO SCHEDULE FOR MODEL NUMBER)
ID WIRE PATH TO NEXT
DECODER (3M) DBY (2)
DECODER INSTALLATION 11TWO-WIRE SYSTEM
FINISH GRADE
USE WIRE CLAMP TO HOLD
GROUNDING WIRE TO ROD
DURING CADWELD.
34" CRUSHEDGRAVEL
SUMP (2 CU.
FT.)
8 FT COPPER GROUNDING ROD
OR PLATE (SEE NOTES & SPECS).
3"
#6 SOLID COPPER WIRE FROM
ARRESTOR TO GROUNDING ROD
OR PLATE (SEE NOTES & SCHEDULE).
LIGHTNING
ARRESTOR
WATER PROOF
CONNECTOR
PER SPECS.
TWO-WIRE
CABLE TO
NEXT DEVICE
(DECODER, OR
ARRESTOR)
MAINLINE & WIRE PATH
GROUNDING ROD
PLAN VIEW, TYPICAL
CROSS SECTION VIEW
8'-12' MIN.NOTE:
·ALL GROUNDING PER ASIC GUIDELINES.
·GROUNDING ROD MUST BE INSTALLED INSIDE
AN IRRIGATED AREA.
·GROUNDING TO 10 OHMS MAXIMUM.
·GENERAL LAYOUT OF ROD AS SHOWN.
·NO ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PLACED
WITHIN THE GROUNDING ROD BUFFER AREA.
·IF MINIMUM BUFFER AREA CANNOT BE
ACHIEVED DUE TO NARROW LANDSCAPE AREA
OR OTHER PHYSICAL RESTRICTIONS,
CONTRACTOR TO USE GROUNDING PLATE PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
10" ROUND
VALVE BOX
TWO-WIRE SYSTEM - TYPICAL
ARRESTOR GROUNDING 12
NOTE:
·SET HEAD PERPENDICULAR TO FINISH GRADE.
·APPLY TEFLON TAPE TO MALE PVC THREADED FITTINGS.
·PRE-ASSEMBLED SWING JOINTS AS MANUFACTURERED BY RAIN
BIRD AND HUNTER ARE ACCEPTABLE.30 - 60 DEGREES
PVC LATERAL PIPING W/ SCH.40 PVC
LINE SIZEx12" SLIPxFIPT FITTING
12" MIPxFIP MARLEX 90 ELL
12"x6" SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE
12" MIPxFIP MARLEX 90 ELL
12" MIPxFIP SCH. 40 PVC ELL
CURB & GUTTER, SIDEWALK OR
HARD SURFACE WHERE
APPLICABLE
SET BOTTOM OF CAP AT GRADE
3"
POP-UP SPRAY HEAD
POP-UP SPRAY HEAD 13SWING JOINT - PVC
NOTE:
·SET HEAD PERPENDICULAR TO FINISH GRADE SWING.
·JOINT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BOTTOM SPRAY
HEAD INLET ONLY.
·APPLY TEFLON TAPE TO ALL MALE PVC THREADED FITTINGS
AND NIPPLES.
PVC LATERAL PIPING W/ SCH. 40 PVC
LINE SIZEx12" SLIPxFIPT FITTING
12" MxF SCH. 40 PVC 90d ELL
12"x6" SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE
12" MxF SCH. 40 PVC 90d ELL (2 REQUIRED)
12" HI-POP SPRAY HEAD
CURB AND GUTTER, SIDEWALK OR
HARD SURFACE WHERE APPLICABLE
SET BOTTOM OF CAP AT GRADE
6"
14HI-POP SPRAY HEAD
SWING JOINT - PVC
NOTE:
·DIAMETERS OF FITTINGS AND NIPPLES SHALL
EQUAL ROTOR INLET DIAMETER.
·SET ROTOR PERPENDICULAR TO FINISH GRADE.
·APPLY TEFLON TAPE TO ALL PVC MALE THREADED
FITTINGS.
6"
30-60 DEG
SET LIP AT FINISHED GRADE
CURB AND GUTTER, SIDEWALK OR HARD
SURFACE WHERE APPLICABLE
GEAR DRIVEN ROTOR
MIPxFIP SCH. 40 PVC ELL (2)
12" SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE
MIPxFIP SCH. 40 PVC 90 ELL
PVC LATERAL PIPING WITH SCH.
40 SLIPxFIPT PVC FITTING
GEAR DRIVEN ROTOR 15SWING JOINT - PVC
SOIL MOISTURE SENSOR 16
MECHANICAL RESTRAINT FITTINGS - 3" and LARGER 18
NOTE:
WHEN THE DISTANCE BETWEEN A FITTING AND THE NEXT JOINT IS LESS
THAN 20 FEET, THE FOLLOWING TABLE MUST BE USED. THE TABLE
BELOW SHOWS THE DISTANCE (IN FEET) BETWEEN JOINTS WITHIN WHICH
IF THERE IS A JOINT, IT MUST BE MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED. THE
TABLE IS BASED ON 125 PSI, TYPE 3 TRENCH, AND 2-4 FEET DEPTH OF
BURY (SMALL TO LARGE) DEPENDING ON PIPE SIZE. FOR OTHER
PRESSURE MULTIPLY THE NUMBERS IN THE TABLE (FEET) BY THE ACTUAL
PRESSURE AND DIVIDE BY 125.STACKABLE LH-SERIES @ THE
1ST PIPE JOINT IN EA
DIRECTION OF THE 90
BUBBLER NOZZLE - INSTALL
WITHIN 4" HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
OF PLANT ROOT BALL
MULCH MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER SUGGESTED
CHECK VALVE
12" MALExBARB ADAPTER
12" DIA. POLYETHYLENE SWING PIPE- 4 LF. LENGTH MAXIMUM
12" MALExBARB ADAPTER
PVC LATERAL PIPING W/ LINE
SIZEx12" SLIPxFIPT FITTING
NOTE:
·SET BUBBLER(S) ON UPHILL SIDE OF ROOT BALL
WHERE TREES PLANTED ON SLOPES EQUAL TO
OR GREATER THAN 4 TO 1.
·APPLY TEFLON TAPE TO ALL MIPT FITTINGS
BUBBLER 17WITH CHECK VALVE - PVC
100 BID SET
Pa
g
e
8
4
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
ST
ST
W
W
W
ST
E
W
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
(16) TJW
(2) TGK
(2) TCO
(1) TAG
(1) TQM
(1) TKP
Hu
r
o
n
S
t
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
S
-
a
s
o
n
S
t
Adjacent
3ropert\
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.O.W
.
L.O.W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
SYMBOL CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME
DECIDUOUS TREES
TAG 1 Acer grandidentatum
TCO 2 Celtis occidentalis
TGK 2 Gymnocladus dioicus
TKP 1 Koelreuteria paniculata
TQM 1 Quercus muehlenbergii
EVERGREEN TREES
TJW 16 Juniperus scopulorum 'Woodward'
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
3LA1T,1G LEGE1D
Lawn
Xeric Lawn Mix (Seed)
Meadow Mix (Seed)
Wet Meadow Mix (Seed)
Planted Bed
Natural Edge
Planting Guide
S2D
301
302
%ED
303
3LA1T,1G 12TES:
1.The landscape architect shall be able to rearrange plant
stakes without incurring additional cost to the project.
2.The location of plants on the drawings is diagrammatic
and shall not be considered to be shown in their final
location. Before planting, the contractor shall stake all
woody plant locations for review and acceptance by the
landscape architect. The contractor shall not plant
without this acceptance. Perennial plant locations shall
be reviewed in the field by the landscape architect with
the installing contractor prior to the time of installation.
Contractor shall give notice and arrange the on-site
meeting with landscape architect.
3.For planting schedules, see sheets L5.04-L5.05.
4.For planting details, see sheet L5.06.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
0
SCALE:1"=20'-0"
10'20'40'1
A Overall Planting Plan
3LA1T,1G SCHED8LE 29ERST2R<
L5.00
3LA1T,1G
29ERST2R<
3LA1
Pa
g
e
8
4
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
ST
ST
IR
R
IR
R
302
%ED
302
S2D
S2D
301
301
(6) SRT
(2) SSO
(7) GAH
(5) GBG
(3) PGT
(1) GSS
(11) SMA
W
S
T
A
1
)
2
R
D
D
R
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W
.
L.O.W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
Valve Boxes Assumed to
Remain & Be Re-Used
Storm Structure To Remain
Storm Structure To Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Minimize heavy Equipment
Usage within TPZ, Typ.
Existing Sign
SYMBOL CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
SRT 6 Rhus trilobata 'Autumn Amber'Autumn Amber Sumac
SSO 2 Symphoricarpos albus Common White Snowberry
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
SMA 11 Mahonia aquifolium Oregon Grape
GRASSES
GAH 7 Achnatherum hymenoides Indian Ricegrass
GBG 5 Bouteloua gracilis Blue Grama Grass
GSS 1 Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem
PERENNIALS
PGT 3 Geum triflorum Prairie Smoke
3LA1T,1G LEGE1D
Lawn
Xeric Lawn Mix (Seed)
Meadow Mix (Seed)
Wet Meadow Mix (Seed)
Planted Bed
Natural Edge
Planting Guide
S2D
301
302
%ED
303
3LA1T,1G 12TES:
1.The landscape architect shall be able to rearrange plant
stakes without incurring additional cost to the project.
2.The location of plants on the drawings is diagrammatic
and shall not be considered to be shown in their final
location. Before planting, the contractor shall stake all
woody plant locations for review and acceptance by the
landscape architect. The contractor shall not plant
without this acceptance. Perennial plant locations shall
be reviewed in the field by the landscape architect with
the installing contractor prior to the time of installation.
Contractor shall give notice and arrange the on-site
meeting with landscape architect.
3.For planting schedules, see sheets L5.04-L5.05.
4.For planting details, see sheet L5.06.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L5.01
3LA1T,1G 3LA1 1
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
A Accessible Path & West Terrace
Materials Plan
L5.02
L5.01
L5.03
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L5.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
5
.
0
3
3LA1T,1G SCHED8LE
Pa
g
e
8
4
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
W
W
W
ST
301
301
303
301
301
302
302
302
302
302
302
%ED
%ED
%ED
%ED
%ED
%ED
%ED
%ED
%ED
%ED
303
S2D
302
301
301
301
(1) GSS
(7) PGT
(46) GAH
(3) SRT(3) SFP
(3) SSO
(12) PRM
(6) SCN
(29) GSS
(8) GJT
(3) GJB
(13) GFA
(2) SCN
(10) SPM
(15) SPB
(1) SAF
(9) GSW
(2) SSA
(37) GFA
(8) PRM
(3) SCN
(5) PZG
(2) SST
(6) PEP
(8) SPM
(1) SAA
(5) GSH
(2) SCN
(3) PSL
(11) GAH
(7) GBG
(3) SAN
(13) PPN
(10) PAJ
(1) SRT
(12) GAH
(8) SCN
(6) PSL
(24) GFA
(3) GSW
(8) PRM
(2) SST
(1) SCN(3) GSN
(5) GBG
(3) SMA
(1) SAA
(12) PPN
(7) GJB
(3) GJT
(25) GBG
(17) GSH
(10) SPB
(1) SPO
(17) PZG
(11) PRM
(63) GBG
(7) SCN
(3) SMA
(1) SAF
(7) SPB
(6) SMD
(32) GFA
(3) PSL
(4) SRT
(12) PAJ
(5) SPO
(10) SPM
(7) SPM
(15) PGT
(3) SAF
(3) SFP
(17) GBG
(6) GSH
(44) GSS
(11) PLS
(2) GSW
(67) GSH
(3) GSW
(2) SSA
(55) GSS
(2) SAF(9) SPB
(6) SCN
(13) GAH
(13) PZG
(16) GFA
(8) PGA
(3) GSN
(20) GBG
(21) GSH
(1) SST
(4) SPM
(2) PEP (3) PLS
(3) SAC
(8) PGA
(1) SAA
(73) GAH
(5) PEP
(3) SRT
(4) SPO
(99) GSS
(7) PEP
(52) GSH
(2) GJB
(5) GJT (5) SFP
(38) GBG
(26) GBG
(6) SCN
(6) SKL
(20) PLS
(22) GAH
(1) SMA
(2) SMD
(6) PZG
(7) PRM
(3) SAC
(2) SST
(3) PGA
(6) SMD
(14) GSS
(10) GSS
S
-
a
s
o
n
S
t
Adjacent
3ropert\
Adjacent
3ropert\
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
L.
O
.
W
.
Existing Wall to Remain
Existing Fence to Remain
Existing Shade and
Concrete Pad to Remain
Property Line, Typ.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Underdrain Outlet
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
3LA1T,1G LEGE1D
Lawn
Xeric Lawn Mix (Seed)
Meadow Mix (Seed)
Wet Meadow Mix (Seed)
Planted Bed
Natural Edge
Planting Guide
S2D
301
302
%ED
303
SYMBOL CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME
LARGE DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
SAA 4 Amelanchier alnifolia
SAF 7 Amorpha fruticosa
SSA 6 Shepherdia argentea
SST 7 Shepherdia argentea 'Totem'
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
SAC 6 Amorpha canescens
SAN 3 Amorpha nana
SCN 41 Chrysothamnus nauseosus nauseosus
SFP 11 Fallugia paradoxa
SKL 6 Krascheninnikovia lanata
SPO 10 Physocarpus opulifolius 'Tiny Wine'
SPB 41 Prunus besseyi 'P011S'
SRT 11 Rhus trilobata 'Autumn Amber'
SSO 3 Symphoricarpos albus
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
SPM 39 Arctostaphylos x coloradensis 'Panchito'
SMA 7 Mahonia aquifolium
SMD 14 Mahonia repens 'MonRws'
GRASSES
GAH 177 Achnatherum hymenoides
GBG 201 Bouteloua gracilis
GFA 122 Festuca arizonica
GJB 12 Juncus balticus
GJT 16 Juncus tenuis
GSS 264 Schizachyrium scoparium
GSN 14 Sorghastrum nutans
GSH 168 Sporobolus heterolepis
GSW 17 Sporobolus wrightii
PERENNIALS
PAJ 22 Amsonia jonesii
PEP 29 Engelmannia peristenia
PGA 19 Gaillardia aristata
PGT 22 Geum triflorum
PLS 34 Liatris spicata
PPN 25 Pulsatilla patens nuttalliana
PRM 46 Ratibida columnifera 'Mexican Hat'
PSL 12 Symphyotrichum laeve
PZG 41 Zinnia grandiflora
3LA1T,1G 12TES:
1.The landscape architect shall be able to rearrange plant
stakes without incurring additional cost to the project.
2.The location of plants on the drawings is diagrammatic
and shall not be considered to be shown in their final
location. Before planting, the contractor shall stake all
woody plant locations for review and acceptance by the
landscape architect. The contractor shall not plant
without this acceptance. Perennial plant locations shall
be reviewed in the field by the landscape architect with
the installing contractor prior to the time of installation.
Contractor shall give notice and arrange the on-site
meeting with landscape architect.
3.For planting schedules, see sheets L5.04-L5.05.
4.For planting details, see sheet L5.06.
(2) SSA
(8) GSN
(13) GSS
(9) PEP
(1) SAA
Adjacent
3ropert\
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L5.02
3LA1T,1G 3LA1 2
A The Ramble
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
L5.02
L5.01
L5.03
MATCHLINE, SEE SHEET L5.02
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
5
.
0
3
3LA1T,1G SCHED8LE
MATCHLINE, SEE THIS SHEET
MATCHLINE, SEE THIS SHEET
Pa
g
e
8
4
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
W
E
W
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
S2D
S2D
S2D
%ED
(1) SAA
(3) SRG
(6) PGT
(5) GSH
(3) SAN
(6) SMD
(19) GSS
(3) SSO
(16) GSH
(31) GBG
(8) SYG
(3) SFP
(3) GSW
(1) GSW
(3) SMA
(3) PAP
(3) PAP
(3) PAP
(6) PGT
(5) PAP
Hu
r
o
n
S
t
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
L
.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Proposed Restroom
Sanitary Line to Tap
into Sanitary Main,
Re: Civil
Proposed
Restroom Sanitary
Line, Re: Civil
Assumed Re-use of Existing
POC, Backflow, Controller, &
Main Line & Valves. New
Laterals & Heads as Req'd. Re:
Irrigation
Proposed Restroom to Tap into
Existing Water Line, Re: Civil
P
R
O
P
O
S
E
D
R
E
S
T
R
O
O
M
,
R
E
:
A
R
C
H
Existing Sign to
Remain
SYMBOL CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME
LARGE DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
SAA 1 Amelanchier alnifolia Serviceberry
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
SAN 3 Amorpha nana Dwarf False Indigo
SFP 3 Fallugia paradoxa Apache Plume
SRG 3 Rhus aromatica 'Gro-Low'Gro-Low Fragrant Sumac
SSO 3 Symphoricarpos albus Common White Snowberry
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
SMA 3 Mahonia aquifolium Oregon Grape
SMD 6 Mahonia repens 'MonRws'Darkstar® Creeping Oregon Grape
SYG 8 Yucca glauca Soapweed
GRASSES
GBG 31 Bouteloua gracilis Blue Grama Grass
GSS 19 Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem
GSH 21 Sporobolus heterolepis Prairie Dropseed
GSW 4 Sporobolus wrightii Big Sacaton
PERENNIALS
PAP 14 Argemone polyanthemos Annual Pricklypoppy
PGT 12 Geum triflorum Prairie Smoke
Sheet Matchline
L,1ET<3E LEGE1D
Limit of Work
Property Line
Tree Protection Zone
3LA1T,1G LEGE1D
Lawn
Xeric Lawn Mix (Seed)
Meadow Mix (Seed)
Wet Meadow Mix (Seed)
Planted Bed
Natural Edge
Planting Guide
S2D
301
302
%ED
303
3LA1T,1G 12TES:
1.The landscape architect shall be able to rearrange plant
stakes without incurring additional cost to the project.
2.The location of plants on the drawings is diagrammatic
and shall not be considered to be shown in their final
location. Before planting, the contractor shall stake all
woody plant locations for review and acceptance by the
landscape architect. The contractor shall not plant
without this acceptance. Perennial plant locations shall
be reviewed in the field by the landscape architect with
the installing contractor prior to the time of installation.
Contractor shall give notice and arrange the on-site
meeting with landscape architect.
3.For planting schedules, see sheets L5.04-L5.05.
4.For planting details, see sheet L5.06.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L5.03
3LA1T,1G 3LA1 3
A Restroom Area
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
L5.02
L5.01
L5.03
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
5
.
0
2
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
,
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
L
5
.
0
1
3LA1T,1G SCHED8LE
Pa
g
e
8
4
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
SYMBOL CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE CONTAINER
DECIDUOUS TREES
TAG 1 Acer grandidentatum Bigtooth Maple 2" Cal.B&B
TCO 2 Celtis occidentalis Common Hackberry 2" Cal.B&B
TGK 2 Gymnocladus dioicus Kentucky Coffeetree 2" Cal.B&B
TKP 1 Koelreuteria paniculata Golden Rain Tree 2" Cal.B&B
TQM 1 Quercus muehlenbergii Chinkapin Oak 2" Cal.B&B
EVERGREEN TREES
TJW 16 Juniperus scopulorum 'Woodward'Woodward Columnar Juniper 5' Ht.B&B or Cont.
SYMBOL CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE CONTAINER WATER USE SEASON
LARGE DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
SAA 5 Amelanchier alnifolia Serviceberry 5 gal.Container Low Fall Interest
SAF 7 Amorpha fruticosa False Indigo 5 gal.Container Low
SSA 6 Shepherdia argentea Silver Buffaloberry 5 gal.Container Low
SST 7 Shepherdia argentea 'Totem'Silver Totem® Buffaloberry 5 gal.Container Low
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
SAC 6 Amorpha canescens Leadplant 3 gal.Container Low
SAN 6 Amorpha nana Dwarf False Indigo 3 gal.Container Low
SCN 41 Chrysothamnus nauseosus nauseosus Dwarf Blue Rabbitbrush 3 gal.Container Low Fall Interest
SFP 14 Fallugia paradoxa Apache Plume 3 gal.Container Low
SKL 6 Krascheninnikovia lanata Winterfat 1 gal.Container Low Winter Interest
SPO 10 Physocarpus opulifolius 'Tiny Wine'Dwarf Ninebark 1 gal.Container Low Winter Interest
SPB 41 Prunus besseyi 'P011S'Pawnee Buttes® Sand Cherry 3 gal.Container Low
SRG 3 Rhus aromatica 'Gro-Low'Gro-Low Fragrant Sumac 1 gal.Container Low Fall Interest
SRT 17 Rhus trilobata 'Autumn Amber'Autumn Amber Sumac 1 gal.Container Low Fall Interest
SSO 8 Symphoricarpos albus Common White Snowberry 1 gal.Container Low Winter Interest
EVERGREEN SHRUBS
SPM 39 Arctostaphylos x coloradensis 'Panchito'Panchito Manzanita 3 gal.Container Low Evergreen
SMA 21 Mahonia aquifolium Oregon Grape 1 gal.Container Low Evergreen
SMD 20 Mahonia repens 'MonRws'Darkstar® Creeping Oregon Grape 1 gal.Container Low Evergreen
SYG 8 Yucca glauca Soapweed 5 gal.Container Low Evergreen
GRASSES
GAH 184 Achnatherum hymenoides Indian Ricegrass 2.25"Plug Low Cool
GBG 238 Bouteloua gracilis Blue Grama Grass 2.25"Plug Low Warm
GFA 123 Festuca arizonica Arizona Fescue 1 gal.Container Low Cool
GJB 12 Juncus balticus Baltic Rush 1 gal.Container Low to Medium Cool
GJT 16 Juncus tenuis Path Rush 1 gal.Container Low to Medium Cool
GSS 284 Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem Mixed Mixed Low Warm
GSN 14 Sorghastrum nutans Indian Grass 3 gal.Container Low to Medium Warm
GSH 189 Sporobolus heterolepis Prairie Dropseed Mixed Mixed Low Warm
GSW 21 Sporobolus wrightii Big Sacaton 3 gal.Container Low Warm
PERENNIALS
PAJ 22 Amsonia jonesii Colorado Desert Bluestar 2.25"Plug Low Fall Interest
PAP 14 Argemone polyanthemos Annual Pricklypoppy 1 gal.Container Low
PEP 29 Engelmannia peristenia Engelmann's Daisy 1 gal.Container Low
PGA 19 Gaillardia aristata Blanket Flower 2.25"Plug Low
PGT 37 Geum triflorum Prairie Smoke 1 gal.Container Low Fall Interest
PLS 34 Liatris spicata Blazing Star 2.25"Plug Low
PPN 25 Pulsatilla patens nuttalliana Prairie Pasqueflower 2.25"Plug Low
PRM 46 Ratibida columnifera 'Mexican Hat'Prairie Coneflower 1 gal.Container Low Fall Interest
PSL 12 Symphyotrichum laeve Smooth Aster 2.25"Plug Low Fall Interest
PZG 41 Zinnia grandiflora Rocky Mountain Zinnia 2.25"Plug Low AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L5.04
3LA1T,1G
SCHED8LE
Overall Rotolo Planting Schedule
*Mixed Size:
50% 1 Gal. Container
50% Plug
*
*
Pa
g
e
8
4
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L5.05
3L$17,1*
6&+('8L(
Rotolo Planting Schedule - Plant Mixes
Plant Mix 1 - Xeric Lawn Seed Mix
70% Buchloe dactyloides (Sharps Improved Buffalograss)
+ 30% Bouteloua gracilis (Lovington Blue Grama)
PM1
SOD
Plant Mix 2 - Shortgrass Prairie Meadow Seed Mix
70% Grasses + 30% Forbs
Grasses
45 % Buchloe dactyloides (Buffalograss)
45 % Bouteloua gracilis (Blue Grama)
5 % Pascopyrum smithii (Western Wheatgrass)
5 % Sporobolus cryptandrus (Sand Dropseed)
)RrEs
14 % Engelmannia peristenia (Engelmann Daisy)
14 % Cleome serrulata (Rocky Mt Beeplant)
14 % Dalea candida (White Prairie Clover)
14 % Linum lewisii (Blue Flax)
14 % Ratibida columnifera (Prairie Coneflower)
14 % Thelesperma filifolium (Greenthread)
6 % Oenothera pallida (Pale Evening Primrose)
4 % Ratibida columnifera pulchra (Mexican Hat)
2 % Penstemon angustifolius (Pagoda Penstemon)
1 % Echinacea angustifolia (Black Samson)
1 % Gaillardia pinnatifida (Adobe Blanketflower)
1 % Oenothera albicaulis (Whitestem Evening Primrose)
1 % Penstemon secundiflorus (Sidebells Penstemon)
PM2
Sod - Colorado Blue Sod Bluegrass
Drought tolerant blend of bluegrass: Hampton, Fullback, Noble, & Bewitched,
as sourced from Green Valley or approved equal.
Sod, Seed & Plant Mixes
Plant Mix 3 - High Plains Foothills Wet Meadow Seed Mix
15% Bolboschoenus maritimus (Alkali Bulrush)
15 % Elymus canadensis (Canada Wildrye)
15 % Panicum virgatum (Switchgrass)
10 % Eleocharis palustris (Spikerush)
5 % Carex praegracilis (Black Creeper Sedge)
5 % Carex nebrascencis (Nebraska Sedge)
5 % Deschampsia cespitosa (Tufted Hairgrass)
5 % Schoenoplectus acutus (Hard Stem Bulrush)
5 % Schoenoplectus tabernaemontani (Soft Stem Bulrush)
5 % Schoenoplectus americanus (Olney's Three-Square Bulrush)
5 % Juncus balticus (Baltic Rush)
5 % Sorghastrum nutans (Indian Grass)
4 % Spartina pectinata (Prairie Cordgrass)
1 % Carex microptera (Popcorn Sedge)
PM3 ALTERNATE: Plant Mix 3 - Alkaline Wet Meadow Seed Mix
20 % Distichlis spicata (Inland Saltgrass)
20 % Pascopyrum smithii (Western Wheatgrass)
16 % Bolboschoenus maritimus (Alkali Bulrush)
10 % Leymus cinereus (Basin Wildrye)
6 % Carex nebrascencis (Nebraska Sedge)
6 % Eleocharis palustris (Creeping Spikerush)
4 % Juncus balticus (Baltic Rush)
4 % Muhlenbergia asperifolia (Scatchgrass)
4 % Schoenplectus acutus (Hardstem Bulrush)
4 % Sporobolus airoides (Alkali Sacaton)
4 % Triglochin maritima (Seaside Arrowgrass)
2 % Juncus torreyi (Torrey's Rush)
ALTERNATE: Plant Mix 1 - Xeriscape Lawn Mix
100% Buchloe dactyloides (Sharps Improved Buffalograss)
Pa
g
e
8
4
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
Finish Grade
1'
-
0
"
CL
18"
Min.
Staking Plan:
NTS
Tree Staking, See Plan
Above
Soil Saucer and Mulch, See Specifications
Tree Pit Backfill in 6"-8" Lifts.
Tamp and Water Between Lifts
Remove Excess Fill On Top of Root
Ball to Reveal Root Flare. See Plant
Root Flare 2"-3" Above Finish Grade.
Compacted Subgrade Soil Pedestal to Prevent
Settling with Trees >2.5" Caliper Trunk
E
Q
,
T
y
p
.
3X Root Ball
Loop ArborTie
Below First
Branches
Install 3 Lengths of ArborTie
per Tree Equal Spacing.
Tightly Anchor Tree To Each
Stake. See Staking Plan
Above Right and
Specifications.
2 3 H
t
.
F
G
t
o
1
s
t
B
r
a
n
c
h
2" Diameter Cedar Posts
With Bark On
Once the Tree is in Place, Cut
& Remove Burlap & Completely Remove
Wire Basket From Root Ball
Do Not Prune or Thin Canopy
Unless Directed to do so by
Landscape Architect
Orient Tree to Have Similar
Solar Aspect as Nursery or
as Directed by Landscape
Architect. Tags are to be
Placed on the North Side at
Nursery
Amended Topsoil
Mulch, 3" Deep and 4-6" Away From Trunk
2” Diameter Cedar
Posts With Bark On
Wrap ArborTie
Around Tree and
Tie to Stake. See
Specifications.
ArborTie. See
Specifications.
Rootball
Tree Pit
Edge of 3' diameter
mulch ring
1'-0" Min.
1'
-
0
"
6'
-
0
"
M
i
n
.
2x Diameter of Rootball
Wrap ArborTie Around Tree,
See Specifications.
2” Diameter Cedar Posts
With Bark On
Do Not Prune or Thin Canopy Unless Directed to do
so by Landscape Architect
Orient Tree to Have Similar Solar Aspect as Nursery or
as Directed by Landscape Architect. Tags are to be
Placed on the North Side at Nursery
Tree Staking, See Plan Above
Soil Saucer and Mulch
Tree Pit Backfill in 6"-8" Lifts.
Tamp and Water Between Lifts
Remove Excess Fill On Top
of Root Ball to Reveal Root
Flare. See Plant Root Flare
2"-3" Above Finish Grade.
Compacted Subgrade Soil Pedestal to Prevent
Settling with Trees >2.5" Caliper Trunk
Once the Tree is in Place, Cut
& Remove Burlap & Completely Remove
Wire Basket From Root Ball
Finish Grade
Mulch, 3" Deep and 4-6" Away From Trunk
Staking Plan:
NTS
2” Diameter Cedar
Posts With Bark On
Wrap ArborTie
Around Tree and
Tie to Stake. See
Specifications.
ArborTie. See
Specifications.
Rootball
Tree Pit
E
Q
,
T
y
p
.
Amended Topsoil
Edge of 3' diameter
mulch ring
Install 3 Lengths of ArborTie
per Tree Equal Spacing.
Tightly Anchor Tree To Each
Stake. See Staking Plan
Above Right and
Specifications.
Remove Only Injured or Dead Branches from
Shrubs. Shrub Spacing as per Plans, Layout
Varies.
Place 3' Diameter Minimum Ring of Mulch
Under Shrub
Remove Container or Completely Peel Back,
Cut and Remove 1/3rd of the Burlap.
Remove All Rope, Twine and Wire. Set
Rootball Plumb in Center of Pit With Top of
Rootball 2" Above Finish Grade. Bank Soil to
Top of the Rootball.
Prepare and Place Planting Soil Mix as
Per Specifications
Set Rootball on Undisturbed Subgrade
Undisturbed Subgrade
2X Ø Rootball
4" Mulch Bed
Amended Topsoil
X
2X
Place Plant in Vertical, Plumb Position
Top of Rootball Shall Be 1-2" Above
Surrounding Grade
4" Depth Wood Mulch. Pull Mulch
Away From Base of Plant
Dig Plant Pit Twice as Wide as the
Container, Amend & Backfill Per
Specifications
Remove Container Prior to Installing
and Scarify Roots
Undisturbed Subgrade
Amended Topsoil
Scarify Topsoil to a Minimum Depth of 6".
Apply Specified Fertilizer and Rototill into
Top 8" of Soil.
Remove Containers, Set Out and Space
Plants as Specified in Plant Legend. Rows
Should Be Straight and Consistent. Set
Plants 1" Higher Than Finish Grade
Ensure Plant is Firmly Seated in Soil. Bank
Soil to Top of Rootball.
Mulch Planting Bed As Specified. Do Not
Place Mulch Over Branches of Plants.
Undisturbed Subgrade
6"
2"
1 Deciduous Tree Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section 2 Evergreen Tree Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section
3 Shrub Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section 4 Perennial Planting
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section 5 Groundcover Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
PLANTING
DETAILS
L
Pa
g
e
8
4
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
CIP Concrete Paving with Fibermesh,
Light Broom Finish, Re: Specs. See Cole
Garner Geotech Report for Additional
Detail. Expansion Joint to be Homasote
with Sealer. Control Joints to be Sawcut.4"
Min 12" Compacted Subgrade, Re:
Geotech Report
1'
-
0
"
Uncompacted Subgrade
NOTES:
1.Where soils yielding, add 4" of
compacted CA6 Aggregate under
concrete slab, Re: Geotech Report.
Building Face, Column, Wall, Stair, or Other Fixed
Structure
Expansion Joint, 1/2" Width, 1/2" Radius at
Edges. Use Preformed Joint-Filler Strips
(Bituminous Saturated Fiber) Full Width and
Depth of Joint. Allow 1/2" at Top for Specified
Sealant. Seal All Expansion Joints. RE: Specs.
Saw Cut Control Joint, 1/8" Width, 1/4 Depth of
Slab. Re: Layout Plan for Location of Control
Joints
Concrete Paving
5
8" Diam. Speed Dowel at Expansion Joints Placed
at 12 the Depth of Concrete, Re: Specs for
Additional Information. Provide 3 Speed Dowels
at all Expansion Joints and Place 2'-0" O.C.NOTES:
1.All Control Joints Shall Be Saw Cut Unless
Otherwise Noted
18" L. #4 Smooth Steel Rebar, to be Inserted
into Speed Dowel and Poured into Adjacent
Concrete Slab
A
B
3"
4"
4" Min.Finish
Grade
3" Depth Organic-Lock Blended
Aggregate to be Installed in (2)
1-1
2" Lifts. See Specifications.
4" Depth Aggregate (CDOT Class
6 A.B.C.) Compacted to 95% SPD
Compacted Subgrade
NOTES:
1.Crusher Fines Pavement to
be Organic Lock, pre-blended
stabilized aggregate and
supplied by local dealer:
All American Sports Material
301 Centennial Drive
Milliken, Colorado 80543
p. (970) 539-1418
6"
8"
3"
Amended
Topsoil
Undisturbed
Subgrade
Amended
Subsoil
1'
-
0
"
1'
-
0
"
6"
1
4" Radius
C.I.P. Concrete Edge Band, Light Sand
Finish All Exposed Sides, Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade
Adjacent Landscape, Re: Soils Plans
and Planting Plans
Undisturbed Subgrade
Top of Slope Shall Have a 2% Minimum
Cross-Slope for Drainage
Sod Mat to be Even
with Top of CurbFinish Grade,
Varies, Re:
Grading Plans
#4 Bar Continuous Horizontal
Reinforcement. 2 1
2" Min. Cover All Sides
NOTES:
1.Control Joints shall be evenly spaced between pours @ +/- 6' O.C.
unless otherwise noted.
2.Expansion Joints @ 72' O.C. max., unless otherwise noted.
1'
-
6
"
M
i
n
.
Geotextile Fabric
Non-Toxic Play Sand,
See Specs & Grading
Compacted Subgrade
6" Depth Gravel, Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade
Woven Geotextile Fabric6"
Finish Grade
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
0
"
6"
1
4" Radius
C.I.P. Concrete Curb, Light Sand
Finish All Exposed Sides, Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade
Adjacent Landscape, Re: Soils Plans
and Planting Plans
Undisturbed Subgrade
Top of Slope Shall Have a 2%
Minimum Cross-Slope for Drainage
#4 Bar Continuous Horizontal
Reinforcement. 2 1
2" Min. Cover All
Sides
NOTES:
1.Control Joints shall be evenly spaced between pours @ +/- 6' O.C.
unless otherwise noted.
2.Weep Holes to be Included at Every Control Joint.
3.Expansion Joints @ 72' O.C. max., unless otherwise noted.
Va
r
i
e
s
,
M
a
x
.
6
"
,
Re
:
G
r
a
d
i
n
g
P
l
a
n
s
3'
-
0
"
1'
-
0
"
6"
1
4" Radius
C.I.P. Concrete Curb Wall, Light Sand
Finish All Exposed Sides, Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade
Undisturbed Subgrade
Top of Slope Shall Have a 2% Minimum
Cross-Slope for Drainage
#4 Bar Continuous Horizontal
Reinforcement. 2 12" Min. Cover All Sides
NOTES:
1.Control Joints shall be evenly spaced between pours @ +/- 6' O.C.
unless otherwise noted.
2.Weep Holes to be Included at Every Control Joint.
3.Expansion Joints @ 72' O.C. max., unless otherwise noted.
Va
r
i
e
s
,
M
a
x
.
1
8
"
,
Re
:
G
r
a
d
i
n
g
P
l
a
n
s
Existing Play Surfacing
1
L6.01 Concrete Paving
2
L6.01 Expansion Joint
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
L6.01
3A9,1G EDG,1G
DETA,LS
2 Concrete Joints
Scale: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
Section1Concrete Paving
Scale: 1-1/2"=1'-0"
Section
4 Crusher Fines Paving - Pedestrian
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
7 Concrete Flush Edge
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
5 Play Sand
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
8 Concrete Raised Edge
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
3 Concrete Curb Wall
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
6 Gravel
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
Pa
g
e
8
4
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
1 1
Finish
Grade,
Varies
Paver Stone, Re: Specs
4" Depth Sand Borrow
6" Depth Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
Amended Existing Topsoil
Between Stone Slabs, Re:
Soils Plans
1 1
Re: Plans,
min. 2"
max. 12"
4"
6"
Compacted Subgrade
Undisturbed Subgrade
Amended Existing Topsoil
Nonwoven Geo-Textile Fabric
6"10"
1'-
0
"
+/- 2'-3" (Min. 2'-0")
1'
-
9
"
6"
Mi
n
.
Free-standing Stone Block;
Re: Specs
Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
to comply with COA UDO
Compacted Subgrade, Re:
Geotech Report
Crusher Fines Paving
Undisturbed Subgrade
6"
4"
1'
-
0
"
1'
-
3
"
Stone Seating,
Re: Specs
Adjacent
Landscape,
Re: Plans
Compacted Subgrade,
Re: Geotech Report
Adjacent
Material,
Re: Plans
2'
-
0
"
2'-0"
Adjacent
Material,
Re: Plans
Undisturbed Subgrade
6"
Compacted Aggregate,
Re: Specs
Va
r
i
e
s
,
2'
-
0
"
M
a
x
.
1'
-
3
"
Stone Steps; Re: Specs
6" Depth Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
to comply with COA UDO
1/8" Per
Ft. Wash
2'-0"
Scarify Subgrade to 12" Depth, Moisture
Condition and Recompact. See Geotech
Report for Additional Requirements.
12" Min. -
18" Max.
Stone Paver, Re: Specs
6"
Top of
Step, Re:
Grading
Bottom of
Step, Re:
Grading
Adjacent Boulders, Re: Specs
6" Min.
+/- 2'-3" (Min. 2'-0")
1'
-
9
"
6"
Mi
n
.
Stone Block;
Re: Specs
Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
to comply with COA UDO
Compacted Subgrade, Re:
Geotech Report
Crusher
Fines
Paving
Undisturbed Subgrade
6"
4"
1'
-
0
"
Va
r
i
e
s
,
4
"
Mi
n
.
,
R
e
:
Pl
a
n
s
Play Sand
Geotextile Fabric
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
STONE DETAILS
L
3 Flagstone Steppers
Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"
Section
1 Stone Seating
Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"
Sections 2 ALTERNATE: Terraced Stone Seating
Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"
Section
4 Stone Steps
Scale: 3/4" =1'-0"
Section
A Freestanding At Crusher Fines B Retaining at Play Sand Edge
Pa
g
e
8
4
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
Bottom of Wall Elevations
Compacted Aggregate, Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade
Finish Grade, Material Varies,
Re: Plans & Enlargements
Geotextile Fabric
Boulders Type 1-3,
Re: Plans & Specs
6"
1'-0"
6"
Undisturbed Subgrade
6" Diam. Double-Walled, Smooth Inside Wall,
Perforated Underdrain. Contractor to
Daylight at Lower Grade, Perforated Drain
Cap Needed at End, Re: Plans for Layout
30
"
M
a
x
.
Width Varies, RE: Plans
4"
M
i
n
.
1'
-
2
"
M
i
n
.
,
1'
-
6
"
M
a
x
.
1'
-
6
"
M
i
n
.
Top of Boulder
Varies, Re: Plans
Boulder, Re: Specs
Adjacent Landscape,
Re: Plans
Compacted Aggregate,
Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade,
Re: Geotech Report
Undisturbed Subgrade
5
L6.01 Play Sand
6" Typ.1/
2
S
t
o
n
e
He
i
g
h
t
Em
b
e
d
m
e
n
t
Ty
p
.
F
o
r
L
a
r
g
e
Bo
u
l
d
e
r
s
O
n
l
y
6"
Finish
Grade,
Varies
Adjacent Material, Varies,
Re: Plans
Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.),
Compacted to 95" % SDP,
to comply with COA UDO
Undisturbed Subgrade
Compacted Subgrade
NOTES:
1.All Stone Placement to be
Field Verified by Landscape
Architecture Prior to Final
Placement.
2.See Specs for Boulder Types
1-3 Details and Dimensions
Boulder, Re: Specs
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
STONE
DETAILS
L
2 Boulder Retaining in Landscape
Scale: 3/4" =1'-0"
Section
3 Boulder Retaining at Play Sand
Scale: 1" =1'-0"
Section
1 Landscape Boulder
Scale: 1" = 1'-0"
Pa
g
e
8
5
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
Natural Log, Min. 18" Diam. Outer Bark and
Cambium to be Removed. Apply Hemp Shield to
Exposed Log Surfaces Prior to Installation. Apply
Anchorseal 2 to All End Grains of Logs.
316 Stainless Steel Nut and Bolt
Wood Epoxy Fill
34" Ø Threaded Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, Length
Varies. Pre-Drill Log Prior to Installing Threaded Rod.
36" Depth Penetrator PE 36 Cast Aluminum Earth
Anchor w/ 34" Tapped Hole to Receive Threaded
Rod by American Earth Anchors Rr $SSrRYed (TXaO
Play Sand
Compacted or Existing Subgrade
Va
r
i
e
s
,
1'
-
2
"
Mi
n
.
Compacted Aggreegate
NOTES:
1.Adjacent finish grade materials vary, RE: Plans. Different conditions shown herein for
illustrative purposes. Confirm adjacent materials per plans.
4"
Mi
n
.
1'
-
0
"
Va
r
i
e
s
,
R
e
:
Gr
a
d
i
n
g
Pl
a
n
s
2"
8"
6"
1'
-
0
1
8"
Natural Log (Owner Provided). Outer Bark
and Cambium to be Removed. Apply Hemp
Shield to Exposed Log Surfaces Prior to
Installation. Apply Anchorseal 2 to All End
Grains of Logs.
316 Stainless Steel Nut and Bolt
Wood Epoxy Fill
12" Ø Threaded Rod, 316 Stainless Steel,
Length Varies. Pre-Drill Log Prior to
Installing Threaded Rod.
14" Depth Penetrator PE 14 Cast Aluminum
Earth Anchor w/ 12" Tapped Hole to Receive
Threaded Rod by American Earth Anchors
Rr $SSrRYed (TXaO
Compacted Aggregate (at Each Log Stepper
Only)
Play Sand
Compacted Subgrade
Round Edges and Treat w/ Anchorseal 2
Smooth Top and Bottom of Log and Treat
w/ Anchorseal 2
13
"
M
i
n
.
-
1
8
"
M
a
x
.
Posts Buried 2'-0" Min. Below
Finish Grade
7'-6" Max, Typ.
24
"
M
i
n
.
24
"
Adjacent Material, Re: Plans
Cedar Fence With Wire, Re: Specs
3" Round Cedar Posts, Re: Specs
Finish Grade
2"
Mi
n
.
Natural Log. Outer Bark and
Cambium to be Removed. Apply
Hemp Shield to Exposed Log
Surfaces Prior to Installation. Apply
Anchorseal 2 to All End Grains of
Logs.
316 Stainless Steel Nut and Bolt
Wood Epoxy Fill
34" Ø Threaded Rod, 316
Stainless Steel, Length Varies.
Pre-Drill Log Prior to Installing
Threaded Rod.
36" Depth Penetrator PE 36 Cast
Aluminum Earth Anchor w/ 34"
Tapped Hole to Receive Threaded
Rod by American Earth Anchors Rr
$SSrRYed (TXaO
Play Sand
Compacted or Existing Subgrade
FibarFelt
1'
-
2
"
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
KL, DR
DL, TK
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
3LA< DETA,LS
L6.04
1 Log Terraces
Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 Log Steppers
Scale: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
Section
3 Alternate: Plant Barrier Fencing
Scale: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
Section
A Section B Section-Elevation
Pa
g
e
8
5
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A001
COVER SHEET
Sheet Index
ARCHITECTURAL
STRUCTURAL
MECHANICAL
PLUMBING
ELECTRICAL
A001
A002
A003
A004
A101
A102
A103
A200
A300
A401
A402
A500
A600
S1.0
S2.0
M001
M101
M201
P001
P002
P101
P102
P301
P401
E000
E001
E002
E100
E200
COVER SHEET
3D VIEWS
ACCESSIBILITY AND CLEARANCES
SITE PLAN
FOUNDATION AND MAIN LEVEL PLAN
ROOF AND UPPER MAIN LEVEL PLAN
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
ELEVATIONS
BUILDING SECTIONS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
WNDW AND DR DETAILS
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & FINISH SCHED
DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE
GENERAL NOTES, FOUNDATION, WALL, AND ROOF...
FRAMING SECTION AND STRUCTURAL DETAILS
MECHANICAL COVER SHEET
MECHANICAL FLOOR AND ROOF PLANS
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
PLUMBING COVER SHEET
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS
PLUMBING ROOF PLAN
PLUMBING SCHEDULES
PLUMBING DETAILS
COVER SHEET
ONE LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES
ELECTRICAL COMCHECK
POWER PLAN
LIGHTING PLAN
GENERAL NOTES
1. All work shall conform to the 2021 IBC and any amendments by the City of
Englewood.
2. Do not scale drawings: use calculated dimensions only. Verify existing "as-
built" dimensions as req'd. All dimensions are to face of masonry UON.
3. Verify all rough-in dimensions and locations for equipment, fixtures etc.
Provide all blocking, buck-outs, backing and jacks required for installation.
4. All wood in contact with concrete to be pressure treated.
5. All flashing to be galvanized, galvalume or factory finish to be approved by
architect and owner.
6. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions prior to initiating any portion of
the work.
7. Provide all protection, shoring and bracing as required by site conditions in
order to maintain a safe job site and protect components to remain.
8. Stair and guardrail openings to be less than 4".
9. Tight line all affected drainage to approved drainage system.
10. All framing to be properly caulked, sealed, gasketed or otherwise treated
to minimize air infiltration prior to sheathing and finishing.
ROTOLO ENGLEWOOD RESTROOMS
100% BID SET
18 JUNE O0OR
BUILDING CODES
2021 International Building Code
2021 International Energy Conservation Code
2021 International Existing Building Code
2021 International Fire Code
2021 International Fuel Gas Code
2021 International Mechanical Code
2021 International Plumbing Code
2021 International Property Maintenance Code
2021 International Residential Code
2021 International Swimming Pool and Spa Code
ICC A117.1 2017 Standards for Accessible
and Usable Buildings and Facilities
2023 National Electric Code
PROPERTY INFORMATION
PROJECT TYPE: PUBLIC RESTOOM
OWNER: CITY OF ENGLEWOOD
SITE ADDRESS: 4401 S HURON ST ENGLEWOOD CO
80110
LEGAL DESCRIPTION: PARK
PARCEL NO.: 2077-09-1-00-053
ENERGY
Requirements applicable to this project:
Climate Zone 5
Non-conditioned structure.
OWNER
CITY OF ENGLEWOOD
2800 S Platte River Drive Englewood, CO 80110
303.762.2542
EMAIL: ATorres@englewoodco.gov (ADRIAN TORRES)|
tholt@englewoodco.gov (TIM HOLT)
AB Air Barrier
ABV Above
ACC Access
ACT Acoustic Ceiling Tile
ACS Acoustic(al)
AD Area Drain
ADDL Additional
ADH Adhesive
AED Defibrillator
AFF Above finish floor
AGG Aggregate
ALT Alternate
ALUM Aluminum
APT Apartment
ARCH Architect(ural)
ASPH Asphalt(ic)
ASSY Assembly
AUTO Automatic
AVB Air Vapor Barrier
AVG Average
BBD Base board
BD Board
BEL Below
BIT Bituminous
BLDG Building
BLKG Blocking
B.O. Bottom of
BOS Bottom of steel
BR Backer Rod
BRCG BracingBRK BrickBRKT BracketBRZ BronzeBS Both sidesBSMT BasementBTW BetweenBUR Built-up roofingBVL BeveledBYD BeyondCB Catch basinCBNT CabinetCEM CementCFL CounterflashingCFMF Cold Formed Metal FramingCHBD ChalkboardCHL ChannelCIP Cast in PlaceCIRC CircumferenceCJ Control JointCL Center line
CLNG Ceiling
CLO ClosetCLR Clear(ance)
CMU Concrete masonry units
CNDT Conduit
CNTR CounterCOL Column
COMB Combination
COMPRCompress(ed) (ion) (ilble)
CONC ConcreteCOND Condition
CONN Connect(or) (ion)
CONST Construction
CONT ContinuousCONTR Contract(or)
CORR Corrugated
CPR Copper
CPT CarpetCRS Course
CSWK Casework
CT Ceramic Tile
CTC Center to CenterCTR Center
D Drain
DBL Double
DEMO Demolition / DemolishDEPR Depress(ed) (ion)
DPF Dampproofing
DN Down
DR DoorDRBD Drainage board
DS Downspout
DW DishwasherDWG Drawing
EJ Expansion joint
ELEV Elevation
ELEC ElectricalEMER Emergency
EM Entry Mat
ENCL Enclosure
ENTR EntranceEOS Edge of Slab
EP Electrical panel
EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer
EPS Expanded polystyreneEQ Equal
EQPT Equipment
EWC Electrical water cooler
EXG Existing
EXH Exhaust
EXPO ExposedEXT Exterior
EXTR Extrusion
FAB Fabricated, fabricator
FAS Fastener, fastenedFBO Furnished by others
FD Floor drain
FB Floor box
FDN FoundationFE Fire extinguisher
FEC Fire extinguisher cabinet
FF Finish Floor
FIN FinishFLG Flashing
FLR Floor
FLX Flexible
FO Face ofFOB Face of building
FOC Face of concrete
FOM Face of masonry
FOS Face of steelFOW Face of wall
FPF Fireproofing
FPL Fireplaces
FR Frame(d) (ing)FRP Fiber Reinforced Panel
FRTW Fire Resistant Treated Wood
FT Foot, feet
FTGL Fully Tempered GlassFTG Footing
FUR Furr(ed) furring
GALV GalvanizedGC General contractor
GD Grade, grading
GDBM Grade beam
GKT GasketGL Glass
GLU LAM Glue laminated
GLZ Glazing. glazed
GYP GypsumGRN Granite
GRDRL Guard rail
GT Grout
GVL GravelGWB Gypsum wallboard
HB Hose bibb
HDBD Hardboard
HDR Header
HDWR Hardware
HK HookHM Hollow metal
HMDRFHollow metal door frame
HNDRL Handrail
HORZ HorizontalHVAC Heating / ventilating / air conditioning
HWH Hot water heater
ID Inside diameter
IGU Insulating glazing unitIN Inch
INCL Include(d) (ing)
INS Insulate(d) (ing) (ion)
INT InteriorJ Joist
JT Joint
KIT Kitchen
KPL Kick plateLDR Ladder
LAM Laminated
LAV Lavatory
LDR LeaderLIN Linoleum
LNG Length, long
LR Living room
LT LightLTG Lighting
LVR Louver
MACH Machine
MAS MasonryMBR Member
MECH Mechanical
MED MediumMEZZ Mezzanine
MFR Manufacturer
MIN Minimum
MIR MirrorMISC Miscellaneous
MLDG Molding
MMB Membrane
MO Masonry openingMOD Modular
MP Metal Panel
MRB Marble
MRT MortarMT Mount(ed)
MTL Metal(ic)
MUL Mullion
MWK Millwork
N North
NAT NaturalNEO Neoprene
NIC Not in Contract
NOM Nominal
NTS Not to scaleNUM Number
OC On center
OD Outside diameter
OFD Over-flow drainOFS Over-flow scupper
OPNG Opening
OPP Opposite
OVHD OverheadPBD Particle board
PC Precast
PCF Pounds per cubic foot
PERF Perforate(d)PERIM Perimeter
PERP Perpendicular
PFB Prefabricated
PIP Poured in placePKT Pocket
PL Plate
PLAM Plastic laminate
PLAS PlasterPLAT Platform
PLMB Plumbing
PLTR Planter
PNL PanelPNT Paint(ed)
PRKG Parking
PRTR Preservative TreatedPROJ Project
PS Prestressed
PSF Pounds per square foot
PSI Pounds per square inchPT Point
PTN Partition
PWD Plywood
QT Quarry tileQTR Quarter
R Riser
RB Rubber Base
RBR RubberRBT Rabbet
RCB Rubber Cove Base
RCPT Receptacle
RD Roof drain
REF Reference
REFR RefrigeratorREINF Reinforcing(ment)
REQD Required
RES Resilient
REV Revise(d) (ion)RFG Roofing
RFL Reflect(ed)
RGLT Reglet
RGTR RegisterRL Rail(ing)
RM Room
RMV Remove(able)
RO Rough openingRTN Return
RVL Reveal
RWC Rain Water Channel
RWL Rain Water LeaderS South
SCHD Schedule
SCN Screen
SECT SectionSF Square foot
SHL Shelf, shelving
SHT Sheet
SIM SimilarSKL Skylight
SLD Solid
SLNT Sealant
SLDG SlidingSLT Slate
SPC Space(ing)
SPEC Specification(s)SPKR Speaker
SRF Surface
SSM Solid Surface Material
SST Stainless steelSTD Standard
STG Seating
STL Steel
STOR StorageSTFNT Storefront
STRUC Structural
SUSP Suspended
SYM SymmetricalSYS System
STN Stone
T Tread
T&G Tongue and groove
T/O Throughout
TB Towel BarTC Terra cotta
TD Towel Dispenser
TEL Telephone
TEMP TemporaryTERR Terrazzo
THK Thick(ness)
THR Threshold
THRU ThroughTKBD Tackboard
T.O. Top of
TOS Top of steel
TPTN Toilet partitionTR Towel receptacle
TRANS Transparent
TV Television
TYP TypicalTLT Toilet
UON Unless otherwise noted
UR Urinal
UTIL UtilityVIF Verify in field
VCB Vinyl cove base
VCT Vinyl composite tile
VENT VentilatingVERT Vertical
VNR Veneer
VR Vapor retarder
VSF Vinyl Sheet FlooringW West
W/ With
W/O WithoutWD Wood
WDW Window
WPF Waterproofing
WTW Wall to wallYD Yard
ABBREVIATIONS
Pa
g
e
8
5
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A00O
3D VIEWS
VIEW FROM FIELD TO SOUTHWEST VIEW FROM PATH TO SOUTH
VIEW FROM STREET (NORTHEAST)
VIEWS FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSE ONLY
Pa
g
e
8
5
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A00P
ACCESSIBILITY AND
CLEARANCES
12"
18" MIN.
48
"
MI
N
.
60
"
MI
N
.
12"
X
42
"
MI
N
.
Y
54" MIN.
42
"
MI
N
.
48
"
MI
N
.
24" MIN.22"
24" MIN.
5'-7" MIN
10
"
MA
X
OV
E
R
L
A
P
KN
E
E
&
TO
E
CL
E
A
R
A
N
C
E
17" - 25"DEPTH
2'-
6
"
MI
N
9"MI
N
6" MAX
>
27
"
>/
=
80
"
41/8"
MAX OBJECT PROTRUSION
2'-
6
"
MI
N
4'-0" MIN
2'-
6
"
MI
N
4'-4" MIN
25" MAX
2'-
6
"
MI
N
9"MI
N
2'
-
2
15
/
1
6
"
MI
N
11"MIN 6" MAX
ELEMENT ABOVE
TOE CLEARANCE
ELEMENT ABOVE
KNEE CLEARANCE
12" IF DOOR HAS
BOTH A LATCH &A CLOSER
CLEAR & LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
X = 36" MIN. IF
Y = 60" MIN.,
X = 42" MIN. IF
Y = 54" MIN.
CLEAR & LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
48" MIN. IF DOOR
HAS BOTH LATCH
& CLOSER
CLEAR & LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
48" MIN. IF DOORHAS CLOSER
54" MIN. IF DOOR
HAS BOTH LATCH
& CLOSER
MIRROR
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 603.3
PAPER TOWEL
DISPENSER
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 603.6
NAPKIN/TAMPON
VENDOR
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 308
RECESSED NAPKIN
DISPOSAL
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 308
TOILET SEAT
COVER DISPENSER
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 308
SOAP DISPENSER
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 603
ROBE/COAT HOOKS
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 308
12" MAX
54" MIN
39" - 41"
GRAB BARS & TOILET
TISSUE DISPENSER
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 604
2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN
17" - 19" AMBULATORY
24" MIN*12" MIN
REAR GRAB BAR (NOT REQD @
AMBULATORY)
SIDEWALL GRAB BARS.
PROVIDE ON
EACH SIDE OF
AMBULATORY STALL
16" - 18" ACCESSIBLE
MAXIMUM REACH DEPTH
MAXIMUM REACH HEIGHT
ICCLANSI A11TK1-O01T TABLE 60PK6
MAXIMUM REACH DEPTH AND HEIGHT RELATIONSHIP
*12" MIN WHERE 24" NOT POSSIBLE
HAND DRYER
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 603.6
HANDLE AT OPEN SIDE
60" MIN CLEARANCE
17" - 25"
INSULATE ALL
EXPOSED PIPING
LAVATORY
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 606.2
24" MAX
INSULATE ALL
EXPOSED PIPING
KITCHEN SINK
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTIONS 606.2 & 1003.12.4
NOTE: CLEARANCE REQUIRED
AT ONLY ONE BOWL OF
MULTI-BOWL SINK
48
"
MA
X
T.
O
.
BR
E
A
K
E
R
ELECTRICAL PANEL
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTIONS 1003.9 & 1004.9
GENERAL NOTES:
1. DIMENSIONS ARE COMPLIANT WITH ICC A117.1 - 2017.
2. NOT ALL FIXTURES AND DEVICES INDICATED MAY BE USED IN THE PROJECT.
3. MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED MAY BE SUPERCEDED BY MORE SPECIFIC
INFORMATION ELSEWHERE IN THE DOCUMENTS.
4. CONFIRM WITH ARCHITECT IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES IN THE STANDARD
MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AND THOSE INDICATED ELSEWHERE IN THE DRAWINGS
BEFORE PROCEEDING.
4. PROVIDE BLOCKING / REINFORCEMENT FOR ALL ACCESSORIES PER
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
5. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS & SHALL WITHSTAND A
VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 LBS APPLIED TO ANY POINT ON THE GRAB
BAR, FASTENEER, MOUNT, OR SUPPORT.
6. SHOWER & BATHTUB SEATS SHALL WITHSTAND A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL
FORCE OF 250 LBS APPLIED TO ANY POINT ON THE SEAT, FASTENER, MOUNT OR
SUPPORT.
7. BLOCKING TO BE FRT 2X LUMBER OR 3/4" PLYWOOD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
8. ALL APPLIANCES & PLUMBING FIXTURES MUST COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE ANSI &
ADA REQUIREMENTS. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL:
A) BE 34" - 48" AFF
B) BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND,
C) NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, AND
D) BE ACTIVATED BY NO MORE THAN 5 LBS OF FORCE.
9. DOOR THRESHOLDS MUST HAVE A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 1/2" WITH A 1:2 BEVEL.
0.5 INCH
(13 MM)
48 INCHES
(1220 MM)
2 INCHES
(51 MM)
46 INCHES
(1170 MM)
5 INCHES
(125 MM)
42 INCHES
(1065 MM)
6 INCHES
(150 MM)
40 INCHES
(1015 MM)
9 INCHES
(230 MM)
36 INCHES
(915 MM)
11 INCHES
(288 MM)
34 INCHES
(865 MM)
40
"
MA
X
TO
B.
O
RE
F
L
E
C
T
I
V
E
SU
R
F
A
C
E
RE
:
TA
B
L
E
60
3
.
6
TO
TO
P
OF
TO
W
E
L
SL
O
T
RE
:
TA
B
L
E
60
3
.
6
TO
TO
P
OF
CO
N
T
R
O
L
S
48
"
MA
X
TO
TO
TO
P
OF
CO
I
N
SL
O
T
48
"
MA
X
18
"
MIN
48
"
TO
TO
P
OF
SL
O
T
48
"
MA
X
TO
TO
P
OF
PU
S
H
BU
T
T
O
N
48
"
MA
X
TO
TO
P
OF
HO
O
K
12"
O.C
17
"
-
19
"
T.
O
.
SE
A
T
24" MIN
42" MAX
7" - 9"18
"
MI
N
1
1/
2
"
MI
N
33
"
-
36
"
TO
TO
P
18
"
MI
N
34
"
MA
X
27
"
MIN 8"
MIN
9"
MI
N 11" MIN
3" MIN
6" MAX
34
"
MA
X
27
"
MIN 8"
MIN
9"
MI
N
3" MIN
6" MAX
39
"
-
41
"
TACTILE SIGN
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTION 703
9" MIN9" MIN
48" MIN TO B.O. LOWEST TEXT
60" MAX TO B.O. HIGHEST TEXT
ROOM
NAME
48" - 60" TO B.O. BRAILLE
LIGHT
SWITCH
DOOR
LEVER
DOOR & DEVICES
ICC A117.1-2017
SECTIONS 703 & 308
TYP WALL OUTLET
THERMOSTAT, PHONE,
FIRE ALARM PULL STATION,
HC DOOR BUTTON OR CARD READER,
IF NOT OBSTRUCTED
FIRE ALARM
SPEAKER/STROBE
6"
38
"
42
"
96
"
MA
X
TO
T.
O
.
LE
N
S
80
"
MI
N
48
"
MAX
42"
TY
P
18
"
BRAILLE TO BE LOCATED DIRECTLY UNDER SIGNAGE INFORMATION
WOMEN
5/8" - 2" TEXT
C. TOILET ROOM SIGNS
MEN
FLOOR CLEARANCE
ICC A117.1-2009
SECTION 304, 305 & 1104
TURNING SPACE (NEW BUILDINGS)TOE CLEARANCE PLAN
TOE CLEARANCE ELEVATION
TOE/KNEE CLEARANCE
ICC A117.1-2009
SECTION 306 & 307
PROTRUDING OBJECTS
TYPE B UNIT: CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE (NEW BUILDINGS)
KNEE CLEARANCE PLAN
KNEE CLEARANCE ELEVATION
DOOR FRONT APPROACH HINGE SIDE APPROACH
PULL SIDE
PUSH SIDE
LATCH SIDE APPROACH
PULL SIDE
PUSH SIDE
PULL SIDE
PUSH SIDE
4L8LOR
AS NOTED
BLUFF LAKE NATURE
CENTER
11ORR EK MKLKKK JR BLVDK
DENVER, CO 80OP8
A 001
ABBREVIATIONS &
SYMBOLS
ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
ARCHITECT
Shape Architecture Studio
TR0 Pennsylvania St
Denver, CO 80O0P
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
TR0 Pennsylvania St
Denver, CO 80O0P
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Elevation Consulting Group, LtdK
Denver, Colorado
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
Studio NYL
P461 Ringsby Ct L Unit P1R
Denver, CO 80O16
MEP ENGINEERING
Resource Engineering Group
4O6 Bellview Ave L Ste O01
Crested Butte, CO 81OO4
LIGHTING DESIGN
Cullen Lighting Studio
Boulder, CO
IRRIGATION
HYDROSYSTEMS
1P949 W Colfax Ave L Ste O60
Lakewood, CO 80401
PROJECT
NUMBER:
11L1RLO0O4PERMIT RESUBMISSION1
4L8LO0OR ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONO
CF1B
ROOM TAG
DOOR NUMBER
WALL TAG
WINDOW/PANEL TAG
GRID LINE
KEY NOTE
SPOT ELEVATION TAG
NORTH ARROW
3'-6"
DIMENSION
N
?
30°ANGLE (DEGREES)
0A3F
101
CF1B
ROOM TAG
DOOR NUMBER
WALL TAG
WINDOW/PANEL TAG
GRID LINE
KEY NOTE
SPOT ELEVATION TAG
NORTH ARROW
3'-6"
DIMENSION
N
?
30°ANGLE (DEGREES)
0A3F
101
1O"
18" MINK
48" MI
N
K
60" MI
N
K
1O"
X
4O" MI
N
K
Y
R4" MINK
4O" MI
N
K
48" MI
N
K
O4" MINK
6T" RADIUS
60"
P6
"
O4
"
1O"P6"1O"
4O"6"
P0
"18"
1O"MAXK 4O"
PP
"-P6
"
P9
"-41"
PP
"-P6
"
1O"
MAXK
P6"
1T"-19"
16"-18"
1T" MA
X
K
44"
T"-9"1R" MI
N
K
40"
1T" MINK
P4
" MA
X
K
40" MA
X
K
BKOK RE
F
L
E
C
T
I
V
E
SU
R
F
A
C
E
48"
PA
P
E
R
TO
W
E
L
SL
O
T
48"
P0
"
PD-P"
18" MI
N
K
1 1LO"
19"
48"
P0
"
P0
"
10"
1O" IF DOOR HAS
BOTH A LATCH C
A CLOSER
CLEAR C LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
X = P6" MINK IF
Y = 60" MINK,
X = 4O" MINK IF
Y = R4" MINK
CLEAR C LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
48" MINK IF DOOR
HAS BOTH LATCH
C CLOSER
CLEAR C LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
48" MINK IF DOOR
HAS BOTH LATCH
C CLOSER
R4" MINK IF DOOR
HAS BOTH LATCH
C CLOSER
FLUSH VALVE AT WIDE
SIDE OF FIXTURE
INSULATE PIPES C
COVER SHARP
EDGES
FINK FLOOR,
TYPICAL
FACE OF WALL
FASTEN GRAB BAR
TO WOOD BLOCKING
WL(O) 1 1LO" SCREWS;
CENTER SUPPORT
FOR OR0 LBSK LOAD
FINK FLOOR,
TYPICAL
ADA RECESS
KIT
HAND
DRYER
DOOR FRONT APPROACH
PULL SIDE
PUSH SIDE
HINGE SIDE APPROACH
PULL SIDE
PUSH SIDE
LATCH SIDE APPROACH
PULL SIDE
PUSH SIDE
DOOR CLEARANCES
WHEELCHAIR DIMENSIONS
TURNING RADIUS T-SHAPED TURN AREA CLEARANCE AREA
FIXTURE & ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS
SIDE GRAB BARS FRONT GRAB BAR ADA URINAL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER
SOAP DISPENSER
ADA LAVATORY ADA LAVATORY & MIRROR
PAPER TOWEL DOOR HOOKRECEPTACLESGRAB BAR DETAIL
ADA COMPLIANT TABLE
MINK
MINK
MI
N
K CL
E
A
R
FL
O
O
R
SP
A
C
E
BE
T
W
E
E
N
LE
G
S
HAND DRYER
LOBBY
100
100B
AO
O
10
DOOR THRESHOLDS
GRAB BARS IN TRANSFER-TYPE SHOWER
GRAB BARS IN TRANSFER-TYPE SHOWER
PP
"-P6
"P"-6"
18" MI
N
K
18"
18"
4" MA
X
SEAT
WALL
CONTROL
WALL
BACK
WALL
P6"
P6"
1LO"
MA
X
1LO"
MA
X
1L4" MA
X
1L4" MA
X
1L4" - 1LO" MA
X
1
VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL
O
1
BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL
O
1
4"MAX.CLOSED
2'-
3
"
MIN
.
CL
E
A
R
2'-1"MAX. OPEN
2'-
4
"
- 2'-
1
0
"
MA
X
.
AF
F
4'-
0
"
MA
X
.
OP
E
R
A
B
L
E
FIN FLOOR
4"MAX CLOSED
2'-
6
"
MIN
CL
E
A
R
4'-0"MIN. CLEAR
2'-1"MAX OPEN
BABY CHANGING STATION ELEVATIONBABY CHANGING STATION PLAN
Pa
g
e
8
5
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A004
SITE PLAN
SS
:
:
ST
:
(
:
,R
R,R
R
,R
R
,R
R
,R
R
,R
R
6
0
+X
U
R
Q
6
W
(;,67,1* 785)
72 5(0$,1
/
2
:
/
2
:
/
2
:
/
2
:
/
2
:
(;,67,1* 3/$<
72 5(0$,1
3roposeG 5estroom
6DnitDr\ /ine to 7Dp
into 6DnitDr\ 0Din
5e Civil
3roposeG
5estroom 6DnitDr\
/ine 5e Civil
P
R
O
P
O
S
E
D
R
E
S
T
R
O
O
M
,
R
E
:
A
R
C
H
7ree 3rotection =one
/imit oI :orN
3ropert\ /ine
6Keet 0DtcKline
/,1(7<3(/(*(1'
1ContrDctor to veriI\ limits oI grDGing DnG
limits oI ZorN prior to construction
2ContrDctor to IielG veriI\ Dll e[isting trees
DnG KDrGscDpe prior to construction
/D\out plDn is Ior illustrDtive purposes onl\
/DnGscDpe DrcKitect to IielG locDte Dll
EoulGers DnG stone elements
/$<287 0$7(5,$/6127(6
Centerline
/$<287/(*(1'
Curve 5DGius
DecimDl )eet
A6 1OT(D
ROTOLO PARK
(1*L(:OOD COLORADO
100% CD
PRO-(CT P+A6(
6+((T 180%(R
6+((T 1A0(
DAT(
C+(CK(D %<
DRA:1 %<
6CAL(
PRO-(CT
DAT( D(6CR,PT,O1
./ D5
D/ 7.
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LA1D6CAP( ARC+,T(CT
6XSHUEORRP
0 PHQQV\OYDQLD 6WUHHW
DHQYHU CO 00
C,9,L 68R9(<
+DUULV KRFKHU 6PLWK
110 LLQFROQ 6WUHHW 6WH 1000
DHQYHU CO 00
,RR,*AT,O1
+\GUR6\VWHPV
KD,
1 : CROID[ AYH 6WH 0
LDNHZRRG CO 001
ARC+,T(CT8R(
6KDSH AUFKLWHFWXUH
0 PHQQV\OYDQLD 6WUHHW
DHQYHU CO 00
*(OT(C+1,CAL
CROH *DUQHU
100 : 1WK AYHQXH 6WH 00
:HVWPLQVWHU CO 0
(L(CTR,CAL
D KHOOHU
: LD\WRQ PODFH
LLWWOHWRQ CO 01
6TR8CT8RAL
CURQLQ (QJLQHHULQJ
6 6SUXFH 6WUHHW 6WH 10
CHQWHQQLDO CO 011
0(C+A1,CAL
0O(1 (QJLQHHULQJ
0 1 PHFRV 6WUHHW 8QLW )
DHQYHU CO 011
/
/$<2873/$1
$5estroom $reD
0DteriDls 3lDn
0
6C$/( 1 10
0
5
10
20
1
0A
T
C
+
L
,
1
(
6
(
(
6
+
(
(
T
L
0
0A
T
C
+
L
,
1
(
6
(
(
6
+
(
(
T
L
0
1
L3.02
L3.01
L3.03
N
NOT TO SCALE
3 SITE PLAN
A004
1 SITE PLAN FOR REFRENCE ONLY. REF LANDSCAPE
PROPOSED
RESTROOM
STRUCTURE
GENERAL NOTES:
Pa
g
e
8
5
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A101
FOUNDATION AND
MAIN LEVEL PLAN
8'-0"7'-4"8'-0"
9'
-
4
"
23'-4"
FO FOOTING, REF STRUC
1A200
5
A200
7A200
2
A300
2
A300
1A300
1
A300
CONC SOG, SEE STRUC ON
10 MILL POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER ON
GRAVEL, REF STRUC
FO STEMWALL, REF STRUC
CONC CONTROL JOINT ALIGN IWTH CTR OF
CMU WALLS ABV
INSIDE FO STEMWALL BLW, REF STRUC
1
1
2
2
4
4
BB
AA
3
3
3A200 1A200
5
A200
7A200
2
A300
2
A300
1A300
1
A300
4
3
2
1 A500
FFE: 5360.67' TYP.
5'-
0
"
1'-6"
LINE OF ROOF ABOVE, TYP
FO CONC, REF CIVIL
ELEC PNL,
REF ELEC LOCATE
ABV LAV HOUSING
FD
REF PLUMB
FD
REF PLUMB
RECIRCULATING PUMP,
REF PLUMB
HWH,
REF PLUMB
& MECH
FLOOR SINKREF PLUMB
HB
CONC 1 CONC 1 CONC 1
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
D2 D3D1
1
1
2
2
4
4
BB
AA
3
3
1
A402
3A200
5'-7"TURNING RADIUS
2'
-
6
"
5'
-
0
"
6'-7"
4'-0"
2'-1"MAX OPEN
4'-0"MIN. CLEAR
2'
-
6
"
MI
N
CL
E
A
R
1'-4"TO RO 1'-4"TO RO
8'-0"7'-4"8'-0"
8"TO RO
9'
-
4
"
2"TYP
2'-
0
"
4'
-
0
"
DUAL HIEGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE
WATER FOUNTAIN WITH BOTTLE
FILLER, REF PLUMB
SOG SLOPED, REF
CIVIL
VTR REF PLUMB
N N
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
1 FOUNDATION PLAN
A101 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
2 MAIN LEVEL PLAN
A101
1K REF UPPER MAIN LEVEL PLAN ONLY FOR OBJECTS ABOVE 8'.
REFER TO MAIN LEVEL PLAN FOR LAYOUT INFORMATION OF
OBJECTS BELOW 8'.
GENERAL NOTES:
Pa
g
e
8
5
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A10O
ROOF AND UPPER
MAIN LEVEL PLAN
1A200
5
A200
7A200
2
A300
2
A300
1A300
1A300
4
3
2
1 A500
6"
3"
8"
6"
3"8"
6"
3"
8"
EQ EQ EQ EQ EQEQ
2'
-
4
"
2'
-
4
"
VENT, REF
MECH
VENT, REF
MECH
WINDOW OPENING
CENTERED ON INT.
FACE OF FRAME
WALL, TYP
CL CL CL
DIM PATTERN REPEATS ACROSS ALL FACADES
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
653241
D3D2D1
1
1
2
2
4
4
BB
AA
3
3
7
A402
7
A402
3A200
8'-0"7'-4"8'-0"
9'
-
4
"
2"TYP
2'-
0
"
4'
-
0
"
RF VENT PENETRATION, RE MECHINT. FRAMED WALL FO
FIN ALIGNED TO WC
SIDE CMU WALL, TYP
2
A300
2
A300
1A300
1A300
2"
2'
-
0
"
4'
-
0
"
2"TYP
RF VENT PENETRATION, RE MECH
STANDING SEAM MTL ROOF
1
1
2
2
4
4
BB
AA
3
3
11"
2'
-
0
"
2'
-
0
"
11"
RF VENT PENETRATION, RE MECH
FACE OF FRAMED
WALL BELOW
2:
1
2
SL
O
P
E
CL
CL CL
CL
N N
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
1 UPPER MAIN LEVEL PLAN
A102 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
2 ROOF PLAN
A102
SLAT SPACING TYP:
1. ALIGN FO END SLATS WITH FRAMED WALL CORNER.
2. SLATS SPACING - REPEAT PATTERN: 6", 3", 8", UON.
3. AT EXHUAST VENTS OMIT SLATS, LOCATE ADJACENT SLATS 1" ON EITHER SIDE.
1K REF UPPER MAIN LEVEL PLAN ONLY FOR OBJECTS ABOVE 8'.
REFER TO MAIN LEVEL PLAN FOR LAYOUT INFORMATION OF
OBJECTS BELOW 8'.
GENERAL NOTES:
Pa
g
e
8
5
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A10P
REFLECTED CEILING
PLAN
WPWP
EXT LT REF
ELEC
VENT, REF MECH
CL CL CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
1
1
2
2
4
4
BB
AA
3
3
2'
-
0
"
EQ
EQ
EQ EQ EQ EQ
EQ
EQ
2'
-
2
"
GWB - PT2
SLOPED
COMPOSITE
T&G SIDING
SLOPED
WALL
MOUNTED INT
LIGHT TYP,
REF ELEC
LIGHT TYP, REF ELEC,
CENTERED ABV SINK
GWB - PT2
SLOPED
GWB - PT2
SLOPED
COMPOSITE
T&G SIDING
SLOPED
CEILING
MOUNTED
CABINET
HEATER TYP
REF MECH
CEILING
MOUNTED INT
LIGHT, REF
ELEC
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
WP QUAD DUPLEX WALL, WATERPROOF 1. REVIEW ALL LIGHTING LOCATIONS WITH
ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION
2. REVIEW ALL SWITCHING LOCATIONS WITH
ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION
3. ALL SWITCHES TO BE MOUNTED 42" AFF
U.N.O.
4. AT LED TAPE LIGHTS AND UNDER CABINET
LIGHTS, CONFIRM LOCATION OF
TRANSFORMER WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION
5. LANDSCAPE LIGHTING BY OTHERS, N.I.C.
6. ALL SMART SWITCHES AND OUTLETS TO BE
VERIFIED BY OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
EXT RECESSED LT, REF ELEC
LIGHTING NOTES
INT LT, REF ELEC
N
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
1 MAIN LEVEL
A103
STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF
WOOD COMPOSITE SOFFIT:
BOD: RESYSTA, T&G, 4", NATURAL
SLOPED GWB CEILING
RCP + ROOF MATERIAL LEGEND
Pa
g
e
8
5
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
AO00
ELEVATIONS
8'-
0
"
2'-4"
A
B
C EXHUAST
VENT TYP,
REF MECH
VTR,
REF MECH
MTL DRIP
EDGE
FLASHING,
BLACK
DRINKING
FOUNTAINS,
REF PLUMB
CONC SOG
REF CIVIL
GRADE,
REF CIVIL
CL
MTL DRIP EDGE
FLASHING, BLACK
WOOD-LOOK SLATS.
SPACING INDICATED
ON 1/A102
E
B A
B
A
C
E
G
VTR, TYP,
REF PLUMB
MTL DRIP-
EDGE, BLACK
F
4 3 2 1
E
C
B
A
EXHUAST
VENT TYP,
REF MECH
A B
B
D2 D3
C
E
F
WOOD- LOOK SLATS
TYP. SPACING
INDICATED ON 1/A102
MTL DRIP-EDGE,
MATCH ROOFING1234
D
EXHUAST VENT,
REF MECH
6 5 3 2 D41
E
D
EXHUAST VENT,
REF MECH
D
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
1 NORTH ELEVATION
A200SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
5 WEST ELEVATION
A200
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
3 SOUTH ELEVATION
A200SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
7 EAST ELEVATION
A200
NOT TO SCALE
2 NORTH ELEVATION - BYD SLATS
A200NOT TO SCALE
6 WEST ELEVATION - BYD SLATS
A200
NOT TO SCALE
4 SOUTH ELEVATION - BYD SLATS
A200NOT TO SCALE
8 EAST ELEVATION - BYD SLATS
A200
A
B
C
E
G
D
F
CIP CONC
BOARD FORMED FINISH
CMU
SPECTRA GLAZE
8" STRUCTURAL GLAZED BLOCK
COLOR: DEEP IRIS BLUE
COMPOSITE WOOD SLAT
RESYSTA WOOD
2 CHANNEL
NATURAL
EXTERIOR MATERIAL LEGEND
STANDING MTL ROOFING
WESTERN STATES
WESTERN LOCK STANDING SEAM
(1.75" SNAP LOCK) DARK BRONZE
FIBER CEMENT BOARD
HARDI-BOARD
HARDIE® ARCHITECTURAL PANEL
FINE SAND, PNT BLACK
NOTE: PROVIDE COLOR SAMPLES OF
ALL FINISHES FOR OWNER AND
ARCHITECT APPROVAL PRIOR TO
PROCURING
TG COMPOSITE WOOD SOFFIT
RESYSTA WOOD
4" SIDING PROFILE
FINISH: NATURAL
TG COMPOSITE WOOD FASCIA
RESYSTA WOOD
THIN CLADDING PROFILE
FINISH: NATURAL
A
B
AB1234
1234
Pa
g
e
8
5
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
AP00
BUILDING SECTIONS
1 4
1
A401
2
A401
3
A401
VAPOR BARRIER
VENT THRU RF
RE MECH
LT RE ELEC PLAN
HWH
RECIRCULATING
PUMP
LT LT LT
2 3
6
A402
5
A402
4
A401
5
A401
2
A402
CONC SOG,
SEE CIVIL
COMPOSITE WOOD-LOOK
TONGUE AND GROOVE SIDING
COMPOSITE WOOD-
LOOK SLATS
COMPOSITE
WOOD-LOOK
SLATS
GRADE, RE CIVIL
W2
W3
B A
4
A402
W1
S1
R1
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
2 E-W SECTION
A300 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
1 N-S SECTION
A300
R1K ROOF (R-44)
STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF ON
COMPATIBLE ICE & WATER SHIELD ON
PWD SEATHING & FRAMING, RE STRUCT W/
SPRAY FOAM INS (r8/in @ 3" = R-24) AND
LOOSE-FILL CELL OR BATT INS (r3.2/in @6.25" = R-20) OVER
2X4 DROPPED CLG FRAMING ON
5/8" PNT GWB
W1K FOUNDATION WALL (R-1O)
CIP CONC WALL, RE STRUCT
2" EPS INSULATION
F1K SLAB (R-1O)
CONC SLAB, RE STRUC ON
VAPOR BARRIER ON
GRAVEL, RE GEOTECH
WOK CMU EXT WALL (R-T)GLAZED CMU, RE STRUC W/
LOOSE-FILL PERLITE INSULATION AND
LATICRETE PREMIUM EPOXY GROUT
W4K INTERIOR WALL
8" CMU WALL
WPK FRAMED EXT WALL (R-1P)
PNT HARDIBOARD ONAWB MEMBRATE ON
SHEATHING & FRAMING, RE STRUC, W/
BATT INSUL (R13) ON
5/8" GYPSUM BOARD, PTD
Pa
g
e
8
6
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A401
EXTERIOR DETAILS
INT. SOG, BURNISHED
GRAVEL R.E. STRUC
DRAINAGE MAT @ BASE COURSE
SPECTRA-GLAZE COVE BASE 8G
PERLITE OR SIM INSULEXT
PERF FDTN DRAIN
R.E. GEOTECH
FILTER FABRIC
WRAP & GRAVEL
DRAINAGE BOARD
WATER STOP
GRADE, SLOPE R.E.
LANDSCAPE ARCH
PAN FLASHING W/
DRIP EDGE
BOARD FORM CONC. STEM
WALL R.E. STRUC.
8" SPECTRA GLAZE
CMU, GLAZED
FINISH BOTH SIDES
INTEGRAL WEEP @ 8" O.C.
EXPANSION JOINT, REF STRUCT
INT
5/
8
"
BLACK METAL DRIP-EDGE
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
FLASHING TAPE OVER TOP
OF DRIP-EDGE
FIBER CEMENT PANEL
SIDING, BLACK
SILL PLATE GASKET
1/2" MTL REVEAL
SEALANT
WRB
1/
2
"
METAL DRIP-EDGE
FLASHING, BLACK
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
STANDING SEAM METAL
ROOFING
PACK OUT FRAMING @
RAKE OVERHANGS
RESYSTA 4" PROFILE SIDING
WRB
COMPATIBLE ICE &
WATER SHIELD, LAP
OVER WRB
RESYSTA CLADDING
BLACK METAL DRIP-EDGE
FLASHING TAPE OVER TOP
OF DRIP-EDGE
METAL DRIP-EDGE
FLASHING, BLACK
STANDING SEAM METAL
ROOFING
RESYSTA 4-CHANNEL
CLADDING
RESYSTA 4" PROFILE
SOFFIT MATERIAL
(ORIENTED VERTICALLY)
COMPATIBLE ICE &
WATER SHIELD
PWD SHEATHINGRESYSTA CLADDING
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
FIBER CEMENT PANEL
SIDING, BLACK
SHIM BRACKET TO VERT
WRB
METAL DRIP-EDGE
FLASHING, BLACK
STANDING SEAM METAL
ROOFING
RESYSTA 4-CHANNEL
CLADDING
RESYSTA 4" PROFILE
SOFFIT MATERIAL
(ORIENTED VERTICALLY)
COMPATIBLE ICE &
WATER SHIELD
PWD SHEATHING
2X4 SOFFIT FRAMING,
NAIL TO RAFTER TAILS
R.E. STRUCT
RESYSTA CLADDING
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
FIBER CEMENT PANEL
SIDING, BLACK
SHIM BRACKET TO VERT
WRB
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
1 TYP FOOTING & WALL BASE DETAIL
A401SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
2 DETAIL @ TOP OF CMU WALL
A401SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
3 TYP RAKE DETAIL
A401
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
4 LOW EAVE DETAIL
A401
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
5 HIGH EAVE DETAIL
A401
Pa
g
e
8
6
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A40O
WNDW AND DR
DETAILS
INT. SOG, BURNISHED
EXPANSION JT, REF STRUCT
EXT
SLNT PER THRESHOLD
INSTALLATION REQS
WIDE THRESHOLD BY DOOR MFR - MIN 8 1/2" TO
COVER CONC JOINTS
DOWEL REF STRUCT
SLAB, SEE CIVIL
AND L-SERIES
EXPANSION JT
EXPANSION ANCHOR
INTO CONCRETE, MIN 1.5"
FROM E.O. CONC
CMU WALL BYD INT
RESYSTA CLADDING
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
STOREFRONT
GLAZING SYSTEM
SHIM BRACKET TO VERT
BACKER ROD & SEALANT
INT & EXT
BACKER ROD & SEALANT
INT & EXT
RESYSTA CLADDING
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
STOREFRONT
GLAZING SYSTEM
SHIM BRACKET TO VERT
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
STOREFRONT
GLAZING SYSTEM
HORIZ RESISTA
CLADDING BELOW
U-BRACKET BELOW
BACKER ROD & SLNT
INT & EXT
BACKER ROD & SLNT
INT & EXT
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2
3/4" ALUM U-BRACKET
WRB, WRAP INTO R.O.
5/
8
"
CMU WALL BEYOND
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL WALL
CLADDING, ATTACH TO
WALL BYD WINDOW
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
SIDING BYD
STOREFRONT DOOR
HEAD/ TRANSOM SILL
8" SPECTRA GLAZE
CMU, GLAZED
FINISH BOTH SIDES
& JAMB RETURN
BACKER ROD &
SEALANT @ INT & EXT
STOREFRONT DOOR
BACKER ROD &
SEALANT @ INT & EXT
5/
8
"
BLACK METAL SILL PAN
FLASHING WITH DRIP-EDGE
RESYSTA 2-CHANNEL
WALL CLADDING
RESYSTA 1 1/2" X 2 3/4"
ALUM U-BRACKET
SLOPE MORTAR BED
SEALANT
NOT TO SCALE
4 DOOR SILL DETAIL
A402
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
3 WINDOW HEAD DETAIL AT LOW EAVE
A402SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
6 WINDOW HEAD DETAIL AT HIGH EAVE
A402
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
7 WINDOW JAMB DETAIL AT FRAMED WALL
A402
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
5 DOOR HEAD AT TRANSOM DETAIL
A402
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
1 DOOR JAMB DETAIL AT MASONRY
A402
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
2 WINDOW SILL DETAIL
A402
Pa
g
e
8
6
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
AR00
INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS &
FINISH SCHED
SANITARY NAPKIN
DISPOSAL WITH LOCK -
SURFACE MOUNTED,
BOD AMERICAN
SPECIALTIES, MODEL
0473-1A
TOILET PAPER DISPENSER,
BOD AMERICAN
SPECIALTIES, MODEL 0040
CMU 1
PT 1
1'-4"
2'
-
8
"
6"
TY
P
SOAP DISPENSER,
AMERICAN SPECIALTIES
INC, MODEL #0359
WALL MOUNTED LIGHT,
REF ELEC
CMU 1
PT 1
HAND DRYER, REF ELECT
WASTE RECEPTACLE,
SURFACE MOUNTED, BOD
AMERICAN SPECIALTIES,
MODEL 0828
BABY CHANGING
STATION
CMU 1
PT 1
8'
-
0
"
TY
P
2'
-
1
"
BABY CHANGING STATION,
HORIZONTAL - STAINLESS
STEEL, SURFACE MOUNTED,
BOD AMERICAN SPECIALTIES
MODEL 9018-9
EXHAUST VENT
REF MECH
CMU 1
PT 1
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
4 INT ELEV NORTH
A500 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
3 INT ELEV EAST
A500 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
2 INT ELEV SOUTH
A500 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
1 INT ELEV WEST
A500
FINISH SPECIFICATIONS - BASIS OF DESIGN SELECTIONS*
BRANDID NAME SIZE FINISH NOTESTYPE
P1
P2
PAINT
PAINT
SHERWIN WILLIAMS
SHERWIN WILLIAMS
SW 7005 - PURE WHITE
SW 7570 - EGRET WHITE
SATIN--
--EG-SHEL
CONC1 CONCRETE FLOATED & SEALED--INT SLAB ONLY, SEE LA & CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR EXT SLAB
CMU SPECTRA GLAZE 8" X 16" X 8"
----
CMU1
NOTES:
NOTE: PROVIDE COLOR SAMPLES OF ALL FINISHES FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCURING
*EQUIVALENT ALTERNATES WILL BE CONSIDERED
8" STRUCTURAL GLAZED BLOCK DEEP IRIS BLUE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACE
Pa
g
e
8
6
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% CD
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Construction Documents6/18/25
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems*KDI
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
06/18/2025
100% BID SET
100% Bid Set
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
A600
DOOR AND WINDOW
SCHEDULE
EXTERIOR WINDOW AND DOOR SCHEDULE
ID
1
2
3
4
5
6
D1
D2
D3
EXTERIOR
VIEW TYPE
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Outswing
Outswing
Outswing
W
4'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
4'-0"
2'-0"
4'-0"
3'-0"
2'-6"
3'-0"
H
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
8'-0"
8'-0"
8'-0"
BASIS OF DESIGN
KAWNEER 8400TL FIXED
KAWNEER 8400TL FIXED
KAWNEER 8400TL FIXED
KAWNEER 8400TL FIXED
KAWNEER 8400TL FIXED
KAWNEER 8400TL FIXED
KAWNEER FLUSHLINE ENTRANCE
KAWNEER FLUSHLINE ENTRANCE
KAWNEER FLUSHLINE ENTRANCE
FRAME MTL
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
ALUM STRFRT
FINISH
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
PWDR COAT
COLOR
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
SMOKE GRAY
TRANSOM
2' 6" TRANSOM ABOVE DOOR; 10'-6" OVERALL HT
2' 6" TRANSOM ABOVE DOOR; 10'-6" OVERALL HT
2' 6" TRANSOM ABOVE DOOR; 10'-6" OVERALL HT
HARDWARE
THUMBTURN WITH PRIVACY INDICATOR; DEADBOLT
DEADBOLT
THUMBTURN WITH PRIVACY INDICATOR; DEADBOLT
Pa
g
e
8
6
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
2x10s DF #2 CANTILEVERED ROOF RAFTERS @ 16" O.C.
(2) 2x8s DF #2
HEADER
(2) 2x12s DF #2
HEADER
(2) 2x12s DF #2
HEADER
(2) 2x8s DF #2
HEADER
(2) 2x8s DF #2
HEADER
CMU BELOW
2X4 PONY WALL 1
S2.0
2
S2.0
RAKE DETAIL
(2) 2x12s DF #2
HEADER
1'-4" TYP
8" CONCRETE
FOUNDATION
WALL, TYP.
23'-4"
9'
-
4
"
1'-0"1'-0"
8'-33
4"CL 6'-8"CL 8'-41
4"
4" THICK 4000 PSI
CONC. SLAB W/
#5 @ 12" O.C. E.W.1
S2.0 TYP.
3
S2.0
INTERIOR FOOTING
UNDER CMU ONLY
8" CMU WALL W/ MIN. #4 REINFORCEMENT @ 48" O.C.
BOTH HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY, TYP. OF ALL WALLS
1'-33
4"
3'-5"
ROUGH
OPENING 7'-01
4"
2'-11"
ROUGH
OPENING 3'-111
4"
3'-5"
ROUGH
OPENING 1'-33
4"
23'-4"
8'-0"6'-8"8'-03
8"
INDICATES LOCATION
OF VERTICAL REBARSEE TYP. CMU DETAIL
ON SHEET S2.0 FOR LAP
SEE TYP. CMU
DETAIL
ON SHEET S2.0
FOR LAP
ROOF FRAMING PLAN
SC: 3/8"' 1'-0"
FOUNDATION PLAN
SC: 3/8"' 1'-0"
DESIGN CRITERIA:
·CODE USED IN DESIGN: 2021 IRC/IBC AND LOCAL
AMENDMENTS
·GROUND SNOW LOAD = 30 PSF
·DEAD LOADS = 15 PSF
·LIVE LOADS = 40 PSF
·WIND SPEED = 115 MPH
·EXPOSURE: B
·SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: B
·FROST DEPTH = 36”
FOUNDATION:
·FOUNDATION DESIGN BASED ON COLE GARNER GEOTECHNICAL
REPORT NO. 25.22.085 FROM JUNE 11,2025 WHICH STATES AN
ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE OF 2000 PSF.
·WHERE THIS DRAWING CONFLICTS WITH THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT,
THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
·FOUNDATIONS WALLS DESIGNED FOR AN ACTIVE HORIZONTAL
PRESSURE BASED ON AN EQUIVALENT FLUID DENSITY OF 40 PCF.
·COMPACTED FILL PLACED AGAINST SIDES OF THE FOOTINGS TO RESIST
LATERAL LOADS SHOULD BE A NON-EXPANSIVE MATERIAL.
·SLOPE GRADE 1:12 AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION WALL FOR 5' MIN.
·THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BRACING THE
FOUNDATION WALLS PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF BACKFILL. IT IS
RECOMMENDED THAT THE BASEMENT SLAB OR STRUCTURAL FLOOR
AND MAIN LEVEL FLOOR DIAPHRAGM BE INSTALLED, CONNECTED, AND
SHEATHED PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF BACKFILL.
·ALL ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE ½” DIAMETER UNO.
·ALL ANCHOR BOLTS TO EXTEND MIN. 7” INTO CONCRETE UNO.
·NO FEWER THAN (2) ANCHOR BOLTS PER PLATE WITH ONE BOLT
LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 12” OR LESS THAN SEVEN BOLT DIAMETERS
FROM EACH END OF THE PLATE SECTION.
·A NUT AND WASHER SHALL BE TIGHTENED ON EACH ANCHOR BOLT.CONCRETE:
·CONCRETE MATERIALS, QUALITY CONTROL, AND CONSTRUCTION
SHALL COMPLY WITH ACI 318. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE
EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 R5.6, 5.8 AND TESTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C172, C31.
·ALL CONCRETE TO HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
OF 4000 PSI.
·CONCRETE SUBJECTED TO FREEZING AND THAWING REQUIRES AN
ENTRAINED AIR CONTENT OF 5%-7%.
·REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE SECURED IN THE PROPER LOCATION IN THE
FORMS WITH TIE WIRE OR OTHER BAR SUPPORT SYSTEM TO PREVENT
DISPLACEMENT DURING THE CONCRETE PLACEMENT OPERATION.
·STEEL REINFORCEMENT IN CONCRETE CAST AGAINST THE EARTH
SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 3”.
·MINIMUM COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT IN CONCRETE CAST IN
REMOVABLE FORMS THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO THE EARTH OR
WEATHER SHALL BE 2” FOR NO. 5 BARS AND SMALLER AND 2” FOR NO. 6
BARS AND LARGER.
·ALL REBAR TO HAVE MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 60 KSI.
·PROVIDE REBAR LAP SPLICES CONSISTENT WITH IRC TABLE R608.5.4(1).
OR PROVIDE LAP SPLICES FOR A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 60 BAR
DIAMETERS.
TIMBER:
·WOOD MATERIALS, QUALITY, AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO
2018 NDS.
·FRAMING LUMBER GRADES SHALL BE HF #2 OR BETTER
·ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR EXPOSED TO
WEATHER/EARTH SHALL BE PROPERLY PROTECTED FROM DECAY PER
IRC R317.
·JOISTS/BEAMS SHALL BE SUPPORTED LATERALLY AT THE ENDS BY
FULL-DEPTH SOLID BLOCKING NOT LESS THAN 2” NOMINAL THICKNESS;
OR BY ATTACHMENT TO A FULL-DEPTH HEADER, BAND OR RIM JOINTS,
OR TO AN ADJOINING STUD OR SHALL BE OTHERWISE PROVIDED WITH
LATERAL SUPPORT TO PREVENT ROTATION. PROVIDE INTERMEDIATE
BLOCKING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
·THIS STRUCTURE SHALL BE FRAMED AS A FULLY SHEATHED
STRUCTURE. ALL EXTERIOR WALL SHEATHING SHALL BE MINIMUM
7/16” PERFORMANCE CATEGORY STRUCTURAL SHEATHING FOR STUDS
AT MAX 16” OC. THE EXTERIOR WALL SHEATHING SHALL BE ATTACHED
USING MINIMUM 8D FASTENERS AT 6” OC AT EDGES AND 12” OC IN FIELD
·ALL HANGERS TO BE SIMPSON STRONG-TIE OR STRUCTURALLY
EQUIVALENT, CONNECT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
·CONNECT ALL TIMBER MEMBERS PER IRC TABLE R602.3(1)
·ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 7/16” OSB SHEATHING NAILED TO ROOF
FRAMING W/10D COMMON NAILS 6” O.C. AT EDGES AND 12” O.C. AT
INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS.
MASONRY:
·ALL REBAR TO BE GRADE 60
·GROUT TO HAVE MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE DESIGN STRENGTH OF 1500
PSI AT 28 DAYS
·WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF 8” NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE
MASONRY UNITS LAID IN RUNNING BOND.
·ALL CELLS THAT CONTAIN REBAR ARE TO BE FULLY GROUTED
·MORTAR TO BE PORTLAND CEMENT TYPE S
·REINFORCEMENT USING BOND BEAMS AS FOLLOWS:
·(1) #4 @ 48” O.C. FOR 8” THICK WALL
·DESIGN OF MASONRY WALLS IS BASED ON PARTIALLY GROUTED WALLS
WITH REINFORCEMENT AS SCHEDULED.
·VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE SECURED WITH WIRE
POSITIONERS ETC. AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 48” AND BE LOCATED
AT THE CENTER OF THE WALL U.N.O.
·SEE PLANS AND DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT AT
OPENINGS AND JOINTS
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
GENERAL NOTES,
FOUNDATION,
WALL, AND ROOF
FRAMING PLAN
S1.0
100% Bid Set6/18/25
MAG2
LC
CMU WALL PLAN
SC: 3/8"' 1'-0"
LU
K
E
.
C
R
O
N
I
N
@
C
R
O
N
I
N
.
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
3
0
3
-
9
0
7
-
6
5
0
9
100% BID SET
Pa
g
e
8
6
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
2X10 ROOF RAFTER @ 16" O.C.
BEARING ON HEADERS AND CUT TO
SHAPE AT ROOF OVERHANGS
2X4 SLOPED CEILING
JOISTS
@ 16" O.C.
2X4 SOLE PLATE SECURED TO CMU
BOND BEAM W/ 1/2" Ø A.B. W/ MIN.
7" EMEDMENT @ 48" O.C., PROVIDE
2"X2"X1/4" SQ. WASHER @ EA. A.B.
LOC.
(2) 2X8 DF #2 HEADER
WINDOW OPENING
2X4 @ 16" O.C. FOR SOFFIT, SEE
ARCH FOR CUT SHAPE
2X4 DBL. TOP PLATE
2X4 @ 16" O.C. FOR SOFFIT
NAIL 2X4 SOFFIT FRAMING TO
2X12 RAFTER W/ NO LESS THAN
(4)- 10d (.128" X 3") NAILS
SPACED EVENLY
SIMPSON LSSR210Z FACE-MOUNTED
HANGER @ EVERY RAFTER,
SEE ARCH. FOR CUT SHAPE
(2) X12 HEADER
8'
PLATELINE
SIMPSON H2.5A TIE AT EVERY RAFTER
PLATELINE
CMU BOND BEAM
W/ 1- #4 REBAR, TYP.
8" CMU WALL13
'
-
3
1 2"
T
O
T
O
P
-
M
O
S
T
P
O
I
N
T
O
F
2
X
1
0
10
"
1'-4"
4'
-
8
"
4'-31
4" OVERHANG FROM HEADER
3'-111
8"OH FROM CMU 2'-41
8"
SIMPSON H2.5A TIE
AT EVERY RAFTER
BO
N
D
B
E
A
M
A
T
4
'
-
0
"
,
A
L
L
W
A
L
L
S
SIMPSON LSSR210Z
FACE-MOUNTED
HANGER
SIMPSON LSSR210Z
FACE-MOUNTED
HANGER AT EVERY RAFTER
F.F. ELEV: 5360.89
F.G. PER ARCH: 5358.39
3'
FLATWORK, SEE CIVIL
2- #5 CONTINUOUS
#5 @ 16" O.C.30"
6"
CONC STEM WALL W/ #5 VERTICAL
@ 16" O.C. AND #5 HORIZONTAL AT
18" O.C.
MIN. 2" COVER
EX
T
E
N
D
R
E
B
A
R
2
'
AT
A
L
L
C
M
U
RE
I
N
F
O
R
C
E
M
E
N
T
LO
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
CMU BOND BEAM
W/ 1- #4 REBAR, TYP.
CMU
REINFORCEMENT,
SEE CMU WALL PLAN
#5 @ 16" O.C.
16"
16"#5 SMOOTH DOWELS @ 16" O.C.
AT OPPOSING STEM WALL16"
16"
CMU BOND BEAM
W/ 1- #4 REBAR, TYP.
CMU BOND BEAM
W/ 1- #4 REBAR, TYP.
SEE FOUNDATION PAN
NAIL 2X4 SOFFIT FRAMING TO
2X12 RAFTER W/ NO LESS THAN
(3)- 10d (.128" X 3") NAILS
SPACED EVENLY
7/16" OSB ROOF/SOFFIT SHEATHING NAILED W/ 8d
NAILS AT 6" O.C. ALL AROUND
7
16" OSB SHEATHING NAILED W/ 8d
NAILS AT 6" O.C. AROUND PERIMETER
AND 12" O.C. AT INTERMEDIATE STUDS
1
2" EXPANSION MATERIAL
4" GRAVEL UNDER SLAB, SEE GEOTECHNICAL
REPORT FOR FILL INSTRUCTIONS
PACKOUT-FRAMING
(3) 2x6s SISTERED TO ROOF RAFTER,
SISTER ONE 2x6 AT TIME W/ 10d NAILS
AT 12" O.C. STAGGERED
PACKOUT-FRAMING
(3) 2x4s SISTERED TO PONY WALL,
SISTER ONE 2x6 AT TIME W/ 10d NAILS
AT 12" O.C. STAGGERED
7
16" OSB SHEATHING NAILED W/ 8d
NAILS AT 6" O.C. AROUND PERIMETER
AND 12" O.C. AT INTERMEDIATE
BLOCKING
MI
N
I
M
U
M
2
'
L
A
P
MINIMUM 2' LAP
HORIZONTAL AND
VERTICAL
REINFORCEMENT
PER PLAN
CORNER
1
2" MIN.
CLEARANCE
INTERSECTION
JAMB/WALL END
BAR POSITIONER
OR EQUAL AT
200 db MAX
FOR POSITIONING
VERT. REBAR
90° HOOK
ADDITIONAL HOOK
WHERE POSSIBLE
TWO VERTICAL
BARS AT INTERSECTIONS
1'
EX
T
E
N
D
R
E
B
A
R
2
'
AT
A
L
L
C
M
U
RE
I
N
F
O
R
C
E
M
E
N
T
LO
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
#5 @ WALL REINF. LOCATIONS
4"
32"
2- #5 CONT.
1'
FRAMING CROSS SECTION
SC: 3/4"= 1'-0"1
RAKE FRAMING DETAIL
SC: NTS2
TYPICAL CMU DETAILS
SC: NTS
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
FRAMING SECTION
AND STRUCTURAL
DETAILS
S2.0
100% Bid Set6/18/25
LU
K
E
.
C
R
O
N
I
N
@
C
R
O
N
I
N
.
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
3
0
3
-
9
0
7
-
6
5
0
9
MAG2
LC
100% BID SET
INTERIOR FOOTING3
SC: 1- 1/2"= 1'-0"
Pa
g
e
8
6
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
M001
MECHANICAL
COVER SHEET
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
6
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
2:
1
2
SL
O
P
E
3
3
AA
BB
4
4
2
2
1
1
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
M101
MECHANICAL
FLOOR AND
ROOF PLANS
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
6
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
M301
MECHANICAL
SCHEDULES
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
6
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set 6/18/25
P001
PLUMBING
COVER SHEET
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
7
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
P002
PLUMBING
SPECIFICATIONS
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
7
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
P101
PLUMBING
FLOOR PLANS
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
7
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
2:
1
2
SL
O
P
E
3
3
AA
BB
4
4
2
2
1
1
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
P102
PLUMBING
ROOF PLAN
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
7
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
-
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
P301
PLUMBING
SCHEDULES
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
7
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
06/18/2025
BTG
BEM
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D Keller
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set 6/18/25
P401
PLUMBING
DETAILS
JUNE 16, 2025
Pa
g
e
8
7
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS TO BE DESIGN/BUILD BY THE CONTRACTOR.
GENERAL PROJECT NOTES
NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE, OPERATIONAL AND PROPERLY
FUNCTIONING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
2. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH CODES, LAWS AND ORDINANCES OF FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNING
BODIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
3. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED AND/OR LABELED BY UL, ETL, CSA OR ANOTHER RECOGNIZED TESTING LAB. ALL
MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, WIRING DEVICES, ETC. SHALL BE NEW, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED AS EXISTING TO BE REUSED.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES AND UTILITY COMPANIES SHOP DRAWINGS
REQUIRED BY THESE AGENCIES FOR APPROVAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, GOVERNMENTAL
FEES, TAXES AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. THIS
CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY ALL FEES AND PERMITS PERTAINING TO THIS CONTRACT, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
WORKER'S IDENTIFICATION AND BADGING, SAFETY, AND LIABILITY INSURANCE. PROVIDE BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND
TRASH REMOVAL FOR THE SAFETY OF THE WORKERS UNDER THIS CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOY.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER/OWNER OF ANY MATERIALS OR APPARATUS BELIEVED TO BE
INADEQUATE, UNSUITABLE, IN VIOLATION OF LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES OR REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE THE DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING DRAWINGS, REQUIRED TO OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE
EQUIPMENT AND LOCATIONS OF THE DEVICES THAT COMPRISE THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM. THE DRAWINGS
AND CUT SHEETS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. THE APPROVED DRAWINGS
WILL BE STAMPED, SIGNED AND RETURNED TO EC TO SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT.
7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, VISIT THE SITE, AND THOROUGHLY BECOME FAMILIAR
WITH THE BUILDING STANDARDS, LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL CODES AND REQUIREMENTS, AND LOCAL CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE
WORK. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACT. SUBMISSION OF
PROPOSAL IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WORK SHALL IMPLY THAT THE BIDDER HAS EXAMINED THE JOB SITE. NO EXTRA CHARGE
WILL BE ALLOWED FOR CHANGES AS A RESULT FROM FAILURE TO EXAMINE THE JOB SITE.
8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER AND WIRING FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL TRADES, FOR THE ENTIRE
PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY WIRING AT THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION.
9. THE EXISTING POWER, SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ARE TO REMAIN IN SERVICE TO PROVIDE FOR THE OWNER'S
FUNCTION. SHOULD IT BECOME NECESSARY TO SHUT-DOWN ANY SYSTEM OR PORTION OF A SYSTEM, APPROVAL IN WRITING MUST
BE OBTAINED FROM THE OWNER AND SHALL ONLY APPLY FOR THE PERIOD AND TIME AGREED UPON. THE BID IS TO INCLUDE THE
COST OF ANY TEMPORARY WIRING AND PREMIUM TIME REQUIRED FOR THE SHUTDOWN.
10. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ERECTED, INSTALLED, CONNECTED, CLEANED, ADJUSTED, TESTED, CONDITIONED, AND
PLACED IN SERVICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
11. ALL CUTTING, DRILLING AND PATCHING OF MASONRY, STEEL OR IRON WORK BELONGING TO THE BUILDING MUST BE DONE BY
THIS CONTRACTOR IN ORDER THAT HIS WORK MAY BE PROPERLY INSTALLED, BUT UNDER NO CONDITIONS MAY STRUCTURAL
WORK BE CUT, EXCEPT AT THE DIRECTION OF THE ARCHITECT DESIGNER OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE.
12. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND
ELECTRICAL DEVICES. DEVICE LOCATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ADA/ICC/ANSI STANDARDS.
13. ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS INCLUDING LABOR, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL
BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE BUILDING STANDARDS.
14. PROVIDE COMPLETE METAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND ENCLOSURES FOR ALL WIRING THROUGHOUT THE EXTENT OF THE REQUIRED
SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THE NEC:
14.a. TYPE III, IV OR V CONSTRUCTION - WHERE PERMITTED PER NEC ARTICLE 334 NONMETALLIC SHEATHED CABLE AND
NONMETALLIC BOXES MAY BE USED.
14.b. TYPE MC AND AC CABLE MAY BE USED WHERE PERMITTED BY THE NEC (ARTICLE 330)
15. ALL TELE/ DATA BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A 1/2” CONDUIT AND BUSHING WITH PULL STRING RUN 6” ABOVE FINISHED
CEILING OR CEILING GRID. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) SHALL BE USED FOR ALL WALL OUTLETS & TELEPHONE WIRING
RUNNING BELOW RAISED FLOOR OR ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.
16. ALL RECEPTACLES NOTED AS ISOLATED GROUND (IG) OR DEDICATED OR CIRCUITED AS DEDICATED SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A
DEDICATED GROUND AND NEUTRAL.
17.PROVIDE TAMPER-RESISTANT RECEPTACLES AS REQUIRED PER NEC 406.12.
18. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CONDUITS LARGER THAN 2" DIAMETER OR CONDUITS OF
ANY SIZE ROUTED OUTDOORS SHALL BE INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC).
19. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT, 3/8 INCH
MINIMUM.
20. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS SHALL BE MADE WITH LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT, 1/2 INCH MINIMUM.
21. WIRE NO. 8 AND SMALLER INSTALLED IN DRY LOCATIONS SHALL BE TYPE THWN OR THHN THERMOPLASTIC 600V INSULATED
COPPER CONDUCTORS. NO WIRE SMALLER THAN NO.12 SHALL BE USED FOR LIGHTING OR POWER WIRING. WIRE NO. 8 AND
LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. ALL CONDUCTORS INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR OR WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE TYPE THWN 600V
INSULATED COPPER CONDUCTORS.
22. ALL NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR NEW OR EXISTING PANELBOARDS SHALL MATCH EXISTING OR NEW BUILDING STANDARD
PANELBOARD MANUFACTURER AND BREAKER TYPE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW ACCURATE AND DETAILED TYPE
WRITTEN PANEL DIRECTORIES PER NEC 408.4 FOR ALL NEW OR MODIFIED PANELS. NUMBERED CIRCUITS ARE FOR CONVENIENCE
OF DESIGN ONLY. EC TO FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CIRCUIT NUMBERS USED AND CORRECTLY INDICATE ON "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS. THE
EC SHALL REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CIRCUITS.
23. PROVIDE MINIMUM #10 FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 75' AT 120V AND OVER 150' AT 277V. EC TO FIELD VERIFY BRANCH CIRCUIT
LENGTHS AND INCREASE CONDUCTOR SIZES AS REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP.
24. EACH SWITCH, LIGHT, RECEPTACLE AND ALL OTHER DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED WITH A GALVANIZED OR
SHERARDIZED PRESSED STEEL JUNCTION BOX OF NOT LESS THAN NO. 14 US GAUGE STEEL. CONDUITS SHALL BE FASTENED WITH
LOCKNUTS AND BUSHINGS AND ALL UNUSED KNOCKOUTS MUST BE LEFT SEALED. THERE MUST BE SUFFICIENT ROOM FOR WIRES
AND BUSHINGS AND DEEP BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE REQUIRED. BOXES SHALL BE SECURELY AND ADEQUATELY
SUPPORTED. PROVIDE CIRCUIT NUMBERS PRINTED ON FACEPLATE OF EACH DEVICE.
24.a. EXCEPTION: TYPE III, IV OR V CONSTRUCTION - WHERE PERMITTED PER NEC ARTICLE 334 NONMETALLIC BOXES MAY BE
USED.
25. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SPECIAL OUTLET BOXES THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO ENCLOSE RECEPTACLES.
26. IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SUPPORT CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES DIRECT FROM THE STRUCTURAL SLAB, DECK, OR FRAMING
PROVIDED FOR THAT PURPOSE. LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE CLIPPED TO THE CEILING SUPPORT WIRES
OR SPLINE UNLESS THE CEILING SYSTEM HAS BEEN SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THAT PURPOSE.
27. PROVIDE LOCAL DISCONNECT SWITCHES FOR ALL MOTORS (PLENUM APPROVED WHERE REQUIRED).
28. THE EC SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS COST THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUITS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
THAT IS NOT TO BE REUSED. DISCARD ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. EC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DISCONNECTING PRIMARY
SERVICE AND TEMPORARY POWER.
29. PROVIDE WARRANTY GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. REPLACE ALL DEFECTIVE
WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGES.
30. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFEKEEPING OF HIS/HER OWN PROPERTY ON THE JOB SITE. THE OWNER OR
TENANT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROTECTION OF THIS CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY AGAINST FIRE, THEFT, OR
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.
31. WHERE CONDUIT, CABLES, DUCTWORK OR PIPING PASSES THROUGH FIRE RATED FLOORS, WALLS, OR PARTITIONS, THE SLEEVES
SHALL BE COMPLETELY SEALED WITH A FIRE STOP MATERIAL THAT IS UL LISTED (EQUAL TO DOW CORNING) AND ACCEPTED BY THE
BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND FIRE DEPARTMENT AS BEING SUITABLE FOR THE SERVICE. THIS MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE
PENETRATED WALL, FLOOR, OR PARTITION. INSTALLATION SHALL BE A THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLED AS
TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM AND UL. THE FIRE RATING SHALL MATCH THE RATING OF THE BARRIER BEING PENETRATED.
32. SUBMIT AN ELECTRONIC COPY OF SHOP DRAWINGS, CONTROL DIAGRAMS, AND EQUIPMENT CUTS TO THE ENGINEER FOR
APPROVAL PRIOR TO STARTING RELATED WORK. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S NAMES, CATALOG NUMBERS,
CUTS, DIAGRAMS AND OTHER SUCH DESCRIPTIVE DATA AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO IDENTIFY AND REVIEW THE EQUIPMENT.
SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN LOGICAL GROUPS, PARTIAL SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE REVIEWED.
33. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, SUPPLY THE ENGINEER WITH ONE COMPLETE SET OF FULL SIZE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH THREE (3) SETS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED.
34. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME ALL ADDED EXPENSES TO ALL TRADES ASSOCIATED WITH THE INSTALLATION OF SUBMITTED
AND APPROVED ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT.
35. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LAYOUT OF THE FIRE ROOM WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES, ESPECIALLY THE FIRE
ALARM AND FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN-BUILD CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO ANY WORK.
36. IF ANY CHANGES ARE MADE TO ACCOMMODATE FIELD CONDITIONS NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF WHAT THE CHANGES
WERE, THE REASON FOR THE CHANGES, AND THE COST IMPACTS.
37. LOCATE ALL ELECTRICAL SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT IN DEDICATED SPACES AND
PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE WITH ADEQUATE WORKING CLEARANCE ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110 REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE
PROTECTION FROM ANY FOREIGN SYSTEM INSTALLED ABOVE THE DEDICATED EQUIPMENT SPACE PER NEC 110.26(E).
38. SERVICE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MARKED TO IDENTIFY IT AS BEING SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT PER NEC 230.66.
39. ELECTRICAL ROOM DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH PANIC BARS, PRESSURE PLATES, OR OTHER DEVICES THAT ARE NORMALLY
LATCHED BUT OPEN UNDER SIMPLE PRESSURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.26(C)(3).
J
J
OS
XX
?
##
400/4
XFMR
kVA
SP
FACP
S T
S/CO
(EX)
(E)
(ER)
(RL)
(N)
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
NOTE: NOT ALL ITEMS APPEAR ON DRAWINGS. SYMBOLS MAY DIFFER FROM EXISTING AND DEMO WORK OR DEVICES REFERENCED OR SYMBOLS USED FROM DRAWINGS BY OTHERS.
POWER AND LIGHTING
ABBREVIATIONS
AC
AFF
AFI
ATS
CLG
CM
D
DW
EC
EF
WALL MOUNTED
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
WALL MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE
WALL MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
WALL MOUNTED SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE
FLOOR/CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE
JUNCTION BOX
WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX
DISCONNECT SWITCH
FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD
TRANSFORMER
RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE
SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE
SINGLE POLE SWITCH
#-POLE SWITCH
DIMMER SWITCH
WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR
CEILING MOUNTED SENSOR
O-OCCUPANCY, D-DAYLIGHT
EXIT SIGN
EMERGENCY LIGHT
COMBO EXIT SIGN, EMERGENCY LIGHT
EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT
EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE - SHADED
MOTOR
ABOVE COUNTER - VERIFY HEIGHT
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ARC FAULT INTERRUPTING
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
CEILING
COFFEE MAKER
DRYER
DISHWASHER
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
EXHAUST FAN
LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS
REFERENCE SYMBOLS
REMODEL WORK
EWC
GD
GFI
IT
MW
MTS
REF
TTB
W
WP
TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD
DATA OUTLET
TELEPHONE OUTLET
TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET
FLOOR/CEILING MOUNTED TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET
CATV/MONITOR A/V OUTLET
SPEAKER
FIRE ALARM PANEL
S-SMOKE, T-HEAT DETECTOR
COMBO SMOKE, CO DETECTOR
KEYED NOTE
EQUIPMENT - SEE SCHEDULES
FEEDER - SEE SCHEDULE
TRANSFORMER - SEE SCHEDULE
DEMOLITION, TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING TO TO BE REMOVED FOR RELOCATION AND REUSE
EXISTING TO REMAIN
RELOCATED LOCATION
NEW WORK
ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
GARBAGE DISPOSAL
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
MICROWAVE
MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH
REFRIGERATOR
TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD
WASHER
WEATHER PROOF
45
NEW COMFORT STATION AT ROTOLO PARK IN ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
SCOPE OF WORK SUMMARY:
CODE COMPLIANCE STATEMENT:
SHEET LOG
ONE LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES
E000
E001
E200
THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CODES:
·2023 National Electric Code (NEC)
·2021 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC)
COMCheck Code Compliance Documents are in this E Sheet SetR
COVER SHEET
LIGHTING PLAN
GENERAL NOTES:
1. PLAN SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. E.C.
SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS.
SCALE:
PROXIMITY PLAN
NTS
N1
TO W STANDFORD AVE
S
H
U
R
O
N
S
T
W RADCLIFF AVE
M
(E) UTILITY
TRANSFORMER E
E
E E
E
E
E
E
E
E E E E E E E
(E) IRRIGATION
CONTROLLER
(E) UTILITY METER
PEDESTAL
(E) UTILITY
POLE, TYPICAL (E) UG FEEDER
(E) OH FEEDER
(E) OH FEEDER
S J
A
S
O
N
S
T
TO W QUIINCY AVE
AREA OF WORK - NEW
COMFORT STATION
M
FIELD VERIFY
LOCATION OF NEW
UTILITY METER
PEDESTALE
E
E
E
E
(N) UG FEEDER
KEYED NOTES:
1. PROVIDE ADD ALTERNATE PRICE TO FURNISH AND INSTALL A NEW
UTILITY METER PEDESTAL, FED FROM THE EXISTING UTILITY
TRANSFORMER TO FEED NEW COMFORT STATION PANEL.
#
1
1
1
ELECTRICAL COMCHECKE002
E100 POWER PLAN
E ELECTRICAL FEEDER
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D.Keller Electrical Design
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
..\..\..\5.0 drawings\04_CD\Xref\Images\Superbloom Vector Blk Lockup_300px-01.png
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
AMB
DMK
D.KELLER PROJECT #: DK25.032
COVER SHEET
E000
Pa
g
e
8
7
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
FEEDER SCHEDULE - ALUMINUM
AMPACITY (#)
-not all sizes used
20 (60°)
20 (75°)
30 (60°)
30 (75°)
40 (60°)
40 (75°)
50 (60°)
50 (75°)
60 (60°)
60 (75°)
70 (60°)
70 (75°)
80 (60°)
80 (75°)
90 (60°)
90 (75°)
100 (60°)
100 (75°)
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
500
600
750
800
1000
1200
1600
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
This table indicates minimum conductor size for feeders of the ampacity
indicated where #/W indicates the #-Ampacity and W-number of wires,
#S/W indicates no ground. All conductors shall be Alumimum unless otherwise noted.
Conductor Ampacities shall be based on Table 310.16 60° column up to 100A
and 75° column above 100A unless otherwise permited by NEC. Ampacity
rating shall be selected in accordance with NEC 110.14 (C).
The master electrician shall be responsible for ensuring that no feeders or branch
circuits are installed in a manner or sized in such a way as to violate the NEC.
Service Ground Table
150G
200G
300G
500G
1000G
>1000G
Service Ground Conductor sized Per NEC Table 250.66 Equipment Ground Conductors
sized per NEC Table 250.122 All conductors shall be Aluminum unless otherwise noted.
The service ground chart indicates the minimum Service Ground Conductor based on #G
where # is the ampacity from the chart above, and the equipment ground chart indicates
the minimum equipment grounding conductor size #EG where # is the rating/setting of
the overcurrent device protecting the conductors and equipment.
Where discrepancies occur between the Feeder Schedule and the Grounding Tables,
the larger conductor shall be used unless otherwise permitted by the NEC.
The installation shall meet all NEC 250 grounding and bonding requirements including
250.4 Path for Fault Current. Provide complete raceway systems metallically joined,
connected, and fittings as required for electrical continuity per NEC 300.10.
FEEDER
# Sets
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
8
7
8
10
11
11
#4
#2
1/0
3/0
4/0
250
3Ø & N
#10
#12
#8
#10
#6
#8
#4
#6
#3
#4
#2
#3
#1
#2
1/0
#2
1/0
#1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
500
4/0
250
350
500
350
400
350
500
250
500
500
500
600
750
G
#10
#10
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#4
#4
#4
#4
#4
#2
#2
#2
#1
#1
1/0
2/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
250
350
400
600
600
500 Cu
500 Cu
Equipment Ground Table
20EG
60EG
100EG
200-1200A per Above
1600EG
2000EG
CONDUIT (W)
4W
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1-1/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
2"
1-1/4"
2"
1-1/2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
2-1/2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
3-1/2"
3-1/2"
3"
3-1/2"
3-1/2"
3W
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1-1/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
2"
1-1/4"
2"
1-1/2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
2-1/2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
3-1/2"
3-1/2"
3"
3-1/2"
3-1/2"
#10
#8
#8
350
400
FEEDER SCHEDULE - COPPER
AMPACITY (#)
-not all sizes used
20 (60°)
20 (75°)
30 (60°)
30 (75°)
40 (60°)
40 (75°)
50 (60°)
50 (75°)
60 (60°)
60 (75°)
70 (60°)
70 (75°)
80 (60°)
80 (75°)
90 (60°)
90 (75°)
100 (60°)
100 (75°)
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
380
400
500
600
760
800
1000
1200
1600
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
This table indicates minimum conductor size for feeders of the ampacity
indicated where #/W indicates the #-Ampacity and W-number of wires,
#S/W indicates no ground. All conductors shall be Copper unless otherwise noted.
Conductor Ampacities shall be based on Table 310.16 60° column up to 100A
and 75° column above 100A unless otherwise permited by NEC. Ampacity
rating shall be selected in accordance with NEC 110.14 (C).
The master electrician shall be responsible for ensuring that no feeders or branch
circuits are installed in a manner or sized in such a way as to violate the NEC.
Service Ground Table
150G
200G
300G
500G
1000G
>1000G
Service Ground Conductor sized Per NEC Table 250.66 Equipment Ground Conductors
sized per NEC Table 250.122 All conductors shall be Copper unless otherwise noted.
The service ground chart indicates the minimum Service Ground Conductor based on #G
where # is the ampacity from the chart above, and the equipment ground chart indicates
the minimum equipment grounding conductor size #EG where # is the rating/setting of
the overcurrent device protecting the conductors and equipment.
Where discrepancies occur between the Feeder Schedule and the Grounding Tables,
the larger conductor shall be used unless otherwise permitted by the NEC.
The installation shall meet all NEC 250 grounding and bonding requirements including
250.4 Path for Fault Current. Provide complete raceway systems metallically joined,
connected, and fittings as required for electrical continuity per NEC 300.10.
FEEDER
# Sets
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
#6
#4
#2
1/0
2/0
3/0
3Ø & N
#12
#12
#10
#10
#8
#8
#6
#8
#4
#6
#4
#4
#3
#4
#2
#3
#1
#3
#2
#1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
350
500
3/0
250
350
500
300
400
350
400
400
500
500
500
500
G
#12
#12
#10
#10
#10
#10
#10
#10
#10
#10
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#4
#4
#4
#3
#3
#2
#1
1/0
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
350
400
500
500
Equipment Ground Table
20EG
60EG
100EG
200-1200A per Above
1600EG
2000EG
CONDUIT (W)
4W
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1-1/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
4"
4"
3W
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1-1/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
2"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3-1/2"
3"
4"
4"
#12
#10
#8
4/0
250
LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE
Label
Interior Lighting
W1
W2
Exterior Lighting
SD
NOTES: Apply to all fixtures where applicable
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
COMMENTS: Apply to specific fixture types as noted on schedule
1.
2.
Light Fixture Description
Vandal Resistant 4' Wraparound
Wall Mounted
Vandal Resistant 4' Wraparound
Ceiling Mounted
Vandal Resistant 6" Downlight
EMERGENCY FIXTURES - All Fixtures Indicated as Emergency shall be provided with a 90-Minute Battery Pack with minimum 1300 Lumen output.
VERIFY VOLTAGES - The E.C. shall verify voltages on drawings prior to ordering or any work, the engineer shall be notified of any discrepancies
in the voltage of the circuiting on the drawings and the luminaire schedule prior to any purchase or work.
VERIFY LAMPING - The E.C. shall verify lamping with the manufacturer prior to ordering and notify the engineer of any lamping discrepancies.
PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION - The E.C. shall provide all labor and material to provide a complete and functional system per the design intent as dictated
by the switching type and location (including dimmer switches and compatible ballasts or transformers), ceiling type and location, circuiting, voltages, and lamping types.
LED LIGHTING - All light fixtures shall be LED. Non-LED fixtures shall be provided with an LED equivalent lamp, unlesss otherwise noted.
OWNER APPROVAL - Approve all light fixture types with tenant/owner before ordering any materials or any work.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING - Fixtures installed outdoors shall be U.L. listed Wet Location and provided with cold weather drivers/ballast/battery as required for proper operation.
DIMMING COMPATIBILITY - Fixtures noted as dimmable on plans shall be provided with dimmable drivers paired with compatible dimming controls approved by the fixture
manufacturer. The E.C. shall be responsible for providing compatible LED Drivers and dimming control devices rated for connected load.
WET LOCATION - Provide fixture with U.L. Wet Location Label.
COLD WEATHER - Provide fixture with Cold-Weather Driver/Ballasts/Battery for fixtures installed outdoors.
Specification
Luminaire LED or Equal
VPF8-4FT-25W-4000K-120-WL
Luminaire LED or Equal
VPF8-4FT-25W-4000K-120-WL
Luminaire LED or Equal
VRDL6-30K-80CRI-MVOLT-CL
Lamping
25W LED
4000K/82CRI
25W LED
4000K/82CRI
12W LED Max
3000K/70CRI
Voltage
120/277
120/277
120/277
June 6, 2025
Mounting
Surface
Surface
Recessed
Comment
1
1
1,2
PANEL SCHEDULE:
BUS RATING:
MAIN C.B.:
MOUNTING:
COMMENTS:
CIR
NO.
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
NOTES:
1.
CIRCUIT
AMPS
20
20
20
20
20
20
Not Used.
100A
100A/2P
Surface
New Panelboard
BREAKER
POLE
1
1
1
1
2
2
PHASE A (VA):
PHASE B (VA):
TOTAL LOAD (VA):
1Ø, 3-WIRE
or M.L.O:
CONNECTED
LOAD (VA)
72
277
360
1468
1650
1650
6,503
7,535
14,037
A
NEC DEMAND
FACTOR
1.25
1.25
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
DESCRIPTION OF
LOAD SERVED
Photo Controlled Exterior Lts
Restroom Lights, Exhaust Fan
Chase Quad
WH-1, CP-1
Bussed Space
Bussed Space
Bussed Space
Bussed Space
UH-3.3KW
UH-3.3KW
PHASE
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
VOLTAGE L-L:
VOLTAGE L-G:
S.C.RMS RATING (AIC):
DESCRIPTION OF
LOAD SERVED
Chase Rec
Spare
Restroom #1 Hand Dryer
Restroom #2 Hand Dryer
Bussed Space
Bussed Space
CCH-3.0KW
CCH-3.0KW
CCH-3.0KW
CCH-3.0KW
PHASE A (VA):
PHASE B (VA):
TOTAL DEMAND LOAD (VA):
240
120
10,000
NEC DEMAND
FACTOR
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
7,683
9,133
16,817
June 17, 2025
CONNECTED
LOAD (VA)
281
1140
1140
1500
1500
1500
1500
70.07
CIRCUIT
POLE
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
A
BREAKER
AMPS
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
CIR
NO.
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
Key
EXHAUST FANS
TEF-RR1
WATER HEATERS
WH-1
PUMPS
CP-1
ELECTRIC HEAT
CCH-3.0KW
UH-3.3KW
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Comments:
1.
Equipment
Exhaust Fan
Water Heater
Circulation Pump
Cabinet Unit Heater
Unit Heater
(Apply to all equipment where applicable)
Field verify final location and confirm electrical requirements of all equipment with provider prior to any work. Confirm all breaker sizes with
nameplate data before ordering any materials and provide all work necessary for a complete and code compliant installation.
Provide line voltage controls and wiring as required for proper operation of equipment. Field verify control requirements with equipment provider
and field verify final location of controls with owner. Controls shall be installed in an accessible location.
Provide HACR breakers for all dedicated circuits serving equipment and provide local disconnecting means in accordance with NEC 430 Part IX.
Verify integral thermal/overload protection for fractional horsepower motors. Provide separate overload device where required in accordance with
NEC 430 Part III.
Electric motors shall meet minimum efficiency requirements in accordance with IECC Tables C405.8(1-4).
Tie exhaust fan into vandal-resistant corner-mounted occupancy sensor used for lighting; sensor shall be rated for fan load.
kW
1.44
0.028
3.0
3.3
Equipment Load
HP
0.84
12.0
0.2
15.6
17.4
Amps
A
A
A
MCA
MCA
Volt
120
120
120
240
240
Ø
1
1
1
1
1
Branch Circuit
Conductors
2#12,#12G
2#10,#10G
2#12,#12G
3#10,#10G
3#10,#10G
Conduit
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
Disconnect
Switch
Sto
30A/1P or Sto
Sto
30A/2P
30A/2P
Fuse
NA
--
NA
--
--
Panel-Circuit
A -
A -
A -
A -
A -
A -
June 17, 2025
3 (PART)
7 (PART)
7 (PART)
14,16
18,20
17,19
Comment
1
FAULT CURRENT CALCULATION TABLE - SINGLE PHASE
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
100
LOCATION (n)
Utility Connection
Utility Pedestal
Panel A
All Calculations utilize Bussman "Point-To-Point" Method.
Variables:
The E.C. shall field report any discrepancies to the Engineer.
Conductor lengths shall not be less than the values listed. The E.C. shall field verify conductor lengths and contact engineer
immediately if conductor lengths are less than the values shown.
Conductor Lengths listed in this table are for fault study purposes only and shall not be used for bidding or other calculations.
All in-line Utility Meters shall be protected to limit the Fault Current to no more than 10kA at the Meter per the Utility Company
requirements.
Label and date available fault current value at the main service disconnect per NEC 110.24(A)
Provide Arc-Flash Hazard study and labeling for personnel and protective equipment prior to energizing equipment in accordance
with NEC 110.16 and NFPA 70E.
kVA Utility Transformer
# of RUNS
1
1
1
L=Feeder Length (LF)
C=Conductor "C" Value
CONDUCTOR
1/0
1
1
V(L-L)
240
V(L-L)
240
240
240
M(n) =1 ÷ (1+f(n))
F(n)=F(n-1) x M(n)
V(L-N)
120
V(L-N)
120
120
120
2=Non-Mag
2
2
1
L(ft)
15
10
125
f(n)(L-L) = (2 x L x F(L-L)(n-1))/(C x # of runs x VOLTAGE) in Amperes
f(n)(L-N) = (2 x L x F(L-N)(n-1))/(C x # of runs x VOLTAGE) in Amperes
C
5,838
4,678
7,293
f(L-L)
0.63
0.32
1.96
f(L-N)
1.86
0.54
2.81
M(L-L)
0.61
0.76
0.34
May 22, 2025
AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT (F):
M(L-N)
0.35
0.65
0.26
F(L-L)
29,600
F(L-L)
18,117
13,697
4,633
F(L-N)
43,400
F(L-N)
15,183
9,853
2,583
ONE LINE DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES:
1. E.C. TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS
2. ALL EQUIPMENT IS EXISTING UNLESS NOTED AS NEW (N).
3. ALL EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT TO BE WEATHERPROOF
4. FIELD VERIFY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH UTILITY PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN.
5. THE E.C. SHALL PROVIDE LABELING OF ALL DISCONNECTING MEANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
NEC 110.22:
5.a. PROVIDE LABEL ON EACH DISCONNECTING MEANS PER NEC 110.22(A)
5.b. SERVICE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT
CURRENT AND DATE PER NEC 110.24(A).
5.c. WHERE ANY SERIES RATED COMBINATION SYSTEMS ARE UTILIZED, PROVIDE LABEL ON
EQUIPMENT CLOSURE INDICATING THE SERIES RATED SYSTEM COMPONENTS
INCLUDING FUSE AND BREAKER TYPES AND RATINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC
110.22(B) AND 110.22(C): CAUTION -- SERIES COMBINATION SYSTEM RATED ____
AMPERES. IDENTIFIED REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS REQUIRED.
6. PROVIDE SEPARATE PRICE FOR ALUMINUM MAIN FEEDERS WHERE INDICATED ON THE ONE
LINE DIAGRAM ONLY. ANY USE OF ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE
OWNER.
ONE LINE DIAGRAM
SCALE: NTS
1
100S/3
UTILITY
POINT OF
DELIVERY
TO (E) OVERHEAD UTILITY
100kVA TRANSFORMER
240/120V, 1-PHASE, 3W
GRADE LEVEL
METERUTILITY
M
PEDESTAL IRRIGATIONCONTROLLER
BASELINE
PANEL
A
100/3
100/2
100/3
20/2
Verify
Verify
(N)
(N)
(N)
100S/3
UTILITY
POINT OF
DELIVERY
METERUTILITY
M
PEDESTAL
PANEL
A
100/3
100/2
100/3
(N)
(N)
(N)
ELECTRICAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM KEYED NOTES:
1. PROVIDE ADD ALTERNATE PRICE TO FURNISH AND INSTALL A NEW UTILITY METER
PEDESTAL, FED FROM THE EXISTING UTILITY TRANSFORMER TO FEED NEW COMFORT
STATION PANEL.
#
100/2
(E) UTILITY
POLE
(N)
1
150G
N
G
BOND AND GROUND PER NEC 250
·BUILDING STEEL and
COLD WATER PIPE, #6Cu
·UFER, #4Cu
·GROUND ROD, #6Cu
100A/2P
100FRN
N
G
BOND AND GROUND PER NEC 250
·BUILDING STEEL and
COLD WATER PIPE, #6Cu
·UFER, #4Cu
·GROUND ROD, #6Cu
150G
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D.Keller Electrical Design
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
..\..\..\5.0 drawings\04_CD\Xref\Images\Superbloom Vector Blk Lockup_300px-01.png
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
AMB
DMK
D.KELLER PROJECT #: DK25.032
ONE LINE DIAGRAM
AND SCHEDULES
E001
Pa
g
e
8
7
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
05.22.2025
06.02.2025
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D.Keller Electrical Design
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
..\..\..\5.0 drawings\04_CD\Xref\Images\Superbloom Vector Blk Lockup_300px-01.png
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
AMB
DMK
D.KELLER PROJECT #: DK25.032
ELECTRICAL
COMCHECK
E002
Pa
g
e
8
7
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
2GFI
POWER PLAN GENERAL NOTES:
1. THIS DESIGN IS DIAGRAMMATICAL. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUALS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS
AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY
DIMENSIONS.
2. ALL REUSED MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN GOOD CONDITION AND
THE SYSTEM SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND IN
GOOD WORKING ORDER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
3. PROVIDE GFI OUTLET WITHIN 25' OF EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC
210.63. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF GFI OUTLET ON ROOFTOPS WITHIN 25' OF
ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT.
4. ALL EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES SHALL BE WEATHER RESISTANT AND ENCLOSED
IN A WEATHERPROOF EXTRA DUTY ENCLOSURE WHILE IN USE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH NEC 406.9(B).
5. FIELD VERIFY FINAL LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WITH PROVIDER PRIOR TO
ROUGH-IN.
6. ALL RECEPTACLES IN BATHROOMS, KITCHENS, ROOFTOPS, EXTERIOR, AND
WITHIN 6FT. OF A SINK, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED LOCATIONS SHALL BE GFCI
(OR SERVED BY A GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER) PER NEC 210.8(B) AND 422.5. THE
E.C. SHALL PROVIDE GFCI OUTLETS (OR CIRCUIT BREAKERS) IN ALL LOCATIONS
REQUIRED BY THE NEC. PROVIDE GFCI TEST SWITCH (OR GFCI BREAKER) IN
READILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATION PER NEC.
7. NUMBERS NEXT TO DEVICES REFER TO CIRCUIT DESIGNATION IN PANEL 'A'
UNLESS NOTED.
8. PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION WORK AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW
WORK AS INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING
CONDITIONS. PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL WORK NECESSARY AS REQUIRED TO
PRESERVE EXISTING DEVICES AND BRANCH CIRCUIT COMPONENTS TO
REMAIN. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DEMOLITION SCOPE OF
WORK AND VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID TO DETERMINE THE ELECTRICAL
SCOPE OF WORK REQUIRED.
POWER PLAN KEYED NOTES:
1. HAND DRYER - PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH DEDICATED GROUND AND
NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR. FIELD VERIFY FINAL LOCATION, MOUNTING HEIGHT,
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, NUMBER OF WIRES, OUTLET TYPE AND
CONFIGURATION WITH PROVIDER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
#
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
HB
3
3
AA
BB
4
4
2
2
1
1
JHAND DRYER
1
6
CCH
3.0KW
CCH
3.0KW
UH
3.3KW
PANEL
'A'
WH
1
CP
1
GFI
5
JHAND DRYER
1
8
TEF
RR1
TEF
RR1
1 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
POWER PLAN N
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D.Keller Electrical Design
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
..\..\..\5.0 drawings\04_CD\Xref\Images\Superbloom Vector Blk Lockup_300px-01.png
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set 6/18/25
AMB
DMK
D.KELLER PROJECT #: DK25.032
POWER PLAN
E100
Pa
g
e
8
7
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
WC
ROOM 102
MECH
ROOM 101
WC
ROOM 103
HB
3
3
AA
BB
4
4
2
2
1
1
1 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
LIGHTING PLAN N
W1 W1
W2
1
33 32 2
SD
1
SD
1
SD
1
SD
1
SD
1
SD
1
OS OS
4 4
LIGHTING PLAN GENERAL NOTES:
1. THIS DESIGN IS DIAGRAMMATICAL. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUALS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS
AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY
DIMENSIONS.
2. ALL REUSED MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN GOOD CONDITION AND
THE SYSTEM SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND IN
GOOD WORKING ORDER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
3. CONNECT EGRESS LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS TO AREA LIGHTING
CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ANY SWITCH PER NEC 700.12(I) INCLUDING ANY NIGHT
LIGHTS. FIXTURES SHOWN SHADED OR LABELED ARE EMERGENCY EGRESS
(EM) WITH BATTERY PACK, NIGHT LIGHT (NL) OR BOTH (EM/NL).
4. NUMBERS NEXT TO DEVICES REFER TO CIRCUIT DESIGNATION IN PANEL 'A'
UNLESS NOTED.
5. EXIT SIGNS TYPE 'X' AND/OR 'XEM' AND EGRESS LIGHTS TYPE 'EM' SHALL BE
NEW WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK, MATCH EXISTING BUILDING
STANDARD FIXTURES.
6. PROVIDE NEUTRAL AND GROUND CONDUCTORS THROUGHOUT ALL LIGHTING
BRANCH CIRCUITS INCLUDING ALL SWITCH OR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE
LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC.
LIGHTING PLAN KEYED NOTES:
1. WALLSWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR - PROVIDE DUAL TECHNOLOGY INTELLIGENT
LIGHTING CONTROLS ILC-SWX-1** OR EQUAL.
2. KEYED SWITCH - PROVIDE TAMPER-RESISTANT KEYED LIGHT SWITCH FOR
PUBLIC RESTROOM LIGHTING CONTROL. SWITCH SHALL BE SINGLE-POLE, 120V,
WITH MAINTAINED CONTACT AND KEY OPERATION. MOUNT IN ACCESSIBLE
LOCATION INSIDE RESTROOM PER ADA. PROVIDE DURABLE LABELING AND
COORDINATE KEY ACCESS WITH OWNER.
3. EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROLS - PROVIDE EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROLS WITH
PHOTOCELL ON / TIMECLOCK OFF FUNCTIONALITY. USE A MULTIPOLE
CONTACTOR AS REQUIRED. LOCATE THE PHOTOCELL WITH OPEN SKY EXPOSURE.
PROVIDE A 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE TIMECLOCK WITH A 2-HOUR MANUAL
OVERRIDE, OR AN ASTRONOMICAL TIMECLOCK MEETING THE SAME FUNCTIONAL
REQUIREMENTS AS AN ALTERNATE. FIELD-VERIFY CONTROL STRATEGY AND
DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH THE TENANT AND LANDLORD.
4. OCCUPANCY SENSOR - PROVIDE VANDAL-RESISTANT CORNER-MOUNTED
OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO CONTROL BOTH LIGHTING AND EXHAUST FAN. SENSOR
SHALL BE RATED FOR LINE-VOLTAGE FAN LOAD AND SUITABLE FOR
INSTALLATION IN HIGH-ABUSE ENVIRONMENTS.
#
LIGHTING CONTROL NOTES:
1. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND FULLY
FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENERGY CODE AND IECC
REQUIREMENTS AND COMPATIBLE WITH INSTALLED LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES.
PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL POWER/SWITCH PACKS, SENSORS, DIMMING
MODULES, POWER AND CONTROL WIRING, OR OTHER
SENSOR/POWER/CONTROL INTERFACE DEVICE THAT IS NECESSARY FOR A
COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
2. ONE POWER PACK (SWITCH PACK) IS NEEDED PER CIRCUIT/ZONE TO BE
CONTROLLED BY LOW VOLTAGE SENSORS. NOT ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS
ARE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. LOCATE POWER PACKS IN AN ACCESSIBLE,
INCONSPICUOUS LOCATION. POWER PACK LOCATIONS SHALL BE CONSISTENT
THROUGHOUT PROJECT AND CLEARLY NOTED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.
3. ADDITIONAL SENSORS AND TYPES OF SENSORS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE
COMPLETE COVERAGE DEPENDING ON FINAL PARTITION HEIGHT/PLACEMENT,
FURNITURE PLACEMENT, EQUIPMENT HEIGHT/PLACEMENT, AND SHELVING
HEIGHT/PLACEMENT. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH
MANUFACTURER/SUPPLY SHOP DRAWINGS ACCORDINGLY.
4. PLACE AND ORIENT CEILING SENSORS PER MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED SHOP
DRAWINGS FOR MAXIMUM COVERAGE/SENSITIVITY.
5. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE OR LINE VOLTAGE, PASSIVE INFRARED (PIR),
ULTRASONIC, OR DUAL TECHNOLOGY, DAYLIGHT/HARVESTING, PHOTOSENSOR,
AND VACANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED IN EACH ILLUMINATED AREA FOR A
COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
6. WHERE LIGHT SWITCHES ARE USED IN ADDITION TO OCCUPANCY SENSORS,
LIGHT SWITCH SHALL OVERRIDE OCCUPANCY SENSOR (SWITCH CAN TURN
LIGHTS OFF WHEN OCCUPANCY SENSOR CALLS FOR THEM TO BE ON; SWITCH
CANNOT TURN LIGHTS ON WHEN OCCUPANCY SENSOR TURNS THEM OFF,
SWITCH AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR ARE WIRED IN SERIES).
7. PROVIDE 10 MINUTE TIME (OFF) DELAYS IN STORAGE ROOMS AND SMALL
RESTROOM'S, ALL OTHERS SHALL HAVE 20 MINUTE DELAYS.
8. PROVIDE WIRE GUARDS IN ANY AREA WHERE SENSORS ARE SUBJECT TO
DAMAGE.
9. PROVIDE SENSORS SUITABLE FOR COLD WEATHER APPLICATIONS WHERE
LOCATED IN ANY UNHEATED AREA.
10. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL POLES (OR AUX RELAY) FOR CONTROL OF EXHAUST FANS,
OR SIMILAR DEVICES, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND/OR NOTED IN
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND AS REQUIRED FOR IECC COMPLIANCE.
11. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS PERMITTED WHERE
PLENUM RATED AND INSTALLED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.
12. FIXTURES CONTROLLED BY DIMMERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ALL REQUIRED
DIMMING EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS MADE (AND DAYLIGHT CONTROL
WHERE APPLICABLE) WITH COMPATIBLE DIMMER AND DRIVER TYPES FOR
PROPER DIMMING OPERATION.
13. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONTROL DEVICE TYPES, LOCATIONS, SCENE SELECTIONS,
NUMBER OF SWITCHING ZONES, DIMMING CAPABILITIES, WITH BUILDING
OWNER AND TENANT/OCCUPANTS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS OR ANY
ROUGH-IN.
14. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROLS FOR ALL INTERIOR LIGHTS TO BE
TURNED OFF WHEN SPACE IS SCHEDULED TO BE UNOCCUPIED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH IECC REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE MULTI-POLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH
NUMBER OF POLES SUFFICIENT FOR ALL INTERIOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS. PROVIDE
7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK ON/OFF CONTROLS WITH MANUAL
OVERRIDE SWITCH THAT WILL ALLOW LIGHTING TO REMAIN ON NO LONGER
THAN 2 HOURS AND AUTOMATIC HOLIDAY SCHEDULING FEATURE THAT WILL
TURN LIGHTS OFF FOR A 24 HOUR PERIOD. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF
OVERRIDE SWITCH LOCATION WITH OWNER. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS
REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
3 3 3
333
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% BID SET
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
Harris Kocher Smith
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
GEOTECHNICAL
Cole Garner
1070 W 124th Avenue, Ste 300
Westminster, CO 80234
ELECTRICAL
D.Keller Electrical Design
7498 W Layton Place
Littleton, CO 80123
STRUCTURAL
Cronin Engineering
6767 S Spruce Street, Ste 210
Centennial, CO 80112
MECHANICAL
MOEN Engineering
4640 N Pecos Street, Unit F
Denver, CO 80211
..\..\..\5.0 drawings\04_CD\Xref\Images\Superbloom Vector Blk Lockup_300px-01.png
06/18/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
100% Bid Set6/18/25
AMB
DMK
D.KELLER PROJECT #: DK25.032
LIGHTING PLAN
E200
Pa
g
e
8
8
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
ROTOLO PARK
PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS
Technical Specifications for Construction
Issue Date: JUNE 18, 2025
Prepared By:
SUPERBLOOM
750 Pennsylvania St.
Denver, CO 80203
Page 881 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
STAMPS & SEALS – SUPERBLOOM
Sections Covered:
31 10 00 SITE PREPARATIONS
31 20 00 EARTH MOVING
32 13 13 CONCRETE WALKS, CURBS AND MISCELLANEOUS FLATWORK
32 91 00 LANDSCAPE SYSTEMS
32 91 13 SOIL PREPARATION AND TOPSOIL
32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES
32 93 00 PLANTS
Page 882 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
STAMPS & SEALS – HydroSystemsKDI
Sections Covered:
328400 Planting Irrigation
Page 883 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
TECHNICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION/SECTION Total # Pages
DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS AND QUESTIONS 2
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 00 SUMMARY 4
01 22 00 LUMP SUM AND UNIT PRICES 3
01 23 00 ALTERNATES 5
01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 3
01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 3
01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 3
01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 7
01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 4
01 33 23 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 2
01 33 30 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 8
01 35 16 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 4
01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 6
01 42 00 REFERENCES 3
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 4
01 56 39 TEMPORARY TREE PLANTING AND PLANT PROTECTION 5
01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 5
01 73 00 EXECUTION 8
01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 3
01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 5
01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 6
01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 3
DIVISION 02
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
31 10 00 SITE PREPARATIONS 15
31 20 00 EARTH MOVING 16
DIVISION 32 – SITE IMPROVEMENTS
32 13 13 CONCRETE WALKS, CURBS AND MISCELLANEOUS FLATWORK 16
32 13 73.01 SITE CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 5
32 15 00 CRUSHER FINES PAVEMENT 9
32 84 00 IRRIGATION 18
32 91 00 LANDSCAPE SYSTEMS 12
32 91 13 SOIL PREPARATION AND TOPSOIL 12
32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES 19
32 93 00 PLANTS 32
02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 5
Page 884 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
TECHNICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS - 2
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
33 10 00 WATER UTILITIES [SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS]
33 30 00 SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES [SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS]
33 40 00 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES [SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS]
33 50 00 FUEL DISTRIBUTION UTILITIES [SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS]
33 70 00 ELECTRICAL UTILITIES [SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS]
APPENDIX
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION/EXHIBITS
Geotechnical Report (Cole Garner)
Grading, Erosion & Sediment Control (GESC) Report (HKS)
Irrigation As-Builts (City of Englewood)
Report Soils Analysis (CSU Extension)
Structural Calculations (Cronin)
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 885 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 1
SECTION 01 10 00
SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
B. RELATED REPORT DOCUMENTATION
1. Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation prepared by Cole Garner. (see Appendix).
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Access to site.
4. Coordination with occupants.
5. Work restrictions.
6. Specification and Drawing conventions.
7. Miscellaneous provisions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and
procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: Rotolo Park Updates
1. Project Location: 4401 South Huron Street Englewood, CO 80110.
B. Owner: City of Englewood 1000 Englewood Parkway Englewood, CO 80110.
1. Owner's Representative: Adrian Torres, Open Space Manager.
C. Landscape Architect: Studio Superbloom, LLC (dba “Superbloom”) 750
Pennsylvania Street, Denver, CO 80203.
Page 886 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 2
1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:
1. All work required to completely remove the identified existing improvements
and landscaping and install comfort station, hardscape, boulders and retaining
walls, log terraces, boulder seats, 4” thick concrete sidewalks, crusher fines
paths, concrete mow band, waterwise planting, xeric seeding, landscaping,
irrigation, and mulch as described in Construction Documents.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.5 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction
operations as indicated on Drawings by the Limit of Work Line and as indicated
by requirements of this Section.
B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Limit of Work Line
indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the
Work is indicated.
1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving
premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency
vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of
materials. The use of the City of Englewood’s rights-of-way for the purpose of
staging or storage is strictly forbidden.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by
construction operations.
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage
of materials and equipment on-site.
C. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds,
landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations per all
applicable City of Englewood standards and requirements.
1.6 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire
construction period, with the exception of areas under construction.
Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts
Page 887 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 3
and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with
Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied
or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other
occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and
authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide not less than 48 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect
Owner's operations.
3. Provide notification of all adjacent property owners of any road closure or
parking restrictions that impacts the adjacent properties. Notification shall
include a description of the work, the times and duration that the closure or
restrictions will be in effect, along with the company name and emergency
contact number.
1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Construction fencing, including gates shall not encroach or open into the public
right of way.
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 8
a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Weekend Hours: Weekend work will only be allowed with Owner permission
and shall be requested a minimum of 48 hours prior to desired work times.
C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving
facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under
the following conditions and then only after providing
temporary utility services according to requirements
indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility
interruptions.
D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may
result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other
disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed
disruptive operations.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive
Page 888 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SUMMARY
01 10 00 - 4
operations.
1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain
conventions for the style of language and the intended
meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are
generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall,"
"shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the
context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a
sentence or phrase.
2. Specification requirements are to be performed by
Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.
B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections
in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the
Specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 10 00
Page 889 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
LUMP SUM AND UNIT PRICES
01 22 00 - 1
SECTION 01 22 00
LUMP SUM AND UNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes Pay Item descriptions for measurement and payment of Work
completed.
B. Related Requirements:
a. Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for
submitting and handling Change Orders.
b. Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements" for field testing by an independent
testing agency.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. General:
a. NOTE: The Pay Item descriptions listed herein are hypothetical and will vary
with each project. Do not prepare pay estimates based on these descriptions.
b. All measurements and payments will be based on work completed in strict
accordance with the Drawings and specifications for the project.
c. The method of measurement and basis of payment described are for the work
itemized in the Bid Form and in the sections of the specifications. Items may
include work within a single section or in more than one section.
d. See the General Conditions for additional information pertaining to
measurement and payment. This section is intended to supplement the
General and Special Conditions.
B. Measurement:
a. Unless otherwise specified, all longitudinal measurements will be made
horizontally, and computations will be based on the dimensions shown on
drawings and details. No measurement will be made by weight tickets.
b. Quantities will be rounded off to the nearest whole number.
c. The Contractor shall, in the presence of the Owner, verify all measu rements
and quantities required for payment by the unit price method.
d. Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel
as required for measurements.
C. Units:
a. Measured by Lump Sum or Per Each: Item inclusion as specified by the bid
item description.
b. Measurement by Volumes: Measurement by cubic dimension using mean
length, width and height or thickness. Longitudinal measurements will be made
horizontally.
c. Measurements by Area: Measured by square dimensions using mean length
and width or radius, measured horizontally.
Page 890 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
LUMP SUM AND UNIT PRICES
01 22 00 - 2
d. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension at the item centerline
or mean chord.
D. Payment:
a. Payment for work listed as lump sum bid items completed under this contract
shall be paid for on a lump sum fixed price basis for percent complete of work
at time of pay request.
b. Lump Sum Bid prices, as quoted in the Bid Schedule, shall constitute full
compensation for labor, materials, equipment, rentals, disposal, overhead,
profit and incidentals to complete all work for each pay item and for all risk,
loss, damage, or expense of whatever nature arising from the nature of the
work or prosecution thereof.
c. Work or materials that are essential to the work, but for which there are no pay
items, will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in
other items of work.
d. Final payment for work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of
the measurements and quantities accepted by the Project Manager multiplied
by the unit price for work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the
Work.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Lump sum prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery/disposal,
installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that
requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit
prices are specified in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that
involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's
expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.
D. Schedule of Values: Requirements for a schedule of values is included in Part 3.
Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials
described under each unit price.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. This Section includes requirements for preparing and submitting the Schedule of
Values. The Schedule of Values will be built upon a breakdown of the Work using
specification sections and milestones. The Work also includes the preparing and
submitting of updated copies of the Schedule of Values if the Schedule of Values is
affected by change orders.
a. Within fourteen (14) calendar days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed, the
Contractor shall submit the Schedule of Values including the Schedule of
Stored Material if applicable. The Schedule of Values and Schedule of Stored
Material used to prepare the work/cost breakdown for the Schedule of Values
Page 891 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
LUMP SUM AND UNIT PRICES
01 22 00 - 3
will be used for the Contractor’s billings.
b. Any contract allowances shall be included in the Schedule of Values.
Expenditure of allowances shall be done through the use of the Allowance
Authorization form. Use of this form does not increase or decrease the
contract value.
3.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Allowance: A monetary amount specified and included in the construction contract
for a certain item of work whose details are not yet determined at the time of
contracting.
3.3 SUBMITTAL
A. The Schedule of Values shall be submitted in a format approved by the Owner.
B. The Schedule of Values shall identify each item of work. Work items in the Schedule
of Values shall represent all work and shall be referenced with the Technical
Specifications section numbers, specification subparagraph, specification section
title and the bid item number used for the Schedule of Prices and Quantities when
applicable. The Schedule of Values shall address the subcontractor, fabricator or
supplier furnishing the materials and or labor for each work item.
C. Upon request by the Owner, the Contractor shall support values given with the data
which will substantiate the correctness of the values.
D. The Schedule of Values will be utilized on a Lump Sum Bid to determine change
order costs.
3.4 PREPARING SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Breakdown of the items used in the Schedule of Values shall include costs as follows:
a. Delivered cost of product with applicable taxes paid.
b. Total installation cost with overhead and profit.
c. Breakdown costs of each lump sum item with a list of products and major
operations for which the Contractor seeks to receive progress payments
to recover his costs for that bid Item.
END OF SECTION 01 22 00
Page 892 of 1257
100% Bid Set
June 18, 2025
ROTOLO PARK
Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
ALTERNATES
01 23 00 - 1
SECTION 01 23 00
ALTERNATES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
z
A. A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work
defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid
amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of
construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation
methods described in the Contract Documents.
1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the
Agreement.
2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the
Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made
to the Contract Sum.
1.04 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate
work of the alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as
part of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated revisions to
alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
Page 893 of 1257
100% Bid Set
June 18, 2025
ROTOLO PARK
Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
ALTERNATES
01 23 00 - 2
D. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
work described under each alternate.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. 1: Accessible Ramp and Crosswalk at W Stanford Dr Entrance
a. Base Bid: No improvements at the W Stanford Dr entrance.
b. Alternate: Alternate (Add): Provide new accessible ramps and a crosswalk connection
across W Stanford Dr. This alternate includes:
• Preliminary engineering layout for the crosswalk and ramp connection,
included in the bid set for pricing reference only. This work was not included
in the original project scope or design fees.
• If selected, the City shall be responsible for direct payment of final survey and
engineering design services, to be billed separately by the engineering
consultant.
• Design fees for this alternate will appear as a fixed-cost line item in the bid
tab, as provided by the Engineer of Record.
• Construction costs for this alternate shall be included in the contractor’s bid
as a separate, fixed-cost line item, inclusive of all labor, materials, and related
work required to complete the improvements.
• Final design and construction documents will be issued upon City
authorization to proceed with this alternate.
B. Alternate No. 2: Ramble Overlook
a. Base Bid: Provide crusher fines path, stone steps, and boulders at the Ramble
Overlook, as shown in the Drawings.
b. Alternate (Deduct): Omit crusher fines, stone steps, and boulders at the Ramble
Overlook. Add: Live plantings in 4" containers at 18" O.C. spacing, with associated
irrigation. Planting layout shall respond to site grades and integrate with adjacent
landscape character.
C. Alternate No. 3: Ramble Connector
a. Base Bid: Provide 4' wide Ramble Path with crusher fines, stone steps, and integrated
boulders, as shown in the Drawings.
b. Alternate: Omit the crusher fines path, stone steps, and boulders at the Ramble
Connector.
Add: Live plantings in 4" containers at 18" O.C. spacing, with associated irrigation
system. Planting and irrigation layout to be coordinated with adjacent grades and
design intent.
Page 894 of 1257
100% Bid Set
June 18, 2025
ROTOLO PARK
Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
ALTERNATES
01 23 00 - 3
D. Alternate No. 4: Concrete Paving at Restroom
a. Base Bid: Provide new ADA-compliant concrete paving at the restroom area, as shown
in the Drawings.
b. Alternate: Omit new ADA-compliant paving in this area. Retain the existing non-ADA-
compliant concrete sidewalk at the restroom.
Add: Contractor shall install a new expansion joint at the interface with existing paving
and construct a transition paving segment from the existing walk to the comfort
station, as shown in the Drawings.
E. Alternate No. 5: Terraced Stone Seating
a. Base Bid: No stone seating to be installed near the detention pond area. Limit of Work
remains as shown in the Drawings.
b. Alternate: Add terraced stone seating (approx. 86 linear feet) near the detention pond
area, including all associated irrigation adjustments and sod repair, as shown on Sheet
L1.01 and Detail 2, Sheet L6.02. Contractor shall adjust the Limit of Work accordingly to
accommodate this scope.
F. Alternate No. 6: Material Selection of Western Retaining Wall
a. Base Bid: Contractor shall furnish and install a boulder retaining wall in the landscape,
as shown on Sheets L2.01 and L2.02, and Detail 2 on Sheet L6.03.
b. Alternate A: Redi-Rock Wall System (Delegated Design)
In lieu of the Base Bid boulder retaining wall, provide a Redi-Rock “Kingstone”
retaining wall system, color: Rustico, as shown on the Grading Plans. Wall shall be
designed for site conditions and intended public park use.
• Delegated Design: Contractor shall submit a complete Redi-Rock wall
design prepared and stamped by a licensed professional engineer. Design
shall include block layout, foundation and subgrade preparation, drainage,
and any required reinforcement or geogrid.
• Performance Requirements:
• Wall shall not exceed design height shown in plans and must resist
anticipated soil and surcharge loads.
• Color and finish shall match “Rustico” as manufactured by Redi-
Rock.
• Submittals: Submit manufacturer product data, design calculations,
drawings, and installation procedures for review and approval prior to
construction.
• Appurtenances: Include all necessary components and accessories such as
drainage pipe, gravel, geotextile, leveling pad, and connection systems
required for a complete installation.
OR
c. Alternate B (Optional Alternate): Gabion Wall System (Delegated Design)
In lieu of the Base Bid boulder retaining wall, provide a gabion retaining wall system.
Wall shall be suitable for public park use and designed to meet all structural,
durability, and safety requirements.
• Delegated Design: Contractor shall submit a complete gabion wall design
Page 895 of 1257
100% Bid Set
June 18, 2025
ROTOLO PARK
Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
ALTERNATES
01 23 00 - 4
prepared and stamped by a licensed professional engineer. Design shall
include basket system, stone fill specifications, foundation preparation, and
drainage requirements.
• Performance Requirements:
• Wall shall not exceed design height shown in plans and must resist
anticipated soil and surcharge loads.
• System shall use welded wire baskets with corrosion protection
appropriate for permanent outdoor exposure.
• Design must address public safety (no sharp edges, openings ≤ 4",
etc.).
• Submittals: Submit product data, design calculations, drawings, and
installation procedures for review and approval prior to construction.
Mockup may be required at Owner’s discretion.
• Aesthetic Requirements: Stone fill shall be locally sourced where possible,
tightly packed and visually consistent.
G. Alternate No. 7: Warranty Period
a. Base Bid: 12 Month Warranty Period for Plants, Turfs and Grasses after Substantial
Completion.
b. Alternate: 24 Month Warranty Period for Plants, Turfs and Grasses after
Substantial Completion.
H. Alternate No. 8: Maintenance Period
a. Base Bid: 12 Month Maintenance Period for Plants, Turfs and Grasses after
Substantial Completion.
b. Alternate: 24 Month Maintenance Period for Plants, Turfs and Grasses after
Substantial Completion.
I. Alternate No. 9: New irrigation at Detention Pond Area
a. Base Bid: No improvements to the existing irrigation system at the
detention pond area (±2.50 acres). Existing system to remain in place and
unmodified.
b. Alternate: Replace and upgrade the existing irrigation system serving the
detention pond area (±2.50 acres) with a new system designed and
installed under a delegated design scope.
i. Delegated Design: Contractor shall engage a qualified irrigation designer to
assess the existing system and provide a complete replacement design. The
new system shall tie into the base bid irrigation infrastructure and controller,
unless otherwise directed.
ii. Submittals: Submit irrigation design drawings, phasing and connection plan, and
product data for all proposed components (heads, valves, pipe, wiring, etc.).
Design shall address:
1. Full-zone coverage of the ±2.50 acre area
2. Compatibility with controller and water source
Page 896 of 1257
100% Bid Set
June 18, 2025
ROTOLO PARK
Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
ALTERNATES
01 23 00 - 5
3. Code compliance and water efficiency
4. Decommissioning and removal of obsolete components
iii. Performance Requirements:
1. New system must ensure uniform coverage with matched precipitation
rates
2. All components shall meet current manufacturer and industry durability
standards suitable for public park use
3. Final as-built drawings and controller program settings to be submitted
at closeout
J. Alternate No. 10: Utility Meter Pedestal
a. Base Bid: Reuse the existing Xcel meter pedestal to serve the new
comfort station, pending utility provider approval.
b. Alternate: Provide and install a new utility meter pedestal if the existing
service is deemed insufficient by the utility provider. Installation shall
include all associated trenching, conduit, wiring, grounding, and
coordination with Xcel Energy for service activation.
END OF SECTION 01 23 00
Page 897 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 1
SECTION 01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
B. Related Requirements:
a. Section 01 60 00 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting
comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by
Contractor.
a. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required
due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product,
regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.
b. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner
that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may
offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration.
Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include
Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
a. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:
i. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or
installation method cannot be provided, if applicable.
ii. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions
needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by
Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to
accommodate proposed substitution.
iii. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions
with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable
Specification Section.
iv. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance,
weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics,
warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate
deviations, if any, from the Work specified.
v. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
vi. Samples, where applicable or requested.
vii. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
viii. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names
Page 898 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 2
and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and
owners.
ix. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and
interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
x. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract
Sum.
xi. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with
requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in
substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is
appropriate for applications indicated.
xii. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed
substitution to produce indicated results.
B. Owners Action: If necessary, Owner will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for
substitution. Owner will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed
substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of
additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Use product specified if Owner does not issue a decision on use of a
proposed substitution within time allocated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed
substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency
to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the
approved substitutions.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of
need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and
review of related submittals.
a. Conditions: Owner will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Owner will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance
with these requirements:
i. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and
will produce indicated results.
ii. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
iii. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's
construction schedule.
iv. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of
authorities having jurisdiction.
v. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
vi. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of
the Work.
vii. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
viii. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
Page 899 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
01 25 00 - 3
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Owner will consider requests for substitution if
received within 10 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that
time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Owner.
a. Conditions: Owner will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Owner will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance
with these requirements:
i. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost,
time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting
additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional
responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign
and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by
Owner, and similar considerations.
ii. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the
Contract Documents.
iii. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and
will produce indicated results.
iv. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
v. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's
construction schedule.
vi. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of
authorities having jurisdiction.
vii. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
viii. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of
the Work.
ix. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
x. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 – EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 25 00
Page 900 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 1
SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes Pay Item descriptions for measurement and payment of Work
completed.
B. Related Requirements:
a. Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for
submitting and handling Change Orders.
b. Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements" for field testing by an independent
testing agency.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. General:
a. NOTE: The Pay Item descriptions listed herein are hypothetical and will vary
with each project. Do not prepare pay estimates based on these descriptions.
b. All measurements and payments will be based on work completed in strict
accordance with the Drawings and specifications for the project.
c. The method of measurement and basis of payment described are for the work
itemized in the Bid Form and in the sections of the specifications. Items may
include work within a single section or in more than one section.
d. See the General Conditions for additional information pertaining to
measurement and payment. This section is intended to supplement the
General and Special Conditions.
B. Measurement:
a. Unless otherwise specified, all longitudinal measurements will be made
horizontally, and computations will be based on the dimensions shown on
drawings and details. No measurement will be made by weight tickets.
b. Quantities will be rounded off to the nearest whole number.
c. The Contractor shall, in the presence of the Owner, verify all measu rements
and quantities required for payment by the unit price method.
d. Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel
as required for measurements.
C. Units:
a. Measured by Lump Sum or Per Each: Item inclusion as specified by the bid
item description.
b. Measurement by Volumes: Measurement by cubic dimension using mean
length, width and height or thickness. Longitudinal measurements will be made
horizontally.
c. Measurements by Area: Measured by square dimensions using mean length
and width or radius, measured horizontally.
d. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension at the item centerline
or mean chord.
Page 901 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 2
D. Payment:
a. Payment for work listed as lump sum bid items completed under this contract
shall be paid for on a lump sum fixed price basis for percent complete of work
at time of pay request.
b. Lump Sum Bid prices, as quoted in the Bid Schedule, shall constitute full
compensation for labor, materials, equipment, rentals, disposal, overhead,
profit and incidentals to complete all work for each pay item and for all risk,
loss, damage, or expense of whatever nature arising from the nature of the
work or prosecution thereof.
c. Work or materials that are essential to the work, but for which there are no pay
items, will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in
other items of work.
d. Final payment for work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of
the measurements and quantities accepted by the Project Manager multiplied
by the unit price for work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the
Work.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Lump sum prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery/disposal,
installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that
requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit
prices are specified in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that
involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's
expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.
D. Schedule of Values: Requirements for a schedule of values is included in Part 3.
Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials
described under each unit price.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. This Section includes requirements for preparing and submitting the Schedule of
Values. The Schedule of Values will be built upon a breakdown of the Work using
specification sections and milestones. The Work also includes the preparing and
submitting of updated copies of the Schedule of Values if the Schedule of Values is
affected by change orders.
a. Within fourteen (14) calendar days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed, the
Contractor shall submit the Schedule of Values including the Schedule of
Stored Material if applicable. The Schedule of Values and Schedule of Stored
Material used to prepare the work/cost breakdown for the Schedule of Values
will be used for the Contractor’s billings.
b. Any contract allowances shall be included in the Schedule of Values.
Expenditure of allowances shall be done through the use of the Allowance
Authorization form. Use of this form does not increase or decrease the
contract value.
Page 902 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 3
3.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Allowance: A monetary amount specified and included in the construction contract
for a certain item of work whose details are not yet determined at the time of
contracting.
3.3 SUBMITTAL
A. The Schedule of Values shall be submitted in a format approved by the Owner.
B. The Schedule of Values shall identify each item of work. Work items in the Schedule
of Values shall represent all work and shall be referenced with the Technical
Specifications section numbers, specification subparagraph, specification section
title and the bid item number used for the Schedule of Prices and Quantities when
applicable. The Schedule of Values shall address the subcontractor, fabricator or
supplier furnishing the materials and or labor for each work item.
C. Upon request by the Owner, the Contractor shall support values given with the data
which will substantiate the correctness of the values.
D. The Schedule of Values will be utilized on a Lump Sum Bid to determine change
order costs.
3.4 PREPARING SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Breakdown of the items used in the Schedule of Values shall include costs as follows:
a. Delivered cost of product with applicable taxes paid.
b. Total installation cost with overhead and profit.
c. Breakdown costs of each lump sum item with a list of products and major
operations for which the Contractor seeks to receive progress payments to
recover his costs for that bid Item.
END OF SECTION 01 22 00
Page 903 of 1257
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
B.Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 22 00 "Lump Sum and Unit Prices" for administrative requirements
governing the use of unit prices.
2. Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures
for handling changes to the Contract.
3. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative
requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's
construction schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS (Not used)
1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A.Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent
with previous applications and payments as certified by Owner and paid for by Owner.
B.Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Owner by the 20th of the
month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is from the 15th of one calendar
month to the next consecutive 15th of following calendar month.
1. Other Application for Payment forms proposed by the Contractor shall be acceptable
to Owner. Submit forms for approval with initial submittal of schedule of values.
C.Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Owner will return incomplete
applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction
schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment,
whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed
at time of Application for Payment.
Page 904 of 1257
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before
last day of construction period covered by application.
4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project
acceleration.
D.Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or
equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between
items stored on-site and items stored off-site.
1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of
surety to payment for stored materials.
2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid
invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not
include overhead and profit on stored materials.
3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of
previous Applications for Payment.
b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous
Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for
Payment.
c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment
and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.
E.Transmittal: Submit one signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment
to Owner by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours and shall include waivers of lien and
similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application.
F.Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of values.
3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).
G.Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Owner issues the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion
for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously
for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
H.Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final
Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously
submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
Page 905 of 1257
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 29 00-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and
proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 29 00
Page 906 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1.General coordination procedures.
2.Coordination drawings.
3.RFIs.
4.Digital project management procedures.
5.Project meetings.
B. Related Requirements:
1.Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and
submitting Contractor's construction schedule.
2.Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control
points.
3.Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Landscape Architect, or Contractor
seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for
each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment
fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1.Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing
subcontract or supplying products.
2.Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3.Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
B.Key Personnel Names: Within 5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key
personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at
Project
Page 907 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular
telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to
Project.
1. Post copies of list in prominent location on the job site. Keep list current at all times.
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A.Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components,
before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and
accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B.Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
C.Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly
progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.6 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A.General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or
interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the
form specified.
1. Owner will return without response those RFIs submitted to Owner by other entities
controlled by Contractor.
Page 908 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in
Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B.Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or
interpretation and the following:
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Landscape Architect and Owner.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts
the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data,
Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully
describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of
affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C.RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above,
acceptable to Owner.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.
D.Owner Action: Owner will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow
seven working days for Owner’s response for each RFI. RFIs received by Owner after 1:00 p.m.
will be considered as received the following working day.
1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods.
d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the
Contract Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Owner's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Owner's
time for response will date from time of receipt by Owner of additional information.
3. Owner's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract
Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to
Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures."
Page 909 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-4
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
the Contract Sum, notify Owner in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI
response.
E.RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log Monthly. Include the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Owner and Landscape Architect
4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Owner’s response was received.
F.On receipt of Owner’s action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response
to affected parties. Review response and notify Owner within five days if Contractor
disagrees with response.
1.7 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A.Use of Landscape Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's CAD drawings
will be provided by Landscape Architect for Contractor's use during construction.
1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop
Drawings, and Project record Drawings.
2. Landscape Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or
completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings.
3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in AutoCAD 2017.
B.PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Owner, prepare as
follows:
1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating
submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links
enabling navigation to each item.
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required,
provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.
1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS
A.General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner of scheduled meeting dates
and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
Page 910 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-5
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions
and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned,
including Owner within three days of the meeting. Unless otherwise agreed upon in
writing, it is assumed that the Contractor is responsible for preparing and distributing
meeting minutes.
B.Preconstruction Conference: Owner will schedule and conduct a preconstruction
conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner but no later than 30
days after execution of the Agreement.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and their consultants; Contractor and
its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall
attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of communications.
g. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
h. Procedures for RFIs.
i. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
k. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
l. Submittal procedures.
m. Preparation of Record Documents.
n. Use of the premises.
o. Work restrictions.
p. Working hours.
q. Owner's occupancy requirements.
r. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
t. Construction waste management and recycling.
u. Parking availability.
v. Work, and storage areas.
w. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
x. First aid.
y. Security.
z. Progress cleaning.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting
minutes.
C.Project Closeout Conference: Owner will schedule and conduct a project closeout
conference, at a time convenient to Owner but no later than 5 days from the notice of
Substantial Completion by the Contractor.
Page 911 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-6
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project
closeout.
2.
3. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and their consultants; Contractor and
its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall
attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
4. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout,
including the following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
b. Procedures required for Substantial Completion and for final inspection
for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site
data files.
d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data.
f. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts.
g. Requirements for demonstration and training.
h. Review of Contractor's prepared punch list.
i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion
and for final payment.
j. Submittal procedures.
k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
l. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.
5. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
D.Progress Meetings: Owner will conduct progress meetings on an as needed basis.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, each contractor, subcontractor,
supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning,
coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind
schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how
construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from
parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to
ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the
Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
Page 912 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-7
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site use.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Progress cleaning.
10) Quality and work standards.
11) Status of correction of deficient items.
12) Field observations.
13) Status of RFIs.
14) Status of Proposal Requests.
15) Pending changes.
16) Status of Change Orders.
17) Pending claims and disputes.
18) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute
the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.
.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 31 00
Page 913 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 32 00 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress
of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1.Startup construction schedule.
2.Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3.Construction schedule updating reports.
4.Daily construction reports.
5.Site condition reports.
6.Unusual event reports.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring,
and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule
consume time and resources.
1.Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.
2.Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3.Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an
activity as scheduled.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:
1.Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.
2.PDF file.
B. Startup construction schedule.
C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire
schedule for entire construction period.
Page 914 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
D. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.
E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals or upon Owners request.
F. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.
G. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, submittal
schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.
1.Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities
involved.
2.Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequence.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that
has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date
of Substantial Completion.
1.Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows
an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element
of the Work. Comply with the following:
1.Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long
lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate
activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to,
submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
a.Picnic Shelter
b.Site Furnishings
c.Restroom
2.Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section
01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule.
3.Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Owner’s administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including,
but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion.
Page 915 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur
or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:
1.Unresolved issues.
2.Unanswered Requests for Information.
3.Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4.Notations on returned submittals.
5.Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time.
F. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each
scheduled progress meeting.
1.Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of
each such meeting.
2.Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3.As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.
G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days
behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating
means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes
to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and
date by which recovery will be accomplished.
H. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, separate contractors, testing
and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know
schedule responsibility.
1.When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties. Delete
parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work
and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
1.7 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-
type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 5 days of date established for the Notice to
Proceed.
1.Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information
received since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday
of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1.8 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
Page 916 of 1257
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 00-4
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
1.List of subcontractors at Project site.
2.List of separate contractors at Project site.
3.Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4.Equipment at Project site.
5.Material deliveries.
6.High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of
rain or snow.
7.Testing and inspection.
8.Accidents.
9.Meetings and significant decisions.
10.Unusual events.
11.Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
12.Meter readings and similar recordings.
13.Emergency procedures.
14.Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
15.Change Orders received and implemented.
16.Services connected and disconnected.
17.Equipment or system tests and startups.
18.Partial completions and occupancies.
19.Substantial Completions authorized.
B. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project
site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List
chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of
results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these
events are known or predictable.
1.Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an
occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3
- EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 32 00
Page 917 of 1257
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01 32 33-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 32 33 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1.Preconstruction photographs.
2.Periodic construction photographs.
3.Final completion construction photographs.
B.Related Requirements:
1.Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic
documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout.
2.Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before
selective demolition operations commence.
3.Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for photographic documentation before site
clearing operations commence.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three days of taking photographs.
1.Submit photos on CD-ROM, thumb-drive, or internet based secure web link.
1.4 FORMATS AND MEDIA
A.Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with
minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by
2400 pixels. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions.
B.Metadata: Record accurate date and time and GPS location data from camera.
C.File Names: Name media files with date Project area and sequential numbering suffix.
D.Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take photographs of Project site
and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from
different vantage points, as directed by Owner.
Page 918 of 1257
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01 32 33-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.
2. Take photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before
starting the Work.
3. Take photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to
accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.
4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of
adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements.
E. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take photographs coinciding with the cutoff date
associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of
construction and progress since last photographs were taken.
F. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take photographs after date of Substantial
Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Owner will inform photographer of
desired vantage points.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3
- EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 32 33
Page 919 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Submittal schedule requirements.
2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and
the schedule of values.
2. Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination
drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software.
3. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and
reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.
4. Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting preconstruction
photographs, periodic construction photographs, and final completion construction
photographs.
5. Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and
schedule of tests and inspections.
6. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and
maintenance material submittals.
7. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
8. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record
Specifications, and record Product Data.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Owner’s
responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification
Sections as "action submittals."
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not
require Owner's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with
requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual
Specification Sections as "informational submittals."
Page 920 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in
chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for
review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include
additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Owner and
additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and
Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and
timing for submittals.
3. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal Category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Owner's final release or approval.
1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Owner.
4. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section
number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for
resubmittals.
5. Category and type of submittal.
6. Submittal purpose and description.
7. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name
for each of multiple items.
8. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
9. Indication of full or partial submittal.
10. Remarks.
11. Signature of transmitter.
B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Owner.
Page 921 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from
requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include
relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Owner on
previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate
sheet.
1. Transmittal for Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for
transmittal and handling.
D. PDF Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into
each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number.
1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of
submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1. Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package, and transmit to Owner by sending via email.
Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line as requested by
Owner.
a. Owner will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital
Project Record Document file.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery,
other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently
unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal
schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same
Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.
Time for review shall commence on Owner's receipt of submittal. No extension of the
Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance
of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if
coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner will advise Contractor
when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner
as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
Page 922 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-4
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent
of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Owner's action
stamp.
E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance
of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final
action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Owner's action stamp.
1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published
data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying
Shop Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
Page 923 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-5
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
C. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance
of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
D. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final
action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Owner's action stamp.
1.8 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published
data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying
Shop Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include
the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
Page 924 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-6
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other materials.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories
together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes
the following:
a. Project name and submittal number.
b. Generic description of Sample.
c. Product name and name of manufacturer.
d. Sample source.
e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.
f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.
3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample
characteristics, and identification information for record.
4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may
be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified,
and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full
range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to,
the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or
containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches
showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for
independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Owner will retain one Sample
sets; remainder will be returned.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are
to be demonstrated.
D. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses,
contact information of Owners and owners, and other information specified.
E. Certificates:
1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature
of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated.
2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where
required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
Page 925 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-7
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and
personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of
Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms.
Include names of firms and personnel certified.
F. Test and Research Reports:
1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests
performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers
and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field
tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its
final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for
compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed
before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the
Contract Documents.
5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced
by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports
on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing
agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
1.9 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria
indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit
a written request for additional information to Owner.
1.10 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for
coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract
Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before
submitting to Owner.
Page 926 of 1257
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 00-8
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform
approval stamp. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement
certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the
Contract Documents.
1. Owner will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have
Contractor's review and approval.
1.11 OWNER'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals: Owner will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions
required, and return it.
1. PDF Submittals: Owner will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the
appropriate action.
2. Paper Submittals: Owner will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark
stamp appropriately to indicate action.
B. Informational Submittals: Owner will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return
it if it does not comply with requirements. Owner will forward each submittal to appropriate
party.
C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial
submittals has received prior approval from Owner.
D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
returned for resubmittal without review.
E. Owner will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Owner without action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3
- EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 33 00
Page 927 of 1257
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 35 16 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes special procedures for alteration work.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alteration Work: This term includes remodeling, renovation, repair, and maintenance work
performed within existing spaces or on existing surfaces as part of the Project.
B. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.
C. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Owner's prebid selection of work to
be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project.
D. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle
methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items
unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material
type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by Owner.
F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original,
or as otherwise indicated.
G. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes.
This includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or
upgrading materials.
H. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is
the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.
I. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated.
J. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either the
same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.
K. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.
Page 928 of 1257
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
L. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their
contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value
to Owner that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of whether they
were previously documented, remain Owner's property.
1. Carefully dismantle and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage
and protect it from damage, then promptly deliver it to Owner where directed at
Project site.
1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS
A. Salvaged Materials:
1. Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged items unless more extensive cleaning
is indicated.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning; cushion against damage during handling.
Label contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
B. Salvaged Materials for Reinstallation:
1. Repair and clean items for reuse as indicated.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during
handling. Label contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections, supports,
and miscellaneous materials to make items functional for use indicated.
C. Existing Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and
soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Owner, items may be dismantled and
taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction work and reinstalled in
their original locations after alteration and other construction work in the vicinity is complete.
D. Storage: Catalog and store items within a weathertight enclosure where they are protected
from moisture, weather, condensation, and freezing temperatures.
1. Identify each item for reinstallation with a nonpermanent mark to document its original
location. Indicate original locations on plans, elevations, sections, or photographs by
annotating the identifying marks.
2. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.
3. Control humidity so that it does not exceed 85 percent. Maintain temperatures 5 deg F
or more above the dew point.
Page 929 of 1257
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions that affect the Work by use of
preconstruction photographs.
1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation."
B. Discrepancies: Notify Owner of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings
before proceeding with removal and dismantling work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used) PART
3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces, plants, and surrounding buildings from
harm resulting from alteration work.
1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface
being protected.
2. Contain dust and debris generated by alteration work, and prevent it from reaching
the public or adjacent surfaces.
3. Protect surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and staining.
B. Temporary Protection of Materials to Remain:
1. Protect existing materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not
remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated.
2. Do not attach temporary protection to existing surfaces except as indicated as part of
the alteration work program.
C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and
precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and
adjacent materials, components, and vegetation.
D. Utility and Communications Services:
1. Notify Owner, Owner, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or controlling
wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by alteration work before
commencing operations.
2. Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having jurisdiction,
as required for alteration work.
3. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect
against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during interruptions to
existing utilities.
Page 930 of 1257
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
01 35 16-4
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
3.2 GENERAL ALTERATION WORK
A. Have specialty work performed only by qualified specialists.
B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress.
C. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress during
the work. Use digital preconstruction documentation photographs. Comply with
requirements in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation."
D. Perform surveys of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from
alterations.
E. Notify Owner of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether from
environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing or
from structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.
1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Owner.
END OF SECTION 01 35 16
Page 931 of 1257
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified
or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with
the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results
are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual
Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-
assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract
Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services
required by Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this
Section.
4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further
described means having successfully completed a minimum of three previous projects similar
in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated;
and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation
of the Work and for completed Work.
C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that
certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or
that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
Page 932 of 1257
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before
products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance
with specified criteria.
E. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing
laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to
NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency
qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to
establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.
F. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for
example, plant, mill, factory, or shop.
G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
H. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that
proposed construction will comply with requirements.
I. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and
completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do
not include contract administration activities performed by Owner.
1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria
indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,
submit a written request for additional information to Owner.
1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or
requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or
conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most
stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal,
to Owner for direction before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be
the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the
minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as
appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Owner for a decision
before proceeding.
Page 933 of 1257
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Delegated-Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other
required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be certified
by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with
performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used
in performing these services.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a
recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
B. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified.
C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for
compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other
Sections. Include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing
and inspection.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies
with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels
required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
Page 934 of 1257
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00-4
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar
to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure
products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty
requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or
assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose
work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance as
outlined in City of Englewood Contract documents.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material,
design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the
experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented
according to ASTM E329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections;
and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect
installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those
indicated for this Project.
1.10 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's
responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are
engaged to perform.
2. Payment for these services will be made by Owner
3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by
work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are
Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or
not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those
required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of
Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
Page 935 of 1257
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00-5
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed
to in writing by Owner.
3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that
requires testing or inspection will be performed.
4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit
a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the
Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and
reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract
Documents.
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Owner and Contractor in performance of
duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Owner and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the
Work during performance of its services.
2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ
tests are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested
and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform duties of Contractor.
E. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical
representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's
services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and
conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed
portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.
F. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing
required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable
auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit
assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing
and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
Page 936 of 1257
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 40 00-6
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance
and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar
quality- control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit
concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update as the Work progresses.
1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, testing agencies, and each party involved in
performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3
- EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
1. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Owner.
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test
and inspection log for Owner's reference during normal working hours.
1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched
areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as
invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and
patching in Section 01 73 00 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01 40 00
Page 937 of 1257
REFERENCES
01 42 00-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Owner's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,
and requests, "approved" is limited to Owner's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Owner. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to
dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project
site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on
which Project is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as
if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
Page 938 of 1257
REFERENCES
01 42 00-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in
Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia
Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States."
B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de.
2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials;
www.iapmo.org.
3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.
4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.
C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract
Documents.
1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.
2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.
3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and
Technology; www.nist.gov.
4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.
6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.
7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.
8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.
10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.
11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies
Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov.
12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.
13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.
14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research
Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org.
15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity
Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.
16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.
17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of
Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.
18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org.
19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.
Page 939 of 1257
REFERENCES
01 42 00-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3
- EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 00
Page 940 of 1257
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00-1
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" for disposal of ground water at Project site.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included
in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project
to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's
construction forces, Owner, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is
available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections
and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is
available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections
and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging
areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction
personnel.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
Page 941 of 1257
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00-2
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link
fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-
OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top and bottom
rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts.
B. NOTE: Contractor to furnish Construction Fencing. Owner to provide tree protection
fencing. Contractor to contact Owner a minimum of 72 hours in advance of desired date for
installation of tree protection fencing.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by
locations and classes of fire exposures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL
A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration
given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities
to minimize waste.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the
Work.
1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary."
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities
are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
Page 942 of 1257
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00-3
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved
areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within
construction limits indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment
as required to minimize dust.
B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.
D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
E. Project Signs: Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and
individuals seeking entrance to Project.
2. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times.
F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19
"Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and
equipment" and not temporary facilities.
3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities,
and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated
to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing
facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property
for that purpose.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible
air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
Page 943 of 1257
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00-4
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements specified in
Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing."
D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff
of stormwater from heavy rains.
E. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 56 39
"Temporary Tree and Plant Protection."
F. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure
fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As indicated on Drawings.
3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and
protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage.
1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating
water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work.
2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive
materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water
from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried
sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.
3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work.
3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
END OF SECTION 01 50 00
Page 944 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 1
SECTION 32 93 00
PLANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Examine All Drawings and other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein
affecting the work of this trade.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Woody plants, Balled & Burlapped and Containerized.
2. Herbaceous plants, Pots.
3. Mulch.
4. Plant Anchoring Systems.
5. Warranty.
6. Post-Installation maintenance.
7. Coordination with other trades.
B. The following items of Related Work are specified in the other Documents and Sections:
1. Division 01 Section “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control”.
2. Division 31 Section “Clearing and Grubbing”.
3. Division 31 Section “Earth Moving”.
4. Division 32 Section “Soil Preparations and Topsoil”
5. Division 32 Section “Turf and Grasses”.
6. Division 32 Section “Plants”.
7. Division 32 Section “Irrigation”.
8. CSU Soil Testing Lab Report (dated 05/23/2025 by Colorado State University SPUR
Campus) for existing soil analysis.
9. Geotechnical Engineering Report – Rotolo Park Improvements, Issued June 11, 2025
and Prepared by Cole Garner Geotechnical.
C. PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1. `Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
Page 945 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide for each element of construction listed.
1. Plant Anchoring Systems.
2. Soil Testing, if required. See Section 1.11 in this Specification.
3. Fertilizer, if required. See Section 2.8 in this Specification. Product label, Safety Data
Sheet (SDS) labels and manufacturer's application instructions specific to Project.
4. Pesticides and Herbicides, if required. See Section 2.9 in this Specification. Product
label, Safety Data Sheet (SDS) labels and manufacturer's application instructions
specific to Project.
B. Product Certificates: For Pesticides and Herbicides.
1. Manufacturer's certified analysis of standard products.
2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods
established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable.
C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
D. Material Samples: Provide for each element of construction listed.
1. Mulch: At least three pint-bags of each type of mulch specified herein; in sealed plastic
bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of
mulch. Each Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be furnished; provide an
accurate representation of color, texture, and organic makeup.
2. Tree Wrap: one(1) linear foot.
3. Plant anchoring system: All components specified herein.
E. Installer Qualifications: In addition to requirements of Section 01 33 00 “Submittals,” provide
qualifications for the Project Manager and Foreman/Site Supervisor showing number of years
of experience, and a minimum of three project references. For each reference list client,
design or engineering professional hired by the client, type, cost and duration of project and
role of personnel.
F. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated topsoil placement, soil preparation, planting
delivery and installation dates, herbicide treatments, sodding, seeding for performing all Work
within this Section, coordinated with the Project. Coordinate and incorporate work in Section
32 91 13 “Soil Preparations” and Section 32 91 20 “Topsoil.” Once accepted, revise dates only
as approved in writing. Provide to Landscape Architect reasonable purpose for accelerated
or delayed schedule for review and approval.
G. Pre-Construction Existing Planting Conditions Reports and Site Walk:
1. Contractor to submit documentation report of existing plantings within the project area
that will serve as the basis for the final quantities of replacement and new trees, shrubs,
Page 946 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 3
grasses and perennials to be planted as part of the project. The report is to include the
following information:
a. Plans indicating the quantity of trees, shrubs and perennials per plant bed and
within specific matchlines shown on the Contract Document Plans that:
1) Need to be Replaced (assume removal of existing plant(s) and new
plant(s) are to be installed.
2) Existing Plant(s) that are in healthy condition and to remain and be
protected.
b. Min. 2 overall photographs per plant bed showing existing conditions keyed to
plans.
2. After initial review of report by Landscape Architect, Contractor to schedule site walk
with Landscape Architect to review existing conditions.
3. After verification on site of existing planting conditions, the Landscape Architect will
verify and provide quantities for all newly planted infill trees, shrubs, grasses and
perennials to meet the project requirements and that are in addition to the quantity of
replacement trees, shrubs and perennials. Total Quantities noted in the planting
schedule on L-200 are estimated and will be verified through the Existing Planting
Conditions Reports submittal process.
H. Construction Progress Existing Planting Conditions Reports:
1. Contractor to submit photographic documentation report on bi-weekly basis after
work commences that shows condition of all existing plants (trees, shrubs, grasses and
perennials) exhibiting signs of failing health. Photographs to be keyed to plans.
I. Logistics / Zoning Work Plans for Planting:
1. Contractor to submit plans and detailed information for maintaining adjacent existing
vegetation and temporarily watering of existing vegetation if and when irrigation
system is off-line for new planting installations.
2. Plans to indicate proposed work zones and dates of planting for those zones for review
and approval by Landscape Architect prior to proceeding. Work Zones should take into
account existing irrigation zones. Contractor to indicated date at which irrigation zone
will be shut-down and turned-on.
J. Plant Species and Source List: The Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date plant species and
source list indicating the plant botanical and common name, size, quantity, form, rootball,
identification of fall dig hazards, limb height (if applicable), nursery source including contact
information, and Landscape Architect’s plant tagging seal number.
1. Plant list shall clearly indicate deviations from the specified plant list and any proposed
substitutions.
2. Contractor shall obtain the Landscape Architect’s approval of all nursery sources prior
to scheduling tagging trip.
3. As the project progresses and plants are located and/or selected and sealed, revise
and re-submit the plant list submittal.
K. Photographs of Plants taken at the Nursery Source: Provide representative images of plants
prior to scheduling tagging trips and to use as the basis for the Landscape Architect to select
plants.
Page 947 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 4
1. The Landscape Architect may choose to select plants from photographs submitted by
the Contractor, however, the approval of plants are still subject to final approval as
specified herein.
2. Contractor shall label each photograph with the plant species botanical name, nursery
name, and date of photograph.
3. Photographs shall include images showing the full range of characteristics of each
plant including detailed photographs of the bark, the base of the tree (rootball crown),
leaves if present, branching structure, form, and habit.
4. Images shall include a scale figure or measuring device to indicate true size.
5. Photographs may be transmitted electronically but the title of electronic files must bear
the plant name, nursery, and date.
6. For container plants, also provide close up photographs of the rootball with the
container removed.
a. Quantity: 10% of the total number of container plants specified.
7. Digital Format: Digital photos are to be in .JPG format, 4”x6” image size, with a
minimum of 200 dpi resolution. Provide photos to Landscape Architect on DVD, or
web-based delivery system such as the project website, as agreeable to Landscape
Architect.
L. Periodic Construction Images: Provide the following images:
1. Rootball immediately prior to backfill.
a. Frequency: During planting operations, provide images of a half-dozen trees two
times a week during planting activities. If multiple species are being planted, take
one photograph of each species. Label each image file with the date, type of tree
(or tree tag) and location.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre-installation Conference: The Contractor shall hold a pre-installation conference with the
Owner’s Representative and Landscape Architect for the work of this Section.
B. Integrated Exterior Mockup:
1. General:
a. Mockups shall be in situ, and the approved mockup shall become part of the final
Work.
b. The Mockups will be reviewed at each stage of construction. The Contractor
shall not cover installed work until approved by the Landscape Architect.
c. Work with the Landscape Architect to select the location and extent of the
mockup.
d. Verify irrigation and other elements of construction are ready to be buried by the
work of the mockup.
2. Each mockup shall be in a sloped location, approximately 1600 SF in extent.
3. Mockup #1: Soil and Plant Installation. The mockup shall demonstrate all materials and
methods used to build the planting area including:
Page 948 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 5
a. Drainage.
b. Soil Profile Installation.
c. Fine Grading.
d. Tree and shrub planting (at least 2 trees and 8 shrubs).
e. Cover Crop. See 32 92 00 “Turf and Grasses”
f. Final Meadow Seed. See 32 92 00 “Turf and Grasses”
C. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
establishment of plants. Provide the following:
1. Experience: Five years' experience in landscape installation in addition to requirements
in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements."
2. The Contractor’s record of successful in-service performance shall include the
installation of planting soils similar to the specification in Section 32 91 13 “Soil
Preparations and Topsoil.”
3. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either the
Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape Association.
4. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when planting is in progress. Field Supervisor shall have a
minimum of five years’ experience.
5. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in all of the
following categories from the Professional Landcare Network:
a. Landscape Industry Certified Technician - Exterior.
D. Labeling: Label at least one specimen of each variety and size with a securely attached,
waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name in compliance
with the recommendations of the American Nursery & Landscape Association.
E. Tree and Shrub Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks
or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. Measure main body
of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip-to-tip. Take
height measurements from or near the top of the root flare for field-grown stock and
container-grown stock. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not
measure branches or roots tip to tip. Take caliper measurements 6 inches (150 mm) above
the root flare for trees up to 4-inch (100-mm) caliper size, and 12 inches (300 mm) above the
root flare for larger sizes.
F. Pruning: Unless otherwise noted, pruning of plants before, during or after installation shall be
prohibited except to remove dead or broken branches and limbs. Confer with the Landscape
Architect before any pruning.
1. Pruning plants after the Landscape Architects selection and prior to delivery to the site
shall be cause for rejection.
G. Plant Material Observation: Landscape Architect may observe plant material either at place
of growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species,
variety, cultivar, size, and quality. Architect may also observe trees and shrubs further for size
Page 949 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 6
and condition of balls and root systems, pests, disease symptoms, injuries, and latent defects
and may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work.
Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordination with Turf Areas (Lawns): Plant trees, shrubs, and other plants after finish grades
are established and before planting turf areas unless otherwise indicated.
1. When planting trees, shrubs, and other plants after planting turf areas, protect turf
areas, and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Planting Seasons: Planting seasons are as described below. The actual planting however,
shall only be done during periods within this season that are normal for such work as
determined by weather conditions and by accepted practice in this locality. The contractor
may elect to plant outside of the specified planting seasons but he/she shall do so at his/her
own risk. Electing to plant outside of the specified Planting Seasons shall not absolve the
Contractor from providing the warranty.
Item Spring Season Fall Season
Deciduous (container) May 1 to June 15 Sept. 1 to Sept. 30
Deciduous (B&B) May 1 to June 15 Sept. 1 to Sept. 30
Evergreen May 30 to July 15 Sept. 1 to Sept. 30
Groundcover May 30 to July 15 Sept. 1 to Sept. 30
Perennials May 30 to July 15 Sept. 1 to Sept. 30
B. Water: In addition to the requirements of Section 01 50 00 “Construction Facilities and
Temporary Controls,” provide the following:
1. Water will not be provided by the Owner and may not be available on site for purchase.
The Contractor is responsible for providing enough water to ensure the proper health
of the plants.
2. Provide all hoses and equipment to distribute water to area of landscape work and
areas needing watering. Provide water tank trucks if water service is not provided or
interrupted. Prior to providing water tank trucks, inform Owner’s Representative to
obtain review and approval.
3. Contractor to maintain, including but limited to watering, of all adjacent plantings while
irrigation is temporarily shut-down in each work zone.
C. Field Measurements: Verify actual grade elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation
system components, and dimensions of plantings and construction contiguous with new
plantings by field measurements before proceeding with planting work.
Page 950 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 7
D. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be
obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's
written instructions and warranty requirements.
1.7 TESTING
A. Soil testing is required only at areas exhibiting unsatisfactory growth of vegetation and shall
be required for diagnostic purposes. Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of testing
including sampling, submittal for testing, and retrieval of test results. Review areas and
methods of testing with Landscape Architect before proceeding. Adhere to Landscape
Architects recommended amendment(s) for unsatisfactory areas.
1. For testing procedures, see Section 32 91 13 “Soil Preparations and Topsoil.”
1.8 FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND MAINTENANCE
A. Request for Final Acceptance: The Contractor shall, in writing, request Landscape Architects
review for Acceptance at least 10 business days in advance of preferred review date. Do not
request review until the work is 100% complete, including punch lists, but not including
maintenance, and in compliance with the Contract requirements.
1. When work is 100% complete, Landscape Architect shall issue a Letter of Acceptance,
whose date shall be considered the Final Date of Acceptance.
a. At the discretion of the Landscape Architect and Owner, a Letter of Acceptance
may be issued for separate planting areas if the work for the entire project
extends over multiple planting seasons.
b. The Contractor shall be responsible for indicating on the Closeout Documents
the date(s) of Final Acceptance for each separate planting area.
B. Maintenance Period:
1. Completely maintain all newly planted plants for 12 months after date of Substantial
Completion. Submit broken-out line item for 12 months of maintenance as part of the
base-bid for the project.
a. Submit Add. Alt. line item for 24 months of maintenance after date of Substantial
Completion for all newly planted plants for review as part of Bid.
2. The Maintenance Period shall commence during the growing season, in accordance
with the following schedule:
a. Work completed between October and March: Commence Maintenance Period
beginning April 1.
b. For Work completed between April and September: Commence Maintenance
Period immediately after Final Acceptance.
Page 951 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 8
3. The Maintenance Period of existing plants within each work zone to begin when
irrigation is temporarily shut-down during new planting operations and ends when
irrigation is on-line after new plantings are installed for that work zone.
4. Maintenance Activities: Provide complete maintenance and service as required to
promote and maintain healthy growth including, without limitation, watering, weeding,
fallen leaf removal, treatment for insects and disease, resetting plants to proper grade
and upright position, and other operations and maintenance work. Throughout the
maintenance period, restore planting saucers and mulch, and keep mulch beds weed
free. Tighten and adjust rootball and tree anchor system to keep trees in vertical
position.
a. Confer with Landscape Architect and Owner before applying any treatments for
insects. Use Integrated Pest Management (IPM) that are effective but minimize
risks to people and the environment.
b. Confer with Landscape Architect and Owner before applying any treatments for
disease. Use Organic and Biological Controls (OBC) that are effective but
minimize risks to people and the environment.
c. If IPM and OBC treatments prove ineffective, hire an arborist to make written
recommendations for treatment and gain Landscape Architect’s and Owner’s
acceptance before proceeding with work.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Provide written warranty agreeing to remove and replace work that exhibits
defects in materials or workmanship for the specified periods. "Defects" is defined to include
death, unsatisfactory growth, disease, insect/pest infestation, abnormal foliage density,
abnormal size, abnormal color, failure to thrive, and other unsatisfactory characteristics.
1. Warranty Period
a. BASE BID: 12 Months from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Inspection: Two weeks before the end of the warranty period, contact the
Landscape Architect and Owner to schedule a warranty walk to examine the condition
and health of trees. At that time the Landscape Architect and Owner will determine
which, if any, plants need to be replaced. Landscape Architect will issue a replacement
list.
a. If warranty inspection occurs in November through February, postpone the
warranty walk until full plant conditions are visible in following spring, but no later
than June 15.
3. If the Contractor disagrees with the planting practices herein specified, he/she shall
state them in writing at least 60 days before planting work commences. Failure to
present this written notice shall be interpreted as acceptance of the planting practices
specified herein.
Page 952 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 9
4. Replacement: Replace defective work with new material of same species, size,
character, and quality of originally accepted work. To the greatest extent possible,
select replacement plants from the same nursery in which the original plant was
originally tagged. Inform Landscape Architect if a different nursery is to be used for
replacements. If requested, submit photographs of replacement plants to the
Landscape Architect and do not replace trees until replacement plants have been
accepted by the Landscape Architect.
a. With each replacement material, provide a new 12 month warranty for the
replacement work. If a replacement is unacceptable during its 12 month
warranty, the Contractor shall provide another replacement or, when approved
by the Owner, equivalent cash payment.
5. Replacement Planting Seasons: The replacement period for plant warranty work shall
comply with the Planting Seasons specified herein. Electing to plant outside of the
specified Planting Seasons shall not absolve the Contractor from providing the
warranty.
6. Repair of Adjacent Work After Warranty Replacement: Contractor shall return all
adjacent elements and systems modified during removal and replacement of plants to
the condition in which they were found, including shrub and perennial planting, planting
soil, irrigation, and drainage.
7. Owner’s Responsibility and Warranty Exclusions: The Contractor's warranty shall
exclude problems that are due to improper or inadequate maintenance, vandalism, or
acts of nature.
a. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall visit the site at least three times
during each growing season to review the conditions of the accepted work. The
Contractor shall submit in writing to the Owner regarding the Owner’s
maintenance practices and/ or any vandalism. The content of this notice shall
include a list of specific plants involved, the presumed problem, and a method of
remedy for the problem(s) cited. The Owner shall make reasonable efforts to
correct the problems cited by the Contractor but the Owner shall not be held
responsible for the Contractor’s defects in materials or workmanship that result
in decline or death to plants.
b. Failure of the Contractor to make the required reviews of the site during the
warranty period and to submit written notice to the Owner of maintenance
defects shall negate the Contractor’s ability to make a claim against the Owner
for negligence of maintenance.
1.10 REFERENCES
A. Hortus Third, The Staff of the L.H. Bailey Hortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing Co., New York.
B. Standardized Plant Names, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature, latest
edition.
C. Brenzel, Kathleen Norris. Sunset Western Garden Book, Sunset Pub. Corp., latest edition.
Page 953 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 10
1.11 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. The references listed herein shall be the standards used for the Work, unless noted otherwise:
All standards shall include the latest additions and amendments as of the date of
advertisement for bids.
1. ANLA: American Nursery & Landscape Association
a. American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI Z60.1-2004
2. American National Standards for Tree Care Operations, ANSI A300. American National
Standards Institute (ANSI), 11 West 42nd Street, New York, N.Y. 10036.
1.12 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation.
B. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they
are grown; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, drum-laced and sized as recommended by ANSI
Z60.1.
C. Balled and Potted Stock: Plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown
and placed, unbroken, in a container. Ball size is not less than sizes indicated.
D. Bare-Root Stock: Plants with a well-branched, fibrous-root system developed by
transplanting or root pruning, with soil or growing medium removed, and with not less than
the minimum root spread according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of plant required.
E. Containerized or Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants
grown in a container with well-established root system reaching sides of container and
maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold
rootball shape and protect root mass during shipping and shall be sized according to ANSI
Z60.1 for kind, type, and size of exterior plant required.
F. Fabric Bag-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted plants established and grown in-
ground in a porous fabric bag with well-established root system reaching sides of fabric bag.
Fabric bag size is not less than diameter, depth, and volume required by ANSI Z60.1 for type
and size of plant.
G. Final Acceptance: Date at which all Work, including work identified in the ”Punch List”, is
completed and accepted by the Landscape Architect. Warranty and maintenance periods do
not begin until final acceptance.
H. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished fine graded surface of planting soil.
Page 954 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 11
I. Girdling Root: A root that has become wrapped around the trunk of the plant that, over time,
will inhibit the uptake of nutrients and produce structural failure, eventually leading to death
of the plant.
J. Long Term Storage (of Plants): Equal to a period of three weeks or more after digging of the
plants at the nursery, or a period of 72 hours or more after receipt of plants at the Project Site.
K. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating
a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and
molluscicides. They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant, or desiccant. Some sources classify herbicides separately from pesticides.
L. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants,
animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents
(gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses.
M. Planting Area: Areas to be planted.
N. Planting Soil for Soil Profiles: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil
produced by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with stabilized organic soil
amendments to produce planting soil capable of supporting the plants specified herein. See
Section 32 91 13 "Soil Preparation" for drawing designations for planting soils.
O. Plant; Plants; Plant Material: These terms refer to vegetation in general, including trees, shrubs,
vines, ground covers, ornamental grasses, bulbs, corms, tubers, or herbaceous vegetation.
P. Root Flare: Also referred to as trunk flare, root crown, or root collar. The transition zone
between the main stem and the root system, visible as the outwardly curving base of a tree
where it joins the roots, often distinguishable as individual root buttresses.
Q. Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation is
complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. See Section 31
20 00 “Earth Moving.”
R. Tagging / Tagged / Tag: The Landscape Architects selection of plant material at the source
nursery for plants. An individually numbered seal is placed on the north-facing branches of a
tagged plant.
Page 955 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE AND AMENDMENTS
A. See Section 32 91 13 “Soil Preparations and Topsoil” for planting soil mix requirements. The
Contractor shall strictly adhere to soil specification composition for each section of the Work.
B. Coordinate installation of soil mixes and plants to meet requirements of this Section and
Section 32 91 13 “Soil Preparations and Topsoil.”
2.2 PLANT SOURCES
A. The Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect any questions regarding the nursery
source of any plant.
1. Wherever a plant is identified as having a specific source on the Drawings, the
Contractor shall source those plants as the given locations. Inform the Landscape
Architect, as part of the Submittal Process, if the plants are not available at identified
nursery sources. Gain acceptance from the Landscape Architect for use of a substitute
nursery source.
B. Contract (custom) growing of plants may be required. The Contractor shall identify plant
species in need of contract growing and notify the Landscape Architect of this requirement
within four weeks of being awarded the project.
1. The Contractor shall make direct arrangements with the contract grower and shall
regularly monitor the progress of plant growth. The Contractor shall promptly report to
the Landscape Architect any issues with contract growing.
C. Nurseries: The following nurseries represent the basis that the Landscape Architect shall use
for judging the quality of nursery stock for the entire project. Plants may be available at the
following sources, but the Landscape Architect does not warrant that the plants are available
at these nurseries.
1. Little Valley Wholesale Nursery (Trees, Shrubs and Perennials)
13022 E. 136th Ave.
Brighton, CO 80601
Tele. (303) 659-6708
https://www.lvwn.com/
2. Arbor Valley Nursery (Trees, Shrubs and Perennials)
2979 N State Hwy 83
Franktown, CO 80116
Page 956 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 13
Tele. (303) 688-2442
https://www.arborvalleynursery.com/
3. Alameda Wholesale Nursery (Trees, Shrubs and Perennials)
1950 W. Dartmouth Ave.
Englewood, CO 80110
Tele. (303) 761-6131
http://www.alamedawholesale.com/index.html
4. James Nursery Company (Trees, Shrubs and Perennials)
7900 York Street
Denver, CO 80229
Tele. (303) 288-2424
http://jamesnurserycompany.com/
5. The Sprucery Garden Center (Trees, Shrubs and Perennials)
4647 N. Hwy. 83
Franktown, CO 80116
Tele. (720) 583-8119
https://thesprucery.com/
6. Harlequin Gardens (Shrubs and Perennials)
4795 North 26th St.
Boulder, CO 80301
Tele. (303) 939-9403
https://harlequinsgardens.com/wholesale/
2.3 DIGGING SEASON
A. Plants shall be delivered freshly dug. Plants that have been pre-dug the previous season shall
not be accepted. If project is to be planted in Spring / Early Summer, Plants are to be Spring
Dug. If project is to be planted in Fall, Plants are to be Fall Dug (See Fall Transplanting Hazard
note below).
1. Spring Dig: Plants shall be dug as early as possible and as determined by the nursery
owner, and no later than bud break.
a. Do not transport plants within 14 days after bud break. Confer with the nursery
owner as to the best methods for transporting plants after bud break.
2. Fall Dig: Plants shall be dug following leaf senescence (drop) and as determined by the
nursery owner, but in any case no later than hard freezing on the ground.
a. Fall Transplanting Hazard: Many species of trees or shrubs are considered “Fall
Transplanting Hazards” by the nursery trade. Fall Transplanting Hazards are to be
transplanted only during the spring digging season. The Contractor shall identify
Fall Transplanting Hazards from the plant schedule, and factor the proper
handling of these trees into the overall sequencing of construction. The
Page 957 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 14
Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect of any conflicts arising from this
analysis of the plant list. As a convenience, Fall Transplanting Hazards are listed
on the Drawings but the Contractor must assume the responsibility of verifying
and identifying any plants that would fall into this category.
2.4 SELECTION AND INSPECTION OF PLANTS
A. The Landscape Architect will review plant materials at the nursery source and/or at the
Landscape Architect’s discretion, through photographs provided by the Contractor prior to
selection. All plants brought to the site will have been reviewed in this manner. Plants that do
not have the Landscape Architect’s approval shall not be brought to the site or, if delivered,
shall be removed from the site.
1. Tagging: At least six weeks (for In-Ground B&B Plants) or At least three weeks (for
Above-Ground B&B Plants brought in to the re-wholesale nursery) prior to the
expected planting date, request, in writing, the Landscape Architect’s inspection of
plant material at the nursery. Provide photographs beforehand if requested by the
Landscape Architect.
a. The Landscape Architect will make their own travel arrangements to the nursery.
b. The Landscape Architect will provide their own tagging seals. The Contractor
may also place tags on the trees or shrubs.
c. Seals placed on the selected plants at the nursery shall remain on the plants until
Final Acceptance of the work.
2. On-Site Inspection:
a. The Contractor shall permit the Landscape Architect to inspect plants upon their
arrival to the project site and at any time prior to planting. The Landscape
Architect will inspect the plant materials for size and condition of rootballs and/or
root systems, insects, injuries, defoliation, wind burn and latent defects. The
Contractor shall remove plant material that is unsatisfactory or defective and
replace the plants at no additional cost to the Owner.
b. The Landscape Architect may reject a specific nursery source and associated
plants if he/she determines before, during, or after receipt of plants, any of the
following:
1) The nursery stock does not meet health standards set forth herein,
including disease and infestation.
2) The nursery stock does not meet the requirements of the Landscape
Architect’s basis of selection as stated herein.
3) The nursery cannot supply the specified plant(s) or an acceptable
substitute cultivar or species.
B. Substitutions
1. In the event that the Contractor is unable to obtain the plant material specified, either
because of unavailability or the failure of the plant material to meet the quality
Page 958 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 15
requirements of this Section, the Contractor shall provide substitute plants of equal
size, quality and value to the plant originally specified. The Landscape Architect shall
be the sole judge of whether a proposed plant substitution is acceptable. The
substitute plants shall conform to all requirements of this Section.
2. All substitutions need to be reviewed and approved by Landscape Architect prior to
procuring plant material.
2.5 PLANT MATERIALS – GENERAL
A. General: Furnish specimen nursery-grown plants of genus, species, and cultivar specified
complying with ANSI Z60.1, with healthy and full root systems developed by transplanting or
root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease,
insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and
disfigurement. All parts of the plant shall be moist and show active green cambium when cut.
Plants will be densely foliated when in leaf.
B. Grade: Provide plants of specified height, caliper, sizes and grades complying with ANSI Z60.1
for type of plants required.
1. Larger Stock: Plants larger than required may be used if approved by the Landscape
Architect and if rootball is proportionately larger, and if there is no change in Contract
Price.
2. Undersize Stock: If approved by the Landscape Architect, plants may be undersized as
long as not more than 10% of plants smaller than required are used. If more than 10%
undersized plants are used, then the quantity of the undersized plants shall be
increased by 25% and shall be provided at no expense to the Owner.
C. Hardiness: Provide plant stock certified to have been grown within hardiness Zones 2 through
5 as established by the USDA’s Plant Hardiness Zone Map. Submit certification if so requested
by the Landscape Architect.
D. Plant Character: All plants shall be typical of their species or variety and shall have a normal
habit of growth and be legibly tagged with the proper name. Form and size shall comply with
ANSI Z60.1.
1. Canopy Trees: Well defined trunk flare, straight trunk, and single stem. Co-dominant
leaders shall not be accepted. Evidence of equal increments of growth over the prior
three seasons shall be discernible.
2. Multistem Trees and Large Shrubs: Branched or pruned naturally according to species
and type, with relationship of caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI Z60.1
3. Shrubs: Multi-stemmed plants complying with ANSI Z60.1 for the species indicated.
4. Groundcover: Provide groundcover of species indicated, established and well rooted
in pots or similar containers, and complying with ANSI Z60.1.
5. Perennial / Herbaceous Plants: Provide healthy plants from a commercial nursery, of
species and variety shown or listed.
Page 959 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 16
a. Upon award of Bid, the Contractor shall arrange for all species or quantities of
species that require contract growing.
E. Trunk: The height of the trees shall be in accordance with ANSI Z60.1. No part of the trunk
shall be conspicuously crooked as compared with normal trees of the same variety, for
example ‘S’ curves shall not be allowed. The trunk shall be free from sunscald, frost cracks,
or wounds resulting from abrasions, fire or other causes. No pruning wounds shall be present
having a diameter exceeding one inch and such wounds must show vigorous bark on all
edges.
F. Rootballs:
1. General:
a. The diameter and depth of rootballs shall be sufficient to encompass the fibrous
and root feeding system necessary for the healthy development of the plant in
accordance with ANSI Z60.1., or the minimum rootball diameter shown on the
Drawings, whichever is larger.
1) If the root flare is buried 2” or more, provide a larger diameter or greater
depth rootball to compensate for the buried root flare, as the soil
overburden shall be removed prior to planting, which effectively reduces
the size of the rootball.
b. No plant will be accepted when the ball of earth surrounding its roots has been
cracked or broken prior to or during the process of planting or after the burlap,
staves, ropes or platform required in connection with its transplanting have been
removed. The rootballs shall remain intact during all operations.
c. Girdled Roots: Inspect root crown for girdling roots. Inspection for girdled roots
shall be done at the nursery to the extent possible. If girdled roots are not visible
at the nursery and are revealed before acceptance, any plant with a girdled root
over 1/2” in diameter shall be rejected.
2. Balled and Burlapped: All plants to be moved balled and burlapped shall be moved with
the root systems as solid units with balls of earth firmly wrapped with burlap, firmly held
in place by a stout cord and drum lacing, or wire basket. Burlap for containing rootballs
shall be untreated, made from biodegradable natural fibers.
3. Containerized Roots: Container stock shall have a full container with a well-developed
root system that is proportional to the size of the container. Plants with undersized root
masses shall not be accepted. Plants loose in the container or with broken
stems/branches shall not be accepted. The root zone shall be free of circling or kinked
roots. Large matted roots at the sides or bottom of the container will not be accepted.
Staked plants must be self-supporting when unfastened from the stake. Container
grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped material only if approved by
the Landscape Architect. The size of plant material within containers shall be in
accordance with ANSI Z60.1.
Page 960 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 17
2.6 MULCH
A. Shrub Beds and Perennial Beds (no seeding within planted area): Provide Fine Wood Mulch
of the type specified at 2” depth at level of finish grade for shrubs and perennials. Mulch that
is color enhanced, has an odor, contains inorganic material, and/or contains recognizable
forms of the parent material shall not be accepted.
1. Fine Wood Mulch: Organic log mulch, free from weeds, chemicals, and/or deleterious
materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees, consisting of chipped wood material
not larger than two inches (2”) in length and including a mix of fine mulch sizes.
a. Blonde Fines as supplied by A1 Organics or Approved Equal.
b. Color: Natural
c. Submit 1 Gallon Bag Sample for Review and Approval as part of the submittal
process.
B. Wood Tree Mulch: Provide Fine Wood Mulch of the type specified at 4” depth at level of finish
grade for Existing Trees in the Work Area and New Trees. Mulch that is color enhanced, has
an odor, contains inorganic material, and/or contains recognizable forms of the parent
material shall not be accepted.
1. Wood Tree Mulch: Organic mulch, free from weeds, chemicals, and/or deleterious
materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees, consisting of chipped wood material
not larger than four inches (4”) in length.
a. Submit 1 Gallon Bag Sample for Review and Approval as part of the submittal
process.
C. Light Hydromulch with Tackifier:
1. For All Areas to Receive Seed.
2. See Specification 32 92 00 (Turf and Grasses) for Additional Detail.
2.7 PLANT ANCHORING SYSTEM:
A. Wood Stakes: Provide 2” diameter by 8’ length, un-peeled cedar stakes, pointed at one end
for all balled and burlapped and containerized trees, 3 per tree. Tie shall be “ArborTie.”
1. ArborTie Manufacturers:
a. DeepRoot Green Infrastructure, 5030 Washington Street, San Francisco, CA, Tel:
800.458.7668, https://www.deeproot.com/
b. Forestry Suppliers Inc., https://www.forestry-suppliers.com/
c. Gempler’s, https://gemplers.com/
d. Or approved equal.
2.8 FERTILIZERS
A. Use: Fertilizers are to be used on an as-needed basis, determined based on the soil testing
procedures and recommendations as outlined in Section 32 91 13 “Soil Preparation” and only
after review and approval by the Landscape Architect.
Page 961 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 18
B. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip-type, long-lasting, slow-release, commercial-
grade planting fertilizer in tablet form. Tablets shall break down with soil bacteria, converting
nutrients into a form that can be absorbed by plant roots.
1. Size: 10-gram tablets.
2. Nutrient Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 5 percent
potassium, by weight plus micronutrients.
2.9 PESTICIDES
A. Use: Pesticides are to be used on an as-needed basis, determined based on site conditions
and only after review and approval by the Landscape Architect.
B. General: Pesticide registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as
required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless
authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. See Section 32 91 13 “Soil Preparation”
for additional information and submittals required.
C. Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling the
germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch
layer.
D. Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed growth
that has already germinated.
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. Mycorrhizal Fungi: Dry, granular inoculant containing at least 5300 spores per lb (0.45 kg) of
vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi and 95 million spores per lb (0.45 kg) of
ectomycorrhizal fungi, 33 percent hydrogel, and a maximum of 5.5 percent inert material.
B. Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees
and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Burlap: Non-synthetic, biodegradable.
Page 962 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 19
2.11 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MATERIALS
A. Refer to SWPPP. See Section 01 10 00 “Summary of Work.”
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor
on Project site when soil placement and planting are in progress. Field Supervisor shall have
a minimum of five years’ experience.
3.2 PREPARATION AND EXAMINATION
A. Pre-Installation Examination Required: The Contractor shall examine previous work, related
work, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify the Landscape
Architect in writing of all deficiencies and conditions detrimental to the proper completion of
this work. Beginning work means Contractor accepts substrates, previous work, and
conditions. The Contractor shall not place any plants or planting soil mixtures until all work in
adjacent areas is complete and accepted by the Landscape Architect.
B. Concealed Conditions: Notify Landscape Architect before planting when below grade or on-
structure conditions detrimental to proper plant growth are encountered. Do not proceed
with planting without specific written instructions from the Landscape Architect. At the
Landscape Architect’s direction and at no additional expense to the Owner, plants shall be
relocated to avoid the obstruction.
C. Deliver materials and plants only after preparations for planting have been completed and
accepted, including but not limited to: planting soil system, irrigation (minimum: Mainline),
rough grading, utilities, de-compaction or remediation of soils. The Landscape Architect shall
determine when the site is acceptable for planting.
3.3 TRANSPORT AND HANDLING OF PLANTS
A. Use trucks of sufficient size so that plants do not overhang sideboards or rear gate.
B. Load and pack plants in a manner that protects branches, trunk, leaves, and rootballs. Do not
over-pack trucks.
C. Provide support systems and padding to cradle plants and to prevent movement during
shipping. Prevent rubbing of plant parts.
Page 963 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 20
D. Provide a double tarp protective covering over entire exterior of plants during transport.
E. Do not store plants on delivery truck longer than 12 hours after delivery to the job site.
F. Coordinate planting shipments to minimize time between unloading and planting. If plants
must sit for longer than 24 hours, implement temporary storage procedures as specified in
this Section.
G. Do not drop plants during delivery.
H. Do not loosen drum-lacing nor remove container-grown stock from containers before time
of planting.
I. Do not move trees if rootballs are saturated.
J. Handle planting stock by supporting the rootball or container. Do not lift trees by their trunks
or branches.
K. Do not lay plants on their side. Keep plants upright.
L. If plant canopies are tied, leave lacing intact until ready to plant, or until the plant is placed in
temporary storage. Remove lacing concurrently with installation of the plant.
M. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing
weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance
with state and Federal laws if applicable.
N. Bulk Materials:
1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements,
or on existing turf areas or plants.
2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk
materials; discharge of soil-bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent
properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways.
3. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates.
O. Deliver bare-root stock plants within 24 hours of digging. Immediately after digging up bare-
root stock, pack root system in wet straw, hay, or other suitable material to keep root system
moist until planting. Transport in covered, temperature-controlled vehicles, and keep plants
cool and protected from sun and wind at all times.
Page 964 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 21
P. Store bulbs, corms, and tubers in a dry place at 60 to 65 deg F (16 to 18 deg C) until planting.
3.4 TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PLANTS
A. Storage – General
1. For plants stored on or off-site for more than 24 hours, the Contractor shall keep a log
that records dates of watering, weather conditions, and the location of the storage.
2. The contractor shall fully inspect and maintain plants for the entire duration of the
storage period.
3. All stored plants shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be replaced in
kind to meet the standards defined herein for healthy plants and the character and
habit defined herein. The Landscape Architect shall be the sole evaluator of whether
replacement plants match the originally tagged/ delivered plants.
4. No plant shall be stored more than four weeks without written acceptance by the
Landscape Architect.
5. Heel-in bare-root stock. Soak roots that are in less than moist condition in water for
two hours. Reject plants with dry roots.
B. Storage of plants less than one week:
1. If planting is delayed more than twelve hours after delivery of plants to the site, the
contractor shall adhere to the following practices:
2. Set plants in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots
moist.
3. Store plants upright with room between rootballs.
4. Closely monitor plants for sufficient root moisture and water as required maintaining
root health.
5. Store all plant materials in a secure and clean location, free from conditions that would
be harmful and/or deleterious to the immediate or long-term health of the trees.
C. Storage of plants more than one week:
1. The Contractor shall store plants at a location mutually agreed upon by the Contractor
and Landscape Architect.
2. Space plants sufficiently apart to prevent damage or death to branches and leaves.
During all seasons, set balled stock upright and plumb on firm ground and cover the
ball with fully aged and decomposed wood mulch or other material acceptable to the
Landscape Architect
3. During the growing season, stored plant material shall be watered and the rootballs
kept moist with an automatic drip irrigation system to prevent drying out. Mist plants
several times a day as necessary to reduce transpiration in sunny or windy locations.
4. During the dormant season, rootballs shall be insulated against freezing and cold
weather damage. Plants shall be protected from wind and ice damage.
5. During the storage period, inspect all plants for pests and diseases and, if found, have
them evaluated by an arborist certified in the state where the project is located.
6. Before proceeding, report on the presence of any diseases or pests.
Page 965 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 22
7. Before proceeding, report on issues and recommended treatment to the Landscape
Architect for review and approval.
8. Whenever possible, select and use organic treatments. Do not proceed with treatments
before notifying and getting approval from the Landscape Architect.
9. Isolate trees with diseases or pests and remove and replace if the Landscape Architect
determines that the plants are unusable.
3.5 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to receive plants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and
conditions affecting installation and performance of the Work.
1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout,
concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel,
paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil
within a planting area.
2. Verify that plants and vehicles loaded with plants can travel to planting locations with
adequate overhead clearance.
3. Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the
moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results.
4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty.
B. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting
area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace with new
planting soil.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.6 PREPARATION
A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section
32 91 13 "Soil Preparation."
B. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities and turf areas and
existing plants from damage caused by planting operations.
C. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
D. Placing Planting Soil: Blend planting soil in place.
E. Before planting, obtain Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if
eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
Page 966 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 23
3.7 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LAYOUT FOR PLANTS
A. Prior to locating plants, verify that all site improvements have been fully laid out (horizontal
and vertical), marked, and accepted by the Landscape Architect. Refer to Section 01 73 00
“Execution and Field Engineering” for requirements.
B. Horizontal Layout: The plant locations shown on the Drawings are approximate. The
Contractor shall layout the final location of individual plants by stake or flag and obtain the
Landscape Architect’s approval of locations before starting installation. After staking is
accepted, set plants in place for final review and acceptance by the Landscape Architect.
The Contractor shall make revisions and adjustments as directed by the Landscape Architect.
1. Contractor shall not stake plant locations until proper subgrade, drainage, and subsoil
layers are installed.
2. Indicate the species and size of plant on the stake or flag.
C. Vertical Layout: Set the elevation of trees through the use of string lines or by instrumentation.
Demonstrate to the Landscape Architect through the use of stakes and string that trees have
been set at the correct elevation prior to completing planting and installing S1 soils, if
requested.
1. Vertical layout shall take into account the adjustments necessary to expose the root
flare.
2. All trees shall be set 2 to 3 inches above finish grade.
3.8 PLANTING BALLED AND BURLAPPED WOODY PLANTS
A. General:
1. Sequence of Planting: Plant trees, then shrubs, then perennials, then groundcover after
the subgrade has been accepted. Plant trees and shrubs concurrently with the
installation of the horticultural subsoil unless otherwise approved by the Landscape
Architect. Complete landscaping work as quickly as possible on portions of the site as
they become available for landscaping.
2. After installation, inspect for plants set too high or low and immediately adjust to the
proper grade. Continue to monitor during the Work and make adjustments as
necessary.
3. Do not leave rootballs exposed; provide protection from wind, scald, heat, or other
deleterious conditions.
4. All sub and fine grading shall be pitched as shown on the Drawings. Do not create low
spots at planting pits.
5. Auguring of plant pits is prohibited without the permission of the Landscape Architect.
If so allowed, scarify sides of auger hole to loosen slickened soil. Fill planting hole with
water to verify that pit will drain.
6. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for balled and burlapped
stock.
7. Backfill Soil: Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill soil
unless otherwise indicated.
Page 967 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 24
a. Contractor to separate topsoil layer and subsoil layer in separate piles.
b. Contractor to backfill soil in layers consistent with excavation: Subsoil layer
followed by topsoil layer.
8. Obstructions: Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees
or shrubs are encountered in excavations.
a. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6-inch- (150-mm-) diameter holes, 24 inches (600 mm)
apart, into free-draining strata or to a depth of 10 feet (3 m), whichever is less,
and backfill with free-draining material.
9. Drainage: Notify Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or
retention in tree or shrub planting pits.
10. Scarify sides of all pits before placing trees, whether augured or not.
11. Grade stakes: If present, protect and maintain grade stakes and location stakes until
removal is acceptable to the Landscape Architect and all parties involved in this project.
If grade stakes are not present, establish grade stakes to ensure that grades shown on
the Drawings are being met.
12. Roots: Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting
cleanly; do not break.
13.
14. Painting: Do not paint vegetation for any reason
B. Setting Rootballs and Exposing Rootflare
1. Identifying and Exposing the Root Flare: Prior to setting the height of the rootball
pedestal, the Contractor shall remove burlap and twine from the top of the rootball and
inspect each plant to determine if the trunk flare is buried within the rootball. If buried,
the Contractor shall expose the trunk flare by removing excess fill on top of rootball,
taking care not to damage the bark or roots while removing the soil overburden.
Adventitious roots and girdling roots shall be removed with sharp pruners. Adjust the
rootball pedestal to position the trunk flare 2”-3” higher than the proposed finished
grade.
2. Rootball Pedestals: Provide a rootball pedestal composed of subgrade fill immediately
beneath the ball or root mass. Pedestal shall provide the relationship to finish grade
described below and prevent settlement of the plant. Compact pedestal to 95%
Standard Proctor.
3. Wire Baskets: Remove wire baskets regardless of quantity surrounding and supporting
the rootball. Once set, completely remove top one-third of wire basket(s). Cleanly cut
each tier of remaining horizontal wires making one cut centered between each set of
vertical wires.
4. Burlap: Completely remove top one-third of burlap.
5. Drum lacing and Burlap: Once set, remove top one-third of lacing and burlap.
6. Scarification of Balled and Burlapped Plants: The Contractor shall carefully scarify the
sides of the rootball, taking care to protect roots. Scarification shall result in no
additional expense to the Owner.
7. Rootballs shall be kept in a moist, but not wet, condition. Protect rootballs from damage
due to sun and wind. Contractor shall strictly limit the time between exposing the
rootball and backfilling. Protect exposed rootballs with burlap or other shading device
until backfilled.
Page 968 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 25
a. If placement of planting soil backfill is delayed more than 48 hours, provide
watering bags for all trees.
C. Placement of Planting Soil Mixture at Woody Plants: Place planting soil mix to levels shown
on Drawings and described in Section 32 91 13 “Soil Preparation and Section 32 91 20
“Topsoil.”
1. Maintain at all times during the planting operations at least one stockpile of each
approved type of plant soil mixture.
2. Planting soil shall be in full contact with the rootball, with no voids or air pockets. Where
burlap is present, excess burlap shall be cut and tightly pressed between backfill and
rootball. Folded or bunched burlap will create an obstruction to backfill /rootball
contact and shall be removed.
3. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air
pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before
placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed.
a. Place planting tablets equally distributed around each planting pit when pit is
approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch (25
mm) from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom of the hole.
b. Quantity: Four for each caliper inch of plant, or in amounts recommended in the
soil reports from soil-testing laboratory, whichever is greater.
4. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil.
5. Watering Dish and Mulch: The Contractor shall construct a soil watering dish as shown
on the Drawings to promote water infiltration into the root zone. The edges of the
watering dish are to be firm and capable of withstanding watering hose pressure. Cover
watering dish with mulch, forming a thin transition of mulch between the root flare and
4-6” away from the trunk.
D. Watering
1. Flood all plants with water twice within the first 24 hours after planting. Take care to
avoid saturating adjacent soils where planting operations are ongoing.
2. Monitor water pressure. Displacement of soil and mulch materials including watering
dish by water shall not be acceptable.
3. Plant Anchoring System: Install anchoring systems immediately after planting to
maintain trunk plumb. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.9 PLANTING CONTAINERIZED PLANTS
A. Backfill Soil: Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill soil unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Contractor to separate topsoil layer and subsoil layer in separate piles.
2. Contractor to backfill soil in layers consistent with excavation: Subsoil layer followed by
topsoil layer.
Page 969 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 26
B. Obstructions: Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or
shrubs are encountered in excavations.
1. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6-inch- (150-mm-) diameter holes, 24 inches (600 mm) apart, into
free-draining strata or to a depth of 10 feet (3 m), whichever is less, and backfill with
free-draining material.
C. Drainage: Notify Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or
retention in tree or shrub planting pits.
D. Containerized plants: Completely remove container. Cut out container with a sharp blade if
container does not readily separate from the rootball. Do not damage roots when removing
container and, if damaged, cut roots cleanly with sharp pruning shears.
E. Scarification of Containerized Woody Plants: The Contractor shall scarify the rootballs of
container plants by lightly roughening the entire circumference of the outer root mass and
soil. Rest the plant on its side and carefully scarify bottom of the root mass.
F. Inspect plant and expose rootflare if covered with soil. During exposure, take great care not
to damage fine roots.
G. For Containerized Trees: Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter.
H. For shrubs, form a planting pedestal under the rootball and tamp to make a firm base for the
plant. For all other plants, lightly tamp base of planting hole/bed.
I. Placement of Planting Soil Mixture at Container Plants: Position plants in place before
backfilling, verifying horizontal and vertical layout. For plant beds, do not backfill until all of the
plants in the bed are positioned and accepted by the Landscape Architect.
1. Plant shrubs before herbaceous plants, plant groundcover last.
2. Backfill planting soil mix to levels shown on Drawings and as described in Section 32 91
13 “Soil Preparation and Section 32 91 20 “Topsoil.”
3. Maintain at all times during the planting operations at least one stockpile of each
approved type of plant soil mixture.
4. Planting soil shall be in full contact with the rootball, with no voids or air pockets.
5. Watering Dish and Mulch: For individually planted shrubs, construct a soil watering dish
as shown on the Drawings to promote water infiltration into the root zone. The edges
of the watering dish are to be firm and capable of withstanding watering hose pressure.
Cover watering dish with mulch, forming a thin transition of mulch between the root
flare and 4-6” away from the trunk.
6. Plant beds: Do not form watering dishes around plants. Fine grade soil to create
positive pitch as shown on the Drawings.
Page 970 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 27
7. Inspect planting areas for plants set too high or low and immediately adjust to the
proper grade.
J. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air pockets.
When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before placing remainder
of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed.
K. Fertilizer (Only if Required by Soil Testing): Place planting tablets equally distributed around
each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball
about 1 inch (25 mm) from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom of the hole.
1. Quantity: 4 tablets per 5 gallon plant, 2 tablets per 1 gallon plant, or in amounts
recommended in soil reports from soil-testing laboratory, whichever is greater.
L. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil.
M. Watering: Use potable water.
1. Flood all plants with water twice within the first 24 hours after planting. Take care to
avoid saturating adjacent soils where planting operations are ongoing.
N. Monitor water pressure. Displacement of soil and mulch materials including watering dish by
water shall not be acceptable. Contactor shall repair any damage caused by watering and
erosion.
3.10 GROUND COVER AND PERENNIAL PLANTING
A. See Section 3.9 “PLANTING CONTAINERIZED PLANTS” for additional requirements.
1. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs, and vines as
indicated on Drawings in even rows with triangular spacing, unless otherwise noted.
2. Use planting soil as indicated on drawings for backfill.
3. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots.
4. For rooted cutting plants supplied in flats, plant each in a manner that minimally disturbs
the root system but to a depth not less than two nodes.
5. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation
around plants to hold water.
6. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
7. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of
recovery from transplanting shock.
Page 971 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 28
3.11 TREE STABILIZATION
A. Trunk Stabilization by Upright Staking and Tying: Install trunk stabilization as detailed using
stake and guys as specified unless otherwise indicated. Do not force the tree to plumb
position. If necessary, reset the tree rootball plumb.
1. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5-inch (50- through 125-mm)
caliper. Stake trees of less than 2-inch (50-mm) caliper only as required to prevent
wind tip out. Use a minimum of two stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18
inches (450 mm) below bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend one-third of
trunk height above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root balls
or root masses.
2. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees with two stakes for trees up to 12 feet (3.6 m)
high and 2-1/2 inches (63 mm) or less in caliper; three stakes for trees less than 14 feet
(4.2 m) high and up to 4 inches (100 mm) in caliper. Space stakes equally around trees.
3. Support trees with two strands of tie wire, connected to the brass grommets of tree-
tie webbing at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint
of tree.
B. Trunk Stabilization by Staking and Guying: Install trunk stabilization as follows unless
otherwise indicated on Drawings. Stake and guy trees more than 14 feet (4.2 m) in height and
more than 3 inches (75 mm) in caliper unless otherwise indicated.
1. Site-Fabricated, Staking-and-Guying Method: Install no fewer than three guys spaced
equally around tree.
a. Securely attach guys to stakes 8 feet (245 cm) long, driven to grade. Adjust
spacing to avoid penetrating root balls or root masses. Provide turnbuckle
compression spring for each guy wire and tighten securely.
b. For trees more than 6 inches (150 mm) in caliper, anchor guys to wood deadmen
buried at least 36 inches (900 mm) below grade. Provide turnbuckle for each
guy wire and tighten securely.
c. Support trees with multiple strands of tie wire, connected to the brass grommets
of tree-tie webbing at contact points with tree trunk and reaching to turnbuckle.
Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree.
d. Attach flags to each guy wire, 30 inches (760 mm) above finish grade.
e. Paint turnbuckles with luminescent white paint.
C. Proprietary Staking and Guying Device: Install staking and guying system sized and
positioned as recommended by manufacturer unless otherwise indicated and according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.12 PLANTING AREA MULCHING
A. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas at all tree, shrub and perennials areas indicated in
the planting plans.
1. Verify that subgrade exhibits positive drainage.
Page 972 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 29
2. Apply 4-inch average thickness of Natural Cedar (Gorilla Hair) mulch over whole
surface of planting area and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch
within 6-inches (75mm) of trunks or stems.
3.13 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring
planting saucers, adjusting and repairing tree-stabilization devices, resetting to proper
grades or vertical position, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy,
viable plantings.
B. Fill in, as necessary, soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes.
Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence.
C. Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials, planted areas, and soils free of pests
and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices when possible to
minimize use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as
hosing off foliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and biological control agents.
D. Maintenance Service for Trees and Shrubs: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of
landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance
immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and
well established, but for not less than maintenance period below:
1. Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of Final Acceptance.
E. Maintenance Service for Ground Cover and Other Plants: Provide maintenance by skilled
employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin
maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are
acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below:
1. Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of Final Acceptance.
3.14 SOIL DIAGNOSTICS DURING THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD
A. If plants exhibit unsatisfactory growth during the maintenance period, perform soil testing for
chemical properties, compaction and infiltration rates. See Section 32 91 13 “Soil
Preparations” for testing definitions. Adhere to Landscape Architect’s recommend
remediation. Remediation may include, but shall not be limited to, soil amendments, Liquid
Biological Amendments and soil decompaction.
Page 973 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 30
3.15 FINE GRADING
A. Prior to fine grading, Contractor shall verify that the rough grading, under drainage system,
planting soil mixes, planting of woody plants and irrigation system have been accepted.
B. Fine Grading: Set finished grades by instrumentation and in accordance with Section 01 73
00, “Execution and Field Engineering.” At minimum, set stakes at the bottom, middle, and top
of slopes and at the edges and centers of plant beds. Connect contours and spot elevations
with an even slope, or as shown on the drawings.
1. Fine grade planted areas shall have an even surface free from ridges, rills or
depressions. Surface of planting soil shall be free draining have a fine texture.
2. All large stiff clods, lumps, brush, roots, litter and other foreign matter, and stones over
one inch in diameter, shall be removed from the planting soil surface. Planting soil shall
be free of smaller stones in excessive quantities as determined by the Landscape
Architect.
3.16 PESTICIDE APPLICATION
A. Use: Pesticides are to be used on an as-needed basis, determined based on site conditions
and only after review and approval by the Landscape Architect.
B. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to
authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate
applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner
before each application is performed.
C. Pre-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply to tree, shrub, and ground-
cover areas according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Do not apply to seeded
areas.
D. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to treat
already-germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.17 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A. General: Repair or replace existing or new trees and other plants that are damaged by
construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect.
1. Submit details of proposed pruning and repairs.
2. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours, if approved.
3. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth
status, as determined by Architect.
Page 974 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 31
B. Remove and replace trees that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition
before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that
Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern.
1. Provide new trees of same size as those being replaced for each tree of 6 inches (150
mm) or smaller in caliper size.
2. Species of Replacement Trees: Same species being replaced.
3.18 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly
condition. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks,
or other paved areas.
B. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and
debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
C. Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other contractors
and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or
replace damaged plantings.
D. Limit all conditions that retard the growth of the plants, whether installed or when in storage.
E. The Contractor shall be strictly prohibited from tracking or driving over newly planted areas.
F. In areas where tracking or driving cannot be avoided, the Contractor shall install a protective
barrier between the vehicle and the soil surface as approved by the Landscape Architect.
G. Restore areas disturbed by planting activities, or if otherwise eroded, settled, or disturbed
after fine grading, and prior to lawn installation.
H. Tags: Remove all identification labels, seals and tags at Final Acceptance of the project.
I. Remove all tree stakes 12-months after Final Acceptance.
J. After installation and before Planting Completion, remove wire, burlap, and other debris from
plant material, planting areas, and Project site.
K. At time of Substantial Completion, verify that tree-watering devices are in good working
order and leave them in place. Replace improperly functioning devices.
Page 975 of 1257
100% Bid Set ROTOLO PARK
June 18, 2025 Superbloom Project No. EPR-ROTO
PLANTS
32 93 00 - 32
3.19 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance
of plants during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods.
END OF SECTION 32 93 00
Page 976 of 1257
GRADING, EROSION, AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (GESC) REPORT
FOR
Rotolo Park
4401 S Huron Street
Prepared: June 18, 2025
Prepared for:
City of Englewood
1000 Englewood Parkway
Englewood, CO 80110
Prepared by:
Kevin Kennedy, P.E.
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, CO 80203
Ph: 303-623-6300, Fax: 303-623-6311
Harris Kocher Smith Project No. 240917
06/18/2025
Page 977 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTACT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 4
I. General Location and Site Description ...................................................................... 5
Location .................................................................................................................... 5
Nature of Construction Activity .................................................................................. 5
Estimates of Site Area .............................................................................................. 5
Summary of Existing Data ........................................................................................ 5
Existing Vegetation ................................................................................................... 5
Potential Pollution Sources ....................................................................................... 5
Potential Non-Stormwater Discharges ...................................................................... 6
Receiving Water(s) ................................................................................................... 6
II. Drainage Patterns ................................................................................................ 6
III. Soils ..................................................................................................................... 6
IV. Erosion and Sediment Control Measures (BMP’s) .............................................. 6
Silt Fence .................................................................................................................. 7
Stabilized Staging Area ............................................................................................. 7
Vehicle Tracking Control ........................................................................................... 7
Concrete Washout Area ............................................................................................ 7
Seeding and Mulching .............................................................................................. 7
Dust Mitigation .......................................................................................................... 8
Surface Roughening ................................................................................................. 8
Erosion Control Blanket ............................................................................................ 8
V. GESC Administrator ............................................................................................ 8
VI. Construction Schedule ........................................................................................ 9
VII. Stormwater Management Considerations............................................................ 9
Initial - Phase One .................................................................................................... 9
Post-Paving – Phase Two ......................................................................................... 9
VIII. Potential Pollution Sources ................................................................................ 10
Disturbed and Stored Soils ..................................................................................... 10
Vehicle Tracking of Sediments ................................................................................ 10
Contaminated Soils ................................................................................................. 10
Loading and Unloading Operations ......................................................................... 10
Outdoor Storage Activities ...................................................................................... 10
Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance and Fueling .................................................. 10
Dust or Particulate Generating Processes .............................................................. 11
Routine Maintenance Activities ............................................................................... 11
On-site Waste Management Practices .................................................................... 11
Concrete Truck/Equipment Washing ...................................................................... 11
Dedicated Asphalt and Concrete Batch Plants ....................................................... 11
Non-Industrial Waste Sources ................................................................................ 11
Other Areas or Procedures Where Potential Spills Can Occur ............................... 11
Training ................................................................................................................... 12
IX. Final Stabilization and Long-Term Stormwater Management ............................ 12
X. Inspection and Maintenance .............................................................................. 12
Record Keeping and Documenting Inspections ...................................................... 12
XI. Englewood Standard Stormwater Management Plan Notes .............................. 13
Page 978 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 3
XII. References .......................................................................................................... A
Appendices
Vicinity Map and FIRM .................................................................... Appendix A
Soils Information ............................................................................ Appendix B
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) ............................................ Appendix C
GESC Plan ..................................................................................... Appendix D
Landscape Plans………………………………………………………...Appendix E
Page 979 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 4
CONTACT INFORMATION
Applicant:
Company Name:
Email:
Mailing Address:
Telephone #:
Plan Preparation Consultant:
Company Name: Harris Kocher Smith
Professional Engineer: Kevin Kennedy
Email: kkennedy@hkseng.com
Mailing Address: 1120 Lincoln St. Suite 1000 Denver, CO 80203
Telephone # (303) 623-6300
Fax # (303) 623-6311
Page 980 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 5
I. General Location and Site Description
Location
The Rotolo Park site at 4401 S Huron Street (“Site”) is located west of South Huron Street
(eastern boundary), east of W Stanford Drive (western boundary), southeast of the S Jason
Street cul-de-sac (northwest boundary) and bound by residential properties to the north and
south. The Site is situated in the Northwest Quarter of Section 10, Township 5 South, Range
68 West of the Sixth Principal Meridian, City of Englewood, and County of Arapahoe in the
State of Colorado. A Vicinity Map is shown in Appendix A.
Nature of Construction Activity
The proposed development of the Site will include sidewalks, landscaping, and a restroom
area. Site development improvements will also include demolition of existing gabion walls.
Estimates of Site Area
The Site earthwork is anticipated to generate approximately 325 cubic yards of raw cut and
389 cubic yards of raw fill; therefore, the net earthwork consists of 64 cubic yards of fill to
be imported on-site, less adjustment for utility spoils, pavement section, and foundation
spoils. Truck routes for export sites were planned and provided to the City. The earthwork
volumes listed above do not take into account volumes associated with utility spoils and
foundations. The earthwork numbers are approximate and should be independently
verified by the contractor prior to construction.
Summary of Existing Data
The Site consists of approximately 3.07 acres of primarily grassed area, as well as a
playground and shaded picnic area. Much of the 3.07 acres serves as a detention pond.
The existing topography of the Site slopes from east to west, with the maximum amount of
fall of 20’.
The Site is shown to be in a Zone X (unshaded) Flood Area, according to Flood Insurance
Rate Maps (FIRM) 08005C0163L Arapahoe County, Colorado revised April 11, 2024. Zone
X (unshaded) is described as “Area of minimal flood hazard”. A copy of the FIRM is
included in Appendix A.
Existing Vegetation
Vegetation on site is comprised of grasses, small shrubs, and trees. Potential wetlands and
other waters of the U.S. include the South Platte River. Surface water may be present
during the growing season.
Potential Pollution Sources
Page 981 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 6
The location and description of all potential pollution sources -- including ground surface
disturbing activities, vehicle fueling, storage of fertilizers or chemicals, etc. -- is detailed
below in the Potential Pollution Sources Section.
Potential Non-Stormwater Discharges
Non-Stormwater components of discharge, such as underground springs, groundwater
dewatering, permitted dewatering activities, and landscape irrigation return flows could
travel into the storm sewer system, and ultimately the South Platte River. Discharges into
any City Ditch will require approval from the City of Englewood. The Contractor is
responsible for obtaining a Permit from CDPHE prior to groundwater discharge.
Receiving Water(s)
A report titled City of Englewood Probable Areas Affected by Flooding from the 100-Year
Storm (“City Report”), dated March 1998, prepared for the Urban Drainage and Flood
Control District (“UDFCD”) and the City indicates that the Site is located within a probable
areas affected by flooding from the 100-year storm.
According to the City Report the Site is located within the Southern Englewood Basin which
is comprised of three sub-basins, being: the South, the South-Central and the Central
Englewood basins. Of these three sub-basins, the Site is located in the most downstream
Central Englewood sub-basin, where all three drainage basins combine.
II. Drainage Patterns
The Sites general drainage concept is to have all on-site runoff sheet flow into the existing
on-site detention pond and is then routed through an existing storm outlet pipe. The Site
generally slopes east to west with a maximum fall of 22’ across the Site. Some flows near
the southwestern areas of the Site sheet flow off-site as currently constructed. Grading
improvements and the addition of boulder walls are being proposed to redirect flows on-site.
III. Soils
According to the Geotechnical Engineering Report by Cole Garner Geotechnical, dated
June 11, 2025, the Site’s near-surface soils are predominately classified as clayey sand to
sandy lean clay. The analysis of expansive soils were found to be minor risk on the Site. A
copy of the Geotechnical Engineering Report can be found in Appendix B for more detailed
information. The NRCS Soil Survey for the Site can also be found in Appendix B.
IV. Erosion and Sediment Control Measures (BMP’s)
The following BMP’s shall be implemented as indicated, prior to and during construction
activities on the Site. This plan indicates the purpose of and estimated timing of
implementation of such BMP’s. The contractor’s representative shall be vigilant in ensuring
Page 982 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 7
that BMP replacement and additional BMP placement is implemented immediately in the
event of deficiencies or any unforeseen erosion conditions. All BMPs shall be installed
according to current MHFD standard details.
Silt Fence
Silt Fence is utilized along the limits of construction (in areas of acceptable grade) to filter
Site runoff, prior to reaching the adjacent channel or slope. Silt fence shall be placed along
the contour, at the base of any disturbed area, as shown on the GESC. When silt fence is
not installed along the contour, a “J-Hook” installation may be appropriate to ensure that the
BMP does not create concentrated flow parallel to the silt fence.
Stabilized Staging Area
Stabilized staging areas will be installed at the locations shown on the GESC. All
construction equipment, vehicles, trailers, stockpiles, waste bins and construction-related
materials shall be stored here. Staging areas located in roadways due to space constraints
require special measures to avoid materials being washed into storm inlets.
Vehicle Tracking Control
The Vehicle Tracking Control locations are identified on the GESC, to prevent the transport
(by vehicles) of mud and dirt onto the paved surface. Whenever sediment is transported
onto a roadway, the road shall be cleaned at the end of each day, or at the frequency
requested by the governing municipality. Sediment shall be removed by shoveling,
sweeping, or other approved methods. Street washing shall not be allowed until after
sediment has been removed (in an approved manner).
Concrete Washout Area
Concrete washout areas will be installed at the locations shown on the GESC. Concrete
washouts can be earth built or portable and shall be maintained in effective operational
condition.
Seeding and Mulching
All disturbed areas shall be seeded and mulched within 30 days of initial exposure, or 14
days after grading is substantially complete in a given area.
Seed shall be applied using a mechanical drill, to a depth of ¼-inch, with row spacing not
more than 6 inches. Seed mixes shall conform to the GESC Notes.
Mulch shall be applied within 24 hours of seeding. Mulch shall be weed and seed free, long-
stemmed straw. At least 50% (by weight) shall be ten inches or more, in length. Mulch shall
Page 983 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 8
be applied at a rate of 4000 pounds per acre and be mechanically anchored to a minimum
depth of 2 inches.
Dust Mitigation
The contractor shall have measures on Site during overlot grading to mitigate airborne dust
pollutants. Two recommended methods are water trucks and surface roughening. Water
trucks will be used to moisten soil access drives to reduce the amount of dust created by
wind and on Site construction traffic. Surface roughening will be provided on all disturbed
surfaces within 2 days of disturbance. Frequent street sweeping will also be utilized to
contain dust and minimize blowing by wind.
Surface Roughening
Surface roughening provides temporary stabilization of disturbed areas from water and wind
erosion. The soil surface is considered to be roughened if depressions are created two
inches to four inches deep and are spaced approximately four inches to six inches apart.
Surface roughening shall be performed on all disturbed, graded areas of the Site (except in
areas where buildings, pavement, or sod are to be placed within 14 days). Surface
Roughening should follow along the contours of the slope. Care should be taken not to allow
vehicles on treated slopes, as tire tracks will smooth the roughened surface and encourage
runoff to collect into channels.
Erosion Control Blanket
Areas of steep slopes (Greater than 4:1) require additional aid to establish vegetation.
Erosion Control Blanket (double-net straw) shall be installed on all slopes steeper than 4:1,
as indicated in the GESC.
V. GESC Administrator
The Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control (GESC) administrator shall be the Site
superintendent. The Site superintendent is responsible for implementing and maintaining the
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan. The GESC administrator shall contact the
engineer of record for development and revisions of the SWMP. The CDPHE Stormwater
Discharge Permit will be obtained when the plans are further developed. The City of
Englewood Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Permit will be obtained once other
submittals are approved.
Page 984 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 9
VI. Construction Schedule
Construction operations are anticipated to begin in the fall of 2025. The following schedule
outlines the expected construction schedule:
Preliminary Construction Schedule
Rough
Grading Summer 2025 – Winter 2025
Utility
Construction Fall 2025 – Spring 2025
Vertical
Construction Fall 2025 – Spring 2025
Fine
Grading Fall 2025 – Winter 2025
VII. Stormwater Management Considerations
Stormwater management for the Site will be accomplished by a 2-Phase process of BMP
installation. Specific BMPs are indicated on the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan.
Initial - Phase One
Installation of the vehicle tracking control (VTC) and downhill silt fence will take place at this
time, as indicated in the GESC Plan. A VTC area will be installed on the west access side of
the Site.
Care should be taken during this phase to control Site runoff and not discharge sediment
laden runoff to downstream properties. Sediment discharge will be controlled with frequent
street sweeping operations to remove dust from surfaces with potential to be collected into
runoff. Open cuts should be stabilized in a timely manner. This phase is characterized with
Site clearing, overlot grading, utility installation and paving.
The contractor shall have measures on-site at all times to mitigate airborne dust pollutants,
such as frequent street sweeping.
Temporary measures will be taken to control runoff during this phase. Installation of surface
roughening will commence before the final phase is initiated. Maintenance of all previously
installed erosion control measures shall be ongoing throughout this phase.
Permittee or contractor shall produce written inspection records every seven (7) days and
after significant precipitation events. All necessary maintenance and repair shall be
completed immediately.
Post-Paving – Phase Two
Permanent seeding/mulching of non-formally landscaped areas will take place at this time.
A request for final inspection shall be made to the City of Englewood Inspector. After final
Page 985 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 10
Site stabilization has been reached and accepted by the City of Englewood, temporary BMP
measures can be removed. Any excess sedimentation on or offsite caused by the
development of this Site shall be removed, and the area shall be reclaimed.
VIII. Potential Pollution Sources
Disturbed and Stored Soils
Disturbed and stored soils are a potential pollution source for the Site. The disturbed and
stored soils will be controlled by implementing dust mitigation, surface roughening, silt
fence, sediment control logs, seeding and mulching and erosion control blankets.
Vehicle Tracking of Sediments
Vehicle tracking of sediments is a potential pollution source for the Site and will be
controlled by vehicle tracking control pads located at all construction entrances.
Contaminated Soils
It is not anticipated that contaminated soils will be a potential pollution source for the Site.
The contractor shall be responsible to monitor for contaminated soils, and notify the
engineer if discovered.
Loading and Unloading Operations
Loading and unloading operations is a potential pollution source for the Site. Loading and
unloading operations shall take place within the stabilized staging area.
Outdoor Storage Activities
Outdoor storage activities are a potential pollution source for the Site. Materials are
sometimes used at a construction Site that present a potential for contamination of
stormwater runoff. These may include, but are not limited to: building materials, fuel, oil,
lubricants, paints, solvents, concrete curing compounds, pesticides, fertilizers, chemicals,
herbicides, etc. The contractor shall designate an area where these products should be
stored in an enclosure, container, or lined earthen dike, constructed to prevent discharge of
these materials in runoff from the Site. These barriers will also function to contain spilled
materials from contact with surface runoff. Standard Operating Procedures for material spill
containment and cleanup are provided in Appendix C.
Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance and Fueling
Vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling is a potential pollution source for the Site.
Measures shall also be taken to prevent spills or leaks of fuel, oils, lubricants, antifreeze,
and other contaminant fluids from construction vehicles to protect groundwater and
Page 986 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 11
stormwater runoff. All equipment maintenance shall be performed in a designated area, and
measures such as drip pans shall be used to contain petroleum products. Spills of
construction materials should be cleaned up immediately and disposed of properly. The
contractor shall routinely inspect equipment for leaks that could lead to discharge of
petroleum products into surface runoff.
Dust or Particulate Generating Processes
Significant dust or particulate generating processes are not a potential pollution source for
the Site; however, minor dust or particulate may be generated during the grading process.
Dust mitigation, surface roughening, and seeding and mulching shall be implemented to
mitigate airborne dust pollutants.
Routine Maintenance Activities
Routine maintenance activities are a potential pollution source for the Site. Refer to Outdoor
Storage Activities for specific implementation criteria.
On-site Waste Management Practices
On-site waste management practices (waste piles, liquid wastes, dumpsters, etc.) are a
potential pollution source for the Site. The contractor shall designate an area where these
practices occur and shall routinely inspect and maintain the areas to eliminate the pollution
source.
Concrete Truck/Equipment Washing
Concrete truck and equipment washing is a potential pollution source for the Site and should
only occur at the designated Concrete Washout Area shown on the Grading, Erosion, and
Sediment Control Plan.
Dedicated Asphalt and Concrete Batch Plants
Dedicated asphalt and concrete batch plants are not a potential pollution source for the Site.
There will not be any dedicated concrete or asphalt batch plants on Site.
Non-Industrial Waste Sources
Non-industrial waste sources such as worker trash and portable toilets are a potential
pollution source for the Site. The contractor shall designate an area where these practices
occur and shall routinely inspect and maintain the areas to eliminate the pollution source.
Other Areas or Procedures Where Potential Spills Can Occur
Page 987 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 12
Other areas or procedures where potential spills can occur are not a potential pollution
source for the Site.
Training
All contractor’s employees and subcontractor’s employees shall receive orientation training
in “Spill Prevention and Response Procedures”. Training will cover responsibilities and
procedures to be followed in the event of an on-site material spill. Periodic training shall be
conducted during weekly or monthly safety meetings. All training records shall be
maintained in the construction trailer. The contractor is responsible for preparing and
training Site personnel for procedures on potential spills.
IX. Final Stabilization and Long-Term Stormwater Management
The permanent stabilization of the Site shall have all areas which were disturbed during
construction paved, built upon, or re-vegetated in some manner in conformance with the
approved landscape plan. It is anticipated that these areas will have sod, trees, and shrubs
installed throughout the Site. Final stabilization is achieved when all soil-disturbing activities
within the Site have been completed, and uniform vegetative cover has been established
with a density of at least 70% of pre-disturbance levels or equivalent permanent, physical
erosion reduction methods have been implemented. Permittee or contractor shall produce
written inspection records every seven (7) days and after significant precipitation events. All
necessary maintenance and repair shall be completed immediately.
X. Inspection and Maintenance
Inspection and maintenance of all erosion control devices is the responsibility of the
contractor. Inspection of all erosion control devices should occur at the beginning and end of
each construction day. The Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
(CDPHE) Stormwater Construction Permit requires that a thorough inspection of the
stormwater management system be performed and documented at least every 7 days.
Additionally, inspection should occur within 24 hours of any precipitation or snowmelt event
that may cause surface erosion. The CDPHE permittee must document inspection results
and maintain a record of the results for a period of three years following expiration or
inactivation of permit coverage. Any erosion control devices that have been compromised or
have been disturbed shall be replaced or reconstructed. It is the responsibility of the
contractor to have all erosion control devices in place and effective, prior to a storm event.
Record Keeping and Documenting Inspections
The following items (at a minimum) must be documented as part of the Site inspections:
i. The inspection date;
ii. Name(s) and title(s) of personnel making the inspection;
iii. Location(s) of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the Site;
iv. Location(s) of BMPs that need to be maintained;
v. Location(s) of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a
particular location;
Page 988 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 13
vi. Location(s) where additional BMPs are needed that were not in place at the time of
inspection;
vii. Deviations from the minimum inspection schedule as provided in Section IX above;
viii. Description of corrective action for items iii, iv, v, and vi, above, dates corrective
action(s) taken, and measures taken to prevent future violations, including requisite
changes to the GESC, as necessary; and
ix. After adequate corrective action(s) has been taken, or where a report does not identify
and incidents requiring corrective action, the report shall contain a signed statement
indicating the Site is in compliance with the permit to the best of the signer’s
knowledge and belief
Permittee or contractor shall produce written inspection records every seven (7) days
and after significant precipitation events. All necessary maintenance and repair shall be
completed immediately.
XI. Englewood Standard Stormwater Management Plan Notes
1. All work must be completed per the approved Stormwater Management Plan and the City of
Englewood Drainage Criteria Manual.
2. Erect and maintain adequate erosion protection for the duration of the project. No material will
be allowed to leave site. All erosion control devices shall be per the latest issue of Volume 3 of
the urban storm drainage criteria manual.
3. Pre-construction meeting shall be held on-site after perimeter controls have been installed and
prior to the start of construction or demolition. Schedule pre-construction meeting and all
inspections with public works at 303-762-2500, 48 hours prior to construction.
4. The SWMP should be updated as necessary to reflect changing site conditions. Minor
modifications may be made by the SWMP administrator and will generally include substitutions
for bmp’s that are equivalent or more suitable to specific conditions. Minor modifications will be
tracked on the approved SWMP at the site and will not require submittal to the City of
Englewood. Major modifications to a SWMP are those involving re-engineering or changes to
the site grading and drainage plan. Major modifications will need to be made by the engineer of
record and be submit to the City of Englewood Public Works for approval.
5. A designated area shall be provided on site for concrete truck chute washout. The area shall be
so as to contain washout material and located at least fifty (50) feet away from any waterway
during construction. Upon completion of construction activities, the concrete washout material
will be removed and properly disposed of prior to the area being restored.
6. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all paved areas of mud and debris due to
construction activities on a daily basis or as directed by the City of Englewood.
7. Soil on the site shall not be left exposed for more than 60 days. All disturbed areas on the site
shall be stabilized with seeding/mulching, paving or other approved method.
Page 989 of 1257
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan Rotolo Park; 4401 S Huron Street
Page 14
8. Erosion control devices shall remain in place and in working condition until final stabilization of
the site is achieved.
Page 990 of 1257
XII. References
1. Geotechnical Engineering Report; Cole Garner Geotechnical; June 11, 2025.
2. Storm Drainage Criteria Manual, Vol. 3, Urban Drainage and Flood Control District,
March, 2024.
3. Soil Resource Report for Golden Area, Colorado, Parts of Denver, Douglas,
Jefferson, and Park Counties; Web Soil Survey: Natural Resources Conservation
Service, http://websoilsurvey.sc.egov.usda.gov; retrieved May 2025.
Page 991 of 1257
Appendix A
Vicinity Map & FIRM
Page 992 of 1257
SITE
Plo
t
t
e
d
:
WE
D
0
5
/
1
4
/
2
5
1
:
3
3
:
2
0
P
B
y
:
Ja
k
e
V
i
n
c
i
F
i
l
e
p
a
t
h
:
p:\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
\
x
r
e
f
\
v
i
c
m
a
p
.
d
w
g
L
a
y
o
u
t
:
la
y
o
u
t
1
VICINITY MAP
SCALE: 1"=1000'
Page 993 of 1257
National Flood Hazard Layer FIRMette
0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000250
Feet
Ü
SEE FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT
SPECIAL FLOOD
HAZARD AREAS
Without Base Flood Elevation (BFE)Zone A, V, A99With BFE or DepthZone AE, AO, AH, VE, AR
Regulatory Floodway
0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Areasof 1% annual chance flood with averagedepth less than one foot or with drainageareas of less than one square mile Zone X
Future Conditions 1% Annual
Chance Flood Hazard Zone X
Area with Reduced Flood Risk due toLevee. See Notes.Zone X
Area with Flood Risk due to LeveeZone D
NO SCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard Zone X
Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard Zone D
Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer
Levee, Dike, or Floodwall
Cross Sections with 1% Annual Chance
17.5 Water Surface Elevation
Coastal Transect
Coastal Transect Baseline
Profile Baseline
Hydrographic Feature
Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE)
Effective LOMRs
Limit of Study
Jurisdiction Boundary
Digital Data Available
No Digital Data Available
Unmapped
This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use ofdigital flood maps if it is not void as described below.
The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemapaccuracy standards
The flood hazard information is derived directly from theauthoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This mapwas exported on 5/14/2025 at 7:39 PM and does not
reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and
time. The NFHL and effective information may change orbecome superseded by new data over time.
This map image is void if the one or more of the following mapelements do not appear: basemap imagery, flood zone labels,legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers,FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for
unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used forregulatory purposes.
Legend
OTHER AREAS OFFLOOD HAZARD
OTHER AREAS
GENERALSTRUCTURES
OTHERFEATURES
MAP PANELS
8
B 20.2
The pin displayed on the map is an approximatepoint selected by the user and does not representan authoritative property location.
1:6,000
105°0'12"W 39°38'25"N
104°59'35"W 39°37'58"N
Basemap Imagery Source: USGS National Map 2023
Pa
g
e
9
9
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
Appendix B
Soils Information
Page 995 of 1257
United States
Department of
Agriculture
A product of the National
Cooperative Soil Survey,
a joint effort of the United
States Department of
Agriculture and other
Federal agencies, State
agencies including the
Agricultural Experiment
Stations, and local
participants
Custom Soil Resource
Report for
Arapahoe
County,
Colorado
Natural
Resources
Conservation
Service
May 14, 2025
Page 996 of 1257
Preface
Soil surveys contain information that affects land use planning in survey areas.
They highlight soil limitations that affect various land uses and provide information
about the properties of the soils in the survey areas. Soil surveys are designed for
many different users, including farmers, ranchers, foresters, agronomists, urban
planners, community officials, engineers, developers, builders, and home buyers.
Also, conservationists, teachers, students, and specialists in recreation, waste
disposal, and pollution control can use the surveys to help them understand,
protect, or enhance the environment.
Various land use regulations of Federal, State, and local governments may impose
special restrictions on land use or land treatment. Soil surveys identify soil
properties that are used in making various land use or land treatment decisions.
The information is intended to help the land users identify and reduce the effects of
soil limitations on various land uses. The landowner or user is responsible for
identifying and complying with existing laws and regulations.
Although soil survey information can be used for general farm, local, and wider area
planning, onsite investigation is needed to supplement this information in some
cases. Examples include soil quality assessments (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/
portal/nrcs/main/soils/health/) and certain conservation and engineering
applications. For more detailed information, contact your local USDA Service Center
(https://offices.sc.egov.usda.gov/locator/app?agency=nrcs) or your NRCS State Soil
Scientist (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/contactus/?
cid=nrcs142p2_053951).
Great differences in soil properties can occur within short distances. Some soils are
seasonally wet or subject to flooding. Some are too unstable to be used as a
foundation for buildings or roads. Clayey or wet soils are poorly suited to use as
septic tank absorption fields. A high water table makes a soil poorly suited to
basements or underground installations.
The National Cooperative Soil Survey is a joint effort of the United States
Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the
Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local agencies. The Natural Resources
Conservation Service (NRCS) has leadership for the Federal part of the National
Cooperative Soil Survey.
Information about soils is updated periodically. Updated information is available
through the NRCS Web Soil Survey, the site for official soil survey information.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its
programs and activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, disability,
and where applicable, sex, marital status, familial status, parental status, religion,
sexual orientation, genetic information, political beliefs, reprisal, or because all or a
part of an individual's income is derived from any public assistance program. (Not
all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require
2
Page 997 of 1257
alternative means for communication of program information (Braille, large print,
audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice
and TDD). To file a complaint of discrimination, write to USDA, Director, Office of
Civil Rights, 1400 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20250-9410 or
call (800) 795-3272 (voice) or (202) 720-6382 (TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity
provider and employer.
3
Page 998 of 1257
Contents
Preface....................................................................................................................2
How Soil Surveys Are Made..................................................................................5
Soil Map..................................................................................................................8
Soil Map................................................................................................................9
Legend................................................................................................................10
Map Unit Legend................................................................................................11
Map Unit Descriptions.........................................................................................11
Arapahoe County, Colorado............................................................................13
BvE—Bresser-Truckton sandy loams, 5 to 20 percent slopes....................13
NlB—Nunn loam, 1 to 3 percent slopes......................................................14
References............................................................................................................17
4
Page 999 of 1257
How Soil Surveys Are Made
Soil surveys are made to provide information about the soils and miscellaneous
areas in a specific area. They include a description of the soils and miscellaneous
areas and their location on the landscape and tables that show soil properties and
limitations affecting various uses. Soil scientists observed the steepness, length,
and shape of the slopes; the general pattern of drainage; the kinds of crops and
native plants; and the kinds of bedrock. They observed and described many soil
profiles. A soil profile is the sequence of natural layers, or horizons, in a soil. The
profile extends from the surface down into the unconsolidated material in which the
soil formed or from the surface down to bedrock. The unconsolidated material is
devoid of roots and other living organisms and has not been changed by other
biological activity.
Currently, soils are mapped according to the boundaries of major land resource
areas (MLRAs). MLRAs are geographically associated land resource units that
share common characteristics related to physiography, geology, climate, water
resources, soils, biological resources, and land uses (USDA, 2006). Soil survey
areas typically consist of parts of one or more MLRA.
The soils and miscellaneous areas in a survey area occur in an orderly pattern that
is related to the geology, landforms, relief, climate, and natural vegetation of the
area. Each kind of soil and miscellaneous area is associated with a particular kind
of landform or with a segment of the landform. By observing the soils and
miscellaneous areas in the survey area and relating their position to specific
segments of the landform, a soil scientist develops a concept, or model, of how they
were formed. Thus, during mapping, this model enables the soil scientist to predict
with a considerable degree of accuracy the kind of soil or miscellaneous area at a
specific location on the landscape.
Commonly, individual soils on the landscape merge into one another as their
characteristics gradually change. To construct an accurate soil map, however, soil
scientists must determine the boundaries between the soils. They can observe only
a limited number of soil profiles. Nevertheless, these observations, supplemented
by an understanding of the soil-vegetation-landscape relationship, are sufficient to
verify predictions of the kinds of soil in an area and to determine the boundaries.
Soil scientists recorded the characteristics of the soil profiles that they studied. They
noted soil color, texture, size and shape of soil aggregates, kind and amount of rock
fragments, distribution of plant roots, reaction, and other features that enable them
to identify soils. After describing the soils in the survey area and determining their
properties, the soil scientists assigned the soils to taxonomic classes (units).
Taxonomic classes are concepts. Each taxonomic class has a set of soil
characteristics with precisely defined limits. The classes are used as a basis for
comparison to classify soils systematically. Soil taxonomy, the system of taxonomic
classification used in the United States, is based mainly on the kind and character
of soil properties and the arrangement of horizons within the profile. After the soil
5
Page 1000 of 1257
scientists classified and named the soils in the survey area, they compared the
individual soils with similar soils in the same taxonomic class in other areas so that
they could confirm data and assemble additional data based on experience and
research.
The objective of soil mapping is not to delineate pure map unit components; the
objective is to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that
have similar use and management requirements. Each map unit is defined by a
unique combination of soil components and/or miscellaneous areas in predictable
proportions. Some components may be highly contrasting to the other components
of the map unit. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way
diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The delineation of such
landforms and landform segments on the map provides sufficient information for the
development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, onsite
investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas.
Soil scientists make many field observations in the process of producing a soil map.
The frequency of observation is dependent upon several factors, including scale of
mapping, intensity of mapping, design of map units, complexity of the landscape,
and experience of the soil scientist. Observations are made to test and refine the
soil-landscape model and predictions and to verify the classification of the soils at
specific locations. Once the soil-landscape model is refined, a significantly smaller
number of measurements of individual soil properties are made and recorded.
These measurements may include field measurements, such as those for color,
depth to bedrock, and texture, and laboratory measurements, such as those for
content of sand, silt, clay, salt, and other components. Properties of each soil
typically vary from one point to another across the landscape.
Observations for map unit components are aggregated to develop ranges of
characteristics for the components. The aggregated values are presented. Direct
measurements do not exist for every property presented for every map unit
component. Values for some properties are estimated from combinations of other
properties.
While a soil survey is in progress, samples of some of the soils in the area generally
are collected for laboratory analyses and for engineering tests. Soil scientists
interpret the data from these analyses and tests as well as the field-observed
characteristics and the soil properties to determine the expected behavior of the
soils under different uses. Interpretations for all of the soils are field tested through
observation of the soils in different uses and under different levels of management.
Some interpretations are modified to fit local conditions, and some new
interpretations are developed to meet local needs. Data are assembled from other
sources, such as research information, production records, and field experience of
specialists. For example, data on crop yields under defined levels of management
are assembled from farm records and from field or plot experiments on the same
kinds of soil.
Predictions about soil behavior are based not only on soil properties but also on
such variables as climate and biological activity. Soil conditions are predictable over
long periods of time, but they are not predictable from year to year. For example,
soil scientists can predict with a fairly high degree of accuracy that a given soil will
have a high water table within certain depths in most years, but they cannot predict
that a high water table will always be at a specific level in the soil on a specific date.
After soil scientists located and identified the significant natural bodies of soil in the
survey area, they drew the boundaries of these bodies on aerial photographs and
Custom Soil Resource Report
6
Page 1001 of 1257
identified each as a specific map unit. Aerial photographs show trees, buildings,
fields, roads, and rivers, all of which help in locating boundaries accurately.
Custom Soil Resource Report
7
Page 1002 of 1257
Soil Map
The soil map section includes the soil map for the defined area of interest, a list of
soil map units on the map and extent of each map unit, and cartographic symbols
displayed on the map. Also presented are various metadata about data used to
produce the map, and a description of each soil map unit.
8
Page 1003 of 1257
9
Custom Soil Resource Report
Soil Map
43
8
7
2
9
0
43
8
7
3
1
0
43
8
7
3
3
0
438
7
3
5
0
43
8
7
3
7
0
438
7
3
9
0
43
8
7
4
1
0
438
7
4
3
0
43
8
7
4
5
0
438
7
4
7
0
43
8
7
2
9
0
43
8
7
3
1
0
43
8
7
3
3
0
438
7
3
5
0
43
8
7
3
7
0
438
7
3
9
0
43
8
7
4
1
0
438
7
4
3
0
43
8
7
4
5
0
438
7
4
7
0
500110 500130 500150 500170 500190 500210 500230
500110 500130 500150 500170 500190 500210 500230
39° 38' 13'' N
10
4
°
5
9
'
5
5
'
'
W
39° 38' 13'' N
10
4
°
5
9
'
4
9
'
'
W
39° 38' 7'' N
10
4
°
5
9
'
5
5
'
'
W
39° 38' 7'' N
10
4
°
5
9
'
4
9
'
'
W
N
Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84
0 40 80 160 240
Feet0 10 20 40 60
MetersMap Scale: 1:921 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet.
Soil Map may not be valid at this scale.
Page 1004 of 1257
MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION
Area of Interest (AOI)
Area of Interest (AOI)
Soils
Soil Map Unit Polygons
Soil Map Unit Lines
Soil Map Unit Points
Special Point Features
Blowout
Borrow Pit
Clay Spot
Closed Depression
Gravel Pit
Gravelly Spot
Landfill
Lava Flow
Marsh or swamp
Mine or Quarry
Miscellaneous Water
Perennial Water
Rock Outcrop
Saline Spot
Sandy Spot
Severely Eroded Spot
Sinkhole
Slide or Slip
Sodic Spot
Spoil Area
Stony Spot
Very Stony Spot
Wet Spot
Other
Special Line Features
Water Features
Streams and Canals
Transportation
Rails
Interstate Highways
US Routes
Major Roads
Local Roads
Background
Aerial Photography
The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at
1:20,000.
Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale.
Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause
misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil
line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of
contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed
scale.
Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map
measurements.
Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service
Web Soil Survey URL:
Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857)
Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator
projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts
distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the
Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more
accurate calculations of distance or area are required.
This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as
of the version date(s) listed below.
Soil Survey Area: Arapahoe County, Colorado
Survey Area Data: Version 20, Aug 29, 2024
Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales
1:50,000 or larger.
Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Mar 1, 2023—Sep 1,
2023
The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were
compiled and digitized probably differs from the background
imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor
shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident.
Custom Soil Resource Report
10
Pa
g
e
1
0
0
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
Map Unit Legend
Map Unit Symbol Map Unit Name Acres in AOI Percent of AOI
BvE Bresser-Truckton sandy loams,
5 to 20 percent slopes
3.0 97.0%
NlB Nunn loam, 1 to 3 percent
slopes
0.1 3.0%
Totals for Area of Interest 3.1 100.0%
Map Unit Descriptions
The map units delineated on the detailed soil maps in a soil survey represent the
soils or miscellaneous areas in the survey area. The map unit descriptions, along
with the maps, can be used to determine the composition and properties of a unit.
A map unit delineation on a soil map represents an area dominated by one or more
major kinds of soil or miscellaneous areas. A map unit is identified and named
according to the taxonomic classification of the dominant soils. Within a taxonomic
class there are precisely defined limits for the properties of the soils. On the
landscape, however, the soils are natural phenomena, and they have the
characteristic variability of all natural phenomena. Thus, the range of some
observed properties may extend beyond the limits defined for a taxonomic class.
Areas of soils of a single taxonomic class rarely, if ever, can be mapped without
including areas of other taxonomic classes. Consequently, every map unit is made
up of the soils or miscellaneous areas for which it is named and some minor
components that belong to taxonomic classes other than those of the major soils.
Most minor soils have properties similar to those of the dominant soil or soils in the
map unit, and thus they do not affect use and management. These are called
noncontrasting, or similar, components. They may or may not be mentioned in a
particular map unit description. Other minor components, however, have properties
and behavioral characteristics divergent enough to affect use or to require different
management. These are called contrasting, or dissimilar, components. They
generally are in small areas and could not be mapped separately because of the
scale used. Some small areas of strongly contrasting soils or miscellaneous areas
are identified by a special symbol on the maps. If included in the database for a
given area, the contrasting minor components are identified in the map unit
descriptions along with some characteristics of each. A few areas of minor
components may not have been observed, and consequently they are not
mentioned in the descriptions, especially where the pattern was so complex that it
was impractical to make enough observations to identify all the soils and
miscellaneous areas on the landscape.
The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the
usefulness or accuracy of the data. The objective of mapping is not to delineate
pure taxonomic classes but rather to separate the landscape into landforms or
landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. The
delineation of such segments on the map provides sufficient information for the
development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, however,
Custom Soil Resource Report
11
Page 1006 of 1257
onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous
areas.
An identifying symbol precedes the map unit name in the map unit descriptions.
Each description includes general facts about the unit and gives important soil
properties and qualities.
Soils that have profiles that are almost alike make up a soil series. Except for
differences in texture of the surface layer, all the soils of a series have major
horizons that are similar in composition, thickness, and arrangement.
Soils of one series can differ in texture of the surface layer, slope, stoniness,
salinity, degree of erosion, and other characteristics that affect their use. On the
basis of such differences, a soil series is divided into soil phases. Most of the areas
shown on the detailed soil maps are phases of soil series. The name of a soil phase
commonly indicates a feature that affects use or management. For example, Alpha
silt loam, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is a phase of the Alpha series.
Some map units are made up of two or more major soils or miscellaneous areas.
These map units are complexes, associations, or undifferentiated groups.
A complex consists of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas in such an intricate
pattern or in such small areas that they cannot be shown separately on the maps.
The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar
in all areas. Alpha-Beta complex, 0 to 6 percent slopes, is an example.
An association is made up of two or more geographically associated soils or
miscellaneous areas that are shown as one unit on the maps. Because of present
or anticipated uses of the map units in the survey area, it was not considered
practical or necessary to map the soils or miscellaneous areas separately. The
pattern and relative proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat
similar. Alpha-Beta association, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example.
An undifferentiated group is made up of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas
that could be mapped individually but are mapped as one unit because similar
interpretations can be made for use and management. The pattern and proportion
of the soils or miscellaneous areas in a mapped area are not uniform. An area can
be made up of only one of the major soils or miscellaneous areas, or it can be made
up of all of them. Alpha and Beta soils, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example.
Some surveys include miscellaneous areas. Such areas have little or no soil
material and support little or no vegetation. Rock outcrop is an example.
Custom Soil Resource Report
12
Page 1007 of 1257
Arapahoe County, Colorado
BvE—Bresser-Truckton sandy loams, 5 to 20 percent slopes
Map Unit Setting
National map unit symbol: 34y6
Elevation: 4,500 to 6,800 feet
Mean annual precipitation: 12 to 18 inches
Mean annual air temperature: 46 to 52 degrees F
Frost-free period: 125 to 180 days
Farmland classification: Not prime farmland
Map Unit Composition
Bresser and similar soils:50 percent
Truckton and similar soils:35 percent
Minor components:15 percent
Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit.
Description of Bresser
Setting
Landform:Stream terraces, drainageways
Landform position (three-dimensional):Tread
Down-slope shape:Linear
Across-slope shape:Linear
Parent material:Noncalcareous sandy alluvium and/or noncalcareous sandy
eolian deposits
Typical profile
H1 - 0 to 5 inches: sandy loam
H2 - 5 to 16 inches: sandy clay loam
H3 - 16 to 28 inches: gravelly sandy loam
H4 - 28 to 60 inches: gravelly loamy coarse sand
Properties and qualities
Slope:5 to 20 percent
Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches
Drainage class:Well drained
Runoff class: Medium
Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high to high
(0.57 to 2.00 in/hr)
Depth to water table:More than 80 inches
Frequency of flooding:None
Frequency of ponding:None
Calcium carbonate, maximum content:10 percent
Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: Moderate (about 6.1 inches)
Interpretive groups
Land capability classification (irrigated): 6e
Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 6e
Hydrologic Soil Group: B
Ecological site: R049XB210CO - Sandy Foothill
Hydric soil rating: No
Custom Soil Resource Report
13
Page 1008 of 1257
Description of Truckton
Setting
Down-slope shape:Linear
Across-slope shape:Linear
Parent material:Eolian deposits
Typical profile
H1 - 0 to 5 inches: sandy loam
H2 - 5 to 17 inches: sandy loam
H3 - 17 to 60 inches: sandy loam
Properties and qualities
Slope:5 to 20 percent
Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches
Drainage class:Well drained
Runoff class: Low
Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):High (1.98 to 6.00
in/hr)
Depth to water table:More than 80 inches
Frequency of flooding:None
Frequency of ponding:None
Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: Low (about 5.9 inches)
Interpretive groups
Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified
Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 6e
Hydrologic Soil Group: A
Ecological site: R049XB210CO - Sandy Foothill
Hydric soil rating: No
Minor Components
Ascalon
Percent of map unit:10 percent
Hydric soil rating: No
Nunn
Percent of map unit:5 percent
Hydric soil rating: No
NlB—Nunn loam, 1 to 3 percent slopes
Map Unit Setting
National map unit symbol: 2tln2
Elevation: 3,900 to 6,250 feet
Mean annual precipitation: 13 to 16 inches
Mean annual air temperature: 46 to 54 degrees F
Frost-free period: 135 to 160 days
Farmland classification: Prime farmland if irrigated
Custom Soil Resource Report
14
Page 1009 of 1257
Map Unit Composition
Nunn and similar soils:85 percent
Minor components:15 percent
Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit.
Description of Nunn
Setting
Landform:Terraces
Landform position (three-dimensional):Tread
Down-slope shape:Linear
Across-slope shape:Linear
Parent material:Pleistocene aged alluvium and/or eolian deposits
Typical profile
Ap - 0 to 6 inches: loam
Bt1 - 6 to 10 inches: clay loam
Bt2 - 10 to 26 inches: clay loam
Btk - 26 to 31 inches: clay loam
Bk1 - 31 to 47 inches: loam
Bk2 - 47 to 80 inches: loam
Properties and qualities
Slope:1 to 3 percent
Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches
Drainage class:Well drained
Runoff class: Medium
Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately low to
moderately high (0.06 to 0.20 in/hr)
Depth to water table:More than 80 inches
Frequency of flooding:None
Frequency of ponding:None
Calcium carbonate, maximum content:7 percent
Maximum salinity:Nonsaline (0.1 to 1.0 mmhos/cm)
Sodium adsorption ratio, maximum:0.5
Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: High (about 9.2 inches)
Interpretive groups
Land capability classification (irrigated): 3e
Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 4e
Hydrologic Soil Group: C
Ecological site: R067BY002CO - Loamy Plains
Hydric soil rating: No
Minor Components
Wages
Percent of map unit:8 percent
Landform:Terraces, alluvial fans
Landform position (three-dimensional):Tread
Down-slope shape:Linear
Across-slope shape:Linear
Ecological site:R067BY002CO - Loamy Plains
Hydric soil rating: No
Custom Soil Resource Report
15
Page 1010 of 1257
Fort collins
Percent of map unit:5 percent
Landform:Terraces
Landform position (three-dimensional):Tread
Down-slope shape:Linear
Across-slope shape:Linear
Ecological site:R067BY002CO - Loamy Plains
Hydric soil rating: No
Haverson, very rarely flooded
Percent of map unit:2 percent
Landform:Terraces, drainageways, alluvial fans
Landform position (three-dimensional):Tread
Down-slope shape:Linear
Across-slope shape:Linear, concave
Ecological site:R067BY036CO - Overflow
Hydric soil rating: No
Custom Soil Resource Report
16
Page 1011 of 1257
References
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
2004. Standard specifications for transportation materials and methods of sampling
and testing. 24th edition.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2005. Standard classification of
soils for engineering purposes. ASTM Standard D2487-00.
Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of
wetlands and deep-water habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service FWS/OBS-79/31.
Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States.
Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States.
Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric
soils in the United States.
National Research Council. 1995. Wetlands: Characteristics and boundaries.
Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service.
U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/
nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_054262
Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for
making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation
Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. http://
www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053577
Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of
Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. http://
www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053580
Tiner, R.W., Jr. 1985. Wetlands of Delaware. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and
Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, Wetlands
Section.
United States Army Corps of Engineers, Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of
Engineers wetlands delineation manual. Waterways Experiment Station Technical
Report Y-87-1.
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service.
National forestry manual. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/
home/?cid=nrcs142p2_053374
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service.
National range and pasture handbook. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/
detail/national/landuse/rangepasture/?cid=stelprdb1043084
17
Page 1012 of 1257
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service.
National soil survey handbook, title 430-VI. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/
nrcs/detail/soils/scientists/?cid=nrcs142p2_054242
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service.
2006. Land resource regions and major land resource areas of the United States,
the Caribbean, and the Pacific Basin. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook
296. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?
cid=nrcs142p2_053624
United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. 1961. Land
capability classification. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 210. http://
www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs142p2_052290.pdf
Custom Soil Resource Report
18
Page 1013 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
Rotolo Park Improvements
South Huron Street and West Radcliff Avenue
Englewood, Colorado
Prepared For:
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, Colorado 80203
Prepared By:
Cole Garner Geotechnical
CGG Project No.: 25.22.085
June 11, 2025
Page 1014 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Cole Garner Geotechnical
1070 W. 124th Ave, Ste. 300
Westminster, CO 80234
303.996.2999
June 11, 2025
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, Colorado 80203
Attn: Kathryn Landers
Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements
South Huron Street and West Radcliff Avenue
Englewood, Colorado
CGG Project No.: 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical (CGG) has completed a geotechnical engineering investigation for the proposed
improvements to be constructed at the referenced site in Denver, Colorado. This geotechnical summary
should be used in conjunction with the entire report for design and/or construction purposes. It should
be recognized that specific details were not included or fully developed in this section, and the report must
be read in its entirety for a comprehensive understanding of the items contained herein. The section titled
General Comments should be read for an understanding of the report limitations.
• Soil Conditions: The near-surface soils at the site predominately classified as clayey sand to sandy
lean clay. Boring No. 3 was advance near the crest of the embankment constructed as part of the
existing stormwater detention facility. These fill soils appear to be similar to the native soils
encountered in the other borings. Below these clayey soils, in Boring No. 1, we encountered fine- to
medium-grained sands with varying amounts of silt and clay. These sands became coarser and cleaner
with depth and extended to the full depth of exploration. Other specific information regarding the
subsurface conditions is shown on the attached Boring Logs.
• Expansive Soils: The clayey soils encountered in our borings exhibited low expansive potential at
existing moisture contents (considered Expansive Soils). Expansive soils are a common geologic hazard
in the region, however, in our opinion, they pose minor risk on this site. Even so, post-construction
wetting of expansive soils can result in uneven movement of shallow foundations, floor slabs, exterior
flatwork, pavements, et cetera. We have provided recommendations to reduce the risk of movement
and distress; however, eliminating the risk of movement and cosmetic distress is generally not
considered feasible. It may be possible to further reduce the risk of movement if significantly more
expensive measures are used during construction.
• Structural Considerations: Considering the size and type of construction planned, it is our opinion that
the restroom structure can be supported on spread footing foundations that bear on approved
undisturbed soils and/or newly placed fill materials processed and compacted as recommended herein.
Page 1015 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page ii Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
• Ancillary Structures and Exterior Flatwork: In our opinion, the soils at the site are also generally
suitable for support of boulder seating areas and retaining walls (less than 3 feet in height). However,
the suitability of the bearing materials should be confirmed by the geotechnical engineer prior to
construction of these elements. We are not aware of a cost-effective method to eliminate the
potential for the movement of site flatwork; however, we did not identify conditions that would cause
excessive movement on this site. All subgrade soils that will support new flatwork should be scarified,
moisture conditioned, and recompacted as described herein.
• Surface Drainage: The amount of movement associated with foundations, flatwork, etc. will be
related to the wetting of underlying supporting soils. Therefore, it is imperative the
recommendations outlined in the “Grading and Drainage” section of this report be followed to
reduce potential movement.
We appreciate being of service to you in the geotechnical engineering phase of this project and are
prepared to assist you during the construction phases as well. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you
have any questions concerning this report or any of our testing, inspection, design and consulting services.
Sincerely,
Cole Garner Geotechnical
Andrew J. Garner, P.E.
Principal, COO 6/11/25
Page 1016 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page iii Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
Letter of Transmittal .............................................................................................................................. ii
INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................... 1
PROJECT INFORMATION ....................................................................................................................... 1
SITE EXPLORATION PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................ 2
Field Exploration ............................................................................................................................. 2
Laboratory Testing .......................................................................................................................... 2
SITE CONDITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 3
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ................................................................................................................... 3
Geology ........................................................................................................................................... 3
Soil Conditions ................................................................................................................................ 4
Field and Laboratory Test Results ................................................................................................... 4
Groundwater Conditions ................................................................................................................ 4
ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................................... 4
Geotechnical Considerations .......................................................................................................... 4
Earthwork ....................................................................................................................................... 5
General Considerations ............................................................................................................ 5
Site Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 5
Subgrade Preparation .............................................................................................................. 6
Fill Materials ............................................................................................................................. 6
Fill Placement and Compaction ................................................................................................ 6
Excavation and Trench Construction ........................................................................................ 7
Building and Park Structure Foundations ....................................................................................... 8
Lateral Earth Pressures ................................................................................................................... 9
Retaining Wall Drainage ............................................................................................................... 11
Seismic Considerations ................................................................................................................. 11
Interior, Non-structural Floor Slabs ............................................................................................. 11
Final Grading, Landscaping, and Surface Drainage ....................................................................... 12
Additional Design and Construction Considerations .................................................................... 13
Exterior Slab Design and Construction ................................................................................... 13
Concrete Corrosion Protection ............................................................................................... 13
GENERAL COMMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 14
APPENDIX A: BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM, BORING LOGS
APPENDIX B: LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
APPENDIX C: GENERAL NOTES
Page 1017 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Cole Garner Geotechnical
1070 W. 124th Ave, Ste. 300
Westminster, CO 80234
303.996.2999
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
ROTOLO PARK IMPROVEMENTS
SOUTH HURON STREET AND WEST RADCLIFF AVENUE
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
June 11, 2025
INTRODUCTION
This report contains the results of our geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed
improvements to be constructed at the referenced site in Englewood Colorado. This study was performed
in general accordance with our proposal that was incorporated into Superbloom’s Consultant Agreement
executed May, 21, 2025.
The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations
relative to:
• Geologic conditions
• Subsurface soil and bedrock conditions
• Groundwater conditions
• Foundation design and construction
• Lateral earth pressures
• Earthwork
• Drainage
The recommendations contained in this report are based upon the results of field and laboratory testing,
engineering analyses, our experience with similar subsurface conditions and structures, and our
understanding of the proposed project.
PROJECT INFORMATION
We understand that the park improvements will include construction of a restroom building in the eastern
site extents, various new boulder landscape walls, steps, and seating areas, cast-in-place concrete curbs and
paths, unpaved crusher fines paths, and new planting areas. We understand the restroom structure will
encompass a footprint of about 350 to 400 square feet and will include either CMU, precast concrete, or
wood-framed construction supported on a reinforced concrete foundation. A concrete slab-on-grade is
planned for the building floor. Maximum wall and column loads are anticipated to be on the order of about
Page 1018 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 2 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
2 to 3 kips per lineal foot and 25 kips, respectively. Approximately 2 to 4 feet of fill will need to be placed to
bring the footprint of the restroom to rough construction grade.
New concrete pathways will be extended to the west and south to connect existing playground equipment
areas to S. Jason St. and W. Stanford Dr. As currently planned, earthen cut and fill depths will be limited to
about 2 feet in these areas. The project will also include installation of various underground utilities to
support the new improvements. If our understanding of the project, or assumptions above, is not
accurate, or if you have additional useful information, please inform us as soon as possible.
SITE EXPLORATION PROCEDURES
The scope of the services performed for this project included site reconnaissance by the field engineer, a
subsurface exploration program, laboratory testing and engineering analysis.
Field Exploration: At your request, we investigated the subsurface conditions on the lot with a total of three
test borings, as shown on the Boring Location Diagram included in Appendix A. Boring No. 1, located in the
proposed footprint of the restroom structure, was advanced to a depth of about 35 feet below existing site
grade, while the two borings advanced in flatwork and boulder wall areas were advanced to a depth of about
5 feet below existing site grade. Borings were advanced with a track-mounted drilling rig utilizing 4-inch
diameter, solid stem auger.
A lithologic log of each boring was recorded by our field personnel during the drilling operations. At
selected intervals, samples of the subsurface materials were obtained by driving modified California barrel
samplers. Penetration resistance measurements were obtained by driving the sample barrel into the
subsurface materials with a 140-pound automatic hammer falling 30 inches. The penetration resistance
value is a useful index to the consistency, relative density or hardness of the materials encountered.
Groundwater measurements were made in each boring at the time of site exploration and the borings
were backfilled with the auger cuttings upon completion of groundwater measurements.
Laboratory Testing: Samples retrieved during the field exploration were returned to the laboratory for
observation by the project geotechnical engineer and were classified in general accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification System described in Appendix C. At that time, an applicable laboratory-testing
program was formulated to determine engineering properties of the subsurface materials. Following the
completion of the laboratory testing, the field descriptions were confirmed or modified as necessary, and
Boring Logs were prepared. These logs are presented in Appendix A.
Laboratory test results are presented in Appendix B. These results were used for the geotechnical
engineering analyses and the development of foundation and earthwork recommendations. Laboratory
tests were performed in general accordance with the applicable local or other accepted standards.
Page 1019 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 3 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Selected soil samples were tested for the following engineering properties:
• Water content
• Dry density
• Swell/Consolidation
• Grain size
• Plasticity Index
• Water-soluble sulfates
SITE CONDITIONS
Rotolo Park is an approximate 3-acre park located on the west side of the 4400 block of South Huron
Street in Englewood, Colorado as shown on the Boring Location Diagram in Appendix A. The southern
end of the park includes a large stormwater detention pond where some ongoing improvements were
under construction at the time of our field exploration. The park is bound by residential properties to the
north and south and W. Stanford Drive and S. Jason Street also abut the west side of the park. The
northern portion of the park includes existing playground equipment and a picnic table beneath a shade
structure. Landscaped and irrigated sod cover a majority of the site. Mature trees were also present
within some areas of the park. The portions of the site being improved generally slope down to the west
and southwest, with an estimated drop of about 15 feet toward W. Stanford Dr and about 24 feet down
to S. Jason Street.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Geology: Surficial geologic conditions on the site, as mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)
(1Shroba, 1980), consist of Eolian Sand of Upper Holocene to Upper Pleistocene Age. These materials are
reported to include silty fine to coarse sand deposited by wind. In our experience the upper portions
contain significant amounts of clay and silt. The formation is reported to commonly be less than 20 feet
in thickness.
Bedrock underlying the surface units consists of the Denver formation of Paleocene and Upper Cretaceous
Age. This formation within this area has been reported to include claystone, siltstone, and sandstone up
to about 900 feet thick in the quadrangle.
Mapping completed by the Colorado Geological Survey (2Hart, 1972) indicates the site is located in an area
of "Windblown Sand and Silt”. This category generally indicates low expansive potential but may include
clayey seams with more swell potential in the upper portions of the soil profile. These soils may cover
bedrock with very high swell potential. Low expansive soils have been identified on this site.
1 Shroba, R.R., 1980, Geologic Map of the Englewood Quadrangle, Denver, Arapahoe and Adams Counties, Colorado, United States
Geological Survey, Map GQ-1524.
2 Hart, Stephen S., 1972, Potentially Swelling Soil and Rock in the Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, Colorado Geological Survey,
Sheet 2 of 4.
Page 1020 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 4 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
No other geologic hazards were identified. Seismic activity in the region is anticipated to be low. With
proper site grading around proposed structures, erosional problems at the site should be reduced.
Soil Conditions: The near-surface soils at the site predominately classified as clayey sand to sandy lean
clay. Boring No. 3 was advance near the crest of the embankment constructed as part of the existing
stormwater detention facility. These fill soils appear to be similar to the native soils encountered in the
other borings. Below these clayey soils, in Boring No. 1, we encountered fine- to medium-grained sands
with varying amounts of silt and clay. These sands became coarser and cleaner with depth and extended
to the full depth of exploration. Other specific information regarding the subsurface conditions is shown
on the attached Boring Logs.
Field and Laboratory Test Results: Field test results indicate that the upper clayey soils are stiff to very
stiff in consistency, while the underlying sands are considered medium dense in relative density (based
on sampler penetration.
The clayey soils are considered low to moderately plastic and low expansive at existing moisture contents.
Testing of a sample of these clayey soils for the presence of water-soluble sulfates indicated a nil
concentration (undetectable).
Groundwater Conditions: Groundwater was not encountered during drilling, and the borings were
backfilled following drilling due to safety considerations. Based upon review of U.S. Geological Survey
Maps (3Hillier, et al, 1983), the project area is located in an area where groundwater predominates in the
Denver Aquifer, with depth to water table generally more than 20 feet and commonly more than 100 feet
below existing ground surface.
Zones of perched and/or trapped groundwater may also occur at times in the clayey subsurface soils,
especially in proximity to the stormwater detention pond following precipitation events. The location and
amount of perched water is dependent upon several factors including hydrologic conditions, type of site
development, irrigation demands on or adjacent to the site, fluctuations in water features, seasonal and
weather conditions.
ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS
Geotechnical Considerations: The site appears suitable for the proposed construction as long as the
recommendations included herein are incorporated into the design and construction aspects of the
project. In our opinion, the primary geotechnical concerns with respect to the proposed development
include the presence of expansive soils at the site.
3 Hillier, Donald E.; Schneider, Paul A., Jr.; and Hutchinson, E. Carter, 1983, Depth to Water Table (1976-1977) in the Greater Denver
Area, Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, United States Geological Survey, Map I-856-K.
Page 1021 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 5 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
• Expansive Soils: The clayey soils encountered in our borings exhibited low expansive potential at
existing moisture contents (considered Expansive Soils). Expansive soils are a common geologic hazard
in the region, however, in our opinion, they pose minor risk on this site. Even so, post-construction
wetting of expansive soils can result in uneven movement of shallow foundations, floor slabs, exterior
flatwork, pavements, et cetera. We have provided recommendations to reduce the risk of movement
and distress; however, eliminating the risk of movement and cosmetic distress is generally not
considered feasible. It may be possible to further reduce the risk of movement if significantly more
expensive measures are used during construction.
• Structural Considerations: Considering the size and type of construction planned, it is our opinion that
the restroom structure can be supported on spread footing foundations that bear on approved
undisturbed soils and/or newly placed fill materials processed and compacted as recommended herein.
• Ancillary Structures and Exterior Flatwork: In our opinion, the soils at the site are also generally
suitable for support of boulder seating areas and retaining walls (less than 3 feet in height). However,
the suitability of the bearing materials should be confirmed by the geotechnical engineer prior to
construction of these elements. We are not aware of a cost-effective method to eliminate the
potential for the movement of site flatwork; however, we did not identify conditions that would cause
excessive movement on this site. All subgrade soils that will support new flatwork should be scarified,
moisture conditioned, and recompacted as described herein.
• Surface Drainage: The amount of movement associated with foundations, flatwork, etc. will be
related to the wetting of underlying supporting soils. Therefore, it is imperative the
recommendations outlined in the “Grading and Drainage” section of this report be followed to
reduce potential movement.
Design and construction recommendations for the foundation system and other earth-connected phases
of the project are outlined below.
Earthwork:
• General Considerations: The following presents recommendations for site preparation, excavation,
subgrade preparation and placement of engineered fills on the project.
All earthwork on the project should be observed and evaluated by CGG. The evaluation of earthwork
should include observation and testing of engineered fills, subgrade preparation, foundation bearing
soils and other geotechnical conditions exposed during the construction of the project.
• Site Preparation: Strip and remove existing vegetation, existing flatwork, landscaping and other
deleterious materials from proposed structure and flatwork areas. All exposed surfaces should be free
of mounds and depressions that could prevent uniform compaction. Stripped materials consisting of
Page 1022 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 6 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
vegetation and organic materials should be wasted from the site or used to revegetate landscaped
areas or exposed slopes after completion of grading operations.
The ground surface was relatively stable at the time of our exploration, but stability may be affected
by precipitation, irrigation, repetitive construction traffic, or other factors. Where unstable
conditions, if any, are encountered or develop during construction, workability may be improved by
scarifying and aeration during warmer periods. In some areas, removal and recompaction (or
replacement with other on-site soils) may be suitable to build a stable base for placement of new fills.
In areas where subgrade soils are very soft/yielding (if any), gravel augmentation (mechanically
compacting/kneading crushed rock into the subgrade soils) may be cost-effective. In our experience,
crushed rock or recycled concrete materials on the order of 3 to 6 inches in size would be effective in
most situations. As an alternative, chemical treatment by blending fly ash, lime or Portland cement
into the subgrade could also be considered. The actual mitigation methods used should be based on
observation of exposed conditions by the geotechnical engineer.
• Subgrade Preparation: Restroom building foundations and boulder seating/walls may bear directly
on approved, firm, and undisturbed soils. However, the subgrade soils at the base of all new fill
materials, below the restroom floor slab, and below new PCC flatwork should be scarified to a
minimum depth of 12 inches, moisture conditioned and compacted as discussed below just prior to
construction of these elements.
• Fill Materials: Clean on-site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material. Other
imported soils used for general fill (if required) should conform to the following:
Percent finer by weight
Gradation (ASTM C136)
6” .......................................................................................................................................... 100
3” ..................................................................................................................................... 70-100
No. 4 Sieve ....................................................................................................................... 50-100
No. 200 Sieve ................................................................................................................... 80 max
• Liquid Limit ........................................................................................................ 45 (max)
• Plasticity Index .................................................................................................. 25 (max)
• Maximum expansive potential (%)* .......................................................................... 0.5
*Measured on a sample compacted to approximately 95 percent of the ASTM D698 maximum dry
density at about optimum water content. The sample is confined under a 500 psf surcharge and
submerged.
• Fill Placement and Compaction: The on-site soils are suitable for use as fill on the site. These materials
should be processed with a maximum particle size of about 4 to 6 inches. Engineered fill for site
development, grading, and below foundations and floor slabs should be placed and compacted in
Page 1023 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 7 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents
and densities throughout the lift. Fill soils should be placed and compacted according to the following
criteria:
Criteria Recommendations
Fill soil types On-site materials or imported soils
Maximum Particle Size 4 to 6 inches
Lift Thickness 8 to 12 inches or less in loose thickness
Moisture Content Range • Clayey soils: +1% to +4% above optimum moisture content
• Non-plastic granular soils: -2% below to +3% above optimum
Compaction
Clayey soils: ASTM D698 standard Proctor dry density
• 95% minimum
Non-plastic granular soils: ASTM D1557 modified Proctor dry density
• 95% minimum
Earthwork contractors should use equipment and methods that ensure the soils are properly
processed with a relatively uniform distribution of added moisture, and adequate compaction
throughout each lift. We recommend that fill placement and compaction beneath foundations be
observed and tested by CGG on a full-time basis, unless modified by the geotechnical engineer.
At a minimum, fill soils placed for site grading, utility trench backfill, foundation backfill, and PCC
flatwork subgrade soils should be tested to confirm that earthwork is being performed according to
our recommendations and project specifications. Subsequent lifts of fill should not be placed on
previous lifts if the moisture content or dry density is determined to be less than specified.
Fill should not be allowed to dry significantly prior to construction. Areas allowed to dry may require
additional preparation prior to construction of roadways, flatwork, foundations, et cetera.
• Excavation and Trench Construction: It is anticipated that excavations for the proposed construction
can be accomplished with conventional, heavy-duty earthmoving equipment. Excavations into the
bedrock may require ripping and/or jack-hammering in order to facilitate excavation. We recommend
that difficult excavation conditions be accounted for in the project budget and schedule.
Excavations into the clays and bedrock will likely stand on relatively steep temporary slopes; however,
caving sand may also be encountered in isolated areas. In addition, excavations could occasionally
encountered minor perched groundwater inflow. In general, it should be feasible to pump water from
low points in excavations and utilize the water on-site.
The individual contractor(s) should be made responsible for designing and constructing stable,
temporary excavations as needed to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. All
Page 1024 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 8 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
excavations should be sloped or shored in the interest of safety following local and federal regulations,
including current OSHA excavation and trench safety standards.
The soils to be penetrated by the proposed excavations may vary significantly across the site. The
contractor should verify that similar conditions exist throughout the proposed area of excavation. If
different subsurface conditions are encountered at the time of construction, the actual conditions
should be evaluated to determine any excavation modifications necessary to maintain safe
conditions.
As a safety measure, it is recommended that all vehicles and soil piles be kept to a minimum lateral
distance from the crest of the slope equal to no less than the slope height. The exposed slope face
should be protected against the elements.
Building and Park Structure Foundations: We believe shallow foundations (spread footings or mat
foundations) are appropriate for support of structures on the site. Based on our borings, we believe that
foundations for the restroom building and other structures can bear directly on undisturbed soils or newly
placed fill that is properly placed and compacted as recommended herein. All bearing soils should be
observed and evaluated by the Geotechnical Engineer. Should soft, loose, or more expansive soils be
present, some additional mitigation could be required.
The following foundation design criteria may be used for the structural design of foundations:
SPREAD FOOTINGS or MAT FOUNDATIONS for BUILDINGS AND PARK STRUCTURES
Criteria Design Value
Bearing Soils
Undisturbed non- to low expansive
on-site soils approved by the engineer or
properly compacted on-site soils
Maximum net allowable bearing pressure1 2,000 psf on approved undisturbed soil
Coefficient of subgrade reaction, (k) 50 pci
Minimum continuous footing width 12 inches
Min. depth below grade, exterior wall footings2 36 inches
Min. depth below grade, interior footings2 12 inches
Estimated maximum total foundation movement3 1 inch
Estimated max. differential foundation movement3 ½ to ¾-inch
1. The design bearing pressure applies to dead loads plus one-half design live load conditions. The design
bearing pressure may also be increased by 1/3 when considering total loads that include transient wind or
seismic conditions.
2. Finished grade is the lowest adjacent grade for perimeter footings and floor level for interior footings.
3. Based on assumed structural loads and stable bearing soils as described above. Footings should be
proportioned to apply relative constant dead load pressure in order to reduce differential movement
between adjacent footings.
Page 1025 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 9 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
The use of “drilled” footings (shallow piers) may be appropriate and more cost-effective where
foundations are supporting light poles, columns for shade structures/pergola, certain play equipment or
other features. Where such elements are planned, drilled piers should be cast directly against undisturbed
earth or properly compacted fill soils. The bearing capacity value above applies at any bearing depth below
3 feet. A passive pressure of 275 psf/ft below a depth of 3 feet may be used to resist lateral loads, and
shaft adhesion of 150 psf may be used to resist uplift loads, for the portion of the pier below a depth of 3
feet.
Footings subject to uplift forces may be designed using the cone method. The equation for determining
the ultimate uplift capacity as a function of footing dimensions, foundation depth, and soil weight is
presented below:
Tu = 0.5 x g x D2 x (B + L) + W
Where: Tu = Ultimate uplift capacity (lbs)
D = Depth to base of footing foundation below final grade (ft)
B = Width of footing foundation (ft)
L = Length of footing foundation (ft)
W = Weight of footing + weight of soil directly over the top of the footing/block (lbs)
*A unit weight (g) of 120 pcf is recommended for soil (either undisturbed or compacted backfill)
at this site.
The design uplift resistance should be calculated by dividing the ultimate resistance obtained from the
equation above by an appropriate factor of safety. A factor of safety of at least 2.0 is recommended for
live uplift loads in the analysis.
Additional foundation movements could occur if excessive water from any source infiltrates the
foundation soils; therefore, proper drainage should be provided in the final design and during
construction. Failure to maintain proper surface drainage could result in excessive soil-related foundation
movement. Footings and foundations should be reinforced as necessary to reduce the potential for
distress caused by foundation movement.
As discussed, foundation excavations and earthwork operations should be observed by CGG. If the soil
conditions encountered differ significantly from those presented in this report, supplemental
recommendations may be required.
Lateral Earth Pressures: Structural walls with unbalanced backfill levels on opposite sides should be
designed for earth pressures at least equal to those indicated in the following table. Earth pressures will
be influenced by structural design of the walls, conditions of wall restraint, methods of construction
and/or compaction and the strength of the materials being restrained. Two wall restraint conditions are
shown. Active earth pressure is commonly used for design of freestanding cantilever retaining walls and
Page 1026 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 10 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
assumes wall movement. The "at-rest" condition assumes no wall rotation. The recommended design
lateral earth pressures do not include a factor of safety and do not provide for possible hydrostatic
pressure on the walls.
EARTH PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS
Earth Pressure
Conditions Coefficient For Backfill Type
Equivalent
Fluid Pressure
(pcf)
Surcharge
Pressure, P1
(psf)
Earth Pressure,
P2
(psf)
Active (Ka) On-site clayey soils - 0.38 45 (0.38)S (45)H
At-Rest (Ko) On-site clayey soils - 0.54 65 (0.54)S (65)H
Passive (Kp) On-site clayey soils - 2.3 275 --- ---
Conditions applicable to the above conditions include:
• for active earth pressure, wall must rotate about base, with top lateral movements 0.01 Z to
0.02 Z, where Z is wall height
• for passive earth pressure, wall must move horizontally to mobilize resistance
• uniform surcharge, where S is surcharge pressure
• in-situ soil backfill weight a maximum of 120 pcf
• horizontal backfill, compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density
• loading from heavy compaction equipment not included
• no groundwater acting on wall
• no safety factor included
• ignore passive pressure in frost zone
Backfill placed against structures may consist of processed and moisture-conditioned on-site soils with
maximum particle sizes on the order of 4 to 6 inches. To calculate the resistance to sliding, a value of 0.35
should be used as the ultimate coefficient of friction between the footing and the underlying soil.
For any concrete walls that retain earth (basement, crawlspace, vault walls, retaining walls, etc.), we
recommend a drainage system be installed at the foundation level to control the water level behind the
Page 1027 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 11 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
wall. Foundation drains are not required around at-grade portions of buildings. If this is not possible, then
combined hydrostatic and lateral earth pressures should be calculated for lean clay backfill using an
equivalent fluid weighing 90 and 100 pcf for active and at-rest conditions, respectively. These pressures
do not include the influence of surcharge, equipment or floor loading, which should be added. Heavy
equipment should not operate within a distance closer than the exposed height of retaining walls to
prevent lateral pressures more than those provided.
Retaining Wall Drainage Considerations: Based on review of grading plans, the planned boulder seating
areas may retain 1to 2 feet of backfill soils. If these boulders are to be non-continuous (and therefore,
free-draining), subsurface drains are probably not warranted. If the walls will be grouted or more than 2
feet in height, we recommend installation of a drainage system at the base of the retained soil mass to
control the water level behind the walls. Typical systems normally include a perforated pipe (4-inch
diameter PVC is typical) embedded in a gravel zone, wrapped in filter fabric to prevent the intrusion of
fine soil. The gravel and pipe should be sloped at a minimum of 1 percent to a suitable outfall.
Alternatively, the use of drainage material adjacent to back of the site retaining walls and weep holes near
the base these walls can be utilized. We are available to provide additional design guidance as the design
progresses.
If this is not possible, then combined hydrostatic and lateral earth pressures should be calculated for lean
clay backfill using an equivalent fluid weighing 90 and 100 pcf for active and at-rest conditions,
respectively. These pressures do not include the influence of surcharge, equipment or floor loading, which
should be added. Heavy equipment should not operate within a distance closer than the exposed height
of retaining walls to prevent lateral pressures more than those provided.
Seismic Considerations: Based on the subsurface conditions encountered in the test holes drilled on the
site, we estimate that a Site Class D is appropriate for the site according to the 2021 International Building
Code (Section 1613 referencing ASCE 7, Chapter 20). This parameter was estimated based on
extrapolation of data beyond the deepest depth explored, using methods allowed by the code. Actual
shear wave velocity testing/analysis and/or exploration to 100 feet was not performed.
Interior, Non-structural Floor Slabs: Based on the current grading plans, the floor slab for the restroom
will bear on about 2 to 4 feet of newly placed fill soils. Provided these fill soils are properly placed and
compacted, we believe that floor slab movement of about 1 inch should be expected. If the owner cannot
tolerate the movement estimated, the use of suspended structural floors should be considered.
Additional floor slab design and construction recommendations are as follows:
• Positive separations and/or isolation joints should be provided between slabs and all foundations,
columns or utility lines to allow independent movement.
• Control joints should be provided in slabs to control the location and extent of cracking.
Page 1028 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 12 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
• A minimum 1-½ inch void space should be constructed below any non-bearing partition walls
placed on the floor slab. This typically involves utilizing a special “slip joint” detail at the top of
partition walls.
• Doorjambs and frames within partition walls should be trimmed to allow for floor slab movement
and avoid potential distortion (we understand that about ½-inch is typical).
• The thickness of the partition void (or slip joint) and the gap at the base of door frames should be
checked periodically and adjusted as needed to maintain a void space and avoid transferring slab
movement to upper-level framing.
• Interior trench backfill placed beneath slabs should be compacted in accordance with
recommended specifications outlined below.
• Floor slabs should not be constructed on frozen subgrade.
• The use of a vapor retarder/barrier should be considered beneath concrete slabs-on-grade that
will be covered with wood, tile, carpet or other moisture sensitive or impervious coverings, or
when the slab will support equipment sensitive to moisture. When conditions warrant the use of
a vapor retarder/barrier, the slab designer, architect, building envelope professional, and slab
contractor should refer to ACI 302 for procedures and cautions regarding the use and placement
of a vapor retarder/barrier.
• Other design and construction considerations, as outlined in Section 302.1R of the ACI Design
Manual, are recommended.
Final Grading, Landscaping, and Surface Drainage: All grades must be adjusted to provide positive
drainage away from structure foundations during construction and maintained throughout the life of the
proposed project. Water permitted to pond near or adjacent to the perimeter of the structures (either
during or post-construction) can result in significantly higher soil movements than those discussed in
this report. As a result, any estimations of potential movement described in this report cannot be relied
upon if positive drainage is not obtained and maintained, and water is allowed to infiltrate the fill
and/or subgrade. Infiltration of water into utility or foundation excavations must be prevented during
construction.
We recommend that exposed ground be sloped at a minimum of 5 percent grade for at least 10 feet
beyond the perimeter of the structures, where possible. In all cases, the grade should slope a minimum
of 5 percent away from structures.
Page 1029 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 13 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Backfill against foundations, retaining walls, and in utility and sprinkler line trenches should be well
compacted and free of all construction debris to reduce the possibility of moisture infiltration. After
structure construction and prior to project completion, we recommend that verification of final grading
be performed to document that positive drainage, as described above, has been achieved.
Landscaped irrigation adjacent to foundations should be eliminated where possible or minimized to only
limited drip irrigation. Sprinkler mains and spray heads should be located a minimum of 5 feet away
from the structure(s). We recommend the use of Xeric landscaping, requiring little or no irrigation, be
used within 5 feet of foundations. If drip irrigation is required in this zone, systems should be timed to
provide only the amount of water needed to sustain growth. Irrigation systems should be frequently
checked for proper performance and any breakages fixed as soon as possible.
Additional Design and Construction Considerations:
• Exterior Slab Design and Construction: Flatwork and pavements will be subject to normal post-
construction movement due to backfill settlement and/or soil/frost heave. In our experience, it is not
feasible to eliminate the potential for movement of exterior flatwork. The amount of movement will
be related to the compactive effort used when the fill soils are placed and future wetting of the
subgrade soils.
To reduce the potential for damage, we recommend:
• exterior slabs in critical areas be supported on at least 12 inches of recompacted soils as
recommended above.
• placement of effective control joints on relatively close centers and isolation joints between
slabs and other structural elements.
• provision for adequate drainage in areas adjoining the slabs.
• use of designs which allow vertical movement between the exterior slabs and adjoining
structural elements.
• Concrete Corrosion Protection: The select samples, likely to be in contact with project concrete, were
tested for the presence of water-soluble sulfates in order to determine corrosion characteristics and
the appropriate concrete mixture. Results are summarized in the table below.
Boring Depth
(ft) Material Water-Soluble
Sulfates (ppm)
ACI Sulfate
Exposure Class
1 2 Clayey Sand to Sandy Lean Clay 0 S0
Given our experience with similar soils and bedrock, we believe it’s prudent to design concrete
mixtures for ACI Exposure Class S1 on this site, particularly since the ground surface at the site will
include irrigated sod and stormwater drainage. Project concrete should be designed in accordance
Page 1030 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 14 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
with Chapter 19 of the ACI design manual, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI
318-14), as summarized in the table below.
ACI Sulfate
Exposure Class
Portland Cement Type
(ASTM C150)
Maximum
Water/Cement Ratio
Minimum Concrete
Compressive Strength
(psi)
S1 II (or equivalent) 0.50 4,000
GENERAL COMMENTS
CGG should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments can be made
regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical recommendations in the design and
specifications. CGG should also be retained to provide testing and observation during the excavation,
grading, foundation and construction phases of the project.
The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the
borings performed at the indicated locations and from other information discussed in this report. This
report does not reflect variations that may occur between borings, across the site, or due to the modifying
effects of weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after
construction. If variations appear, we should be immediately notified so that further evaluation and
supplemental recommendations can be provided.
The scope of services for this project does not include, either specifically or by implication, any
environmental or biological (e.g., mold, fungi, bacteria) assessment of the site or identification or
prevention of pollutants, hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential
for such contamination or pollution, other studies should be undertaken.
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project
discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering
practices. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. Site safety, excavation support,
and dewatering requirements are the responsibility of others. In the event that changes are planned in
the nature, design, or location of the project as outlined in this report, the conclusions and
recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless CGG reviews the changes,
and either verifies or modifies the conclusions of this report in writing.
Page 1031 of 1257
APPENDIX A
BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM
BORING LOGS
Page 1032 of 1257
Cole Garner Geotechnical 1070 W. 124th Ave., Suite 300
Westminster, CO 80234
(303) 996-2999
BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM
ROTOLO PARK IMPROVEMENTS
S. HURON ST. AND W. RADCLIFF AVE.
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
CGG PROJECT NO. 25.22.085
1
1
2
3
PROPOSED BORING LOCATIONS
Page 1033 of 1257
5348.0
5325.0
5322.0
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CL/SC
SC
SC
SM/SC
SM/SC
SM/SC
SM/SC
SP-SM
22 / 12
12 / 12
23 / 12
34 / 12
36 / 12
20 / 12
35 / 12
45 / 12
122
123
131
136
139
128
137
139
+0.2/50010.6
10.7
7.2
4.5
3.5
11.1
5.3
5.5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
SANDY LEAN CLAY to CLAYEY SAND, light brown to brown,moist, stiff to very stiff
CLAYEY to SILTY SAND, fine- to medium-grained, light brownto brown, tan, moist, medium dense
FINE to COARSE SAND with SILT, light brown to brown, moist,medium dense
Approximate bottom of borehole at 35.0 feet.
9
32
35
DRILLING METHOD CME-55/Solid Stem Auger
DATE STARTED 5/23/25
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
SURFACE CONDITIONS Landscaping GrassDRILLING CONTRACTOR Unlimited Access Drilling
COMPLETED 5/23/25
LOGGED BY AA CHECKED BY AG
HAMMER TYPE Automatic
PROPOSED ELEV.5360 ft
DURING DRILLING None
AFTER DRILLING Backfilled - 5/23/25
GROUND SURFACE ELEV.5357 ft
SA
M
P
L
E
T
Y
P
E
US
C
S
S
Y
M
B
O
L
GR
A
P
H
I
C
LO
G
DE
P
T
H
(f
t
)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
PE
N
E
T
R
A
T
I
O
N
blo
w
s
/
i
n
DR
Y
U
N
I
T
W
T
.
(p
c
f
)
SW
E
L
L
-
C
O
N
S
O
L
/S
U
R
C
H
A
R
G
E
LO
A
D
,
%
p
s
f
MO
I
S
T
U
R
E
CO
N
T
E
N
T
(
%
)
RE
C
O
V
E
R
Y
%
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
PAGE 1 OF 1
BORING NUMBER 1
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GE
O
T
E
C
H
B
H
C
O
L
U
M
N
S
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
1
0
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
0
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1034 of 1257
5342.0
CB
CB
SC
SC/CL
21 / 12
25 / 12
119
130
+0.7/2009.7
12.7
100
100
CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY, light to dark brown,moist, very stiff
Approximate bottom of borehole at 5.0 feet.
5
DRILLING METHOD CME-55/Solid Stem Auger
DATE STARTED 5/23/25
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
SURFACE CONDITIONS Landscaping GrassDRILLING CONTRACTOR Unlimited Access Drilling
COMPLETED 5/23/25
LOGGED BY AA CHECKED BY AG
HAMMER TYPE Automatic
PROPOSED ELEV.5347 ft
DURING DRILLING None
AFTER DRILLING Backfilled - 5/23/25
GROUND SURFACE ELEV.5349 ft
SA
M
P
L
E
T
Y
P
E
US
C
S
S
Y
M
B
O
L
GR
A
P
H
I
C
LO
G
DE
P
T
H
(f
t
)
0
5
PE
N
E
T
R
A
T
I
O
N
blo
w
s
/
i
n
DR
Y
U
N
I
T
W
T
.
(p
c
f
)
SW
E
L
L
-
C
O
N
S
O
L
/S
U
R
C
H
A
R
G
E
LO
A
D
,
%
p
s
f
MO
I
S
T
U
R
E
CO
N
T
E
N
T
(
%
)
RE
C
O
V
E
R
Y
%
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
PAGE 1 OF 1
BORING NUMBER 2
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GE
O
T
E
C
H
B
H
C
O
L
U
M
N
S
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
1
0
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
0
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1035 of 1257
5349.0
CB
CB
SC
SC
24 / 12
12 / 12
118
125
+2.7/20010.1
11.4
100
100
FILL - CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown to darkbrown, iron-stained, moist, stiff to very stiff
Approximate bottom of borehole at 5.0 feet.
5
DRILLING METHOD CME-55/Solid Stem Auger
DATE STARTED 5/23/25
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
SURFACE CONDITIONS Landscaping GrassDRILLING CONTRACTOR Unlimited Access Drilling
COMPLETED 5/23/25
LOGGED BY AA CHECKED BY AG
HAMMER TYPE Automatic
PROPOSED ELEV.5354 ft
DURING DRILLING None
AFTER DRILLING Backfilled - 5/23/25
GROUND SURFACE ELEV.5354 ft
SA
M
P
L
E
T
Y
P
E
US
C
S
S
Y
M
B
O
L
GR
A
P
H
I
C
LO
G
DE
P
T
H
(f
t
)
0
5
PE
N
E
T
R
A
T
I
O
N
blo
w
s
/
i
n
DR
Y
U
N
I
T
W
T
.
(p
c
f
)
SW
E
L
L
-
C
O
N
S
O
L
/S
U
R
C
H
A
R
G
E
LO
A
D
,
%
p
s
f
MO
I
S
T
U
R
E
CO
N
T
E
N
T
(
%
)
RE
C
O
V
E
R
Y
%
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
PAGE 1 OF 1
BORING NUMBER 3
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GE
O
T
E
C
H
B
H
C
O
L
U
M
N
S
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
1
0
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
0
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1036 of 1257
APPENDIX B
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
Page 1037 of 1257
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
0.1 1 10 100
CO
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
(
-
)
%
S
W
E
L
L
(
+
)
APPLIED PRESSURE, ksf
SWELL/CONSOLIDATION TEST
122 11
Date:Date:Note: Water Added to Sample at psf.
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
BOREHOLE DEPTH
1 2.0 CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY
Classification MC%
CO
N
S
O
L
S
T
R
A
I
N
S
I
N
G
L
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
3
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1038 of 1257
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
0.1 1 10 100
CO
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
(
-
)
%
S
W
E
L
L
(
+
)
APPLIED PRESSURE, ksf
SWELL/CONSOLIDATION TEST
119 10
Date:Date:Note: Water Added to Sample at psf.
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
BOREHOLE DEPTH
2 2.0 CLAYEY SAND(SC)
Classification MC%
CO
N
S
O
L
S
T
R
A
I
N
S
I
N
G
L
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
3
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1039 of 1257
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
0.1 1 10 100
CO
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
(
-
)
%
S
W
E
L
L
(
+
)
APPLIED PRESSURE, ksf
SWELL/CONSOLIDATION TEST
118 10
Date:Date:Note: Water Added to Sample at psf.
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
BOREHOLE DEPTH
3 1.0 FILL - CLAYEY SAND
Classification MC%
CO
N
S
O
L
S
T
R
A
I
N
S
I
N
G
L
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
3
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1040 of 1257
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0.0010.010.1110100
PI Cc
17
14
17
20
17
28
24
27
26
32
CuLL PL
11
10
10
6
15
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION
COBBLES GRAVEL
43.6
30.7
36.2
31.9
42.4
SAND
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
coarse fine
Classification
D100 D60 D30 D10 %Gravel
0.375
0.313
1
1
2
2
3
coarse SILT OR CLAYfinemedium
4.0
9.0
2.0
4.0
1.0
%Sand %Silt %Clay
0.7
1.4
68.6
66.8
BOREHOLE DEPTH
BOREHOLE DEPTH
3 100
1
1
2
2
3
24 16 30
1 2006 10 501/2 HYDROMETERU.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES U.S. SIEVE NUMBERS 1403420 406 601.5 8 143/4 3/8
4.0
9.0
2.0
4.0
1.0
PE
R
C
E
N
T
F
I
N
E
R
B
Y
W
E
I
G
H
T
CLAYEY SAND(SC)
CLAYEY SAND(SC)
CLAYEY SAND(SC)
CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY
FILL - CLAYEY SAND
0.075
9.5
0.075
9.5
0.075
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GR
A
I
N
S
I
Z
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
4
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1041 of 1257
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0.0010.010.1110100
PI Cc
2029
CuLL PL
9
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION
COBBLES GRAVEL
40.5
SAND
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
coarse fine
Classification
D100 D60 D30 D10 %Gravel
3
coarse SILT OR CLAYfinemedium
3.0
%Sand %Silt %Clay
BOREHOLE DEPTH
BOREHOLE DEPTH
3 100
3
24 16 30
1 2006 10 501/2 HYDROMETERU.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES U.S. SIEVE NUMBERS 1403420 406 601.5 8 143/4 3/8
3.0
PE
R
C
E
N
T
F
I
N
E
R
B
Y
W
E
I
G
H
T
FILL - CLAYEY SAND
0.075
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GR
A
I
N
S
I
Z
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
4
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1042 of 1257
1 2 CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY 10.6 122.3 +0.2/500 0
1 4 CLAYEY SAND(SC)10.7 123.3 44 28 17 11
1 9 CLAYEY SAND(SC)7.2 131.1 31 24 14 10
1 14 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 4.5 135.7
1 19 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 3.5 139.5
1 24 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 11.1 128.1
1 29 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 5.3 136.6
1 34 FINE to COARSE SAND with SILT 5.5 139.1
2 2 CLAYEY SAND(SC)9.7 118.9 +0.7/200 36 27 17 10
2 4 CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY 12.7 129.6 32 26 20 6
3 1 FILL - CLAYEY SAND 10.1 117.8 +2.7/200 42 32 17 15
3 3 FILL - CLAYEY SAND 11.4 125.4 41 29 20 9
WaterContent(%)
PAGE 1 OF 1
LiquidLimit
Atterberg LimitsDryDensity(pcf)
Passing#200 Sieve(%)
Water SolubleSulfates(ppm)
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY RESULTS
Soil Description PlasticLimit PlasticityIndex
Borehole Depth
Swell (+) orConsolidation (-)/
Surcharge(%/psf)
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
LA
B
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
4
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Pa
g
e
1
0
4
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
APPENDIX C
GENERAL NOTES
Page 1044 of 1257
GENERAL NOTES
DRILLING & SAMPLING SYMBOLS:
SS: Split Spoon - 1!" I.D., 2" O.D., unless otherwise noted HS: Hollow Stem Auger
ST: Thin-Walled Tube – 2.5" O.D., unless otherwise noted PA: Power Auger
RS: Ring Sampler - 2.42" I.D., 3" O.D., unless otherwise noted HA: Hand Auger
CB: California Barrel - 1.92" I.D., 2.5" O.D., unless otherwise noted RB: Rock Bit
BS: Bulk Sample or Auger Sample WB: Wash Boring or Mud Rotary
The number of blows required to advance a standard 2-inch O.D. split-spoon sampler (SS) the last 12 inches of the total 18-inch
penetration with a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches is considered the “Standard Penetration” or “N-value”. For 2.5” O.D.
California Barrel samplers (CB) the penetration value is reported as the number of blows required to advance the sampler 12 inches using a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches, reported as “blows per inch,” and is not considered equivalent to the
“Standard Penetration” or “N-value”.
WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT SYMBOLS:
WL: Water Level WS: While Sampling
WCI: Wet Cave in WD: While Drilling
DCI: Dry Cave in BCR: Before Casing Removal
AB: After Boring ACR: After Casing Removal
Water levels indicated on the boring logs are the levels measured in the borings at the times indicated. Groundwater levels at other
times and other locations across the site could vary. In pervious soils, the indicated levels may reflect the location of groundwater.
In low permeability soils, the accurate determination of groundwater levels may not be possible with only short-term observations.
DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION: Soil classification is based on the Unified Classification System. Coarse Grained Soils
have more than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; their principal descriptors are: boulders, cobbles, gravel or sand.
Fine Grained Soils have less than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; they are principally described as clays if they
are plastic, and silts if they are slightly plastic or non-plastic. Major constituents may be added as modifiers and minor constituents
may be added according to the relative proportions based on grain size. In addition to gradation, coarse-grained soils are defined
on the basis of their in-place relative density and fine-grained soils on the basis of their consistency.
FINE-GRAINED SOILS COARSE-GRAINED SOILS BEDROCK
(CB)
Blows/Ft.
(SS)
Blows/Ft.
Consistency
(CB)
Blows/Ft.
(SS)
Blows/Ft.
Relative
Density
(CB)
Blows/Ft.
(SS)
Blows/Ft.
Consistency
< 3 0-2 Very Soft 0-5 < 3 Very Loose < 24 < 20 Weathered
3-5 3-4 Soft 6-14 4-9 Loose 24-35 20-29 Firm 6-10 5-8 Medium Stiff 15-46 10-29 Medium Dense 36-60 30-49 Medium Hard
11-18 9-15 Stiff 47-79 30-50 Dense 61-96 50-79 Hard
19-36 16-30 Very Stiff > 79 > 50 Very Dense > 96 > 79 Very Hard
> 36 > 30 Hard
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF SAND AND
GRAVEL
GRAIN SIZE TERMINOLOGY
Descriptive Terms of
Other Constituents
Percent of
Dry Weight
Major Component
of Sample
Particle Size
Trace < 15 Boulders Over 12 in. (300mm)
With 15 – 29 Cobbles 12 in. to 3 in. (300mm to 75 mm) Modifier > 30 Gravel 3 in. to #4 sieve (75mm to 4.75 mm)
Sand
Silt or Clay
#4 to #200 sieve (4.75mm to 0.075mm)
Passing #200 Sieve (0.075mm)
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF FINES PLASTICITY DESCRIPTION
Descriptive Terms of
Other Constituents
Percent of
Dry Weight
Term Plasticity Index
Trace
With
Modifiers
< 5
5 – 12
> 12
Non-plastic
Low
Medium
High
0
1-10
11-30
30+
Page 1045 of 1257
UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory TestsA Soil Classification
Group
Symbol
Group NameB
Cu ! 4 and 1 " Cc " 3E GW Well graded gravelF Clean Gravels Less than 5% finesC Cu < 4 and/or 1 > Cc > 3E GP Poorly graded gravelF
Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravelF,G, H
Coarse Grained Soils
More than 50% retained
on No. 200 sieve
Gravels More than 50% of coarse fraction retained on
No. 4 sieve Gravels with Fines More
than 12% finesC Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravelF,G,H
Cu ! 6 and 1 " Cc " 3E SW Well graded sandI Clean Sands
Less than 5% finesD Cu < 6 and/or 1 > Cc > 3E SP Poorly graded sandI
Fines classify as ML or MH SM Silty sandG,H,I
Sands
50% or more of coarse
fraction passes No. 4 sieve Sands with Fines
More than 12% finesD Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sandG,H,I
PI > 7 and plots on or above “A” lineJ CL Lean clayK,L,M Silts and Clays
Liquid limit less than 50
Inorganic
PI < 4 or plots below “A” lineJ ML SiltK,L,M
Liquid limit - oven
dried Organic clayK,L,M,N
Fine-Grained Soils
50% or more passes the
No. 200 sieve
Organic
Liquid limit - not
dried
< 0.75 OL
Organic siltK,L,M,O
Inorganic PI plots on or above “A” line CH Fat clayK,L,M
Silts and Clays Liquid limit 50 or more PI plots below “A” line MH Elastic siltK,L,M
Liquid limit - oven dried Organic clayK,L,M,P Organic
Liquid limit - not dried < 0.75 OH Organic siltK,L,M,Q
Highly organic soils Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor PT Peat
A Based on the material passing the 3-in. (75-mm) sieve
B If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both, add “with cobbles
or boulders, or both” to group name.
C Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: GW-GM well graded
gravel with silt, GW-GC well graded gravel with clay, GP-GM poorly
graded gravel with silt, GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay.
D Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well graded
sand with silt, SW-SC well graded sand with clay, SP-SM poorly graded
sand with silt, SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay
E Cu = D60/D10 Cc =
F If soil contains ! 15% sand, add “with sand” to group name.
G If fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC-GM, or SC-SM.
HIf fines are organic, add “with organic fines” to group name.
I If soil contains ! 15% gravel, add “with gravel” to group name.
J If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is a CL-ML, silty clay.
K If soil contains 15 to 29% plus No. 200, add “with sand” or “with
gravel,” whichever is predominant.
L If soil contains ! 30% plus No. 200 predominantly sand, add
“sandy” to group name.
M If soil contains ! 30% plus No. 200, predominantly gravel, add
“gravelly” to group name.
N PI ! 4 and plots on or above “A” line.
O PI < 4 or plots below “A” line.
P PI plots on or above “A” line.
Q PI plots below “A” line.
Page 1046 of 1257
ROCK CLASSIFICATION
(Based on ASTM C-294)
Sedimentary Rocks
Sedimentary rocks are stratified materials laid down by water or wind. The sediments may be
composed of particles or pre-existing rocks derived by mechanical weathering, evaporation or by
chemical or organic origin. The sediments are usually indurated by cementation or compaction.
Chert Very fine-grained siliceous rock composed of micro-crystalline or cyrptocrystalline
quartz, chalcedony or opal. Chert is various colored, porous to dense, hard and
has a conchoidal to splintery fracture.
Claystone Fine-grained rock composed of or derived by erosion of silts and clays or any rock
containing clay. Soft massive and may contain carbonate minerals.
Conglomerate Rock consisting of a considerable amount of rounded gravel, sand and cobbles
with or without interstitial or cementing material. The cementing or interstitial
material may be quartz, opal, calcite, dolomite, clay, iron oxides or other
materials.
Dolomite A fine-grained carbonate rock consisting of the mineral dolomite [CaMg(CO3)2].
May contain noncarbonate impurities such as quartz, chert, clay minerals, organic
matter, gypsum and sulfides. Reacts with hydrochloric acid (HCL).
Limestone A fine-grained carbonate rock consisting of the mineral calcite (CaCO3). May
contain noncarbonate impurities such as quartz, chert, clay minerals, organic
matter, gypsum and sulfides. Reacts with hydrochloric acid (HCL).
Sandstone Rock consisting of particles of sand with or without interstitial and cementing
materials. The cementing or interstitial material may be quartz, opal, calcite,
dolomite, clay, iron oxides or other material.
Shale Fine-grained rock composed of or derived by erosion of silts and clays or any rock
containing clay. Shale is hard, platy, of fissile may be gray, black, reddish or
green and may contain some carbonate minerals (calcareous shale).
Siltstone Fine grained rock composed of or derived by erosion of silts or rock containing
silt. Siltstones consist predominantly of silt sized particles (0.0625 to 0.002 mm in
diameter) and are intermediate rocks between claystones and sandstones and
may contain carbonate minerals.
Page 1047 of 1257
LABORATORY TEST
SIGNIFICANCE AND PURPOSE
TEST SIGNIFICANCE PURPOSE
California Bearing
Ratio
Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Pavement Thickness
Design
Consolidation Used to develop an estimate of both the rate and amount of
both differential and total settlement of a structure.
Foundation Design
Direct Shear Used to determine the consolidated drained shear strength
of soil or rock.
Bearing Capacity,
Foundation Design,
and Slope Stability
Dry Density Used to determine the in-place density of natural, inorganic,
fine-grained soils.
Index Property Soil
Behavior
Expansion Used to measure the expansive potential of fine-grained
soil and to provide a basis for swell potential classification.
Foundation and Slab
Design
Gradation Used for the quantitative determination of the distribution of
particle sizes in soil.
Soil Classification
Liquid & Plastic Limit,
Plasticity Index
Used as an integral part of engineering classification
systems to characterize the fine-grained fraction of soils,
and to specify the fine-grained fraction of construction
materials.
Soil Classification
Permeability Used to determine the capacity of soil or rock to conduct a
liquid or gas.
Groundwater Flow
Analysis
pH Used to determine the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a
soil.
Corrosion Potential
Resistivity Used to indicate the relative ability of a soil medium to carry
electrical currents.
Corrosion Potential
R-Value Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Pavement Thickness
Design
Soluble Sulfate Used to determine the quantitative amount of soluble
sulfates within a soil mass.
Corrosion Potential
Unconfined
Compression
To obtain the approximate compressive strength of soils
that possess sufficient cohesion to permit testing in the
unconfined state.
Bearing Capacity
Analysis for
Foundations
Water Content Used to determine the quantitative amount of water in a soil
mass.
Index Property Soil
Behavior
Page 1048 of 1257
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
(Based on ASTM D653)
Allowable Soil
Bearing Capacity
The recommended maximum contact stress developed at the interface of the foundation
element and the supporting material.
Alluvium Soil, the constituents of which have been transported in suspension by flowing water and
subsequently deposited by sedimentation.
Aggregate Base
Course
A layer of specified material placed on a subgrade or subbase usually beneath slabs or
pavements.
Backfill A specified material placed and compacted in a confined area.
Bedrock A natural aggregate of mineral grains connected by strong and permanent cohesive forces.
Usually requires drilling, wedging, blasting or other methods of extraordinary force for
excavation.
Bench A horizontal surface in a sloped deposit.
Caisson (Drilled
Pier or Shaft)
A concrete foundation element cast in a circular excavation which may have an enlarged
base. Sometimes referred to as a cast-in-place pier or drilled shaft.
Coefficient of
Friction
A constant proportionality factor relating normal stress and the corresponding shear stress
at which sliding starts between the two surfaces.
Colluvium Soil, the constituents of which have been deposited chiefly by gravity such as at the foot of a
slope or cliff.
Compaction The densification of a soil by means of mechanical manipulation
Concrete Slab-on-
Grade
A concrete surface layer cast directly upon a base, subbase or subgrade, and typically used
as a floor system.
Differential
Movement
Unequal settlement or heave between, or within foundation elements of structure.
Earth Pressure The pressure exerted by soil on any boundary such as a foundation wall.
ESAL Equivalent Single Axle Load, a criteria used to convert traffic to a uniform standard, (18,000
pound axle loads).
Engineered Fill Specified material placed and compacted to specified density and/or moisture conditions
under observations of a representative of a geotechnical engineer.
Equivalent Fluid A hypothetical fluid having a unit weight such that it will produce a pressure against a lateral
support presumed to be equivalent to that produced by the actual soil. This simplified
approach is valid only when deformation conditions are such that the pressure increases
linearly with depth and the wall friction is neglected.
Existing Fill (or
Man-Made Fill)
Materials deposited throughout the action of man prior to exploration of the site.
Existing Grade The ground surface at the time of field exploration.
Page 1049 of 1257
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
(Based on ASTM D653)
Expansive
Potential
The potential of a soil to expand (increase in volume) due to absorption of moisture.
Finished Grade The final grade created as a part of the project.
Footing A portion of the foundation of a structure that transmits loads directly to the soil.
Foundation The lower part of a structure that transmits the loads to the soil or bedrock.
Frost Depth The depth at which the ground becomes frozen during the winter season.
Grade Beam A foundation element or wall, typically constructed of reinforced concrete, used to span
between other foundation elements such as drilled piers.
Groundwater Subsurface water found in the zone of saturation of soils or within fractures in bedrock.
Heave Upward movement.
Lithologic The characteristics which describe the composition and texture of soil and rock by
observation.
Native Grade The naturally occurring ground surface.
Native Soil Naturally occurring on-site soil, sometimes referred to as natural soil.
Optimum Moisture
Content
The water content at which a soil can be compacted to a maximum dry unit weight by a
given compactive effort.
Perched Water Groundwater, usually of limited area maintained above a normal water elevation by the
presence of an intervening relatively impervious continuous stratum.
Scarify To mechanically loosen soil or break down existing soil structure.
Settlement Downward movement.
Skin Friction (Side
Shear)
The frictional resistance developed between soil and an element of the structure such as a
drilled pier.
Soil (Earth) Sediments or other unconsolidated accumulations of solid particles produced by the
physical and chemical disintegration of rocks, and which may or may not contain organic
matter.
Strain The change in length per unit of length in a given direction.
Stress The force per unit area acting within a soil mass.
Strip To remove from present location.
Subbase A layer of specified material in a pavement system between the subgrade and base course.
Subgrade The soil prepared and compacted to support a structure, slab or pavement system.
Page 1050 of 1257
Appendix C
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)
Page 1051 of 1257
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Minor Spill of Material (Paint, Stain, Solvent, Glue) (Less than Reportable Quantity)
A. Purpose
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure is to establish uniform
procedures for clean up and disposal of material from a minor accidental spill of
paint, stain, solvent, or glue. The procedures outlined in this SOP are applicable
to all personnel working on the Rotolo Park construction site at 4401 S Huron
Street. Clean up and proper disposal of spilled material into the soil or onto the
ground surface is required to ensure the material or contaminated soil does not
enter or impact the waters of the state or the sanitary sewer system.
B. Summary of the Method
This procedure outlines the steps to be taken to prevent spilled material from
impacting waters of the state and disposal of the resulting contaminated cleanup
material.
C. Definitions
1. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). The standard industry list for a
product detailing the chemical make-up, safety hazards, first aid, fire
fighting, and spill cleanup measures, handling, storage, and disposal
methods
D. Health and Safety Warnings
Many construction materials may be flammable, cause skin and eye irritation,
and may be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Caution should be used during clean
up operations. The MSDS for the spilled material should be consulted to ensure
personnel safety during cleanup operations.
E. Equipment and Supplies
1. Absorbent pads and booms
2. Hand equipment ( shovels, brooms )
3. Waste containers ( 5 gallon buckets, drums )
4. Personal Protective Equipment
F. Procedural Steps
1. Shut down all equipment operating in the area to prevent ignition of the
spill.
2. Quickly control the spill by stopping or securing the spill source. This
could be as simple as up-righting a tipped container or shutting down a
piece of equipment producing the spill.
3. Contact the Responsible Person on site to enact the emergency response
contact procedure.
Page 1052 of 1257
a. Responsible Person shall consult the MSDS for proper spill
procedures and determination of Reportable Quantity for a spill.
In the event the spilled quantity exceeds the reportable quantity
the Responsible Person shall contact:
1. Call 911 for fire control if necessary.
2. Colorado Environmental Release and Incident Reporting
Hotline (1-877-518-5608)
4. Prevent migration of the spill by using an absorbent. This could include
absorbent pads or booms, floor dry, cat litter, or dirt. The absorbent
should be spread across the spill and along the downhill side to stop any
flow.
5. If necessary to prevent the material from entering a storm inlet or manhole
a dam of absorbent material should be placed in the gutter upstream from
the inlet.
6. Begin cleanup of the spilled material and absorbents by placing the
materials in 5 gallon, plastic buckets with lids or into a provided drum.
7. Continue cleanup until all spilled material and contaminated absorbents
are removed. On a hard surface this should include sweeping of the area.
Material spilled on dirt should be removed down to a level where
discoloration of the soil has been removed. Water shall never be used to
flush material off a surface.
8. All material shall be properly stored in a location designated by the
Responsible Person on site.
9. The Responsible Person shall contact the Site Contracted Emergency
Response and Disposal Co. to collect and properly dispose of the
material.
10. Location of the spill will be documented on the Stormwater Maintenance
Plan (SWMP) in the construction trailer.
G. Record Management
All documentation from the incident, including incident report and incident
disposal manifests, shall be maintained at Metropolitan Residential Advisors
Denver, 2091 S. Galapago Street, STE. 100, Denver, Colorado 80223, (303)
758-7188, for a period of 3 years from the date of the spill.
H. After Incident Briefing
All personnel involved in the incident shall attend a debriefing to determine the
cause of the spill, procedures followed, and corrective actions to prevent future
spills. All pertinent data shall be documented. All findings from the debriefing
should be discussed at the next Safety Meeting.
Page 1053 of 1257
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Minor Fuel or Oil Spill (Less than 5 Gallons)
A. Purpose
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure is to establish a uniform
procedure for clean up and disposal of material from a minor accidental spill of
fuel (gasoline or diesel) or oil (hydraulic or motor). The procedures outlined in this
SOP are applicable to all personnel working on the Rotolo Park construction site
at 4401 S Huron Street. Clean up and proper disposal of spilled fuel or oil into the
soil or onto the ground surface is required to ensure the material or contaminated
soil does not enter or impact the waters of the state or the sanitary sewer system.
B. Summary of the Method
This procedure outlines the steps to be taken to prevent spilled fuel or oil from
impacting waters of the state and disposal of the resulting contaminated cleanup
material.
C. Definitions
1. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). The standard industry list for a
product detailing the chemical make-up, safety hazards, first aid, fire
fighting, and spill cleanup measures, handling, storage, and disposal
methods
D. Health and Safety Warnings
Fuels and fuel oils may be extremely flammable, cause skin and eye irritation,
and may be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Caution should be used during clean
up operations. The MSDS for the spilled material should be consulted to ensure
personnel safety during cleanup operations.
E. Equipment and Supplies
1. Absorbent pads and booms
2. Hand equipment ( shovels, brooms )
3. Waste containers ( 5 gallon buckets, drums )
4. Personal Protective Equipment
F. Procedural Steps
1. Shut down all equipment operating in the area to prevent ignition of the
spill.
2. Quickly control the spill by stopping or securing the spill source. This
could be as simple as up-righting a tipped container or shutting down a
piece of equipment producing the spill.
3. Contact the Responsible Person on site to enact the emergency response
contact procedure.
a. Responsible Person shall consult the MSDS for proper spill procedures.
Page 1054 of 1257
4. Prevent migration of the spill by using an absorbent. This could include
absorbent pads or booms, floor dry, cat litter, or dirt. The absorbent
should be spread across the spill and along the downhill side to stop any
flow.
5. If necessary to prevent the material from entering a storm inlet or manhole
a dam of absorbent material should be placed in the gutter upstream from
the inlet.
6. Begin cleanup of the spilled material and absorbents by placing the
materials in 5 gallon, plastic buckets with lids or into a provided drum.
7. Continue cleanup until all spilled material and contaminated absorbents
are removed. On a hard surface this should include sweeping of the area.
Material spilled on dirt should be removed down to a level where
discoloration of the soil has been removed. Water shall never be used to
flush material off a surface.
8. All material shall be properly stored in a location designated by the
Responsible Person on site.
9. The Responsible Person shall contact the Site Contracted Emergency
Response and Disposal Co to collect and properly dispose of the material.
10. Location of the spill will be documented on the Stormwater Maintenance
Plan (SWMP) in the construction trailer.
G. Record Management
All documentation from the incident, including incident report and incident
disposal manifests, shall be maintained at Metropolitan Residential Advisors
Denver, 2091 S. Galapago Street, STE. 100, Denver, Colorado 80223, (303)
758-7188, for a period of 3 years from the date of the spill.
H. After Incident Briefing
All personnel involved in the incident shall attend a debriefing to determine the
cause of the spill, procedures followed, and corrective actions to prevent future
spills. All pertinent data will be recorded. All findings from the debriefing should
be discussed at the next Safety Meeting.
Page 1055 of 1257
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Small Fuel or Oil Spill (5 Gallons to Less than 25 Gallons)
A. Purpose
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure is to establish a uniform
procedure for clean up and disposal of material from a small accidental spill of
fuel (gasoline or diesel) or oil (hydraulic, or motor). The procedures outlined in
this SOP are applicable to all personnel working on the Rotolo Park construction
site at 4401 S Huron Street. Clean up and proper disposal of spilled fuel or oil
into the soil or onto the ground surface is required to ensure the material or
contaminated soil do not enter or impact the waters of the state or the sanitary
sewer system.
B. Summary of the Method
This procedure outlines the steps to be taken to prevent spilled fuel or oil from
impacting waters of the state and disposal of the resulting contaminated cleanup
material.
C. Definitions
1. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). The standard industry list for a
product detailing the chemical make-up, safety hazards, first aid, fire
fighting, and spill cleanup measures, handling, storage, and disposal
methods
D. Health and Safety Warnings
Fuels and fuel oils may be extremely flammable, cause skin and eye irritation,
and may be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Caution should be used during clean
up operations. The MSDS for the spilled material should be consulted to ensure
personnel safety during cleanup operations.
E. Equipment and Supplies
1. Absorbent pads and booms
2. Hand equipment ( shovels, brooms )
3. Waste containers ( 5 gallon buckets, drums )
4. Personal Protective Equipment
F. Procedural Steps
1. Shut down all equipment operating in the area to prevent ignition of the
spill.
2. Contact the Responsible Person on site to enact the emergency response
contact procedure.
a. The Responsible Person begins contacting Emergency Response
Agencies.
1. For gasoline or diesel spill call 911 for fire control
Page 1056 of 1257
b. Responsible Person must consult the MSDS for proper spill
procedures.
3. Attempt to control the spill by stopping or securing the spill source. This
could be as simple as up-righting a tipped container or shutting down a
piece of equipment producing the spill.
4. Prevent migration of the spill by using an absorbent. This could include
absorbent pads or booms, floor dry, cat litter, or dirt. The absorbent
should be spread across the spill and along the downhill side to stop any
flow.
5. If necessary to prevent the material from entering a storm inlet or manhole
a dam of absorbent material should be placed in the gutter upstream from
the inlet.
6. Begin cleanup of the spilled material and absorbents by placing the
materials in 5 gallon, plastic buckets with lids or into a provided drum.
7. Continue cleanup until all spilled material and contaminated absorbents
are removed. On a hard surface, this should include sweeping of the
area. Material spilled on dirt should be removed down to a level where
discoloration of the soil has been removed. Water shall never be used to
flush material off a surface.
8. All material shall be properly stored in a location designated by the
Responsible Person on site.
9. The Responsible Person shall contact the Site Contracted Emergency
Response and Disposal Co. to collect and properly dispose of the
material.
10. Location of the spill will be documented on the Stormwater Maintenance
Plan (SWMP) in the construction trailer.
G. Record Management
All documentation from the incident, including incident report and incident
disposal manifests, shall be maintained at Metropolitan Residential Advisors
Denver, 2091 S. Galapago Street, STE. 100, Denver, Colorado 80223, (303)
758-7188, for a period of 3 years from the date of the spill.
H. After Incident Briefing
All personnel involved in the incident shall attend a debriefing to determine the
cause of the spill, procedures followed, and corrective actions to prevent future
spills. All pertinent data will be recorded. All findings from the debriefing should
be discussed at the next Safety Meeting.
Page 1057 of 1257
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Significant Fuel or Oil Spill (25 Gallons or More)
A. Purpose
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure is to establish a uniform
procedure for clean up and disposal of material from a significant accidental spill
of fuel (gasoline or diesel) or oil (hydraulic or motor). The procedures outlined in
this SOP are applicable to all personnel working on the Rotolo Park construction
site at 4401 S Huron Street Clean up and proper disposal of spilled fuel or oil into
the soil or onto the ground surface is required to ensure the material or
contaminated soil does not enter or impact the waters of the state or the sanitary
sewer system.
B. Summary of the Method
This procedure outlines the steps to be taken to prevent spilled fuel or oil from
impacting waters of the state and disposal of the resulting contaminated cleanup
material.
C. Definitions
1. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). The standard industry list for a
product detailing the chemical make-up, safety hazards, first aid, fire
fighting, and spill cleanup measures, handling, storage, and disposal
methods
D. Health and Safety Warnings
Fuels and fuel oils may be extremely flammable, cause skin and eye irritation,
and may be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Caution should be used during clean
up operations. The MSDS for the spilled material should be consulted to ensure
personnel safety during cleanup operations.
E. Equipment and Supplies
1. Absorbent pads and booms
2. Hand equipment ( shovels, brooms )
3. Waste containers ( 5 gallon buckets, drums )
4. Personal Protective Equipment
F. Procedural Steps
1. Shut down all equipment operating in the area to prevent ignition of the
spill.
2. Ensure the safety of personnel in the area. If necessary, evacuate the
area and wait for Emergency Response Personnel.
3. Contact the Chain of Command on site to enact the emergency response
contact procedure.
a. Responsible Person begins contacting Emergency Response
Agencies.
Page 1058 of 1257
1. Call 911 for fire control
2. Colorado Environmental Release and Incident Reporting
Hotline (1-877-518-5608)
b. Responsible Person consults the MSDS for spill procedure
4. If it can be safely accomplished, attempt to control the spill by stopping or
securing the spill source.
5. If it can be safely accomplished, attempt to prevent migration of the spill
by using an absorbent. This could include absorbent pads or booms, floor
dry, cat litter, or dirt. The absorbent should be spread along the downhill
side to stop any flow.
6. If it can be safely accomplished, attempt to prevent the material from
entering a storm inlet or manhole by constructing a dam of absorbent
material in the gutter upstream from the inlet.
7. Emergency Response Personnel should handle stabilization of the spill
and initial cleanup.
8. Final cleanup and disposal of contaminated material should be handled by
the Site Contracted Emergency Response and Disposal Co.
9. Location of the spill will be documented on the Stormwater Maintenance
Plan (SWMP) in the construction trailer.
G. Record Management
All documentation from the incident, including incident report and incident
disposal manifests, shall be maintained Metropolitan Residential Advisors
Denver, 2091 S. Galapago Street, STE. 100, Denver, Colorado 80223, (303)
758-7188, for a period of 3 years from the date of the spill.
H. After Incident Briefing
All personnel involved in the incident shall attend a debriefing to determine the
cause of the spill, procedures followed, and corrective actions to prevent future
spills. All pertinent data shall be documented. All findings from the debriefing
should be discussed at the next Safety Meeting.
Page 1059 of 1257
Appendix D
Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan (GESC)
Page 1060 of 1257
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
ST
ST
ST
ST
ECB
VTC
CWA
CF
LOC
LOC
SR
SR
SF
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
S
W
M
P
I
N
I
T
I
A
L
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
I
N
I
T
I
A
L
5
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
s
w
m
p
-
b
a
s
e
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
8
:
4
2
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - INITIAL EC1
9 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
20 20 40
20'
INITIAL PLAN
1.SHADED BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) WERE INSTALLED IN AN EARLIER
PHASE, AND UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE UNTIL
REVEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT IS APPROVED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING BMPS AND REMOVE
AND REPLACE THEM AS NECESSARY.
2.ALL EXISTING BMPS WILL NEED TO BE PROPERLY REFRESHED OR REINSTALLED BY
THE CONTRACTOR TO FUNCTION AS ORIGINALLY DESIGNED.
3.SEE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR DETAILS OF PERMANENT DRAINAGE FACILITIES
SUCH AS DETENTION FACILITIES, CULVERTS, STORM DRAINS, AND INLET AND
OUTLET PROTECTION.
4.SEE DETAIL SHEETS EC3 & EC4 FOR EROSION CONTROL MEASURE CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS.
5.CONTRACTOR SHALL SEED AND MULCH ALL DISTURBED AREAS NOT FORMALLY
LANDSCAPED PER THE APPROVED LANDSCAPE PLAN SEED MIX OR THE CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD STANDARD SEED MIX.
6.ROCK SOCKS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR SILT FENCE AS PERIMETER CONTROL ON
HARDSCAPE SURFACE AREAS.
7.ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
MEASURES IDENTIFIED IN THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) MUST BE
MAINTAINED IN PROPER FUNCTIONING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR
ALL BMPS AND IMMEDIATELY CORRECT OR REAPPLY ANY THAT ARE NO LONGER
FUNCTIONING EFFECTIVELY.
8.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SURFACE ROUGHENING AND SEEDING &
MULCHING DURING THE DEMOLITION AND EARTHWORK PHASES AS REQUIRED BY
THE SWMP AND COUNTY/CITY INSPECTOR.
9.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING INLET PROTECTION ON ALL
EXISTING STORM SEWER INLETS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AND DOWNSTREAM
OF THE PROJECT SITE.
10.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR
ROTOLO PARK DATED 06/18/2025; THE ENGLEWOOD GRADING, EROSION, AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS; AND THE MILE HIGH FLOOD DISTRICT'S
URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL, VOLUME 3 FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
TOTAL/DISTURBED
AREA CUT VOLUME FILL VOLUME NET VOLUME
CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD
DRAINAGE BASIN
RECEIVING
WATERS
10.3 AC 328 CY 378 CY 50 CY (IMPORT)SOUTH ENGLEWOOD
BASIN SOUTH PLATTE RIVER
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
SF
CWA
LOC
VTC
SR
ECB
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
IR
R
ST
ST
ST
ST
ECB
SM
SM
SM
SMVTC
CWA
CF
LOC
LOC
SR
SR
SM
SF
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
S
W
M
P
F
I
N
A
L
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
F
I
N
A
L
6
X
R
E
F
s
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
,
e
-
b
a
s
e
,
e
-
l
e
g
a
l
,
e
-
u
t
i
l
,
p
-
b
a
s
e
,
s
w
m
p
-
b
a
s
e
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
8
:
5
2
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - FINAL EC2
10 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
KPK
KPK
JTV
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
0
SCALE: 1" =
20 20 40
20'
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
TOTAL/DISTURBED
AREA CUT VOLUME FILL VOLUME NET VOLUME
CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD
DRAINAGE BASIN
RECEIVING
WATERS
10.3 AC 328 CY 378 CY 50 CY (IMPORT)SOUTH ENGLEWOOD
BASIN SOUTH PLATTE RIVER
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
SF
CWA
LOC
VTC
SR
FINAL PLAN
1.SHADED BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) WERE INSTALLED IN AN EARLIER
PHASE, AND UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE UNTIL
REVEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT IS APPROVED BY THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING BMPS AND REMOVE
AND REPLACE THEM AS NECESSARY.
2.ALL EXISTING BMPS WILL NEED TO BE PROPERLY REFRESHED OR REINSTALLED BY
THE CONTRACTOR TO FUNCTION AS ORIGINALLY DESIGNED.
3.SEE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR DETAILS OF PERMANENT DRAINAGE FACILITIES
SUCH AS DETENTION FACILITIES, CULVERTS, STORM DRAINS, AND INLET AND
OUTLET PROTECTION.
4.ALL LANDSCAPE DRAIN AREA INLETS SHALL HAVE INLET PROTECTION UNTIL THE
UPSTREAM AREA HAS BEEN FORMALLY LANDSCAPED AND ESTABLISHED. REFER TO
THE STORM SEWER PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL AREA INLETS.
5.SEE DETAIL SHEETS EC3 & EC4 FOR EROSION CONTROL MEASURE CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS.
6.CONTRACTOR SHALL SEED AND MULCH ALL DISTURBED AREAS NOT FORMALLY
LANDSCAPED PER THE APPROVED LANDSCAPE PLAN SEED MIX OR THE CITY OF
ENGLEWOOD STANDARD SEED MIX.
7.ROCK SOCKS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR SILT FENCE AS PERIMETER CONTROL ON
HARDSCAPE SURFACE AREAS.
7.ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
MEASURES IDENTIFIED IN THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) MUST BE
MAINTAINED IN PROPER FUNCTIONING CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR
ALL BMPS AND IMMEDIATELY CORRECT OR REAPPLY ANY THAT ARE NO LONGER
FUNCTIONING EFFECTIVELY.
8.EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL PROPOSED SLOPES 4:1
OR GREATER.
9.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR
ROTOLO PARK DATED 06/18/2025; THE CITY OF ENGLEWOOD GRADING, EROSION,
AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS; AND THE MILE HIGH FLOOD DISTRICT'S
URBAN STORM DRAINAGE CRITERIA MANUAL, VOLUME 3 FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
SM
ECB
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
VTC CWA
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
G
E
S
C
-
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
L
A
Y
O
U
T
1
1
X
R
E
F
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
8
:
5
9
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - DETAILS EC3
11 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
SF
SR
SHEET NUMBER
ISSUE DATE:
DATE REVISION COMMENTS
DESIGNED BY:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
PROJECT #:
1120 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203
P: 303.623.6300 F: 303.623.6311
HarrisKocherSmith.com
Know what's below.Call before you dig.
®
FI
L
E
P
A
T
H
:
P
:
\
2
0
2
4
\
2
4
0
9
1
7
\
E
N
G
I
N
E
E
R
I
N
G
\
E
R
O
S
I
O
N
\
G
E
S
C
-
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
.
D
W
G
L
A
Y
O
U
T
:
L
A
Y
O
U
T
2
1
X
R
E
F
:
c
d
-
s
t
a
m
p
PL
O
T
T
E
D
:
W
E
D
0
6
/
1
8
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
8
:
5
9
P
B
Y
:
J
A
K
E
V
I
N
C
I
240917
ROTOLO PARK
SWMP - DETAILS EC4
12 OF 12
ENGLEWOOD PARKS
04-10-2025
04-10-2025 DD SET
06-18-2025 100% BID SET
NO
C
H
A
N
G
E
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
M
A
D
E
T
O
T
H
I
S
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
W
R
I
T
T
E
N
P
E
R
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
O
F
H
A
R
R
I
S
K
O
C
H
E
R
S
M
I
T
H
.
P
R
O
F
ESSIONAL E N GINEER
COL O R A DO LICEN
SE
D
54352
KEN
N
E
D
Y
P.
KEV IN
06/18/2025
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
Appendix E
Landscape Plan
Page 1065 of 1257
SS
W
W
ST
W
W
E
W
IRR
IRR
IRR
IRRIRR
IRR
SM2
SM2SM2
SM3
SM3
Huron St
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
L.O.W
.
L.O.W.
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
PROPO
S
E
D
R
E
S
T
R
O
O
M
,
RE: ARC
H
Existing Electrical Pole to be
Removed, Verify
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Property Line, Typ.
Natural Edge
Soil Mix 1
Soil Mix 2
Soil Mix 3
SM1
SM2
SM3
SOILS LEGEND
Soil Mix 4 (Provide at
Each Tree Location,
See Planting Plans)
See Tree
Planting
SOILS PLACEMENT NOTES:
1.For soils details, see sheet L4.04.
2.The landscape architect shall be able to
rearrange plant stakes without incurring
additional cost to the project.
3.Contractor to familiarize themselves with
the existing soil stockpile to be reused.
Contractor to quantify existing stockpile
prior to screening operations.
4.As a general note, use tracked low pressure
equipment that does not back-blade the
soil. Review method of soil placement with
Landscape Architect prior to proceeding.
5.Soil should be placed in 6 inch lifts with
scarification between lifts. Thickness of
subsoil will vary based on needed final
grade, taking into account SM1-SM4 Profile
Depths
6.Refer to Planting Soil Details for Additional
Information.
7.Refer to specification 329113 "Soil
Preparations and Topsoil" for additional
requirements.
8.Contractor responsible for placing planting
soil shall examine the subgrade to make
sure it is clear of debris.
9.If any portion of the subgrade is found not
to be free-draining, report findings to
owner's representative and landscape
architect. Do not proceed with installation
of planting soils until conditions have been
remediated.
10.Contractor shall verify that all under
drainage and irrigation main lines are
correctly installed or coordinated prior to
soil placement.
11.Beginning work means contractor accepts
substrates, previous work, and conditions.
12.The contractor shall take all necessary
precautions to minimize excessive
compaction during soil placement.
Back-blading is forbidden. Refer to
specifications for compaction requirements
under pavements and planted areas.
13.Loosen subgrade areas by disking or
rototilling to minimum depth of 6". Remove
stones greater than 2" and all rubbish and
debris.
14.Limits of each soil profile to be staked by
contractor prior to placing soil to be
approved by the soil scientist and
landscape architect.
15.No Subsoil or Existing Topsoil shall be
Moisture Conditioned.
16.Contractor to review methods proposed for
blending soils and blend ratios with
Landscape Architect Prior to Proceeding.
17.All blend ratios and percentages are based
on a dry volume.
Tree Protection Zone
Limit of Work
Property Line
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
SOILS STABILIZATION NOTES:
1.Erosion control mesh should be placed on
slopes 3:1 or greater. Erosion control mesh
to be hemp and maximize void space for
appropriate seed to soil contact and light
penetration. Submit erosion control mesh
to Landscape Architect for review and
approval prior to proceeding.
2.Overlap mesh at least 18" in the waterflow
direction.
3.The mesh should be buried in anchor
trenches at least 10" deep at the top and
bottom ends an installation to prevent
undercutting of the mesh. Erosion control
mesh shall be fully bedded against soil
such that there are no void spaces between
mesh.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L4.01
SOILS PLAN 1
A Restroom Area
Soils Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'N
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
W
W
W
ST
SM1 SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM2
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM3
SM2
Adjacent Property
Adjacent
Property
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
THE RAMBLE
L.O
.
W
.
Existing Wall to Remain
Existing Fence to
Remain
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Shade and
Concrete Pad to Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Natural Edge
Soil Mix 1
Soil Mix 2
Soil Mix 3
SM1
SM2
SM3
SOILS LEGEND
Soil Mix 4 (Provide at
Each Tree Location,
See Planting Plans)
See Tree
Planting
SOILS PLACEMENT NOTES:
1.For soils details, see sheet L4.04.
2.The landscape architect shall be able to
rearrange plant stakes without incurring
additional cost to the project.
3.Contractor to familiarize themselves with
the existing soil stockpile to be reused.
Contractor to quantify existing stockpile
prior to screening operations.
4.As a general note, use tracked low pressure
equipment that does not back-blade the
soil. Review method of soil placement with
Landscape Architect prior to proceeding.
5.Soil should be placed in 6 inch lifts with
scarification between lifts. Thickness of
subsoil will vary based on needed final
grade, taking into account SM1-SM4 Profile
Depths
6.Refer to Planting Soil Details for Additional
Information.
7.Refer to specification 329113 "Soil
Preparations and Topsoil" for additional
requirements.
8.Contractor responsible for placing planting
soil shall examine the subgrade to make
sure it is clear of debris.
9.If any portion of the subgrade is found not
to be free-draining, report findings to
owner's representative and landscape
architect. Do not proceed with installation
of planting soils until conditions have been
remediated.
10.Contractor shall verify that all under
drainage and irrigation main lines are
correctly installed or coordinated prior to
soil placement.
11.Beginning work means contractor accepts
substrates, previous work, and conditions.
12.The contractor shall take all necessary
precautions to minimize excessive
compaction during soil placement.
Back-blading is forbidden. Refer to
specifications for compaction requirements
under pavements and planted areas.
13.Loosen subgrade areas by disking or
rototilling to minimum depth of 6". Remove
stones greater than 2" and all rubbish and
debris.
14.Limits of each soil profile to be staked by
contractor prior to placing soil to be
approved by the soil scientist and
landscape architect.
15.No Subsoil or Existing Topsoil shall be
Moisture Conditioned.
16.Contractor to review methods proposed for
blending soils and blend ratios with
Landscape Architect Prior to Proceeding.
17.All blend ratios and percentages are based
on a dry volume.
Tree Protection Zone
Limit of Work
Property Line
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
SOILS STABILIZATION NOTES:
1.Erosion control mesh should be placed on
slopes 3:1 or greater. Erosion control mesh
to be hemp and maximize void space for
appropriate seed to soil contact and light
penetration. Submit erosion control mesh
to Landscape Architect for review and
approval prior to proceeding.
2.Overlap mesh at least 18" in the waterflow
direction.
3.The mesh should be buried in anchor
trenches at least 10" deep at the top and
bottom ends an installation to prevent
undercutting of the mesh. Erosion control
mesh shall be fully bedded against soil
such that there are no void spaces between
mesh.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L4.02
SOILS PLAN 2
A The Ramble
Soils Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'
S Jason St
N
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
ST
ST
IRRIRR
SM2
SM3
SM1
SM1
W ST
A
N
F
O
R
D
D
R
Adjacent
Property
L
.
O
.
W
.
L
.
O
.
W
.
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
Valve Boxes Assumed to
Remain & Be Re-Used
Storm Structure To Remain
Storm Structure To Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Natural Edge
Soil Mix 1
Soil Mix 2
Soil Mix 3
SM1
SM2
SM3
SOILS LEGEND
Soil Mix 4 (Provide at
Each Tree Location,
See Planting Plans)
See Tree
Planting
SOILS PLACEMENT NOTES:
1.For soils details, see sheet L4.04.
2.The landscape architect shall be able to
rearrange plant stakes without incurring
additional cost to the project.
3.Contractor to familiarize themselves with
the existing soil stockpile to be reused.
Contractor to quantify existing stockpile
prior to screening operations.
4.As a general note, use tracked low pressure
equipment that does not back-blade the
soil. Review method of soil placement with
Landscape Architect prior to proceeding.
5.Soil should be placed in 6 inch lifts with
scarification between lifts. Thickness of
subsoil will vary based on needed final
grade, taking into account SM1-SM4 Profile
Depths
6.Refer to Planting Soil Details for Additional
Information.
7.Refer to specification 329113 "Soil
Preparations and Topsoil" for additional
requirements.
8.Contractor responsible for placing planting
soil shall examine the subgrade to make
sure it is clear of debris.
9.If any portion of the subgrade is found not
to be free-draining, report findings to
owner's representative and landscape
architect. Do not proceed with installation
of planting soils until conditions have been
remediated.
10.Contractor shall verify that all under
drainage and irrigation main lines are
correctly installed or coordinated prior to
soil placement.
11.Beginning work means contractor accepts
substrates, previous work, and conditions.
12.The contractor shall take all necessary
precautions to minimize excessive
compaction during soil placement.
Back-blading is forbidden. Refer to
specifications for compaction requirements
under pavements and planted areas.
13.Loosen subgrade areas by disking or
rototilling to minimum depth of 6". Remove
stones greater than 2" and all rubbish and
debris.
14.Limits of each soil profile to be staked by
contractor prior to placing soil to be
approved by the soil scientist and
landscape architect.
15.No Subsoil or Existing Topsoil shall be
Moisture Conditioned.
16.Contractor to review methods proposed for
blending soils and blend ratios with
Landscape Architect Prior to Proceeding.
17.All blend ratios and percentages are based
on a dry volume.
Tree Protection Zone
Limit of Work
Property Line
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
SOILS STABILIZATION NOTES:
1.Erosion control mesh should be placed on
slopes 3:1 or greater. Erosion control mesh
to be hemp and maximize void space for
appropriate seed to soil contact and light
penetration. Submit erosion control mesh
to Landscape Architect for review and
approval prior to proceeding.
2.Overlap mesh at least 18" in the waterflow
direction.
3.The mesh should be buried in anchor
trenches at least 10" deep at the top and
bottom ends an installation to prevent
undercutting of the mesh. Erosion control
mesh shall be fully bedded against soil
such that there are no void spaces between
mesh.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L4.03
SOILS PLAN 3
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'N
A Accessible Path & West Terrace
Soils Plan
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
Concrete Paving1
L5.01
Tree Protection Zone
Limit of Work
Property Line
321
Boulder (Types 1-3),
See Specifications
Log Terraces,
See Specifications
Flagstone Steppers,
See Specifications
Log Steppers,
See Specifications
Flush Concrete Edge7
L5.01
Crusher Fines Paving1
L5.01
Natural Edge7
L5.01
Stone Seating,
See Specifications
7
L5.01
Play Sand1
L5.01
Sheet Matchline
SS
W
W
ST
W
W
E
W
IRR
IRR
IRR
IRRIRR
IRR
+XURQ6W
Dashed Lines Indicate
Tree Protection Zones
3OD\JURXQG$UHD
1.,.&.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
MATCHLINE - See Sheet L1.02MATCHLINE - See Sheet L1.03
MATCHLINE - See Sheet L1.01
Existing Sign
to be Relocated
Relocated Sign
Assumed Re-use of Existing
POC, Backflow, Controller, &
Main Line & Valves. New
Laterals & Heads as Req'd.
Re: Irrigation
Proposed Restroom, Re: Arch
New Restroom to
Tap into Sanitary
Line, Re: CIvil
New Restroom to
Tap into Exsting
Water Line, Re: Civil
Proposed Concrete
Sidewalk
No Work this Area in Base Bid.
Provide Pricing for All-New
Irrigation System as Alternate
Existing Tree To Remain &
Be Protected Throughout
Construction, Typ.
Verify if Tree is To
Remain, Despite
Stormwater Work
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
PROPOSED
RESTROOM,
RE: ARCH
L.O.
W
.
L
.
O
.
W
.
L.O.W.
L.O
.
W
.
Existing Electrical
Pole, Confirm
Whether to Remain
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L2.01
0$7(5,$L63L$11
Legend
A Restroom Area
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
ADD:
KEYMAP IF TIME
PROPOS
E
D
RESTRO
O
M
,
RE: ARC
H
ALTERNATE #4
1T2 Topsoil: Blend a 2:1 Ratio ConsistinJ of 2 Parts ExistinJ Topsoil and 1
Part Compost by Dry Volume
2E;T Topsoil: ExistinJ Topsoil Excavated from Site to 8 Below ExistinJ
Grade
3Contractor to Review Methods Proposed for BlendinJ Soils and Blend
Ratios with Soil Scientist and Landscape Architect Prior to ProceedinJ
4Compost to be STA Certified Class 1 Compost and OrJanic Materials Review
Institute OMRI Certified Compost
5See Specifications for Additional Details
CRQWUDFWRU WR AVVXPH C< CRPSRVW 1000 SF IRU S01 AUHDV
IQGLFDWHG LQ SRLO PODQV FRU PULFLQJ
)inish Grade
NOT(S
3
8
M
i
n
,
10
M
a
x
Place ExistinJ Topsoil, Uncompacted
Scarify the Surface of Each Soil Layer
Compacted Subsoil
not moisture conditioned
T
(;T
Place T2 Topsoil, Uncompacted
1T1 Topsoil: Blend a 1:1 Ratio ConsistinJ of 1 Parts ExistinJ Topsoil and 1
Part Compost by Dry Volume
2E;T Topsoil: ExistinJ Topsoil Excavated from Site to 8 Below ExistinJ
Grade
3Contractor to Review Methods Proposed for BlendinJ Soils and Blend
Ratios with Soil Scientist and Landscape Architect Prior to ProceedinJ
4Compost to be STA Certified Class 1 Compost and OrJanic Materials
Review Institute OMRI Certified Compost
5See Specifications for Additional Details
CRQWUDFWRU WR AVVXPH C< CRPSRVW 1000 SF IRU S0 AUHDV
IQGLFDWHG LQ SRLO PODQV FRU PULFLQJ
)inish Grade
NOT(S
4
8
M
i
n
,
10
M
a
x
Place ExistinJ Topsoil, Uncompacted
Scarify the Surface of Each Soil Layer
Compacted Subsoil
not moisture conditioned
(;T
T1
Place T1 Topsoil, Uncompacted
1 SM1 Soil Mix 1
Scale: 1 1
0
Section 2 SM2 Soil Mix 2
Scale: 1 1
0
Section
CL
Rootball Varies
25x of Rootball Varies
Compacted SubJrade Soil
Pedestal to Prevent SettlinJ
Mulch, 3 Deep and 46
Away )rom Trunk
(;T
T1 T1 RU TT1 RU T
Place ExistinJ Topsoil,
Uncompacted
Soil Mix in SurroundinJ Plant
Bed Varies, See Soil Plan
Tree Pit Backfill in 68 Lifts to
Support Rootball Tamp and
Water Between Lifts Do not
Overly Compact
Soil Saucer and Mulch,
See Specifications
T1
NOT(S
1All Trees Indicated in Plant Schedule to Receive SM3 Soil Mix 3 at Tree Pit
See PlantinJ Plans for Location and Review )inal Placement with Landscape
Architect Prior to ProceedinJ
2T1 Topsoil: Blend a 1:1 Ratio ConsistinJ of 1 Part ExistinJ Topsoil and 1 Part
Compost by Dry Volume
3E;T Topsoil: ExistinJ Subsoil Excavated from Site To 8 Below ExistinJ Grade
4Compost to be STA Certified Class 1 Compost and OrJanic Materials Review
Institute OMRI Certified Compost
5See Specifications for Additional Details
CRQWUDFWRU WR AVVXPH C< CRPSRVW TUHH FRU PULFLQJ
All Deciduous and EverJreen
Trees Except )ruit Trees
(;T
3 SM3 Soil Mix 3
Scale: 1 1
0
Section
Soil Mix 3S Soil Mix 2&SM3 TSM2
Pa
g
e
1
0
6
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
IR2.00
IRRI*$7I21127(6
6&+('8/(
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
JSB
KJD
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
IRRIGATION DESIGN STRATEGY
HATCH DESCRIPTION AREAS < 6'AREAS 6'-25'AREAS > 25'
TURF GRASS INLINE SUBSURFACE DRIP 6" POPUP SPRAY 6" ROTOR
NATIVE GRASS N/A 12" POPUP SPRAY 12" ROTOR
TREES & SHRUBS INLINE SUBSURFACE DRIP 12" POPUP SPRAY 12" ROTOR
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL NO.
EXISTING ELECTRIC CONTROLLER
EXISTING PVC MAINLINE - 3" OR LARGER
EXISTING BACKFLOW PREVENTER
EXISTING WATER METER
A
M
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR-X
IRRIGATION NOTES IR-X
IRRIGATION PLANS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION CHARTS IR-X 13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260 Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327 www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting & Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
12
7
)
2
5
&
2
1
6
7
5
8
&
7
H
2
1
13
9
4
9
W
.
C
o
l
f
a
x
A
v
e
,
S
u
i
t
e
2
6
0
L
a
k
e
w
o
o
d
,
C
o
l
o
r
a
d
o
8
0
4
0
1
o:
3
0
3
.
9
8
0
.
5
3
2
7
w
w
w
.
h
y
d
r
o
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
k
d
i
.
c
o
m
Ir
r
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
&
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
W
W
E
W
A
M
IR2.01
IRRI*$7I213/$1
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
JSB
KJD
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
A Restroom Area
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET IR2.03 MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET IR2.02
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR-X
IRRIGATION NOTES IR-X
IRRIGATION PLANS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION CHARTS IR-X
13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260 Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327 www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting & Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
6+XURQ6W
CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY EXISTING
IRRIGATION WITHIN NEW LANDSCAPE AREAS
12
7
)
2
5
&
2
1
6
7
5
8
&
7
H
2
1
13
9
4
9
W
.
C
o
l
f
a
x
A
v
e
,
S
u
i
t
e
2
6
0
L
a
k
e
w
o
o
d
,
C
o
l
o
r
a
d
o
8
0
4
0
1
o:
3
0
3
.
9
8
0
.
5
3
2
7
w
w
w
.
h
y
d
r
o
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
k
d
i
.
c
o
m
Ir
r
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
&
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
W
W
ST
IR2.02
IRRI*$7I213/$1
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
JSB
KJD
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
A The Ramble
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'
6-DVRQ6W
1
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET IR2.01
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
-
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
I
R
2
.
0
3
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR-X
IRRIGATION NOTES IR-X
IRRIGATION PLANS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION CHARTS IR-X
13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260 Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327 www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting & Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY EXISTING
IRRIGATION WITHIN NEW LANDSCAPE AREAS
12
7
)
2
5
&
2
1
6
7
5
8
&
7
H
2
1
13
9
4
9
W
.
C
o
l
f
a
x
A
v
e
,
S
u
i
t
e
2
6
0
L
a
k
e
w
o
o
d
,
C
o
l
o
r
a
d
o
8
0
4
0
1
o:
3
0
3
.
9
8
0
.
5
3
2
7
w
w
w
.
h
y
d
r
o
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
k
d
i
.
c
o
m
Ir
r
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
&
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
ST
ST
IR2.03
IRRI*$7I213/$1
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
JSB
KJD
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'1
A Accessible Path & West Terrace
Materials Plan
MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET IR2.01
MA
T
C
H
L
I
N
E
-
S
E
E
S
H
E
E
T
I
R
2
.
0
2
DIRECTORY
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE IR-X
IRRIGATION NOTES IR-X
IRRIGATION PLANS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION DETAILS IR-X - IR-Y
IRRIGATION CHARTS IR-X
13949 W. Colfax Ave, Suite 260 Lakewood, Colorado 80401
o: 303.980.5327 www.hydrosystemskdi.com
Irrigation Consulting & Water Management
CALL 3 BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE BEFORE YOU
DIG, GRADE, OR EXCAVATE FOR THE MARKING OF
UNDERGROUND MEMBER UTILITIES.
R
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
:6W
D
Q
I
R
U
G
'
U
CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY EXISTING
IRRIGATION WITHIN NEW LANDSCAPE AREAS
12
7
)
2
5
&
2
1
6
7
5
8
&
7
H
2
1
13
9
4
9
W
.
C
o
l
f
a
x
A
v
e
,
S
u
i
t
e
2
6
0
L
a
k
e
w
o
o
d
,
C
o
l
o
r
a
d
o
8
0
4
0
1
o:
3
0
3
.
9
8
0
.
5
3
2
7
w
w
w
.
h
y
d
r
o
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
k
d
i
.
c
o
m
Ir
r
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
&
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
3
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
W
W
ST
W
W
E
W
IRR
IRR
IRR
IRRIRR
IRR
Huron St
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
L.O.W
.
L.O.W.
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
PROPO
S
E
D
R
E
S
T
R
O
O
M
,
RE: ARC
H
Existing Electrical Pole to be
Removed, Verify
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Property Line, Typ.
Deciduous
Ornamental Tree
Deciduous Tree
PLANTING LEGEND
Evergreen Tree
Shrub
Perennial /
Ornamental Grass
Lawn
Low Grass (Seed)
Medium Grass (Seed)
Planted Bed
Planted Ornamental
Grass
SOD1
PM1
PM2
PM3
PM4
Natural Edge
PLANTING NOTES:
1.The landscape architect shall be able to
rearrange plant stakes without incurring
additional cost to the project.
2.The location of plants on the drawings is
diagrammatic and shall not be considered to
be shown in their final location. Before
planting, the contractor shall stake all woody
plant locations for review and acceptance by
the landscape architect. The contractor shall
not plant without this acceptance. Perennial
plant locations shall be reviewed in the field by
the landscape architect with the installing
contractor prior to the time of installation.
Contractor shall give notice and arrange the
on-site meeting with landscape architect.
3.For planting schedules, see sheet L5.04.
4.For planting details, see sheet L5.05.
Tree Protection Zone
Limit of Work
Property Line
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L5.01
PLANTING PLAN 1
A Restroom Area
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'N
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
4
o
f
1
2
5
7
W
W
W
ST
SOD1 PM1
PM4
PM1
PM1
PM2
PM2
PM2
PM2
PM2
PM2
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM3
PM4
SOD1
Adjacent Property
Adjacent
Property
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O
.
W
.
L.
O
.
W
.
L.O.W
.
EXISTING
TURF TO
REMAIN
THE RAMBLE
L.O
.
W
.
Existing Wall to Remain
Existing Fence to
Remain
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Shade and
Concrete Pad to Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
EXISTING PLAY
TO REMAIN
Deciduous
Ornamental Tree
Deciduous Tree
PLANTING LEGEND
Evergreen Tree
Shrub
Perennial /
Ornamental Grass
Lawn
Low Grass (Seed)
Medium Grass (Seed)
Planted Bed
Planted Ornamental
Grass
SOD1
PM1
PM2
PM3
PM4
Natural Edge
PLANTING NOTES:
1.The landscape architect shall be able to
rearrange plant stakes without incurring
additional cost to the project.
2.The location of plants on the drawings is
diagrammatic and shall not be considered to
be shown in their final location. Before
planting, the contractor shall stake all woody
plant locations for review and acceptance by
the landscape architect. The contractor shall
not plant without this acceptance. Perennial
plant locations shall be reviewed in the field by
the landscape architect with the installing
contractor prior to the time of installation.
Contractor shall give notice and arrange the
on-site meeting with landscape architect.
3.For planting schedules, see sheet L5.04.
4.For planting details, see sheet L5.05.
Tree Protection Zone
Limit of Work
Property Line
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L5.02
PLANTING PLAN 2
A The Ramble
Materials Plan
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'
S Jason St
N
PM4
PM3
PM2
PM1
SOD1
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
5
o
f
1
2
5
7
SS
ST
ST
IRRIRR
PM2
PM3
PM2
SOD1
SOD1
W ST
A
N
F
O
R
D
D
R
Adjacent
Property
L
.
O
.
W
.
L
.
O
.
W
.
L.O.W.
L.
O
.
W
.
EXISTING TURF
TO REMAIN
Valve Boxes Assumed to
Remain & Be Re-Used
Storm Structure To Remain
Storm Structure To Remain
Property Line, Typ.
Tree Protection Zone, Typ.
Existing Tree to be Salvaged
and Protected, Typ.
Deciduous
Ornamental Tree
Deciduous Tree
PLANTING LEGEND
Evergreen Tree
Shrub
Perennial /
Ornamental Grass
Lawn
Low Grass (Seed)
Medium Grass (Seed)
Planted Bed
Planted Ornamental
Grass
SOD1
PM1
PM2
PM3
PM4
Natural Edge
PLANTING NOTES:
1.The landscape architect shall be able to
rearrange plant stakes without incurring
additional cost to the project.
2.The location of plants on the drawings is
diagrammatic and shall not be considered to
be shown in their final location. Before
planting, the contractor shall stake all woody
plant locations for review and acceptance by
the landscape architect. The contractor shall
not plant without this acceptance. Perennial
plant locations shall be reviewed in the field by
the landscape architect with the installing
contractor prior to the time of installation.
Contractor shall give notice and arrange the
on-site meeting with landscape architect.
3.For planting schedules, see sheet L5.04.
4.For planting details, see sheet L5.05.
Tree Protection Zone
Limit of Work
Property Line
Sheet Matchline
LINETYPE LEGEND
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L5.03
PLANTING PLAN 3
0
SCALE:1"=10'-0"
5'10'20'N
A Accessible Path & West Terrace
Materials Plan
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
6
o
f
1
2
5
7
BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME
DECIDUOUS TREES
Gymnocladus dioicus Kentucky Coffeetree
Quercus macrocarpa Burr Oak
GRASSES
Achnatherum hymenoides Indian Ricegrass
Bouteloua gracilis Blue Grama Grass
Sesleria heufleriana Moor Grass
Muhlenbergia reverchonii 'PUND01S'Undaunted® Ruby Muhly
Panicum virgatum Switch Grass
Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem
PERENNIALS
Agastache cana 'Sinning'Sonoran Sunset® Hummingbird Mint
Agastache x 'Summer Sky'Summer Sky Hummingbird Mint
Anemone patens Prairie Crocus
Engelmannia peristenia Engelmann's Daisy
Gaillardia aristata 'Granada'Granada Blanket Flower
Liatris spicata Blazing Star
Penstemon eatonii Firecracker Penstemon
Ratibida columnifera 'Mexican Hat'Prairie Coneflower
Zinnia grandiflora Rocky Mountain Zinnia
PERENNIALS
Agastache cana 'Sinning'Sonoran Sunset® Hummingbird Mint
Agastache x 'Summer Sky'Summer Sky Hummingbird Mint
Anemone patens Prairie Crocus
Engelmannia peristenia Engelmann's Daisy
Gaillardia aristata 'Granada'Granada Blanket Flower
Liatris spicata Blazing Star
Penstemon eatonii Firecracker Penstemon
Ratibida columnifera 'Mexican Hat'Prairie Coneflower
Zinnia grandiflora Rocky Mountain Zinnia
GRASSES
Achnatherum hymenoides Indian Ricegrass
Bouteloua gracilis Blue Grama Grass
Sesleria heufleriana Moor Grass
Muhlenbergia reverchonii 'PUND01S'Undaunted® Ruby Muhly
Panicum virgatum Switch Grass
Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem
GRASSES
Achnatherum hymenoides Indian Ricegrass
Bouteloua gracilis Blue Grama Grass
Sesleria heufleriana Moor Grass
Muhlenbergia reverchonii 'PUND01S'Undaunted® Ruby Muhly
Panicum virgatum Switch Grass
Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
Rhus trilobata 'Autumn Amber'Autumn Amber Sumac
Caryopteris x clandonensis 'Blue Mist'Blue Mist Bluebeard
Chrysothamnus nauseosus nauseosus Dwarf Blue Rabbitbrush
Eriogonum umbellatum aureum Sulphur-flower Buckwheat
Fallugia paradoxa Apache Plume
Prunus pumila besseyi Western Sand Cherry
ORNAMENTAL TREES
Amelanchier x grandiflora 'Autumn Brilliance'Autumn Brilliance Apple Serviceberry
EVERGREEN TREES
Juniperus scopulorum 'Woodward'Woodward Columnar Juniper
PERENNIALS
Agastache cana 'Sinning'Sonoran Sunset® Hummingbird Mint
Agastache x 'Summer Sky'Summer Sky Hummingbird Mint
Anemone patens Prairie Crocus
Engelmannia peristenia Engelmann's Daisy
Gaillardia aristata 'Granada'Granada Blanket Flower
Liatris spicata Blazing Star
Penstemon eatonii Firecracker Penstemon
Ratibida columnifera 'Mexican Hat'Prairie Coneflower
Zinnia grandiflora Rocky Mountain Zinnia
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L5.04
PLANTING
SCHEDULE
Deciduous Ornamental Tree
Evergreen Tree
Shrub 1
Perennial 1
Overall Rotolo Planting Schedule
Plant Mix 4 - High Plains Foothills Wet Meadow Seed Mix + 70% Grasses / 30% Perennials
Plant Mix 3 - Mulched Planting Bed with Trees, Shrubs, and 50% Grasses / 50% Perennials
PM3
PM4
Plant Mix 1 - Xeriscape Lawn Mix
70% Buchloe dactyloides (Sharps Improved Buffalograss) + 30% Bouteloua gracilis (Lovington Blue Grama)PM1
SOD1
Plant Mix 2 - Shortgrass Prairie Meadow Seed Mix
70% Grasses + 30% Forbs
Grasses
45 % Buchloe dactyloides (Buffalograss)
45 % Bouteloua gracilis (Blue Grama)
5 % Pascopyrum smithii (Western Wheatgrass)
5 % Sporobolus cryptandrus (Sand Dropseed)
PM2
Sod 1 - Turf Type Tall Fescue Sod
Blend of Fescues: Blend of Rhambler SRP, Titan Rx, and Black Beauty, to be provided by Graff’s Turf (CO) or approved equal.
Sod, Seed & Plant Mixes
)RrEs
14 % Engelmannia peristenia (Engelmann Daisy)
14 % Cleome serrulata (Rocky Mt Beeplant)
14 % Dalea candida (White Prairie Clover)
14 % Linum lewisii (Blue Flax)
14 % Ratibida columnifera (Prairie Coneflower)
14 % Thelesperma filifolium (Greenthread)
6 % Oenothera pallida (Pale Evening Primrose)
4 % Ratibida columnifera pulchra (Mexican Hat)
2 % Penstemon angustifolius (Pagoda Penstemon)
1 % Echinacea angustifolia (Black Samson)
1 % Gaillardia pinnatifida (Adobe Blanketflower)
1 % Oenothera albicaulis (Whitestem Evening Primrose)
1 % Penstemon secundiflorus (Sidebells Penstemon)
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
7
o
f
1
2
5
7
Finish Grade
1'
-
0
"
CL
18"
Min.
Staking Plan:
NTS
Tree Staking, See Plan
Above
Soil Saucer and Mulch, See Specifications
Tree Pit Backfill in 6"-8" Lifts.
Tamp and Water Between Lifts
Remove Excess Fill On Top of Root
Ball to Reveal Root Flare. See Plant
Root Flare 2"-3" Above Finish Grade.
Compacted Subgrade Soil Pedestal to Prevent
Settling with Trees >2.5" Caliper Trunk
E
Q
,
T
y
p
.
3X Root Ball
Loop ArborTie
Below First
Branches
Install 3 Lengths of ArborTie
per Tree Equal Spacing.
Tightly Anchor Tree To Each
Stake. See Staking Plan
Above Right and
Specifications.
23 H
t
.
F
G
t
o
1
s
t
B
r
a
n
c
h
2" Diameter Cedar Posts
With Bark On
Once the Tree is in Place, Cut
& Remove Burlap & Completely Remove
Wire Basket From Root Ball
Do Not Prune or Thin Canopy
Unless Directed to do so by
Landscape Architect
Orient Tree to Have Similar
Solar Aspect as Nursery or
as Directed by Landscape
Architect. Tags are to be
Placed on the North Side at
Nursery
Amended Topsoil
Mulch, 3" Deep and 4-6" Away From Trunk
2” Diameter Cedar
Posts With Bark On
Wrap ArborTie
Around Tree and
Tie to Stake. See
Specifications.
ArborTie. See
Specifications.
Rootball
Tree Pit
Edge of 3' diameter
mulch ring
1'-0" Min.
1'
-
0
"
6'
-
0
"
M
i
n
.
2x Diameter of Rootball
Wrap ArborTie Around Tree,
See Specifications.
2” Diameter Cedar Posts
With Bark On
Do Not Prune or Thin Canopy Unless Directed to do
so by Landscape Architect
Orient Tree to Have Similar Solar Aspect as Nursery or
as Directed by Landscape Architect. Tags are to be
Placed on the North Side at Nursery
Tree Staking, See Plan Above
Soil Saucer and Mulch
Tree Pit Backfill in 6"-8" Lifts.
Tamp and Water Between Lifts
Remove Excess Fill On Top
of Root Ball to Reveal Root
Flare. See Plant Root Flare
2"-3" Above Finish Grade.
Compacted Subgrade Soil Pedestal to Prevent
Settling with Trees >2.5" Caliper Trunk
Once the Tree is in Place, Cut
& Remove Burlap & Completely Remove
Wire Basket From Root Ball
Finish Grade
Mulch, 3" Deep and 4-6" Away From Trunk
Staking Plan:
NTS
2” Diameter Cedar
Posts With Bark On
Wrap ArborTie
Around Tree and
Tie to Stake. See
Specifications.
ArborTie. See
Specifications.
Rootball
Tree Pit
E
Q
,
T
y
p
.
Amended Topsoil
Edge of 3' diameter
mulch ring
Install 3 Lengths of ArborTie
per Tree Equal Spacing.
Tightly Anchor Tree To Each
Stake. See Staking Plan
Above Right and
Specifications.
Remove Only Injured or Dead Branches from
Shrubs. Shrub Spacing as per Plans, Layout
Varies.
Place 3' Diameter Minimum Ring of Mulch
Under Shrub
Remove Container or Completely Peel Back,
Cut and Remove 1/3rd of the Burlap.
Remove All Rope, Twine and Wire. Set
Rootball Plumb in Center of Pit With Top of
Rootball 2" Above Finish Grade. Bank Soil to
Top of the Rootball.
Prepare and Place Planting Soil Mix as
Per Specifications
Set Rootball on Undisturbed Subgrade
Undisturbed Subgrade
2X Ø Rootball
4" Mulch Bed
Amended Topsoil
X
2X
Place Plant in Vertical, Plumb Position
Top of Rootball Shall Be 1-2" Above
Surrounding Grade
4" Depth Wood Mulch. Pull Mulch
Away From Base of Plant
Dig Plant Pit Twice as Wide as the
Container, Amend & Backfill Per
Specifications
Remove Container Prior to Installing
and Scarify Roots
Undisturbed Subgrade
Amended Topsoil
Scarify Topsoil to a Minimum Depth of 6".
Apply Specified Fertilizer and Rototill into
Top 8" of Soil.
Remove Containers, Set Out and Space
Plants as Specified in Plant Legend. Rows
Should Be Straight and Consistent. Set
Plants 1" Higher Than Finish Grade
Ensure Plant is Firmly Seated in Soil. Bank
Soil to Top of Rootball.
Mulch Planting Bed As Specified. Do Not
Place Mulch Over Branches of Plants.
Undisturbed Subgrade
6"
2"
1 Deciduous Tree Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section 2 Evergreen Tree Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section
3 Shrub Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section 4 Perennial Planting
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section 5 Groundcover Planting
Scale: 1/2"=1'-0"
Section
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
PLANTING
DETAILS
L5.05
PLANTING
DETAILS
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
8
o
f
1
2
5
7
CIP Concrete Paving, Light Broom Finish.
See RMG Geotech Report for Additional
Detail. Expansion Joint to be Homasote
with Sealer. Control Joints to be Sawcut.
Reinforcement to Meet City and County of
Denver Standards.
Compacted Aggreggate Base
6"
Finish Grade
4"
Compacted Subgrade
Building Face, Column, Wall, Stair,
or Other Fixed Structure
Expansion Joint, 1/2" Width, 1/2"
Radius at Edges. Use Preformed
Joint-Filler Strips (Bituminous
Saturated Fiber) Full Width and
Depth of Joint. Allow 1/2" at Top
for Specified Sealant. Seal All
Expansion Joints. RE: Specs.
Saw Cut Control Joint, 1/8" Width,
1/4 Depth of Slab. Re: Layout Plan
for Location of Control Joints
Concrete Paving
Speed Dowel at Expansion Joints Placed
at 12 the Depth of Concrete, Re: Specs for
Additional Information. Provide 3 Speed
Dowels at all Expansion Joints in 6' Wide
Concrete Ramp and Place 2'-0" O.C. Each
Way from Centerline of Path.
NOTES:
1.All Control Joints Shall Be Saw
Cut Unless Otherwise Noted
3"
4"
4" Min.Finish
Grade
3" Depth Organic-Lock Blended
Aggregate to be Installed in (2)
1-1
2" Lifts. See Specifications.
4" Depth Aggregate (CDOT Class
6 A.B.C.) Compacted to 95% SPD
Compacted Subgrade
NOTES:
1.Crusher Fines Pavement to
be Organic Lock, pre-blended
stabilized aggregate and
supplied by local dealer:
All American Sports Material
301 Centennial Drive
Milliken, Colorado 80543
p. (970) 539-1418
6"
8"
3"
Amended
Topsoil
Undisturbed
Subgrade
Amended
Subsoil
NOTES:
1. CONTROL JOINTS @ 6' O.C., UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
2. EXPANSION JOINTS @ 72' O.C. MAX, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
TOP OF SLOPE SHALL HAVE A 2%
CROSS-SLOPE FOR DRAINAGE
C.I.P CONCRETE EDGE BAND, LIGHT
SAND FINISH ALL EXPOSED SURFACES
1/4" RADIUS
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
#4 BAR HORIZONTAL CONTINUOUS
2 1/2" MINIMUM. COVER OVER ALL
STEEL
1'-0"
6"
EDGE CONDITIONS VARY, RE: PLANS
6"
18"
VARIES,
RE: PLANS
NOTES:
1.THIS DETAIL IS PROVIDED FOR
REFERENCE PURPOSE, THIS
DETAIL HAS NOT BEEN
ENGINEERED.
2.ALL CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A
MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH OF 4,000 PSI. AT 28
DAYS.
3.REBAR SIZE TO BE CONFIRMED
BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
4.MINIMUM BURY DEPTH ON ALL
REBAR SHALL BE 2 INCHES.
ADJACENT SITE CONDITION, RE: PLANS
FINISH GRADE, RE: PLANS
MONOLITHIC CONCRETE CURB, SLOPE
SLIGHTLY TOWARD EDGE OF CURBR=1/2" TYP.
FINISH GRADE, RE: PLANS
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
#4 BARS AT 12" O.C.
#5 REBAR HORIZONTAL
CONTROL JOINT, RE: DETAIL
1'
-
6
"
M
i
n
.
Finish Grade,
Varies
Geotextile Fabric
Non-Toxic Play Sand,
See Specs & Grading
Compacted Subgrade
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
L6.01
PAVING & EDGING
DETAILS
2 Concrete Joints
Scale: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
Section1Concrete Paving
Scale: 1-1/2"=1'-0"
Section
4 Crusher Fines Paving - Pedestrian
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
3 Thickened Concrete Edge
Scale: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
Section
6 Flush Concrete Edge
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
5 Play Sand
Scale: 1"=1'-0"
Section
Pa
g
e
1
0
7
9
o
f
1
2
5
7
1 1
Finish
Grade,
Varies
Paver Stone, Re: Specs
4" Depth Sand Borrow
6" Depth Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
Amended Existing Topsoil
Between Stone Slabs, Re:
Soils Plans
1 1
Re: Plans,
min. 2"
max. 12"
4"
6"
Compacted Subgrade
Undisturbed Subgrade
Amended Existing Topsoil
Nonwoven Geo-Textile Fabric
6"10"
2'-3"
1'
-
9
"
6"
Mi
n
.
Free-standing Stone Wall;
Re: Specs
Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
to comply with COA UDO
Compacted Subbase
Crusher Fines Paving
Undisturbed Subgrade
6"
4"
1'
-
3
"
Stone Seating,
Re: Specs
Adjacent
Landscape,
Re: Plans
Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
to comply with COA UDO
4" Diam. Perforated ADS
Underdrain - Connect to
Storm, Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade
6"
Adjacent
Material,
Re: Plans
2'
-
0
"
2'-0"
Adjacent
Material,
Re: Plans
Stone Steps; Re: Specs
6" Depth Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.)
to comply with COA UDO
1/8" Per
Ft. Wash
2'-0"
Scarify Subgrade to 12" Depth, Moisture
Condition and Recompact. See Geotech
Report for Additional Requirements.
12" Min. -
18" Max.
Stone Paver, Re: Specs
6"
Top of
Step, Re:
Grading
Bottom of
Step, Re:
Grading
Adjacent Boulders, Re: Specs
6" Min.
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
STONE DETAILS
L6.02
3 Flagstone Steppers
Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"
Section
1 Stone Seating
Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"
Sections 2 ALTERNATE: Terraced Stone Seating
Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"
Section
4 Stone Steps
Scale: 3/4" =1'-0"
Section
Material Varies, Re: Plans
Pa
g
e
1
0
8
0
o
f
1
2
5
7
Re: Grading Plans for Top &
Bottom of Wall Elevations
Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 ABC,
Compacted to 95% SPD,
6" Depth)
Compacted Subgrade
Finish Grade, Material Varies,
Re: Plans & Enlargements
Geotextile Fabric
Boulders Type 1-4,
Re: Plans & Specs
6"
1'-0"
6"
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
1
1
1
2"
Max Slope 25%
Width Varies, RE: Plans
1'
-
0
"
6"
4"
1
1
1'
-
0
"
6" Typ.1/
2
S
t
o
n
e
He
i
g
h
t
Em
b
e
d
m
e
n
t
Ty
p
.
F
o
r
L
a
r
g
e
Bo
u
l
d
e
r
s
O
n
l
y
6"
Finish
Grade,
Varies
Adjacent Material, Varies,
Re: Plans
Compacted Aggregate
(CDOT Class 6 A.B.C.),
Compacted to 95" % SDP,
to comply with COA UDO
Undisturbed Subgrade
Compacted Subgrade
NOTES:
1.All Stone Placement to be
Field Verified by Landscape
Architecture Prior to Final
Placement.
2.See Specs for Boulder Types
1-4 Details and Dimensions
Boulder, Re: Specs
Finish
Grade,
Varies
1'
-
0
"
M
i
n
.
Engineered Wood FIber
Compacted Aggregate (CDOT
Class 6 A.B.C.), Compacted to
95" % SDP
Undisturbed Subgrade
Compacted Subgrade
NOTES:
1.All Stone Placement to be
Field Verified by Landscape
Architecture Prior to Final
Placement.
6"
Varies, 6" Min. -
20" Max.Fiberfelt, wrap up 6-8" at
face of boulders
1'
-
3
"
1'
-
3
"
Seating Stone Type 1,
Re: Specs
Planting Soil
Compacted Aggregate
4" Diam. Perforated ADS
Underdrain - Connect to
Storm, Re: Specs
Compacted Subgrade
6"
Filter
Fabric
Engineered
Wood Fiber 2'
-
0
"
2'-0"
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
STONE
DETAILS
L6.03
2 Boulder Retaining in Landscape
Scale: 3/4" =1'-0"
Section
4 Boulder Retaining at Play Sand
Scale: 1" =1'-0"
Section
A At Crusher Fines and Plant Bed B At Sand Edge
1 Boulder
Scale: 1" = 1'-0"
3 Retaining Boulder in Planting Area & Sand
Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"
Pa
g
e
1
0
8
1
o
f
1
2
5
7
8"
3'
-
0
"
Natural Log. Outer Bark and
Cambium to be Removed. Apply
Hemp Shield to Exposed Log
Surfaces Prior to Installation. Apply
Anchorseal 2 to All End Grains of
Logs.
316 Stainless Steel Nut and Bolt
Wood Epoxy Fill
34" Ø Threaded Rod, 316
Stainless Steel, Length Varies.
Pre-Drill Log Prior to Installing
Threaded Rod.
36" Depth Penetrator PE 36 Cast
Aluminum Earth Anchor w/ 34"
Tapped Hole to Receive Threaded
Rod by American Earth Anchors Rr
$SSrRYeG(TXaO
Amended Topsoil
Compacted or Existing Subgrade
FibarFelt
8"
6"
1'
-
0
1
8"
Natural Log (Owner Provided). Outer Bark
and Cambium to be Removed. Apply Hemp
Shield to Exposed Log Surfaces Prior to
Installation. Apply Anchorseal 2 to All End
Grains of Logs.
316 Stainless Steel Nut and Bolt
Wood Epoxy Fill
12" Ø Threaded Rod, 316 Stainless Steel,
Length Varies. Pre-Drill Log Prior to
Installing Threaded Rod.
14" Depth Penetrator PE 14 Cast Aluminum
Earth Anchor w/ 12" Tapped Hole to Receive
Threaded Rod by American Earth Anchors
Rr$SSrRYeG(TXaO
Compacted Aggregate (at Each Log Stepper
Only)
Engineered Wood Fiber
Compacted Subgrade
Round Edges and Treat w/ Anchorseal 2
Smooth Top and Bottom of Log and Treat
w/ Anchorseal 2
13
"
M
i
n
.
-
1
8
"
M
a
x
.
8"
3'
-
0
"
Natural Log Live Edge Slabs, min. 3" thickness, free of knots, gaps,
and holes. Minimum 1 year air dried, then kiln dried.
Outer Bark and Cambium to be Removed. Sand the surface up to
220 grit. Seal the surface with a penetrating non-slip sealer that is
meant for exterior use, with UV protection and water resistance,
such as acrylic 2K urethane, or approved equal.
316 Stainless Steel Nut and Bolt
Wood Epoxy Fill
34" Ø Threaded Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, Length Varies.
Pre-Drill Plank Prior to Installing Threaded Rod.
36" Depth Penetrator PE 36 Cast Aluminum Earth Anchor w/
34" Tapped Hole to Receive Threaded Rod by American Earth
Anchors Rr$SSrRYeG(TXaO
Amended Topsoil
Compacted or Existing Subgrade
FibarFelt
Posts Buried 2'-0" Min. Below
Finish Grade
7'-6" Max, Typ.
24
"
M
i
n
.
24
"
Adjacent Material, Re: Plans
Cedar Fence With Wire, Re: Specs
3" Round Cedar Posts, Re: Specs
Finish Grade
AS NOTED
ROTOLO PARK
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
100% DD
- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -
PROJECT PHASE:
SHEET NUMBER:
SHEET NAME:
DATE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SCALE:
PROJECT:
DATE:DESCRIPTION:
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
CIVIL & SURVEY
HKS
1120 Lincoln Street, Ste 1000
Denver, CO 80203
IRRIGATION
HydroSystems
13949 W Colfax Ave Ste 260
Lakewood, CO 80401
ARCHITECTURE
Shape Architecture
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, CO 80203
KL, DR, MP
DL, TK
04/10/2025
100% Design Development4/10/25
NO
T
F
O
R
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
PLAY DETAILS
L6.04
1 Log Terraces
Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"
Section 2 Log Steppers
Scale: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
Section
3 Log Plank
Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"
Section 4 Alternate: Plant Barrier Fencing
Scale: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
Section
Pa
g
e
1
0
8
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
Rotolo Park Improvements
South Huron Street and West Radcliff Avenue
Englewood, Colorado
Prepared For:
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, Colorado 80203
Prepared By:
Cole Garner Geotechnical
CGG Project No.: 25.22.085
June 11, 2025
Page 1083 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Cole Garner Geotechnical
1070 W. 124th Ave, Ste. 300
Westminster, CO 80234
303.996.2999
June 11, 2025
Superbloom
750 Pennsylvania Street
Denver, Colorado 80203
Attn: Kathryn Landers
Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements
South Huron Street and West Radcliff Avenue
Englewood, Colorado
CGG Project No.: 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical (CGG) has completed a geotechnical engineering investigation for the proposed
improvements to be constructed at the referenced site in Denver, Colorado. This geotechnical summary
should be used in conjunction with the entire report for design and/or construction purposes. It should
be recognized that specific details were not included or fully developed in this section, and the report must
be read in its entirety for a comprehensive understanding of the items contained herein. The section titled
General Comments should be read for an understanding of the report limitations.
• Soil Conditions: The near-surface soils at the site predominately classified as clayey sand to sandy
lean clay. Boring No. 3 was advance near the crest of the embankment constructed as part of the
existing stormwater detention facility. These fill soils appear to be similar to the native soils
encountered in the other borings. Below these clayey soils, in Boring No. 1, we encountered fine- to
medium-grained sands with varying amounts of silt and clay. These sands became coarser and cleaner
with depth and extended to the full depth of exploration. Other specific information regarding the
subsurface conditions is shown on the attached Boring Logs.
• Expansive Soils: The clayey soils encountered in our borings exhibited low expansive potential at
existing moisture contents (considered Expansive Soils). Expansive soils are a common geologic hazard
in the region, however, in our opinion, they pose minor risk on this site. Even so, post-construction
wetting of expansive soils can result in uneven movement of shallow foundations, floor slabs, exterior
flatwork, pavements, et cetera. We have provided recommendations to reduce the risk of movement
and distress; however, eliminating the risk of movement and cosmetic distress is generally not
considered feasible. It may be possible to further reduce the risk of movement if significantly more
expensive measures are used during construction.
• Structural Considerations: Considering the size and type of construction planned, it is our opinion that
the restroom structure can be supported on spread footing foundations that bear on approved
undisturbed soils and/or newly placed fill materials processed and compacted as recommended herein.
Page 1084 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page ii Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
• Ancillary Structures and Exterior Flatwork: In our opinion, the soils at the site are also generally
suitable for support of boulder seating areas and retaining walls (less than 3 feet in height). However,
the suitability of the bearing materials should be confirmed by the geotechnical engineer prior to
construction of these elements. We are not aware of a cost-effective method to eliminate the
potential for the movement of site flatwork; however, we did not identify conditions that would cause
excessive movement on this site. All subgrade soils that will support new flatwork should be scarified,
moisture conditioned, and recompacted as described herein.
• Surface Drainage: The amount of movement associated with foundations, flatwork, etc. will be
related to the wetting of underlying supporting soils. Therefore, it is imperative the
recommendations outlined in the “Grading and Drainage” section of this report be followed to
reduce potential movement.
We appreciate being of service to you in the geotechnical engineering phase of this project and are
prepared to assist you during the construction phases as well. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you
have any questions concerning this report or any of our testing, inspection, design and consulting services.
Sincerely,
Cole Garner Geotechnical
Principal, COO 6/11/25
Page 1085 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page iii Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
Letter of Transmittal .............................................................................................................................. ii
INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................... 1
PROJECT INFORMATION ....................................................................................................................... 1
SITE EXPLORATION PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................ 2
Field Exploration ............................................................................................................................. 2
Laboratory Testing .......................................................................................................................... 2
SITE CONDITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 3
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ................................................................................................................... 3
Geology ........................................................................................................................................... 3
Soil Conditions ................................................................................................................................ 4
Field and Laboratory Test Results ................................................................................................... 4
Groundwater Conditions ................................................................................................................ 4
ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................................... 4
Geotechnical Considerations .......................................................................................................... 4
Earthwork ....................................................................................................................................... 5
General Considerations ............................................................................................................ 5
Site Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 5
Subgrade Preparation .............................................................................................................. 6
Fill Materials ............................................................................................................................. 6
Fill Placement and Compaction ................................................................................................ 6
Excavation and Trench Construction ........................................................................................ 7
Building and Park Structure Foundations ....................................................................................... 8
Lateral Earth Pressures ................................................................................................................... 9
Retaining Wall Drainage ............................................................................................................... 11
Seismic Considerations ................................................................................................................. 11
Interior, Non-structural Floor Slabs ............................................................................................. 11
Final Grading, Landscaping, and Surface Drainage ....................................................................... 12
Additional Design and Construction Considerations .................................................................... 13
Exterior Slab Design and Construction ................................................................................... 13
Concrete Corrosion Protection ............................................................................................... 13
GENERAL COMMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 14
APPENDIX A: BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM, BORING LOGS
APPENDIX B: LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
APPENDIX C: GENERAL NOTES
Page 1086 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Cole Garner Geotechnical
1070 W. 124th Ave, Ste. 300
Westminster, CO 80234
303.996.2999
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
ROTOLO PARK IMPROVEMENTS
SOUTH HURON STREET AND WEST RADCLIFF AVENUE
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
June 11, 2025
INTRODUCTION
This report contains the results of our geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed
improvements to be constructed at the referenced site in Englewood Colorado. This study was performed
in general accordance with our proposal that was incorporated into Superbloom’s Consultant Agreement
executed May, 21, 2025.
The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations
relative to:
• Geologic conditions
• Subsurface soil and bedrock conditions
• Groundwater conditions
• Foundation design and construction
• Lateral earth pressures
• Earthwork
• Drainage
The recommendations contained in this report are based upon the results of field and laboratory testing,
engineering analyses, our experience with similar subsurface conditions and structures, and our
understanding of the proposed project.
PROJECT INFORMATION
We understand that the park improvements will include construction of a restroom building in the eastern
site extents, various new boulder landscape walls, steps, and seating areas, cast-in-place concrete curbs and
paths, unpaved crusher fines paths, and new planting areas. We understand the restroom structure will
encompass a footprint of about 350 to 400 square feet and will include either CMU, precast concrete, or
wood-framed construction supported on a reinforced concrete foundation. A concrete slab-on-grade is
planned for the building floor. Maximum wall and column loads are anticipated to be on the order of about
Page 1087 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 2 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
2 to 3 kips per lineal foot and 25 kips, respectively. Approximately 2 to 4 feet of fill will need to be placed to
bring the footprint of the restroom to rough construction grade.
New concrete pathways will be extended to the west and south to connect existing playground equipment
areas to S. Jason St. and W. Stanford Dr. As currently planned, earthen cut and fill depths will be limited to
about 2 feet in these areas. The project will also include installation of various underground utilities to
support the new improvements. If our understanding of the project, or assumptions above, is not
accurate, or if you have additional useful information, please inform us as soon as possible.
SITE EXPLORATION PROCEDURES
The scope of the services performed for this project included site reconnaissance by the field engineer, a
subsurface exploration program, laboratory testing and engineering analysis.
Field Exploration: At your request, we investigated the subsurface conditions on the lot with a total of three
test borings, as shown on the Boring Location Diagram included in Appendix A. Boring No. 1, located in the
proposed footprint of the restroom structure, was advanced to a depth of about 35 feet below existing site
grade, while the two borings advanced in flatwork and boulder wall areas were advanced to a depth of about
5 feet below existing site grade. Borings were advanced with a track-mounted drilling rig utilizing 4-inch
diameter, solid stem auger.
A lithologic log of each boring was recorded by our field personnel during the drilling operations. At
selected intervals, samples of the subsurface materials were obtained by driving modified California barrel
samplers. Penetration resistance measurements were obtained by driving the sample barrel into the
subsurface materials with a 140-pound automatic hammer falling 30 inches. The penetration resistance
value is a useful index to the consistency, relative density or hardness of the materials encountered.
Groundwater measurements were made in each boring at the time of site exploration and the borings
were backfilled with the auger cuttings upon completion of groundwater measurements.
Laboratory Testing: Samples retrieved during the field exploration were returned to the laboratory for
observation by the project geotechnical engineer and were classified in general accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification System described in Appendix C. At that time, an applicable laboratory-testing
program was formulated to determine engineering properties of the subsurface materials. Following the
completion of the laboratory testing, the field descriptions were confirmed or modified as necessary, and
Boring Logs were prepared. These logs are presented in Appendix A.
Laboratory test results are presented in Appendix B. These results were used for the geotechnical
engineering analyses and the development of foundation and earthwork recommendations. Laboratory
tests were performed in general accordance with the applicable local or other accepted standards.
Page 1088 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 3 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Selected soil samples were tested for the following engineering properties:
• Water content
• Dry density
• Swell/Consolidation
• Grain size
• Plasticity Index
• Water-soluble sulfates
SITE CONDITIONS
Rotolo Park is an approximate 3-acre park located on the west side of the 4400 block of South Huron
Street in Englewood, Colorado as shown on the Boring Location Diagram in Appendix A. The southern
end of the park includes a large stormwater detention pond where some ongoing improvements were
under construction at the time of our field exploration. The park is bound by residential properties to the
north and south and W. Stanford Drive and S. Jason Street also abut the west side of the park. The
northern portion of the park includes existing playground equipment and a picnic table beneath a shade
structure. Landscaped and irrigated sod cover a majority of the site. Mature trees were also present
within some areas of the park. The portions of the site being improved generally slope down to the west
and southwest, with an estimated drop of about 15 feet toward W. Stanford Dr and about 24 feet down
to S. Jason Street.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Geology: Surficial geologic conditions on the site, as mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)
(1Shroba, 1980), consist of Eolian Sand of Upper Holocene to Upper Pleistocene Age. These materials are
reported to include silty fine to coarse sand deposited by wind. In our experience the upper portions
contain significant amounts of clay and silt. The formation is reported to commonly be less than 20 feet
in thickness.
Bedrock underlying the surface units consists of the Denver formation of Paleocene and Upper Cretaceous
Age. This formation within this area has been reported to include claystone, siltstone, and sandstone up
to about 900 feet thick in the quadrangle.
Mapping completed by the Colorado Geological Survey (2Hart, 1972) indicates the site is located in an area
of "Windblown Sand and Silt”. This category generally indicates low expansive potential but may include
clayey seams with more swell potential in the upper portions of the soil profile. These soils may cover
bedrock with very high swell potential. Low expansive soils have been identified on this site.
1 Shroba, R.R., 1980, Geologic Map of the Englewood Quadrangle, Denver, Arapahoe and Adams Counties, Colorado, United States
Geological Survey, Map GQ-1524.
2 Hart, Stephen S., 1972, Potentially Swelling Soil and Rock in the Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, Colorado Geological Survey,
Sheet 2 of 4.
Page 1089 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 4 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
No other geologic hazards were identified. Seismic activity in the region is anticipated to be low. With
proper site grading around proposed structures, erosional problems at the site should be reduced.
Soil Conditions: The near-surface soils at the site predominately classified as clayey sand to sandy lean
clay. Boring No. 3 was advance near the crest of the embankment constructed as part of the existing
stormwater detention facility. These fill soils appear to be similar to the native soils encountered in the
other borings. Below these clayey soils, in Boring No. 1, we encountered fine- to medium-grained sands
with varying amounts of silt and clay. These sands became coarser and cleaner with depth and extended
to the full depth of exploration. Other specific information regarding the subsurface conditions is shown
on the attached Boring Logs.
Field and Laboratory Test Results: Field test results indicate that the upper clayey soils are stiff to very
stiff in consistency, while the underlying sands are considered medium dense in relative density (based
on sampler penetration.
The clayey soils are considered low to moderately plastic and low expansive at existing moisture contents.
Testing of a sample of these clayey soils for the presence of water-soluble sulfates indicated a nil
concentration (undetectable).
Groundwater Conditions: Groundwater was not encountered during drilling, and the borings were
backfilled following drilling due to safety considerations. Based upon review of U.S. Geological Survey
Maps (3Hillier, et al, 1983), the project area is located in an area where groundwater predominates in the
Denver Aquifer, with depth to water table generally more than 20 feet and commonly more than 100 feet
below existing ground surface.
Zones of perched and/or trapped groundwater may also occur at times in the clayey subsurface soils,
especially in proximity to the stormwater detention pond following precipitation events. The location and
amount of perched water is dependent upon several factors including hydrologic conditions, type of site
development, irrigation demands on or adjacent to the site, fluctuations in water features, seasonal and
weather conditions.
ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS
Geotechnical Considerations: The site appears suitable for the proposed construction as long as the
recommendations included herein are incorporated into the design and construction aspects of the
project. In our opinion, the primary geotechnical concerns with respect to the proposed development
include the presence of expansive soils at the site.
3 Hillier, Donald E.; Schneider, Paul A., Jr.; and Hutchinson, E. Carter, 1983, Depth to Water Table (1976-1977) in the Greater Denver
Area, Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, United States Geological Survey, Map I-856-K.
Page 1090 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 5 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
• Expansive Soils: The clayey soils encountered in our borings exhibited low expansive potential at
existing moisture contents (considered Expansive Soils). Expansive soils are a common geologic hazard
in the region, however, in our opinion, they pose minor risk on this site. Even so, post-construction
wetting of expansive soils can result in uneven movement of shallow foundations, floor slabs, exterior
flatwork, pavements, et cetera. We have provided recommendations to reduce the risk of movement
and distress; however, eliminating the risk of movement and cosmetic distress is generally not
considered feasible. It may be possible to further reduce the risk of movement if significantly more
expensive measures are used during construction.
• Structural Considerations: Considering the size and type of construction planned, it is our opinion that
the restroom structure can be supported on spread footing foundations that bear on approved
undisturbed soils and/or newly placed fill materials processed and compacted as recommended herein.
• Ancillary Structures and Exterior Flatwork: In our opinion, the soils at the site are also generally
suitable for support of boulder seating areas and retaining walls (less than 3 feet in height). However,
the suitability of the bearing materials should be confirmed by the geotechnical engineer prior to
construction of these elements. We are not aware of a cost-effective method to eliminate the
potential for the movement of site flatwork; however, we did not identify conditions that would cause
excessive movement on this site. All subgrade soils that will support new flatwork should be scarified,
moisture conditioned, and recompacted as described herein.
• Surface Drainage: The amount of movement associated with foundations, flatwork, etc. will be
related to the wetting of underlying supporting soils. Therefore, it is imperative the
recommendations outlined in the “Grading and Drainage” section of this report be followed to
reduce potential movement.
Design and construction recommendations for the foundation system and other earth-connected phases
of the project are outlined below.
Earthwork:
• General Considerations: The following presents recommendations for site preparation, excavation,
subgrade preparation and placement of engineered fills on the project.
All earthwork on the project should be observed and evaluated by CGG. The evaluation of earthwork
should include observation and testing of engineered fills, subgrade preparation, foundation bearing
soils and other geotechnical conditions exposed during the construction of the project.
• Site Preparation: Strip and remove existing vegetation, existing flatwork, landscaping and other
deleterious materials from proposed structure and flatwork areas. All exposed surfaces should be free
of mounds and depressions that could prevent uniform compaction. Stripped materials consisting of
Page 1091 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 6 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
vegetation and organic materials should be wasted from the site or used to revegetate landscaped
areas or exposed slopes after completion of grading operations.
The ground surface was relatively stable at the time of our exploration, but stability may be affected
by precipitation, irrigation, repetitive construction traffic, or other factors. Where unstable
conditions, if any, are encountered or develop during construction, workability may be improved by
scarifying and aeration during warmer periods. In some areas, removal and recompaction (or
replacement with other on-site soils) may be suitable to build a stable base for placement of new fills.
In areas where subgrade soils are very soft/yielding (if any), gravel augmentation (mechanically
compacting/kneading crushed rock into the subgrade soils) may be cost-effective. In our experience,
crushed rock or recycled concrete materials on the order of 3 to 6 inches in size would be effective in
most situations. As an alternative, chemical treatment by blending fly ash, lime or Portland cement
into the subgrade could also be considered. The actual mitigation methods used should be based on
observation of exposed conditions by the geotechnical engineer.
• Subgrade Preparation: Restroom building foundations and boulder seating/walls may bear directly
on approved, firm, and undisturbed soils. However, the subgrade soils at the base of all new fill
materials, below the restroom floor slab, and below new PCC flatwork should be scarified to a
minimum depth of 12 inches, moisture conditioned and compacted as discussed below just prior to
construction of these elements.
• Fill Materials: Clean on-site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material. Other
imported soils used for general fill (if required) should conform to the following:
Percent finer by weight
Gradation (ASTM C136)
6” .......................................................................................................................................... 100
3” ..................................................................................................................................... 70-100
No. 4 Sieve ....................................................................................................................... 50-100
No. 200 Sieve ................................................................................................................... 80 max
• Liquid Limit ........................................................................................................ 45 (max)
• Plasticity Index .................................................................................................. 25 (max)
• Maximum expansive potential (%)* .......................................................................... 0.5
*Measured on a sample compacted to approximately 95 percent of the ASTM D698 maximum dry
density at about optimum water content. The sample is confined under a 500 psf surcharge and
submerged.
• Fill Placement and Compaction: The on-site soils are suitable for use as fill on the site. These materials
should be processed with a maximum particle size of about 4 to 6 inches. Engineered fill for site
development, grading, and below foundations and floor slabs should be placed and compacted in
Page 1092 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 7 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents
and densities throughout the lift. Fill soils should be placed and compacted according to the following
criteria:
Criteria Recommendations
Fill soil types On-site materials or imported soils
Maximum Particle Size 4 to 6 inches
Lift Thickness 8 to 12 inches or less in loose thickness
Moisture Content Range • Clayey soils: +1% to +4% above optimum moisture content
• Non-plastic granular soils: -2% below to +3% above optimum
Compaction
Clayey soils: ASTM D698 standard Proctor dry density
• 95% minimum
Non-plastic granular soils: ASTM D1557 modified Proctor dry density
• 95% minimum
Earthwork contractors should use equipment and methods that ensure the soils are properly
processed with a relatively uniform distribution of added moisture, and adequate compaction
throughout each lift. We recommend that fill placement and compaction beneath foundations be
observed and tested by CGG on a full-time basis, unless modified by the geotechnical engineer.
At a minimum, fill soils placed for site grading, utility trench backfill, foundation backfill, and PCC
flatwork subgrade soils should be tested to confirm that earthwork is being performed according to
our recommendations and project specifications. Subsequent lifts of fill should not be placed on
previous lifts if the moisture content or dry density is determined to be less than specified.
Fill should not be allowed to dry significantly prior to construction. Areas allowed to dry may require
additional preparation prior to construction of roadways, flatwork, foundations, et cetera.
• Excavation and Trench Construction: It is anticipated that excavations for the proposed construction
can be accomplished with conventional, heavy-duty earthmoving equipment. Excavations into the
bedrock may require ripping and/or jack-hammering in order to facilitate excavation. We recommend
that difficult excavation conditions be accounted for in the project budget and schedule.
Excavations into the clays and bedrock will likely stand on relatively steep temporary slopes; however,
caving sand may also be encountered in isolated areas. In addition, excavations could occasionally
encountered minor perched groundwater inflow. In general, it should be feasible to pump water from
low points in excavations and utilize the water on-site.
The individual contractor(s) should be made responsible for designing and constructing stable,
temporary excavations as needed to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. All
Page 1093 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 8 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
excavations should be sloped or shored in the interest of safety following local and federal regulations,
including current OSHA excavation and trench safety standards.
The soils to be penetrated by the proposed excavations may vary significantly across the site. The
contractor should verify that similar conditions exist throughout the proposed area of excavation. If
different subsurface conditions are encountered at the time of construction, the actual conditions
should be evaluated to determine any excavation modifications necessary to maintain safe
conditions.
As a safety measure, it is recommended that all vehicles and soil piles be kept to a minimum lateral
distance from the crest of the slope equal to no less than the slope height. The exposed slope face
should be protected against the elements.
Building and Park Structure Foundations: We believe shallow foundations (spread footings or mat
foundations) are appropriate for support of structures on the site. Based on our borings, we believe that
foundations for the restroom building and other structures can bear directly on undisturbed soils or newly
placed fill that is properly placed and compacted as recommended herein. All bearing soils should be
observed and evaluated by the Geotechnical Engineer. Should soft, loose, or more expansive soils be
present, some additional mitigation could be required.
The following foundation design criteria may be used for the structural design of foundations:
SPREAD FOOTINGS or MAT FOUNDATIONS for BUILDINGS AND PARK STRUCTURES
Criteria Design Value
Bearing Soils
Undisturbed non- to low expansive
on-site soils approved by the engineer or
properly compacted on-site soils
Maximum net allowable bearing pressure1 2,000 psf on approved undisturbed soil
Coefficient of subgrade reaction, (k) 50 pci
Minimum continuous footing width 12 inches
Min. depth below grade, exterior wall footings2 36 inches
Min. depth below grade, interior footings2 12 inches
Estimated maximum total foundation movement3 1 inch
Estimated max. differential foundation movement3 ½ to ¾-inch
1. The design bearing pressure applies to dead loads plus one-half design live load conditions. The design
bearing pressure may also be increased by 1/3 when considering total loads that include transient wind or
seismic conditions.
2. Finished grade is the lowest adjacent grade for perimeter footings and floor level for interior footings.
3. Based on assumed structural loads and stable bearing soils as described above. Footings should be
proportioned to apply relative constant dead load pressure in order to reduce differential movement
between adjacent footings.
Page 1094 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 9 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
The use of “drilled” footings (shallow piers) may be appropriate and more cost-effective where
foundations are supporting light poles, columns for shade structures/pergola, certain play equipment or
other features. Where such elements are planned, drilled piers should be cast directly against undisturbed
earth or properly compacted fill soils. The bearing capacity value above applies at any bearing depth below
3 feet. A passive pressure of 275 psf/ft below a depth of 3 feet may be used to resist lateral loads, and
shaft adhesion of 150 psf may be used to resist uplift loads, for the portion of the pier below a depth of 3
feet.
Footings subject to uplift forces may be designed using the cone method. The equation for determining
the ultimate uplift capacity as a function of footing dimensions, foundation depth, and soil weight is
presented below:
Tu = 0.5 x g x D2 x (B + L) + W
Where: Tu = Ultimate uplift capacity (lbs)
D = Depth to base of footing foundation below final grade (ft)
B = Width of footing foundation (ft)
L = Length of footing foundation (ft)
W = Weight of footing + weight of soil directly over the top of the footing/block (lbs)
*A unit weight (g) of 120 pcf is recommended for soil (either undisturbed or compacted backfill)
at this site.
The design uplift resistance should be calculated by dividing the ultimate resistance obtained from the
equation above by an appropriate factor of safety. A factor of safety of at least 2.0 is recommended for
live uplift loads in the analysis.
Additional foundation movements could occur if excessive water from any source infiltrates the
foundation soils; therefore, proper drainage should be provided in the final design and during
construction. Failure to maintain proper surface drainage could result in excessive soil-related foundation
movement. Footings and foundations should be reinforced as necessary to reduce the potential for
distress caused by foundation movement.
As discussed, foundation excavations and earthwork operations should be observed by CGG. If the soil
conditions encountered differ significantly from those presented in this report, supplemental
recommendations may be required.
Lateral Earth Pressures: Structural walls with unbalanced backfill levels on opposite sides should be
designed for earth pressures at least equal to those indicated in the following table. Earth pressures will
be influenced by structural design of the walls, conditions of wall restraint, methods of construction
and/or compaction and the strength of the materials being restrained. Two wall restraint conditions are
shown. Active earth pressure is commonly used for design of freestanding cantilever retaining walls and
Page 1095 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 10 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
assumes wall movement. The "at-rest" condition assumes no wall rotation. The recommended design
lateral earth pressures do not include a factor of safety and do not provide for possible hydrostatic
pressure on the walls.
EARTH PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS
Earth Pressure
Conditions Coefficient For Backfill Type
Equivalent
Fluid Pressure
(pcf)
Surcharge
Pressure, P1
(psf)
Earth Pressure,
P2
(psf)
Active (Ka) On-site clayey soils - 0.38 45 (0.38)S (45)H
At-Rest (Ko) On-site clayey soils - 0.54 65 (0.54)S (65)H
Passive (Kp) On-site clayey soils - 2.3 275 --- ---
Conditions applicable to the above conditions include:
• for active earth pressure, wall must rotate about base, with top lateral movements 0.01 Z to
0.02 Z, where Z is wall height
• for passive earth pressure, wall must move horizontally to mobilize resistance
• uniform surcharge, where S is surcharge pressure
• in-situ soil backfill weight a maximum of 120 pcf
• horizontal backfill, compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density
• loading from heavy compaction equipment not included
• no groundwater acting on wall
• no safety factor included
• ignore passive pressure in frost zone
Backfill placed against structures may consist of processed and moisture-conditioned on-site soils with
maximum particle sizes on the order of 4 to 6 inches. To calculate the resistance to sliding, a value of 0.35
should be used as the ultimate coefficient of friction between the footing and the underlying soil.
For any concrete walls that retain earth (basement, crawlspace, vault walls, retaining walls, etc.), we
recommend a drainage system be installed at the foundation level to control the water level behind the
Page 1096 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 11 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
wall. Foundation drains are not required around at-grade portions of buildings. If this is not possible, then
combined hydrostatic and lateral earth pressures should be calculated for lean clay backfill using an
equivalent fluid weighing 90 and 100 pcf for active and at-rest conditions, respectively. These pressures
do not include the influence of surcharge, equipment or floor loading, which should be added. Heavy
equipment should not operate within a distance closer than the exposed height of retaining walls to
prevent lateral pressures more than those provided.
Retaining Wall Drainage Considerations: Based on review of grading plans, the planned boulder seating
areas may retain 1to 2 feet of backfill soils. If these boulders are to be non-continuous (and therefore,
free-draining), subsurface drains are probably not warranted. If the walls will be grouted or more than 2
feet in height, we recommend installation of a drainage system at the base of the retained soil mass to
control the water level behind the walls. Typical systems normally include a perforated pipe (4-inch
diameter PVC is typical) embedded in a gravel zone, wrapped in filter fabric to prevent the intrusion of
fine soil. The gravel and pipe should be sloped at a minimum of 1 percent to a suitable outfall.
Alternatively, the use of drainage material adjacent to back of the site retaining walls and weep holes near
the base these walls can be utilized. We are available to provide additional design guidance as the design
progresses.
If this is not possible, then combined hydrostatic and lateral earth pressures should be calculated for lean
clay backfill using an equivalent fluid weighing 90 and 100 pcf for active and at-rest conditions,
respectively. These pressures do not include the influence of surcharge, equipment or floor loading, which
should be added. Heavy equipment should not operate within a distance closer than the exposed height
of retaining walls to prevent lateral pressures more than those provided.
Seismic Considerations: Based on the subsurface conditions encountered in the test holes drilled on the
site, we estimate that a Site Class D is appropriate for the site according to the 2021 International Building
Code (Section 1613 referencing ASCE 7, Chapter 20). This parameter was estimated based on
extrapolation of data beyond the deepest depth explored, using methods allowed by the code. Actual
shear wave velocity testing/analysis and/or exploration to 100 feet was not performed.
Interior, Non-structural Floor Slabs: Based on the current grading plans, the floor slab for the restroom
will bear on about 2 to 4 feet of newly placed fill soils. Provided these fill soils are properly placed and
compacted, we believe that floor slab movement of about 1 inch should be expected. If the owner cannot
tolerate the movement estimated, the use of suspended structural floors should be considered.
Additional floor slab design and construction recommendations are as follows:
• Positive separations and/or isolation joints should be provided between slabs and all foundations,
columns or utility lines to allow independent movement.
• Control joints should be provided in slabs to control the location and extent of cracking.
Page 1097 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 12 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
• A minimum 1-½ inch void space should be constructed below any non-bearing partition walls
placed on the floor slab. This typically involves utilizing a special “slip joint” detail at the top of
partition walls.
• Doorjambs and frames within partition walls should be trimmed to allow for floor slab movement
and avoid potential distortion (we understand that about ½-inch is typical).
• The thickness of the partition void (or slip joint) and the gap at the base of door frames should be
checked periodically and adjusted as needed to maintain a void space and avoid transferring slab
movement to upper-level framing.
• Interior trench backfill placed beneath slabs should be compacted in accordance with
recommended specifications outlined below.
• Floor slabs should not be constructed on frozen subgrade.
• The use of a vapor retarder/barrier should be considered beneath concrete slabs-on-grade that
will be covered with wood, tile, carpet or other moisture sensitive or impervious coverings, or
when the slab will support equipment sensitive to moisture. When conditions warrant the use of
a vapor retarder/barrier, the slab designer, architect, building envelope professional, and slab
contractor should refer to ACI 302 for procedures and cautions regarding the use and placement
of a vapor retarder/barrier.
• Other design and construction considerations, as outlined in Section 302.1R of the ACI Design
Manual, are recommended.
Final Grading, Landscaping, and Surface Drainage: All grades must be adjusted to provide positive
drainage away from structure foundations during construction and maintained throughout the life of the
proposed project. Water permitted to pond near or adjacent to the perimeter of the structures (either
during or post-construction) can result in significantly higher soil movements than those discussed in
this report. As a result, any estimations of potential movement described in this report cannot be relied
upon if positive drainage is not obtained and maintained, and water is allowed to infiltrate the fill
and/or subgrade. Infiltration of water into utility or foundation excavations must be prevented during
construction.
We recommend that exposed ground be sloped at a minimum of 5 percent grade for at least 10 feet
beyond the perimeter of the structures, where possible. In all cases, the grade should slope a minimum
of 5 percent away from structures.
Page 1098 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 13 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
Backfill against foundations, retaining walls, and in utility and sprinkler line trenches should be well
compacted and free of all construction debris to reduce the possibility of moisture infiltration. After
structure construction and prior to project completion, we recommend that verification of final grading
be performed to document that positive drainage, as described above, has been achieved.
Landscaped irrigation adjacent to foundations should be eliminated where possible or minimized to only
limited drip irrigation. Sprinkler mains and spray heads should be located a minimum of 5 feet away
from the structure(s). We recommend the use of Xeric landscaping, requiring little or no irrigation, be
used within 5 feet of foundations. If drip irrigation is required in this zone, systems should be timed to
provide only the amount of water needed to sustain growth. Irrigation systems should be frequently
checked for proper performance and any breakages fixed as soon as possible.
Additional Design and Construction Considerations:
• Exterior Slab Design and Construction: Flatwork and pavements will be subject to normal post-
construction movement due to backfill settlement and/or soil/frost heave. In our experience, it is not
feasible to eliminate the potential for movement of exterior flatwork. The amount of movement will
be related to the compactive effort used when the fill soils are placed and future wetting of the
subgrade soils.
To reduce the potential for damage, we recommend:
• exterior slabs in critical areas be supported on at least 12 inches of recompacted soils as
recommended above.
• placement of effective control joints on relatively close centers and isolation joints between
slabs and other structural elements.
• provision for adequate drainage in areas adjoining the slabs.
• use of designs which allow vertical movement between the exterior slabs and adjoining
structural elements.
• Concrete Corrosion Protection: The select samples, likely to be in contact with project concrete, were
tested for the presence of water-soluble sulfates in order to determine corrosion characteristics and
the appropriate concrete mixture. Results are summarized in the table below.
Boring Depth
(ft) Material Water-Soluble
Sulfates (ppm)
ACI Sulfate
Exposure Class
1 2 Clayey Sand to Sandy Lean Clay 0 S0
Given our experience with similar soils and bedrock, we believe it’s prudent to design concrete
mixtures for ACI Exposure Class S1 on this site, particularly since the ground surface at the site will
include irrigated sod and stormwater drainage. Project concrete should be designed in accordance
Page 1099 of 1257
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Rotolo Park Improvements – Englewood, CO
CGG Project No. 25.22.085
Cole Garner Geotechnical Page 14 Geotechnical Engineering and Materials Testing
with Chapter 19 of the ACI design manual, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI
318-14), as summarized in the table below.
ACI Sulfate
Exposure Class
Portland Cement Type
(ASTM C150)
Maximum
Water/Cement Ratio
Minimum Concrete
Compressive Strength
(psi)
S1 II (or equivalent) 0.50 4,000
GENERAL COMMENTS
CGG should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments can be made
regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical recommendations in the design and
specifications. CGG should also be retained to provide testing and observation during the excavation,
grading, foundation and construction phases of the project.
The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the
borings performed at the indicated locations and from other information discussed in this report. This
report does not reflect variations that may occur between borings, across the site, or due to the modifying
effects of weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after
construction. If variations appear, we should be immediately notified so that further evaluation and
supplemental recommendations can be provided.
The scope of services for this project does not include, either specifically or by implication, any
environmental or biological (e.g., mold, fungi, bacteria) assessment of the site or identification or
prevention of pollutants, hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential
for such contamination or pollution, other studies should be undertaken.
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project
discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering
practices. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. Site safety, excavation support,
and dewatering requirements are the responsibility of others. In the event that changes are planned in
the nature, design, or location of the project as outlined in this report, the conclusions and
recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless CGG reviews the changes,
and either verifies or modifies the conclusions of this report in writing.
Page 1100 of 1257
APPENDIX A
BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM
BORING LOGS
Page 1101 of 1257
Cole Garner Geotechnical 1070 W. 124th Ave., Suite 300
Westminster, CO 80234
(303) 996-2999
BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM
ROTOLO PARK IMPROVEMENTS
S. HURON ST. AND W. RADCLIFF AVE.
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
CGG PROJECT NO. 25.22.085
1
1
2
3
PROPOSED BORING LOCATIONS
Page 1102 of 1257
5348.0
5325.0
5322.0
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CB
CL/SC
SC
SC
SM/SC
SM/SC
SM/SC
SM/SC
SP-SM
22 / 12
12 / 12
23 / 12
34 / 12
36 / 12
20 / 12
35 / 12
45 / 12
122
123
131
136
139
128
137
139
+0.2/50010.6
10.7
7.2
4.5
3.5
11.1
5.3
5.5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
SANDY LEAN CLAY to CLAYEY SAND, light brown to brown,moist, stiff to very stiff
CLAYEY to SILTY SAND, fine- to medium-grained, light brownto brown, tan, moist, medium dense
FINE to COARSE SAND with SILT, light brown to brown, moist,medium dense
Approximate bottom of borehole at 35.0 feet.
9
32
35
DRILLING METHOD CME-55/Solid Stem Auger
DATE STARTED 5/23/25
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
SURFACE CONDITIONS Landscaping GrassDRILLING CONTRACTOR Unlimited Access Drilling
COMPLETED 5/23/25
LOGGED BY AA CHECKED BY AG
HAMMER TYPE Automatic
PROPOSED ELEV.5360 ft
DURING DRILLING None
AFTER DRILLING Backfilled - 5/23/25
GROUND SURFACE ELEV.5357 ft
SA
M
P
L
E
T
Y
P
E
US
C
S
S
Y
M
B
O
L
GR
A
P
H
I
C
LO
G
DE
P
T
H
(f
t
)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
PE
N
E
T
R
A
T
I
O
N
blo
w
s
/
i
n
DR
Y
U
N
I
T
W
T
.
(p
c
f
)
SW
E
L
L
-
C
O
N
S
O
L
/S
U
R
C
H
A
R
G
E
LO
A
D
,
%
p
s
f
MO
I
S
T
U
R
E
CO
N
T
E
N
T
(
%
)
RE
C
O
V
E
R
Y
%
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
PAGE 1 OF 1
BORING NUMBER 1
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GE
O
T
E
C
H
B
H
C
O
L
U
M
N
S
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
1
0
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
0
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1103 of 1257
5342.0
CB
CB
SC
SC/CL
21 / 12
25 / 12
119
130
+0.7/2009.7
12.7
100
100
CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY, light to dark brown,moist, very stiff
Approximate bottom of borehole at 5.0 feet.
5
DRILLING METHOD CME-55/Solid Stem Auger
DATE STARTED 5/23/25
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
SURFACE CONDITIONS Landscaping GrassDRILLING CONTRACTOR Unlimited Access Drilling
COMPLETED 5/23/25
LOGGED BY AA CHECKED BY AG
HAMMER TYPE Automatic
PROPOSED ELEV.5347 ft
DURING DRILLING None
AFTER DRILLING Backfilled - 5/23/25
GROUND SURFACE ELEV.5349 ft
SA
M
P
L
E
T
Y
P
E
US
C
S
S
Y
M
B
O
L
GR
A
P
H
I
C
LO
G
DE
P
T
H
(f
t
)
0
5
PE
N
E
T
R
A
T
I
O
N
blo
w
s
/
i
n
DR
Y
U
N
I
T
W
T
.
(p
c
f
)
SW
E
L
L
-
C
O
N
S
O
L
/S
U
R
C
H
A
R
G
E
LO
A
D
,
%
p
s
f
MO
I
S
T
U
R
E
CO
N
T
E
N
T
(
%
)
RE
C
O
V
E
R
Y
%
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
PAGE 1 OF 1
BORING NUMBER 2
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GE
O
T
E
C
H
B
H
C
O
L
U
M
N
S
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
1
0
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
0
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1104 of 1257
5349.0
CB
CB
SC
SC
24 / 12
12 / 12
118
125
+2.7/20010.1
11.4
100
100
FILL - CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown to darkbrown, iron-stained, moist, stiff to very stiff
Approximate bottom of borehole at 5.0 feet.
5
DRILLING METHOD CME-55/Solid Stem Auger
DATE STARTED 5/23/25
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
SURFACE CONDITIONS Landscaping GrassDRILLING CONTRACTOR Unlimited Access Drilling
COMPLETED 5/23/25
LOGGED BY AA CHECKED BY AG
HAMMER TYPE Automatic
PROPOSED ELEV.5354 ft
DURING DRILLING None
AFTER DRILLING Backfilled - 5/23/25
GROUND SURFACE ELEV.5354 ft
SA
M
P
L
E
T
Y
P
E
US
C
S
S
Y
M
B
O
L
GR
A
P
H
I
C
LO
G
DE
P
T
H
(f
t
)
0
5
PE
N
E
T
R
A
T
I
O
N
blo
w
s
/
i
n
DR
Y
U
N
I
T
W
T
.
(p
c
f
)
SW
E
L
L
-
C
O
N
S
O
L
/S
U
R
C
H
A
R
G
E
LO
A
D
,
%
p
s
f
MO
I
S
T
U
R
E
CO
N
T
E
N
T
(
%
)
RE
C
O
V
E
R
Y
%
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
PAGE 1 OF 1
BORING NUMBER 3
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GE
O
T
E
C
H
B
H
C
O
L
U
M
N
S
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
1
0
/
2
5
1
2
:
5
0
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1105 of 1257
APPENDIX B
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
Page 1106 of 1257
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
0.1 1 10 100
CO
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
(
-
)
%
S
W
E
L
L
(
+
)
APPLIED PRESSURE, ksf
SWELL/CONSOLIDATION TEST
122 11
Date:Date:Note: Water Added to Sample at psf.
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
BOREHOLE DEPTH
1 2.0 CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY
Classification MC%
CO
N
S
O
L
S
T
R
A
I
N
S
I
N
G
L
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
3
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1107 of 1257
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
0.1 1 10 100
CO
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
(
-
)
%
S
W
E
L
L
(
+
)
APPLIED PRESSURE, ksf
SWELL/CONSOLIDATION TEST
119 10
Date:Date:Note: Water Added to Sample at psf.
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
BOREHOLE DEPTH
2 2.0 CLAYEY SAND(SC)
Classification MC%
CO
N
S
O
L
S
T
R
A
I
N
S
I
N
G
L
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
3
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1108 of 1257
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
0.1 1 10 100
CO
N
S
O
L
I
D
A
T
I
O
N
(
-
)
%
S
W
E
L
L
(
+
)
APPLIED PRESSURE, ksf
SWELL/CONSOLIDATION TEST
118 10
Date:Date:Note: Water Added to Sample at psf.
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
BOREHOLE DEPTH
3 1.0 FILL - CLAYEY SAND
Classification MC%
CO
N
S
O
L
S
T
R
A
I
N
S
I
N
G
L
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
3
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1109 of 1257
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0.0010.010.1110100
PI Cc
17
14
17
20
17
28
24
27
26
32
CuLL PL
11
10
10
6
15
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION
COBBLES GRAVEL
43.6
30.7
36.2
31.9
42.4
SAND
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
coarse fine
Classification
D100 D60 D30 D10 %Gravel
0.375
0.313
1
1
2
2
3
coarse SILT OR CLAYfinemedium
4.0
9.0
2.0
4.0
1.0
%Sand %Silt %Clay
0.7
1.4
68.6
66.8
BOREHOLE DEPTH
BOREHOLE DEPTH
3 100
1
1
2
2
3
24 16 30
1 2006 10 501/2 HYDROMETERU.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES U.S. SIEVE NUMBERS 1403420 406 601.5 8 143/4 3/8
4.0
9.0
2.0
4.0
1.0
PE
R
C
E
N
T
F
I
N
E
R
B
Y
W
E
I
G
H
T
CLAYEY SAND(SC)
CLAYEY SAND(SC)
CLAYEY SAND(SC)
CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY
FILL - CLAYEY SAND
0.075
9.5
0.075
9.5
0.075
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GR
A
I
N
S
I
Z
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
4
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1110 of 1257
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0.0010.010.1110100
PI Cc
2029
CuLL PL
9
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION
COBBLES GRAVEL
40.5
SAND
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
coarse fine
Classification
D100 D60 D30 D10 %Gravel
3
coarse SILT OR CLAYfinemedium
3.0
%Sand %Silt %Clay
BOREHOLE DEPTH
BOREHOLE DEPTH
3 100
3
24 16 30
1 2006 10 501/2 HYDROMETERU.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES U.S. SIEVE NUMBERS 1403420 406 601.5 8 143/4 3/8
3.0
PE
R
C
E
N
T
F
I
N
E
R
B
Y
W
E
I
G
H
T
FILL - CLAYEY SAND
0.075
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
GR
A
I
N
S
I
Z
E
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
4
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Page 1111 of 1257
1 2 CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY 10.6 122.3 +0.2/500 0
1 4 CLAYEY SAND(SC)10.7 123.3 44 28 17 11
1 9 CLAYEY SAND(SC)7.2 131.1 31 24 14 10
1 14 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 4.5 135.7
1 19 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 3.5 139.5
1 24 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 11.1 128.1
1 29 CLAYEY to SILTY SAND 5.3 136.6
1 34 FINE to COARSE SAND with SILT 5.5 139.1
2 2 CLAYEY SAND(SC)9.7 118.9 +0.7/200 36 27 17 10
2 4 CLAYEY SAND to SANDY LEAN CLAY 12.7 129.6 32 26 20 6
3 1 FILL - CLAYEY SAND 10.1 117.8 +2.7/200 42 32 17 15
3 3 FILL - CLAYEY SAND 11.4 125.4 41 29 20 9
WaterContent(%)
PAGE 1 OF 1
LiquidLimit
Atterberg LimitsDryDensity(pcf)
Passing#200 Sieve(%)
Water SolubleSulfates(ppm)
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY RESULTS
Soil Description PlasticLimit PlasticityIndex
Borehole Depth
Swell (+) orConsolidation (-)/
Surcharge(%/psf)
CLIENT Superbloom
PROJECT NUMBER 25.22.085
PROJECT NAME Rotolo Park Improvements
PROJECT LOCATION S Huron St & W Radcliff Ave - Englewood, CO
LA
B
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
-
G
I
N
T
S
T
D
U
S
L
A
B
.
G
D
T
-
6
/
5
/
2
5
1
4
:
3
4
-
Y
:
\
G
I
N
T
B
A
C
K
U
P
S
\
M
A
I
N
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
1
0
.
2
8
\
P
R
O
J
E
C
T
S
G
E
O
2
0
2
5
\
2
5
.
2
2
.
0
8
5
R
O
T
O
L
O
P
A
R
K
.
G
P
J
Cole Garner Geotechnical1070 W 124th Ave, Suite 300Westminster, CO 80234
Pa
g
e
1
1
1
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
APPENDIX C
GENERAL NOTES
Page 1113 of 1257
GENERAL NOTES
DRILLING & SAMPLING SYMBOLS:
SS: Split Spoon - 1!" I.D., 2" O.D., unless otherwise noted HS: Hollow Stem Auger
ST: Thin-Walled Tube – 2.5" O.D., unless otherwise noted PA: Power Auger
RS: Ring Sampler - 2.42" I.D., 3" O.D., unless otherwise noted HA: Hand Auger
CB: California Barrel - 1.92" I.D., 2.5" O.D., unless otherwise noted RB: Rock Bit
BS: Bulk Sample or Auger Sample WB: Wash Boring or Mud Rotary
The number of blows required to advance a standard 2-inch O.D. split-spoon sampler (SS) the last 12 inches of the total 18-inch
penetration with a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches is considered the “Standard Penetration” or “N-value”. For 2.5” O.D.
California Barrel samplers (CB) the penetration value is reported as the number of blows required to advance the sampler 12 inches using a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches, reported as “blows per inch,” and is not considered equivalent to the
“Standard Penetration” or “N-value”.
WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT SYMBOLS:
WL: Water Level WS: While Sampling
WCI: Wet Cave in WD: While Drilling
DCI: Dry Cave in BCR: Before Casing Removal
AB: After Boring ACR: After Casing Removal
Water levels indicated on the boring logs are the levels measured in the borings at the times indicated. Groundwater levels at other
times and other locations across the site could vary. In pervious soils, the indicated levels may reflect the location of groundwater.
In low permeability soils, the accurate determination of groundwater levels may not be possible with only short-term observations.
DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION: Soil classification is based on the Unified Classification System. Coarse Grained Soils
have more than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; their principal descriptors are: boulders, cobbles, gravel or sand.
Fine Grained Soils have less than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; they are principally described as clays if they
are plastic, and silts if they are slightly plastic or non-plastic. Major constituents may be added as modifiers and minor constituents
may be added according to the relative proportions based on grain size. In addition to gradation, coarse-grained soils are defined
on the basis of their in-place relative density and fine-grained soils on the basis of their consistency.
FINE-GRAINED SOILS COARSE-GRAINED SOILS BEDROCK
(CB)
Blows/Ft.
(SS)
Blows/Ft.
Consistency
(CB)
Blows/Ft.
(SS)
Blows/Ft.
Relative
Density
(CB)
Blows/Ft.
(SS)
Blows/Ft.
Consistency
< 3 0-2 Very Soft 0-5 < 3 Very Loose < 24 < 20 Weathered
3-5 3-4 Soft 6-14 4-9 Loose 24-35 20-29 Firm 6-10 5-8 Medium Stiff 15-46 10-29 Medium Dense 36-60 30-49 Medium Hard
11-18 9-15 Stiff 47-79 30-50 Dense 61-96 50-79 Hard
19-36 16-30 Very Stiff > 79 > 50 Very Dense > 96 > 79 Very Hard
> 36 > 30 Hard
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF SAND AND
GRAVEL
GRAIN SIZE TERMINOLOGY
Descriptive Terms of
Other Constituents
Percent of
Dry Weight
Major Component
of Sample
Particle Size
Trace < 15 Boulders Over 12 in. (300mm)
With 15 – 29 Cobbles 12 in. to 3 in. (300mm to 75 mm) Modifier > 30 Gravel 3 in. to #4 sieve (75mm to 4.75 mm)
Sand
Silt or Clay
#4 to #200 sieve (4.75mm to 0.075mm)
Passing #200 Sieve (0.075mm)
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF FINES PLASTICITY DESCRIPTION
Descriptive Terms of
Other Constituents
Percent of
Dry Weight
Term Plasticity Index
Trace
With
Modifiers
< 5
5 – 12
> 12
Non-plastic
Low
Medium
High
0
1-10
11-30
30+
Page 1114 of 1257
UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory TestsA Soil Classification
Group
Symbol
Group NameB
Cu ! 4 and 1 " Cc " 3E GW Well graded gravelF Clean Gravels Less than 5% finesC Cu < 4 and/or 1 > Cc > 3E GP Poorly graded gravelF
Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravelF,G, H
Coarse Grained Soils
More than 50% retained
on No. 200 sieve
Gravels More than 50% of coarse fraction retained on
No. 4 sieve Gravels with Fines More
than 12% finesC Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravelF,G,H
Cu ! 6 and 1 " Cc " 3E SW Well graded sandI Clean Sands
Less than 5% finesD Cu < 6 and/or 1 > Cc > 3E SP Poorly graded sandI
Fines classify as ML or MH SM Silty sandG,H,I
Sands
50% or more of coarse
fraction passes No. 4 sieve Sands with Fines
More than 12% finesD Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sandG,H,I
PI > 7 and plots on or above “A” lineJ CL Lean clayK,L,M Silts and Clays
Liquid limit less than 50
Inorganic
PI < 4 or plots below “A” lineJ ML SiltK,L,M
Liquid limit - oven
dried Organic clayK,L,M,N
Fine-Grained Soils
50% or more passes the
No. 200 sieve
Organic
Liquid limit - not
dried
< 0.75 OL
Organic siltK,L,M,O
Inorganic PI plots on or above “A” line CH Fat clayK,L,M
Silts and Clays Liquid limit 50 or more PI plots below “A” line MH Elastic siltK,L,M
Liquid limit - oven dried Organic clayK,L,M,P Organic
Liquid limit - not dried < 0.75 OH Organic siltK,L,M,Q
Highly organic soils Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor PT Peat
A Based on the material passing the 3-in. (75-mm) sieve
B If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both, add “with cobbles
or boulders, or both” to group name.
C Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: GW-GM well graded
gravel with silt, GW-GC well graded gravel with clay, GP-GM poorly
graded gravel with silt, GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay.
D Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well graded
sand with silt, SW-SC well graded sand with clay, SP-SM poorly graded
sand with silt, SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay
E Cu = D60/D10 Cc =
F If soil contains ! 15% sand, add “with sand” to group name.
G If fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC-GM, or SC-SM.
HIf fines are organic, add “with organic fines” to group name.
I If soil contains ! 15% gravel, add “with gravel” to group name.
J If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is a CL-ML, silty clay.
K If soil contains 15 to 29% plus No. 200, add “with sand” or “with
gravel,” whichever is predominant.
L If soil contains ! 30% plus No. 200 predominantly sand, add
“sandy” to group name.
M If soil contains ! 30% plus No. 200, predominantly gravel, add
“gravelly” to group name.
N PI ! 4 and plots on or above “A” line.
O PI < 4 or plots below “A” line.
P PI plots on or above “A” line.
Q PI plots below “A” line.
Page 1115 of 1257
ROCK CLASSIFICATION
(Based on ASTM C-294)
Sedimentary Rocks
Sedimentary rocks are stratified materials laid down by water or wind. The sediments may be
composed of particles or pre-existing rocks derived by mechanical weathering, evaporation or by
chemical or organic origin. The sediments are usually indurated by cementation or compaction.
Chert Very fine-grained siliceous rock composed of micro-crystalline or cyrptocrystalline
quartz, chalcedony or opal. Chert is various colored, porous to dense, hard and
has a conchoidal to splintery fracture.
Claystone Fine-grained rock composed of or derived by erosion of silts and clays or any rock
containing clay. Soft massive and may contain carbonate minerals.
Conglomerate Rock consisting of a considerable amount of rounded gravel, sand and cobbles
with or without interstitial or cementing material. The cementing or interstitial
material may be quartz, opal, calcite, dolomite, clay, iron oxides or other
materials.
Dolomite A fine-grained carbonate rock consisting of the mineral dolomite [CaMg(CO3)2].
May contain noncarbonate impurities such as quartz, chert, clay minerals, organic
matter, gypsum and sulfides. Reacts with hydrochloric acid (HCL).
Limestone A fine-grained carbonate rock consisting of the mineral calcite (CaCO3). May
contain noncarbonate impurities such as quartz, chert, clay minerals, organic
matter, gypsum and sulfides. Reacts with hydrochloric acid (HCL).
Sandstone Rock consisting of particles of sand with or without interstitial and cementing
materials. The cementing or interstitial material may be quartz, opal, calcite,
dolomite, clay, iron oxides or other material.
Shale Fine-grained rock composed of or derived by erosion of silts and clays or any rock
containing clay. Shale is hard, platy, of fissile may be gray, black, reddish or
green and may contain some carbonate minerals (calcareous shale).
Siltstone Fine grained rock composed of or derived by erosion of silts or rock containing
silt. Siltstones consist predominantly of silt sized particles (0.0625 to 0.002 mm in
diameter) and are intermediate rocks between claystones and sandstones and
may contain carbonate minerals.
Page 1116 of 1257
LABORATORY TEST
SIGNIFICANCE AND PURPOSE
TEST SIGNIFICANCE PURPOSE
California Bearing
Ratio
Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Pavement Thickness
Design
Consolidation Used to develop an estimate of both the rate and amount of
both differential and total settlement of a structure.
Foundation Design
Direct Shear Used to determine the consolidated drained shear strength
of soil or rock.
Bearing Capacity,
Foundation Design,
and Slope Stability
Dry Density Used to determine the in-place density of natural, inorganic,
fine-grained soils.
Index Property Soil
Behavior
Expansion Used to measure the expansive potential of fine-grained
soil and to provide a basis for swell potential classification.
Foundation and Slab
Design
Gradation Used for the quantitative determination of the distribution of
particle sizes in soil.
Soil Classification
Liquid & Plastic Limit,
Plasticity Index
Used as an integral part of engineering classification
systems to characterize the fine-grained fraction of soils,
and to specify the fine-grained fraction of construction
materials.
Soil Classification
Permeability Used to determine the capacity of soil or rock to conduct a
liquid or gas.
Groundwater Flow
Analysis
pH Used to determine the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a
soil.
Corrosion Potential
Resistivity Used to indicate the relative ability of a soil medium to carry
electrical currents.
Corrosion Potential
R-Value Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Pavement Thickness
Design
Soluble Sulfate Used to determine the quantitative amount of soluble
sulfates within a soil mass.
Corrosion Potential
Unconfined
Compression
To obtain the approximate compressive strength of soils
that possess sufficient cohesion to permit testing in the
unconfined state.
Bearing Capacity
Analysis for
Foundations
Water Content Used to determine the quantitative amount of water in a soil
mass.
Index Property Soil
Behavior
Page 1117 of 1257
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
(Based on ASTM D653)
Allowable Soil
Bearing Capacity
The recommended maximum contact stress developed at the interface of the foundation
element and the supporting material.
Alluvium Soil, the constituents of which have been transported in suspension by flowing water and
subsequently deposited by sedimentation.
Aggregate Base
Course
A layer of specified material placed on a subgrade or subbase usually beneath slabs or
pavements.
Backfill A specified material placed and compacted in a confined area.
Bedrock A natural aggregate of mineral grains connected by strong and permanent cohesive forces.
Usually requires drilling, wedging, blasting or other methods of extraordinary force for
excavation.
Bench A horizontal surface in a sloped deposit.
Caisson (Drilled
Pier or Shaft)
A concrete foundation element cast in a circular excavation which may have an enlarged
base. Sometimes referred to as a cast-in-place pier or drilled shaft.
Coefficient of
Friction
A constant proportionality factor relating normal stress and the corresponding shear stress
at which sliding starts between the two surfaces.
Colluvium Soil, the constituents of which have been deposited chiefly by gravity such as at the foot of a
slope or cliff.
Compaction The densification of a soil by means of mechanical manipulation
Concrete Slab-on-
Grade
A concrete surface layer cast directly upon a base, subbase or subgrade, and typically used
as a floor system.
Differential
Movement
Unequal settlement or heave between, or within foundation elements of structure.
Earth Pressure The pressure exerted by soil on any boundary such as a foundation wall.
ESAL Equivalent Single Axle Load, a criteria used to convert traffic to a uniform standard, (18,000
pound axle loads).
Engineered Fill Specified material placed and compacted to specified density and/or moisture conditions
under observations of a representative of a geotechnical engineer.
Equivalent Fluid A hypothetical fluid having a unit weight such that it will produce a pressure against a lateral
support presumed to be equivalent to that produced by the actual soil. This simplified
approach is valid only when deformation conditions are such that the pressure increases
linearly with depth and the wall friction is neglected.
Existing Fill (or
Man-Made Fill)
Materials deposited throughout the action of man prior to exploration of the site.
Existing Grade The ground surface at the time of field exploration.
Page 1118 of 1257
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
(Based on ASTM D653)
Expansive
Potential
The potential of a soil to expand (increase in volume) due to absorption of moisture.
Finished Grade The final grade created as a part of the project.
Footing A portion of the foundation of a structure that transmits loads directly to the soil.
Foundation The lower part of a structure that transmits the loads to the soil or bedrock.
Frost Depth The depth at which the ground becomes frozen during the winter season.
Grade Beam A foundation element or wall, typically constructed of reinforced concrete, used to span
between other foundation elements such as drilled piers.
Groundwater Subsurface water found in the zone of saturation of soils or within fractures in bedrock.
Heave Upward movement.
Lithologic The characteristics which describe the composition and texture of soil and rock by
observation.
Native Grade The naturally occurring ground surface.
Native Soil Naturally occurring on-site soil, sometimes referred to as natural soil.
Optimum Moisture
Content
The water content at which a soil can be compacted to a maximum dry unit weight by a
given compactive effort.
Perched Water Groundwater, usually of limited area maintained above a normal water elevation by the
presence of an intervening relatively impervious continuous stratum.
Scarify To mechanically loosen soil or break down existing soil structure.
Settlement Downward movement.
Skin Friction (Side
Shear)
The frictional resistance developed between soil and an element of the structure such as a
drilled pier.
Soil (Earth) Sediments or other unconsolidated accumulations of solid particles produced by the
physical and chemical disintegration of rocks, and which may or may not contain organic
matter.
Strain The change in length per unit of length in a given direction.
Stress The force per unit area acting within a soil mass.
Strip To remove from present location.
Subbase A layer of specified material in a pavement system between the subgrade and base course.
Subgrade The soil prepared and compacted to support a structure, slab or pavement system.
Page 1119 of 1257
City of Englewood
City of Englewood 4780 National Western Drive
2800 S Pattle River Drive
Englewood, CO 80110
Lab ID:2025S2480 Date Received:05/20/25
Sample ID:Rotolo Park Date Reported:05/23/25
Soil Depth (in.):7
Units Results
Strongly Acid Moderately Acid Slightly Acid Neutral Slightly Alkaline Moderately Alkaline Strongly Alkaline
7.9 <5.4 5.4-5.7 5.8-6.4 6.5-7.2 7.3-7.6 7.7-7.9 >7.9
Very Low Low Moderate Moderately High High Very High
mmho/cm 0.2 <0.2 0.2-0.7 0.8-1.2 1.3-2.5 2.6-5.0 >5.0
Excess Lime NONE
Very Low Low Medium High Very High
%4.6 <0.5 0.5-1.5 1.6-3.0 3.1-5.0 >5.0
Very Low Low Medium High Very High lb/1000 sq.ft.Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm 2 <5 5-10 11-25 26-50 >50 0 5
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm 20 0-3 4-6 7-10 11-15 16-20 >20 0
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm 328 <60 60-120 121-160 161-220 221-280 >280 0
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
Calcium (Ca)ppm 2393 <100 100-200 201-300 301-2500 >2500 >5000 0
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
Magnesium (Mg)ppm 271 <25 25-50 51-75 75-100 100-200 >200 0
Sodium (Na)ppm 104
Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)Sand Loam Silt Loams Clay & Clay Loam Organic Soils
or Sum of Cations meq/100g 16 3-10 10-15 15-25 25-50 50-100
H K Ca Mg Na
Base Saturation %100 0.0 5.4 77.1 14.6 2.9
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation
lb/1000 sq.ft.
Sulfate-S ppm 27 <2 2-5 6-10 11-15 >15 0
Denver, CO 80216
Tel: (970) 491-5061
Email: soiltestinglab@colostate.edu
Soil Analysis Test Rating*
1:1 Soil pH
1:1 Soluble Salts (EC)
Organic Matter LOI
KCl Nitrate-N
Olsen BicarbonatePhosphorus (P)
Ammonium Acetate
Potassium (K)
Ca-P
Page 1120 of 1257
City of Englewood
City of Englewood 4780 National Western Drive
2800 S Pattle River Drive
Englewood, CO 80110
Lab ID:2025S2480 Date Received:05/20/25
Sample ID:Rotolo Park Date Reported:05/23/25
Soil Depth (in.):7
Units Results
Denver, CO 80216
Tel: (970) 491-5061
Email: soiltestinglab@colostate.edu
Soil Analysis Test Rating*
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm 34.2 <0.3 0.3-0.5 0.6-0.8 0.9-1.2 1.3-2.0 >2.0 0
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm 48.2 <1.0 1.0-2.5 2.6-5.0 5.1-15.0 15.1-30 >30 0
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm 3.4 <0.5 0.5-1.0 1.1-3.0 3.1-6.0 6.1-10.0 >10 0
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm 3.4 <0.1 0.1-0.2 0.3-0.4 0.5-0.8 0.9-1.5 >1.5 0
Very Low Low Medium Optimum High Very High Recommendation
lb/1000 sq.ft.
ppm <0.2 0.2-0.5 0.6-0.8 0.9-1.5 1.6-2.5 >2.5
Chloride (Cl)ppm
%
%
%
ppmppmppmppmppmppm
SAR
Comments:
Selenium (Se)
Sodium Absorption Ratio
*Test ratings are provided for general crop production. The ranges may be different for individual crops or for specific situations.
This soil is adequate for turf. Apply 1.7 lb N per 1000 sq. ft. three times during the growing season (mid-March-April, May-mid-June, and late September-early October). All other nutrients are at above or adequate levels for turf.
Heavy Metals
Arsenic (As)
Cadmium (Cd)
Chromium (Cr)
Lead (Pb)
Molybdenum (Mo)
Texture by Hydrometer
Zinc (Zn)
Iron (Fe)
Manganese (Mn)
Copper (Cu)
Hot Water Extraction
Boron (B)
Calcium Nitrate
Soil Texture
% Sand
% Silt
% Clay
DTPA
Page 1121 of 1257
Pa
g
e
1
1
2
2
o
f
1
2
5
7
Rotolo Park Structural Calculations
Prepared for:
Shape Architecture
Project address:
Rotolo Park, Englewood Colorado
Project number:
25.0038
Prepared by:
Miguel Gonzalez
Completed by:
Luke Cronin
Owner, Cronin Engineering and Inspection
Date:
06/17/2025
06/17/25
Page 1123 of 1257
Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:Member Schedule
Calculation Member Quantity Comments
RJ1 2x10 D.Fir-South No. 2
CJI 2x4 D.Fir-L No. 2
HEADER 1 2 - 2x8 D.Fir-L No. 2
HEADER 2 2 - 2x12 D.Fir-South No. 2
Wind Calcs
MW1 8" CMU Wall
D1
S1 4000 psi Concrete slabs
F1 4000 psi Concrete Wall Footings
RW1
56%15.515.515.5 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
25%8.758.758.75 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
91%6.676.676.67 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
31%3.833.833.83 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
888ft\mathrm{ft}ft
29%0.09880.09880.0988 yd3/ft\mathrm{yd^3 / ft}yd /ft3
71%0.0410.0410.041 yd3/ft\mathrm{yd^3 / ft}yd /ft3
77%
Page 1124 of 1257
United States (version 71)Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
Project Defaults
Custom Distributed Loads
Label Load Magnitudes
Floor Load D: 10 psf, L: 40 psf
Roof Live Load Selection IBC 2018, Table 1607.1 and ASCE 7-16, Table 4.3-1
Notes for Selected Roof Live Load See section 1607.15.2
Default Roof Loads
Superimposed Dead Load
()
Roof Live Load
()
Alternative Minimum Live Load
()
Snow Load
()
Ultimate Wind Uplift (C&C)
()
Ultimate Wind Downward (C&C)
()
Ceiling Live Load Selection IBC 2018, Table 1607.1 and ASCE 7-16, Table 4.3-1
Notes for Selected Ceiling Live Load
See section 1607.22. Uninhabitable attics with storage are those where the
maximum clear height between the joists and rafters is 42 inches or
greater, or where there are two or more adjacent trusses with web
configurations capable of accommodating an assumed rectangle 42
inches in height by 24 inches in width, or greater, within the plane of the
trusses. The live load need only be applied to those portions of the joists
or truss bottom chords where both of the following conditions are met: i.
The attic area is accessible from an opening not less than 20 inches in
width by 30 inches in length that is located where the clear height in the
attic is not less than 30 inches. ii. The slopes of the joists or truss bottom
chords are not greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal. The
remaining portions of the joists or truss bottom chords shall be designed
for a uniformly distributed concurrent live load of not less than 10 pounds
per square foot.
Default Ceiling Loads
Superimposed Dead Load ()Live Load ()Alternative Minimum Live Load ()
Live Load Selection IBC 2018, Table 1607.1 and ASCE 7-16, Table 4.3-1
Notes for Selected Live Load
wcustom=w_{custom}
=
w =custom
www
Roofs: Ordinary Flat, Pitched, and
Curved Roofs (that are not
occupiable)
Lr=Lr
=
Lr =
loadsroof=loads_{roof}
=
loads =roof
wDw_DwDpsf\mathrm{psf}psf
wLrw_{Lr}wLrpsf\mathrm{psf}psf
PLr2P_{Lr2}PLr2lb\mathrm{lb}lb
wSw_{S}wSpsf\mathrm{psf}psf
wWuw_{Wu}wWupsf\mathrm{psf}psf
wWdw_{Wd}wWdpsf\mathrm{psf}psf
151515 202020 300300300 303030 303030 303030
Residential: One- and Two-Family
Dwellings: Uninhabitable Attics with
Storage
LC=LC
=
LC =
loadsceiling=loads_{ceiling}
=
loads =ceiling
wDw_DwDpsf\mathrm{psf}psf wLw_{L}wL psf\mathrm{psf}psf PL2P_{L2}PL2 lb\mathrm{lb}lb
555 202020 000
Residential: One- and Two-Family
Dwellings: All Other Areas (except
stairs)
L=L
=
L =
Custom Distributed Loads for Linking
Default Roof Loads
Default Ceiling Loads
Default Floor Loads
Page 1125 of 1257
Default Floor Loads
Superimposed Dead Load ()Live Load ()Alternative Minimum Live Load ()
Weight of Exterior Wall
Default Ultimate Wall & Window Wind
Loads
Ultimate Inward Wind Load (C&C) ()Ultimate Outward Wind Load (C&C) ()
Exclude L2 from Load Linking?
Design Code for Load Combinations &
Criteria
IBC Code Edition
Design Code Full Name International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Design Code Short Name IBC 2021
Building Risk Category ASCE 7-16, Table 1.5-2 and ASCE 7-22, Table 1.5-2
Auto-Determine Wind Speed?ASCE 7-16, Figures 26.5-1 A to D
Note:
No address is specified in Project
Details. The design wind speed
must be entered manually. This can
be changed by setting an address in
Project Details.
Custom Basic Wind Speed ASCE 7-16
Basic Wind Speed ASCE 7-16, Figures 26.5-1 A to D
Exposure Category ASCE 7-16, Cl 26.6
Ground Snow Load ASCE 7-16, Cl 7.2
Auto-Determine Seismic Parameters?ASCE 7-16, Figures 26.5-1 A to D and ASCE 7-22 Cl.11.4.3, Cl.11.4.4
Note:
No address is specified in Project
Details. The design seismic
parameters must be entered
manually. This can be changed by
setting an address in Project Details.
Site Class ASCE 7-16, Cl 11.4.3, Cl 11.4.8, Table 11.4-1 and 11.4-2, ASCE7-16 Supp. 3, Cl 11.4.8.2 and ASCE 7-22, Cl 11.4.2, Cl 11.4.8, Chp20
loadsfloor=loads_{floor}
=
loads =floor
wDw_DwDpsf\mathrm{psf}psf wLw_{L}wL psf\mathrm{psf}psf PL2P_{L2}PL2 lb\mathrm{lb}lb
101010 404040 000
wD,EW=w_{D,EW}
=
w =D,EW 151515psf\mathrm{psf}psf
wW,wall+window=w_{W,wall+window}
=
w =W,wall+window
wWdw_{Wd}wWd psf\mathrm{psf}psf wWuw_{Wu}wWu psf\mathrm{psf}psf
303030 303030
Yes
International Building Code (IBC)
IBC 2021
code=code
=
code =
code=code
=
code =
II - Regular Building
Yes
Vinput=V_{input}
=
V =input 100100100mi/
hr\mathrm{mi /
hr}
mi/hr
V=V
=
V =100100100mi/
hr\mathrm{mi /
hr}
mi/hr
C: Open terrain with scattered
obstructions
pg=p_g
=
p =g 303030psf\mathrm{psf}psf
Yes
D - Default
Default Wall & Window Loads
Custom Load Combinations
Comments
Building Site Maps and Contours
Building Code
Site Parameters - Wind & Snow
Site Parameters - Seismic
Page 1126 of 1257
Seismic Parameters
Short-Period Spectral Acceleration Long-Period Spectral Acceleration Long-Period Transition Period ()
Design Short-Period Spectral Acceleration ASCE 7-16 Cl.11.4.5 and ASCE 7-22 Cl.11.4.4
Short-Period Spectral Acceleration ASCE 7-16, Chp 22 and ASCE 7-22, Cl 11.4.3, Chp 22
Long-Period Spectral Acceleration ASCE 7-16, Chp 22 and ASCE 7-22, Cl 11.4.3, Chp 22
Long-Period Transition Period ASCE 7-16, Chp 22 and ASCE 7-22, Cl 11.4.3, Chp 22
Design Short-Period Spectral Acceleration ASCE 7-16 Cl.11.4.5 and ASCE 7-22 Cl.11.4.4
Load Duration Factor for Snow NDS 2018, Cl 2.3.2
Additionally Include Simplified DL+(LL or
SL) Service Load Combination?
Special Building Type: Farm Building or
Greenhouse?IBC 2009-2021, Table 1604.3
Does Roof Support Ceiling?IBC 2009-2021, Table 1604.3 and IRC 2009-2021, Table R301.7
Ceiling Type IBC 2009-2021, Table 1604.3 and IRC 2009-2021, Table R301.7
Wall Finish Type IBC 2009-2021, Table 1604.3 and IRC 2009-2021, Table R301.7
Deflection Span Limits
Member Type Short-Term (L, Lr, S, or W) ()Long-Term (kD+L) ()
Absolute Deflection Limit
Number of Stories
Roof Slope
Default Bearing Length
Default Member Spacings
Rafters ()Joists ()Wall Studs ()
Top Floor Height Dimensions
Story Height (Floor to Eave) ()Headroom (Floor to Ceiling) ()Window Height (Floor to Top of Window) ()
Lower Floors Height Dimensions
Story Height (Floor to Floor) ()Headroom (Floor to Ceiling) ()Window Height (Floor to Top of Window) ()
Sparams,input=S_{params,input}
=
S =params,input
SsS_sSs S1S_1S1 TLT_LTLs\mathrm{s}s
000 000 000
SDS,input=S_{DS,input}
=
S =DS,input 000
Ss=S_s
=
S =s 000
S1=S_1
=
S =1 000
TL=T_L
=
T =L 000s\mathrm{s}s
SDS=S_{DS}
=
S =DS 000
CD,snow=C_{D,snow}
=
C =D,snow 1.151.151.15
No
No - Normal Building
No
Non-Plaster
Other Brittle Finishes
Δspan=\Delta_{span}
=
Δ =span
typetypetype DSTD_{ST}DST L/\mathrm{L/}L/DLTD_{LT}DLT L/\mathrm{L/}L/
Roof\text{Roof}Roof 180180180 120120120
Ceiling\text{Ceiling}Ceiling 240240240 180180180
Floor\text{Floor}Floor 360360360 240240240
Wall\text{Wall}Wall 240240240 111
Δlim=\Delta_{lim}
=
Δ =lim 111in\mathrm{in}in
nstory=n_{story}
=
n =story 222
α=\alpha
=
α =666:
12\mathrm{:
12}
:12
lb=l_b
=
l =b 333in\mathrm{in}in
spacings=spacings
=
spacings =
srafts_{raft}sraft in\mathrm{in}in sjoists_{joist}sjoist in\mathrm{in}in sstudss_{studs}sstuds in\mathrm{in}in
161616 161616 161616
htop.floor=h_{top.floor}
=
h =top.floor
hstoryh_{story}hstory ft\mathrm{ft}ft hheadh_{head}hhead ft\mathrm{ft}ft hwindowh_{window}hwindow ft\mathrm{ft}ft
121212 101010 888
hlower.floors=h_{lower.floors}
=
h =lower.floors
hstoryh_{story}hstory ft\mathrm{ft}ft hheadh_{head}hhead ft\mathrm{ft}ft hwindowh_{window}hwindow ft\mathrm{ft}ft
121212 101010 888
Seismic Design Parameters
Special Criteria
Deflection Criteria
Building Geometry
Assumptions
Page 1127 of 1257
Wood Beam (LRFD) (version 179) — Rafter Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
RJ1
References:NDS 2018 (LRFD)
Ultimate Bending Moment
Moment Capacity
Maximum Axial Demand
Axial Capacity Not Checked
Ultimate Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Shear Capacity
Governing Bearing Demand
Governing Bearing Capacity
Maximum Factored Vertical Reaction
Maximum Factored Horizontal Reaction
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Live / Short-Term Deflection Limit
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Ratio
Governing Long-Term Deflection
Governing Long-Term Deflection Ratio
Graphed Load Combination
PASS
Mu=M_u
=
M =u −1227-1227−1227 lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb⋅ft
56%ϕMn=\phi
M_n
=
ϕM =n 218721872187lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb ⋅ft
Pu=P_u
=
P =u −118-118−118 lb\mathrm{lb}lb
ϕPn=\phi
P_n
=
ϕP =n
Vu=V_u
=
V =u 810810810lb\mathrm{lb}lb
28%ϕVn=\phi
V_n
=
ϕV =n 287728772877lb\mathrm{lb}lb
Ru=R_u
=
R =u 138813881388lb\mathrm{lb}lb
35%ϕRn=\phi
R_n
=
ϕR =n 395739573957lb\mathrm{lb}lb
Ru,vertical=R_{u,vertical}
=
R =u,vertical 139913991399lb\mathrm{lb}lb
Ru,horizontal=R_{u,horizontal}
=
R =u,horizontal 437437437lb\mathrm{lb}lb
16%δST=\delta_{ST}
=
δ =ST 0.09310.09310.0931 in\mathrm{in}in
ΔST,max=\Delta_{ST,max}
=
Δ =ST,max 0.5740.5740.574 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 555555555
11%δLT=\delta_{LT}
=
δ =LT 0.04970.04970.0497 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 551551551
Reactions:
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
2:12
Bearing:3inUltMax:797lbUltMin:-129lbD:121lbL:0lb
UltMax:149lbUltMin:22.8lbD:25.4lbL:0lb Bearing:3inUltMax:1388lbUltMin:-117lbD:292lbL:0lb
UltMax:213lbUltMin:39.2lbD:43.5lbL:0lb
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5L_r
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
2 4 6 8 10 12 14Shear(lb)
-500
0
500
Summary
Page 1128 of 1257
Section Type
Size and Grade
Number of Plies
Beam Plan Length
Incline Pitch
Total Material Length ,
Continuous Bracing for Lateral Torsional
Buckling
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Moment(lb*ft)
-1500
-1000
-500
0
500
1000
StrengthLCSelected;Short-TermEnvelopeShown
Envelope
2 4 6 8 10 12 14Deflection(in)
-0.05
0
0.05
0.1
Reactions AxialLoad VerticalLoad
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
2:12
82.7lb
444lb
129lb
826lb
78.9lb
473lb
d=9.25in
b=1.5in
PrimaryLoading
Standard Sections Database
2x10 D.Fir-South No. 2
nplies=n_{\text{plies}}
=
n =plies 111
LX=L_X
=
L =X 15.315.315.3 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
α=\alpha
=
α =222:
12\mathrm{:
12}
:12
L=L
=
L =151515ft\mathrm{ft}ft 5.55.55.5 in\mathrm{in}in
Top Braced
Key Properties
Page 1129 of 1257
Warning
Top and bottom flange bracing corresponds to positive and negative
bending respectively, but cantilever spans typically require a brace on the
top flange despite being in negative bending.
Enter Support and Load Locations Based
on Plan or Inclined length?
Supports and Braces
Support/Brace Type Position From Left ()Bearing Length ()
Pinned
Pinned
Add Flitch Plates?
Center-to-Center Spacing (= tributary
width)
Distributed Loads
Label Start Location ()End Location ()Total Start Trib. Width ()Total End Trib. Width ()Orientation Load Magnitudes
Roof Load Gravity - Inclined D: 15 psf
Snow Load Gravity - Plan S: 43 psf, Lr: 30 psf
Wind Load Aligned W,dn: 30 psf, W,up: -30 psf
ADD. OH DL Gravity - Inclined D: 10 psf
Plan
r=r
=
r =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in
2.252.252.25 333
111111 333
No
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
2:12
Self-weight0 15.5ftD:0.486plf
RoofLoad0 15.5ftD:3.29plf
SnowLoad
0 15.5ft
Lr:6.49plfS:9.3plf
ADD.OHDL10.6 15.5ftD:2.19plf
Self-weight0 15.5ftD:2.91plf
RoofLoadLW:1.33ft|D:14.8psf0 15.5ft
D:19.7plf
SnowLoad
LW:1.33ft|Lr:29.2psf,S:41.8psf0 15.5ft
Lr:38.9plfS:55.8plf
WindLoad
LW:1.33ft|W,dn:30psf,W,up:-30psf0 15.5ft
W,dn:40plfW,up:-40plf
ADD.OHDLLW:1.33ft|D:9…10.6 15.5ftD:13.2plf
AlternativeMinimumLiveLoad7.73ftL2:296lbL2:49.3lb
s=s
=
s =161616in\mathrm{in}in
w=w
=
w =
xsx_sxsft\mathrm{ft}ft xex_exeft\mathrm{ft}ft TWsTW_sTWsft\mathrm{ft}ft TWeTW_eTWeft\mathrm{ft}ft orientorientorient www
000 15.315.315.3 1.331.331.33 1.331.331.33
000 15.315.315.3 1.331.331.33 1.331.331.33
000 15.315.315.3 1.331.331.33 1.331.331.33
10.510.510.5 15.315.315.3 1.331.331.33 1.331.331.33
Flitch Plate Properties
Loads
Page 1130 of 1257
Roof Live Loads - Warning
Roof live loads ("Lr") should
generally NOT include occupancy-
related live loads on the roof (eg a
rooftop patio), which should be
inputted as a regular live load ("L")
Please refer to the description of roof live load in your relevantbuilding code.
Point & Moment Loads
Label Location ()Orientation Load Magnitudes
Alternative Minimum Live Load Gravity L2: 300 lb, 0 lb ft
Enable Automatic Live Load Patterning?
(BETA)
Bending Axis
Include Self-weight
Use Reduced Companion Live Load?ASCE 7-16, Cl 2.3.1.1
Live Load Type
Brace at Point Loads?
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Beam Incline
Repeating Member?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.9
Service Condition NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.3
Temperature Range NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incised?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Directly Consider Shear Deflection?[APA TT-082, *True (Shear-Free) and Apparent Moduli ofElasticity*](https://www.apawood.org/publication-search?q=tt-082&tid=1)
Deflection Limit Absolute Limit
Live / Short-term Deflection Limit IBC, Table 1604.3
Long Term Deflection Limit
Double L/ Deflection Limits for
Cantilevers?
[International Building Code 2018, Table 1604.3](https://codes.iccsafe.org/content/IBC2018/chapter-16-structural-design)
Base Allowable Shear Stress NDS 2018 Supplement
P,M=P,M
=
P,M =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft orientorientorient P,MP,MP,M
7.637.637.63
No
Strong (X-X)
Yes
No
Occupancy
No
Simple Slope
Repeating
Dry
T ≤ 100°F
No
No
Δmax=\Delta_{max}
=
Δ =max 111in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 180180180
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 120120120
Yes
Fv=F_v
=
F =v 180180180psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Design Conditions
Member Properties
Page 1131 of 1257
Strength Load Combinations
Load Combination Time Factor Total Load ()Shear ()Pos. Moment ()Neg. Moment ()Max Reaction ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
Short-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0L
1.0Lr
1.0S
0.42W,dn
0.42W,up
Long-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0(0.5D) + 1.0L + 1.0Lr
Unfactored Loads
Load Type Total Load ()Shear ()Moment ()Max Reaction ()Deflection ()
D
Lr
S
W,dn
W,up
L2
LCstr=LC_{str}
=
LC =str
λ\lambdaλ ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb Mu+M_u^+Mu+lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft Mu−M_u^-Mu−lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb
0.60.60.6 579579579 216216216 68.268.268.2 −465-465−465 409409409
0.80.80.8 127012701270 557557557 102810281028 −579-579−579 826826826
0.80.80.8 140114011401 601601601 105010501050 −658-658−658 906906906
0.80.80.8 970970970 456456456 978978978 −399-399−399 641641641
0.80.80.8 175517551755 670670670 788788788 −977-977−977 112311231123
0.80.80.8 176817681768 592592592 398398398 −1162-1162−1162 113211321132
0.80.80.8 217221722172 810810810 888888888 −1227-1227−1227 138013801380
0.80.80.8 218521852185 732732732 511511511 −1413-1413−1413 138813881388
0.80.80.8 792792792 347347347 604604604 −399-399−399 532532532
0.80.80.8 805805805 271271271 140140140 −584-584−584 540540540
111 171117111711 656656656 777777777 −951-951−951 109710971097
111 184218421842 699699699 808808808 −1029-1029−1029 117711771177
111 141014101410 555555555 712712712 −770-770−770 912912912
111 964964964 405405405 634634634 −502-502−502 638638638
111 −246-246−246 84.584.584.5 72.372.372.3 −131-131−131 −129-129−129
111 372372372 139139139 43.843.843.8 −299-299−299 263263263
LCservST=LC_{servST}
=
LC =servST
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
296296296 0.09310.09310.0931
602602602 −0.0298-0.0298−0.0298
862862862 −0.0427-0.0427−0.0427
260260260 −0.0129-0.0129−0.0129
−260-260−260 0.01290.01290.0129
LCservLT=LC_{servLT}
=
LC =servLT
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
110411041104 −0.07-0.07−0.07
ΣR\SigmaRΣRlb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb MuM_uMulb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in
413413413 154154154 −332-332−332 292292292−0.0479-0.0479−0.0479
602602602 −202-202−202 −361-361−361 370370370−0.0298-0.0298−0.0298
862862862 −289-289−289 −518-518−518 530530530−0.0427-0.0427−0.0427
618618618 −208-208−208 −371-371−371 380380380−0.0306-0.0306−0.0306
−618-618−618 208208208 371371371 −380-380−380 0.03060.03060.0306
296296296 −182-182−182 622622622 182182182 0.09310.09310.0931
Load Combination Analysis
Unfactored Load Analysis
Page 1132 of 1257
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Buckling Stiffness Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.4.2
Adjusted Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
Adjusted Minimum Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
Adjusted Flexural Stiffness
Load Applied on Compression Side?AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement (Tables 4A and 5A)
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Size Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.6
Flat Use Factor NDS 2018 4.3.7 for lumber and 5.3.7 for glulam
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Repeating Member Factor NDS 2018 4.3.9
Governing Time Effect Factor for Postive
Bending NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Governing Beam Stability Factor - Positive
Bending AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Adjusted Bending Strength - Positive
Bending NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Governing Time Effect Factor for Negative
Bending NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Governing Buckling Moment Calculation -
Negative Bending
k-factor: AWC TR14 2.1.3.4 Load eccentricity factor: AWC TR142.1.3.4 Governing buckling moment: AW TR14 2.1.3.2 Beamstability factor: AW TR14 2.1.3.1
Span Length ()Span Type k-Factor Load Eccentricity Factor Governing Buckling Moment ()Beam Stability Factor ()
Cant
Int
Cant
Governing Beam Stability Factor -
Negative Bending AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Adjusted Bending Strength - Negative
Bending NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Governing Time Effect Factor for Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Adjusted Shear Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
CM,E=C_{M,E}
=
C =M,E 111
Ct,E=C_{t,E}
=
C =t,E 111
Ci,E=C_{i,E}
=
C =i,E 111
CT=C_T
=
C =T 111
E′=E'
=
E =′1.20×1061.20×10^{6}1.20 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Emin′=E'_{min}
=
E =min′658
240658\,
240
658 240 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
E′I=E'I
=
E I =′824
430824\,
430
824 430 lb⋅ft2\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft^2}
lb⋅ft2
Yes
CM,b=C_{M,b}
=
C =M,b 111
Ct,b=C_{t,b}
=
C =t,b 111
CF,b=C_{F,b}
=
C =F,b 1.11.11.1
Cfu,b=C_{fu,b}
=
C =fu,b 111
Ci,b=C_{i,b}
=
C =i,b 111
Cr=C_r
=
C =r 1.151.151.15
λb+=\lambda_b^+
=
λ =b
+0.80.80.8
CL+=C_L^+
=
C =L+111
Fb′
+=F'^+_b
=
F =b′+185718571857psi\mathrm{psi}psi
λb−=\lambda_b^-
=
λ =b
−0.80.80.8
McrTable−=M^-
_{cr\text{Table}}
=
M =crTable−
LLLin\mathrm{in}in kkk CeC_eCe McrM_{cr}Mcr lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft CLC_LCLMu−/CLM_u^-/
C_L
M /Cu−L lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft
27.427.427.4 111 0.6530.6530.653 442544254425 0.9050.9050.905 −335-335−335
106106106 1.721.721.72 0.8240.8240.824 240024002400 0.6610.6610.661 −1857-1857−1857
51.751.751.7 111 0.7940.7940.794 284928492849 0.7490.7490.749 −1638-1638−1638
CL−=C_L^-
=
C =L−0.6610.6610.661
Fb′
−=F'^-
_b
=
F =b
′−122712271227psi\mathrm{psi}psi
λv=\lambda_v
=
λ =v 0.80.80.8
CM,v=C_{M,v}
=
C =M,v 111
Ct,v=C_{t,v}
=
C =t,v 111
Ci,v=C_{i,v}
=
C =i,v 111
Fv′=F'_v
=
F =v′311311311psi\mathrm{psi}psi
CM,⊥=C_{M,
\perp}
C =M,⊥111
Elastic Modulus (NDS 2018 2.3)
Section Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Positive Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Negative Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Shear Design (NDS 2018 3.4)
Bearing (NDS 2018 3.10)
Page 1133 of 1257
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Base Bearing Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Linear Base Bearing Resistance
Bearing Strength per Support NDS 2018, Cl 3.10.4
Location ()Bearing Length ()Bearing Area Factor Bearing Resistance ()Ultimate Reaction ()Utilization Min Bearing Length ()Type
Int
Int
Live / Short-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Cant
Int
Cant
Long-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Cant
Int
Cant
Axial load is assumed to be negligible. This is a particularly important point for inclined beams, in which axial load is by definition non-
zero; it is left to the engineer to verify that the axial load is, in fact, negligible.
Shear is conservatively taken at the absolute highest location, instead of distance d as allowed per code.
Members are straight, prismatic (not-tapered) and not notched
For impact live loads, the wood is conservatively assumed to be treated (λ = 1.0)
When flitch plates are used: shear and bearing are assumed 100% carried by wood, flitch plates don't affect C_L calculation, and steel is
conservatively assumed to creep the same as wood for long term deflection
I-Joists are fully braced and all holes are within manufacturer limits.
Bearing is not considered at point loads.
All glulam beams are assumed to include at least four laminations, and if there are multiple pieces across the width, these are edge-
bonded.
When shear deflections are explicitly considered, we make use of an approximation as defined here: https://support.clearcalcs.com/
article/198-shear-deflection-in-us-and-canada-wood-beam-calculators
In weak axis multi-ply beam bending, the plies are assumed to act non-compositely.
Two-ply I-joists are assumed to meet all detailing requirements and blocking is to be added where required.
Ct,⊥=C_{t,
\perp}
=
C =t,⊥111
Ci,⊥=C_{i,
\perp}
=
C =i,⊥111
Fc⊥′/
Cb=F_{c\perp}'/
C_b
=
F /C =c⊥′b 782782782psi\mathrm{psi}psi
ϕRn/
Cbℓb=\phi
R_n/
C_b\ell_b
=
ϕR /C ℓ=n b b 117211721172lbf/in\mathrm{lbf /
in}
lbf/in
BR=BR
=
BR =
ft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in CbC_bCb ϕRn\phiR_n
ϕRn lb\mathrm{lb}lb RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb Ru/
ϕRnR_u/
\phi
R_n
R /ϕRun in\mathrm{in}in
2.252.252.25 333 1.131.131.13 395739573957 797797797 0.2010.2010.201 0.6040.6040.604
111111 333 1.131.131.13 395739573957 138813881388 0.3510.3510.351 1.051.051.05
δTableST=\delta_{\text{TableST}}
=
δ =TableST
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/Δlim\delta /
\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/
L/
L/
2.282.282.28 0.04230.04230.0423 0.3040.3040.304 0.1390.1390.139 647647647
8.878.878.87 −0.0584-0.0584−0.0584 0.5910.5910.591 0.09880.09880.0988 182318231823
4.314.314.31 0.09310.09310.0931 0.5740.5740.574 0.1620.1620.162 555555555
δTableLT=\delta_{\text{TableLT}}
=
δ =TableLT
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/Δlim\delta /\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/
L/
L/
2.282.282.28 0.04970.04970.0497 0.4560.4560.456 0.1090.1090.109 551551551
8.878.878.87 −0.07-0.07−0.07 0.8870.8870.887 0.07890.07890.0789 152115211521
4.314.314.31 −0.0538-0.0538−0.0538 0.8620.8620.862 0.06240.06240.0624 962962962
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Deflections
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1134 of 1257
Wood Beam (LRFD) (version 179) — Ceiling Joist Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
CJI
References:NDS 2018 (LRFD)
Ultimate Bending Moment
Moment Capacity
Ultimate Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Shear Capacity
Governing Bearing Demand
Governing Bearing Capacity
Minimum Bearing Length (End Supports)
Minimum Bearing Length (Int Supports)
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Live / Short-Term Deflection Limit
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Ratio
Governing Long-Term Deflection
Governing Long-Term Deflection Ratio
Graphed Load Combination
PASS
Mu=M_u
=
M =u −130-130−130 lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb ⋅ft
25%ϕMn=\phi
M_n
=
ϕM =n 513513513lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb⋅ft
Vu=V_u
=
V =u 89.189.189.1 lb\mathrm{lb}lb
11%ϕVn=\phi
V_n
=
ϕV =n 816816816lb\mathrm{lb}lb
Ru=R_u
=
R =u 89.189.189.1 lb\mathrm{lb}lb
2%ϕRn=\phi
R_n
=
ϕR =n 422742274227lb\mathrm{lb}lb
ℓb,min,end=\ell_{b,min,
end}
=
ℓ=b,min,end 0.06320.06320.0632 in\mathrm{in}in
ℓb,min,int=\ell_{b,min,
int}
=
ℓ=b,min,int 000in\mathrm{in}in
0%δST=\delta_{ST}
=
δ =ST 000in\mathrm{in}in
ΔST,max=\Delta_{ST,max}
=
Δ =ST,max 0.4380.4380.438 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 000
4%δLT=\delta_{LT}
=
δ =LT −0.0224-0.0224−0.0224 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 469546954695
Reactions:
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8
Bearing:3inUltMax:89.1lbUltMin:57.3lbD:63.6lbL:0lb
UltMax:130lb*ftUltMin:83.5lb*ftD:92.8lb*ftL:0lb*ft Bearing:3inUltMax:89.1lbUltMin:57.3lbD:63.6lbL:0lb
UltMax:-83.5lb*ftUltMin:-130lb*ftD:-92.8lb*ftL:0lb*ft
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5L_r
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
2 4 6 8Shear(lb)
-50
0
50
Summary
Page 1135 of 1257
Section Type
Size and Grade
Number of Plies
Beam Plan Length
Total Material Length ,
Continuous Bracing for Lateral Torsional
Buckling
Supports and Braces
Support/Brace Type Position From Left ()Bearing Length ()
Fixed
Fixed
Add Flitch Plates?
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
2 4 6 8
Moment(lb*ft)
-100
-50
0
50
StrengthLCSelected;Short-TermEnvelopeShown
Envelope
2 4 6 8Deflection(in)
-0.004
-0.002
0
0.002
0.004
Reactions AxialLoad VerticalLoad
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8
76.4lb
111lb*ft
76.4lb
-111lb*ft
d=3.5in
b=1.5in
PrimaryLoading
Standard Sections Database
2x4 D.Fir-L No. 2
nplies=n_{\text{plies}}
=
n =plies 111
LX=L_X
=
L =X 8.758.758.75 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
L=L
=
L =888ft\mathrm{ft}ft 999in\mathrm{in}in
Bottom Braced
r=r
=
r =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in
000 333
8.758.758.75 333
No
Key Properties
Flitch Plate Properties
Page 1136 of 1257
Center-to-Center Spacing (= tributary
width)
Distributed Loads
Label Start Location ()End Location ()Total Start Trib. Width ()Total End Trib. Width ()Load Magnitudes
Attic Load D: 10 psf
Point & Moment Loads
Label Location ()Load Magnitudes
Alternative Minimum Live Load
Enable Automatic Live Load Patterning?
(BETA)
Bending Axis
Include Self-weight
Use Reduced Companion Live Load?ASCE 7-16, Cl 2.3.1.1
Live Load Type
Brace at Point Loads?
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Beam Incline
Repeating Member?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.9
Service Condition NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.3
Temperature Range NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incised?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Directly Consider Shear Deflection?[APA TT-082, *True (Shear-Free) and Apparent Moduli ofElasticity*](https://www.apawood.org/publication-search?q=tt-082&tid=1)
Deflection Limit Absolute Limit
Live / Short-term Deflection Limit IBC, Table 1604.3
Long Term Deflection Limit
Double L/ Deflection Limits for
Cantilevers?
[International Building Code 2018, Table 1604.3](https://codes.iccsafe.org/content/IBC2018/chapter-16-structural-design)
Base Allowable Shear Stress NDS 2018 Supplement
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8
Self-weight0 8.75ft
D:1.21plf
AtticLoadLW:1.33ft|D:10psf0 8.75ftD:13.3plf
s=s
=
s =161616in\mathrm{in}in
w=w
=
w =
xsx_sxsft\mathrm{ft}ft xex_exeft\mathrm{ft}ft TWsTW_sTWsft\mathrm{ft}ft TWeTW_eTWeft\mathrm{ft}ft www
000 8.758.758.75 1.331.331.33 1.331.331.33
P,M=P,M
=
P,M =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft P,MP,MP,M
4.384.384.38
No
Strong (X-X)
Yes
No
Storage
No
Horizontal
Repeating
Dry
T ≤ 100°F
No
No
Δmax=\Delta_{max}
=
Δ =max 111in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 240240240
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 180180180
Yes
Fv=F_v
=
F =v 180180180psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Loads
Design Conditions
Member Properties
Page 1137 of 1257
Strength Load Combinations
Load Combination Time Factor Total Load ()Shear ()Pos. Moment ()Neg. Moment ()Max Reaction ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
Short-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0L
1.0Lr
1.0S
0.42W,dn
0.42W,up
Long-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0(0.5D) + 1.0L + 1.0Lr
Unfactored Loads
Load Type Total Load ()Shear ()Moment ()Max Reaction ()Deflection ()
D
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Buckling Stiffness Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.4.2
Adjusted Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
Adjusted Minimum Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
LCstr=LC_{str}
=
LC =str
λ\lambdaλ ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb Mu+M_u^+Mu+lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft Mu−M_u^-Mu−lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb
0.60.60.6 178178178 89.189.189.1 64.964.964.9 −130-130−130 89.189.189.1
0.70.70.7 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.70.70.7 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.70.70.7 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.80.80.8 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.80.80.8 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.80.80.8 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.80.80.8 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.80.80.8 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
0.80.80.8 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
111 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
111 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
111 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
111 153153153 76.476.476.4 55.755.755.7 −111-111−111 76.476.476.4
111 115115115 57.357.357.3 41.841.841.8 −83.5-83.5−83.5 57.357.357.3
111 115115115 57.357.357.3 41.841.841.8 −83.5-83.5−83.5 57.357.357.3
LCservST=LC_{servST}
=
LC =servST
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
000 000
000 000
000 000
000 000
000 000
LCservLT=LC_{servLT}
=
LC =servLT
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
63.663.663.6 −0.0224-0.0224−0.0224
ΣR\SigmaRΣRlb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb MuM_uMulb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in
127127127 −63.6-63.6−63.6 −92.8-92.8−92.8 63.663.663.6 −0.0447-0.0447−0.0447
CM,E=C_{M,E}
=
C =M,E 111
Ct,E=C_{t,E}
=
C =t,E 111
Ci,E=C_{i,E}
=
C =i,E 111
CT=C_T
=
C =T 111
E′=E'
=
E =′1.60×1061.60×10^{6}1.60 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Emin′=E'_{min}E =min′867867 680 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Load Combination Analysis
Unfactored Load Analysis
Elastic Modulus (NDS 2018 2.3)
Page 1138 of 1257
Adjusted Flexural Stiffness
Load Applied on Compression Side?AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement (Tables 4A and 5A)
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Size Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.6
Flat Use Factor NDS 2018 4.3.7 for lumber and 5.3.7 for glulam
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Repeating Member Factor NDS 2018 4.3.9
Governing Time Effect Factor for Postive
Bending NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Governing Buckling Moment Calculation -
Positive Bending
k-factor: AWC TR14 2.1.3.4 Load eccentricity factor: AWC TR142.1.3.4 Governing buckling moment: AW TR14 2.1.3.2 Beamstability factor: AW TR14 2.1.3.1
Span Length ()Span Type k-Factor Load Eccentricity Factor Governing Buckling Moment ()Beam Stability Factor ()
Int
Governing Beam Stability Factor - Positive
Bending AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Adjusted Bending Strength - Positive
Bending NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Governing Time Effect Factor for Negative
Bending NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Governing Beam Stability Factor -
Negative Bending AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Adjusted Bending Strength - Negative
Bending NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Governing Time Effect Factor for Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Adjusted Shear Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Base Bearing Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Linear Base Bearing Resistance
Bearing Strength per Support NDS 2018, Cl 3.10.4
Location ()Bearing Length ()Bearing Area Factor Bearing Resistance ()Ultimate Reaction ()Utilization Min Bearing Length ()Type
Ext
Ext
E′I=E'I
=
E I =′59
54959\,
549
59 549 lb⋅ft2\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft^2}
lb⋅ft2
Yes
CM,b=C_{M,b}
=
C =M,b 111
Ct,b=C_{t,b}
=
C =t,b 111
CF,b=C_{F,b}
=
C =F,b 1.51.51.5
Cfu,b=C_{fu,b}
=
C =fu,b 111
Ci,b=C_{i,b}
=
C =i,b 111
Cr=C_r
=
C =r 1.151.151.15
λb+=\lambda_b^+
=
λ =b
+0.60.60.6
McrTable+=M^+_{cr\text{Table}}
=
M =crTable+
LLLin\mathrm{in}in kkk CeC_eCe McrM_{cr}Mcr lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft CLC_LCLMu+/
CLM_u^+/C_L
M /Cu+L lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft
105105105 1.721.721.72 0.9280.9280.928 195419541954 0.9830.9830.983 66.166.166.1
CL+=C_L^+
=
C =L
+0.9830.9830.983
Fb′
+=F'^+_b
=
F =b′+197719771977psi\mathrm{psi}psi
λb−=\lambda_b^-
=
λ =b
−0.60.60.6
CL−=C_L^-
=
C =L
−111
Fb′
−=F'^-
_b
=
F =b
′−201120112011psi\mathrm{psi}psi
λv=\lambda_v
=
λ =v 0.60.60.6
CM,v=C_{M,v}
=
C =M,v 111
Ct,v=C_{t,v}
=
C =t,v 111
Ci,v=C_{i,v}
=
C =i,v 111
Fv′=F'_v
=
F =v′233233233psi\mathrm{psi}psi
CM,⊥=C_{M,
\perp}
=
C =M,⊥111
Ct,⊥=C_{t,
\perp}
=
C =t,⊥111
Ci,⊥=C_{i,
\perp}
=
C =i,⊥111
Fc⊥′/
Cb=F_{c\perp}'/
C_b
=
F /C =c⊥′b 939939939psi\mathrm{psi}psi
ϕRn/
Cbℓb=\phi
R_n/
C_b\ell_b
=
ϕR /C ℓ=n b b 140914091409lbf/
in\mathrm{lbf /
in}
lbf/in
BR=BR
=
BR =
ft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in CbC_bCb ϕRn\phi
R_n
ϕRn lb\mathrm{lb}lb RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb Ru/ϕRnR_u/
\phiR_n
R /ϕRun in\mathrm{in}in
000 333 111 422742274227 89.189.189.1 0.02110.02110.0211 0.06320.06320.0632
8.758.758.75 333 111 422742274227 89.189.189.1 0.02110.02110.0211 0.06320.06320.0632
Section Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Positive Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Negative Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Shear Design (NDS 2018 3.4)
Bearing (NDS 2018 3.10)
Page 1139 of 1257
Live / Short-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int 0 0
Long-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int
Axial load is assumed to be negligible. This is a particularly important point for inclined beams, in which axial load is by definition non-
zero; it is left to the engineer to verify that the axial load is, in fact, negligible.
Shear is conservatively taken at the absolute highest location, instead of distance d as allowed per code.
Members are straight, prismatic (not-tapered) and not notched
For impact live loads, the wood is conservatively assumed to be treated (λ = 1.0)
When flitch plates are used: shear and bearing are assumed 100% carried by wood, flitch plates don't affect C_L calculation, and steel is
conservatively assumed to creep the same as wood for long term deflection
I-Joists are fully braced and all holes are within manufacturer limits.
Bearing is not considered at point loads.
All glulam beams are assumed to include at least four laminations, and if there are multiple pieces across the width, these are edge-
bonded.
When shear deflections are explicitly considered, we make use of an approximation as defined here: https://support.clearcalcs.com/
article/198-shear-deflection-in-us-and-canada-wood-beam-calculators
In weak axis multi-ply beam bending, the plies are assumed to act non-compositely.
Two-ply I-joists are assumed to meet all detailing requirements and blocking is to be added where required.
δTableST=\delta_{\text{TableST}}
=
δ =TableST
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/Δlim\delta /
\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/
L/
L/
8.758.758.75 000 0.4380.4380.438
δTableLT=\delta_{\text{TableLT}}
=
δ =TableLT
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/
Δlim\delta /\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/L/L/
8.758.758.75 −0.0224-0.0224−0.0224 0.5830.5830.583 0.03830.03830.0383 469546954695
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Deflections
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1140 of 1257
Wood Beam (LRFD) (version 179) — Roof Header Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
HEADER 1
References:NDS 2018 (LRFD)
Ultimate Bending Moment
Moment Capacity
Ultimate Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Shear Capacity
Governing Bearing Demand
Governing Bearing Capacity
Minimum Bearing Length (End Supports)
Minimum Bearing Length (Int Supports)
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Live / Short-Term Deflection Limit
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Ratio
Governing Long-Term Deflection
Governing Long-Term Deflection Ratio
Graphed Load Combination
PASS
Mu=M_u
=
M =u 372837283728lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb ⋅ft
91%ϕMn=\phi
M_n
=
ϕM =n 408540854085lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb ⋅ft
Vu=V_u
=
V =u 223122312231lb\mathrm{lb}lb
49%ϕVn=\phi
V_n
=
ϕV =n 451045104510lb\mathrm{lb}lb
Ru=R_u
=
R =u 223122312231lb\mathrm{lb}lb
26%ϕRn=\phi
R_n
=
ϕR =n 845484548454lb\mathrm{lb}lb
ℓb,min,end=\ell_{b,min,
end}
=
ℓ=b,min,end 0.7920.7920.792 in\mathrm{in}in
ℓb,min,int=\ell_{b,min,
int}
=
ℓ=b,min,int 000in\mathrm{in}in
17%δST=\delta_{ST}
=
δ =ST −0.074-0.074−0.074in\mathrm{in}in
ΔST,max=\Delta_{ST,max}
=
Δ =ST,max 0.4440.4440.444 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 108110811081
14%δLT=\delta_{LT}
=
δ =LT −0.0939-0.0939−0.0939 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 852852852
Reactions:
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
Bearing:3inUltMax:2231lbUltMin:-151lbD:486lbL:0lb
Bearing:3inUltMax:2231lbUltMin:-151lbD:486lbL:0lb
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5L_r
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
1 2 3 4 5 6Shear(lb)
-2000
-1000
0
1000
2000
Summary
Page 1141 of 1257
Section Type
Size and Grade
Number of Plies
Beam Plan Length
Total Material Length ,
Continuous Bracing for Lateral Torsional
Buckling
Supports and Braces
Support/Brace Type Position From Left ()Bearing Length ()
Pinned
Pinned
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
1 2 3 4 5 6
Moment(lb*ft)
0
1000
2000
3000
StrengthLCSelected;Short-TermEnvelopeShown
Envelope
1 2 3 4 5 6
Deflection(in)
-0.06
-0.04
-0.02
0
0.02
Reactions AxialLoad VerticalLoad
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
1118lb 1118lb
480lb
width=3in
height=7.25in
PrimaryLoading
Standard Sections Database
2x8 D.Fir-L No. 2
nplies=n_{\text{plies}}
=
n =plies 222
LX=L_X
=
L =X 6.676.676.67 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
L=L
=
L =666ft\mathrm{ft}ft 888in\mathrm{in}in
Top & Bottom Braced
r=r
=
r =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in
000 333
6.676.676.67 333
Key Properties
Page 1142 of 1257
Add Flitch Plates?
Line Loads
Label Start Location ()End Location ()Load Magnitudes
RJ1-1 D, S, Lr, W,dn, W,up
CJI-1 D: 47.7 plf, 47.7 plf
Point & Moment Loads
Label Location ()Load Magnitudes
Alternative Minimum Live Load L2: 300 lb, 0 lb ft
Enable Automatic Live Load Patterning?
(BETA)
Bending Axis
Include Self-weight
Use Reduced Companion Live Load?ASCE 7-16, Cl 2.3.1.1
Live Load Type
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Beam Incline
Repeating Member?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.9
Service Condition NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.3
Temperature Range NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incised?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Directly Consider Shear Deflection?[APA TT-082, *True (Shear-Free) and Apparent Moduli ofElasticity*](https://www.apawood.org/publication-search?q=tt-082&tid=1)
Deflection Limit Absolute Limit
Live / Short-term Deflection Limit IBC, Table 1604.3
Long Term Deflection Limit
Double L/ Deflection Limits for
Cantilevers?
[International Building Code 2018, Table 1604.3](https://codes.iccsafe.org/content/IBC2018/chapter-16-structural-design)
No
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
Self-weight0 6.67ftD:5.01plf
RJ1-1
0 6.67ft
D:93plfLr:177plfS:254plfW,dn:176plfW,up:-176plf
CJI-10 6.67ftD:47.7plf
AlternativeMinimumLiveLoad3.33ftL2:300lb
wline=w_{line}
=
w =line
xstartx_{start}xstart ft\mathrm{ft}ft xendx_{end}xend ft\mathrm{ft}ft wlinew_{line}wline
000 6.676.676.67
000 6.676.676.67
P,M=P,M
=
P,M =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft P,MP,MP,M
3.333.333.33
No
Strong (X-X)
Yes
No
Occupancy
Horizontal
Non-Repeating
Dry
T ≤ 100°F
No
No
Δmax=\Delta_{max}
=
Δ =max 111in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 180180180
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 120120120
Yes
Flitch Plate Properties
Loads
Design Conditions
Page 1143 of 1257
Base Allowable Shear Stress NDS 2018 Supplement
Strength Load Combinations Time effect factor from NDS 2018 Table N3
Load Combination Time Factor Total Load ()Shear ()Moment ()Max Reaction ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
Short-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0L
1.0Lr
1.0S
0.42W,dn
0.42W,up
Long-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0(0.5D) + 1.0L + 1.0Lr
Fv=F_v
=
F =v 180180180psi\mathrm{psi}psi
LCstr=LC_{str}
=
LC =str
λ\lambdaλ ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb MuM_uMulb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb
0.60.60.6 136013601360 680680680 113311331133 680680680
0.80.80.8 223622362236 111811181118 226322632263 111811181118
0.80.80.8 249224922492 124612461246 247724772477 124612461246
0.80.80.8 164616461646 823823823 177217721772 823823823
0.80.80.8 335533553355 167716771677 304630463046 167716771677
0.80.80.8 364336433643 182118211821 303630363036 182118211821
0.80.80.8 417341734173 208620862086 372837283728 208620862086
0.80.80.8 446144614461 223122312231 371837183718 223122312231
0.80.80.8 146614661466 733733733 147114711471 733733733
0.80.80.8 175417541754 877877877 146214621462 877877877
111 323232323232 161616161616 294429442944 161616161616
111 348834883488 174417441744 315731573157 174417441744
111 264226422642 132113211321 245224522452 132113211321
111 180418041804 902902902 175417541754 902902902
111 −302-302−302 151151151 −252-252−252 −151-151−151
111 874874874 437437437 729729729 437437437
LCservST=LC_{servST}
=
LC =servST
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
300300300 −0.021-0.021−0.021
118111811181 −0.0516-0.0516−0.0516
169216921692 −0.074-0.074−0.074
494494494 −0.0216-0.0216−0.0216
−494-494−494 0.02160.02160.0216
LCservLT=LC_{servLT}
=
LC =servLT
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
196619661966 −0.0939-0.0939−0.0939
Member Properties
Load Combination Analysis
Page 1144 of 1257
Unfactored Loads
Load Type Total Load ()Shear ()Moment ()Max Reaction ()Deflection ()
D
Lr
S
W,dn
W,up
L2
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Buckling Stiffness Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.4.2
Adjusted Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
Adjusted Minimum Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
Adjusted Flexural Stiffness
Load Applied on Compression Side?AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Governing Time Effect Factor in Bending
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement (Tables 4A and 5A)
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Size Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.6
Flat Use Factor NDS 2018 4.3.7 for lumber and 5.3.7 for glulam
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Repeating Member Factor NDS 2018 4.3.9
Beam Stability Factor NDS 2018, Cl 3.3.3
Adjusted Bending Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Governing Time Effect Factor for Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Adjusted Shear Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Base Bearing Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Linear Base Bearing Resistance
ΣR\SigmaRΣRlb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb MuM_uMulb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in
971971971 486486486 810810810 486486486−0.0425-0.0425−0.0425
118111811181−590-590−590 984984984 590590590−0.0516-0.0516−0.0516
169216921692−846-846−846 141014101410 846846846 −0.074-0.074−0.074
117611761176−588-588−588 980980980 588588588−0.0515-0.0515−0.0515
−1176-1176−1176 588588588 −980-980−980 −588-588−588 0.05150.05150.0515
300300300 −150-150−150 500500500 150150150 −0.021-0.021−0.021
CM,E=C_{M,E}
=
C =M,E 111
Ct,E=C_{t,E}
=
C =t,E 111
Ci,E=C_{i,E}
=
C =i,E 111
CT=C_T
=
C =T 111
E′=E'
=
E =′1.60×1061.60×10^{6}1.60 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Emin′=E'_{min}
=
E =min′867
680867\,
680
867 680 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
E′I=E'I
=
E I =′1.06×1061.06×10^{6}1.06 × 106 lb⋅ft2\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft^2}
lb ⋅ft2
Yes
λb=\lambda_b
=
λ =b 0.80.80.8
CM,b=C_{M,b}
=
C =M,b 111
Ct,b=C_{t,b}
=
C =t,b 111
CF,b=C_{F,b}
=
C =F,b 1.21.21.2
Cfu,b=C_{fu,b}
=
C =fu,b 111
Ci,b=C_{i,b}
=
C =i,b 111
Cr=C_r
=
C =r 111
CL=C_L
=
C =L 111
Fb′=F'_b
=
F =b′186518651865psi\mathrm{psi}psi
λv=\lambda_v
=
λ =v 0.80.80.8
CM,v=C_{M,v}
=
C =M,v 111
Ct,v=C_{t,v}
=
C =t,v 111
Ci,v=C_{i,v}
=
C =i,v 111
Fv′=F'_v
=
F =v′311311311psi\mathrm{psi}psi
CM,⊥=C_{M,
\perp}
=
C =M,⊥111
Ct,⊥=C_{t,
\perp}
=
C =t,⊥111
Ci,⊥=C_{i,
\perp}
=
C =i,⊥111
Fc⊥′/
Cb=F_{c\perp}'/
C_b
=
F /C =c⊥′b 939939939psi\mathrm{psi}psi
ϕRn/
Cbℓb=\phi
R_n/
C_b\ell_b
=
ϕR /C ℓ=n b b 281828182818lbf/
in\mathrm{lbf /
in}
lbf/in
Unfactored Load Analysis
Elastic Modulus (NDS 2018 2.3)
Section Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Shear Design (NDS 2018 3.4)
Bearing (NDS 2018 3.10)
Page 1145 of 1257
Bearing Strength per Support NDS 2018, Cl 3.10.4
Location ()Bearing Length ()Bearing Area Factor Bearing Resistance ()Ultimate Reaction ()Utilization Min Bearing Length ()Type
Ext
Ext
Live / Short-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int
Long-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int
Axial load is assumed to be negligible. This is a particularly important point for inclined beams, in which axial load is by definition non-
zero; it is left to the engineer to verify that the axial load is, in fact, negligible.
Shear is conservatively taken at the absolute highest location, instead of distance d as allowed per code.
Members are straight, prismatic (not-tapered) and not notched
For impact live loads, the wood is conservatively assumed to be treated (λ = 1.0)
When flitch plates are used: shear and bearing are assumed 100% carried by wood, flitch plates don't affect C_L calculation, and steel is
conservatively assumed to creep the same as wood for long term deflection
I-Joists are fully braced and all holes are within manufacturer limits.
Bearing is not considered at point loads.
All glulam beams are assumed to include at least four laminations, and if there are multiple pieces across the width, these are edge-
bonded.
When shear deflections are explicitly considered, we make use of an approximation as defined here: https://support.clearcalcs.com/
article/198-shear-deflection-in-us-and-canada-wood-beam-calculators
In weak axis multi-ply beam bending, the plies are assumed to act non-compositely.
Two-ply I-joists are assumed to meet all detailing requirements and blocking is to be added where required.
BR=BR
=
BR =
ft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in CbC_bCb ϕRn\phiR_n
ϕRn lb\mathrm{lb}lb RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb Ru/ϕRnR_u/
\phi
R_n
R /ϕRun in\mathrm{in}in
000 333 111 845484548454 223122312231 0.2640.2640.264 0.7920.7920.792
6.676.676.67 333 111 845484548454 223122312231 0.2640.2640.264 0.7920.7920.792
δTableST=\delta_{\text{TableST}}
=
δ =TableST
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/Δlim\delta /
\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/
L/
L/
6.676.676.67 −0.074-0.074−0.074 0.4440.4440.444 0.1670.1670.167 108110811081
δTableLT=\delta_{\text{TableLT}}
=
δ =TableLT
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/
Δlim\delta /\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/L/L/
6.676.676.67 −0.0939-0.0939−0.0939 0.6670.6670.667 0.1410.1410.141 852852852
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Deflections
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1146 of 1257
Wood Beam (LRFD) (version 179) — Roof Header Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
HEADER 2
References:NDS 2018 (LRFD)
Ultimate Bending Moment
Moment Capacity
Ultimate Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Shear Capacity
Governing Bearing Demand
Governing Bearing Capacity
Minimum Bearing Length (End Supports)
Minimum Bearing Length (Int Supports)
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Live / Short-Term Deflection Limit
Governing Live / Short-Term Deflection
Ratio
Governing Long-Term Deflection
Governing Long-Term Deflection Ratio
Graphed Load Combination
PASS
Mu=M_u
=
M =u 207720772077lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb ⋅ft
27%ϕMn=\phi
M_n
=
ϕM =n 759375937593lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft}
lb ⋅ft
Vu=V_u
=
V =u 213721372137lb\mathrm{lb}lb
31%ϕVn=\phi
V_n
=
ϕV =n 699869986998lb\mathrm{lb}lb
Ru=R_u
=
R =u 213721372137lb\mathrm{lb}lb
30%ϕRn=\phi
R_n
=
ϕR =n 703470347034lb\mathrm{lb}lb
ℓb,min,end=\ell_{b,min,
end}
=
ℓ=b,min,end 0.9110.9110.911 in\mathrm{in}in
ℓb,min,int=\ell_{b,min,
int}
=
ℓ=b,min,int 000in\mathrm{in}in
2%δST=\delta_{ST}
=
δ =ST −0.00457-0.00457−0.00457 in\mathrm{in}in
ΔST,max=\Delta_{ST,max}
=
Δ =ST,max 0.2560.2560.256 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 10
06510\,
065
10 065
2%δLT=\delta_{LT}
=
δ =LT −0.00618-0.00618−0.00618 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 744074407440
Reactions:
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0
Bearing:3inUltMax:2137lbUltMin:-62.1lbD:529lbL:0lb
Bearing:3inUltMax:2137lbUltMin:-62.1lbD:529lbL:0lb
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5L_r
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
1 2 3Shear(lb)
-2000
-1000
0
1000
2000
Summary
Page 1147 of 1257
Section Type
Size and Grade
Number of Plies
Beam Plan Length
Total Material Length ,
Continuous Bracing for Lateral Torsional
Buckling
Supports and Braces
Support/Brace Type Position From Left ()Bearing Length ()
Pinned
Pinned
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
1 2 3
Moment(lb*ft)
0
500
1000
1500
2000
StrengthLCSelected;Short-TermEnvelopeShown
Envelope
1 2 3
Deflection(in)
-0.01
-0.005
0
0.005
Reactions AxialLoad VerticalLoad
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0
1144lb 1144lb
480lb
width=3in
height=11.3in
PrimaryLoading
Standard Sections Database
2x12 D.Fir-South No. 2
nplies=n_{\text{plies}}
=
n =plies 222
LX=L_X
=
L =X 3.833.833.83 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
L=L
=
L =333ft\mathrm{ft}ft 101010in\mathrm{in}in
No Continuous Bracing
r=r
=
r =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in
000 333
3.833.833.83 333
Key Properties
Page 1148 of 1257
Add Flitch Plates?
Line Loads
Label Start Location ()End Location ()Load Magnitudes
RJ1-2 D, S, Lr, W,dn, W,up
CJI-2 D: 47.7 plf, 47.7 plf
Point & Moment Loads
Label Location ()Load Magnitudes
Alternative Minimum Live Load L2: 300 lb, 0 lb ft
Enable Automatic Live Load Patterning?
(BETA)
Bending Axis
Include Self-weight
Use Reduced Companion Live Load?ASCE 7-16, Cl 2.3.1.1
Live Load Type
Brace at Point Loads?
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Beam Incline
Repeating Member?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.9
Service Condition NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.3
Temperature Range NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incised?NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Directly Consider Shear Deflection?[APA TT-082, *True (Shear-Free) and Apparent Moduli ofElasticity*](https://www.apawood.org/publication-search?q=tt-082&tid=1)
Deflection Limit Absolute Limit
Live / Short-term Deflection Limit IBC, Table 1604.3
Long Term Deflection Limit
Double L/ Deflection Limits for
Cantilevers?
[International Building Code 2018, Table 1604.3](https://codes.iccsafe.org/content/IBC2018/chapter-16-structural-design)
No
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0
Self-weight0 3.83ftD:7.18plf
RJ1-2
0 3.83ft
D:221plfLr:280plfS:402plfW,dn:281plfW,up:-281plf
CJI-20 3.83ftD:47.7plf
AlternativeMinimumLiveLoad1.92ftL2:300lb
wline=w_{line}
=
w =line
xstartx_{start}xstart ft\mathrm{ft}ft xendx_{end}xend ft\mathrm{ft}ft wlinew_{line}wline
000 3.833.833.83
000 3.833.833.83
P,M=P,M
=
P,M =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft P,MP,MP,M
1.921.921.92
No
Strong (X-X)
Yes
No
Occupancy
No
Horizontal
Non-Repeating
Dry
T ≤ 100°F
No
No
Δmax=\Delta_{max}
=
Δ =max 111in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 180180180
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 120120120
Yes
Flitch Plate Properties
Loads
Design Conditions
Page 1149 of 1257
Base Allowable Shear Stress NDS 2018 Supplement
Strength Load Combinations
Load Combination Time Factor Total Load ()Shear ()Pos. Moment ()Neg. Moment ()Max Reaction ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
Short-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0L
1.0Lr
1.0S
0.42W,dn
0.42W,up
Long-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0(0.5D) + 1.0L + 1.0Lr
Fv=F_v
=
F =v 180180180psi\mathrm{psi}psi
LCstr=LC_{str}
=
LC =str
λ\lambdaλ ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb Mu+M_u^+Mu+lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft Mu−M_u^-Mu−lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb
0.60.60.6 148214821482 741741741 710710710 000 741741741
0.80.80.8 228822882288 114411441144 132613261326 000 114411441144
0.80.80.8 252125212521 126012601260 143814381438 000 126012601260
0.80.80.8 175117511751 875875875 106910691069 000 875875875
0.80.80.8 329032903290 164516451645 172017201720 000 164516451645
0.80.80.8 352935293529 176517651765 169116911691 000 176517651765
0.80.80.8 403640364036 201820182018 207720772077 000 201820182018
0.80.80.8 427442744274 213721372137 204820482048 000 213721372137
0.80.80.8 157115711571 785785785 896896896 000 785785785
0.80.80.8 180918091809 905905905 867867867 000 905905905
111 318531853185 159315931593 167016701670 000 159315931593
111 341834183418 170917091709 178117811781 000 170917091709
111 264826482648 132413241324 141214121412 000 132413241324
111 187918791879 939939939 104410441044 000 939939939
111 −124-124−124 62.162.162.1 000 −59.5-59.5−59.5 −62.1-62.1−62.1
111 953953953 476476476 457457457 000 476476476
LCservST=LC_{servST}
=
LC =servST
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
300300300 −0.00142-0.00142−0.00142
107510751075 −0.00319-0.00319−0.00319
154115411541 −0.00457-0.00457−0.00457
452452452 −0.00134-0.00134−0.00134
−452-452−452 0.001340.001340.00134
LCservLT=LC_{servLT}
=
LC =servLT
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb\mathrm{lb}lb δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
190419041904 −0.00618-0.00618−0.00618
Member Properties
Load Combination Analysis
Page 1150 of 1257
Unfactored Loads
Load Type Total Load ()Shear ()Moment ()Max Reaction ()Deflection ()
D
Lr
S
W,dn
W,up
L2
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Buckling Stiffness Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.4.2
Adjusted Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
Adjusted Minimum Modulus of Elasticity NDS 2018 Table 4.3.1 (lumber), 5.3.1 (glulam), 8.3.1 (SCL)
Adjusted Flexural Stiffness
Load Applied on Compression Side?AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement (Tables 4A and 5A)
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Size Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.6
Flat Use Factor NDS 2018 4.3.7 for lumber and 5.3.7 for glulam
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Repeating Member Factor NDS 2018 4.3.9
Governing Time Effect Factor for Postive
Bending NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Governing Buckling Moment Calculation -
Positive Bending
k-factor: AWC TR14 2.1.3.4 Load eccentricity factor: AWC TR142.1.3.4 Governing buckling moment: AW TR14 2.1.3.2 Beamstability factor: AW TR14 2.1.3.1
Span Length ()Span Type k-Factor Load Eccentricity Factor Governing Buckling Moment ()Beam Stability Factor ()
Int
Governing Beam Stability Factor - Positive
Bending AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Adjusted Bending Strength - Positive
Bending NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Governing Time Effect Factor for Negative
Bending NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Governing Buckling Moment Calculation -
Negative Bending
k-factor: AWC TR14 2.1.3.4 Load eccentricity factor: AWC TR142.1.3.4 Governing buckling moment: AW TR14 2.1.3.2 Beamstability factor: AW TR14 2.1.3.1
Span Length ()Span Type k-Factor Load Eccentricity Factor Governing Buckling Moment ()Beam Stability Factor ()
Int
ΣR\SigmaRΣRlb\mathrm{lb}lb VuV_uVulb\mathrm{lb}lb MuM_uMulb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in
105910591059−529-529−529 507507507 529529529−0.00314-0.00314−0.00314
107510751075−537-537−537 515515515 537537537−0.00319-0.00319−0.00319
154115411541−770-770−770 738738738 770770770−0.00457-0.00457−0.00457
107710771077−539-539−539 516516516 539539539−0.0032-0.0032−0.0032
−1077-1077−1077 539539539 −516-516−516 −539-539−539 0.00320.00320.0032
300300300 −150-150−150 287287287 150150150−0.00142-0.00142−0.00142
CM,E=C_{M,E}
=
C =M,E 111
Ct,E=C_{t,E}
=
C =t,E 111
Ci,E=C_{i,E}
=
C =i,E 111
CT=C_T
=
C =T 111
E′=E'
=
E =′1.20×1061.20×10^{6}1.20 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Emin′=E'_{min}
=
E =min′658
240658\,
240
658 240 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
E′I=E'I
=
E I =′2.97×1062.97×10^{6}2.97 × 106 lb⋅ft2\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft^2}
lb ⋅ft2
Yes
CM,b=C_{M,b}
=
C =M,b 111
Ct,b=C_{t,b}
=
C =t,b 111
CF,b=C_{F,b}
=
C =F,b 111
Cfu,b=C_{fu,b}
=
C =fu,b 111
Ci,b=C_{i,b}
=
C =i,b 111
Cr=C_r
=
C =r 111
λb+=\lambda_b^+
=
λ =b
+0.80.80.8
McrTable+=M^+_{cr\text{Table}}
=
M =crTable+
LLLin\mathrm{in}in kkk CeC_eCe McrM_{cr}Mcr lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft CLC_LCLMu+/CLM_u^+/
C_L
M /Cu+L lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft
464646 1.721.721.72 0.5930.5930.593 26
94826\,
948
26948 0.9810.9810.981 211821182118
CL+=C_L^+
=
C =L
+0.9810.9810.981
Fb′
+=F'^+_b
=
F =b
′+144014401440psi\mathrm{psi}psi
λb−=\lambda_b^-
=
λ =b−111
McrTable−=M^-
_{cr\text{Table}}
=
M =crTable−
LLLin\mathrm{in}in kkk CeC_eCe McrM_{cr}Mcr lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft CLC_LCLMu−/
CLM_u^-/C_L
M /Cu−L lb⋅ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft}lb⋅ft
464646 1.721.721.72 0.5930.5930.593 26
44026\,
440
26440 0.9730.9730.973 −61.2-61.2−61.2
Unfactored Load Analysis
Elastic Modulus (NDS 2018 2.3)
Section Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Positive Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Negative Bending (NDS 2018 2.3)
Page 1151 of 1257
Governing Beam Stability Factor -
Negative Bending AWC TR14, Cl 2.1.3.4
Adjusted Bending Strength - Negative
Bending NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Governing Time Effect Factor for Shear NDS 2018, Cl N.3.3
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Adjusted Shear Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Wet Service Factor NDS 2018 Supplement
Temperature Factor NDS 2018, Table 2.3.3
Incising Factor NDS 2018, Cl 4.3.8
Base Bearing Strength NDS 2018, Table 4.3.1
Linear Base Bearing Resistance
Bearing Strength per Support NDS 2018, Cl 3.10.4
Location ()Bearing Length ()Bearing Area Factor Bearing Resistance ()Ultimate Reaction ()Utilization Min Bearing Length ()Type
Ext
Ext
Live / Short-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int
Long-term Deflections per Span
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int
Axial load is assumed to be negligible. This is a particularly important point for inclined beams, in which axial load is by definition non-
zero; it is left to the engineer to verify that the axial load is, in fact, negligible.
Shear is conservatively taken at the absolute highest location, instead of distance d as allowed per code.
Members are straight, prismatic (not-tapered) and not notched
For impact live loads, the wood is conservatively assumed to be treated (λ = 1.0)
When flitch plates are used: shear and bearing are assumed 100% carried by wood, flitch plates don't affect C_L calculation, and steel is
conservatively assumed to creep the same as wood for long term deflection
I-Joists are fully braced and all holes are within manufacturer limits.
Bearing is not considered at point loads.
All glulam beams are assumed to include at least four laminations, and if there are multiple pieces across the width, these are edge-
bonded.
When shear deflections are explicitly considered, we make use of an approximation as defined here: https://support.clearcalcs.com/
article/198-shear-deflection-in-us-and-canada-wood-beam-calculators
In weak axis multi-ply beam bending, the plies are assumed to act non-compositely.
Two-ply I-joists are assumed to meet all detailing requirements and blocking is to be added where required.
CL−=C_L^-
=
C =L
−0.9730.9730.973
Fb′
−=F'^-
_b
=
F =b
′−178617861786psi\mathrm{psi}psi
λv=\lambda_v
=
λ =v 0.80.80.8
CM,v=C_{M,v}
=
C =M,v 111
Ct,v=C_{t,v}
=
C =t,v 111
Ci,v=C_{i,v}
=
C =i,v 111
Fv′=F'_v
=
F =v′311311311psi\mathrm{psi}psi
CM,⊥=C_{M,
\perp}
=
C =M,⊥111
Ct,⊥=C_{t,
\perp}
=
C =t,⊥111
Ci,⊥=C_{i,
\perp}
=
C =i,⊥111
Fc⊥′/
Cb=F_{c\perp}'/
C_b
=
F /C =c⊥′b 782782782psi\mathrm{psi}psi
ϕRn/
Cbℓb=\phi
R_n/
C_b\ell_b
=
ϕR /C ℓ=n b b 234523452345lbf/
in\mathrm{lbf /
in}
lbf/in
BR=BR
=
BR =
ft\mathrm{ft}ft ℓb\ell_bℓb in\mathrm{in}in CbC_bCb ϕRn\phi
R_n
ϕRn lb\mathrm{lb}lb RuR_uRulb\mathrm{lb}lb Ru/ϕRnR_u/\phi
R_n
R /ϕRun in\mathrm{in}in
000 333 111 703470347034 213721372137 0.3040.3040.304 0.9110.9110.911
3.833.833.83 333 111 703470347034 213721372137 0.3040.3040.304 0.9110.9110.911
δTableST=\delta_{\text{TableST}}
=
δ =TableST
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/
Δlim\delta /\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/
L/
L/
3.833.833.83 −0.00457-0.00457−0.00457 0.2560.2560.256 0.01790.01790.0179 10
06510\,
065
10 065
δTableLT=\delta_{\text{TableLT}}
=
δ =TableLT
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/Δlim\delta /
\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/
L/
L/
3.833.833.83 −0.00618-0.00618−0.00618 0.3830.3830.383 0.01610.01610.0161 744074407440
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Shear Design (NDS 2018 3.4)
Bearing (NDS 2018 3.10)
Deflections
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1152 of 1257
Wind Loads (ASCE 7-22) (version 6) — MWFRS Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:Wind Calcs
References:ASCE 7-22
Corner Zone Width , ASCE 7-22 Fig. 28.3-1 and 30.3-1
Zones of Load Case 1
Wind Pressures for Load Case 1 ASCE 7-22, Cl 28.3.1 ASCE 7-22, Fig 28.3-1 ASCE 7-22, Table26.13-1
Zone Wind Pressure (Positive Internal) ()Wind Pressure (Negative Internal) ()
1
2
3
4
1E
2E
3E
4E
Zones of Load Case 2
a=a
=
a =333ft\mathrm{ft}ft 000in\mathrm{in}in
pLCA=p_{LC_A}
=
p =LCA
pt,LCA+p^+_{t,LC_A}pt,LCA
+psf\mathrm{psf}psf pt,LCA−p^-_{t,LC_A}pt,LCA
−psf\mathrm{psf}psf
−2.47-2.47−2.47 15.715.715.7
−20.4-20.4−20.4 −2.31-2.31−2.31
−15.2-15.2−15.2 2.972.972.97
−13.8-13.8−13.8 4.294.294.29
0.9890.9890.989 19.119.119.1
−26.7-26.7−26.7 −8.57-8.57−8.57
−17.8-17.8−17.8 0.330.330.33
−16.2-16.2−16.2 1.981.981.98
Summary
Page 1153 of 1257
Wind Pressures for Load Case 2 ASCE 7-22, Cl 28.3.1 ASCE 7-22, Fig 28.3-1 ASCE 7-22, Table26.13-1
Zone Wind Pressure (Positive Internal) ()Wind Pressure (Negative Internal) ()
1
2
3
4
5
6
1E
2E
3E
4E
5E
6E
Note:
Some wind pressures are below 16
psf which is the code-required
minimum average. Please consider
the minimum average when
designing MWFRS wind loads
ASCE 7-22, Cl 28.3.6
Load Case for Linking
Select Linking Type
Note:
The loads for zones 2, 2E, 3, and 3E are perpendicular to the roof.
Therefore, only the horizontal component will be used for linking to the
Diaphragm Analysis Module.
Wind Pressures for Load Case 1
(Diaphragm Link)ASCE 7-22, Cl 28.3.1 ASCE 7-22, Fig 28.3-1 ASCE 7-22, Table26.13-1
Zone Multiplier Wind Pressure (Positive Internal) ()Wind Pressure (Negative Internal) ()
1
2 0
3 0
4
1E
2E 0
3E 0
4E
pLCB=p_{LC_B}
=
p =LCB
pt,LCB+p^+_{t,LC_B}pt,LCB
+psf\mathrm{psf}psf pt,LCB−p^-
_{t,LC_B}
pt,LCB
−psf\mathrm{psf}psf
−16.5-16.5−16.5 1.651.651.65
−20.4-20.4−20.4 −2.31-2.31−2.31
−15.2-15.2−15.2 2.972.972.97
−16.5-16.5−16.5 1.651.651.65
−2.47-2.47−2.47 15.715.715.7
−13.8-13.8−13.8 4.294.294.29
−17-17−17 1.151.151.15
−26.7-26.7−26.7 −8.57-8.57−8.57
−17.8-17.8−17.8 0.330.330.33
−17-17−17 1.151.151.15
0.9890.9890.989 19.119.119.1
−16.2-16.2−16.2 1.981.981.98
Load Case 1
Simple
pLCA=p_{LC_A}
=
p =LCA
MMM pt,LCA+p^+_{t,LC_A}pt,LCA
+psf\mathrm{psf}psf pt,LCA−p^-_{t,LC_A}pt,LCA
−psf\mathrm{psf}psf
111 −2.47-2.47−2.47 15.715.715.7
000 000
000 000
−1-1−1 13.813.813.8 −4.29-4.29−4.29
111 0.9890.9890.989 19.119.119.1
000 000
000 000
−1-1−1 16.216.216.2 −1.98-1.98−1.98
Linking to Diaphragms
Diaphragm Link Load Tables
Page 1154 of 1257
Envelope Wind Pressures for Load Case 1
(Diaphragm Link)ASCE 7-22, Cl 28.3.1 ASCE 7-22, Fig 28.3-1 ASCE 7-22, Table26.13-1
Zone Total Wind Pressure ()
1+4
2+3
1E+4E
2E+3E
Override Project Defaults?
Basic Wind Speed ASCE 7-22
Exposure Category ASCE 7-22, Cl 26.7
Building Risk Category ASCE 7-16, Table 1.5-2 and ASCE 7-22, Table 1.5-2
Type of Calculation
Basic Wind Speed
Exposure Category B ASCE 7-22, Cl 26.7
Roof Type
Roof Angle
Roof Height
Roof Mean Height , ASCE 7-22, Cl 26.2
Width (Perpendicular to Ridge)
Length (Parallel to Ridge)
Enclosure Type
Auto-Determine Ground Elevation?
pLCA,env=p_{LC_A,env}
=
p =LC ,envA
ptotalp_{total}ptotal psf\mathrm{psf}psf
11.411.411.4
000
17.117.117.1
000
Yes
V=V
=
V =115115115mi/
hr\mathrm{mi /
hr}
mi/hr
B: Urban/wooded areas with many
obstructions
II - Regular Building
MWFRS (Envelope Procedure)
V=V
=
V =115115115mi/
hr\mathrm{mi /
hr}
mi/hr
exp=exp
=
exp =
h
w
Flat
θ=\theta
=
θ =000deg\mathrm{deg}deg
h=h
=
h =13.313.313.3 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
h=h
=
h =131313ft\mathrm{ft}ft 444in\mathrm{in}in
w=w
=
w =9.339.339.33 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
ℓ=\ell
=
ℓ=23.323.323.3 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
Partially Enclosed
Yes
Override Project Defaults
Key Properties
Building Properties
Terrain Properties (ASCE 7-22, Cl 26.7-9)
Page 1155 of 1257
Warning:
No address is specified in Project Details. No elevation will be determined
and the elevation factor Ke will conservatively be taken as 1.0. This can be
changed by setting an address in Project Details or manually entering a
ground elevation.
Hill or Escarpment Present?
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Design Standard Edition Note Note that this calculation is using a newer edition of the ASCE 7 standard
(ASCE 7-22), while this project's building code references an older edition.
Tornado loads are not required per ASCE 7‑22, Chapter 32.
Tornado Loads Required No ASCE 7-22, Cl 32.5.2.
Internal Pressure Coefficient ASCE 7-22, Table 26.13-1
External Pressure Coefficients for Load
Case 1 ASCE 7-22 Figure 28.3-1
Zone Type External Pressure Coefficients
1 Wall
2 Roof
3 Roof
4 Wall
1E Wall
2E Roof
3E Roof
4E Wall
No
Treq=T_{req}
=
T =req
GCpi=GC_{pi}
=
GC =pi 0.550.550.55
GCpf,LCA=GC_{pf,LC_A}
=
GC =pf,LCA
GCpf,LCAGC_{pf,LC_A}GCpf,LCA
0.40.40.4
−0.69-0.69−0.69
−0.37-0.37−0.37
−0.29-0.29−0.29
0.610.610.61
−1.07-1.07−1.07
−0.53-0.53−0.53
−0.43-0.43−0.43
Design Criteria
Tornado Load Parameters (ASCE 7-22, Ch 32)
Pressure Coefficients (ASCE 7-22, Cl 26.13 & Cl 30.3)
Page 1156 of 1257
External Pressure Coefficients for Load
Case 2 ASCE 7-22 Figure 28.3-1
Zone Type External Pressure Coefficients
1 Wall
2 Roof
3 Roof
4 Wall
5 Wall
6 Wall
1E Wall
2E Roof
3E Roof
4E Wall
5E Wall
6E Wall
No overhangs or parapets
Flat, gable, hip, or monoslope roof for components and cladding calculations
Cl 30.3 methodology is used in components and cladding calculations
Structure dimensions satisfy Cl 26.2 - BUILDING, LOW-RISE
GCpfLCB=GC_{pf{LC_B}}
=
GC =pfLCB
GCpf,LCBGC_{pf,LC_B}GCpf,LCB
−0.45-0.45−0.45
−0.69-0.69−0.69
−0.37-0.37−0.37
−0.45-0.45−0.45
0.40.40.4
−0.29-0.29−0.29
−0.48-0.48−0.48
−1.07-1.07−1.07
−0.53-0.53−0.53
−0.48-0.48−0.48
0.610.610.61
−0.43-0.43−0.43
1.
2.
3.
4.
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1157 of 1257
Masonry Gravity Wall (ASD) (version 8)Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:MW1
References:TMS 402/602-16, NCMA TEK, IBC 2018, ASTM C90, ASTM A615, MDG 2016
Maximum Out of Plane Moment
Maximum Allowable Moment
Maximum Axial
Maximum Allowable Axial Considering
Slenderness Effects TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.4.2.1
Maximum Out of Plane Shear
Maximum Allowable Shear
Block Width NCMA TEK 14-01B
Height of Wall
Specified Compressive Strength NCMA TEK 02-06, ASTM C90
Density of Concrete Masonry Block NCMA TEK 14-13B
Type of Masonry
Fully or Partially Grouted?
Position of Supports (from Bottom)
Support Type Position ()
Pinned
Roller
Reinforcement Grade TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.3.1
Bar Size
PartiallyGroutedMoment-AxialInteractionEnvelope
Moment(lb-ft/ft)
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Axial(lb/ft)
0
5000
10000
15000
M=M
=
M =155155155lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb⋅ft/ft
M′=M'
=
M =′308030803080lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
P=P
=
P =902902902lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
P′=P'
=
P =′16
44116\,
441
16 441 lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
V=V
=
V =74.774.774.7 lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
V′=V'
=
V =′189418941894lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
8" CMU
H=H
=
H =888ft\mathrm{ft}ft
fm′=f'_m
=
f =m′175017501750psi\mathrm{psi}psi
wc=w_c
=
w =c 959595pcf\mathrm{pcf}pcf
Concrete
Partially
zzzft\mathrm{ft}ft
000
888
Grade 60
#4
Out of Plane Bending + Axial Interaction Diagram
Summary
Masonry Properties
Reinforcement Properties
Page 1158 of 1257
Layers of Reinforcing Steel
Bar Spacing (c/c)
Consider Compression Reinforcement?TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.3.3
Default Load Eccentricity
Axial, Shear, & Moment Loads
Label Location ()Eccentricity ()Load Magnitudes
LOADS D, L, S
Lateral Distributed Loads
Label Start Location ()End Location ()Total Start Trib. Width ()Total End Trib. Width ()Load Magnitudes
Wind Load W,dn: 30 psf
Include Self Weight?
Self-Weight Self-weight is calculated based on density of block multipliedby the hollow block area per linear foot plus the averagemortar area per linear foot by an assumed mortar density of140 pcf.
One
sbar=s_{bar}
=
s =bar 484848in\mathrm{in}in
No
e=e
=
e =−1.33-1.33−1.33 in\mathrm{in}in
V,P,M=V,P,M
=
V ,P,M =
zzzft\mathrm{ft}ft eeeft\mathrm{ft}ft V,P,MV,P,MV,P,M
888 −0.111-0.111−0.111
w=w
=
w =
zsz_szsft\mathrm{ft}ft zez_ezeft\mathrm{ft}ft TWsTW_sTWsft\mathrm{ft}ft TWeTW_eTWeft\mathrm{ft}ft www
000 888 111 111
Yes
SW=SW
=
SW =35.335.335.3 lb/
ft2\mathrm{lb /
ft^2}
lb/ft2
DistancefromBottomof
Column(ft)
0
2
4
6
8
Self-weight
0ft
8
D:35.3psf
WindLoad
LW:1ft|W,dn:30psf
0ft
8
W,dn:30psf
LOADS8ftD:1600plfD:195plfL:233plfS:333plf
LOADSEccentricity8ftD:-21.7lb*ft/ftL:-25.9lb*ft/ftS:-37lb*ft/ft
Loads
Page 1159 of 1257
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Net Area NCMA TEK 14-01B
Average Moment of Inertia NCMA TEK 14-01B
Radius of Gyration NCMA TEK 14-01B
Masonry Modulus of Elasticity TMS 402/602-16 Cl.4.2.2.3
Steel Elastic Modulus
Ratio of Modulus
Area of Steel Reinforcement Provided
Ratio of Steel Reinforcement TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.4.4
ASD Load Combinations
Load Combination Factored Axial Load ()Factored Moment Load ()Factored Shear ()
1.0D
1.0D + 1.0L
1.0D + 1.0Lr
1.0D + 1.0S
1.0D + 1.0R
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75Lr
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75R
1.0D + 0.6W,dn
1.0D + 0.7Ev + 0.7Eh
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75Lr + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75R + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S + 0.525Ev + 0.525Eh
0.6D + 0.6W,up
0.6D + -0.7Ev + 0.7Eh
Allowable Stress (Masonry)TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.5.1.3
Grouted Shear Wall Factor TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.5.1.2 and Cl.8.3.5.1.3
Allowable Shear Stress TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.5.1.2
Allowable Masonry Compressive Stress TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.4.2.2
Slenderness Ratio TMS 402/602-16 Cl.8.3.4.2
Effective Width Considered TMS 402/602-16 Cl.5.1.2.1
Balanced Neutral Axis Factor MDG 2016 Eq. 11.4-7
Balanced Steel Ratio MDG 2016 Eq. 11.4-8
An=A_{n}
=
A =n 40.340.340.3 in2/ft\mathrm{in^2 /
ft}
in /ft2
Iavg=I_{avg}
=
I =avg 352352352in4/ft\mathrm{in^4 /
ft}
in /ft4
r=r
=
r =2.662.662.66 in\mathrm{in}in
Em=E_m
=
E =m 1.57×1061.57×10^{6}1.57 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Es=E_s
=
E =s 29.0×10629.0×10^{6}29.0 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
n=n
=
n =18.418.418.4
As=A_{s}
=
A =s 0.050.050.05 in2/
ft\mathrm{in^2 /
ft}
in /ft2
ρ=\rho
=
ρ =0.001090.001090.00109
LCASD=LC_{ASD}
=
LC =ASD
PmaxP_{max}Pmax lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft MuM_{u}Mu lb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft VuV_{u}Vu lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft
477477477 21.721.721.7 2.712.712.71
710710710 47.647.647.6 5.945.945.94
477477477 21.721.721.7 2.712.712.71
810810810 58.758.758.7 7.337.337.33
477477477 21.721.721.7 2.712.712.71
652652652 41.141.141.1 5.145.145.14
902902902 68.868.868.8 8.68.68.6
652652652 41.141.141.1 5.145.145.14
477477477 155155155 74.774.774.7
477477477 21.721.721.7 2.712.712.71
652652652 130130130 59.159.159.1
902902902 145145145 62.662.662.6
652652652 130130130 59.159.159.1
902902902 68.868.868.8 8.68.68.6
286286286 131313 1.631.631.63
286286286 131313 1.631.631.63
Fvm=F_{vm}
=
F =vm 47.147.147.1 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
γg=\gamma_g
=
γ =g 111
Fv=F_v
=
F =v 47.147.147.1 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Fb=F_b
=
F =b 787787787psi\mathrm{psi}psi
h/
r=h/
r
=
h/r =36.136.136.1
beff=b_{eff}
=
b =eff 484848in\mathrm{in}in
kbal=k_{bal}
=
k =bal 0.3120.3120.312
ρbal=\rho_{bal}ρ =bal 0.003840.003840.00384
Design Conditions
Key Properties
Load Combinations (ASCE 7-16)
Out of Plane Shear (TMS 402-16 Cl.8.3.5)
Out of Plane Bending + Axial Interaction Table (TMS 402-16 Cl.8.3.4 and MDG 2016 Ch.11.4.3)
Page 1160 of 1257
Axial and Bending Capacity Interaction
Table - Partially Grouted Pages 11-29 and 11-30 in MDG 2016. Image borrowed frompage 11-29 of MDG 2016.
DepthFactor Depth ()
MasonryStress ()
MasonryStress ()
MasonryStress ()
MasonryStress ()
MasonryCompression()
MasonryCompression()
MasonryCompression()
LeverArm
()
LeverArm ()
LeverArm
()
TotalMasonryCompression()
SteelStress
()
Tension
()
AxialForce
()
Moment
()
PureComp
Wall is load bearing.
Wall is partially or fully grouted with reinforcement.
Int=Int
=
Int =
kkk kdkdkdin\mathrm{in}in fbf_bfbpsi\mathrm{psi}psi fb1f_{b1}fb1 psi\mathrm{psi}psi fb2f_{b2}fb2 psi\mathrm{psi}psi fb3f_{b3}fb3 psi\mathrm{psi}psi Cmas1C_{mas1}Cmas1 lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft Cmas2C_{mas2}Cmas2 lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft Cmas3C_{mas3}Cmas3 lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft x1x_1x1in\mathrm{in}in x2x_2x2in\mathrm{in}in
x3x_3x3in\mathrm{in}in CmasC_{mas}Cmas lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft
fsf_sfspsi\mathrm{psi}psi
TTT
lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft
PPP
lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft
MMM
lb⋅in/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot in / ft}lb⋅in/ft
000 787787787 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 000
2.92.92.9 11.111.111.1 787787787 698698698 333333333 244244244 11
14511\,
145
11 145 528852885288 4334433443343.23.23.2 0.3020.3020.302 −3.16-3.16−3.16 20
76720\,
767
20767 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 23
58623\,
586
23586
2.82.82.8 10.710.710.7 787787787 695695695 317317317 225225225 11
12111\,
121
11 121 518951895189 4067406740673.23.23.2 0.3190.3190.319 −3.15-3.15−3.15 20
37720\,
377
20377 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 24
42924\,
429
24429
2.72.72.7 10.310.310.3 787787787 692692692 300300300 204204204 11
09511\,
095
11 095 508250825082 3780378037803.23.23.2 0.3380.3380.338 −3.15-3.15−3.15 19
95719\,
957
19957 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 25
33425\,
334
25334
2.62.62.6 9.919.919.91 787787787 688688688 281281281 182182182 11
06811\,
068
11 068 496749674967 3471347134713.23.23.2 0.3590.3590.359 −3.14-3.14−3.14 19
50619\,
506
19506 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 26
30826\,
308
26308
2.52.52.5 9.539.539.53 787787787 684684684 261261261 157157157 11
03811\,
038
11 038 484348434843 3137313731373.23.23.2 0.3830.3830.383 −3.14-3.14−3.14 19
01819\,
018
19018 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 27
36027\,
360
27360
2.42.42.4 9.159.159.15 787787787 680680680 239239239 131131131 11
00611\,
006
11 006 470947094709 2776277627763.23.23.2 0.410.410.41 −3.13-3.13−3.13 18
49018\,
490
18490 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 28
50028\,
500
28500
2.32.32.3 8.778.778.77 787787787 675675675 215215215 103103103 10
97110\,
971
10 971 456245624562 2383238323833.23.23.2 0.4420.4420.442 −3.11-3.11−3.11 17
91617\,
916
17916 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 29
73929\,
739
29739
2.22.22.2 8.398.398.39 787787787 670670670 18918918971.671.671.6 10
93210\,
932
10 932 440344034403 1954195419543.23.23.2 0.4780.4780.478 −3.09-3.09−3.09 17
28917\,
289
17289 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 31
09131\,
091
31091
2.12.12.1 8.018.018.01 787787787 665665665 16016016037.537.537.5 10
89010\,
890
10 890 422842284228 1485148514853.213.213.21 0.5220.5220.522 −3.06-3.06−3.06 16
60316\,
603
16603 000 000 16
44116\,
441
16441 32
57232\,
572
32572
222 7.627.627.62 787787787 658658658 129129129 000 10
84410\,
844
10 844 403640364036 9689689683.213.213.21 0.5740.5740.574 −2.98-2.98−2.98 15
84815\,
848
15848 000 000 15
84815\,
848
15848 34
20034\,
200
34200
1.91.91.9 7.247.247.24 787787787 65265265294.494.494.4 000 10
79310\,
793
10 793 382438243824 4924924923.213.213.21 0.6380.6380.638 −2.85-2.85−2.85 15
10915\,
109
15109 000 000 15
10915\,
109
15109 35
65135\,
651
35651
1.81.81.8 6.866.866.86 787787787 64464464455.955.955.9 000 10
73710\,
737
10 737 358735873587 1641641643.213.213.21 0.7180.7180.718 −2.72-2.72−2.72 14
48814\,
488
14488 000 000 14
48814\,
488
14488 36
57636\,
576
36576
1.71.71.7 6.486.486.48 787787787 63663663612.912.912.9 000 10
67310\,
673
10 673 332433243324 8.238.238.23 3.213.213.21 0.820.820.82 −2.6-2.6−2.6 14
00514\,
005
14005 000 000 14
00514\,
005
14005 36
96336\,
963
36963
1.61.61.6 6.16.16.1 787787787 626626626 000 000 10
60210\,
602
10 602 303730373037 000 3.213.213.21 0.9460.9460.946 000 13
63913\,
639
13639 000 000 13
63913\,
639
13639 36
91936\,
919
36919
1.51.51.5 5.725.725.72 787787787 615615615 000 000 10
52210\,
522
10 522 275027502750 000 3.213.213.21 1.071.071.07 000 13
27113\,
271
13271 000 000 13
27113\,
271
13271 36
75736\,
757
36757
1.41.41.4 5.345.345.34 787787787 603603603 000 000 10
42910\,
429
10 429 246524652465 000 3.223.223.22 1.21.21.2 000 12
89412\,
894
12894 000 000 12
89412\,
894
12894 36
49036\,
490
36490
1.31.31.3 4.964.964.96 787787787 589589589 000 000 10
32310\,
323
10 323 218321832183 000 3.223.223.22 1.331.331.33 000 12
50512\,
505
12505 000 000 12
50512\,
505
12505 36
11136\,
111
36111
1.21.21.2 4.574.574.57 787787787 572572572 000 000 10
19910\,
199
10 199 190319031903 000 3.223.223.22 1.451.451.45 000 12
10212\,
102
12102 000 000 12
10212\,
102
12102 35
61235\,
612
35612
1.11.11.1 4.194.194.19 787787787 553553553 000 000 10
05210\,
052
10 052 162716271627 000 3.223.223.22 1.581.581.58 000 11
67911\,
679
11679 000 000 11
67911\,
679
11679 34
98134\,
981
34981
111 3.813.813.81 787787787 529529529 000 000 987698769876 135613561356 000 3.233.233.23 1.711.711.71 000 11
23211\,
232
11232 24.9×10−1224.9×10^{-12}24.9 ×
10−12
1.25×10−121.25×10^{-12}1.25 ×
10−12 11
23211\,
232
11232 34
20034\,
200
34200
0.90.90.9 3.433.433.43 787787787 501501501 000 000 966196619661 109210921092 000 3.233.233.23 1.841.841.84 000 10
75310\,
753
10753 16111611161180.680.680.6 10
67210\,
672
10672 33
24633\,
246
33246
0.80.80.8 3.053.053.05 787787787 465465465 000 000 939293929392 837837837 000 3.243.243.24 1.961.961.96 000 10
22810\,
228
10228 36253625362518118118110
04710\,
047
10047 32
08332\,
083
32083
0.70.70.7 2.672.672.67 787787787 419419419 000 000 904690469046 594594594 000 3.253.253.25 2.092.092.09 000 96409640964062146214621431131131193299329932930
65230\,
652
30652
0.60.60.6 2.292.292.29 787787787 357357357 000 000 858585858585 371371371 000 3.273.273.27 2.222.222.22 000 89568956895696679667966748348348384728472847228
85928\,
859
28859
0.50.50.5 1.911.911.91 787787787 271271271 000 000 794079407940 178178178 000 3.293.293.29 2.342.342.34 000 81178117811714
50014\,
500
14500 72572572573927392739226
53126\,
531
26531
0.40.40.4 1.521.521.52 787787787 142142142 000 000 697169716971 39.139.139.1 000 3.333.333.33 2.472.472.47 000 70107010701021
75021\,
750
21750 10871087108759235923592323
32623\,
326
23326
0.30.30.3 1.141.141.14 745745745 000 000 000 511151115111 000 000 3.433.433.43 000 000 51115111511132
00032\,
000
32000 16001600160035113511351117
53817\,
538
17538
0.20.20.2 0.7620.7620.762 434434434 000 000 000 198819881988 000 000 3.563.563.56 000 000 19881988198832
00032\,
000
32000 160016001600388388388707370737073
0.10.10.1 0.3810.3810.381 193193193 000 000 000 442442442 000 000 3.693.693.69 000 000 44244244232
00032\,
000
32000 160016001600−1158-1158−1158 162816281628
0.010.010.01 0.03810.03810.0381 17.617.617.6 000 000 000 4.024.024.02 000 000 3.83.83.8 000 000 4.024.024.02 32
00032\,
000
32000 160016001600−1596-1596−1596 15.315.315.3
1.
2.
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1161 of 1257
Wall is single-wythe and CMU is in running bond.
This calculator does not consider in-plane shear forces (ie. wall is not a shear wall).
This calculator does not consider in-plane overturning moment (ie. wall is not a shear wall).
In plane seismic resistance is not considered in this calculator
Stability checks for wall foundations are not conducted.
A small amount of tension can be resisted by the steel reinforcement. Anchorage and uplift are not checked in this calculator.
Bottom support of wall is continuous (ie. not spanning between point supports).
Calculations are for per linear length of wall.
Walls shorter than 1ft (305mm) are not supported in this calculator.
This calculator assumes only one row of reinforcement centred on the width of the block.
Deflections criteria are not considered in this template as section 8 of TMS 402-16 (which governs the ASD design of masonry walls) does
not include any clauses relating to deflection.
The fully grouted masonry wall does not consider the slenderness limit following the examples in MDG 2016.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Page 1162 of 1257
Diaphragm Analysis (Load Linking) (version 7)Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:D1
Shear Demand in Diaphragm
Governing Load for Shear in Diaphragm 1.0W
Demands Table
Wall Line Wind Load in Wall Line ()Seismic Load in Wall Line ()
Braced Wall Line 1
Braced Wall Line 2
Choose Load Type to Show in Diagrams
Diaphragm Type
Length of Diaphragm
Position of Braced Wall Lines from Left
Braced Wall Line Position ()
Braced Wall Line 1
Braced Wall Line 2
V=V
=
V =160016001600lb\mathrm{lb}lb
RwR_wRwlb\mathrm{lb}lb RER_ERElb\mathrm{lb}lb
160016001600 000
160016001600 000
Wind
Reactions:
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 5 10 15 20
Bearing:"BracedWallLine1"inW:1600lbE:0lb
Bearing:"BracedWallLine2"inW:1600lbE:0lb
LoadCase:1.0W
5 10 15 20Shear(lb)
-1500
-1000
-500
0
500
1000
1500
Reactions AxialLoad VerticalLoad
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 5 10 15 20
1600lb 1600lb
Flexible
L=L
=
L =23.323.323.3 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
r=r
=
r =
_{}xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft
000
23.323.323.3
Summary
Diagrams
Key Properties
Page 1163 of 1257
Wind Loads
Label Start Location ()End Location ()Total Start Trib. Height ()Total End Trib. Height ()Load Magnitudes
Wind Calcs-Case A - Zone 1E+4E, Total W: 17.1 psf
Only simple diaphragms without torsion are considered.
Diaphragms are subjected to lateral seismic and wind loading only.
The diaphragms are considered as flexible.
For load distribution only - sheathing and nailing patterns not checked yet.
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 5 10 15 20
WindCalcs-CaseA-Zone1E+4E,TotalLW:8ft|W:17.1psf0 23.3ftW:137plf
wwind=w_{wind}
=
w =wind
xstartx_{start}xstart ft\mathrm{ft}ft xendx_{end}xend ft\mathrm{ft}ft TWsTW_sTWsft\mathrm{ft}ft TWeTW_eTWeft\mathrm{ft}ft www
000 23.323.323.3 888 888
1.
2.
3.
4.
Diaphragm Loads
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1164 of 1257
Concrete Slab (version 11)Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
S1
References:ACI 318-19
Positive Moment Demand
Positive Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.3
Governing Load Combination for Positive
Moment 1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
Negative Moment Demand
Shear Demand
Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5.1.1
Governing Load Combination for Shear 1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
Critical Live / Short-Term Deflection ACI 318-19, Cl 24.2
Live / Short-Term Deflection Limit
Critical Live / Short-Term Deflection Ratio
Critical Long-Term Deflection ACI 318-19, Cl 24.2
Critical Long-Term Deflection Ratio
Graphed Load Combination
PASS
Mu+=M_u^+
=
M =u+108810881088lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
29%ϕMn+=\phi
M_n^+
=
ϕM =n+374437443744lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
MuLC+=M_u^{LC+}
=
M =uLC+
Mu−=M_u^-
=
M =u−000lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
Vu=V_u
=
V =u 544544544lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
20%ϕVn=\phi
V_n
=
ϕV =n 275227522752lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
VuLC=V_u^{LC}
=
V =uLC
6%δST=\delta_{ST}
=
δ =ST −0.015-0.015−0.015in\mathrm{in}in
ΔST,max=\Delta_{ST,max}
=
Δ =ST,max 0.2670.2670.267 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 639163916391
19%δLT=\delta_{LT}
=
δ =LT −0.0751-0.0751−0.0751 in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 127812781278
Reactions:
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8
NoBearingUltMax:544lbUltMin:216lbD:240lbL:160lb
NoBearingUltMax:544lbUltMin:216lbD:240lbL:160lb
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5L_r
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
2 4 6 8Shear(lb)
-600
-400
-200
0
200
400
600
Summary
Page 1165 of 1257
Slab Thickness
Slab Span
Concrete Strength ACI 318-19, Cl 19.2.1.1
Concrete Weight Classification ACI 318-19, Cl 19.2.4.1
Reinforcement Strength ACI 318-19, Table 20.2.2.4(a)
Concrete Cover ACI 318-19, Table 20.5.1.3.1
Minimum Allowable Cover ACI 318-19, Table 20.5.1.3.1
Position of Supports from Left
Support Type Position ()
Pinned
Pinned
Reinforcement Size
Rebar Spacing (Center to Center)ACI 318-19, Cl 7.7.2.3, Cl 24.3.2.2
Minimum Reinforcement Area ACI 318-19, Cl 7.6.1
Tension Reinforcement Area
Effective Depth of Reinforcement
Reinforcement Ratio ACI 318-19, Cl 24.4.3.2
Top (Compression) Reinforcement Present
LoadCase:1.2D+1.6L+0.5Lr
Envelope
2 4 6 8
Moment(lb*ft)
0
200
400
600
800
1000
StrengthLCSelected;Short-TermEnvelopeShown
Envelope 2 4 6 8
Deflection(in)
-0.014-0.012-0.01-0.008-0.006-0.004-0.0020
Reactions AxialLoad VerticalLoad
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8
544lb 544lb
h=h
=
h =444in\mathrm{in}in
L=L
=
L =888ft\mathrm{ft}ft
fc′=f'_c
=
f =c′400040004000psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Normalweight
fy=f_y
=
f =y 60
00060\,
000
60 000 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
cover=\text{cover}
=
cover =0.750.750.75 in\mathrm{in}in
covermin=cover_{min}
=
cover =min 0.750.750.75 in\mathrm{in}in
r=r
=
r =
xxxft\mathrm{ft}ft
000
888
#5
Srebar+=S_{rebar}
^{+}
=
S =rebar+121212in\mathrm{in}in
As,min+=A_{s,min}
^+
=
A =s,min+0.08640.08640.0864 in2/
ft\mathrm{in^2 /
ft}
in /ft2
As+=A_{s}
^+
=
A =s+0.3070.3070.307 in2/
ft\mathrm{in^2 /
ft}
in /ft2
d+=d^+
=
d =+2.942.942.94 in\mathrm{in}in
ρ+=\rho^+
=
ρ =+0.00870.00870.0087
No
Key Properties
Longitudinal Reinforcement at Midspan (Positive Moment Regions)
Page 1166 of 1257
Distributed Loads
Label Start Location ()End Location ()Total Start Trib. Width ()Total End Trib. Width ()Load Magnitudes
Floor Load D: 10 psf, L: 40 psf
Enable Automatic Live Load Patterning?
(BETA)
Include Self-weight?
Use Reduced Companion Live Load?ASCE 7-16, Cl 2.3.1.1
Sustained Load Duration Factor ACI 318-19, Cl 24.2.4.1.3
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Absolute Deflection Limit IBC 2021, Table 1604.3
Live / Short-Term Deflection Limit IBC 2021, Table 1604.3
Long-term Deflection Limit
Double L/ Deflection Limits for
Cantilevers?IBC 2021, Table 1604.3
DistancefromLeftofBeam(ft)
0 2 4 6 8
Self-weight0 8ftD:50plf
FloorLoad
LW:1ft|D:10psf,L:40psf0 8ft
D:10plfL:40plf
w=w
=
w =
xsx_sxsft\mathrm{ft}ft xex_exeft\mathrm{ft}ft TWsTW_sTWsft\mathrm{ft}ft TWeTW_eTWeft\mathrm{ft}ft www
000 888 111 111
No
Yes
No
5+ years
code=code
=
code =
Δmax=\Delta_{max}
=
Δ =max 111in\mathrm{in}in
(L/)ST=(L/)_{ST}
=
(L/)=ST 360360360
(L/)LT=(L/)_{LT}
=
(L/)=LT 240240240
Yes
Loads
Design Criteria
Page 1167 of 1257
Strength Load Combinations IBC 2018
Load Combination Total Load ()Shear ()Pos. Moment ()Neg. Moment ()Max Reaction ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
Short-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0L
1.0Lr
1.0S
0.42W,dn
0.42W,up
Long-term Serviceability Load
Combinations
Load Combination Total Load ()Max Deflection ()
1.0D + 1.0L + 1.0Lr
Unfactored Loads
Load Type Total Load ()Shear ()Moment ()Max Reaction ()Deflection ()
D
L
Neutral Axis Depth
Strain At Extreme Tension Steel ACI 318-19, R7.3.3, Cl 9.3.3.1
Strength Reduction Factor ACI 318-19, Table 21.2.2
Factored Flexural Strength ACI 318-19, Cl 22.3
LCstr=LC_{str}
=
LC =str
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft VuV_uVulb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft Mu+M_u^+Mu+lb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft Mu−M_u^-Mu−lb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft RuR_uRulb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft
672672672 336336336 672672672 000 336336336
108810881088 544544544 108810881088 000 544544544
108810881088 544544544 108810881088 000 544544544
108810881088 544544544 108810881088 000 544544544
896896896 448448448 896896896 000 448448448
576576576 288288288 576576576 000 288288288
896896896 448448448 896896896 000 448448448
576576576 288288288 576576576 000 288288288
896896896 448448448 896896896 000 448448448
576576576 288288288 576576576 000 288288288
896896896 448448448 896896896 000 448448448
896896896 448448448 896896896 000 448448448
896896896 448448448 896896896 000 448448448
896896896 448448448 896896896 000 448448448
432432432 216216216 432432432 000 216216216
432432432 216216216 432432432 000 216216216
LCservST=LC_{servST}
=
LC =servST
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
320320320 −0.015-0.015−0.015
000 000
000 000
000 000
000 000
LCservLT=LC_{servLT}
=
LC =servLT
ΣR\Sigma
R
ΣR lb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft δs\delta_sδsin\mathrm{in}in
800800800 −0.0376-0.0376−0.0376
ΣR\SigmaRΣRlb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft VuV_uVulb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft MuM_uMulb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft RuR_uRulb/ft\mathrm{lb / ft}lb/ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in
480480480 240240240 480480480 240240240−0.0225-0.0225−0.0225
320320320 160160160 320320320 160160160 −0.015-0.015−0.015
c+=c^+
=
c =+0.5310.5310.531 in\mathrm{in}in
εt=\varepsilon_t
=
ε =t 0.01360.01360.0136
ϕb+=\phi_b^+
=
ϕ =b
+0.90.90.9
ϕMn+=\phi
M_n
ϕM =n+374437443744lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
lb ⋅ft/ft
Load Combination Analysis
Unfactored Load Analysis
Bending Capacity - Positive Moment (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.3)
Page 1168 of 1257
Concrete Shear Strength ACI 318-19, Cl 7.5.3.2 ,R 22.5.5.1, Cl 22.5.5.1
Shear Strength Reduction Factor ACI 318-19, Table 21.2.1
Maximum Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5.1.2
Factored Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, R 7.4.3.2, Cl 22.5.1.1
Modulus of Rupture ACI 318-19, Cl 19.2.3.1
Critical Positive Service Moment
Effective Service Moment of Inertia ACI 318-19, Cl 24.2.3.6
Live / Short Term Deflections per Span ACI 318-19, Cl 24.2
Span Length ()Span Type Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int
Long-term Deflections per Span ACI 318-19, Cl 24.2.4.1.1
Span Length ()Span Type Creep Factor Adjusted Deflection ()Deflection Limit ()Deflection Utilisation Deflection Ratio
Int
Vc=V_c
=
V =c 366936693669lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
ϕv=\phi_v
=
ϕ =v 0.750.750.75
Vmax=V_{max}
=
V =max 21
50421\,
504
21 504 lb/ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
ϕVn=\phi
V_n
=
ϕV =n 275227522752lb/
ft\mathrm{lb /
ft}
lb/ft
fr=f_r
=
f =r 474474474psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Ms+=M_s^+
=
M =s+800800800lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb⋅ft/ft
Ie=I_e
=
I =e 646464in4/
ft\mathrm{in^4 /
ft}
in /ft4
δTableST=\delta_{\text{TableST}}
=
δ =TableST
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/Δlim\delta /
\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/
L/
L/
888 −0.015-0.015−0.015 0.2670.2670.267 0.05630.05630.0563 639163916391
δTableLT=\delta_{\text{TableLT}}
=
δ =TableLT
LLLft\mathrm{ft}ft λΔ\lambda_\DeltaλΔ δ\deltaδin\mathrm{in}in Δlim\Delta_{lim}Δlim in\mathrm{in}in δ/
Δlim\delta /\Delta_{lim}
δ/Δlim L/L/L/
888 222 −0.0751-0.0751−0.0751 0.40.40.4 0.1880.1880.188 127812781278
Shear Strength at Supports (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5)
Serviceability Requirements (ACI 318-19, Cl 24)
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1169 of 1257
Wall Footing (version 10)Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
F1
References:ACI 318-19
Service Soil Bearing Stress
Allowable Gross Soil Bearing Stress ACI318-19, Cl 13.3.1.1
Moment Demand ACI 318-19, Cl 13.2.7.1
Factored Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, 8.5.1.1a
Shear Demand ACI 318-19, Cl 7.4.3.2
Factored One-Way Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 7.5.1.1
Stability Footing in Total Compression
Footing Width
Footing Thickness ACI 318-19, Cl 14.3.2.1 IBC 2021, Cl 1809.8 IRC 2021, Cl R403.1.1
Wall Type
Wall Width
Concrete Strength ACI 318-19, Table 19.2.1.1
Concrete Weight Classification ACI 318-19, Cl 19.2.4.2
Vertical Restraints at Top of The Wall
Allowable Soil Gross Bearing Capacity IBC 2021, Cl 1806.2
Depth of Soil Over Footing IBC 2021, Cl 1809.5
Unit Weight of Soil
Lateral Sliding Coefficient of Friction
PASS
qs=q_s
=
q =s 141714171417psf\mathrm{psf}psf
71%qa=q_a
=
q =a 200020002000psf\mathrm{psf}psf
Mu=M_{u}
=
M =u 80.180.180.1 lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
4%ϕMn=\phi
M_{n}
=
ϕM =n 202420242024lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
Vu=V_{u}
=
V =u 000plf\mathrm{plf}plf
0%ϕVn=\phi
V_{n}
=
ϕV =n 485748574857plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Status=\text{Status}
=
Status =
h_soil=48in
H=10in
B=16in
b=8in
B=B
=
B =1.331.331.33 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
H=H
=
H =101010in\mathrm{in}in
Concrete
b=b
=
b =888in\mathrm{in}in
fc′=f'_c
=
f =c′400040004000psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Normalweight
Restrained
qa=q_a
=
q =a 200020002000psf\mathrm{psf}psf
hsoil=h_{soil}
=
h =soil 444ft\mathrm{ft}ft
γs=\gamma_{s}
=
γ =s 120120120pcf\mathrm{pcf}pcf
μ=\muμ=0.350.350.35
Summary
Footing Properties
Soil Properties
Page 1170 of 1257
Include Transverse Reinforcement?
Concrete Cover ACI 318-19, Table 20.5.1.3.1
Reinforcement Yield Strength ACI 318-19, Table 20.2.2.4a
Include Longitudinal Reinforcement?ACI 318-19, Cl 14.1.4
Shrinkage/Temperature Reinforcement
Size
Number of Shrinkage/Temperature Bars ACI 318-19, Cl 7.7.2.3
Required Number of Shrinkage/
Temperature Bars ACI 318-19, Cl 7.7.2.3
Axial, Shear, & Moment Loads about X-
axis
Label Location ()Axial Eccentricity ()Load Magnitudes
ROOF LOADS D, L, S
CMU WALL D: 377 plf
SLAB LOAD D: 404 plf
Use Reduced Companion Live Load?ASCE 7-16 2.3.1.1
Self Weight of Concrete Footing
Weight of Soil above Footing
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Sliding and Overturning Minimum Factor
of Safety
No
cover=\text{cover}
=
cover =333in\mathrm{in}in
fy=f_y
=
f =y 60
00060\,
000
60 000 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Yes
#5
nℓ=n_\ell
=
n =ℓ222
nℓ,reqd=n_{\ell,reqd}
=
n =ℓ,reqd 222
V,P,M=V,P,M
=
V ,P,M =
zzzft\mathrm{ft}ft yyyft\mathrm{ft}ft V,P,MV,P,MV,P,M
000 000
000 000
000 000
0
50
100
150
200
250
ROOFLOADSD:195plfL:233plfS:333plf
CMUWALLD:377plf
SLABLOADD:404plf
No
SW=SW
=
SW =166166166plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Wsoil=W_{soil}
=
W =soil 318318318plf\mathrm{plf}plf
FSmin=FS_{\text{min}}
=
F S =min 1.51.51.5
Bottom Reinforcement
Longitudinal Reinforcement
Applied Loads
Design Criteria
Page 1171 of 1257
Unfactored Loads
Load Type Vertical Load ()Lateral Shear ()Moment ()
D
L
S
ASD Load Combinations
Load Combination Axial Load ()Lateral Load ()Moment Load ()Foundation Weight ()Eccentricity ()
1.0D
1.0D + 1.0L
1.0D + 1.0Lr
1.0D + 1.0S
1.0D + 1.0R
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75Lr
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75R
1.0D + 0.6W,dn
1.0D + 0.7Ev + 0.7Eh
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75Lr + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75R + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S + 0.525Ev + 0.525Eh
0.6D + 0.6W,up
0.6D + -0.7Ev + 0.7Eh
Loads=Loads
=
Loads =
PPPplf\mathrm{plf}plf VxV_xVxplf\mathrm{plf}plf MxM_xMxlb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft
976976976 000 000
233233233 000 000
333333333 000 000
LCstr,ASD=LC_{str,ASD}
=
LC =str,ASD
PPPplf\mathrm{plf}plf VVVplf\mathrm{plf}plf MMMlb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft WfW_{f}Wf plf\mathrm{plf}plf eeeft\mathrm{ft}ft
976976976 000 000 485485485 000
120912091209 000 000 485485485 000
976976976 000 000 485485485 000
130913091309 000 000 485485485 000
976976976 000 000 485485485 000
115111511151 000 000 485485485 000
140014001400 000 000 485485485 000
115111511151 000 000 485485485 000
976976976 000 000 485485485 000
976976976 000 000 485485485 000
115111511151 000 000 485485485 000
140014001400 000 000 485485485 000
115111511151 000 000 485485485 000
140014001400 000 000 485485485 000
586586586 000 000 291291291 000
586586586 000 000 291291291 000
Total Loads
ASD Load Combinations and Stress Distribution (ASCE 7-16, Ch. 2)
Page 1172 of 1257
Bearing Pressure
Combination Eccentricity ()Maximum Bearing Pressure ()Sliding Factor of Safety Overturning Factor of Safety
1.0D
1.0D + 1.0L
1.0D + 1.0Lr
1.0D + 1.0S
1.0D + 1.0R
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75Lr
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75R
1.0D + 0.6W,dn
1.0D + 0.7Ev + 0.7Eh
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75Lr + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75R + 0.45W,dn
1.0D + 0.75L + 0.75S + 0.525Ev + 0.525Eh
0.6D + 0.6W,up
0.6D + -0.7Ev + 0.7Eh
Governing ASD Axial Load
LRFD Strength Load Combinations
Load Combination Factored Axial Load ()Factored Moment Load ()Factored Foundation Weight ()Eccentricity ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
BP=\textbf{BP}
=
BP =
eeeft\mathrm{ft}ft qmaxq_{max}qmax psf\mathrm{psf}psf FSsFS_{s}FSs FSoFS_{o}FSo
000 109810981098 999999
000 127312731273 999999
000 109810981098 999999
000 134913491349 999999
000 109810981098 999999
000 123012301230 999999
000 141714171417 999999
000 123012301230 999999
000 109810981098 999999
000 109810981098 999999
000 123012301230 999999
000 141714171417 999999
000 123012301230 999999
000 141714171417 999999
000 659659659 999999
000 659659659 999999
Ps=P_s
=
P =s 188518851885plf\mathrm{plf}plf
LCstr,LRFD=LC_{str,LRFD}
=
LC =str,LRFD
PuP_uPuplf\mathrm{plf}plf MuM_{u}Mu lb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft WufW_{uf}Wuf plf\mathrm{plf}plf eeeft\mathrm{ft}ft
136613661366 000 679679679 000
154415441544 000 582582582 000
171017101710 000 582582582 000
154415441544 000 582582582 000
140414041404 000 582582582 000
117111711171 000 582582582 000
193719371937 000 582582582 000
170417041704 000 582582582 000
140414041404 000 582582582 000
117111711171 000 582582582 000
140414041404 000 582582582 000
157115711571 000 582582582 000
140414041404 000 582582582 000
147114711471 000 582582582 000
878878878 000 436436436 000
878878878 000 436436436 000
LRFD Load Combinations and Footing Loads (ASCE 7-16, Ch. 2 and ACI 318-19, Ch. 13)
Page 1173 of 1257
LRFD Footing Loads (Shear)
Combination Eccentricity
()
Max Bearing Pressure ()Bearing Pressure at Column Face ()Bearing Pressure at Critical ShearSection ()Ultimate Shear at CriticalSection ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr +1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S +1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R +1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev +1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
LRFD Footing Loads (Moment)
Combination Eccentricity ()Max Bearing Pressure ()Bearing Pressure at Column Face ()Ultimate Moment at Column Face ()
1.4D
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5Lr
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5S
1.2D + 1.6L + 0.5R
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6Lr
1.2D + 1.6Lr + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6S
1.2D + 1.6S + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 1.6R
1.2D + 1.6R + 0.5W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5Lr + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5S + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.5R + 1.0W,dn
1.2D + 1.0L + 0.2S + 1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
0.9D + 1.0W,up
0.9D + -1.0Ev + 1.0Eh
Governing Axial Load
Maximum Ultimate Net Bearing Pressure
FL=\textbf{FL}
=
FL =
eee
ft\mathrm{ft}ft qumaxq_{umax}qumax psf\mathrm{psf}psf quColq_{uCol}quCol psf\mathrm{psf}psf quVq_{uV}quV psf\mathrm{psf}psf VuV_uVuplf\mathrm{plf}plf
000 153815381538 153815381538 179617961796 170517051705
000 159815981598 159815981598 186718671867 174117411741
000 172317231723 172317231723 201320132013 186618661866
000 159815981598 159815981598 186718671867 174117411741
000 149314931493 149314931493 174417441744 163616361636
000 131813181318 131813181318 153915391539 146114611461
000 189418941894 189418941894 221222122212 203520352035
000 171817181718 171817181718 200720072007 186118611861
000 149314931493 149314931493 174417441744 163616361636
000 131813181318 131813181318 153915391539 146114611461
000 149314931493 149314931493 174417441744 163616361636
000 161816181618 161816181618 189018901890 176117611761
000 149314931493 149314931493 174417441744 163616361636
000 154315431543 154315431543 180218021802 168616861686
000 988988988 988988988 115411541154 109610961096
000 988988988 988988988 115411541154 109610961096
FLm=\textbf{FL}
_m
=
FL =m
eeeft\mathrm{ft}ft qumaxq_{umax}qumax psf\mathrm{psf}psf quColq_{uCol}quCol psf\mathrm{psf}psf MuM_uMulb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb \cdot ft / ft}lb⋅ft/ft
000 153815381538 153815381538 56.556.556.5
000 159815981598 159815981598 63.963.963.9
000 172317231723 172317231723 70.770.770.7
000 159815981598 159815981598 63.963.963.9
000 149314931493 149314931493 58.158.158.1
000 131813181318 131813181318 48.448.448.4
000 189418941894 189418941894 80.180.180.1
000 171817181718 171817181718 70.570.570.5
000 149314931493 149314931493 58.158.158.1
000 131813181318 131813181318 48.448.448.4
000 149314931493 149314931493 58.158.158.1
000 161816181618 161816181618 656565
000 149314931493 149314931493 58.158.158.1
000 154315431543 154315431543 60.860.860.8
000 988988988 988988988 36.336.336.3
000 988988988 988988988 36.336.336.3
Pu=P_{u}
=
P =u 193719371937plf\mathrm{plf}plf
qnu=q_{nu}
=
q =nu 145614561456psf\mathrm{psf}psf
Page 1174 of 1257
Resistance Factor in Bending ACI 318-19, Table 21.2.2
Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.3.1.1 and 14.5.2.1 (plain concrete)
Factored Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 8.5.1.1(a)
Ultimate Moment at Critical Section ACI 318-19, Cl 13.2.7.1
Resistance Factor in Shear ACI 318-19, Table 21.2.1
Concrete Shear Strength ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5.5.1 and 14.5.5.1 (plain concrete)
Factored One-Way Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 7.5.1.1
Ultimate Shear at Critical Section ACI 318-19, Cl 7.4.3.2 and Cl 22.5.1.2 for crushing strength
Wall is centered on the footing
Wall is subject to axial loads, lateral shear loads and uniaxial bending moments only
Wall reinforcement continues directly into footing (interface is not checked by this sheet)
The wall itself is designed separately
Compression reinforcement is not considered in bending strength calculations
Lateral loads are only used to check sliding
No shear reinforcement is considered
Development length is reduced by considering excess reinforcement area
If there is insufficient development length, calculator will automatically check if a plain concrete design will work. Sheet values will update
to plain concrete design
We don't consider the weight of the wall for uplift cheking
ϕb=\phi_{b}
=
ϕ =b 0.60.60.6
Mn=M_n
=
M =n 337333733373lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
ϕMn=\phi
M_{n}
=
ϕM =n 202420242024lb⋅ft/ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
Mu=M_{u}
=
M =u 80.180.180.1 lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
ϕv=\phi_v
=
ϕ =v 0.60.60.6
Vc=V_{c}
=
V =c 809580958095plf\mathrm{plf}plf
ϕVn=\phi
V_n
=
ϕV =n 485748574857plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Vu=V_{u}
=
V =u 000plf\mathrm{plf}plf
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Flexural Analysis (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.2)
One-Way Shear (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5)
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1175 of 1257
Restrained (Basement) Retaining Wall (version 12)Created with ClearCalcs.com
Client:Shape Architecture Author:Miguel Gonzalez Date:Jun 12, 2025
Project:Rotolo Park Restrooms Job #:25.0038
Address:Subject:
RW1
References:IBC 2021, ASCE 7-16, ACI 318-19
Total Sliding Forces
Total Resistance to Sliding IBC 2021, Cl 1806.3
Lateral Force Transmitted to Top Restraint
Lateral Force Transmitted to Footing
Restraint
Maximum Bearing Pressure
Soil Allowable Bearing Capacity
Moment Demand of Wall Stem ACI 318-19, Cl 11.4 ACI 318-19, Cl 11.8.3.1 ASCE 7-16, Ch 2
Moment Capacity of Wall Stem ACI 318-19, Cl 22.3 ACI 318-19, Cl 11.8.1.1
Axial Demand of Wall Stem ACI 318-19, Cl 11.4 ACI 318-19, Cl 11.8.1.1 ASCE 7-16, Ch 2
Axial Capacity of Wall Stem ACI 318-19, Cl 11.4.2.1 ACI 318-19, Cl 11.5.3.1
Shear Demand of Wall Stem ACI 318-19, Cl 9.4.3 ASCE 7-16, Ch 2
Shear Capacity of Wall Stem ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5
Moment Demand of Footing ACI 318-19, Cl 13.2.7.1
Moment Capacity of Footing ACI 318-19, Cl 22.3
Shear Demand of footing ACI 318-19, Cl 9.4.3
Shear Capacity of Footing ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5
PASS
Fsliding=F_{sliding}
=
F =sliding 132813281328plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Fresist=F_{resist}
=
F =resist 481481481plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Rrestraint,top=R_{restraint,top}
=
R =restraint,top 396396396plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Rrestraint,bot=R_{restraint,
bot}
=
R =restraint,bot 847847847plf\mathrm{plf}plf
qmax=q_{max}
=
q =max 154715471547psf\mathrm{psf}psf
77%qa=q_{a}
=
q =a 200020002000psf\mathrm{psf}psf
Mu,stem=M_{u,stem}
=
M =u,stem 0.9580.9580.958 kip⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{kip
\cdot
ft /
ft}
kip⋅ft/ft
19%ϕMn,stem=\phi
M_{n,stem}
=
ϕM =n,stem 5.065.065.06 kip⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{kip
\cdot
ft /
ft}
kip⋅ft/ft
Pu,stem=P_{u,stem}
=
P =u,stem 161916191619plf\mathrm{plf}plf
1%ϕPn,max,stem=\phi
P_{n,max,stem}
=
ϕP =n,max,stem112
300112\,
300
112 300 plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Vu,stem=V_{u,stem}
=
V =u,stem 982982982plf\mathrm{plf}plf
33%ϕVn,stem=\phi
V_{n,stem}
=
ϕV =n,stem 296229622962plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Mu,ftg=M_{u,ftg}
=
M =u,ftg 0.1010.1010.101 kip⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{kip
\cdot
ft /
ft}
kip⋅ft/ft
4%ϕMn,ftg=\phi
M_{n,ftg}
=
ϕM =n,ftg 2.52.52.5kip⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{kip
\cdot
ft /
ft}
kip⋅ft/ft
Vu,ftg=V_{u,ftg}
=
V =u,ftg 000plf\mathrm{plf}plf
0%ϕVn,ftg=\phi
V_{n,ftg}
=
ϕV =n,ftg 480048004800plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Stability Summary
Stem Summary
Footing Summary
Page 1176 of 1257
DistancefromBottomofColumn(ft)
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
DLSurcharge
0ft
4.67
p_D:
54.5psf
LLSurcharge
0ft
4.67
p_L:21.8psf
Backfill
0ft
4.67
p:280psf
p:0
LoadCase:1.0p+1.0p_D +1.0p_L
HeightfromBottomofStem(ft)
1
2
3
4
Moment(lb*ft/ft)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Stem Load Diagrams
Page 1177 of 1257
LoadCase:1.0p+1.0p_D +1.0p_L
HeightfromBottomof
Stem(ft)
1
2
3
4
Shear(plf)
-400 -200 0 200 400 600
Reactions AxialLoad LateralLoad
DistancefromBottomofColumn(ft)
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
614plf
396plf
Page 1178 of 1257
Wall Height
Restraint Height
Wall Thickness
Length of Toe
Length of Heel
Thickness of Footing
Effective Footing Thickness ACI 318-19, Cl 14.5.1.7
Dead Load Surchage
Dead Load Surcharge is Directly Above
Heel?
Live Load Surchage
Concentrated Vertical Stem Load
Label Load Magnitudes
Concentrated Vertical Stem Load D: 572 plf, L: 233 plf
Height of Backfill
Depth of Soil Cover to Bottom of Footing
Lateral Pressure Method IBC 2021, Cl 1610.1
Fill Soil Type IBC 2021, Table 1610.1 for lateral soil load values, and IBC2021, Table 1806.2 for bearing capacity and lateral resistance.
Source of Soil Properties
Allowable Bearing Capacity of Base Soil
Soil-Footing Friction Coefficient
Base Soil Cohesion
Soil-Footing Friction Coefficient If presumptive values are used: IBC 2021 Table 1806.2
Base Soil Cohesion If presumptive values are used: IBC 2021 Table 1806.2
h_stem=4.67ft
h_cov=3ft
t_footing=0.833ft
h_bf=5.5ft
t_stem=0.667ft
L_heel=0.33ftL_toe=0.33ft
H=5.5ft
ConcreteWall SoilCover Backfill
H=H
=
H =5.55.55.5ft\mathrm{ft}ft
Hrestraint=H_{restraint}
=
H =restraint 5.55.55.5ft\mathrm{ft}ft
tstem=t_{stem}
=
t =stem 888in\mathrm{in}in
Ltoe=L_{toe}
=
L =toe 0.330.330.33 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
Lheel=L_{heel}
=
L =heel 0.330.330.33 ft\mathrm{ft}ft
tfooting=t_{footing}
=
t =footing 101010in\mathrm{in}in
htoe=h_{toe}
=
h =toe 888in\mathrm{in}in
qD=q_D
=
q =D 100100100psf\mathrm{psf}psf
No
qL=q_L
=
q =L 404040psf\mathrm{psf}psf
wstem=w_{stem}
=
w =stem
wstemw_{stem}wstem
hbf=h_{bf}
=
h =bf 5.55.55.5ft\mathrm{ft}ft
hcov=h_{cov}
=
h =cov 333ft\mathrm{ft}ft
Equivalent Fluid Pressure - IBC 2021
Values
GP - Poorly-graded gravel
Custom Values
qa,input=q_{a,input}
=
q =a,input 200020002000psf\mathrm{psf}psf
μinput=\mu_{input}
=
μ =input 0.350.350.35
cbase,input=c_{base,input}
=
c =base,input 000psf\mathrm{psf}psf
μ=\mu
=
μ =0.350.350.35
cbase=c_{base}
=
c =base 000psf\mathrm{psf}psf
Key Dimensions
Surcharge
Soil Properties
Base Soil Properties
Page 1179 of 1257
Concrete Strength ACI 318-19 Table 19.2.1.1
Concrete Weight Classification ACI 318-19, Cl 19.2.4.1
Reinforcement Yield Strength ACI 318-19 Table 20.2.2.4a
Concrete Modulus of Elasticity ACI 318-19, Cl 19.2.2.1.b
Stem Concrete Cover Input ACI 318-19 Table 20.5.1.3.1
Stem Concrete Cover ACI 318-19 Table 20.5.1.3.1
Reinforcement Placement
Reinforcement Size
Steel Elastic Modulus ACI 318-19, Cl 20.2.2.2
Reinforcement Spacing ACI 318-19, Cl 25.2.1 (minimum spacing) and Cl 7.7.2.3(maximum spacing)
Include Footing Reinforcement?
Shrinkage/Temperature Reinforcement
Size
Stem Shrinkage/Temperature Bar Spacing ACI 318-19, Cl 7.7.2.3
Footing Shrinkage/Temperature Bar
Spacing ACI 318-19, Cl 7.7.2
Depth to Stem Reinforcement
Area of Vertical Tension Reinforcement
Design Code for Load Combinations International Building Code (IBC) 2021
Retaining Wall Movement Condition
Footing Restrained Against Sliding?
Consider Resisting Soil Pressures for
Stability Checks?
Consider Soil Above Toe for Stability
Checks?
Sliding Minimum Factor of Safety IBC 2021, Cl 1807.2.3
Backfill Soil Width ,
Weight of Wall Stem
Weight of Heel
Weight of Toe
Weight of Shear Key
Weight of Backfill Soil
Concentrated Stem Vertical Dead Load
Concentrated Stem Vertical Live Load
fc′=f'_c
=
f =c′250025002500psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Normalweight
fy=f_y
=
f =y 60
00060\,
000
60 000 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
Ec=E_c
=
E =c 2.85×1062.85×10^{6}2.85 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
cstem=c_{stem}
=
c =stem 222in\mathrm{in}in
cstem=c_{stem}
=
c =stem 222in\mathrm{in}in
One row at exposed face
#5
Es=E_s
=
E =s 29.0×10629.0×10^{6}29.0 × 106 psi\mathrm{psi}psi
sstem=s_{stem}
=
s =stem 181818in\mathrm{in}in
No
#5
sℓ,stem=s_{\ell,stem}
=
s =ℓ,stem 161616in\mathrm{in}in
sℓ,footing=s_{\ell,footing}
=
s =ℓ,footing 17.217.217.2 in\mathrm{in}in
dstem=d_{stem}
=
d =stem 5.695.695.69 in\mathrm{in}in
As,stem=A_{s,stem}
=
A =s,stem 0.2070.2070.207 in2/
ft\mathrm{in^2 /
ft}
in /ft2
code=code
=
code =
At-Rest Case (Ko)
Yes
No
No
FSmin,sliding=FS_{\text{min},sliding}
=
FS =min,sliding1.51.51.5
ws=w_s
=
w =s 000ft\mathrm{ft}ft 444in\mathrm{in}in
Wstem=W_{stem}
=
W =stem 467467467plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Wheel=W_{heel}
=
W =heel 41.341.341.3 plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Wtoe=W_{toe}
=
W =toe 41.341.341.3 plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Wkey=W_{key}
=
W =key 000plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Wbf=W_{bf}
=
W =bf 169169169plf\mathrm{plf}plf
WstemD=W_{stem_D}
=
W =stemD 572572572plf\mathrm{plf}plf
WstemL=W_{stem_L}
=
W =stemL 233233233plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Concrete Properties
Stem Reinforcement
Footing Reinforcement (Bottom Bars)
Shrinkage / Temperature Reinforcement
Stem Reinforcement Depth & Spacing
Design Criteria
Unfactored Vertical Loads for Stability Design
Page 1180 of 1257
Lateral Force Due to Dead Load Surcharge
Lateral Force Due to Live Load Surcharge
Lateral Force Due to Backfill
Vertical Loads (Resisting)
Element Unfactored Forces ()Load Factor Weight ()Moment Arm ()Restoring Moment ()
Dead Load Surcharge
Wall Stem
Wall Footing
Shear Key
Soil Cover Above Toe
Backfill Above Water Table
Concentrated Stem Dead Load
Live Load Surcharge Vertical Loads (Soil
Bearing)
Element Unfactored Forces ()Load Factor Weight ()Moment Arm ()Restoring Moment ()
Live Load Surcharge
Concentrated Stem Live Load
Lateral Loads IBC 2021, Cl 1806.1, Cl 1605.2
Element Unfactored Forces ()Load Factor Lateral Load ()Moment Arm ()Overturning Moment ()
Dead Load Surcharge
Live Load Surcharge
Backfill
Total Horizontal Loads (Sliding)
Total Vertical Loads (Resisting Sliding)
Eccentricity (Live Load Not Over Heel),
Eccentricity (Live Load Over Heel),
Bearing Pressures on the Toe IBC 2021, Cl 1806.1, Cl 1605.2
Location Live Load Not Over Heel ()Live Load Over Heel ()
Toe
Wall Face in Toe Direction
Bearing Pressures on the Heel IBC 2021, Cl 1806.1, Cl 1605.2
Location Live Load Not Over Heel ()Live Load Over Heel ()
Wall Face in Heel Direction
Heel
PD=P_{D}
=
P =D 0.30.30.3kip/
ft\mathrm{kip /
ft}
kip/ft
PL=P_{L}
=
P =L 0.120.120.12 kip/
ft\mathrm{kip /
ft}
kip/ft
Pbf=P_{bf}
=
P =bf 0.9080.9080.908 kip/ft\mathrm{kip /
ft}
kip/ft
W=\textbf{W}
=
W =
WunfactoredW_{unfactored}Wunfactored kip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ WWWkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft yyyft\mathrm{ft}ft MrestoreM_{restore}Mrestore kip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft
000 111 000 1.161.161.16 000
0.4670.4670.467 111 0.4670.4670.467 0.6630.6630.663 0.310.310.31
0.1660.1660.166 111 0.1660.1660.166 0.6630.6630.663 0.110.110.11
000 111 000 0.6630.6630.663 000
0.07870.07870.0787 111 0.07870.07870.0787 0.1650.1650.165 0.0130.0130.013
0.1690.1690.169 111 0.1690.1690.169 1.161.161.16 0.1970.1970.197
0.5720.5720.572 111 0.5720.5720.572 0.6630.6630.663 0.3790.3790.379
WL=\textbf{W}
_L
=
W =L
WunfactoredW_{unfactored}Wunfactored kip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ WWWkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft yyyft\mathrm{ft}ft MrestoreM_{restore}Mrestore kip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft
0.01320.01320.0132 111 0.01320.01320.0132 1.161.161.16 0.01530.01530.0153
0.2330.2330.233 111 0.2330.2330.233 0.6630.6630.663 0.1550.1550.155
H=\textbf{H}
=
H =
HunfactoredH_{unfactored}Hunfactored kip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ HHHkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft yyyft\mathrm{ft}ft MoverturnM_{overturn}Moverturn kip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft
0.30.30.3 111 0.30.30.3 2.752.752.75 0.8250.8250.825
0.120.120.12 111 0.120.120.12 2.752.752.75 0.330.330.33
0.9080.9080.908 111 0.9080.9080.908 1.831.831.83 1.661.661.66
Htotal=H_{total}
=
H =total 1.331.331.33 kip/
ft\mathrm{kip /
ft}
kip/ft
Wsliding=W_{sliding}
=
W =sliding 1.371.371.37 kip/
ft\mathrm{kip /
ft}
kip/ft
e=e
=
e =000ft\mathrm{ft}ft −0.4-0.4−0.4in\mathrm{in}in
eL=e_L
=
e =L 000ft\mathrm{ft}ft −0.4-0.4−0.4in\mathrm{in}in
BPshorttoe=\textbf{BP}
_{shorttoe}
=
BP =shorttoe
qqqpsf\mathrm{psf}psf qLq_LqLpsf\mathrm{psf}psf
941941941 110411041104
101710171017 119211921192
BPshortheel=\textbf{BP}
_{shortheel}
=
BP =shortheel
qqqpsf\mathrm{psf}psf qLq_LqLpsf\mathrm{psf}psf
132713271327 154715471547
124912491249 145714571457
Unfactored Horizontal Loads for Stability Design
Tabulated Soil Loads
Stability Analysis - Sliding Loads
Stability Analysis - Soil Bearing Check
Page 1181 of 1257
Lateral Stem Loads IBC 2021, Cl 1806.1, Cl 1605.2
Element Unfactored Shear Load
()
Unfactored Moment Load
()
Load Factor Factored Shear
()
Factored Moment
()
Backfill
Dead LoadSurcharge
Live Load Surcharge
Vertical Stem Loads IBC 2021, Cl 1806.1, Cl 1605.2
Element Unfactored Axial Load ()Load Factor Factored Axial ()
Weight of Wall Stem
Concentrated Stem Dead Load
Concentrated Stem Live Load
Heel Loads
Element Unfactored Forces ()Load Factor Factored Weight ()Moment Arm ()Heel Moment ()
Dead Load Surcharge
Live Load Surcharge
Heel Weight
Backfill Above Water Table
Toe Loads (Shear)
Element Unfactored Shear Load at d ()Load Factor Factored Shear Load ()
Upwards Soil Pressure
Toe Weight
Heel Loads (Shear)
Element Unfactored Shear Load at d ()Load Factor Factored Shear Load ()
Upwards Soil Pressure
Heel Weight
Soil Above Heel
Toe Loads (Moment)
Element Unfactored Toe Loads ()Load Factor Moment Arm ()Toe Moment ()
Upwards Soil Pressure
Toe Weight
Heel Loads (Moment)
Element Unfactored Heel Loads ()Load Factor Moment Arm ()Heel Moment ()
Upwards Soil Pressure
Heel Weight
Soil Above Heel
Depth of Compression Block ACI 318-19, Cl 22.2.2.4.1 TMS 401-16 Cl 9.3.5.2
Tension Reinforcement Strain ACI 318-19, Cl 22.2.2.4.1 and Cl 7.3.3.1
Resistance Factor in Bending ACI 318-19. Table 21.2.2
Moment Demand ACI 318-19, Cl 11.4 ASCE 7-16, Ch 2
Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.2, Cl 22.3.1.1 and 14.5.2.1 (plain concrete)
Factored Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, 8.5.1.1a
SL=\textbf{SL}
=
SL =
VstemV_{stem}Vstemkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft
MstemM_{stem}Mstemkip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft ξ\xiξ
Vstem,uV_{stem,u}Vstem,ukip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft
Mstem,uM_{stem,u}Mstem,ukip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft
0.4360.4360.436 0.3910.3910.391 1.61.61.6 0.6970.6970.697 0.6260.6260.626
0.1270.1270.127 0.1480.1480.148 1.61.61.6 0.2040.2040.204 0.2380.2380.238
0.05090.05090.0509 0.05940.05940.0594 1.61.61.6 0.08150.08150.0815 0.0950.0950.095
SLV=\textbf{SL}
_V
=
SL =V
PstemP_{stem}Pstem kip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ Pstem,uP_{stem,u}Pstem,u plf\mathrm{plf}plf
0.4670.4670.467 1.21.21.2 560560560
0.5720.5720.572 1.21.21.2 686686686
0.2330.2330.233 1.61.61.6 373373373
HL=\textbf{HL}
=
HL =
WWWkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ WuW_uWukip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft yyyft\mathrm{ft}ft Mu,heelM_{u,heel}Mu,heel kip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft
0.0330.0330.033 1.21.21.2 0.03960.03960.0396 0.1650.1650.165 0.006530.006530.00653
0.01320.01320.0132 1.61.61.6 0.02110.02110.0211 0.1650.1650.165 0.003480.003480.00348
0.04130.04130.0413 1.21.21.2 0.04950.04950.0495 0.1650.1650.165 0.008170.008170.00817
0.1690.1690.169 1.21.21.2 0.2030.2030.203 0.1650.1650.165 0.03350.03350.0335
TLV=\textbf{TL}
_V
=
TL =V
VdV_dVdkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ VuV_uVukip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft
000 1.61.61.6 000
000 0.90.90.9 000
HLV=\textbf{HL}
_V
=
HL =V
VdV_dVdkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ VuV_uVukip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft
000 1.61.61.6 000
000 0.90.90.9 000
000 0.90.90.9 000
TLM=\textbf{TL}
_M
=
TL =M
PPPkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ yyyft\mathrm{ft}ft MuM_{u}Mu kip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft
0.3790.3790.379 1.61.61.6 0.1630.1630.163 0.09870.09870.0987
−0.0413-0.0413−0.0413 0.90.90.9 0.1650.1650.165 −0.00613-0.00613−0.00613
HLM=\textbf{HL}
_M
=
HL =M
PPPkip/ft\mathrm{kip / ft}kip/ft ξ\xiξ yyyft\mathrm{ft}ft MuM_{u}Mu kip⋅ft/ft\mathrm{kip \cdot ft / ft}kip⋅ft/ft
0.4960.4960.496 1.61.61.6 0.1670.1670.167 0.1320.1320.132
−0.0413-0.0413−0.0413 0.90.90.9 0.1650.1650.165 −0.00613-0.00613−0.00613
−0.169-0.169−0.169 0.90.90.9 0.1650.1650.165 −0.0252-0.0252−0.0252
a=a
=
a =0.4860.4860.486 in\mathrm{in}in
εt=\varepsilon_{t}
=
ε =t 0.02680.02680.0268
ϕb=\phi_{b}
=
ϕ =b 0.90.90.9
Mu,stem=M_{u,stem}
=
M =u,stem 0.9580.9580.958 kip⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{kip
\cdot
ft /ft}
kip⋅ft/ft
Mn=M_n
=
M =n 562656265626lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
lb ⋅ft/ft
ϕMn=\phiϕM=n 506350635063lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lblb⋅ft/ft
Structural Strength Design Loads
Stem Flexural Analysis (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.2)
Page 1182 of 1257
Gross Area of Wall Stem
Effective Eccentricity under Ultimate
Loads
Strain in Extreme Tension Steel ACI 318-19, Cl 21.2.2
Stem Slenderness Ratio ACI 318-19, Cl 6.2.5
NOTE: Slenderness effects can be ignored.
Resistance Factor in Bending ACI 318-19. Table 21.2.2
Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.2, Cl 22.3.1.1 and 14.5.2.1 (plain concrete)
Factored Moment Capacity ACI 318-19, 8.5.1.1a
Resistance Factor in Axial ACI 318-19, Cl 11.4.2.1 ACI 318-19, Cl 21.2.2 ACI 318-19, Table21.2.2
Nominal Axial Strength ACI 318-19, Cl 22.4.2.2
Axial Strength
Axial strength represents the maximum compressive the stemwall can resist along its longitudinal axis. It is influenced by thematerial properties and cross-sectional area. This value iscritical for assessing the stem wall capacity to safely supportaxial forces.
Resistance Factor in Shear ACI 318-19 Table 21.2.1
Shear Size Factor ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5.5.1.3, Cl 13.2.6.2
Factored Stem Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5.5
Resistance Factor in Shear (Footing)ACI 318-19 Table 21.2.1
Footing Shear Size Factor ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5.5.1.3, Cl 13.2.6.2
Factored Footing Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5.5
Resistance Factor in Shear (Shear Key)ACI 318-19 Table 21.2.1
Factored Key Shear Capacity ACI 318-19, Cl 14.5.1
Overturning is fully prevented by the restraint (eg floor diaphragm), no overturning checks are performed.
Axial loads on the wall are not considered.
No shear key is considered.
The backfill is flat, with no slope.
Only live load surcharge, the wall self-weight and soil loads are currently considered.
Backfill soil material is granular only.
Concrete detailing needs to be checked separately.
This calculator does not consider effects of expansive soils.
Upwards soil pressure on heel is conservatively neglected for strength design.
Rebar is continuous over the entire height of the wall.
The footing ends never lift off the ground, consequently no top bars are considered in the design of the footing.
Concentrated loads are being considered in the middle of the stem.
Calculated out-of-plane deflection due to service loads, Δs, including PΔ effects, does not exceed ℓc/150.
Ag,stem=A_{g,stem}
=
A =g,stem 969696in2/
ft\mathrm{in^2 /
ft}
in /ft2
estem=e_{stem}
=
e =stem 7.17.17.1in\mathrm{in}in
εt=\varepsilon_{t}
=
ε =t 0.02430.02430.0243
kstemlu/
rstem=k_{stem}
l_u /
r_{stem}
=
k l /r =stem u stem28.628.628.6
ϕb=\phi_{b}
=
ϕ =b 0.60.60.6
Mn,ftg=M_{n,ftg}
=
M =n,ftg 416741674167lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
ϕMn,ftg=\phi
M_{n,ftg}
=
ϕM =n,ftg 250025002500lb⋅ft/
ft\mathrm{lb
\cdot
ft /
ft}
lb ⋅ft/ft
ϕc=\phi_{c}
=
ϕ =c 0.650.650.65
Po,stem=P_{o,stem}
=
P =o,stem 215
961215\,
961
215 961 plf\mathrm{plf}plf
Pn=P_n
=
P =n 172
769172\,
769
172 769 plf\mathrm{plf}plf
ϕv=\phi_v
=
ϕ =v 0.750.750.75
λs,stem=\lambda_{s,stem}
=
λ =s,stem 111
ϕVn,stem=\phi
V_{n,stem}
=
ϕV =n,stem 296229622962plf\mathrm{plf}plf
ϕv,ftg=\phi_{v,ftg}
=
ϕ =v,ftg 0.60.60.6
λs,ftg=\lambda_{s,ftg}
=
λ =s,ftg 111
ϕVn,ftg=\phi
V_{n,ftg}
=
ϕV =n,ftg 480048004800plf\mathrm{plf}plf
ϕv,key=\phi_{v,key}
=
ϕ =v,key 0.60.60.6
ϕVn,key=\phi
V_{n,key}
=
ϕV =n,key 384038403840plf\mathrm{plf}plf
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Combined Flexural and Axial in Stem (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.4)
Footing Flexural Analysis (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.2)
Axial in Stem (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.4)
Shear in Stem (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5)
Shear in Footing (ACI 318-19, Cl 22.5)
Shear in Shear Key (ACI 318-19, Cl 14.5)
Comments
Assumptions
Page 1183 of 1257
ConnectionCalc Results
Analysis Type:
Design Method:
Load & Resistance Factor
Connection Loading:
Lateral
Fastener Type:
Nail/Spike
Main Member Parameters:
Main Member material category:
Solid Lumber/Timber
Type:
Douglas Fir-Larch
Main Member Thickness:
1‐¹/₂ in
Load to Grain Angle:
90 deg
Side Member Parameters:
Side Member material category:
Solid Lumber/Timber
Type:
Douglas Fir-Larch
Side Member Thickness:
1‐¹/₂ in
Load to Grain Angle:
90 deg
Nail/Spike Parameters:
Type:
Box
Size:
10d (∅0.128in x 3 in)
Nail/Spike Material
6/17/25, 9:27 AM ConnectionCalc Results
https://awc.org/calculators/connection-calculator/1/3
Page 1184 of 1257
Carbon Steel
Analysis Factors:
Time Effect (λ):
1
Wet Service (CM):
1
End Grain (Ceg):
1
Temperature Factor (Ct):
1
Results
Adjusted LRFD Capacity:
194 lb.
Yield Modes:
Z’ Im:
798 lb.
Z’ Is:
884 lb.
Z’ II:
345 lb.
Z’ IIIm:
302 lb.
Z’ IIIs:
323 lb.
Z’ IV:
194 lb.
Notes
Douglas Fir- Larch Main Member Dowel Bearing Strength (psi):
4,650 psi
Douglas Fir- Larch Side Member Dowel Bearing Strength (psi):
4,650 psi
Fastener Bending Yield Strength:
100,000 psi
Over-driven nails:
6/17/25, 9:27 AM ConnectionCalc Results
https://awc.org/calculators/connection-calculator/2/3
Page 1185 of 1257
results do not apply
Tip length:
2x diameter
Screw Dowel Bending Strength rounding:
nearest 50 psi
Lateral Results Rounding:
nearest 10 lb
Toe-nails in wood members:
results do not apply
Disclaimer:
While every effort has been made to insure the accuracy of the information presented, and special
effort has been made to assure that the information reflects the state-of-the-art, neither the
American Wood Council nor its members assume any responsibility for any particular design
prepared from this Connection Calculator. Those using this Connection Calculator assume all
liability from its use.
Analysis Parameters
6/17/25, 9:27 AM ConnectionCalc Results
https://awc.org/calculators/connection-calculator/3/3
Page 1186 of 1257
x
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION .............................................................................. 1 1.1 Definitions .............................................................................................................................. 1 1.2 References .............................................................................................................................. 4 1.3 Intention of Terms .................................................................................................................. 4 1.4 Computation of Time ............................................................................................................. 4 1.5 Abbreviations ......................................................................................................................... 4 1.6 Interpretation ......................................................................................................................... 5
Article 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................................................................................ 6 2.1 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ........................................................................ 6 2.2 Notice to Proceed................................................................................................................... 6 2.3 Authority of the City Manager ............................................................................................... 6 2.4 Plans and Specifications ......................................................................................................... 6 2.5 Special Work ........................................................................................................................... 6 2.6 Pre-Construction Meeting ...................................................................................................... 6 2.7 Contractor’s Understanding of Work ..................................................................................... 7 2.8 Contractor’s Representation .................................................................................................. 7 2.9 Other Work ............................................................................................................................ 7 2.10 Notices ................................................................................................................................... 7 2.11 Contractor’s Signs .................................................................................................................. 7
2.12 Publicity and Advertising ........................................................................................................ 7
Article 3. PAYMENTS ................................................................................................................... 7 3.1 Measurement of Work Performed......................................................................................... 7 3.2 Payments to Contractor and Completion .............................................................................. 7 3.3 Appropriate of Funds ........................................................................................................... 12 3.4 Payment for Increased or Decreased Quantities ................................................................. 12 3.5 Payment for Omitted Items ................................................................................................. 12 3.6 Extra and Force Account Work ............................................................................................. 12 3.7 Partial Payments .................................................................................................................. 13 3.8 Taxes / Direct Purchase Option ............................................................................................ 13 3.9 Liens ..................................................................................................................................... 14 3.10 Deductions ........................................................................................................................... 15
Article 4. COMPLETION, TIME and DELAYS IN CONSTRUCTION .................................................... 15 4.1 Delays ................................................................................................................................... 15 4.2 Construction Schedule ......................................................................................................... 15 4.3 Subcontracting or Assigning of Contract .............................................................................. 16 4.4 Commencement of Work ..................................................................................................... 16 4.5 Limitation of Operations ...................................................................................................... 16 4.6 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................ 16 4.7 Character of Workman and Equipment ............................................................................... 17 4.8 Suspension of Work ............................................................................................................. 17 4.9 Suspension of Work for City’s Convenience ........................................................................ 18 4.10 Suspension of Work Due to Order of City, County, State or Federal Court or Agency ........ 18 4.11 Suspension of Work Resulting from Contractor’s Failure to Perform ................................. 18
Page 1187 of 1257
xi
4.12 Contract Time ....................................................................................................................... 18 4.13 Liquidated Damages ............................................................................................................. 19 4.14 Adjustment for Suspended Work ......................................................................................... 20 4.15 Termination of Contract ....................................................................................................... 20 4.16 Termination for Cause .......................................................................................................... 20 4.17 Termination for Convenience of Owner .............................................................................. 21 4.18 Cooperation with Other Contractors ................................................................................... 23 4.19 Terminating of Contractor’s Responsibility .......................................................................... 24
Article 5. PROJECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT ............................................................ 24 5.1 Authority of Project Engineer or Project Manager .............................................................. 24 5.2 Communications .................................................................................................................. 24 5.3 Supervision ........................................................................................................................... 24 5.4 Contractor Performance ...................................................................................................... 25 5.5 Work Performed Under Adverse Weather Conditions ........................................................ 25 5.6 Use of Materials Found on the Work Site ............................................................................ 25 5.7 Final Cleaning Up .................................................................................................................. 25 5.8 Surveys ................................................................................................................................. 25 5.9 Lines and Grades .................................................................................................................. 26 5.10 Value Engineering ................................................................................................................ 26 5.11 Sanitary Regulations ............................................................................................................. 26 5.12 Staging and Storage .............................................................................................................. 26 5.13 Salvage ................................................................................................................................. 27 5.14 Materials and Equipment Furnished by the Contractor ...................................................... 27 5.15 Substitution of Materials and Equipment ............................................................................ 27 5.16 Cutting and Patching ............................................................................................................ 28 5.17 Samples and Testing ............................................................................................................. 28 5.18 Property Rights in Materials ................................................................................................. 29
Article 6. CHANGES IN THE WORK .............................................................................................. 29 6.1 Changes and Increased or Decreased Quantities of Work ................................................... 29 6.2 Adjustments to Contract Price ............................................................................................. 35 6.3 Omitted Items ...................................................................................................................... 37 6.4 Work Not Specified But Included ......................................................................................... 37 6.5 Extra Work – Force Account ................................................................................................. 37 6.6 Unauthorized Work .............................................................................................................. 37
Article 7. SUBCONTRCTORS, SUPPLIERS AND PERSONNEL ........................................................... 37 7.1 Subcontractors ..................................................................................................................... 37 7.2 Workforce ............................................................................................................................ 38 7.3 Compliance with Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 ......................................... 38 7.4 Personnel & Civil Rights ....................................................................................................... 39
Article 8. INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION OF DEFECTS ...................................................................... 40 8.1 Defective Work and Materials ............................................................................................. 40 8.2 Substituted Performance ..................................................................................................... 41 8.3 Authority and Duties of Inspectors ...................................................................................... 41 8.4 Inspection ............................................................................................................................. 41 8.5 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work.................................................................... 42
8.6 Geotechnical and Other Design Professional Reports, Investigations & Tests .................... 43
Article 9. PROTECTION OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENT ......................................... 43 9.1 Protection of Persons ........................................................................................................... 43
Page 1188 of 1257
xii
9.2 Protection of Property ......................................................................................................... 44 9.3 Protection of Historical Sites ................................................................................................ 44 9.4 Responsibility to Repair ....................................................................................................... 44 9.5 Traffic Control ...................................................................................................................... 44 9.6 Protection of Street Signs, Traffic Signs and Signals ............................................................ 46 9.7 Utilities ................................................................................................................................. 46 9.8 Coordination with Englewood Utilities ................................................................................ 46 9.9 Notification of Affected Utility and Property Owners .......................................................... 46 9.10 Pollution Control .................................................................................................................. 46 9.11 Public Convenience and Safety ............................................................................................ 47 9.12 Use of Explosives .................................................................................................................. 47 9.13 Restoration of Property ........................................................................................................ 47
Article 10. PERMITS AND LICENSES; COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT LAWS ...................................... 47 10.1 Compliance with Laws, Licenses and Permits ...................................................................... 48
Article 11. BONDS ........................................................................................................................ 49 11.1 Bonds .................................................................................................................................... 49
Article 12. WARRANTY ................................................................................................................ 49 12.1 Scope of Warranty................................................................................................................ 49 12.2 Owners Right to Correct ....................................................................................................... 50 12.3 Non-Emergency Warranty Work .......................................................................................... 50 12.4 Performance During Warranty Period ................................................................................. 50
Article 13. INSURANCE; RISK OF LOSS ........................................................................................... 50 13.1 General Requirements ......................................................................................................... 50 13.2 Required Policies and Limits ................................................................................................ 51 13.3 Terms of Insurance ............................................................................................................... 52
Article 14. INDEMNIFICATION ...................................................................................................... 53 14.1 Contractor to Owner ............................................................................................................ 53 14.2 Owner to Contractor ............................................................................................................ 53 14.3 No Personal Liability of the Project Engineer or Project Manager ...................................... 54 14.4 No Waiver of Legal Rights .................................................................................................... 54
Article 15. DEFAULTS, REMEDIES AND TERMINATION ................................................................... 54 15.1 Notice of Disputes and Objections ....................................................................................... 54 15.2 Negotiations of Disputes ...................................................................................................... 55 15.3 Decision ................................................................................................................................ 55 15.4 Waiver .................................................................................................................................. 55 15.5 Contractor’s Remedies ......................................................................................................... 55 15.6 Owner’s Remedies ............................................................................................................... 56 15.7 Owner’s Special Remedy for Delay ...................................................................................... 56 15.8 Attorney’s Fees .................................................................................................................... 56
Article 16. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR ...................................................................................... 56
Article 17. DISPOSAL; HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES .......................................................................... 57 17.1 Removal and Disposal of Structures and Obstructions ........................................................ 57 17.2 Cleaning Up and Restorations .............................................................................................. 57 17.3 Removal of Condemned Materials and Work ...................................................................... 57 17.4 Pests & Vector Control ......................................................................................................... 57
Page 1189 of 1257
xiii
17.5 Hazardous Substances ......................................................................................................... 57 17.6 Existing Facilities – Hazardous Substances May Exist .......................................................... 57 17.7 No Introduction of Hazardous Substances ........................................................................... 57 17.8 Suspected Hazardous Substances ........................................................................................ 57 17.9 Ordinary Course Materials ................................................................................................... 58
Article 18. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS ............................................................................................ 58 18.1 Patents and Copyrights ........................................................................................................ 58
Article 19. DRAWINGS, DETAIL AND INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... 58 19.1 Drawings and Specifications ................................................................................................ 58 19.2 Copies of Drawings and Specifications Furnished ................................................................ 59 19.3 Utilities ................................................................................................................................. 59 19.4 Requests for Clarification and Information .......................................................................... 59 19.5 Dimensions ........................................................................................................................... 60 19.6 Shop Drawings ...................................................................................................................... 60 19.7 Record Documents ............................................................................................................... 61 19.8 Operating Manuals and Parks Lists ...................................................................................... 61 19.9 Conformity With Plans and Allowable Deviations ............................................................... 61 19.10 Coordination of Specifications, Plans and Special Provisions .............................................. 61 19.11 Ownership to Work Product ................................................................................................ 61
Article 20. RIGHT-OF-WAY ........................................................................................................... 61 20.1 Acquisition of Right-of-Way ................................................................................................. 61 20.2 Access to Right-of-Way ........................................................................................................ 62 20.3 Rights-of-Way ....................................................................................................................... 62
Article 21. SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................... 62 21.1 Schedule of Submittals ......................................................................................................... 62 21.2 Scope of Engineer’s Reviews ................................................................................................ 62 21.3 Review Process ..................................................................................................................... 62
Article 22. NOTICES ..................................................................................................................... 62
Article 23. OWNER’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................... 62 23.1 Owner Performance ............................................................................................................. 62 23.2 Project Engineer or Project Manager ................................................................................... 63 23.3 Right to Bar Persons From the Work or Site ........................................................................ 63 23.4 Access to Work ..................................................................................................................... 63 23.5 Inspection ............................................................................................................................. 63
Article 24. CONCEALED CONDITIONS ............................................................................................ 64 24.1 Discovery of Concealed Physical Conditions ........................................................................ 64 24.2 Inspection and Drawing Update ........................................................................................... 64 24.3 Delays ................................................................................................................................... 64 24.4 Change Order ....................................................................................................................... 64 24.5 Costs ..................................................................................................................................... 64
Article 25. WAIVER ...................................................................................................................... 64 25.1 Waiver .................................................................................................................................. 64 25.2 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................ 64
Article 26. OTHER CONDITIONS .................................................................................................... 64
Page 1190 of 1257
xiv
26.1 Binding Contract ................................................................................................................... 64 26.2 Legislative of Judicial Decisions ............................................................................................ 65 26.3 Superseding .......................................................................................................................... 65 26.4 Professional Standards ......................................................................................................... 65 26.5 Notification in Writing .......................................................................................................... 65 26.6 Headings for Reference Only ............................................................................................... 65 26.7 One Instrument .................................................................................................................... 65 26.8 Third Party Claims ................................................................................................................ 65 26.9 Calendar Days ....................................................................................................................... 65 26.10 Written Consent ................................................................................................................... 65 26.11 Reallocation of Resources .................................................................................................... 65 26.12 Disclosure of Confidential Information ................................................................................ 66 26.13 Audit ..................................................................................................................................... 66 26.14 Federal Aid Provisions .......................................................................................................... 66 26.15 Duties & Remedies ............................................................................................................... 66 26.16 Survival ................................................................................................................................. 66 26.17 Government Immunity ......................................................................................................... 66 26.18 Construction ......................................................................................................................... 66 26.19 No Implied Representations ................................................................................................ 66 26.20 Financial Obligations of the City ........................................................................................... 66 26.21 Assignment/Transference .................................................................................................... 66 26.22 Amendments ........................................................................................................................ 66 26.23 No Third-Party Beneficiaries ................................................................................................ 66 26.24 Independent Contract – No Partnership or Agency ............................................................. 66 26.25 Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue ..................................................................................... 66 26.26 Attorney’s Fees and Costs .................................................................................................... 67
Page 1191 of 1257
1
Article 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1 DEFINITIONS: Whenever the following terms or pronouns are used in the Specifications and Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows Terms defined in the Agreement or other Contract Documents, and not defined within this Article, shall have the meaning given them in the Document where defined.
1) ADDENDA: Written changes to the Bid Documents issued before the opening of Bids that clarify, correct, or change the Contract or change the date set for the Opening of Bids.
2) AMENDMENT: A change to the original contract which sets forth additional work which is new, and is outside the scope of the original contract and/or proposal. Such Amendment may require additional funding and bonding and will require approval in accordance with the Owner’s purchasing policy.
3) BID: The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed forms setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed.
4) BIDDER: The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner.
5) BID SECURITY: The security, as designated in the “Instructions to Bidders” furnished with the Bid by the Bidder as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into the Contract and Furnish Bond(s) as required if the work be awarded to such Bidder.
6) BONDS: Bid, performance, payment and material bonds, any warranty bond, or other instruments of security furnished by the Contractor and its Surety to the Owner according to the Contract.
7) CHANGE ORDER: A written order to the Contractor, signed by the Project Engineer, on behalf of Owner, ordering a change that has been found necessary in the Work from that originally shown in the Plans and Specifications but which is still within the general scope of the Contract. If the Work is of a nature involving an adjustment of unit prices, a Supplemental Agreement shall be executed. A change order set forth upon a change order form generated by Owner, and signed by both Owner and Contractor, authorizes modifications to the existing contract documents.
8) COMPLETION DATE: The date the Contract specifies the Work is to be completed.
9) CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: The schedule of Work approved by Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents.
10) CONTRACT OR CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The written Agreement executed between the Owner and the successful Bidder (“Contractor”), covering the performance of the Work and the furnishing of labor and materials, which binds the Contractor to perform the Work and furnish the labor and materials and by which the Owner is obligated to provide compensation at a mutually established and accepted rate or price. The Contract shall include Contract Agreement, Request for Bid, Bidder’s response (“Bid”), Bid Bond, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Material Bond, Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed, Final Acceptance and Warranty Initiation, Final Receipt, Notice of End of Basic Warranty Period, Special Provisions, General Provisions, Statements of Work, Technical Specifications, Plans, Specifications, Drawings and Addenda or Change Orders, and any and all Supplemental Agreements which may be subsequently entered into to complete the Work in an acceptable manner in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11) CONTRACT PRICE: The total monies payable to the Contractor under the terms and conditions of the Contract.
12) CONTRACT TIME: The number of days provided in the Contract for the completion of the Project from the date of the Notice to Proceed through and including the date of Final Acceptance. The Contract Documents may require completion on or before a certain specified date.
13) CONTRACTOR: The successful bidder, who may be an individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, who executes the Contract, acting directly or through lawful agents or employees, primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the Work for which contracted, and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the Work.
14) CRITICAL PATH: a sequence of project tasks that add up to the longest project duration. If any tasks on the critical path experience delays, the overall project schedule must be extended.
15) DATE OF CONTRACT (“Effective Date of Contract”): The execution date in the Agreement for a Construction Contract unless otherwise specified.
16) DAY: A calendar day of twenty-four hours, from midnight to midnight, unless otherwise specified herein.
Page 1192 of 1257
2
17) DRAWINGS: The part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by the Project Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor, including plans, profiles, typical cross-sections, general cross-sections, elevations, schedules, and details which show locations, character, dimensions, and details of the Work. Shop drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined.
18) E-VERIFY: (formerly known as the Basic Pilot/Employment Eligibility Verification Program) An internet based system operated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in partnership with the Social Security Administration (SSA) that allows participating employers to electronically verify the employment eligibility of their newly hired employees.
19) ENGINEER (“Project Engineer”): The Owner’s designated, authorized representative assigned to the Project. The Project Engineer may have day-to-day responsibility for managing the Contract, or may designate in writing a Project Manager to provide day-to-day responsibility for managing the Contract.
20) EQUIPMENT: All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the Work.
21) EXTRA WORK: Work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but found to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract, within its intended scope.
22) FIELD ORDER: A written order effecting minor change in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, issued by the Project Engineer to the Contractor during construction.
23) FINAL ACCEPTANCE: An acknowledgment made by the Owner that all Work, as defined in Paragraph 59 herein, has been completed. The Owner’s final acceptance of the Work completed according to the Contract requirements with all parts of the Work in good condition and in working order, including completion of all punch list items, cleanup work, and delivery of all required guarantees, warranties, licenses, releases, and other deliverables.
24) FINAL PAYMENT: The final and complete payment to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.
25) FORCE ACCOUNT: A method of payment, other than lump sum or unit price, for Work ordered by a Change Order.
26) INSPECTOR: An authorized designee of the Engineer or Project Manager, assigned to make all necessary inspection of the Work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor.
27) LABORATORY: The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Project Engineer.
28) NOTICE OF AWARD: A written notice to the successful Bidder stating their Bid has been accepted and that, in accordance with the terms of the notice to Contractors and the Specifications, such Bidder is required to execute the Contract and furnish satisfactory Bonds.
29) NOTICE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE: The written notice of the date, as certified by the Owner, of Final Acceptance.
30) NOTICE TO PROCEED: A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date upon which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents.
31) NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: The written notice of the date, as certified by the Owner, of Substantial Completion.
32) NOTICE OF TERMINATION: Written notice from the Owner to the Contractor to stop Work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the Notice of Termination.
33) OWNER (“City”): The City of Englewood, Colorado.
34) PARTIES: The Owner and the Contractor.
35) PAYMENT BOND: The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety as a guarantee to pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the Work, as provided by law.
36) PERFORMANCE BOND: The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety as a guarantee of good faith and ability on the part of the Contractor to
Page 1193 of 1257
3
execute the Work in accordance with the terms of the Plans, Specifications, and Contract. In lieu of a separate Performance Bond, a combination Performance, Labor and Material Payment Bond may be supplied by the Contractor.
37) PERFORMANCE, LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND: Security furnished by the Contractor and his surety as a guarantee to pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the Work and to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract.
38) PLANS: The official Plans, working drawings, or supplemental drawings or exact reproductions thereof, approved by the Project Engineer which show the locations, character, dimensions, and details of the Work to be done and which are to be considered part of the Contract, supplementary to these Specifications.
39) PROGRESS SCHEDULE: A construction schedule prepared by the Contractor in a bar- chart, critical path or other format acceptable to the Engineer which includes the start and completion dates of all salient features of the Work as specified in Paragraph 41 hereof.
40) PROJECT: The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, and may include construction by other contractors.
41) PROJECT MANAGER: A representative of Owner authorized in writing by the Project Engineer/Engineer, and reporting to the Project Engineer/Engineer, to oversee the Project through day-to-day responsibility for managing the Contract.
42) PROPOSAL: The written offer of the Proposer, when submitted on the approved Proposal form, to perform the contemplated Work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the Plans and Specifications.
43) BID BOND: The security, as designated in the Request for Bids to guarantee the Bidder will accept the Work under the terms set forth within the Bid Documents and Bid Response if the Work is awarded to such Bidder.
44) BIDDER: Any individual, firm, or corporation, submitting a Proposal or Bid for the Work contemplated within the Bid Documents...
45) REASONABLY PREDICTABLE WEATHER DELAYS: Estimated Weather Day(s) where critical path activities cannot be performed in any month, within contract weather or temperature limitations, or due to weather related conditions.
46) SHOP DRAWINGS: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which are prepared by the Contractor, a subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the Work shall be fabricated or installed.
47) SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Specific clauses setting forth conditions or requirements particular to the Project as set forth in the Proposal, which are not stipulated in the General Provisions or Technical Specifications.
48) SPECIFICATIONS: A part of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship. The directions, provisions, and requirements contained therein, and which may be supplemented by Special Provisions, pertaining to the method and manner of performing the Work, or to the quantities or the qualities of materials to be furnished under the Contract.
49) STRUCTURES: Bridges, culverts, sewers, catch basins, retaining walls, manholes, headwalls, buildings, valve vaults and other features which may be encountered or included in the Work and not otherwise classified herein.
50) SUBCONTRACTOR: Any person or entity having a subcontract with the Contractor (or any Subcontractor, of any tier, whether or not authorized by the Contractor) to furnish and perform work at the Work site, including the provision of labor, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, services, or any combination of these. This definition shall not limit the Contractor’s obligations, or alter any Subcontractor’s rights, under any law or contract.
51) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: The date on which the Work has progressed to the point that the Owner can beneficially occupy or utilize the Work for the purpose for which it is intended, and the Work complies with all applicable codes and regulations, including, if required, issuance of a certificate of occupancy, or certificate of suitability for use from the appropriate governmental agencies, as determined by the Owner in its sole discretion
52) SUPERINTENDENT: The executive representative for the Contractor who is present on the Work at all times, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or Project Manager
Page 1194 of 1257
4
and capable of supervising the Work efficiently.
53) SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT: A written Proposal and Agreement, including Amendments, executed by the Contractor and by the Owner, with increased bonding from the surety if such agreement results in an increase in the total contract amount, covering Work not included in the Plans and Proposal or as specified in Section 1.3 which is necessary to for the proper completion of the Project. A supplemental agreement includes addendums to the original agreement, amendments to the original agreement, or change orders if such change order modifies a cost or price agreed to within the original agreement.
54) SUPPLIER: Any person or organization who supplies materials or equipment for the Work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor at the site. This definition shall not limit the Contractor’s obligations, or alter any Supplier’s rights, under any law or contract.
55) SURETY: The corporate body or individuals who are bound by the Bid Bond, Performance Bond and the Payment Bond or the Performance, Labor and Material Payment Bond, with and for the Contractor and which engage to be responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for the payment of all debts incurred in fulfilling the Contract.
56) UNIT PRICE: An amount stated in the Proposal as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the Contract. Unit Prices are intended to cover all items of work to be done and materials to be furnished to fully complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including without limitation the cost of appurtenant items of work, labor, materials, fees, bond costs, supplies, utilities, royalties, tools, forms and equipment, and all other costs (including without limitation sales and use tax, insurance, licenses, permits, profit, and other overhead) not listed separately, not shown on the Plans and Specifications, or not specified but necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents).
57) WEATHER DAY: Any day on which Work is scheduled in the Construction Schedule but cannot be performed within contract weather or temperature limitations or due to weather-related soil conditions, and where work on critical activities cannot be performed for more than fifty percent (50%) of the work day, including any day immediately following a Weather Day on which subsequent day Work was scheduled in the Construction Schedule but cannot be performed on scheduled critical path activities due to weather related site or soil conditions for more than fifty percent (50%) of the day (drying days).
58) WORK: The term "Work" shall be understood to mean the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and other incidentals necessary or convenient to the successful completion of the Project and the carrying out of all the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract.
1.2 REFERENCES: Words describing materials or Work having a well-known technical or trade meaning in an industry, unless otherwise specifically defined, shall be construed in according to well-known meanings as recognized by engineers, architects, and the trades. All references to standard specifications, methods of testing materials, codes, practices, and requirements refer to the edition of each in effect on the date of the Request for Bids unless a specific edition or revision is referenced.
1.3 INTENTION OF TERMS: Any reference to a paragraph or subparagraph within a section shall include the general provision of the section or sections and paragraph pertinent thereto. 1.4 COMPUTATION OF TIME: Any period of time referred to in the Contract Documents will be computed as consecutive calendar days.
1.5 ABBREVIATIONS: When the following abbreviations appear in the documents, they are defined as follows:
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association AGC Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. AIA American Institute of Architects AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute APHA American Public Health Association APWA American Public Works Association ASA American Standards Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
Page 1195 of 1257
5
AWS American Welding Society AWSC American Welding Society Code AWWA American Water Works Association CDOT Colorado Department of Transportation CPM Critical Path Method COE City of Englewood DHS U.S. Department of Homeland Security EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency EWD Englewood Water Department GESC Grading, Erosion and Sediment Control IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices NBS National Bureau of Standards NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act SAME Society of American Military Engineers SPWRP South Platte Water Renewal Partners SAVE Systematic Alien Verification or Entitlement program WW-P Federal Specifications Prefix
1.6 INTERPRETATION 1.6.1 Whenever, in these Specifications, or upon the Plans, or within the Contract Documents the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of like import, are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer or Project Manager is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by, or acceptable to or satisfactory to the Engineer or Project Manager, unless otherwise expressly stated, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner.
1.6.2 “Including” shall, unless otherwise specifically stated, mean including, but not limitedto.
1.6.3 Words such as “hereby,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to the Agreement in its entirety and the General Conditions of the Contract, subject to the provisions of the Agreement relating to resolution of differences between terms of different Contract Documents.
1.6.4 Where otherwise consistent with the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.
1.6.5 The titles of articles and sections used in the Agreement and these General Conditions of the Contract are primarily for the convenience of the reader but may be used as aids in interpreting any provision herein. If any of the provisions of the exhibits attached to the Agreement hereto or of any of the Contract Documents are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement shall control.
1.6.6 Any references to “days” in any Contract Documents refer to calendar days. Any references in any Contract Documents or any communications between Owner and Contractor to “business days” refer to days when Owner’s administrative offices are open for the regular conduct of business.
1.6.7 When “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide” is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, “provide” is implied. 1.6.8 Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning.
Page 1196 of 1257
6
Article 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Contract to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owners shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Article 13 below, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance with either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contract and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 13 below. 2.2 NOTICE TO PROCEED: Owner will give the Contractor written Notice to Proceed with the Work after execution of the Contract by the Owner. The Contractor shall begin the Work by the date stated in the Notice to Proceed and diligently pursue the Work regularly and without interruption (unless otherwise directed in writing by the Engineer or Project Manager) with the work force necessary to complete the Work and achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract if no Notice to Proceed is provided. If any milestones are described in the Contract Documents or the approved Construction Schedule, the Work described by each milestone shall be accomplished on or before that milestone in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2.3 AUTHORITY OF THE DEPARTMENT DIRECTOR: The Project Engineer shall be the representative of the Owner in all matters concerning the Contract and the work to be performed thereunder, except the Department Director of the Owner shall have the authority to terminate the Contract as elsewhere herein provided. The Department Director shall make the final decision on all questions as to acceptable fulfillment of the Contract should a dispute between the Contractor and the Project Engineer occur.
2.4 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: It is agreed by the parties hereto that the following list of instruments, drawings and documents which are attached or incorporated by reference constitute and shall be referred to either as the Contract Documents or the Contract and all of said instruments, drawings, and documents taken together as a whole constitute the Contract between the parties hereto and they are as fully a part of this agreement as if they were set out verbatim and in full:
• Invitation to Bid and Supporting Documents • Contract (this instrument), including all Exhibits, Schedules, Attachments, and Specifications. • All Proposal Response Documents • Certificate of Insurance
The Contractor shall perform all items of Work covered and stipulated in the Specifications, Proposal, Contract and Special Provisions, together with any authorized alterations, Extra Work and Supplemental Agreements, all in accordance with the Plans. The Contractor shall furnish, unless otherwise provided in the Specifications and/or Special Provisions, all materials, implements, machinery, equipment, tools, supplies, transportation and labor necessary to perform and complete the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking all steps reasonably necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the Work, and the general and local conditions which can affect the Work or the cost of the work. Failure by the Contractor to do so will not relieve it from responsibility for successfully performing Work without additional expense to Owner. The Owner will not be responsible for any understanding or representations concerning conditions, unless such understanding or representations are expressly stated in the Contract.
2.5 SPECIAL WORK: Should any construction or conditions which are not thoroughly stipulated or set forth by the plans and specifications be anticipated on any proposed Project, Special Provisions for such Work may be prepared and attached hereto as Exhibit C, and shall be considered as part of the Specifications, the same as though contained fully therein. Should any Special Provision conflict with the Specifications, the Special Provision will govern.
2.6 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING: Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by the Project Engineer, Project Manager, Contractor, and others as appropriate, will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules for progress, milestones, and completion of Work, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. The Contractor may be asked to provide specific information as to labor, tools, supplies, equipment, materials and everything necessary for and required to do, perform and complete all the work described, drawn, set forth, shown and included in said Contract Documents.
At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit instructions, receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party.
Page 1197 of 1257
7
2.7 CONTRACTOR’S UNDERSTANDING OF WORK The Contractor agrees that by careful examination it is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality, and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed before beginning and for the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters, which can in any way affect the Work under the Contract. No oral agreement with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner either before or after the execution of the Contract shall affect or change any of the terms or obligations contained in the Contract. 2.8 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATION: The Contractor represents and warrants that it has the knowledge, ability, experience, and expertise to perform the Work competently in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor represents and warrants the capacity of the Contractor's construction plant, personnel, and its ability to complete the Work by the Completion Date.
2.9 OTHER WORK: The Owner reserves the right to award other contracts in connection with the Project or other activities. The Contractor must be prepared to accept the presence, on or adjacent to the construction site, of work forces of other contractors, subcontractors, tenants, government agencies and municipal, public service or utility personnel. The Contractor shall cooperate with and afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their Work, and shall coordinate its Work with theirs. If it becomes impossible to proceed with the Work in a manner that permits all activities to progress at a reasonable pace, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will select the course of action that appears to best serve the Owner. 2.10 CONTRACTOR’S SIGNS: No signs with Contractor’s name, logo, telephone number, address or, (etc.), shall be placed on any pole, road, structure or other surface, unless approved in writing, and in advance of such placement, by the City.
2.11 PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING: Neither the Contractor nor its Subcontractors or Suppliers shall include any reference to the Contract nor to Work performed hereunder in any advertising or public relations materials without first obtaining the written approval of the Project Engineer. All information shall be factual, and shall in no way imply that the Owner endorses the Contractor or its services or product. The Owner shall have the right to photograph, videotape, film or in any other manner record the progress of the Work at any time and to use such materials for any purpose. Article 3. PAYMENTS
3.1 MEASUREMENT OF WORK PERFORMED: The determination of the amount of Work acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract, or as directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in writing, will be made by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, based on measurements taken by him or his agents. These measurements will be taken according to the United States standard measure. All surface and linear measurements will be taken horizontally unless otherwise shown on Plans or specified. Structures shall be measured to the neat lines as shown on the Plans, or as ordered in writing by the Project Manager. Other acceptable methods could include noting a percentage completed or referencing the project schedule by milestone.
3.2 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
3.2.1 General - Unless expressly provided otherwise, the Unit Prices shown in the Contractor’s Proposal include the cost of all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, forms, services, utilities, royalties, fees, taxes, profit, overhead, and any other thing or expense, whether temporary or permanent, necessary to complete the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. Items not shown on the Contract Documents that are necessary to construct the Project will be considered a part of the Project whether specified or not and no separate payment will be made for these items.
3.2.2 Determination of Amounts and Quantities – The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or his or her designee shall verify determinations of amounts and quantities of Work performed. The method of measurement of pay items subject to Unit Prices will be as specified in the Special Conditions.
3.2.3 Monthly Estimates & Progress Payments
a) Before Work commences, Owner and Contractor shall designate a day of the month by which
Page 1198 of 1257
8
Invoices for Payment shall be due. On or before such day of each month after the Construction Work has commenced (but not earlier than the first day of such month), Owner shall submit to Contractor a “Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment” based on the Schedule of Values, and such other materials and information as may be required by the Agreement. No “Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment” except the Application for Final Payment shall be made for an amount less than $1,000.00.
b) The Contractor shall submit signed estimates for progress payments on a monthly basis based on “Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment” for all Work completed to date. Estimates shall be prepared by the Owner no later than ten (10) days after the end of the month for Work subject to the application. Estimates shall be produced in a format reflecting the line items for which payment is requested according to the Unit Price Form in the Proposal and any applicable Change Order, shall be dated as of the actual date of submittal (or revised submittal, as applicable), and shall reflect the Work completed and the date to which Work has been completed. The Contractor will provide support documentation for all estimates, as requested.
c) Each Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment shall constitute a representation and warranty of Contractor (whether or not specifically stated) that Contractor is not in default hereunder, the amounts requested in the Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment are due hereunder, after payment of the amounts requested in the Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment, the amount remaining to be paid under the Contract is sufficient to pay for the balance of the Work, the Work performed to date is in accordance with that contemplated by the Milestone Schedule (or specifying the portions thereof that are not), Contractor has no claims hereunder and has no request for changes in the Milestone Schedule or the Contract Sum not provided for in the Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment. Each Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment shall further constitute the representation and warranty of Contractor (whether or not specifically stated) that the percentage of the Work represented to have been done in each category provided on the Schedule of Values has, in fact, been completed as of the last day of the period for which such Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment has been submitted. The period covered by a Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment shall end not earlier than ten (10) days before the due date for the Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment, unless Contractor and Owner agree otherwise in writing.
d) Each Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment shall set forth the status of all Proposed Changes, Change Directives, and Change Orders.
e) Contractor shall promptly submit such additional information and documents as Owner or Project Professionals may reasonably request in support of the Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment.
f) The signature on each application is a representation by the Contractor to the Owner that the Work has progressed to the point indicated, that the Work covered by the application is in accordance with the Contract Documents, that the money received as a result of the application will be used to discharge the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount requested.
g) By signing a Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment, the Contractor warrants that: (i) the title to the Work covered by the estimate of Work completed will pass to the Owner by incorporation into the completed Work; (ii) the Work covered by previous estimates of Work completed is free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, except for any interest created by retainage; and (iii) no Work covered by the estimate of Work completed is subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or any other person or entity.
h) The Contractor shall provide notice and reason, to the subcontractor or supplier and the Owner, why the subcontractor or supplier is not being paid. The Contractor shall not include in its Periodic Estimate for Partial Payment any billing for defective Work or for work performed by Subcontractors or Suppliers if it does not intend to pay the Subcontractors or Suppliers for such work.
i) Applications may include the value of acceptable materials required in the construction which have been delivered on the site of the Work or to adjacent railway siding and for which acceptable provisions have been made for preservation and storage, providing the Contractor submits with its monthly estimate paid invoices in duplicate for the material for which payment is being requested. Material paid for by the Owner becomes the property of the Owner and, in the event of the default on the part of the Contractor, the Owner may use or cause to be used such materials in construction of the Work provided for in the Contract.
Page 1199 of 1257
9
j) The authorized Owner representative(s) must approve the applications and estimates before progress payments will be made. The Owner will make payments within thirty (30) days after the receipt of a signed monthly estimate in proper form containing all required and requested information. Progress payments are payments on accounts and shall not be construed as acceptance by the Owner of any part of the Work.
k) All progress payments, except for the Final Payment, shall be subject to correction on subsequent applications after the discovery of any error. Approval of an application for payment of Work completed or actual payment by the Owner shall not foreclose the right of the Owner to examine the books and records of the Contractor to determine the correctness and accuracy of any item.
l) The Contractor shall make partial payments of the amount due and payable to each of its Subcontractors and Suppliers in the same manner as the Owner is required to pay the Contractor under this article. This provision shall not create any privity of contract between the Owner and any Subcontractor or Supplier, or make any Subcontractor or Supplier a third- party beneficiary of this Contract.
3.2.4 Retainage & Withheld Amounts
a) The Owner will retain five percent (5%) of the total amount earned, including Change Orders, as indicated in each approved application until Final Payment. Securities are not acceptable to the Owner in lieu of retainage.
b) If the Owner finds that satisfactory progress is being made in all phases of the Contract and work is more than 80% complete, it may, upon written request by the Contractor, authorize payment from the withheld percentage. Before such payment is made, the Owner shall determine that satisfactory and substantial reasons exist for the payment and shall require written approval from any Surety furnishing the Payment Bond or Performance Bond.
c) The Owner may withhold, in addition to retained percentages from Contractor payments, such an amount or amounts from any progress payment or Final Payment as may be necessary to cover: • Claims for labor or materials furnished the Contractor or any Subcontractor or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; • Failure of Contractor to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents • Failure of the Contractor to make proper payment to Subcontractors or Suppliers; • A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid; • Evidence of damage to another contractor, utility, or private property; • Claims filed in connection with the Work or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims. • Uncorrected defective Work or guarantees that have not been met; • Failure of the Contractor to submit cost breakdowns, schedules, reports and other information required under the Contract; • Persistent failure to carry out the Work according to the Contract; • Failure to keep a superintendent on the Site during Construction Work. • Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; • Any tax delinquency, unpaid fee, or other unpaid financial obligation of the Contractor owed to the Owner; • Any request that the Owner pay additional compensation to another contractor as a result of delays in the performance of that contractor’s work caused by the Contractor’s acts or omissions; and • Any other amounts that the Owner is authorized to withhold under the Contract Documents.
If the reason for withholding is removed, the Owner will make payment of the withheld sums with the next regular progress payment unless another basis for withholding exists
d) Execution of the Contract by the Contractor shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor to claim any right of payment of interest upon any funds retained or withheld by the Owner pursuant to these General Conditions or C.R.S. § 38-26-107.
3.2.5 Substantial Completion
a) When the Contractor considers the entire work ready for its intended use, the Contractor shall
Page 1200 of 1257
10
notify the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete, except for minor items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete (the Contractor’s punch list), and request that the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, issue a Notice of Substantial Completion.
b) Within seven (7) days after the receipt of such notice, the Contractor, Engineer, or Project Manager and any other appropriate Owner representatives shall inspect the Work to determine the status of completion and the Contractor’s punch list.
• If the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, does not consider the Work substantially complete, the inspection will cease and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will notify the Contractor in writing giving the reasons for denial of the Notice of Substantial Completion and the Contractor will proceed with the Work. All costs associated with such premature inspection, including any compensation for additional design services and the Owner’s additional costs, shall be deducted from any payment due to the Contractor.
• If the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, considers the Work substantially complete, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will prepare and deliver to the contractor a Notice of Substantial Completion. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall attach to the notice a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before Final Acceptance. Failure to include any items on the punch list shall not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
3.2.6 Right of Early Occupancy or Use
a) The Owner shall have the right to take early possession of and to use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, even if Substantial Completion of the Work has not occurred and even if the Work has not been fully accepted. Such possession and early occupancy shall not constitute Substantial Completion of such portions of the Work nor affect the Owner’s right to assess liquidated damages.
b) If the Owner elects to take possession of and to use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion, an inspection shall be made by the Contractor and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Based upon such inspection, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will attempt to list all incomplete Work items observed, and shall provide the Contractor with such list. However, the absence of an item from the list shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to perform all of the Work. Any and all areas so occupied will be subject to a final inspection prior to Final Acceptance and the issuance of Certificate of Occupancy, if required.
c) At the time of such inspection, the Parties shall also negotiate the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, property insurance premiums, and damage to the Work. These negotiations are subject to the final approval of the Owner.
d) If the Contractor believes there will be an additional cost or delay associated with completion of the Work while the Owner occupies the Work in whole or in part under this section, the Contractor shall advise the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, by Contractor Change Request of all such costs and delays at or before the time of such inspection. If the Contractor fails or refuses to furnish such cost or delay information, or fails or refuses to comply with the Contractor Change Request procedure, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived any and all rights to assert any claim for such additional cost or delay.
3.2.7 Final Acceptance
a) When the Work specified in the Contract (including all punch list items) is completed and the final cleanup has been performed, the Contractor shall notify the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, that all Work under the Contract has been completed and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall, within seven (7) days after such notice, make the final inspection.
b) If the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, finds that the Project has been completed according to the Contract requirements and that all parts of the Work are in good condition and in working order, the Owner, upon the recommendation of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall issue a written Notice of Final Acceptance. Any Notice of Final Acceptance issued orally or without proper Owner authorization is void.
c) If the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, finds that the Project has not been completed according to the Contract requirements and that not all parts of the Work are in good condition and in working order, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall compile a punch list of corrective or replacement Work to be completed by the Contractor and Contract obligations yet to be satisfied that the Contractor shall complete or fulfill to the Project
Page 1201 of 1257
11
Engineer, or Project Manager’s satisfaction, at the Contractor’s expense, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a Notice of Final Acceptance.
3.2.8 Final Settlement & Final Payment
a) After Final Acceptance, the Project Engineer, Contractor, or other person designated by the Owner, as appropriate, will prepare a final estimate of the total value of all Work performed under the Contract. This will include all extra Work properly authorized and performed. All prior estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. In the absence of error or fraud, all estimates, when approved by the Owner, shall be conclusive evidence of the Work performed and materials furnished.
b) The Owner shall not authorize final payment until all items on the punch list have been completed, a Notice of Final Acceptance is issued, and the Notice of Final Settlement has been published. If the Work is substantially completed, but Final Acceptance is prevented by the unavailability of materials, or other causes beyond the control of the Contractor, and if consistent with any applicable bond, the Owner, in its sole discretion, may release to the Contractor all amounts due except for a retainage of two (2) times the cost of completing the unfinished Work as estimated by the Owner.
c) Before the Owner will advertise final settlement, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the operating personnel of the Owner the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment and systems, and deliver to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager: • All guarantees and warranties; • Bound sets of required operations and maintenance manuals and instructions as required by the Contract Documents; • Record Documents required by the Contract Documents; • Satisfactory evidence that all payroll, material bills, taxes, and other indebtedness connected with the Work have been paid or otherwise satisfied; • A complete and final, unconditional waiver or release of any and all lien and claim rights from each Subcontractor, materialman, Supplier, manufacturer, and dealer for all labor, equipment and material used or furnished by each on the Work; • Consent of the Surety to final payment; • All submittals required by the Contract Documents; and • Any other documents required to be furnished by the Contract Documents
d) The Work shall be advertised (Notice of Contractor’s Settlement) in accordance with C.R.S. § 38-26-107. This statute governs the maintenance and enforcement of claims for payment against the Project by Subcontractors, Suppliers and certain others. Final payment and settlement shall be made only after the Contractor has completed the foregoing requirements, and the Owner is satisfied that no claims by Subcontractors or Suppliers have been filed or remain pending.
e) If any unpaid claim for labor, materials, rental machinery, tools, supplies, or equipment is filed prior to the date set for final settlement, the Owner shall withhold from payments to the Contractor sufficient funds to ensure the payment of such claim, until the same shall have been paid or withdrawn. Such payment or withdrawal shall be evidenced by filing with the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, an unconditional receipt in full or an order for withdrawal signed by the claimant or its duly authorized agent or assignee. The Owner will withhold from payment any funds it may be required by law to withhold or that it may in the determination of the Owner be entitled to withhold, and final payment will not be made until, in the sole determination of the Owner, all conditions of the Contract and of law have been met.
f) If there are outstanding claims against the Contractor or its Subcontractors or for any other reason the Contractor is not able to fulfill one or more of the requirements of this section, the Owner may, at its sole discretion, waive the requirement, provided the Surety agrees to the Owner making final settlement without in any way lessening or modifying the Surety’s liability under such Bonds.
g) If any overpayment was made by the Owner at any time, the Contractor shall immediately return all overpaid amounts.
h) At the time of settlement, there shall be deducted from the final estimate (i) all previous payments made to the Contractor under the Contract, (ii) all amounts chargeable to the Contractor, (iii) all liquidated damages due the Owner; (iv) all unpaid taxes due and payable to the Owner; and (v) all damages and all other costs, expenses and charges properly chargeable to the Contractor under the terms of the Contract.
Page 1202 of 1257
12
i) Subject to delays allowed by Colorado law and these General Conditions, the Owner shall make Final Payment after Final Acceptance, including the release of all retainage and withheld amounts, except as authorized by the Contract Documents. Final Payment shall constitute complete payment for all Work, labor, materials, equipment, and miscellaneous items in the Project.
j) At the time of delivery to the Contractor of the final payment, the Contractor shall execute and give to the Owner a final receipt for the same.
k) The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all Claims by the Contractor except those previously made in accordance with these General Conditions which have been separately identified by the Contractor as unsettled in the final payment application, and which the Owner agrees in writing may be set over for resolution after final payment.
l) All provisions of these Contract Documents, including without limitation those establishing obligations and procedures, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the making or acceptance of final payment. 3.3 APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS: At present, the amount set forth in the Contract has been appropriated for the project. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties understand and acknowledge that each party is subject to Article X, § 20 of the Colorado Constitution (“TABOR”). The parties do not intend to violate the terms and requirements of TABOR by the execution of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that this Agreement does not create a multi-fiscal year direct or indirect debt or obligation within the meaning of TABOR and, notwithstanding anything in the Contract to the contrary, all payment obligations of the Owner are expressly dependent and conditioned upon the continuing availability of funds beyond the term of the Owner’s current fiscal period ending upon the next succeeding December 31. Financial obligations of the Owner payable after the current fiscal year are contingent upon funds for that purpose being appropriated, budgeted, and otherwise made available in accordance with the rules, regulations, and resolutions of the Owner and applicable law. Upon the failure to appropriate such funds, the Contract shall be deemed terminated. The Owner shall immediately notify the Contractor or its assignee of such occurrence in the event of such termination. 3.4 PAYMENT FOR INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: When alterations in the Plans or quantities of Work not requiring Supplemental Agreements, as provided for above, are ordered and performed, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the Contract unit price for the actual quantities of Work done. No allowance will be made for lost profits. Increased or decreased Work involving Supplemental Agreements will be paid for as stipulated in such agreements. 3.5 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS: For any item omitted from the work under the provisions of Section 1.5, the Owner will pay the Contractor a fair and equitable amount for costs incurred directly related to such item prior to the date of the Owner's order to omit the item. No allowance will be made for lost profits in reimbursements to the Contractor for omitted items of Work. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered to the Work site prior to the date of cancellation, alteration, or suspension of the Work by order of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. The Contractor shall immediately submit certified statements covering all money expended in preparation for any omitted item, and he shall be reimbursed for any money expended in preparation for Work on any omitted item when such preparation has no value to the remaining items of the Contract, or for a proportionate amount based on the total Contract price over which such preparation would ordinarily be distributed when other items are included in such preparation.
3.6 EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK: Extra Work, for which no price is provided in the Proposal, shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement which could be an addendum (additional work requested), amendment (change the terms of the agreement, or change order (change the specifications of original work) to be signed by both parties before such Work is commenced. Extra Work will be paid for either at a lump sum, or unit prices agreed upon, or on a Force Account basis. For all labor, teams, and foremen in direct charge of the specific operations accomplished on a Force Account basis, the Contractor shall receive the current local rate of wage, to be agreed upon before starting the Work, to which shall be added fifteen (15) percent of the sum thereof to cover cost of supervision, the rental of small tools and ordinary equipment, additional Bond, Unemployment Insurance, all overhead and any other costs not specifically stated. In addition, the Contractor shall be paid a sum equal to the Worker's Compensation insurance premium, the actual costs of Social Security taxes computed on the base rate for the class of Work involved for the actual amount of the payroll, and the public liability and property damage insurance premium; provided, however, that nothing in this Section will change the legal status of the relationship between the Parties to this Agreement. For all materials furnished and used by the Contractor on a Force Account basis, he shall receive the actual cost of such materials, including transportation charges as shown by original receipted bills, to which shall be added fifteen (15) percent of said actual cost.
Page 1203 of 1257
13
For machine power tools or equipment, including fuel and lubricant, used on Force Account Work, payment for the same will be made on a rental basis at the rate agreed upon between the Contractor and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to which no rate or percentage shall be added.
The compensation as herein provided shall be received by the Contractor as payment for Extra Work done on a Force Account basis. The Contractor shall make no claim for Force Account Work, unless performed on written order and in accordance therewith. The Contractor's representative and the Inspector shall compare records of Extra Work done on a Force Account basis at the end of each day. Copies of these records shall be made upon suitable forms provided for this purpose, and signed by both the Inspector and the Contractor's representative, one copy being forwarded to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and one copy to the Contractor. All claims for Extra Work done on a Force Account basis shall be submitted each month to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, by the Contractor upon certified statements, or upon forms furnished by the Owner. Work performed prior to a written order by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will not be paid for.
3.7 PARTIAL PAYMENTS: The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will make an estimate once each month, as the Work progresses, of the value of the Work performed and materials completed and in-place or delivered to the site in accordance with the Contract. On request of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, the Contractor shall furnish a detailed estimate of the total Contract price showing the amount included therein for each category of Work, to provide a basis for determining the amount of progress payments. The market value of materials and equipment delivered to the construction site but not yet incorporated in the Work may, at the discretion of the Owner, be included with a progress payment. However, payment by the Owner for such materials and equipment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the care of such materials and equipment because the Owner shall not be deemed to have assumed ownership of the materials or equipment until these are incorporated into the completed and accepted Work. Such increases to progress payments, if authorized, are intended only to reduce the cost of doing business with the Owner. The Owner, when awarding a contract exceeding one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) for the construction, alteration, or repair of any highway, public building, public work, or public improvement, structure, or system, including real property as defined in section 24-30-1301 (15), shall authorize partial payments of the amount due under such contract at the end of each calendar month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, to the contractor, if the contractor is satisfactorily performing the contract. The Owner shall pay at least ninety-five percent of the calculated value of completed work. The withheld percentage of the contract price of any contracted work, improvement, or construction may be retained until the contract is completed satisfactorily and finally accepted by the Owner. Where the Contract price does not exceed such amount, from the total of the estimate so ascertained will be deducted an amount equivalent to five (5) percent of the whole, to be retained by the Owner until acceptance of the entire Contract, and the balance of the sum equivalent to ninety (90) percent of the whole shall be certified by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, for payment. In addition, Owner shall retain from all progress payments an amount equal to all statutory claims filed against Contractor. No partial payments except final payment will be made for a sum less than $l,000.00. The estimates will be approximate only, and all partial or monthly estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the estimate and payment rendered following discovery of an error in any previous estimates or payments. Should any defective Work or material be discovered, or should a reasonable doubt arise as to the integrity of any part of the Work completed previous to the final acceptance and payment, there will be deducted from the first payment rendered after the discovery of such Work an amount equal in value to the defective or questioned Work, and this Work will not be included in a subsequent estimate or payment until the defects have been remedied or the causes for doubt removed.
3.8 TAXES / DIRECT PURCHASE OPTION
3.8.1 Sales and Use Tax - Contractor shall only include sales and use tax levied by the City of Englewood and Arapahoe County on materials in its Schedules of Values, and Subcontractors and Suppliers shall only include such amounts in their Bids. The Owner will furnish to Contractor, on request by the Contractor, the necessary exemption certificates to aid the Contractor in the recovery or avoidance of any such taxes paid or otherwise due to be paid by Contractor for materials and equipment built into the Project, or to support the Contractor's failure to pay such taxes, as the case may be.
3.8.2 Tax Exemption - In accordance with Colorado Revised Statutes Sections 39-26-114 and 39-26-203, and the related regulation of the Department of Revenue, State of Colorado, the Contractor shall apply to the Department of Revenue, and secure prior to commencing the Project an exemption certificate, which when issued by the Department of Revenue will enable the Contractor to purchase for the Project all materials free of State Sales and Use Taxes and Regional Transportation District (RTD) Tax, provided that any building permit fee shall be included in any Proposal with respect to the Project. Further, if awarded the Project, no Englewood sales and/or use tax shall be included in any billing with respect to the Project. This provision shall apply to all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers. When Englewood sales tax is paid to licensed Englewood vendors for materials, which become part of the Project by a Contractor, the City of Englewood will refund that tax to the Contractor upon receipt of an application from the Contractor at the conclusion of the Project. Accompanying the application must be the material receipt(s) displaying a description of the items(s) purchased, date of purchase, amount of purchase, tax paid and any
Page 1204 of 1257
14
other documentation and information which may be required by the Owner to substantiate the payment and help validate a refund.
3.8.3 Direct Purchase Option - At Owner’s option, Contractor and Owner shall cooperate with one another so that Owner may purchase or contract directly for such items or Contractor and Owner shall make other appropriate arrangements as necessary to avoid incurring taxes, fees, and other costs. In such circumstances, Contractor shall act as agent for Owner in effecting such purchasing and contracting, Contractor shall have all the responsibilities as to such portions of the Work as Contractor otherwise has with respect to the Work. Contractor shall be responsible to expedite, arrange for and receive delivery of all such purchases, regardless of whether made by Contractor or Owner, and shall promptly examine deliveries to ascertain whether or not they comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner and Architect of any delay in the delivery of such purchases, any failure to receive such purchases as needed and any failure of such purchases to comply with the Contract Documents
3.8.4 Direct Supplier Payment - To the extent that Owner makes any payments directly to Suppliers, such payments shall be credited against the payments due from Owner to Contractor hereunder and shown, as incurred, on all Applications for Payment. Owner shall promptly notify Contractor and Architect, on serially numbered forms, of any amount paid directly for materials, any discounts obtained by Owner, and the amount of the credit due to Owner. 3.8.5 Tax Payment - The Contractor shall pay all sales and use taxes required to be paid, shall maintain such records in respect to his Work, which shall be separate and distinct from all other records maintained by the Contractor and shall be available for inspection by the Owner at any and all reasonable times, and shall furnish the Owner with such data, as may be necessary to enable the Owner to obtain any refunds of such taxes which may be available to the Owner under the laws, ordinances, rules or regulations applicable to such taxes. The Contractor shall require each of his Subcontractors to pay all sales and use taxes required to be paid and to maintain such records and furnish the Contractor with such data as may be necessary to enable the Owner to obtain a refund of the taxes paid by such subcontractors.
The Contractors or Subcontractors who purchase materials, which become part of the Project, from governmental entities, which do not honor the exemption and thereby pay sales tax will not be reimbursed for that tax payment by the City of Englewood. The Contractor shall bear the risk of any added or increased taxes occurring during the performance of the Work. A change in taxes shall under no circumstances entitle the Contractor to an adjustment under the Contract. 3.8.6 Discounts - All discounts for prompt payment obtained by Contractor shall accrue to Owner to the extent they apply to Costs of Work payable by Owner (whether paid directly or reimbursed to Contractor). To the extent that such discounts apply to costs paid by Contractor without reimbursement, such discounts shall accrue to Contractor. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds, and all returns from sale of surplus or salvage materials and equipment, shall accrue to the benefit of Owner, and the Contractor’s agreements with others shall provide for such credits to be applied either through credits from Subcontractors and Suppliers passed through to Owner by Contractor or by payment directly to Owner.
3.8.7 Adjustments - The Contract Sum may be adjusted by Agreed Change. Contractor is obligated to pay out of its own funds any overruns of the Contract Sum not approved by Agreed Change as provided in Article 6.
3.9 LIENS
3.9.1 Title - Nothing in this contract shall be construed as vesting in Contractor any right of property in any equipment, materials, supplies, and other items provided under this contract after they have been installed in, incorporated into, attached to, or affixed to, the work or the work site. All such equipment, materials, supplies, and other items shall, upon being so installed, incorporated, attached or affixed, become the property of Owner, but such title shall not release Contractor from its duty to insure and protect the Work in accordance with the requirements of this contract. 3.9.2 Waivers of Lien - Contractor shall, from time to time at Owner's request and in any event prior to final payment, furnish to Owner such receipts, releases, affidavits, certificates, and other evidence as may be necessary to establish, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, that no lien against the work or the public funds held by Owner exists in favor of any person whatsoever for or by reason of any equipment, material, supplies, or other item furnished, labor performed, or other thing done in connection with the work or this contract ("Lien") and that no right to file any Lien exists in favor of any person whatsoever.
3.9.3 Removal of Liens - If at any time any notice of any Lien is filed, then Contractor shall, promptly and without charge, discharge, remove, or otherwise dispose of such Lien. Until such discharge, removal, or
Page 1205 of 1257
15
disposition, Owner shall have the right to retain from any money payable hereunder an amount that Owner, in its sole judgment, deems necessary to satisfy such Lien and to pay the costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, of any actions brought in connection therewith or by reason thereof.
3.9.4 Protection of Owner Only - This section shall not operate to relieve Contractor's surety or sureties from any of their obligations under the Bonds, nor shall it be deemed to vest any right, interest, or entitlement in any subcontractor or supplier. Owner's retention of funds pursuant to this section shall be deemed solely for the protection of its own interests pending removal of such Liens by Contractor, and Owner shall have no obligation to apply such funds to such removal but may, nevertheless, do so where Owner's interests would thereby be served.
3.10 DEDUCTIONS
3.10.1 Owner's Right to Withhold - Notwithstanding any other provision of this contract and without prejudice to any of Owner's other rights or remedies, Owner shall have the right at any time or times, whether before or after approval of any Pay Request, to deduct and withhold from any Progress or final payment that may be or become due under this contract such amount as may reasonably appear necessary to compensate Owner for any actual or prospective loss due to:
a) Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; b) Damage for which Contractor is liable under this contract; c) State or local sales, use, or excise taxes from which Owner is exempt; d) Liens or claims of Lien regardless of merit; e) Claims of subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons regardless of merit; f) Delay in the progress or completion of the work; g) Inability of Contractor to complete the work; h) Failure of Contractor to properly complete or document any Pay Request; i) Any other failure of Contractor to perform any of its obligations under this contract; or j) The cost to Owner, including attorneys' fees and administrative costs, of correcting any of the aforesaid matters or exercising any one or more of Owner's remedies set forth in Section 3.2 of this contract.
3.10.2 Use of Withheld Funds - Owner shall be entitled to retain any and all amounts withheld pursuant to subsection 7.12 above until Contractor shall have either performed the obligations in question or furnished security for such performance satisfactory to Owner. Owner shall be entitled to apply any money withheld or any other money due Contractor under this contract to reimburse itself for any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, suits, judgments, awards, attorneys' fees and administrative expenses incurred, suffered, or sustained by Owner and chargeable to Contractor under this contract.
Article 4. COMPLETION, TIME AND DELAYS IN CONSTRUCTION
4.1 DELAYS: No payment, compensation, damages, or adjustment of any kind, other than extension of the contract time if received in writing by Owner shall be made to, or claimed by, Contractor because of hindrances or delays from any cause in the commencement, prosecution, or completion of the work, whether caused by Owner or any other party and whether avoidable or unavoidable other than as set forth in a change order described fully above. 4.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: Within the time specified in the Request for Bids, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a proposed Construction Schedule using Primavera, MS Project or other comparable Critical Path Method (CPM) scheduling software.
The Construction Schedule must include all Work activities to be performed under the Contract including any work to be performed by Subcontractors and must account for all Reasonably Predictable Weather Delays. All activities should be logically tied with a critical path clearly identified. The schedule must have sufficient detail to adequately plan and manage the Work. Contractual and key milestones are to be identified. The Construction Schedule must include a brief narrative including: a) A description of the schedule critical path (series of tasks that define the overall project schedule); b) Identification of non-work days such as weekends or holidays; c) A table showing calculated Reasonably Predictable Weather Days (including drying days for each month); and d) List of assumptions used while developing the Construction Schedule.
Page 1206 of 1257
16
It will be presumed that the Contractor, at the time of Bid, took into account the number of days which might be unavailable for Work as a result of Reasonably Predictable Weather Delays during the Contract Time. The Contractor shall calculate the average number of lost weather days for each month of the Construction Schedule as defined in section 4.12.4 below. On a monthly basis with each pay application and as requested by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, the Contractor shall update the Construction Schedule and provide a summary report of progress on the various parts of the Work, including the status, rate of progress, estimated completion date, and cause of delay, if any. This report shall not constitute a request or approval for any change in the Contract Time.
Work shall normally not be done on Saturdays, Sundays, Owner observed holidays, or outside of the daytime working hours (7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.), except for such work as may be necessary for proper care, maintenance, and protection of Work already done, or in cases when the Work would be endangered or when hazard to life or property would result.
No work shall be done on Sundays, holidays, or at night outside of usual daytime working hours, except in emergencies beyond the Contractor’s control, whereby the work would be endangered, or hazards to life or property would result. If the Contractor believes it may be necessary to work on Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, or at night, the Contractor shall make prior arrangements with the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and receive written approval at least forty-eight (48) hours before such work period so that proper inspection and engineering services can be provided. Such approval may be revoked by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, if the Contractor fails to maintain adequate equipment and lighting at night for the proper prosecution, control and inspection of the Work. If Work is done outside of approved working hours, and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, has not assigned Inspectors to the Work, the Work performed during those periods of time may be declared defective solely on the grounds that it was not properly inspected. 4.3 SUBCONTRACTING OR ASSIGNING OF CONTRACT: No Contractual relationship will be recognized under the Contract other than the Contractual relationship between the Owner and Contractor. Contractor shall not, at any time, assign any interest in this Agreement or the other Contract Documents to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Owner specifically including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law). Any attempted assignment which is not in compliance with the terms hereof shall be null and void. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an Assignment, no Assignment will release or discharge the Assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 4.4 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK: The Contractor agrees to undertake the performance of the work under this Contract within ten (10) days from being notified to commence work by the Director, and agrees to fully complete said work within the schedule designated in the contract plus such extension or extensions of time as may be granted by the Director in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, at least 48 hours in advance of the time he intends to begin Work. The Contractor shall conduct Work in such a manner and with sufficient materials, equipment, and labor as is considered necessary to insure its completion within the time limit set forth in the Contract. Should the prosecution of Work for any reason be discontinued by the Contractor, with the consent of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, he shall notify the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, at least 48 hours in advance of resuming operations. 4.5 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS: Each item of Work shall be performed to completion without delay and in no instance will the Contractor be permitted to transfer his force from uncompleted Work to new Work without the permission of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. The Contractor shall not open up Work to the prejudice of Work already started.
4.6 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, for approval five (5) calendar days prior to the Preconstruction Conference, a practicable schedule, showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the Work, the date on which he will start the several salient features (including procurement of materials and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a progress chart of suitable scale to indicate appropriately the percentage of Work scheduled for completion at any time. The Contractor shall enter on the chart the actual progress at such intervals as directed by the Engineer or Project Manager, and shall immediately deliver three copies thereof. If the Contractor fails to submit a progress schedule within the time herein prescribed, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may withhold approval of progress payment estimates until such time as the Contractor submits the required
Page 1207 of 1257
17
progress schedule. The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the latest approved progress Schedule. In the event that the progress of items along the critical path in the project schedule is delayed, the Contractor shall revise his planning to include additional forces, equipment, shifts or hours as necessary to meet the time or times of completion specified in this Contract. Additional costs resulting therefrom will be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall make such changes when his progress at any check period does not meet at least one of the following two tests: a. The percentage of dollar value of completed Work with respect to the total amount of the Contract is within ten percentage points of the percentage of the Contract time elapsed, or; b. The percentage of dollar value of completed Work is within ten percentage points of the dollar value which should have been performed according to the Contractors own network analysis previously approved by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements under this Section will be grounds for determination that the Contractor is not performing the Work with such diligence as will ensure completion within the time of completion specified in this Contract. Upon such determination, the Owner may terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work, or any separate part thereof, in accordance with the provisions contained herein. The Owner may extend the time periods reflected by subparagraphs (a) and (b) above, if those subparagraphs do not reasonably reflect upon the Contractor’s prosecution of the Work. 4.7 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall employ such superintendents, foremen, and workmen as are careful and competent, and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may demand the dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in, about, or upon the Work who shall engage in acts of misconduct (as defined in the Federal Contractor Misconduct Database) or be incompetent or negligent in the proper performance of his or her duties, or neglects or refuses to comply with the directions given, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without the written consent of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Should the Contractor continue to employ, or again employ such person or persons, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may withhold all payments which are or may become due, or the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may suspend the Work until such orders are complied with. In the employment of labor, preference shall be given, other conditions being equal, to residents of the area wherein the Work is being done, but no other preference or discrimination among citizens of the United States shall be made, except as may be required by special labor provisions. The Contractor shall furnish such equipment as is considered necessary for the prosecution of the Work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the Work shall be maintained in a satisfactory working condition. Equipment used on any portion of the Work shall be such that no injury to the workers, roadways, adjacent property, or other objects will result from its use. The Contract may be terminated if the Contractor fails to provide adequate equipment for the Work.
4.8 SUSPENSION OF WORK: The Owner may suspend all or any part of the Work by written order signed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, without invalidating the Contract, for such period or periods as it may deem necessary due to: a) Any reason for the convenience of the Owner, with or without cause, including but not limited to the availability of funding for the Project; b) An order from a state or federal court or administrative agency; or c) The Contractor’s failure to perform any provision of the Contract Documents.
Upon receipt from the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, of an order to suspend the Work, the Contractor shall, within three (3) days, submit a suspension plan to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, for acceptance. The plan shall describe how the Contractor will store all materials in a manner so that the materials will not become an obstruction or become damaged in any way, what cost effective methods it will employ to prevent damage to or deterioration of the Work and otherwise protect the Work, how suitable drainage will be provided, what temporary structures will be necessary, and how the Contractor will prepare for resuming the Work for the least possible remobilization cost. After the plan is accepted, the Contractor shall implement it in accordance with instructions received from the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Under no circumstance shall a suspension absolve the Contractor or the Contractor’s sureties of the duties and responsibilities guaranteed under the Bonds.
The Contractor shall again proceed with the Work when it is ordered to do so in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
Upon the resumption of the Work for all suspensions not involving the Contractor’s failure to perform in accord with the Contract Documents, adjustment of Contract Time, if appropriate, will be made in accordance with these General Conditions. Adjustment of the Contract Price, if any, will be within the Owner’s sole discretion and shall not in any
Page 1208 of 1257
18
event, exceed the cost of the extra work resulting from such suspension. Such cost, if any, shall be determined in accordance with these General Conditions.
4.9 SUSPENSION OF WORK FOR OWNER’S CONVENIENCE: Upon decision to suspend the Work or any part of the Work for the Owner’s convenience, the order of suspension will extend the Contract Time for the number of days of such suspension if all Work is suspended. If the suspension applies to only a part of the Work, a time extension will not be authorized until the partial suspension has run and its effect on the entire Contract can be evaluated. In all cases of suspension for the Owner’s convenience, the costs to the Contractor will be determined in accordance with these General Conditions. Upon order of such suspension, the Contractor shall immediately begin to perform in a manner designed to minimize the costs of protecting the Work and maintaining it in a condition which will permit its resumption for the least possible remobilization cost.
4.10 SUSPENSION OF WORK DUE TO ORDER OF CITY, COUNTY, STATE or FEDERAL COURT OR AGENCY: If the suspension of work is due to an order from a City, County, State or Federal court, the order of suspension will identify the court or agency order which caused the suspension and will extend the Contract by the amount of time specified by the court or agency order. If the order causes suspension for an indefinite period of time and as a result a time extension cannot be established, the order of suspension will also be for an indefinite period of time. If the order is issued because of acts or omissions of the Contractor, the Contractor shall not be entitled to a time extension or payment for any additional costs it incurs.
4.11 SUSPENSION OF WORK RESULTING FROM CONTRACTOR’S FAILURE TO PERFORM: If a suspension order results from the Contractor’s failure to satisfactorily perform any of the provisions of the Contract, including but not limited to faulty workmanship, safety concerns, improper or inadequate manpower, equipment, supplies or supervision, or failure to perform the Work in a timely manner, the order will identify the reason, or reasons, for the order. In this circumstance, no time extension will be authorized for the Contractor and any costs to the Contractor resulting from such suspension order will not be reimbursed by the Owner. A suspension order issued under these circumstances will remain in effect until the Contractor has removed or corrected the grounds for the suspension, if applicable, or the order requiring such suspension expires by its terms. 4.12 CONTRACT TIME: Work shall be fully completed in a satisfactory and acceptable manner by the Completion Date as modified by Change Orders that may extend the project schedule due to excusable delays.
4.12.1 Delays - Delay claims fall into three categories: non-excusable; excusable/non-compensable; and excusable/compensable. Any payment for compensable delays or the granting of time extensions for excusable delays requires a properly executed Change Order. The Contractor agrees that time extensions shall constitute full compensation for any excusable/non-compensable delay, and the Contractor shall make no claim for monetary damages relating to any non-excusable delay or any excusable/non- compensable delay.
4.12.2 Non-Excusable Delay - Non-excusable delay is caused by factors within the Contractor’s reasonable control or by the Contractor’s fault. No additional time or additional compensation is allowed for non- excusable delays. Typical non-excusable delays, without limitation, include: a) Late submittal of Shop Drawings; b) Late procurement of materials or equipment; c) Insufficient personnel; d) Unqualified personnel; e) Inadequate coordination of Subcontractors or other contractors; f) Subcontractor delays; g) Late response to Owner, Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or Inspector inquiries; h) Failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; i) Construction not conforming to contract requirements making repeated re-working necessary; j) Delays resulting from the Contractor’s failure to take reasonable actions to mitigate or prevent further delays relating to any excusable delay; k) Failure to continue performance during the determination of any Contractor Change Request or claim; and l) Weather delays exceeding the Reasonably Predictable Weather Days identified on the approved Construction Schedule, unless approved as unusually severe weather days.
4.12.3 Excusable Delay
a. Excusable/Non-compensable delay is caused by factors beyond the Contractor’s reasonable control, but is not the result of the Owner’s actions or omissions. An excusable/non-compensable delay entitles the Contractor to an extension of time but no additional compensation for the cost of the delay.
Page 1209 of 1257
19
Typical excusable/non-compensable delays, without limitation, include strikes, lockouts, natural fires not caused by Contractor’s acts or omissions, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties, legal or administrative proceedings affecting the Work or the Project, and other causes beyond the Contractor’s control.
b. Excusable/Compensable delay is caused by the Owner’s failure to meet an obligation within its control stated or implied in the Contract, but shall not include any action, omission, or exercise of any right under the Contract. If the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, considers a delay as compensable, the Owner will grant a time extension or reimburse the Contractor for the increased total cost of performance caused by the delay, or both, as appropriate. Typical excusable/compensable delays, without limitation, include:
1) Late approval of Shop Drawings and samples; 2) Delays in answers to field inquiries made by the Contractor; 3) Interference with the Contractor during construction: 4) Owner-caused schedule changes; 5) Design changes; or 6) Interference by another contractor’s or the Owner’s personnel. 4.12.4 Weather Delay - In order for a Weather Delay to occur, the total lost weather days must exceed the total number of such days included in the contract time as specified in the Special Provisions for the project. The Weather Delay, if any, shall be the number of days of such excess; provided that no Weather Delay shall have occurred except to the extent that Work which needs to be performed during the period of time affected by adverse weather is actually delayed in a manner that delays the critical path to completion of the Work. As used herein, a “lost weather day” shall mean a day during which actual adverse weather prevents work on activities that need to be performed on that day in accordance with the Project Schedule for fifty percent (50%) or more of Contractor’s scheduled Work for such day. Contractor shall report to Owner no later than 10:30 a.m. Mountain Time on each day Contractor claims to be a lost weather day or (ii) if Work on the Project has commenced for such day, within one hour of Contractor’s decision to suspend Work because of such adverse weather. Such report shall state that Contractor considers that a lost weather day is occurring and shall describe the weather conditions experienced and how the weather conditions have affected the Scheduled Work for such day. Unless Contractor gives such timely notice as to any day when work is adversely affected by adverse weather, Contractor shall not be entitled to claim such day as a lost weather day.
4.12.5 Time Adjustments for Weather Delays - The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in his or her discretion, may deem weather-related delays as excusable/non-compensable if the net number of lost weather days in any month exceeds the number of Reasonably Predictable Weather Days for that month shown on the approved Construction Schedule. The Contractor must submit a weather time impact analysis supporting any request for time extensions due to unusually severe weather. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph.
4.13 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The Owner may permit the Contractor to proceed if the Contractor fails to advance the Work sufficiently to obtain a Notice of Substantial Completion on or before the Completion Date, as modified by Change Orders providing for additional time due to excusable delays. In such case, the Contractor will pay the sum of liquidated damages stipulated in the Special Conditions for each day that the Work remains uncompleted. This sum shall not be a penalty but is liquidated damages.
The Parties agree that time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract and that actual damages for delay are incapable of calculation. The Parties agree that, under all of the circumstances, the daily basis and the amount set forth as liquidated damages is reasonable and equitable. The Owner expends additional personnel effort in administrating the Contract or portions of it that are not completed on time, and such efforts and the costs thereof are impossible to accurately compute. In addition, some, if not all, citizens of the City of Englewood incur personal inconvenience and lose confidence in their government as a result of public projects or parts of them not being completed on time, and the impact and damages, certainly serious in monetary as well as other terms, are impossible to measure. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the Work, or any part of it, after the Completion Date shall not operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner of liquidated damages or any of its rights under the Contract.
Page 1210 of 1257
20
The Owner may deduct liquidated damages or any portion thereof due under this article from Final Payment and may sue for and recover such damages from the Contractor and the Surety. The Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay, but not as a penalty, Contractor shall pay the Owner the amount specified in the table below for each day that expires after the time specified for substantial completion until the Work is complete, and for each day that expires after the time specified for final completion until the Work is finally complete.
Original Contract Amount Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day
Less than $150,000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $500.00 $150,000 and less than $500,000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,000.00 $500,000 and less than $1,000,000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,600.00 $1,000,000 and less than $2,000,000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,300.00 $2,000,000 and less than $4,000,000 .............................................................................................................. $4,100.00 $4,000,000 and over. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5,800.00
In addition to liquidated damages, inspections required after the Contractual "Time of Completion" shall be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $50.00 per hour.
The Owner shall recover said inspection charges and liquidated damages by deducting the amount thereof out of any moneys which may be due or may become due to the Contractor, and/or by an action at law against the Contractor or his Surety. It is understood and agreed that aside from any other penalty or damage, all costs of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and inspection on behalf of the Owner may be charged to the Contractor and be deducted from any estimate or payment otherwise due and payable to him
4.14 ADJUSTMENT FOR SUSPENDED WORK: In the event the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend Work for some unforeseen cause not provided for in the Contract, and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the job during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for lost profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the date set out in the written order for Work to cease until the date of the order for Work to resume. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Owner within 10 days after date of order to resume Work or such claims will not be considered. The Contractor shall submit with his claim, substantiating papers covering the entire amount shown on the claim. The Owner shall take the claim under consideration, and may make such investigations as are deemed necessary, and shall be the sole judge as to the equitability of such claim and such decision shall be final. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Contract to the contrary, no provision of this section shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, delays due to failure of Surety, for suspensions made at the request of the Contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the Contract Documents, Specifications, Special Provisions, Proposal, Contract, Change Order, Field Order or Supplemental Agreement.
4.15 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT: The Contract may be terminated by theOwner for cause or convenience.
Notwithstanding the below, the Contractor shall not be relieved of the liability to the Owner for damages sustained by the Owner by virtue of breach of the award by the Contractor and the Owner may withhold any payments to the Contractor for the purpose of set off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the Owner from the Contractor is determined. Owner reserves the right to take possession of any machinery, implements, tools, or materials of any description that shall be found upon the Work, to account for said equipment and materials, and to use the same to complete the Project. When the Work is thus finally completed, the total cost of the same will be computed. If the total cost is more than the Contract price, the difference shall be paid to the Owner either by the Contractor or his Surety. If the total cost is less than the Contract price, the difference will be paid by theOwner to the Contractor or his Surety. In case of termination all expenses incident to ascertaining and collecting losses under the bond, including Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and legal services, shall be assessed against the bond.
4.16 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE: The Owner may terminate the Contract for cause due to the actions or inactions of the Contractor. Cause includes, without limitation:
a) If the Work to be performed under the Contract is assigned by the Contractor without written permission of the Owner;
b) Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; c) Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of the Project Engineer; ; d) If a general assignment of the Contractor’s assets is to be made for the benefit of its creditors; e) If a receiver is appointed for the Contractor or any of its property;
Page 1211 of 1257
21
f) Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a Contract or perpetrating fraud on the Owner in the construction of the Work under the Contract; g) If the Contractor has materially breached any of the conditions, provisions or covenants of the Contract; h) Failure of the Contractor to promptly repair, replace or remove any defects in materials or Work or any defects in materials or Work of any other nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager; i) If, at any time, the performance of the Work under the Contract is being unnecessarily delayed or if the Contractor is willfully or deliberately violating any of the conditions, provisions, or covenants of the Contract Documents, or if the Contractor is executing the same in bad faith or otherwise not in accordance with terms of the Contract; j) Evidence that the progress being made by the Contractor is insufficient to complete the Work within the specified time; k) Failure of the Contractor to start the Work on the date given in the Notice to Proceed; l) If the Work or any part of the Work is not fully completed within the time or times named for its completion or within the time to which such completion date or dates have been extended; m) If the Contractor abandons the Work by failing to be at work site for two consecutive days, and performing work, on days upon which the schedule anticipates work to be performed; n) If the Contractor fails to maintain the required Bonds, licenses, permits, or insurance; o) Bankruptcy or insolvency of the Contractor, or if the Contractor shall allow any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of ten (10) days or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors. p) If the Contractor or any of its officers or employees are convicted, plead nolo contendere, enter into a formal agreement in which they admit guilt, enter a plea of guilty, or otherwise admit culpability to criminal offenses of bribery, kickbacks, collusive proposing, bid-rigging, antitrust, fraud, undue influence, theft, racketeering, extortion or any offense of a similar nature, in connection with Contractor’s business; or q) If other just cause exists. 4.16.1 Written Notice - The Owner will send written notice to the Contractor and the Surety of the Owner’s intent to terminate for cause and will give the Contractor and Surety ten (10) days from the date the notice was sent to cure the default, if such default is subject to cure, or provide to the Owner in writing, a detailed plan of how it will remove the causes for termination, except that, if the Completion Date is less than ten (10) days away, the notice may specify less than ten (10) days. If the Contractor or Surety does not submit such plan within the time established, or if, in the judgment of the Owner, such plan will not ensure the satisfactory performance of the Work, the Owner may declare the Contract terminated on the effective date specified in the notice or any other date thereafter.
4.16.2 Discontinue Work - In the event of termination for cause, the Owner shall notify the Contractor to discontinue all Work under the Contract and the Contractor shall immediately respect such notice, stop all Work and cease to have any right to possession of the Work site.
4.16.3 Contract Forfeiture - In addition, the Contractor shall forfeit its Contract as of the specified effective date of termination.
4.16.4 Possession of Materials and Equipment - Upon such termination for cause, the Owner may take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and temporary material manufacturing plants as may be on the site of the Work or necessary for completion of the Work and take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion, by Contract or otherwise, for the account and at the expense of the Contractor.
4.16.5 Cost Liability - If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 4.16, Contractor shall not be entitled to
receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)
sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor (and/or its surety) shall
pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by the Project Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by the Project Engineer,
incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall
not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
4.17 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: The performance of Work under the Contract in whole or in part may be terminated without cause by the Owner whenever the Owner, in its sole discretion, shall determine
Page 1212 of 1257
22
that such termination is in the best interest and convenience of the Owner or whenever the Owner is prohibited from completing the Work for any reason. Such termination shall be effected by giving not less than three (3) days’ written notice to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of the Work is terminated and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.
4.17.1 Contractor Responsibilities - Upon receipt of such notice of termination, the Contractor shall:
a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the Notice of Termination; b) Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts except as necessary to complete Work which is not terminated; d) If directed in writing by the Owner to do so, assign all right, title, and interest in subcontracts and materials in progress, in which case the Owner will have the right, in its discretion, to settle or pay any or all Claims arising out of the termination of such subcontracts; e) Transfer title and deliver to the Owner in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any directed by it, (a) the fabricated or un-fabricated parts, Work in process, completed Work, supplies and other material procured as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the Notice of Termination, and (b) the completed or partially completed Plans, drawings, information, and other property, which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner; f) Settle outstanding liabilities and claims with the approval of the Owner; g) Complete performance of such part of the Work not terminated; and h) Take such other actions as may be necessary, or as may be directed by the Owner, for the protection and preservation of the property related to the Contract.
4.17.2 Payment for Work Performed - With respect to Contract Work performed prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination, the total (without duplication of any items) of:
a) The cost of such Work; b) The cost of settling and paying claims arising out of the termination of Work under subcontracts or orders as provided in subparagraph (d) above, exclusive of the amounts paid or payable on account of supplies or materials delivered or services furnished by the Subcontractor prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination of Work under the Contract, which amounts shall be included in the cost on account of which payment is made under (a) above; c) A sum, as profit on the cost of such Work, determined by the Owner to be fair and reasonable; provided, however, that if it appears that the Contractor would have sustained a loss on the entire Contract had it been completed, no profit shall be included or allowed under this subparagraph and an appropriate adjustment shall be made by reducing the amount of the settlement to reflect the indicated rate of loss; d) The reasonable cost of the preservation and protection of property incurred pursuant to subparagraph (h) and any other reasonable cost incidental to termination of Work under this Contract, including expense incidental to the determination of the amount due to the Contractor as the result of the termination of Work under this Contract.
4.17.3 Remaining Inventory - Except as provided herein, any inventory paid for by the Owner but remaining upon the termination of the Contract may, with written approval of the Owner, be sold or acquired by the Contractor under the conditions prescribed by and at prices approved by the Owner.
4.17.4 Request for Final Payment - Upon receipt of notice of such termination, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, a request for final payment, in a form and with certification prescribed by the Owner. Such request shall be submitted promptly but in no event later than sixty (60) days from the effective date of termination, unless extended in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, upon the written request of the Contractor within such sixty (60) day period, or such earlier date as is provided by law. 4.17.5 Profit - Subject to the provisions contained herein, the Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of Work pursuant to this Section, which amount or amounts may include an allowance for profit on Work done; provided that such agreed amount or amounts, exclusive of settlement costs, shall not exceed the total Contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the Contract price of Work terminated. The Contract will be amended accordingly, and the Contractor will be paid the agreed amount.
Page 1213 of 1257
23
4.17.6 Calculation of Final Payment - The final payment to the Contractor after a termination for convenience shall be calculated as follows:
a) From the Contract Price, subtract the following:
1) The total amount paid to the Contractor to date; 2) The value of the Work completed since the last approved pay application; 3) The total amount of retainage withheld by the Owner to date; 4) The agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of, any materials, supplies, or other things acquired or sold by the Contractor or sold pursuant to these General Conditions and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner; 5) The total of all claims the Owner may have against the Contractor; and 6) Any outstanding claims pursuant to C.R.S. § 38-26-107, as amended or superseded. b) Multiply the number resulting by 0.05. The number resulting is the full and complete compensation for anticipated profits
c) Add the following to the total resulting from the prior step:
1) Any actual costs incurred by the Contractor for restocking charges; 2) The agreed upon price of protecting the Work in the manner, if any, directed by the Owner; 3) The amount of retainage withheld by the Owner to date; and 4) The value of the Work completed since the last approved pay application. The sum calculated under this article, when paid to the Contractor, shall constitute full and final settlement of the Contract Price.
4.17.7 Defective Work - The settlement for the Work performed shall not relieve the Contractor, or its surety, from responsibility for defective Work and/or materials on the completed portion of the Work nor for labor and materials or any other items as guaranteed by the Bonds. 4.17.8 Owner Access - Unless otherwise provided for in this Contract, or by applicable statute, the Contractor, from the effective date of termination and for a period of three years after final settlement under this Contract, shall preserve and make available to the Owner at all reasonable times at the office of the Contractor, but without direct charge to the Owner, all books, records, documents and other evidence bearing on the costs and expenses of the Contractor under this Contract and related to the expenses of the Contractor under this Contract and related to the Work terminated hereunder, or to the extent approved by the Owner, photographs, micro-photographs, or other authentic reproductions thereof.
4.17.9 Right to File Claim - If the Parties fail to agree in whole or in part on the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor in connection with the termination of work pursuant to this article, the Contractor may submit a claim as provided in these General Conditions, except that, if the Contractor has failed to submit its request for payment within the time provided above and has failed to request an extension of such time, it shall have no such right. 4.17.10 Total Sum to be Paid - The total sum to be paid to the Contractor under subparagraph (a) above will not exceed the total Contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the Contract price of Work terminated. 4.17.11 Deduction for Claims - In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under this Section, there will be deducted (i) any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this Contract, (ii) the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale, of materials, supplies or other things acquired by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this Section and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner and (iii) the full amount of any statutory or other claim against the Contractor filed with the Owner. 4.17.12 Subcontractors - The Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts that the Subcontractor shall stop Work on the date of and to the extent specified in a Notice of Termination from the Owner and shall require that any tier subcontractors insert the same provision in any tier subcontracts.
4.18 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS: In connection with the improvements under this Contract, the right is reserved by the Owner to award any Work not included in the Contract to another Contractor for performance during the progress of the Work, or to perform such Work with the Owner's forces, and the Contractor under this Contract shall cooperate and so conduct his operation as to minimize the interference therewith, as directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
Page 1214 of 1257
24
4.19 TERMINATING OF CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY: This Contract will be considered complete when all Work and final cleanup has been finished, the Work accepted by the Owner, and all claims for payment of labor, materials, or services of any kind used in connection with the Work have been settled for by the Contractor or his Surety. The Contractor will then be released from further obligation except as set forth in the Surety Bond and for his responsibility for injury to persons or property arising from his duties and obligations under Section 7. The Surety Bond executed for performance of this Contract shall be in full effect for a period of one year following acceptance of the Work, except that with regard to the representation regarding copyright infringement found in Article 18, the Surety shall remain in effect for three years and with regard to the representation regarding patent infringement found in Article 18, the Surety shall remain in effect for six years. Neither the final payment nor any provision in the Contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for negligence or faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall warrant his work to be free from faulty materials or workmanship for the period of one year after final payment and upon written notice he shall remove any defect due thereto and pay for any damage due to other Work resulting there from which shall appear within the one-year period. Remedied Work shall carry the same warranty as the original Work starting with the date of acceptance of the replacement or repair. Payment to the Contractor will not relieve him of any obligation under this Contract. Article 5. PROJECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
5.1 AUTHORITY OF PROJECT ENGINEER, OR PROJECT MANAGER: The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of the materials furnished, the Work performed, the manner of performance and the rate of progress of the Work. He/She shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the Plans and Specifications, all questions as to acceptable fulfillment of the Contract, all disputes and mutual rights by the Contractors if there is more than one Contractor on the Work, and all questions as to compensation. The decision of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall be final. He/She shall have executive authority to make effective such decisions and to enforce the Contractor to carry out all orders promptly.
The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall be the primary interpreter of the meaning and intent of the Construction Documents and shall be, in the first instance, the judge of the performance of the Contract. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will visit the site at appropriate intervals to become familiar with its progress and quality and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in such a manner that it will, when fully completed, be in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall, in a timely manner, evaluate and issue written determinations resolving any claims or disputes submitted to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, for review under the Contract. Interpretations and decisions of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect shall be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. In exercising its authority to make such determinations, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall exercise independent professional judgment based on the Contract Documents and shall not favor Contractor or Owner. All such determinations shall be subject to judicial review, provided, however, that any matters designated as Disputes under the Contract shall be submitted to Dispute Resolution in accordance with the Contract before being made the subject of litigation unless the Contract specifically provides otherwise.
5.2 COMMUNICATIONS: Contractor shall furnish both Owner and Project Engineer copies of all notices Contractor gives to either the Project Engineer, Project Manager, or Owner under the Contract relating to Applications for Payment, Change Directives, Proposed Changes, Change Orders, Progress Payments, or claims for adjustment in the Contract Sum, Required Substantial Completion Date or Required Final Completion Date. Such duplicate notice shall also be given as to other matters requested in writing by Owner or Project Engineer, or Project Manager. 5.3 SUPERVISION: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall designate and keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent Superintendent who shall not be replaced without prior written notice to the Owner and Project Engineer. The Superintendent will be the Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of the Contractor. All communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. During periods when the Work is suspended, the Contractor shall make appropriate arrangements for any emergency work which may be required.
Page 1215 of 1257
25
Whenever the Superintendent is not present on any particular part of the Work where the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may desire to inform the Contractor relative to interpretation of the Plans and Specifications or to disapproval or rejection of materials or Work performed, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may so inform the foreman or other worker in charge of the particular part of the Work in reference to which the information is given. Information so given shall be as binding as if given to the Superintendent. The Contractor will be supplied with four (4) copies of the Plans, and three (3) copies of the Specifications and Special Provisions. He shall have available at the job site, at all times, one copy each of said Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, exclusive of the set designated for As-Built Drawings. Additional copies of Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions can be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. 5.4 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE: The Contractor will perform the Work or cause the Work to be performed in a manner that is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall perform the Work exactly as specified by the Contract Documents.
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, for the Unit Prices, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, supplies, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, electricity, energy, utilities, transportation, any temporary construction easements not provided by the Owner, apparatus, permits, superintendence, maintenance, dismantling, removal, and other facilities and services, necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent, and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated into the Work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, safety, techniques, sequences and procedures unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
There is a need for 24-hour access to the Contractor’s Superintendent in case of emergency. The contractor shall supply the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, with a contact telephone number through which the Superintendent may be reached at any time.
When the work includes adjusting valve boxes, meter pits, manholes, pavement markings and/or striping, etc., the Contractor shall complete this work within ten (10) days of placing the final lift of asphalt.
5.5 WORK PERFORMED UNDER ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS: Adverse weather conditions are those that can, depending on the Work to be performed, cause defective Work. Examples include: high or low temperatures, excessive moisture, unusual drying conditions, or high winds.
Construction methods and practices that have been or may be developed for Work performed under such circumstances may only be used after the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, has approved the concept of such method or practice.
If the Contractor does attempt Work during periods of adverse weather conditions without the Project Engineer’s, or Project Manager’s, approval, that Work shall be at the Contractor’s sole risk.
5.6 USE OF MATERIALS FOUND ON THE WORK SITE: The Contractor, with the approval of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may use in the proposed construction, any stone, sand, or gravel found on the site. The Contractor will not be paid for such excavation unless specifically stated in the Proposal, and he shall replace with other suitable material, without compensation, all of that portion of the material so removed. If it was intended that any or all of the material so excavated and used was to have been wasted, then the Contractor will not be required to replace it. The Contractor shall not excavate any material from the site which is not within the excavation as indicated by the slope and grade lines, without being authorized in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
5.7 FINAL CLEANING UP: During the Project's final cleanup, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. The streets and adjacent properties in the Project shall be repaired to as good or better condition than existed prior to construction. This shall include removal of all dirt or mud from streets and lawns. No extra payment shall be made for these items. The Contractor shall leave the Project in a neat and presentable condition. (See Article 17, below). 5.8 SURVEYS: The Contractor shall develop and arrange for all engineering surveys necessary, in the Owner’s judgment, to establish reference points for the construction of the Work. The Contractor assumes full responsibility for construction according to the established lines and grades. If the Contractor proceeds with the Work without having lines and grades set, the Contractor will not be relieved of strict compliance with the Contract Documents.
Page 1216 of 1257
26
The Contractor shall carefully protect all monuments and property markers from disturbance or damage. The Contractor, at its expense, will replace any monuments or benchmarks destroyed by the Contractor using a professional land surveyor licensed in the State of Colorado.
Unless otherwise stated in the Specifications or the Special Conditions, the Owner will provide all reference points shown on the Contract Drawings by coordinates and/or elevation. The Contractor must accurately transfer the survey control information to the points of application to ensure that all elements of the Work are correctly located.
Requests by the Contractor to relocate survey reference points must be made ninety-six (96) hours prior to the time when the point will be disturbed in order to permit the Owner to accomplish such surveys on normal working days.
Any Work that the Contractor begins before confirming the reference points provided may be rejected.
Should the original reference points that the Owner provided be obliterated or dislodged by operations that the Contractor controls, the Owner will replace them and charge the Contractor for the resurvey. 5.9 LINES AND GRADES: Contractor shall survey and stake and shall be responsible for laying out the work. The Contractor shall preserve all stakes, bench marks, and any other survey points and shall pay for the replacement, in accordance with state law, of any stakes, benchmarks, or other survey points destroyed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor. 5.10 VALUE ENGINEERING: Value engineering is the independent review of a project during the planning and design phases to reduce costs, save time, improve operations, reduce environmental and other impacts, improve safety, and improve value and quality. Proposed changes in materials or methods used must be approved by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and any agency having jurisdiction over the affected work before such work is attempted. The Contractor shall be paid fifty percent (50%) of all identifiable cost savings resulting from said value engineering approved and accepted. A Change Order must be issued to effect such a value engineering task.
5.11 SANITARY REGULATIONS: The Contractor is responsible for providing proper health and sanitation facilities for its employees, in compliance with any rules and regulations of the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment or any other agencies having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition, such accommodations for the use of employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements and regulations of the State Department of Health and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). As stated in OSHA Construction Standard 1926.51 C, the Contractor shall supply temporary sanitary facilities as per the following table:
Number of Employees Minimum Toilet Facilities 20 or less 1 Toilet 21 to 50 1 Toilet and 1 Urinal 51 or more 1 Toilet and 1 Urinal for each 50 Employees This requirement to provide sanitary facilities will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be considered incidental to and included in the cost of the Work.
At convenient places, the Contractor shall provide fly-proof outside toilets which are to be maintained in a sanitary condition. Toilets shall not be permitted in any reservoir area and shall not be permitted where they may pollute a water supply.
The Contractor shall always provide an abundant supply of safe drinking water for Contractor’s employees and shall give orders against the drinking of any water known to be unsafe in the vicinity of the Project.
The Contractor shall provide and empty daily a thirty (30) gallon or larger trash can near each toilet.
5.12 STAGING AND STORAGE: With the approval of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, the Contractor may obtain sites of his/her choosing for equipment storage and/or materials stockpiling. The Contractor shall not occupy storage sites without prior written approval by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. A list of such sites showing the proposed truck route for ingress and egress for each site shall be submitted to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, for approval at least five (5) days prior to intended use.
For all sites approved and used, Contractor shall be responsible for the following: a) Obtaining prior written permission of the owner. A copy of this permission shall be provided to the Owner; b) Keeping stockpiles and equipment confined within the approved area and in accordance with applicable erosion control requirements; c) Providing security for materials and equipment at the site; d) Providing for public safety at the site;
Page 1217 of 1257
27
e) Keeping access roads clean and in good condition and in accordance to the Owner’s Erosion Control requirements; and f) At Contractor’s sole cost expense, restoring the site to its original or better condition at the completion of the Work.
5.13 SALVAGE: Items removed by Contractor shall become the property of Contractor unless other disposition or repositioning is required by the Contract Documents or needed for the Work. The Contractor may reuse such items elsewhere, sell such items with proceeds of said sale becoming the property of Contractor or otherwise dispose of such items from the site. Items removed by the Contractor that do not have any salvage value are to be disposed of by Contractor at an approved waste disposal site at the Contractor’s expense, except for any items that the Owner will take for recycling.
5.14 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR: Unless otherwise provided for in the Specifications, all workmanship, equipment, materials, and articles incorporated in the Project are to be new, suitable for the purpose used, of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor further warrants that it has full title to all parts, materials, components, equipment, and other items conveyed to the Owner under the terms of the Contract, that its transfer of such title to the Owner is rightful and that all such parts, materials, components, equipment, and other items shall be transferred free and clear from all security interests, liens, claims, or encumbrances whatsoever. Materials, supplies, and equipment to be incorporated into the Project shall not be purchased by the Contractor or any Subcontractor subject to chattel mortgage or under a conditional sales contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. The Contractor agrees to warrant and defend such title against all persons claiming the whole or any part thereof, at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner, for the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s approval, the name of the manufacturer of machinery and other equipment for materials the Contractor contemplates incorporating in the Project. The Contractor shall also furnish information on capacities, efficiencies, sizes, etc., and other information as may be required by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. All items shall be labeled to indicate the Contract and Project name, Contractor, source of supply, and manufacturer and shall be submitted in sufficient time to permit proper consideration by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, without impacting the Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall have available for use when needed all necessary construction machinery and equipment. Such machinery and equipment shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local safety requirements and be in good working condition, adequate for the task, and in the numbers needed to maintain a rate of progress sufficient to complete the Work within the Contract Time and milestones. Whenever an operation is undertaken which must be accomplished without any slowdown or stoppage, or to avoid an inferior product, the Contractor shall provide standby equipment capability so that an equipment breakdown does not disrupt that activity.
The Contractor shall give the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, three (3) copies of all shop manuals, operating manuals, parts lists, classifications, catalog cuts, specifications, warranties and guarantees for all equipment and machinery installed.
Consideration of a product as an “equal” or “superior” by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may require that the manufacturer of such product furnish guarantees that extend beyond the usual product warranty time. The refusal of a manufacturer to provide such guarantees is sufficient reason for rejecting the product.
The Contractor shall not incorporate any materials into the Project or cover any part of the Work until it has been inspected and approved according to the Contract Documents. Machinery, equipment, materials, and articles installed or used without the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s approval are at the risk of subsequent rejection.
The Contractor shall be responsible for materials delivered and Work performed until completion and final acceptance of the entire construction thereof.
The Contractor shall bear the risk of injury, loss or damage to any and all parts of the Work for whatever cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair or restore Work and materials which have been damaged or destroyed from any causes before completion and acceptance of the Work and shall bear the expense thereof. The Contractor shall provide security and drainage and erect temporary structures as necessary to protect the Work and materials from damage.
The Contractor shall be responsible for materials not delivered to the site for which any progress payment has been made to the same extent as if the materials were so delivered.
5.15 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: After the award of the Contract, the Contractor may ask for substitution of specified material or equipment with equal or equivalent, or superior items only under the
Page 1218 of 1257
28
following circumstances: (i) The Contractor provides evidence to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, that, in the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s sole opinion, establishes that an item of specified material is not available; (ii) the Contractor provides evidence to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, that, in the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s sole opinion, establishes that the specified item will have an unreasonable delivery time due to no fault of the Contractor; or (iii) acceptance of such substitution would result in a significant saving to the Owner without materially impairing the quality or performance of the Work. If any of these circumstances exist, the Contractor shall request approval for a substitution at least thirty (30) days before the material or equipment must be ordered. All requests for substitutions shall be made in writing as part of a submittal. The request shall describe all features of the requested substitution including any tie-in with other elements of the Work, including utilities and controls along with the size and capacity of substitute materials or equipment. The request must be submitted on a form provided by or otherwise acceptable to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and shall list all differences from the product described in the Specifications, include the price of the specified item and the requested substitution, and describe any advantages or disadvantages of the proposed substitution. The Contractor shall be responsible for any effect upon related Work in the Project of any substitution and shall pay any additional cost resulting from or relating to any substitution.
If the “equal or equivalent” material or equipment costs less than that specified, the Contractor shall so state in its request for substitution and, if the Owner accepts the proposed substitution, it may issue a Change Order to reduce the Contract Price by the amount of the direct cost savings without markup to the Contractor.
If the equal or equivalent material or equipment is accepted for unavailability or unreasonable delivery time due to no fault of the Contractor, the Owner may, if appropriate, issue a Change Order to increase the Contract Price by the resulting actual, direct cost increase, if any, to the Contractor, without markup. 5.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting, or patching that may be required to complete the Work, to make its several parts fit together properly or to tie the Work into other work that is shown in the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall organize and plan the Work to reduce to a minimum the need for cutting or otherwise modifying or removing load-bearing structural elements to accommodate the installation of other elements of the Work. If two or more contractors are doing work in the same place, the Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination effort needed to avoid or to reduce the amount of cutting, modifying or removing of structural elements to accomplish such work. However, if modification or removal of structural elements is required because the Work could not be organized and planned to avoid that need, the Contractor shall inform the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, of the need so that the consequences of such modification or removal of structural elements can be assessed. No structural element shall be cut, drilled, bored or otherwise modified unless cutting, drilling, boring or other modification is indicated in the Contract Documents. If the Contractor needs to modify a structural element from its original design, the Contractor must submit to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, a request to make the modification. The request must provide complete details including all necessary calculations performed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Colorado to show that the structural elements can still function as originally designed. The request must be accepted by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, before any modification is made. The Contractor shall be responsible for all repair, replacement, and patching that is necessary to restore the Work, other property, or work of others damaged by the Contractor or Subcontractor. 5.17 SAMPLES AND TESTING: All materials and equipment used in the Project will be subject to sampling and testing by an independent testing company acceptable to the Owner according to generally accepted standards and as required in the Contract Documents. In the absence of direct references, the sampling and testing of materials will be done according to current specifications of the ASTM or the AWWA. The Contractor shall furnish all samples without charge. The Contractor will cooperate with the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in collecting, handling, storing, and forwarding required samples including the furnishing of manpower and equipment when necessary. The Contractor will pay the cost of the initial test except when the Contract states otherwise. The Contractor will pay the costs for repeated tests due to failure of the initial test. The costs of any testing and retesting may be deducted from any payment due to the Contractor under the Contract.
The Contractor will provide the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice for any inspection involving testing or sampling.
The Contractor shall be responsible for testing of concrete and soils and, unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall perform testing of all other materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide the Project Engineer, or
Page 1219 of 1257
29
Project Manager, with satisfactory proof of compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents of any materials or equipment tested. Satisfactory proof of compliance shall be submitted in one or more of the following ways:
a) Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance. For standard labeled stock products of standard manufacture that have a record of satisfactory performance in similar work over a period of not less than two (2) years, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may accept a notarized statement from the manufacturer certifying that the product conforms to the applicable specifications. b) Mill Certificates. For materials where such practice is the usual standard, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may accept the manufacturer’s certified mill and laboratory certificate. c) Testing Laboratory Certificates. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may accept a certificate from an independent commercial testing laboratory satisfactory certifying that the product has been tested within a period acceptable to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and that it conforms to the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. d) Report of Actual Laboratory Test. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may require that Contractor make actual tests of any product and submit a report of the specified test. Such test shall be made by a commercial testing laboratory satisfactory to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, at the Contractor’s sole expense. 5.18 PROPERTY RIGHTS IN MATERIALS: The Contractor shall have no property right in materials after they have been attached, affixed or incorporated in the Work or the soil, or after payment has been made by the Owner to the Contractor for materials delivered to the site of the Work or stored subject to or under the control of Owner. Article 6. CHANGES IN THE WORK
6.1 CHANGES AND INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES OFWORK
6.1.1 General - The Contractor shall perform the Work, as changed by any Change Order, as if originally specified. All changes shall be accomplished by either a written Change Order or a written Field Order issued in accordance with these General Conditions. If a Field Order is used, a Change Order will be executed when the terms of the change are agreed upon. Changes to the Contract Price and Contract Time are authorized only by Change Orders approved in conformance with the Owner’s adopted purchasing policies. Without invalidating the Contract, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and/or Owner reserves and shall have the right, without notice to any Sureties, by written Change Order, to make any changes, from time to time, to the character and quantity of the Work, including but not limited to, the Drawings, Specifications, Plans or Addenda, as may be considered necessary or desirable to complete fullyand acceptably the proposed Contract in a satisfactory manner. Such Change Order shall set forth with specificity the changed Work to be done and shall set forth any changes or extensions to the time of completion. The total of all such Change Orders associated with a project shall not, whether for additional work or items for use upon/within the project, increase the total cost of the Contract, based on the original estimate of quantities and unit prices contained in the Proposal, by more than 10%. Contractor shall be entitled to the cost of said increased units at theoriginal Proposal price, but not to an adjustment of unit price.
In the event the total cost of all such Change Orders associated with a project increases the total cost of the Contract by more than 10%, an equitable adjustment will be made and the Contract modified accordingly by a written Supplemental Agreement, provided, however, that except for claims based on errors in the Contract, no claim for change hereunder will be allowed for costs incurred more than 20 days before the Contractor gives written notice as herein required; and in the case of errors in the Contract for which the Owner is responsible, the adjustment will be increased costs, reasonably incurred by the Contractor in attempting to comply with such errors in the Contract Any plan of action, method of work, or construction procedure suggested orally or in writing to the Contractor by any employee, agent or representative of the Owner, which is not set out in approved Change Orders or Field Orders issued in accordance with the Contract Documents, if adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part, shall be performed at the Contractor’s sole risk and responsibility.
No change order, or other form of order or directive by the Owner’s representative which requires additional compensable work to be performed, and which work causes the aggregate amount payable under this contract to exceed the amount appropriated for the original contract, shall be executed, or shall work be performed by the contractor, unless the Owner first gives written notice to the Contractor that lawful appropriations to cover the costs of such additional work have been made or unless such work is covered
Page 1220 of 1257
30
under a remedy-granting provision of this contract. For purposes of thisparagraph,"remedy-granting provision" shall be defined as set forth in 24-91-103.6(4), C.R.S.
The Contractor shall not start Work on any alteration requiring a Supplemental Agreement until the Agreement setting forth the adjusted prices has been executed by the Owner and the Contractor. All changes or approvals for increasing the Work as required and authorized herein, shall be in written form and approved and signed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, prior to the Work being done. All such writings and approvals shall be specific as to the nature of the Work and the quantities involved. Any Work performed without prior written approval of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall not be binding on the Owner. The Contractor may not treat any order, statement or conduct of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, as a change under this article nor become entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time except as provided in this article.
Claims for changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time of Performance will not be considered after the Final Payment has been made.
Change Orders involving an increase in the Contract Price must be authorized in accordance with the City’s adopted purchasing policy, a copy of which is available upon request. Such purchasing policy provides that the total of all such Change Orders associated with a project that increases the total cost of the Contract by more than 10% must be approved by a supplemental agreement.
6.1.2 Owner Change Request - The Owner may, without notification to any Surety, require the Contractor to perform additive or deductive changes to the Work within the general scope of the Project without invalidating the Contract or any Bond. When the Owner desires to initiate a change, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will issue a change request informing the Contractor of the proposed change in the Work, and requesting the Contractor’s detailed price proposal for such change. The Contractor, at no expense to the Owner and within the time period specified in the Change Request, shall provide the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, with a complete and itemized proposal for the change in the Work, which shall include the estimated increase or decrease in the Contract Price or Contract Time. Such increase or decrease shall be based on the criteria and methods described in these General Conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for any delays in the Work and any additional costs to the Owner caused by the Contractor’s failure to submit a complete price proposal within the time provided. The Contractor shall participate with the Owner in prompt joint analysis and negotiations to finalize a Change Order. The issuance of a Change Request by the Owner is not a prerequisite to the issuance of a Field Order.
6.1.3 Field Orders - The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may make changes in the details of the Project at any time, by issuing a Field Order. Upon receipt of a Field Order, the Contractor shall promptly sign the Field Order and return it to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and shall promptly proceed with performing the change in the Work. The Field Order shall not involve an increase or decrease in the Contract amount and not involve a change inthetime for completion.
A Field Order may be used when: a) The Owner determines that the Contractor must proceed immediately to perform a change in the Work in order to avoid an adverse impact on the schedule or other work, or to avoid or correct a situation where the health or safety of persons may be affected, and sufficient time is not available to negotiate a Change Order; or b) The Owner and Contractor have not completed their negotiation and reached agreement on all of the terms of a Change Order, but the Owner requires the Contractor to proceed without such agreement. If the Contractor believes that such Field Order entitles it to a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, the Contractor shall give the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, written notice within five (5) days after the receipt of the Field Order. Within twenty (20) days after receiving the Field Order, the Contractor shall provide the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, with a complete and itemized proposal that includes the estimated increase or decrease in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, attributable to the changes based on the criteria and methods described in these General Conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for delays to the Work and any additional costs incurred by the Owner caused by its failure to submit complete pricing information within the time provided above. a) If the maximum cost of the change in the Work to be performed under a Field Order has not been agreed upon and reduced to writing in the actual Field Order, or if such change is not
Page 1221 of 1257
31
fully described under a Unit Price set forth in the Contract Documents or the Field Order, the Contractor shall proceed with such Work on a time and materials basis. b) Whenever Work is performed on a time and materials basis, the Contractor shall fully document all costs associated with such Work. Beginning with the first day such Work is performed and on a daily basis thereafter, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, a daily itemization of all such costs in such form as the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may require. c) The final Contract adjustment for Field Order changes in the Work performed on a time and materials basis shall be calculated in accordance with these General Conditions. When the Owner and the Contractor reach agreement on an adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both as appropriate, such agreement shall be promptly executed as a Change Order. If the Owner requires Contractor to perform additional compensable work under a Field Order prior to executing a Change Order, the Contractor shall submit its costs to perform the work as periodically completed in its monthly application for payment, and Owner shall reimburse such costs, subject to retainage and any applicable withholding. In no instance shall the Owner be required to periodically reimburse Contractor for such additional compensable work prior to Contractor submitting to Owner an estimate of the cost of the additional compensable work to be performed. 6.1.4 Contractor Change Requests - If the Contractor: (i) receives any instructions, interpretations or directives which it believes are at variance with the Contract Documents or would require the Contractor to accelerate or decelerate the Work; or (ii) identifies what it believes are errors or omissions of any kind, including design errors or omissions, in the Drawings or Specifications; or (iii) encounters a differing site condition; or (iv) is delayed in performing the Work; or (v) becomes aware of any other matter or circumstance that the Contractor believes might require a change in the Contract Documents, Contract Time, or Contract Price, the Contractor shall give the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, prompt written notice of such matter and request a Change Order in a document identified as a “Contractor Change Request.”
Following submission of a Contractor Change Request, the Contractor shall diligently continue performance of the Contract to the maximum extent possible.
All Contractor Change Requests shall be dated, numbered sequentially, and shall describe the action or event that the Contractor believes may require the issuance of a Change Order. The Contractor shall also provide a description of possible Contractor actions or solutions to minimize the cost of the Contractor Change Request and, when possible, provide an estimate of the adjustment in the Contract Time and Contract Price which the Contractor believes is appropriate. a) With respect to orders, instructions, directives, interpretations, determinations, or the discovery of any errors or omissions in the Contract Documents, a Contractor Change Request shall be submitted before the Contractor acts on them, but in no event more than five (5) days after they have been, or reasonably should have been, received or discovered. b) With respect to any differing site conditions, a Contractor Change Request shall be submitted before the conditions are disturbed, but in no event more than five (5) days after the conditions are first discovered or reasonably should have first been discovered. c) With respect to delays, as set out in these General Conditions, a Contractor Change Request shall be submitted as soon as the Contractor becomes aware, or reasonably should have become aware, of the delay, but in no event more than five (5) days therefrom. d) With respect to any other matter or circumstance that the Contractor believes would require a change, a Contractor Change Request shall be submitted as soon as the Contractor reasonably has knowledge of the matter or circumstance, but in no event more than five (5) days after the Contractor becomes aware, or reasonably should have become aware, of such circumstance or matter.
6.1.5 Submittal Requirements and Waiver of Claims a) If the Contractor does not submit a Contractor Change Request within the time required by these General Conditions, any action by the Contractor related to such order, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, design error or omission, or other matter, including delays or differing site conditions, will not be considered by the Owner as a change to the Work and the Contractor waives any claim for an adjustment on the Contract Price or the Contract Time. b) The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after submitting a Contractor Change Request, provide the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, with a complete and itemized proposal that sets out as specifically as practicable the requested adjustments to Contract Price, Contract
Page 1222 of 1257
32
Time, or other Contract provisions, and contains the other information described in these General Conditions.
c) The proposal shall also contain a detailed explanation, citing all applicable provisions in the Contract Documents that support the Contractor Change Request. If the Contractor does not submit its itemized proposal for a Change Order within the time described above or within such extension that the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in his or her discretion may have granted in writing, the Contractor waives any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time arising out of the act or event giving rise to or necessitating a Contractor Change Request. d) The Contractor shall furnish, upon request, all additional information and data that the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, determines is needed to assist the Owner in evaluating and resolving the Contractor Change Request through negotiation. The Contractor shall give the Owner access to its books, correspondence, records, electronic data bases and files, and other materials relating to the work described in the Contractor Change Request, shall require its Subcontractors and Suppliers to provide the Owner with such access, and shall make its personnel and that of its Subcontractors and Suppliers available to discuss and answer cost, schedule, and other questions related to such request. Clear and legible copies of all necessary supporting records shall be provided to the Owner at no cost. Failure to submit requested information may be a basis for denial of the request. e) In the event the Contractor is ordered to perform Work under this Section for which payments are not determined hereunder, which in the opinion of the Owner it is impracticable to have performed by the Contractor's own employees, the Contractor will, subject to the approval of the Owner, be paid the actual cost to him of such Work and, in addition thereto, an amount of ten (10) percent of the actual costs to cover the Contractor’s superintendence, administration and other overhead expenses. The terms and conditions of any subcontract which the Contractor may propose to enter into in connection with Work under the provisions of this Section, shall be subject to the written approval of the Owner before such subcontract is made. f) In cases other than those described above, the Owner and the Contractor (on his own behalf and on behalf of their Subcontractors) shall endeavor to negotiate a reasonable Contract price and line adjustment in a Change Order on terms appropriate to the changed Work. The Contractor will be required to submit a sufficiently detailed price proposal supported with sufficient documentation so that the Owner can determine that (1) the proposal reflects all impacts on the Contract from Work additions, deletions and modifications shown in the change order being priced, and (2) the proposed prices are set out in such a way that their reasonableness can be evaluated against prices based on adequate price competition, Proposal unit prices, established catalog or market prices of commercial items sold in substantial quantities to the general public, prices set by law or regulation, recognized published price lists and indices, independently developed cost estimate and other appropriate price comparisons and (3) Contract provisions relating to Contract changes costing over $100,000.00 are complied with. If any prices or other aspects are conditional, such as on firm orders being made by a certain date or the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, the Contractor shall identify these aspects in his Proposal. A negotiated Change Order shall set out prices, scheduling requirements, time extensions and all costs of any nature arising out of the issuance of a Change Order except for those cost and time aspects explicitly reserved on the face of the Change Order. g) In the event the Contractor and the Owner are unable to agree upon the Contractor's entitlement to an equitable adjustment or upon the amount thereof, or in the event that it is in the best interest of the Owner to have the Work proceed pending negotiation of amount of an equitable adjustment, the Owner may direct the Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the Change Order, direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination, with any Contract price adjustments and progress payments for the Work to be determined on a Force Account basis in accordance with Section 1.5. The Contractor shall continue diligently to perform the Contract in accordance with the Owner's order, direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination during negotiations with respect to the Contractor's entitlement to an equitable adjustment hereunder or to the amount of any Contract price adjustment hereunder or to the amount or any Contract price adjustment or time extension. The Contractor and the Owner may agree on certain aspects of an equitable adjustment and take those aspects out of operation of Force Account provisions. h) For Change Orders, the Owner, or its representative shall have the audit and inspection rights as described below: • Where the agreed payment method for any Contract changes is to be by cost reimbursement, time and material, labor, hours, or any combination thereof, the Contractor shall maintain and the Owner or its representatives shall have the right to
Page 1223 of 1257
33
examine books, records, documents and other evidence and accounting principles and practices sufficient to reflect properly all direct and indirect costs of whatever nature claimed to have been incurred and anticipated to be incurred for the performance of the Contract changes under this Subsection. • Contract changes exceeding $100,000.00 in costs: For submitted cost and pricing data in connection with pricing a Contract modification referred to in this Subsection, unless such pricing is based on Proposal unit prices, adequate price competition, established catalog or market prices of commercial items sold in substantial quantities to the public, or prices set by law or regulation, the Owner or his representatives shall have the right to examine all books, records, documents and other data of the Contractor related to the negotiation of or performance under the Contract Change Orders for the purpose of evaluating the accuracy, completeness and currency of the cost or pricing data submitted. The right of examination shall extend to all documents necessary to permit adequate evaluation of the cost or pricing data submitted, along with the computations and projections used therein. • Contract changes exceeding $10,000.00 but not $100,000.00 in costs: The Owner or his representatives prior to the execution of any Contract Change order in this Subsection or for a period of twelve months after execution shall, unless such pricing is based on Proposal unit prices, adequate price competition, established catalog of market prices of commercial items sold in substantial quantities to the public, or prices set by law or regulation, have the right to examine all books, records, documents, and other data of the Contractor relating to the negotiation and Contract Change Order for the purpose of evaluating the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the data submitted upon which negotiation is or has been based. To the extent the examination reveals inaccurate, incomplete or non-current data, the Contracting Officer may renegotiate the Contract Change Order price based on such data. • Contract changes of less than $10,000.00 in costs: The Owner may require from the Contractor appropriate documentation to support the prices being negotiated for Contract changes under this Subsection, and may refuse to complete negotiation until satisfactory documentation is submitted. i) For the purpose of this Section, costs shall include fines which would be assessed if extension(s) of time were not granted by Contract Change Order.
j) The requirements of this audits and records section are in addition to other audit, inspection and record keeping provisions elsewhere in the Contract documents.
k) Changes involving aggregate increases and decreases in excess of $100,000.00 shall be subject to the following:
• A change involves aggregate increases and decreases in excess of $100,000.00 if the total value of Work affected, without regard to any increases or decreases, exceeds this amount; for example, a Change Order adding Work in the amount of $75,000.00 and deleting Work in the amount of $50,000.00 will be considered to involve aggregate increases and decreases of $125,000.00. • The Contractor shall submit in support of all items not based upon unit prices or lump sum prices contained in the Contract or upon the established prices at which commercial items are sold in substantial quantities to the public, statements by his vendors that the prices charged the Contractor are not greater than the prices charged by the respective vendors to their most favored customers for the same items in similar quantities. • Price reductions for defective cost or pricing data--price adjustments: If any price, including profit and fee, negotiated in connection with any price adjustment was increased by any significant sums because: (1) The Contractor furnished cost or pricing data which were not complete, accurate, and current as certified in the contractor's certificate of current cost or pricing data; or (2) Adjustments or any subcontract provisions therein required, furnished costs or pricing data which were not complete, accurate, and current as certified in the Subcontractor's certificate of current cost or pricing data; or (3) The Subcontractor or his prospective subcontractor furnished cost or pricing data which were required to be complete, accurate, and current and to be submitted to support a subcontract cost estimate furnished by the Contractor but which were not complete, accurate and current; or (4) The Contractor or a Subcontractor or his prospective subcontractor furnished any data, which were not complete, accurate, and current as submitted;
Page 1224 of 1257
34
(5) Then the price shall be reduced accordingly and the Contract shall be modified in writing accordingly to reflect such reduction. Any reduction in the Contract price due to defective subcontract data of prospective subcontractor, when the subcontract was not subsequently awarded to such subcontractor, will be limited to the amount (plus applicable overhead and profit markup) by which the actual subcontract, was less than the prospective subcontract cost estimate submitted by the Contractor, provided the actual subcontract price was not affected by defective cost or pricing data; or (6) The Contractor shall require Subcontractors to certify to the best of their knowledge and belief that the cost and pricing data submitted are accurate, complete, and current as of the date of execution, which date shall be as close as possible to the date of agreement on the negotiated price of the Contract Change Order.
l) In case a satisfactory adjustment in price cannot be reached for any item requiring a Supplemental Agreement, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the Contract as to said item as it applies to the terms in question and make such arrangements as may be deemed necessary to complete the Work. Should any of the changes, not requiring Supplemental Agreements, be made as provided herein, the Contractor shall perform the Work as altered, increased or decreased at the Contract unit price or prices.
6.1.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions - If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) days after first observance of the conditions. Site conditions which an experienced and prudent contractor could have anticipated by visiting the site, familiarizing himself with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed and correlating his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents shall not be considered as claims for concealed or unknown conditions, nor shall the locations of utilities which differ from locations provided by the utility companies. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or the required time for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within twenty-one (21) days after the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, has given notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be subject to further proceedings pursuant to Section 1.3.8 and Section 1.3.10. Such sections shall apply to claims by either party, notwithstanding language in said sections that they apply only to claims brought by the Contractor.
6.1.7 Specific Provisions for Delay-Based Contractor Change Requests - If the Contractor Change Request is based in whole or in part on a delay of any kind or nature, the complete itemized proposal shall include the following information in addition to all other required information:
a) The date, nature, and circumstances of each event regarded as a cause of the delay; b) The names of all individuals acting on behalf of the Owner who are known or believed by the Contractor to have direct knowledge of the delay; c) If the Contractor claims acceleration costs of scheduled performance or delivery, the basis upon which acceleration arose; d) The identification of any documents and the substance of any oral communications known to the Contractor which substantiate, refute, or concern such delay; e) A Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule corrected to reflect actual performance, showing delay impacts as separate tasks and Contractor’s mitigation of such impacts; and f) The specific elements of Contract performance for which the Contractor may seek an equitable adjustment, including: 1) Identification of each Contract or schedule line item that has been or may be affected by such delay; 2) To the extent practicable, identification of the delay and disruption in the manner and sequence of performance, and the effect on continued performance, that have been or
Page 1225 of 1257
35
may be caused by such delay; 3) Identification of labor, materials, or both, or other cost items including overhead and Subcontractor costs, that have been or may be added, deleted, or wasted by such delay; 4) A statement that the Contractor is maintaining records by some generally accepted accounting procedure that allows the separately identifiable direct costs due to the delay, and those not incurred as a result of the delay, to be readily identified and segregated; 5) Estimates of the necessary adjustments to Contract Price, Contract Time and any other Contract provisions affected by the delay.
6.1.8 Determination by Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
a) The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall respond in writing to any timely Contractor Change Request within ten (10) days of receipt of the complete and itemized proposal in support of the request. Failure of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to respond within such time period shall be deemed a denial of the Contractor Change Request unless the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, notifies the Contractor that additional time is necessary to review the Contractor Change Request. b) If a Contractor Change Request is denied by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in whole or in part, any claim for an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time arising out of the act or event described in the Contractor Change Request is waived unless the Contractor timely submits a protest or dispute in accordance with these General Conditions.
6.2 ADJUSTMENT TO CONTRACT PRICE
6.2.1 Contract Price Adjustments - All adjustments to the Contract Price shall be determined by using one or more of the following methods in descending order:
a) Unit Prices (as stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon) multiplied by final verified quantities of work performed and subject to the requirements of paragraph 10.7 below. b) A negotiated lump sum. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly provide itemized and sufficient substantiating data, including calculations, measurements, cost records, production rates, equipment types and capacity, labor costs by craft and other information that the Owner may reasonably require the Contractor to produce in order to permit the Owner to evaluate any lump sum Contractor Change Request. In pricing such Bids, the Contractor shall include estimates of the type of costs described in this article. c) Costs as determined in a manner previously agreed upon by the Parties, which include markups that do not exceed those described in this article. d) Time and Material costs as determined in the manner described in this article. These amounts may be reduced where necessary to take into account the cost of base Work, Work included in approved Change Orders, Work described in other Field Orders, idle time for workers and/or equipment when Work could have been performed in other locations or when the number of workers or amount of equipment provided exceeded the number or amount required to perform the Work, unsatisfactory Work, or Work that may be or was performed concurrently with the changed Work and which cannot be easily segregated from the changed Work. 6.2.2 Calculation of the Contract Adjustment - In no event shall the charge or credit to the Owner associated with any change exceed the sum of the following: a) Direct Labor. The actual net, direct increase or decrease in the cost of the Contractor’s labor. Such cost shall include only the cost associated with the workers who actually perform the changed Work. The cost of supervision, management and field or office overhead shall not be included or calculated as a direct labor cost. For shop work, the direct labor cost shall include only those workers who work directly on the item being manufactured or the actual operators of the equipment being used to handle the items being manufactured. b) Labor Burden. Contractor’s actual costs for worker’s compensation and liability insurance, payroll taxes, social security and employees’ fringe benefits (including employer paid health insurance) imposed on the basis of payrolls, and any other benefits provided to employees (including under any applicable collective bargaining agreement). This burden must reflect the variability of some burdens, i.e., social security. The burden shall be itemized and include all small tools and miscellaneous supplies. The total labor burden for such small tools shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the Direct Labor cost. c) Direct Material, Supplies, Installed Equipment. The actual net, direct cost of materials, supplies and equipment incorporated into or consumed by the Work. If actual costs are not available, this cost shall be the lowest commercially available price including all discounts, rebates, shipping and restocking charges, and applicable taxes. Such cost shall be based on buying the
Page 1226 of 1257
36
material, supplies and equipment in the largest practical quantity to receive quantity discounts. d) Equipment Costs. Without markup or operator, the lesser of (i) the actual net cost to the Contractor of owned or rented equipment, other than small tools; or (ii) the rental rate for such equipment as determined by using the following method(s): • Equipment rental rates listed in the appropriate rental rate book currently in use by CDOT. If an item of equipment does not appear in the rental rate book currently in use by CDOT, the rental rates published by the Associated Equipment Dealers may be used as a basis for negotiating a rental rate for a particular piece of equipment. The Contractor shall provide all information necessary to determine the appropriate rental rate at the time the equipment is brought on the job. • Rental equipment costs shall be determined using actual invoiced rates, less all discounts for basic equipment rental. • Mobilization/demobilization costs will be paid if the equipment is mobilized for Work described in a Change Order and is not otherwise to be mobilized or demobilized for the Work at the time. If the equipment is also used on Base Contract Work, no mobilization or demobilization cost will be paid. Mobilization/demobilization costs will be based on using the least expensive means to mobilize or demobilize. Equipment shall be obtained from the nearest available source. When the least expensive methods are used, the costs shown in the actual invoice will be the basis for pricing. e) Mark Up for Overhead and Profit. The Contractor or Subcontractor of any tier who actually performs the Work shall be entitled to a reasonable markup of no more than ten percent (10%) on the actual costs for Direct Labor, Labor Burden, Direct Material, Supplies, Installed Equipment, and Equipment Costs, as described in this article. Bonds and insurance are compensated at direct cost without markup. f) Bonds, Insurance, Permits and Taxes. The actual increases or decreases in the cost of premiums for bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work. 6.2.3 Totals as Equitable Adjustment - The Contractor agrees that the total of the above items constitute an equitable adjustment for any and all costs or damages resulting from a change.
6.2.4 No Equitable Adjustment for Obstruction by Contractor - No equitable adjustment shall be made as a result of costs resulting from any act, hindrance, obstacle, obstruction, interference, or omission of the Contractor, its Subcontractors, Suppliers, or Surety, or any other entity or individual acting on behalf of the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or Surety. 6.2.5 Calculation of Certain Equitable Adjustments - in case of delay in completion of the entire Contract due to drawings, designs or specifications that are defective and for which the Owner is responsible, the equitable adjustment for delays or costs incurred prior to notification to the Owner of such defect shall only include the extra cost and time reasonably incurred by the Contractor in attempting to comply with the defective drawings, designs or specifications before the Contractor identified, or reasonably should have identified, such defect. An equitable adjustment shall not include increased costs for delay resulting from the Contractor’s failure to continue performance during determination of any Contractor Change Request or claim.
6.2.6 Price Reductions for Defective Cost or Pricing Data - If it is later determined that pricing adjustments to the Contract were not correct due to incomplete or inaccurate pricing data by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier or that lower prices were reasonably available, the price shall be reduced accordingly and the Contract Price modified by an appropriate Change Order.
6.2.7 Variations in Estimated Quantities - The Contractor shall understand that the quantities set forth on the Statement of Work, the Proposal or other Contract documents are only approximate and that during the progress of the work, the Owner may find it advisable and shall have the right to omit portions of the work and to increase or decrease the quantities and reserves the right to add to or take from any items as may be deemed necessary or desirable. Under no circumstances or conditions will the Contractor be paid anything on account of anticipated profits upon the work or any portion thereof covered by the Contract which is not actually performed. Where the quantity of a Unit Price pay item in the Contract is an estimated quantity and where the actual quantity of such pay item varies more than 25% below the estimated quantity stated in the Contract, the Contractor shall make an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, upon
Page 1227 of 1257
37
demand of the Owner. The Contract Price adjustment will be based upon any decrease in costs due solely to the variation below 75% of the estimated quantity.
Where the quantity of a Unit Price pay item in the Contract is an estimated quantity and the actual quantity of such pay item is more than 25% above the estimated quantity in the Contract, the Owner may elect to terminate the Contract for convenience or issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price. The Contract Price adjustment will be based upon any increase in costs due solely to the variation above 125% of the estimated quantity. If the quantity variation is such as to cause an increase in the time necessary for completing the Work, the Contractor may request, in writing, an extension of time in accordance with these General Conditions. 6.2.8 Disposition of Excess or Obsolete Property - When the cost of materials, supplies, equipment or other personal property made obsolete or excess as a result of a delay is included in the equitable adjustment, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall have the right to prescribe the manner of disposition of such property.
6.3 OMITTED ITEMS: The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may, in writing, order omitted from the Work any item other than Major Items, which are found by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or Owner to be unnecessary to the Project and such omission shall not be a waiver of any condition of the Contract nor invalidate any of the provisions thereof. Major Items may be omitted by Supplemental Agreements. The Contractor will be paid for all Work done toward the completion of the item prior to such omission as provided in Section 7-5.
6.4 WORK NOT SPECIFIED BUT INCLUDED: Any work not specifically set forth in the Plans and Specifications but which may be fairly implied as included in the opinion of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall be done by the Contractor without extra charge.
6.5 EXTRA WORK--FORCE ACCOUNT: When Work is necessary for the proper completion of the Project for which no quantities or prices were given in the Proposal or Contract, the same shall be called Extra Work and shall be performed by the Contractor when so directed in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Extra Work shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications in a skillful and workmanlike manner and as may be directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Prices for Extra Work shall be itemized and covered by a Supplemental Agreement in accordance with paragraph 3.6 above. Any supplemental agreement must be approved by the Owner prior to the actual starting of such Work. Should the parties be unable to agree on unit prices for the Extra Work or if this method of pricing is impractical, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Work by day labor or Force Account as hereinafter provided in Section 7-6. Claims for Extra Work not authorized in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, prior to the Work being done will be rejected and shall not be compensated for.
Extra Work shall not include materials, labor or equipment which is incidental or appurtenant to the Work indicated on the Drawings and in the Specifications. Such Work shall be completed and paid for as part of the Work to which it is appurtenant. 6.6 UNAUTHORIZED WORK: Work performed beyond the lines and grades shown on the Contract Drawings, approved Work and Shop Drawings and Extra Work done without written authorization will be considered unauthorized Work and the Contractor will receive no compensation therefore. If required by the Owner, unauthorized Work shall be remedied, removed or replaced by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. Upon failure of the Contractor to remedy, remove or replace unauthorized Work, the Owner may take action as provided in Section 2.9 Inspection.
Article 7. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND PERSONNEL
7.1 SUBCONTRACTORS: The Contractor may use the services of specialty Subcontractors on those parts of the Work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty Subcontractors.
7.1.1 No Subcontracting - The Contractor shall not sublet or subcontract any portion of the Work to be done under the Contract to any Subcontractor or Supplier not identified in the Proposal until approval of such action has been obtained from the Owner. The Owner may disapprove of a Subcontractor for any reason deemed appropriate by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, including without limitation:
a) Default on a contract within the last five (5) years; b) Default on a contract that required that a surety complete the contract under payment or performance bonds issued by the surety; c) Debarment within the last five (5) years by a public entity or any organization that has formal
Page 1228 of 1257
38
debarment proceedings; d) Significant or repeated violations of Federal Safety Regulations (OSHA); e) Failure to have the specific qualifications listed in the Contract Documents for the work that the Subcontractor will perform; f) Failure to have the required Owner or Colorado licenses to perform the work described in the subcontract; g) Failure to pay workers the proper wage and benefits or to pay suppliers or subcontractors with reasonable promptness within the last five (5) years; h) Conviction, plea of nolo contendere, entry into a formal agreement admitting guilt or entry of a plea of guilty or otherwise admitting culpability to criminal offenses of bribery, kickbacks, collusive proposing, bid-rigging, anti-trust, fraud, undue influence, theft, racketeering, extortion or any offense of a similar nature in connection with Subcontractor’s business, on the part of Subcontractor’s principal owners, officers, or employees, within the last five (5) years; i) Failure to pay taxes or fees; j) Evidence that the Subcontractor was selected by the Contractor through the process of Proposal shopping, dishonesty or buyout.
7.1.2 Rejection of Subcontractor - Rejection or acceptance of any Subcontractor shall not create in that Subcontractor a right to any subcontract or the right to perform any portion of the Work, nor shall acceptance or rejection relieve the Contractor of its responsibilities for the work of any Subcontractor.
7.1.3 Contractor Supervision - The Contractor shall also supervise, direct and be responsible for all work performed by its Subcontractors, their agents and employees and other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier, or Suppliers of any tier. The Contractor is fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of its Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them.
7.1.4 Contractor Obligations - The action or omission of any Subcontractor in violation of this Contract or any subcontract will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation under this Contract or at law.
7.1.5 Contractual Relationship - Nothing contained in the Contract or any exercise of rights under this Contract creates any contractual relationship or privity of contract tween any Subcontractor and the Owner.
7.1.6 Binding to Terms of Contract - The Contractor shall put appropriate provisions (including the indemnity and insurance provisions) in all Subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the work of Subcontractors (even if not specifically required here), and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any Subcontractor that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor.
7.1.7 Guarantees - The Contractor shall specifically stipulate in all Subcontractor or Supplier contracts and purchase order forms for all materials and systems that the guarantee period begins with the date of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall, during the course of the Work, specifically instruct Subcontractors and Suppliers that all written guarantees, that are due to be submitted to the Owner, shall indicate the initiation of the guarantee period as being the date of Substantial Completion. 7.1.8 Availability of Contract Documents - The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, before the execution of the subcontract, complete and accurate copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Subcontractors. 7.2 WORKFORCE: The Contractor shall assign an adequate number of qualified, competent workers to each task to complete the Work on schedule and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 7.2.1 Corrective Action Plan - If the Owner believes that the Work is not proceeding satisfactorily or may not be satisfactorily completed by the Completion Date, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may, by letter to the Contractor, require the Contractor to submit a corrective action plan identifying steps to be taken, at no additional cost to the Owner, to raise the rate of progress to an acceptable level. 7.2.2 Competent Personnel - Competent personnel with experience and skills adequate for the assigned tasks are an absolute necessity for job safety and for the performance of quality work. The Contractor and any Subcontractor shall employ only foremen and workers skilled in the Work requiring special qualifications. The Contractor shall reassign or remove from the Project all personnel who are requested to be reassigned or removed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or who are incompetent,
Page 1229 of 1257
39
uncooperative, refuse to comply with safety requirements, or are otherwise unfit to perform the assigned task. No increase in Contract Time or Contract Price is authorized as a result of the Owner’s exercise of this section. 7.3 COMPLIANCE WITH IMMIGRATION REFORM AND CONTROL ACT OF 1986. Contractor certifies that Contractor has complied with the United States Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. All persons employed by Contractor for performance of this Contract have completed and signed Form I-9 verifying their identities and authorization for employment.
7.4 PERSONNEL & CIVIL RIGHTS
7.4.1 Colorado Labor (C.R.S. § 8-17-101) - At least eighty percent (80%) of each type or class of labor employed by the Contractor and any Subcontractors to perform the Work shall be persons who, at time of employment, are residents of the State of Colorado, without discrimination as to race, color, creed, gender or sex, age, religion, national origin, veteran’s status or religion, except when minimum age is a bona fide occupational qualification. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in writing, may waive this requirement in accordance with C.R.S. § 8-17-101. This paragraph shall not apply if the Project receives federal funding. 7.4.2 Anti-Discrimination - While engaged in the performance of the Work, Contractor shall maintain employment practices consistent with the Colorado Antidiscrimination Act, C.R.S. § 24-34-301 through § 24-34-804, as amended. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure applicants are employed, and employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship.
7.4.3 Civil Rights - In compliance with the Civil Rights Act of 1964, coupled with the Colorado Governor’s Executive Order dated July 6, 1972, Contractor, for itself and its assignees and successors in interest, agree as follows:
(a) When applicable, the Contractor shall comply with the Regulations of the Department of Transportation relative to nondiscrimination in Federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, hereinafter referred to as the “Regulations”), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations including employment practices when the Contract covers a program set forth in Appendix “C” of the Regulations. (b) The Contractor, with regard to the Work performed by it after award and prior to completion of the Work, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, creed, color, gender or sex, age, religion, veteran status, national origin or ancestry in the selection and retention of Subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. (c) In all solicitations either by competitive Bid or negotiation made by Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or equipment, each potential Subcontractor or Supplier shall be notified by Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under this Contract and the regulations related to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, creed, color, gender or sex, age, religion, veteran status, national origin or ancestry. (d) The Contractor shall take all affirmative actions necessary and appropriate to implement, not only the letter but also the spirit, of the policy of equality of opportunity as enunciated in the Constitution and the laws of the State of Colorado and as construed by the courts to prevent discrimination because of race, creed, color, gender or sex, age, religion, handicap, veterans status, national origin or ancestry. (e) The Contractor shall include the provisions of these subsections 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, orders or instructions issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Owner may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions; provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a Subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the Owner to enter into such litigation to protect the interest(s) of the Owner.
Page 1230 of 1257
40
7.4.4 Americans with Disabilities Act - The Owner makes every attempt to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and requires all contractors to be aware of this law and to report immediately to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, any requests or complaints based upon the Americans with Disabilities Act. This requirement applies to persons or groups who have identified themselves as disabled, or as someone with whom they associate as disabled, and who require a special accommodation.
Article 8. INSPECTIONS; CORRECTIONS OF DEFECTS
8.1 DEFECTIVE WORK AND MATERIALS: Material and workmanship not conforming to the requirements of the Contract are deemed defective. The Contractor shall bear all costs of investigating and correcting such defective Work and materials, which includes design efforts necessary to correct such Work.
8.1.1 Determination of Defects - Whether or not the Work is defective will be determined by comparing it to the Contract Drawings, Specifications, accepted Shop Drawings and manufacturer’s literature and further measuring it against the standard of quality implied by the Contractor’s warranty. Also, should the appearance and performance of any element of the Work fail to conform to standards of the trade for such Work, that Work may be declared defective.
8.1.2 Repair and Removal of Defects - Defects discovered by any inspection process or testing, or otherwise made apparent during the Work, shall be repaired, removed, or replaced by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, as identified. The Owner shall have the right to charge the Contractor for its costs of re-inspecting the Work after the defective Work is corrected and any costs of verifying or determining the existence of latent defects 8.1.3 Failure to Repair or Remove Defects - If the Contractor fails to replace rejected materials or Work within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice, the Owner may replace or correct them and charge the cost to the Contractor and may terminate the right of the Contractor to proceed.
8.1.4 Failure to Detect Defects - Failure to detect previously installed defective materials or workmanship shall not impair the Owner’s right to receive the completed Work, which is free of defects and meets all of the requirements of the Contract Documents. Nothing in this section shall limit the Owner’s right to seek recovery for latent defects that are not observable until after any warranty or guaranty periods have run.
8.2 SUBSTITUTED PERFORMANCE: If the Contractor’s failure of exact performance does not appear to the Owner to be deliberate or willful and if the Owner concludes that less than exact performance in some minor part of the Work will not result in a decrease in quality in the entire Work, the Owner may, at its sole option, accept substituted performance.
Should the Owner accept substituted performance, the cost of the Work shall be reduced by the sum of money that the Owner determines to be a reasonable consideration for less than exact performance and the Owner may, at its discretion, require separate warranties for any substituted performance.
8.3 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS: All Work shall be subject to inspection and testing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, Owner or their agent at all reasonable times and at all places prior to acceptance. Inspectors, employed by the Owner, are authorized to inspect all Work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all of any part of the Work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. The Inspector is not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Inspector is authorized to call to the attention of the Contractor any failure of the Work or materials to conform to the Specifications and Contract Documents.
8.3.1 Inspector Authority - The Inspector shall have the authority to reject materials or suspend the Work until any question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. If the Contractor refuses to suspend operations on verbal order, the Inspector shall issue a written order giving the reason for shutting down the Work. After placing the order in the hands of the manager in charge, the Inspector shall immediately leave the job. Work done during the absence of the Inspector will not be accepted nor paid for. 8.3.2 Contractor Obligations - Inspections by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or the Owner, or any of their representatives, or others shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and to also inspect his own Work.
8.3.3 Limitations of Inspector - The Inspector shall in no case act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor nor interfere with the management of the Work by the latter. Any advice which the Inspector may give the Contractor shall in no way be construed as binding to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in any way, or releasing the Contractor from fulfilling any of the terms of the Contract.
Page 1231 of 1257
41
8.4 INSPECTION: Drawings and specifications defining the Work were prepared on the basis of interpretation by design professionals of information derived from investigations of the Work site. Such information and data are subject to sampling errors, and the interpretation of the information and data depends to a degree on the judgment of the design professional. Information about the degree of difficulty of the Work to be done cannot totally be derived from either the Drawings or Specifications or from the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment to the Contract Time or Contract Price for any condition that was or would have been evident at the time of a pre-Proposal site inspection. By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that they have visited the site if and to the extent it believed necessary, familiarized itself with the location and conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated its observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
8.4.1 Duties of Contractor - Contractor shall promptly, before such conditions are further disturbed, notify the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in writing of:
• Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Work site differing materially from those indicated in the Contract; or
• Unknown physical conditions at the Work site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract. 8.4.2 Duties of the Owner - Upon receipt of written notification from the Contractor of alleged differing site conditions, the Owner shall promptly investigate the conditions. If the Owner finds that the conditions materially differ and could not have been discovered, or reasonably inferred, from the Contract Documents or a thorough inspection of the Work site by the Contractor, and such conditions cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of or the time required for performance of any related part of the Work under the Contract, an adjustment to the Contract Time or Contract Price, or both, may be made through a Change Order. 8.4.3 All Work Subject to Inspection - Until final payment, all parts of the work may be subject to inspection and testing by Owner or its designated representatives. Contractor may furnish, at its own expense, all reasonable access, assistance, and facilities required by Owner for such inspection and testing. The Contractor may furnish the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the Work performed and materials used are in accordance with the requirements and intent of the Specifications and Contract. In the event of night Work, the Contractor may furnish proper lighting to adequately perform and inspect the Work being performed. If the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, requests it, the Contractor may, at any time before acceptance of the Work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished Work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor may restore said portions of the Work to the standard required by the Specifications. Should the Work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the coverage or making good of the parts removed, may be paid for as Extra Work; but should the Work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed, shall be at the Contractor's expense. Any Work done or materials used by the Contractor without suitable supervision or inspection by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or his authorized representative may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 8.4.4 Prompt Remedy - If Contractor does not promptly replace rejected material or correct rejected workmanship the Owner may: (a) by separate Contract or otherwise, replace such material or correct such workmanship and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor, or (b) terminate the Contractor's right to proceed in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9. Such inspection and test is for the sole benefit of Owner and may not relieve Contractor of the responsibility of providing quality control measures to assure that the Work strictly complies with the Contract. No inspection or test by the Owner, Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or their agent may be construed as constituting or implying acceptance. Inspection or test may not relieve Contractor of responsibility for damage to or loss of the material prior to acceptance, nor in any way affect the continuing rights of the Owner after acceptance of the completed Work.
8.4.5 Work Outside Normal Work Day - Any Work outside the normal five (5) day, forty (40) hour week may require the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or Inspector on the job. All inspection so required shall be done at the Contractor's expense and the cost thereof may be deducted from the final payment. Overtime inspection may be done by the Owner at the Contractor's expense at $50.00 per hour. The payment by the Contractor of overtime inspection fees may not relieve the Contractor from the liquidated damages provisions as specified in Section 6-8 herein.
8.4.6 Change Order - If the Contractor has not fully complied with the notice and submittal requirements of this section or any part of the General Conditions pertaining to Change Orders, with particular attention
Page 1232 of 1257
42
to not disturbing the site prior to allowing the Owner to investigate the conditions, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived its right to assert a claim for differing site conditions.
8.4.7 No Claim After Final Payment - No claim will be allowed under this section if Final Payment has been made.
8.5 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All Work which has been rejected or condemned by Owner or Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall be repaired, or if it cannot be satisfactorily repaired, be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Work done without lines and grades having been given, Work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the Plans, or asgiven, except as herein provided, Workdonewithout giving timely notice to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, so the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may, if he/she wishes, be present to observe theWorkinprogress,or anyExtraor unclassified Workdonewithout written authorityand prior Agreement inwritingasto prices, willbe done at the Contractor's risk and will be considered unauthorized and at the option of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may not be measured and paid for and may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
Upon the failure of the Contractor to satisfactorily repair or to remove and replace, if so directed, rejected,
unauthorized, or condemned Work immediately after receiving formal notice from the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, the Owner may, at its sole option, recover for such defective Work on the Contractor's bond or by action in a court having proper jurisdiction over such matters, or may employ labor and equipment and satisfactorily repair or remove and replace such Work and charge the cost of the same to the Contractor, which cost will be deducted from any money due him/her.
8.6 GEOTECHNICAL AND OTHER DESIGN PROFESSIONAL REPORTS, INVESTIGATIONS & TESTS: The Contractor acknowledges that certain soils reports, borings, and other geotechnical data, more particularly described or referenced in the Specifications of the Contract, have been made available for inspection and review. The borings were made for the use of the Owner in the design of the Project and are not intended to be interpreted for use in temporary construction facilities designed by the Contractor. The Owner in no way warrants the accuracy or reliability of said borings and other geotechnical data or of the data, information or interpretations contained in said soils reports, and is not responsible for any deduction, interpretation, or conclusion drawn therefrom by the Contractor. Said soil reports may contain interpretations by design professionals of borings and geotechnical data obtained at the Work site. Such borings and geotechnical data are subject to sampling errors, and any interpretations or conclusions based on such borings and data depend to a degree on the judgment of the design professionals.
The Contractor agrees that it will make no claims against the Owner if, in performing the Work, it finds that the actual conditions encountered do not conform to those indicated by said soil reports, borings and other geotechnical data, or those reasonably inferred therefrom or reasonably discoverable by a thorough inspection of the site by the Contractor. Article 9. PROTECTION OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENT
9.1 PROTECTION OF PERSONS: The Contractor is responsible for the health and safety of all persons on or at the Work site and shall take all necessary and reasonable precautions and actions to protect all such persons from injury, death, or loss. 9.1.1 Safety Working Conditions - The Contractor and any Subcontractor shall not require any laborer, mechanic or other person employed in performance of the Work to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to health or safety. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations adopted by the United States Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the Industrial Commission of the State of Colorado or the City of Englewood, whichever is most restrictive. The Owner assumes no duty to ensure that the Contractor follows the safety regulations issued by OSHA or the State of Colorado. 9.1.2 Protective Devices and Precautions - The Contractor shall provide all necessary protective devices and safety precautions. Such devices and precautions may include but are not limited to: posting of danger signs and warnings against hazards such as, but not limited to, hoists, well holes, elevator hatchways, scaffolding, openings, stairways, trip and fall hazards and falling materials; placement of warning flares; equipment back-up alarms; installation of barricades; promulgation and application of safety regulations and employment of safety personnel and guards. Signs will not be considered to be an adequate substitute for physical protective barriers. The costs of all protective devices and the planning and implementing of safety precautions are considered to be included in the Unit Prices, even if not specified.
If, in the opinion of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, the Contractor has not supplied necessary and adequate barricades, warnings, or other safety devices, then the Owner may order additional devices and deduct the cost from the Contractor's payment. By taking such action, the Owner assumes no liability
Page 1233 of 1257
43
for the adequacy of such barricades, warnings or other safety devices. 9.1.3 Underground Work - For operations involving trenching, excavation or any other underground construction, the Contractor’s attention is specifically directed to and its work shall conform to the latest revision of the Construction Safety and Health Regulations, Part P Subparagraph 1926.6013-6016 by OSHA, as amended. 9.1.4 Protection of the Public - The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall always, whether or not so specifically directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, take necessary precautions to ensure the protection of the public. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain at its own expense all necessary precautions for the protection of the Work and safety of the public through and around its construction operations.
9.1.5 Subcontractor - The Contractor shall make the provisions of this section a condition of each contract with any Subcontractor.
9.2 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY: The Contractor shall continuously take all reasonable precautions to protect from damage, injury or loss, all or any part of the Work and all or any part of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether in storage on or off the Work site, under the care, custody, control of the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier. The Contractor shall repair or replace at its expense any such damage, injury or loss, except such as may be directly due to error in the Contract or caused by agents or employees of the Owner.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its expense all passageways, barricades, guard fences, lights, and other protection facilities required by any regulatory agency or public authority or local conditions.
The Contractor is responsible for protection of all public and private property on and adjacent to any site of the Work. The Contractor shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage to curbs, sidewalks, driveways, trees, shrubs, sod, mailboxes, fences, and other private and public improvements. The Contractor shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until an authorized agent has witnessed or otherwise referenced their locations, and shall not remove them until directed.
9.3 PROTECTION OF HISTORICAL SITES: When the Contractor’s operations encounter remains of prehistoric peoples, dwelling sites or artifacts of historical, archeological, or paleo-logical significance, the Contractor shall temporarily discontinue such operations and immediately advise the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will contact archeological authorities to determine the disposition of the items in question. When directed, the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper authorities. Such excavation is considered, and paid for, as extra Work.
9.4 RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR: When any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to any public or private property or utility by or on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall restore the damaged property at its own expense to a condition equal to or better than that existing before such damage or injury. If any existing property is damaged in the Work as a result of Contractor’s non-performance, the Contractor shall immediately notify the property owner. The Contractor shall not attempt to make repairs unless authorized in writing by the property owner or directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Written authorization from the owner to make repairs must be so worded as to save the Owner harmless from any responsibility whatsoever relative to the sufficiency of the repairs. The Contractor shall give the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, a copy of the written authorization to make repairs.
The Contractor shall replace any materials and equipment lost, stolen, damaged or otherwise rendered useless during the performance of Work on the Project.
At the Contractor’s cost, the Owner may undertake any such repair or replacement required by this section when the Contractor fails to do so within a reasonable time. The Owner may deduct any such cost from any payment due the Contract or may recover such costs from the Contractor or the Surety.
9.5 TRAFFIC CONTROL: Unless the Contract specifically provides for the closing to traffic of any local road or highway while construction is in progress, such road or highway shall be kept open to all traffic by the Contractor. The Contractor shall also provide and maintain in a safe condition temporary approaches, crossings or intersections with roads and highways. The Contractor shall bear all expense of maintaining traffic over the section of road affected by the Work to be done under this Contract, and of constructing and maintaining such approaches, crossings, intersections and any accessory features without direct compensation, except as otherwise provided. The Contractor shall arrange Work to disrupt traffic as little as possible. All traffic Control Devices used shall conform
Page 1234 of 1257
44
to the latest edition of the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). Except as otherwise permitted, two way traffic shall be maintained at all times in public roadways. The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain all necessary barricades, signs, danger signals and lights for the protection of the Work and the safety of the public. All barricades, signs and obstructions erected by the Contractor shall be illuminated at night and all devices for this purpose shall be kept illuminated from sunset to sunrise.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to the Work due to failure of barricades, signs, lights and watchman to protect it, and whenever evidence of such damage is found prior to acceptance, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor without cost to the Owner if, in the opinion of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, such action is justified. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs and lights shall not cease until the Project has been accepted.
9.5.1 Closure of Street or Alley - No street or alley shall be closed to the public by the Contractor exceptas authorized by the City Traffic Engineer and in accordance with procedures outlined herein. Whenever, in the prosecution of the work, the Contractor finds it necessary to close a street to traffic, he/she shall advise the Police and Fire Departments forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the time when the street will require closing. The forty-eight (48) hour notice will be required in all cases involving the normal prosecution of the work and convenience of the Contractor. Twenty-four (24) hours prior to commencement of work, the Contractor shall furnish and install approved “No Parking” signs, giving day of the week; i.e. “No Parking in this block on Thursday.” At time of posting verbal notice of intent shall be given to occupants of premises involved. In cases of emergency, involving conditions over which the Contractor has no control, the street may be closed. In these cases, the Contractor is required to immediately notify the Police and Fire Departments and the City Traffic Engineer.
9.5.2 Detours - Wherever streets or alleys are closed as provide herein, it will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to adequately mark and light the detours as determined by the Contractor and the City Traffic Engineer after consultation with the Police and Fire Departments, City Traffic Engineer, and in accordance with standard details indicated on plans for this project. The Contractor, at its cost, shall furnish and maintain all necessary signs, barricades, lights, and flaggers necessary to control traffic and provide for safety of the public, all in compliance with the MUTCD with subsequent revisions and additions, and to the satisfaction of the City’s Public Works Director. No constructions signs shall be placed on sidewalks unless construction is actually taking place on the sidewalk. During evening hours and when not in use, all signs shall be turned away from traffic and moved at least eight (8) feet away from the edge of the nearest traveled way. 9.5.3 Permission for Detours - Wherever detours are required over areas other than on established City streets, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to secure all necessary permission from the property owners involved, prior to establishing such detours. Traffic shall not be routed over such detour until it has been bladed and shaped in such a way as to provide a reasonably safe and convenient roadway to the traveling public. Full provision shall be made to the Contractor for minimizing inconvenience from dust.
9.5.4 Safe and Convenient Roadway - Where traffic is maintained along the street or alley under construction, particular care shall be used to shape and maintain the roadbed so that a safe and convenient roadway is available to the traveling public. Ramps from undisturbed streets into excavated areas shall be maintained for traffic on gradual grades and in no case shall a ramp be steeper than a 6:1 slope. The Contractor shall make full provisions for minimizing inconvenience from dust. Marking and lighting the route shall be in accordance with standard details indicated on the plans for the district. During periods when actual construction is not in progress, streets shall be properly maintained and dust control measures shall be employed.
9.5.5 Traffic Control Plan - At least seven (7) days before starting any Work in the City right-of-way, the Contractor shall submit a detailed traffic control plan for review by the City of Englewood Public Works Department, with a copy to the Police Department. The approval shall establish the requirements for closures related to the number of lanes and time of day lanes or streets may be closed in accordance with the MUTCD and other applicable criteria or regulations. The Traffic Control Plan (TC Plan) shall include the name of the Contractor, the name and phone number of the person responsible for the traffic control, the date for beginning and ending construction activity and hours of operation expected. The TC Plan should show the widths of streets involved, traffic lanes, the size and location of the Work area with distances from the curb, distance to the nearest intersection, detours, parking areas, access to private property, and the type and location of traffic control devices. No changes to the TC Plan shall be permitted without prior, written approval by the Public Works Director. The Contractor shall create its Traffic Control plans in concurrence with any Traffic Control requirements that may be specifically stated in the Special Conditions.
Page 1235 of 1257
45
9.5.6 Need for Police Officer - Whenever a police officer is necessary for traffic control, the Contractor shall hire and pay a uniformed off-duty police officer with authority in the City to direct traffic. The police department will determine the rate of pay for the officers. 9.5.7 Incidents - The Owner may impose a price reduction charge for any recurrence of an incident under the TC Plan, after notification by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, according to the following schedule. The price reduction charge will not be considered a penalty, but will be a price reduction for failure to perform traffic control in compliance with the Contract. For purposes of this section, an “incident” is any violation of the TC Plan lasting up to thirty (30) minutes; each successive or cumulative 30-minute period in violation of the TC Plan will be deemed a separate incident, as determined by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
Incident Price Reduction Charge First None – Notice from Project Engineer, or Project Manager Second $150.00 Third $300.00 Fourth $600.00 Subsequent $1,200.00
9.6 PROTECTION OF STREET SIGNS, TRAFFIC SIGNS and SIGNALS: Street signs, traffic signs, signals and other traffic control devices erected by the City for information and to safeguard traffic must be protected by the Contractor. Where it is necessary to disturb or remove any of these items, the Contractor shall secure approval of the Traffic Engineer prior to any such work, this approval to be based on concurrence and requirements from the Traffic Engineer. 9.7 UTILITIES: The Contractor's attention is directed to the importance of protecting all public utilities encountered on all projects. Such utilities may include, but are not limited to: telephone, telegraph and power lines, water lines, sewer lines, gas lines, railroad tracks, and other overhead and underground utilities, cable television lines and facilities. Before any excavation is begun in the vicinity of water lines, railroad tracks or structures, sewer lines, cable television lines, gas lines or telephone conduits, each utility company concerned must be notified in advance of such excavation, and such excavation shall not be made until an authorized representative of the utility company concerned is on the ground and has designated the location of their facilities.
The Contractor shall support, and protect from injury, until completion of the Work any existing power lines, telephone lines, water mains, gas mains, sewers, storm sewers, cables, conduits, ditches, curbs, walks, pavements, driveways, and other structures in the vicinity of the Work that are not authorized to be removed.
9.7.1 Utility Coordination - The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate all Work with any utilities. The Contractor shall cooperate with utility owners (including electrical, gas, communication, water, sewer and railroad) to mitigate damage (including relocation or removal) whenever the Contractor’s work affects their utilities. The Contractor shall seek to expedite the progress of such work and minimize duplication of work and disruption of services.
9.7.2 Minimize Disruption - The Contractor shall conduct its operations in such a manner as to minimize the inconvenience to the public due to disconnected utilities. The Contractor shall not disconnect any utility without prior approval of the affected utility and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Such utility shall then not be disconnected before 9:00 A.M. and service shall be restored by 4:00 P.M. of the same day. If the Contractor’s operations require or cause utility service to be disconnected beyond the time limits stated above, the Contractor shall make arrangements suitable to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to provide temporary utility service. Such temporary service shall be at Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall notify all affected properties regarding any utility disconnection, forty-eight (48) hours prior to the disconnection. 9.7.3 Delays - The Owner will not be responsible or liable for any delay or other impact to the Work caused by the acts or omissions of any utility or related agency.
9.8 COORDINATION WITH ENGLEWOOD UTILITIES: The Contractor shall always coordinate its Work with the South Platte Water Renewal Partners (SPWRP) and the Englewood Utilities Department (EUD). If it becomes necessary to close portions of any water or sewer system due to construction operations, the Contractor will provide at least seventy-two (72) hours prior notice to SPWRP and EUD. SPWRP and EUD shall have authority to dictate requirements of the closure. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure continuity of the utilities.
9.9 NOTIFICATION OF AFFECTED UTILITY AND PROPERTY OWNERS: The Contractor shall not excavate without first notifying all owners, operators, or association of owners and operators having underground facilities in the area of such excavation. Notice may be given in person, by telephone or in writing. Notice to an association is notice to each member of the association.
Page 1236 of 1257
46
The Contractor shall contact the Utility Notification Center of Colorado before the start of any excavating. The Contractor shall give such notice of the commencement, extent, and duration of the excavation work at least forty- eight (48) hours before beginning Work affecting the area. If the Project affects fences, landscaping, mailboxes, driveways or other improvements, the Contractor shall notify the affected property owners or occupants IN WRITING at least forty-eight (48) hours before beginning Work. The Contractor shall cooperate with the owners or occupants to reduce inconvenience where reasonably possible.
9.10 POLLUTION CONTROL: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and City ordinances, laws, orders, and regulations concerning the control, prevention, and abatement of water pollution and air pollution in all operations pertaining to the Contract whether on right-of-way provided by the City or elsewhere. (See Article 17, below).
9.10.1 Pollution Prevention - The Contractor shall use construction methods that prevent release, entrance or accidental spillage of solid matter, contaminants, debris, and other objectionable pollutants and wastes including, but not restricted to refuse, garbage, cement, concrete, sewage effluent, industrial waste, radioactive substances, oil and other petroleum products, aggregate processing tailings, mineral salts, and thermal pollution. Non-regulated solid wastes shall be disposed of by methods approved under applicable laws and regulations, including, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Subtitle D, as administered by Colorado and local Health Departments and the EPA.
9.10.2 Contaminated and Hazardous Materials - Contaminated and hazardous materials are regulated by RCRA, Subtitles C and D. The Contractor shall notify the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, local health departments, and local fire departments, and the Owner if suspect materials are encountered. 9.10.3 Prevention of Atmospheric Discharges - The Contractor shall utilize methods and devices that are reasonably available to control, prevent, and otherwise minimize atmospheric emissions or discharges of air contaminants including dust in its construction activities and operation of equipment.
9.10.4 Prevention of Dust Emission - The Contractor shall not emit dust into the atmosphere during any operations, including but not limited to: grading; excavating; manufacturing, handling or storing of aggregates; trenching; or cement or pozzolans. The Contractor shall use the necessary methods and equipment to collect, deposit, and prevent dust from its operations from damaging crops, orchards, fields or dwellings or causing a nuisance to persons. The Contractor is liable for any damage resulting from dust. 9.10.5 Excessive Exhaust Gases - The Contractor may not operate equipment and vehicles with excessive emission of exhaust gases due to improper mechanical adjustments, or other inefficient operating conditions, until repairs or adjustments are made.
9.10.6 Burning - Burning trash, rubbish, trees, brush or other combustible construction materials is not permitted unless the Contractor has obtained a valid burning permit issued by the Tri-County District Health Department or successor agency, and the local fire department. Any such burning shall be conducted in accordance with permit requirements.
9.10.7 De-Watering - De-watering for structure foundations or earthwork operations adjacent to or encroaching on lakes, streams or watercourses shall be done in a manner which prevents muddy water and eroded materials from entering the lakes, streams or watercourses, by construction of intercepting ditches, bypass channels, barriers, settling ponds or by other approved means. Excavated materials may not be deposited or stored in or alongside lakes or watercourses where they can be washed away by high water or storm runoff. 9.10.8 Wastewater Runoff - The Contractor will not allow wastewater from aggregate processing, concrete batching or other construction operations to enter lakes, streams, watercourses or other surface waters without turbidity control methods such as settling ponds, gravel-filter entrapment dikes, approved flocculation processes that are not harmful to fish, recirculation systems for washing of aggregates or other approved methods. Any wastewaters discharged into surface waters shall conform to applicable discharge standards of any agency having jurisdiction over the discharge, including the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment and any federal agency.
9.11 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY: The Contractor shall fully comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws governing safety. He shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions on his own responsibility reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the Work. Materials stored upon the site shall be so placed and the Work shall, at all times, be so conducted as to cause no greater obstruction to traffic than is considered necessary by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
Page 1237 of 1257
47
The Contractor shall give to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, full information in advance as to his plans for carrying out any part of the work. If at any time before the beginning or during the progress of the work, any part of the Contractor’s plant or equipment or any of his methods of executing the work appear to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to be unsafe, inefficient, or inadequate to insure the required quality, rate of progress or safety of the work, he may order the Contractor to increase or improve his facilities or methods, and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such orders; but neither compliance with such orders nor failure of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to issue such orders shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to secure the degree of safety, the quality or work, and the rate of progress required by this Contract. The approval by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, of any plan or method of work proposed by the Contractor shall not be considered as an assumption by the City, or any officer, agent or employee thereof, of a risk or liability, and the Contractor shall have no claim under this Contract for the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so approved. Such approval shall be considered and shall mean that the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, has no objection to the Contractor’s use or adoption, at his own risk and responsibility, of the plan or method so proposed by the Contractor. 9.12 USE OF EXPLOSIVES: When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall use the utmost care so as not to endanger life or property, and whenever directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, the number and size of the charges shall be reduced. The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of any public services corporation, the Owner, any company, or any individual at least ten (10) working days in advance of any blasting which may damage his or their property on, along, or adjacent to the site. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Title 9, Article 7 of the Colorado Revised Statutes, as amended, titled "Explosive Permits". The Contractor shall also be required, at a minimum, to notify the Denver Fire Department and the Englewood Police Department, the City and the surrounding properties.
All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner and all storage places shall be marked clearly "DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES," and shall be in care of competent watchmen at all times.
9.13 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY: The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without first obtaining permission, and he/she shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, sod, trees, fences, monuments, underground structures, etc., on and adjacent to the site and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage or injury thereto. He shall protect carefully, from disturbance or damage, all land monuments and property markers until an authorized agent has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location, and shall not remove them until directed. 9.13.1 Responsibility for Damage - Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to public or private property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in his manner, or method of executing said Work, or due to his non- execution of said Work, or at any time due to defective Work or materials, and said responsibility shall not be released until the Work shall have been completed and accepted.
9.13.2 Property Restoration - When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in the execution of the Work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore, at his own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise restoring, as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. In case of the failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property or to have started action to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may upon forty- eight (48) hours of notice, proceed to repair, rebuild or otherwise restore such property as may be deemed necessary and the cost thereof will be deducted from any moneys due or which may become due the Contractor under the Contract or prosecuted as a claim against the Contractor's Surety Bond. 9.13.3 Insurance - The cost of insurance for damages due to Contractor's operation or cost of protecting utilities where required to permit construction under this Contract shall be included in the original Contract prices for the Project.
Article 10. PERMITS AND LICENSES; COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT LAWS
10.1 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, LICENSES AND PERMITS: The Contractor, shall at all times, observe and comply with all Federal, State and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations, which pertain to and affect the conduct of the Work, and the Contractor and his Surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all its officers, agents, employees, or any of their heirs, successors or assigns against any claim, judgment, demand, costs, liability or expenses, including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and costs of suit arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulations, order, or decree, whether such claim, judgment, demand, costs, liability or expenses arises from actions by himself, his employees, or agents or subcontractors.. 10.1.1 Adherence to City Policies - The Contractor and its employees, agents and Subcontractors, while performing the Work or while on City property for any reason during the Term, shall adhere to the City’s
Page 1238 of 1257
48
policies applicable to City employees regarding drugs, alcohol and workplace violence.
10.1.2 Licenses and Permits - The Contractor will obtain, at its cost, all licenses and permits required to do the Work by the City, county, state, federal, or other applicable law or regulation. Any costs incurred for these permits and licenses must be included in the unit costs set forth in the Proposal for the Work. A Subcontractor shall also have the proper permits applicable to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor.
10.1.3 Contract Law - This Contract shall be governed by, construed and enforced under the laws of the State of
Colorado, excluding statutes related to conflict of laws between different jurisdictions.
10.1.4 Contractor Liability - Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create liability for the contractor for any design defects not managed by the Contractor.
Article 11. BONDS
11.1 BONDS: The Contractor shall, within the time specified in the Request for Bids, and before the commencement of any Work, provide the Owner with a separate: a) Performance bond in an amount equal to 100% of the amount of the Contract Price as a guarantee of the Contractor’s faithful performance and completion of all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, warranties, and agreements of the Contract; and b) Payment bond in an amount equal to 100% of the amount of the Contract Price, which bond shall conform to the requirements of C.R.S. § 38-26-101, et seq., as amended, as a guarantee of the Contractor’s prompt payment to all persons supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the Work provided by the Contract.
11.1.1 The Contractor shall use the Bond forms included with the Request for Bids. Other forms may be used if approved by the City Attorney before the submission of the Proposal.
11.1.2 The Contractor bears the expense of all Bonds. 11.1.3 The Contractor shall secure an increase in the bonds in an amount equal to the cost of any additional work authorized pursuant to a duly executed Change Order or Contract Amendment that increases the Contract Price by ten percent (10%) or more, unless waived in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. 11.1.4 The Contractor and a Surety shall execute the Bonds. The Surety shall be corporate bonding company acceptable to the Owner, licensed to transact such business in the State of Colorado, and listed in the U.S. Department of the Treasury Circular 570 in effect on the date of the Request for Bids. Evidence of authority of an attorney-in-fact acting for the Surety shall be provided in the form of a certificate as to its power of attorney and to the effect that it is not terminated and remains in full force and effect on the rate of the Bonds.
11.1.5 If at any time a Surety on any Bond becomes irresponsible, is disqualified from doing business in the State of Colorado, or becomes insolvent or otherwise impaired, the Contractor shall furnish Bond(s) from an alternate Surety acceptable to the Owner.
11.1.6 The Bonds shall remain in effect until Final Acceptance.
Article 12. WARRANTY
12.1 SCOPE OF WARRANTY: Contractor shall guarantee and warranty that the work and all of its components shall remain in good order and repair, be free from defects and flaws in design, workmanship, and materials; shall strictly conform to the requirements of this contract; and shall be fit, sufficient and suitable for the purposes expressed in, or reasonably inferred from, this contract, for a period of two (2) years from all causes arising from defective workmanship and materials, and to make all repairs arising from said causes during such period without further compensation. The warranty herein expressed shall be in addition to any other warranties expressed or implied by law, which are hereby reserved unto Owner. In all emergencies the Contractor shall immediately remedy, repair, or replace, without cost to the Owner and to the entire satisfaction of the Owner, defects, damages or imperfections due to faulty materials or workmanship appearing in said Work within said period of not less than one year. Remedied Work shall carry the same warranty as the original Work starting with the date of acceptance of the replacement or repair. Payment to the Contractor will not relieve him of any obligation under this Contract.
12.1.1 Damage Remedies - The Contractor, at no additional expense to the Owner, shall also remedy
Page 1239 of 1257
49
damage to equipment, the site, or the buildings or the contents thereof which is the result of any failure or defect in the Work, and restore any Work damaged in fulfilling the requirements of the Contract. Should the Contractor fail to remedy any such failure or defect within a reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof, the Owner will have the right to replace, repair, or otherwise remedy such failure or defect at the Contractor's expense. The determination of the necessity for the repair or replacement of said project, and associated incidentals or any portion thereof, shall rest entirely with the Director whose decision upon the matter shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor.
12.1.2 Subcontractors, Manufacturers and Suppliers - Subcontractors', manufacturers', and suppliers' warranties and guarantees, expressed or implied, respecting any part of the Work and any material used therein shall be deemed obtained and shall be enforced by the Contractor for the benefit of the Owner without the necessity of separate transfer or assignment thereof.
12.1.3 Waiver - The rights and remedies of the Owner provided in this Section are in addition to and do not limit any rights and remedies afforded by the Contract or by law. The Contractor specifically waives all the provisions of Chapter 8 of Article 20 of Title 13, Colorado Revised Statutes regarding defects in the Work under the Contract.
12.2 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CORRECT: If, within five (5) business days after Owner gives Contractor notice of any defect, damage, flaw, unsuitability, nonconformity, or failure to meet a warranty subject to correction by Contractor pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of this contract, or the Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary corrections, then Owner shall be entitled to make, either with its own forces or with contract forces, the corrections and to recover from Contractor all resulting costs, expenses, losses, or damages, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses.
12.3 NONEMERGENCY WARRANTY WORK: In cases of warranty work which is not an emergency, all necessary repairs shall be made within a reasonable time not to exceed twenty (20) days after notice of the required repair is received by the contractor. For those items of warranty work which cannot be completed within said twenty (20) day period, the parties shall negotiate a reasonable period of time. 12.4 PERFORMANCE DURING WARRANTY PERIOD: The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will notify the Contractor of defective Work that is found to be defective and fails to satisfy the warranties and guarantees described in this article, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days or such longer time as may be requested and set forth in the notice, commence the repair, replacement, or correction of the defective Work. If the Contractor fails to complete such Work within a reasonable period, the Owner may make the repairs or replacements at the expense of the Contractor. If the Owner determines that immediate action to make repairs, replacements or other corrections is necessary because of emergency conditions or to prevent further loss or damage, the Owner may proceed without notice to the Contractor, but at the expense of the Contractor. 12.4.1 Failure to Correct - If the Contractor does not proceed with the correction of such defective Work within the time fixed by written notice from the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or if an emergency condition exists, the Owner may remove and store any defective materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of the removal and storage within ten (10) days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten (10) additional days’ written notice, sell the stored Work at auction.
If the proceeds of sale do not cover all costs that the Owner has incurred and which the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and the Contractor and its surety shall be liable for and pay such difference to the Owner.
12.4.2 Disputes - If the Contractor does not agree that the Work is defective or the defective Work is its responsibility and if no emergency condition exists, the Contractor may request review, in writing, of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s decision by the Director, in accordance with these General Conditions. If such review is not requested within ten (10) days of the notification of defective Work, the Contractor shall have waived the right to contest its responsibility for the correction of the defective Work. Under emergency conditions, the Contractor shall immediately correct the alleged defective Work, and the question of responsibility for the expense shall be determined by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, subject to the right of the Contractor to seek review within ten (10) days of the Owner’s notice allocating responsibility for the expense. 12.4.3 Extension of Warranty Period - Should the Owner claim by written communication sent or mailed before the warranty or guarantee period expires that certain defective Work exists and that it requires repair or replacement, the warranty and guarantee period shall be automatically extended for as long as the defective Work exists.
Article 13. INSURANCE; RISK OF LOSS
Page 1240 of 1257
50
13.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
13.1.1 Insurance Requirement - The Contractor, at its own cost, shall procure and maintain, and shall cause each Subcontractor to procure and maintain, policies containing the minimum insurance coverage listed in this article for the duration of the Work. Such coverage shall be procured and maintained with forms and insurers acceptable to the Owner. All coverage shall be continuously maintained from the date of commencement of Work. In the case of any claims-made policy, the necessary retroactive dates and extended reporting periods shall be procured to maintain such continuous coverage.
The Contractor shall not commence work under this Agreement until it has obtained all insurance required by the contract documents and such insurance has been approved by Owner. The Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on this project until all similar insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained and approved. 13.1.2 No Modification of Liability - The Contractor shall not be relieved of any liability, claims, demands or other obligations assumed pursuant to the Contract Documents by reason of its failure to procure or maintain insurance, or by reason of its failure to procure or maintain insurance in sufficient amounts, durations, or types. The insurance requirements contained in the Contract shall not limit or redefine the obligations of the Contractor as provided elsewhere in the Contract. The limits of any insurance required by this Agreement will not limit Contractor’s liability. 13.1.3 Evidence of Coverage - Before commencing Work, the Contractor will provide certificates of insurance policies and all necessary endorsements evidencing insurance coverage required by the Contract Documents and identifying the Project. The Owner will not be obligated under the Contract until Contractor provides acceptable such certificates of insurance and endorsements. If the Term extends beyond the period of coverage for any required insurance, the Contractor will, at least ten (10) days before the expiration of any such insurance coverage, provide the Owner with new certificates of insurance and endorsements evidencing either new or continuing coverage.
13.1.4 Breach - Failure on the part of the Contractor to procure or maintain policies providing the required coverage, conditions, and minimum limits shall constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Owner at its discretion may procure or renew any such policy or any extended connection therewith, and all monies so paid by the Owner shall be repaid by Contractor to the Owner upon demand, or the Owner may offset the cost of the premiums against any monies due to Contractor from the Owner. 13.2 REQUIRED POLICIES AND LIMITS: The Contractor agrees to procure and maintain, at its own cost, the following policy or policies of insurance. The Contractor shall not be relieved of any liability, claims, demands, or other obligations assumed pursuant to the contract documents by reason of its failure to procure or maintain insurance, or by reason of its failure to procure or maintain insurance in sufficient amounts, durations, or types.
Contractor shall procure and maintain, and shall cause each Subcontractor of the Contractor to procure and maintain (or shall insure the activity of Contractor's Subcontractors in Contractor's own policy with respect to), the minimum insurance coverages listed below. Such coverages shall be procured and maintained with forms and insurers acceptable to the Owner. All coverages shall be continuously maintained from the date of commencement of the Work. In the case of any claims-made policy, the necessary retroactive dates and extended reporting periods shall be procured to maintain such continuous coverage.
13.2.1 Workers' Compensation Insurance - This will cover obligations imposed by the Workers' Compensation Act of Colorado and any other applicable laws for any employee engaged in the performance of Work under this contract, and Employers' Liability insurance with minimum limits of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) each accident, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) disease - policy limit, and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) disease - each employee.
13.2.2 Commercial General Liability Insurance - Comprehensive general liability insurance insuring against any liability for personal injury, bodily injury or death arising out of the performance of the Work with at least Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) each occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) general aggregate, including the following coverages: broad form property damage; operations premises liability; personal and advertising injury liability, independent contractors coverage, contractual liability, completed operations/products liability; coverage for construction, means, and methods; and explosion, collapse, and underground liability (if the Work requires blasting, explosive conditions, collapse hazards or underground operations, this coverage shall contain no exclusion relative to property in the care, custody, or control of the insured).
13.2.3 Products and Completed Operations Insurance - Products and completed operations insurance insuring against any liability for bodily injury or property damage caused by the completed Work, with a combined single limit of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000)
Page 1241 of 1257
51
general aggregate.
13.2.4 Builder’s Risk - Builder's Risk insurance with minimum limits of not less than the insurable value of the work to be performed under this contract at completion less the value of the materials and equipment insured under installation floater insurance. The policy shall be written in completed value form and shall protect the Contractor and the Owner against risks of damage to buildings, structures, and materials and equipment not otherwise covered under Installation Floater insurance, from the perils of fire and lightning, the perils included in the standard coverage endorsement, and the perils of vandalism and malicious mischief. Equipment such as pumps, engine-generators, compressors, motors, switch-gear, transformers, panel boards, control equipment, and other similar equipment shall be insured under Installation Floater insurance when the aggregate value of the equipment exceeds $10,000. The policy shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the Owner as their interests may appear. The policy shall contain a provision that in the event of payment for any loss under the coverage provided, the insurance company shall have no rights of recovery against the Contractor or the Owner.
13.2.5 Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance - Comprehensive automobile liability insurance insuring against any liability for personal injury, bodily injury or death arising out of the use of motor vehicles and covering operations on or off the site of all motor vehicles controlled by Contractor that are used in connection with performance of the Work, whether the motor vehicles are owned, non-owned, hired, leased, or borrowed, with a combined single limit of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) each occurrence, Two Million Dollars aggregate and personal injury protection per Colorado law.
13.2.6 Installation Floater – Floater with minimum limits of not less than the insurable value of the work to be performed under this contract at completion, less the value of the materials and equipment insured under Builder's Risk insurance. The value shall include the aggregate value of any City furnished equipment and materials to be erected or installed by the Contractor not otherwise insured under Builder's Risk insurance. The policy shall protect the Contractor and the Owner from all insurable risks of physical loss or damage to materials and equipment not otherwise covered under Builder's Risk insurance, while in warehouses or storage areas, during installation, during testing, and after the work under this contract is completed. The policy shall be of the "all risks" type, with coverages designed for the circumstances which may occur in the particular work to be performed under this contract. The policy shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the Owner as their interests may appear. The policy shall contain a provision that in the event of payment for any loss under the coverage provided, the insurance company shall have no rights of recovery against the Contractor or the Owner.
13.2.7 Other Insurance - Any other insurance required by applicable law.
13.3 TERMS OF INSURANCE
13.3.1 Additional Insured - Except for the workers’ compensation policy, all required insurance policies shall name the Owner, its officers and employees and any additional person or entity identified by the Owner as an additional insured and will provide that the Owner or other additional insured, although named as an additional insured, will nevertheless be entitled to recovery under said policies for any loss occasioned to the City or its officers, employees or agents or other additional insured by reason of the negligence of Contractor or its officers, employees, agents, subcontractors or business invitees. The insurance policies will be for the mutual and joint benefit and protection of the Contractor and the City and other additional insured, if any. Such policies will be written as primary policies not contributing to and not in excess of coverages the City or other additional insured may carry.
Every policy required above shall be primary insurance, and any insurance carried by the Owner, its officers, or its employees, shall be excess and not contributory insurance to that provided by Contractor. The additional insured endorsement for the Comprehensive General Liability insurance required above shall not contain any exclusion for bodily injury or property damage arising from completed operations. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any deductible losses under each of the policies required above. 13.3.2 Certificates of Insurance - Certificates shall be completed by the Contractor's insurance agent as evidence that policies providing the required coverages, conditions, and minimum limits are in full force and effect, and shall be subject to review and approval by the Owner. Each certificate shall identify the Project. If the words "endeavor to" appear in the portion of the certificate addressing cancellation, those words shall be stricken from the certificate by the agent(s) completing the certificate. The Owner reserves the right to request and receive a certified copy of any policy and any endorsement thereto. 13.3.3 Qualification; Deductible - Insurance required by this Section will be with companies qualified to do business in the State of Colorado and having an AM Best Rating of not less than B+ and/or VII. Insurance
Page 1242 of 1257
52
may provide for deductible amounts as the Contractor deems reasonable for the Services, but in no event greater than Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) (unless waived by the Owner), and the Contractor will be responsible for the payment of any such deductible.
13.3.4 Cancellation - The coverages afforded under the policies shall not be cancelled, terminated or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner. Failure on the part of the Contractor to procure or maintain policies providing the required coverages, conditions, and minimum limits shall constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Owner may immediately terminate the contract, or at its discretion may procure or renew any such policy or any extended reporting period thereto and may pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, and all monies so paid by the Owner shall be repaid by Contractor to the Owner upon demand, or the Owner may offset the cost of the premiums against any monies due to Contractor from the Owner. 13.3.5 Coverage Type - Contractor will identify whether the type of coverage is “occurrence” or “claims made.” If the type of coverage is “claims made,” which at renewal Contractor changes to “occurrence,” the Contractor will carry a twelve (12) month tail. The Contractor will not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate the policies.
13.3.6 No “Pollution Exclusion.” - The required insurance will cover any and all damages, claims or suits arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape of pollutants, and will not exclude from coverage any liability or expense arising out of or related to any form of pollution, whether intentional or otherwise. If the Contractor is unable to procure a policy of insurance in compliance with these provisions, the Contractor will secure and maintain either a rider or a separate policy insuring against liability for pollution related damages, claims or suits, as described in subsection ii(a), with at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) each occurrence, subject to approval by the Owner. Article 14. INDEMNIFICATION
14.1 CONTRACTOR TO OWNER: The Contractor shall, only to the extent and for an amount represented by the degree or percentage of negligence or fault attributable to the Contractor, indemnify, save harmless, and defend the City, its officers and employees, from and in all suits, actions or claims of any character brought because of: any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons or property because of operations for the City under the Contract; the Contractor’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Contract; the Contractor’s neglect of materials while constructing the Work; because of any act or omission, neglect or misconduct of the Contractor; because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright, unless the design, device, materials or process involved are specifically required by Contract; from any claims or amount arising or recovered under the “Workers’ Compensation Act,” by reason of the Contractor’s failure to comply with the act; pollution or environmental liability; or any failure of the Contractor to comply with any other law, ordinance, order or decree. Nothing in this article requires the Contractor to defend, indemnify, or hold harmless the City from the City’s own negligence.
14.1.1 The Contractor will include this article in all Subcontracts.
14.1.2 The City may retain so much of the money due the Contractor under the Contract as the City considers necessary to offset any damages for which Contractor may be liable under this paragraph. If no money is due, the Contractor’s Surety may be held until such suits, actions, claims for injuries or damages have been settled. Money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that it and the City are adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance.
14.1.3 The Contractor will pay the City all expenses incurred to enforce this article. If the insurer of the Contractor fails to provide or pay for the defense of the City of Englewood, its officers and employees, as additional insured, the Contractor agrees to pay for the cost of that defense.
14.1.4 This article will survive Final Acceptance and the termination of this Contract.
14.2 OWNER TO CONTRACTOR: The City cannot, under Article XI, Section 1 of the Colorado Constitution, and by this Agreement/Contract does not agree to indemnify, hold harmless, exonerate or assume the defense of the Contractor or any other person or entity, for any purpose The Contractor and his Surety shall indemnify and save
Page 1243 of 1257
53
harmless the Owner, its officers, agents, employees, successors and assigns from all suits, demands, actions, or claims of any nature whatsoever brought or made against the Owner, its officers, agents, employees, successors or assigns from any injuries or damages sustained by any person, firm or corporation or property or resulting from or arising out of any neglect in safeguarding the Work, or through the use of unacceptable materials in the construction of the improvement, or as a result of any act or omission by the said Contractor, or from the use, misuse, storage or handling of explosives or on account of any claims or amounts recovered for any infringement of patent, trade- mark, or copyright, or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the Workmen's Compensation Laws, or any other law, by-law, ordinance, order or decree, and so much of the money due the said Contractor under and by virtue of his Contract, as shall be considered necessary by the Owner, may be retained or, in case no money is due, his surety shall be held until such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims, for injuries or damages as aforesaid, shall have been settled and satisfactory evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner.
14.3 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF THE PROJECT ENGINEER, OR PROJECT MANAGER: The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, is an agent of Owner and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, his agents, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no liability to any third party as a result of his performance of under this Contract. 14.4 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or by any of his duly authorized representatives, of any order, measurement, or certificate by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager; of any order by the Owner for the payment of money; of any payment for or acceptance of any Work or any extension of time; or of any possession taken by the Owner, shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract, or any power therein provided. A waiver of any breach or term of the Contract shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid, and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract and Specifications. The Owner reserves the right to claim and recover, by process of law, sums as may be sufficient to correct any error or make good any deficit in the Work resulting from such error, dishonesty, or collusion upon proof of collusion or dishonesty between the Contractor or his agents and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or his assistants, discovered in the Work after the final payment has been made.
Article 15. DEFAULTS, REMEDIES AND TERMINATION
15.1 NOTICE OF DISPUTES AND OBJECTIONS: If Contractor disputes or objects to any requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision of Owner, Contractor may notify Owner in writing of its dispute or objection and of the amount of any equitable adjustment to the contract price or contract time to which Contractor claims it will be entitled as a result thereof; provided, however, that Contractor shall, nevertheless, proceed without delay to perform the work as required, directed, instructed, interpreted, determined, or decided by Owner, without regard to such dispute or objection. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner within two business days after receipt of such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision, Contractor shall be conclusively deemed to have waived all such disputes or objections and all claims based thereon. 15.1.1 Notice of Intent - The Contractor shall submit a “Notice of Intent to Claim” for any claim, dispute, or protest (“Claim”) of any decision or event arising out of or related to this Contract (other than those for which a specific procedure is set forth elsewhere in these General Conditions) in writing within ten (10) days of the later of the Contractor’s receipt of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s written instruction or decision (if applicable), deemed denial, or any other event giving rise to the claim, dispute, or other matter and shall include the basis for the Claim. The Notice of Intent to Claim shall be clearly titled as such, dated as of the actual date of submission, and numbered sequentially, and shall contain at a minimum:
a) Project title and number; b) Date of the event giving rise to the claim, dispute, or protest; c) A description of the Claim and the events giving rise to the Claim, including any original request and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s decision or denial; and d) The reasons why the Contractor believes additional compensation or time is due or charges were wrongly assessed; e) An accounting or estimate of all additional costs associated with the Claim; f) The Contractor’s plan for mitigating costs or delays associated with the Claim.
15.1.2 Claim - Within twenty (20) days after submitting the Notice of Intent to Claim, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, a complete and itemized Claim that includes any claimed increase in Contract Time or Contract Price, or both. The Contractor may request an extension of time to submit the Claim, which extension may be granted by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, provided that good cause is shown. The Claim must be described in sufficient detail to allow the Owner to evaluate the basis of and costs associated with the Claim.
a) A Claim for an increase in Contract Price shall be submitted based on actual costs whenever possible, rather than an estimate or opinion, shall be supported by invoices, time cards, and other
Page 1244 of 1257
54
business records commonly accepted in the industry, and shall comply with the requirements of these General Conditions concerning changes to the Contract Price. b) Any Claim for changes to the Contract Time shall include the information required by these General Conditions concerning changes to the Contract Time. The Claim shall be accompanied by copies of all Contract provisions or other documents supporting the Claim and a summary of the legal and factual theories supporting the Claim. A Claim for time extension must be accompanied by a revised Construction Schedule reflecting the effects of the delay on the completion of critical activities and showing actions that the Contractor has taken or proposes to take to minimize the effects of the delay. c) The Claim shall also identify any measures the Owner can take to minimize the Claim. d) The Contractor shall submit with its Claim a notarized certificate, executed under penalties of perjury, that:
• The Claim is made in good faith; • All supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge and belief; • The amount requested accurately reflects that Contract adjustment for which the Contractor believes the City is liable; and • The prices stated for material and equipment are the lowest reasonably available to the Contractor and include all available discounts.
e) If the Contractor is an individual, the certification shall be executed by that individual; if the Contractor is not an individual, the certification shall be executed by an officer or general partner of the Contractor or other person having written authority to sign the Claim. f) The Contractor shall furnish, upon request, all additional information and data that the Owner determines is needed to aid in resolving the Claim through negotiation or is required to complete an evaluation of the Claim. The Contractor shall give the City access to its books, correspondence, records, electronic files and data bases, and any other materials relating to the Claim, shall require its Subcontractors and Suppliers to provide the City with such access, and shall make its Personnel and that of its Subcontractors and Suppliers available to discuss and answer cost, schedule and other questions relating to the Claim. Clear copies of all necessary supporting records shall be provided to the City at no cost. Failure to submit requested information may be a basis for denial of the Claim. 15.2 NEGOTIATION OF DISPUTES: To avoid and settle without litigation any such dispute or objection, Owner and Contractor agree to engage in good faith negotiations. 15.3 DECISION: The Owner shall investigate, review, and evaluate the Claim and make a determination in writing within sixty (60) days of receipt of a completed and fully documented claim, unless special circumstances exist or the Claim is unusually complex, in which case the Contractor will be notified of any longer review period. If no determination is made within sixty (60) days, or by the end of any announced extended period of time, the claim is automatically denied.
The Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract, pending final resolution of any Claim made under this article. Failure to proceed with the Work shall be grounds for suspension or termination of the Contract. If the Contractor agrees with any determination or resolution by the City, such determination or resolution shall be processed as a Change Order 15.4 WAIVER: Failure to strictly meet any of the requirements of this article in a timely and complete manner shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of any and all right to adjustments of Contract Time or Contract Price, either by administrative review or by any other action at law or equity.
Strict compliance with all provisions of this article shall be a condition precedent to the Contractor’s ability to file any lawsuit in law or equity, or recover any damages, in connection any Claim. 15.5 CONTRACTOR'S REMEDIES: If Owner fails or refuses to satisfy a final demand made by Contractor pursuant to Section 9.3 of this contract, or to otherwise resolve the dispute which is the subject of such demand to the satisfaction of Contractor, within ten days following receipt of such demand, then Contractor shall be entitled to pursue such remedies, not inconsistent with the provisions of this contract, as it may have in law or equity. If the Contractor disagrees with the City’s determination of the Claim, the Parties shall first submit the dispute to non-binding mediation before seeking any remedy in any other forum. The mediator shall be a trained mediator having experience related to municipal construction projects. The Parties shall jointly select the mediator from a list of mediators proposed by the Parties. If the Parties are unable to agree on a mediator, the Parties shall submit three
Page 1245 of 1257
55
mediator names each and the mediator shall be selected by random drawing at which the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and the Contractor are present. No discussions or statements of the mediator may be admitted as evidence in any subsequent litigation, nor may the mediator be called to testify in any litigation. The cost of the mediator shall be shared equally by the Parties.
Mediation in accordance with this section shall be a condition precedent to filing any lawsuit relating to any Claim.
15.6 OWNER'S REMEDIES: If it should appear at any time prior to final payment that Contractor has failed or refused to prosecute, or has delayed in the prosecution of, the work with diligence at a rate that assures completion of the work in full compliance with the requirements of this contract on or before the completion date, or has attempted to assign this contract or Contractor's rights under this contract, either in whole or in part, or has falsely made any representation or warranty in this contract, or has otherwise failed, refused, or delayed to perform or satisfy any other requirement of this contract or has failed to pay its debts as they come due ("Event of Default"), and has failed to cure any such Event of Default within five business days after Contractor's receipt of written notice of such Event of Default, then Owner shall have the right, at its election and without prejudice to any other remedies provided by law or equity, to pursue any one or more of the following remedies:
a) Owner may require Contractor, within such reasonable time as may be fixed by Owner, to complete or correct all or any part of the work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; to remove from the work site any such work; to accelerate all or any part of the work; and to take any or all other action necessary to bring Contractor and the work into strict compliance with this contract. b) Owner may perform or have performed all work necessary for the accomplishment of the results stated in Paragraph a above and withhold or recover from Contractor all the cost and expense, including attorneys' fees and administrative costs, incurred by Owner in connection therewith. c) Owner may accept the defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or dilatory Work or part thereof and make an equitable reduction in the contract price. d) Owner may terminate this contract without liability for further payment of amounts due or to become due under this contract. e) Owner may, without terminating this contract, terminate Contractor's rights under this contract and, for the purpose of completing or correcting the work, evict Contractor and take possession of all equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, plans, specifications, schedules, manuals, drawings, and other papers relating to the work, whether at the work site or elsewhere, and either complete or correct the work with its own forces or contracted forces, all at Contractor's expense. f) Upon any termination of this contract or of Contractor's rights under this contract, and at Owner's option exercised in writing, any or all subcontracts and supplier contracts of Contractor shall be deemed to be assigned to Owner without any further action being required, but Owner shall not thereby assume any obligation for payments due under such subcontracts and supplier contracts for any Work provided or performed prior to such assignment. g) Owner may withhold from any Progress Payment or final payment, whether or not previously approved, or may recover from Contractor, any and all costs, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Owner as the result of any Event of Default or as a result of actions taken by Owner in response to any Event of Default. h) Owner may recover any damages suffered by Owner.
15.7 OWNER'S SPECIAL REMEDY FOR DELAY: If the work is not completed by Contractor, in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this contract, within the contract time as such time may be extended by a Change Order, then Owner may invoke its remedies under Section 9.6 of this contract or may, in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, permit Contractor to complete the work but charge to Contractor, and deduct from any Progress or Final Payments, whether or not previously approved, administrative expenses and costs for each day completion of the work is delayed beyond the Completion Date, computed on the basis of the "Per Diem Administrative Charge" set forth in Section 4.8, as well as any additional damages caused by such delay. 15.8 ATTORNEY FEES: In the event there is any dispute between the Contractor or the Surety and the Owner, its officers, agents or employees, and the Owner, its officers, agents or employees prevail, the Owner, its officers, agents or employees shall be granted all of its costs, including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs and expert witness fees. Article 16. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall perform the Services as an independent contractor and shall not be deemed by virtue of this Contract to have entered into any partnership, joint venture, employer/employee or other relationship with the Owner other than as a contracting party and independent contractor.
Page 1246 of 1257
56
Article 17. DISPOSAL; HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
17.1 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS: All structures or obstructions found on the site and shown on the Plans which are not to remain in place or which are not to be used in the new construction shall be removed as directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. Unless specified in the Proposal, this Work will not be paid for separately but will be included in the price Proposal for that portion of the Work requiring the removal of the obstruction. All material found on the site or removed therefrom shall become the property of the Contractor unless otherwise indicated. Materials determined by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to be unsuitable for backfill shall be disposed of off the site at the Contractor's expense. 17.2 CLEANING UP AND RESTORATIONS: The Contractor shall clean up and lawfully dispose of all refuse or scrap materials so the site presents a neat, orderly, and workmanlike appearance at all times. The Contractor shall follow all direction from the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, as to the appearance of the site at all times. The Contractor shall remove all mud or other materials tracked or otherwise deposited on any roadway daily or as directed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
Upon completion of the Work, and before Final Inspection, the Contractor shall remove from the construction site and any occupied adjoining property all plants, buildings, refuse, unused materials, forming lumber, sanitary facilities, and any other materials and equipment that belong to the Contractor or any Subcontractors. The Contractor shall clean and replace any broken or scratched windows, clean and repair all surfaces, and clean and adjust all units of equipment that are part of the Work. Final Payment will not be made until all cleanup is done to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s, satisfaction.
At the Contractor’s cost, the Owner may clean up and restore the construction site satisfactorily when the Contractor fails to do so within two (2) days of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s, direction. The Owner may deduct any such cost from any payment due the Contract or may recover such costs from the Contractor or the Surety. 17.3 REMOVAL OF CONDEMNED MATERIALS AND WORK: The Contractor shall remove from the site of work without delay all rejected and condemned materials and work. Upon failure of the Contractor to remove and properly dispose of the rejected material or work immediately after receiving formal notice to do so, the Engineer may have such material or work removed and charge the cost of same to the Contractor. 17.4 PEST & VECTOR CONTROL: The Contractor will be responsible for pest control and vector control at the Work site until Substantial Completion. All pest and vector control activities shall be conducted in compliance with applicable laws, including ordinances, statutes and regulations governing the handling, storage and application of pesticides or other hazardous materials and substances. 17.5 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES: “Hazardous Substances” include any substance identified as a hazardous substance pursuant to any federal, state or local law or regulation regulating substances by reason of threats posed to public health and safety, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, the Hazardous Substances Transportation Act, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, and the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act, all as amended.
17.6 EXISTING FACILITIES – HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES MAY EXIST: Contractor acknowledges that most existing structures owned or operated by Owner may contain asbestos-containing materials, and the Site may also contain other Hazardous Substances. 17.7 NO INTRODUCTION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES: Contractor, its contractors, its Subcontractors, its Sub- subcontractors, its Suppliers, and their respective agents, representatives and employees shall not introduce or cause the introduction of Hazardous Substances to the Project. Except as provided below as to Ordinary Course Materials, in the event that Contractor, its contractors, its Subcontractors, its Suppliers, or their respective agents, representatives and employees introduce or cause the introduction of Hazardous Substances to the Project, Contractor shall pay for removal of all such substances and shall indemnify Owner and its successors as owners of the Property for all liability resulting from the introduction of such Hazardous Substances to the Project. 17.8 SUSPECTED HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES: Contractor acknowledges that other Hazardous Substances may exist in building materials, soils, or equipment used on the Site. Contractor shall not be primarily responsible to identify Hazardous Substances existing on the Site; provided that Contractor shall be responsible to comply with all recommendations and requirements of environmental consultants furnished to Contractor in writing. Except as provided above and except for Ordinary Course Materials, if Contractor encounters what Contractor reasonably
Page 1247 of 1257
57
believes may be Hazardous Substances, Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and immediately report the condition to Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and Owner in writing. If, in fact, the materials are Hazardous Substances, the Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed, except by written agreement of Owner and Contractor, until the Hazardous Substances have been removed or rendered safe by Owner in accordance with all applicable laws at Owner’s expense, and Owner has provided reasonable evidence thereof to Contractor. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of Hazardous Substances, when any Hazardous Substances have been rendered harmless, or when the conditions in the preceding sentence have been satisfied. Unless such materials were introduced to the Project by Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors, Suppliers, or their respective agents, representatives and employees, Owner shall be responsible for all reasonable costs related to any testing, removal, encapsulation, or remediation of any such substances or materials, and any additional cost of the Work arising out of any delay in the Work caused thereby. Except as to such materials introduced to the Project by Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors, Suppliers, or their respective agents, representatives and employees, any delays arising out of such testing, removal, encapsulation, or remediation shall be an Owner Delay, but only to the extent that the same causes actual delay in the Work that satisfies all the requirements necessary to be an Owner Delay under Section 3.4.1; provided, however, that if the Agreement is a GMGC Agreement, any increases in the Cost of Work (and any associated Construction Fee and General Conditions fee, if applicable) in connection with any such Owner Delay shall be charged to the Contingency, and an increase in the Guaranteed Maximum Price shall be allowed, if at all, only to the extent that such amounts exceed the balance of the Contingency. 17.9 ORDINARY COURSE MATERIALS: Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to preclude Contractor from using and bringing onto the Property materials and substances (which are otherwise Hazardous Substances) used in the ordinary course of commercial construction in quantities typically and safely used for such purposes (“Ordinary Course Materials”). Contractor shall use all Ordinary Course Materials in accordance with all Current Laws and shall make sure that none of the Ordinary Course Materials are released or otherwise permitted to contaminate the Property or render the Property contaminated. Contractor shall defend and indemnify Owner against any claim, cost, loss, or damage resulting from the use of the Ordinary Course Materials in connection with the Project or resulting from the introduction of Hazardous Substances onto the Property in a manner not specifically permitted hereby. In the event Contractor recognizes any improper handling or storage of Hazardous Substances on the Site, including Ordinary Course Materials, or observes circumstances which contractor actually knows may result in the release or discharge of Hazardous Substances, whether or not by someone for whose acts Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall immediately notify Owner thereof. Article 18. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
18.1 PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS: The Contractor’s Proposal price shall be considered to include a sufficient sum to cover all fees, royalties and claims for any material, artist rights, process, patent rights, machine, appliance, copyright, trademark, or any arrangement that may be used upon or in any manner connected with or appurtenant to the Work. The Contractor shall provide a suitable legal agreement giving the Contractor the right to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters patent or copyright, in the construction of the Project when the use has not been specified or required by the Drawings and Specifications. The Contractor shall file a copy of this agreement with the Owner, if requested. The Contractor and the Surety shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the Owner from all claims for infringements on patented design, devices, material, process or any trademark or copyright during the prosecution or after the completion of the Project. If any design, device, material, process or product of a particular manufacturer covered by letters patent or copyright is specified for use by the Drawings and Specifications, the Owner is responsible for any claims for infringement by reason of the use of such design, device, material, process or product of a particular manufacturer; but the Contractor shall pay any royalties or license fees required. No reports, graphics or other material produced specifically for the Owner under this Contract shall be the subject of an application for copyright or trademark by or on behalf of Contractor.
Article 19. DRAWINGS, DETAIL AND INSTRUCTIONS
19.1 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: This Section 2.2 shall be included in all subcontracts hereunder at all times. (a) In the Drawings and Specifications, the Owner intends that the Contractor furnish all superintendence, labor, materials, tools, equipment, supplies, machinery and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work unless specifically noted otherwise. The Contractor shall do all the Work shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications and all incidental Work reasonably necessary to complete the Project in a substantial and acceptable manner, and to complete fully the Work, ready for use, by the Owner. The Contractor shall complete all Work according to the Specifications and
Page 1248 of 1257
58
Drawings. (b) The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary, and Work called for on any Drawing and not mentioned in the Specifications, or Work described in the Specifications and not shown on any Drawing, is included under the Contract as if set forth in both the Specifications and Drawings. (c) Material and workmanship specified by the number, symbol, or title of a referenced standard shall comply with the latest edition or revision thereof and any amendments or supplements thereto in effect on the date the Proposal is received except where a particular issue or edition of a publication is indicated. In case of a conflict between the Drawings, Specifications and the referenced standard, the more stringent shall govern, as determined by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. (d) If labor, materials or equipment, although not described by the Drawings or Specifications, is required to successfully complete the Work and can reasonably be inferred by competent contractors by virtue of common knowledge or customary practice in the construction industry from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the intended result, the Contractor shall perform that work or provide the materials or equipment as if they were specified. (e) Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents and, if Contractor identifies any discrepancies found between the Drawings and Specifications and site conditions and any adjacent work on which the Work is dependent and any errors or omissions in the Drawings or Specifications, shall promptly notify the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, of such discrepancies, errors, or omissions in writing, and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by issuance of an appropriate Change Order or Field Order. Any Work done by the Contractor after discovery of such discrepancies, errors or omissions prior to the issuance of a Change Order or Field Order is done at the Contractor's risk. In all cases, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall decide the intent of the Drawings and Specifications. In the event such discrepancies exist and the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, is not so notified, the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall reserve the right to exercise sole arbitration authority. It is mutually agreed that all authorized alterations affecting the requirements and information given on the Approved Plans shall be in writing and approved by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. (f) If the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Suppliers, knows or reasonably should know by virtue of common knowledge or customary practice in the construction industry that any of the Contract Documents are at variance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, or rules or regulations, in any respect, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, in writing, and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by issuance of an appropriate Change Order or Field Order. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for, and shall bear all costs attributable to work performed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor prior to the issuance of a Change Order or Field Order when any of them know or reasonably should know that it is contrary to such laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, rules or regulations. (g) The Contractor, before commencing work, shall verify all governing dimensions, and shall examine, to the extent reasonable, all adjoining work on which its Work is in any way dependent. No disclaimer of responsibility for defective or non-conforming adjoining work will be considered unless written notice of the same has been filed by the Contractor and agreed to in writing by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, before the Contractor begins any part of the affected Work. (h) The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Drawings, Specifications, instructions, Shop Drawings, product data, or samples for such portion of the Work.
19.2 COPIES OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED: The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will furnish to the Contractor copies of Drawings and Specifications of the Work at reproduction costs (including labor) or electronic copies of Drawings and Specifications in electronic form at no charge.
19.3 UTILITIES: Delays relating to relocation of utilities should be anticipated for Work on or involving City rights- of-way.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to verify all locations of existing structures and utilities shown on the Drawings and to ascertain whether any other structures and utilities exist. The Drawings show available information on the location of existing underground, surface and overhead structures and utilities. However, the Owner does not guarantee the results of the investigations are accurate or complete.
19.4 REQUESTS FOR CLARIFICATION AND INFORMATION: The Contractor shall submit any requests for information or clarification of Drawings and Specifications to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, or to the person who has been designated by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to receive such requests. When the City responds to such requests for information or clarification, it will issue a response which can consist of a written explanation with or without drawings or other information in the City’s sole discretion. Such requests and responses to such requests shall neither authorize nor constitute changes in the Contract Time or Contract Price. If the Contractor believes that the response to any request for information or clarification requires a change in Contract Time or Contract Price, it shall submit a Contractor Change Request in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Page 1249 of 1257
59
The Contractor shall review and attempt to answer requests for information or clarification from its Subcontractors and Suppliers. Such requests shall be encompassed within the Contractor’s request for information or clarification by the Contractor to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, if the Contractor is unable to answer such requests.
19.5 DIMENSIONS: Figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions.
19.6 SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) The Plans will be supplemented by Shop Drawings as necessary to adequately control the Work or as specified. Shop Drawings are not part of the Contract documents. Shop Drawings may consist of drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, calculations, and other data prepared by the Contractor, Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor, which will illustrate how specific portions of the Work shall be fabricated and/or installed in accordance with the Plan details and Specifications. The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings, settings, schedules, and such other Drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of the Work in the shop and in the field as required by the Drawings, Specifications or Project Engineer, or Project Manager’s instructions. (b) Any Work done prior to the Owner's approval of Shop Drawings will be at the Contractor's risk. (c) The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may request additional details and require the Contractor to make changes in the design which are necessary to conform to the provisions and intent of these Specifications without additional cost to the Owner. (d) The Contractor shall submit for approval three (3) hard copies and one electronic copy of all Shop Drawings and descriptive data as applicable showing all features not fully detailed on the Specifications but essential for a completely coordinated installation. After checking, one set will be returned to the Contractor. The Contractor will correct errors in Shop Drawings as directed by the Owner. (e) The Owner’s approval of Shop Drawings indicates only that the type and kind of equipment and general method of construction or detailing are satisfactory and in general compliance with the Contract Documents and design concept of the Project. The Contractor has the responsibility for incorporating into the Work satisfactory materials and equipment meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents, the proper dimensions, and the detailing of connections. Approval of the Shop Drawings by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall not be construed as a complete check and verification, but will indicate that general conformance with the design concept and general compliance with the information given in the Contract has been achieved. Anyinformation or action to be taken as set forth in the Shop Drawings is subject to the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall be notified in writing of any information in the Shop Drawings that deviates from the requirements of the Contract documents. Appropriate actionwill then be taken by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. (f) The Contractor may not construe such approval as a complete check and approval does not indicate the waiver of any Contract requirement. Changes in the Work are authorized only by separate written Change Order. (g) Shop Drawings being returned will be stamped to indicate the following:
• Shop Drawings approved for use in construction will have one of the following statements checked: Approved, No Exception Taken, or Approved as Noted. • Shop Drawings to be corrected or redrawn and resubmitted for approval will have one of the following statements checked: Revise as Noted, Resubmit; orRejected.
(h) If Shop Drawings are returned for correction, corrections shall be made and the corrected drawings shall be resubmitted by the Contractor in the same manner as the first submittal. (i) The time required for approval of each submittal will not exceed four (4) weeks after Shop Drawings are received by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. (j) It is the intent of these Specifications that no more than two submittals will be required. If, however, additional submittals are required by actions of the Contractor, the additional time for Shop Drawing approval will be borne by the Contractor. If additional submittals are required, or if Shop Drawing approval is delayed by actions of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and if the Contractor's controlling operations are delayed or interfered with by reason of the delay in Shop Drawing reviews, an extension of time commensurate with the delay in completion of the Work thus caused will be granted as provided in Subsection 6.7, Determination and Extension of Contract Time for completion (k) All Shop Drawings shall be 36 inches long and 22 inches wide overall. There shall be a two inch margin on the left side of the sheet and one-half inch margin on the other three sides. A blank space, six inches by three inches, shall be left near the lower right-hand corner for an approval stamp. (l) Where design notes or catalogue cuts are required, they may be submitted on 8-1/2 in. x 11 in. sheets in lieu of the size mentioned above. (m) There shall be a title block in the lower right-hand corner of each sheet. The title block shall show the Owner's name, structure number, the location of the structure, and the contents of the sheet.
Page 1250 of 1257
60
(n) The Contract price will include the cost of furnishing all Shop Drawings. Shop drawings and working drawings submitted to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, by the Contractor, Subcontractor or any lower tier Subcontractor pursuant to the Work, may be duplicated by the Owner and the Owner may use and disclose, in any manner and for any purpose such Shop Drawings and Working Drawings delivered under this Contract. 19.7 RECORD DOCUMENTS: (a) The Contractor shall keep one complete set of all current Drawings and Specifications at the work site and available to the Owner and its representatives at all times. The Contractor shall also keep a set of “shop” drawings on-site that contain all changes or deviations from the original drawings neatly marked thereon in brightly contrasting color. This shall be a separate set of drawings, not used for construction purposes, which shall be kept up to date as the job progresses and shall be made available for inspection by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, at all times. Upon completion of the Contract, this set of drawings shall be delivered to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. (b) The Contractor shall keep one record copy of all Amendments, Change Orders, Drawings, Field Orders, Shop Drawings and Specifications in good order. (c) The Contractor shall record any changes made during construction and any discrepancies between the Contract Documents and Work actually performed on the record copies (however minor or seemingly insignificant). The Contractor shall make a set of “Record Drawings” by marking this set of prints with all changes from the original Drawings as Proposal, including all Change Orders, alignment changes, depth changes of underground pipes and utilities, utility locations, and all other items that are not the same as originally drawn. The Contractor shall keep the Record Drawings up to date as the Project progresses. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may require, as a condition of the approval of any progress payment, periodic inspection of the Record Drawings. The Contractor will deliver the Record Drawings to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, upon completion of the Project before Final Payment. (d) All Contract Documents are the property of the Owner and shall not be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than the Work to be performed under the Contract. At Final Acceptance, all Shop Drawings and Record Drawings, including all material in electronic format shall become the property of the Owner. The Contractor will be permitted to maintain a copy of the Drawings, Specifications and Shop Drawings as necessary to maintain a Contract record file. (e) The Contractor shall prepare and keep current a schedule of submittals that shall note all required submittals, submittal dates, required approval dates, and all required delivery dates. 19.8 OPERATING MANUALS AND PARTS LISTS: The Contractor shall submit four (4) complete operating manuals and parts lists to the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, for all items of mechanical and electrical equipment incorporated into the Work.
19.9 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND ALLOWABLE DEVIATIONS: Finished surfaces shall conform with lines, grades, cross sections and dimensions shown on the Approved Plans. Any deviation from the Plans and working drawings, as may be required by the demands of construction, will in all cases be determined by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, and authorized in writing.
19.10 COORDINATION OF SPECIFICATIONS, PLANS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS: The Specifications, the Plans, Special Provisions, and all supplementary Plans and documents are essential parts of the Contract, and a requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be cooperative to describe and provide for a complete Work. In case of discrepancy, figured dimensions, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern over scaled dimensions. Plans shall govern over Specifications and Special Provisions shall govern over both Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall not use to his advantage any apparent error or omission in the Plans or Specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, for his interpretation and decision and such decision shall be final. In the event contradiction and/or conflicts occur in the Specifications not otherwise covered by Special Provisions, the Specifications deemed by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, to be most restrictive shall govern.
19.11 OWNERSHIP OF WORK PRODUCT: Contractor acknowledges that the Work Product and the copyright interest therein are owned by Owner. Contractor shall not be entitled to use the Work Product in connection with any construction other than the Project, and upon the completion of the Work or the termination of the Contract, Contractor shall return to Architect, at its request, all copies of the Work Product except one (1) signed record set of Construction Documents. Any technical models and/or computer files shall be the property of the Owner.
Article 20. RIGHT-OF-WAY
20.1 ACQUISITION OF RIGHT-OF-WAY: Before issuance of Notice to Proceed, the Owner shall obtain all land and right-of-way necessary for carrying out and completion of the Work to be performed pursuant to the Contract, unless
Page 1251 of 1257
61
otherwise mutually agreed. The Owner shall provide to the Contractor information that delineates and describes the lands owned and rights-of-way acquired, when necessary. The Contractor shall confine its operations within the areas designated by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager.
20.2 ACCESS TO RIGHT-OF-WAY: The Owner will make best efforts to provide right of access to all places necessary for the performance of the Work in a timely manner. The Owner will not be liable to Contractor for any delay in providing access for reasons outside the Owner’s control. Nothing contained in the Contract shall give the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the area provided by the Owner. The Owner, other contractors of the Owner and utility companies may enter upon or occupy portions of the land furnished by the Owner for any purpose, but without unreasonably interfering with the completion of the Project. Joint occupancy or use of the territory shall not be the basis of any claim for delay or damages. If any part of the Project requires Work within the right-of-way of a roadway under the jurisdiction of the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) the Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits from CDOT to perform such Work. The Contractor shall conform to all the requirements and restrictions indicated on the permit. The Contractor shall restore the area to its original condition, including reseeding if necessary, at the completion of the Project. The Contractor’s equipment shall not be stored on any traveled highway.
20.3 RIGHTS-OF-WAY: The Owner shall furnish all lands and rights-of-way required for completion of this Contract. In acquiring rights-of-way, the Owner will proceed as expeditiously as possible, but in the event all rights- of-way or easements are not acquired prior to the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall begin Work on such lands and rights-of-way as have been acquired. No claim for damage will be allowed or shall be made by reason of the Owner's delay in obtaining lands, easements or rights-of-way. In the event of litigation or other delays in acquiring rights-of-way, the time allowed herein for completion will be extended to compensate for the time actually lost by such delay. Article 21. SUBMITTALS
21.1 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS: Within thirty (30) days after the date of this Contract, Contractor and Engineer shall jointly prepare a schedule for submittals of shop drawings, samples, schedules and other submittals to be made by the Contractor, the review thereof by Engineer, and responses and resubmittals by Contractor based on the Engineer’s review. Contractor shall incorporate such schedule into the Project Schedule. 21.2 SCOPE OF ENGINEER’S REVIEW: Engineer shall review Contractor’s submittals of shop drawings, samples, schedules and other documents related to items to be incorporated in the Work for aesthetic effect. Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that such submittals conform to the Contract Documents, and the approval of such submittals by Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any deviation of such submittals from the Contract Documents unless the Contractor gives the Engineer specific written notice of such deviation together with such submittal, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors and omissions contained in such submittals.
21.3 REVIEW PROCESS: The review of Contractor’s submittals shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the specifications contained in the Construction Documents. Such specifications will be based on the Standards
Article 22. NOTICES
Notices required in this Contract shall be deemed to have been delivered five (5) business days after actual date of Notice of Award after having been placed in the U.S. mails, sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth in the Contract Award page hereof, or to such other addresses as the parties may mutually designate in writing. All such notices shall be delivered to the parties at the addresses provided in the Agreement or at such other address as Contractor, Owner or Architect may determine for itself by notice given to the other parties. Each notice shall be deemed effective when actually delivered to the address for the party or delivery at such address is tendered and refused or, if the party has multiple addresses, when either actually delivered to, or delivery is tendered and refused at, each of the addresses for the party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, meeting notes and minutes prepared by Contractor shall not constitute notice of any fact regarding which notice is permitted or required to be given under the Contract, regardless of how such notes and minutes are delivered. Article 23. OWNER’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
23.1 OWNER PERFORMANCE: The Owner will furnish the data, perform acts, and make payments as required by the Contract Documents.
The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have authority or control over, nor be responsible for, the Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or safety precautions, or any failure of the
Page 1252 of 1257
62
Contractor to comply with any laws or regulations applicable to the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Owner’s promise to pay for the Work that the Contractor promises to perform is limited by the Owner’s Charter and its ordinances. A payment obligation of the Owner under this Contract, whether direct or contingent, shall extend only to funds appropriated by the Owner Council for the purpose of the Contract, encumbered for the purpose of the Contract and paid into the Owner or otherwise lawfully made available by the Owner. Unless authorized by law, (i) the Owner does not by this Contract irrevocably pledge present cash reserves for payments in future fiscal years, and (ii) this Contract is not intended to create a multiple-fiscal year direct or indirect debt or financial obligation of the Owner. Other limitations are found in the law that the Contractor is presumed to know. Three such limitations on payment are listed below:
a) Under no circumstances will the Owner be liable for any extra Work that has not been authorized by a properly executed Change Order or Field Order.
b) No Change Order, Field Order, or other form of directive to the Contractor shall be issued, and no such order or directive shall be binding if issued, if: (i) it would directly cause the aggregate amount payable under the Contract to exceed the amount appropriated or otherwise lawfully made available for the Contract, or (ii) it would require the Contractor to perform additional compensable work which would cause the aggregate amount payable to exceed such appropriated or provided amount.
c) It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to verify that the amounts already appropriated or otherwise made available for the Contract are sufficient to cover the entire costs of the Work. Any work undertaken or performed in excess of the amount appropriated or otherwise made available is undertaken or performed in violation of the terms of the Contract, without the proper authorization, and at the Contractor’s own risk. Any limitations on the sources of funding for payments made under the Contract are stated in the Contract Documents.
23.2 PROJECT ENGINEER, OR PROJECT MANAGER: The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, is designated by the Owner to exercise all authority on its behalf under the Contract and to see that the Project is completed according to the Contract Documents. The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may be changed by written notice to the Contractor.
The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, may assume exclusive control of the performance of the Contractor in the case of non-performance or if there is an imminent threat to life or safety of persons or property.
The Project Engineer, or Project Manager, will furnish all explanations, directions, stakes or markers, and inspections necessary to carry out and complete the Project. No inspection, explanation or direction by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, shall be deemed authority for Contractor to deviate from the requirement that the Work be performed in accord with the Contract Documents. 23.3 RIGHT TO BAR PERSONS FROM THE WORK OR SITE: The Owner reserves the right to bar any person, including employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors, from the Work site by order of the Project Engineer, or Project Manager. This shall not be treated as a request for the employee’s termination but a request that the employee not be assigned to work on the Owner Work site. No increase in contract time or price is authorized as a result of the Owner’s exercise of this section.
23.4 ACCESS TO WORK: The Owner, its representatives, and participating federal or state agencies and other public authorities having jurisdiction established by law shall have access to the Project and Work site at any time for any purposes, including without limitation inspection, sampling, and testing. The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for access to the Project. Access means wherever and whenever the Work is in manufacture, preparation or progress and includes access to payrolls, records of personnel not protected from disclosure by law, invoices of materials, terms and conditions of sale of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Project, files, records, books, correspondence, instructions, Drawings, receipts, subcontracts, purchase orders, vouchers, memoranda and any other relevant data and records relating to the Contract.
The Owner may, at reasonable times, inspect the part of the plant, place of business or worksite of the Contractor or Subcontractor at any tier that is pertinent to the performance of the Contract.
23.5 INSPECTION: The Owner shall appoint Inspectors to inspect the Project. Inspection may extend to all or any part of the Work. Inspectors are not authorized to alter any Contract Documents or to delay the fulfillment of the Contract by failure to inspect materials and Work with reasonable promptness. Inspectors are not authorized to act
Page 1253 of 1257
63
as foreman for the Contractor.
Article 24. CONCEALED CONDITIONS
24.1 DISCOVERY OF CONCEALED PHYSICAL CONDITIONS: In the event Contractor encounters subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those conditions reasonably inferable from observations of the exposed surfaces of the Site and reports, surveys, assessments, record drawings and other information furnished by Owner or obtained by Contractor, Contractor shall provide Engineer and Owner notice thereof within two (2) business days after first discovering the same and shall suspend those portions of the Work that conflict with such conditions until receipt of further directions from Owner. 24.2 INSPECTION AND DRAWING UPDATE: Contractor and Owner shall inspect and evaluate such conditions, and Owner shall cause the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, if necessary, to prepare appropriate supplemental drawings or instructions to address or accommodate the conditions discovered. 24.3 DELAYS: Delay resulting from the suspension of Work pending the investigation of unforeseen concealed conditions shall be an Owner Delay, but only to the extent that the same causes actual delay in the critical path to complete the Work that satisfies all the requirements necessary to be an Owner Delay under Section 3.4.1 and all the requirements of Section 15.1.5 below.
24.4 CHANGE ORDER: If the actions necessary to address such conditions of the Site increase the Cost of Work or adversely impact the critical path to completion of the Work, Contractor may request that an Agreed Change or Change Directive be issued for changes in the Work reflected in the supplemental drawings or instructions prepared to address such conditions, subject to the provisions of Section 15.1.5 below.
24.5 COSTS
24.5.1 Reasonable Inference - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Sum or extension of the Milestone Schedule, nor shall any Owner Delay be deemed to have occurred,on account of any condition of the Site that was indicated in or reasonably inferable from (i) observations of the exposed surfaces of the Site and reports, surveys, assessments, record drawings and other information furnished by Owner or obtained by Contractor, (ii) a thorough inspection of the Site prior to the commencement of the Work (regardless of whether such thorough inspection was actually conducted), or (iii) other information and documents furnished to Contractor by Owner or others. 24.5.2 GMGC Agreement - If the Agreement is a GMGC Agreement, increases in the Cost of Work (and any associated Construction Fee and General Conditions fee, if applicable) in connection with any Agreed Change or Change Directive under Section 15.1.4 shall be charged to the Contingency, and an increase in the Guaranteed Maximum Price shall be allowed, if at all, only to the extent that such costs exceed the balance of the Contingency.
24.5.3 Disputes - Any dispute as to whether Contractor is entitled to receive an increase in the Contract Sum or extension of the Milestone Schedule on account of concealed conditions ofthe Site shall be a Dispute and shall, at the request of either Contractor or Owner, be submitted to Dispute Resolution.
Article 25. WAIVER
25.1 WAIVER: The waiver of any breach of a term, provision or requirement of this Contract, including the failure to insist on strict compliance or to enforce any right or remedy, shall not be construed or deemed as a waiver of: any subsequent breach of such term, provision or requirement or of any other term, provision or requirement; any right to insist on strict compliance with any term, provision or requirement; or any right to enforce any right or remedy with respect to that breach or any other prior, contemporaneous, or subsequent breach.
25.2 NO WAIVER: No inspection by the Project Engineer, or Project Manager, any other person acting on the Owner's behalf, nor any order, measurement, estimate or certificate by the Architect, nor any order by the Owner for the payment of money, nor any payment for or acceptance of any Work, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the Owner, shall operate as a waiver of any right of Owner arising out of or related to the Contract. No waiver of any breach of the Contract shall be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach thereof. Article 26. OTHER CONDITIONS
Page 1254 of 1257
64
26.1 BINDING CONTRACT: The Contractor binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party to this Contract and to the partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants of this Contract. The Contractor shall not transfer, assign, or subcontract any interest in this Contract. It is agreed that this Contract shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, and successors. 26.2 LEGISLATIVE OR JUDICIAL DECISIONS: If any provision of this Contract is subsequently declared by legislative or judicial authority to be unlawful, unenforceable, or not in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, and regulations of the United States of America and the State of Colorado, all other provisions of this Contract shall remain in full force and effect. 26.3 SUPERSEDING: This Contract represents the entire and integrated Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. This agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both Owner and Contractor. 26.4 PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS: Services and Work performed by Contractor under this Contract shall conform to reasonable and normal professional standards and the Contractor shall conduct himself at all times in a manner consistent with industry standards. 26.5 NOTIFICATION IN WRITING: No assignment of any claim or proceeds under this Contract shall be binding upon the Owner unless it shall be first notified thereof in writing. 26.6 HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY: The headings of the article, clauses, and paragraphs of this Contract are inserted for reference purposes only and are not restrictive as to content. 26.7 ONE INSTRUMENT: This Contract and any subsequent amendment shall be deemed an original having identical legal effect, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. 26.8 THIRD PARTY CLAIMS: Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give any third party any claim or right of action against the Owner which does not otherwise exist without regard to this Contract. 26.9 CALENDAR DAYS: Wherever a number of days is specified in this Contract it shall mean calendar days unless otherwise specified.
26.10 WRITTEN CONSENT: This Contract shall not be assigned, in whole or in part, without the written consent of the Owner and Contractor.
26.11 REALLOCATION OF RESOURCES: When a delay on any aspect of the Work occurs, the Contractor, to the maximum extent possible, shall utilize his resources elsewhere on the project. If the Contractor, after complying the maximum extent possible by the reassignment of his labor force, equipment and materials, alleges to have suffered damages due to delay, and the delay is caused in whole or in part by acts or omissions within the control of the Owner or persons acting on its behalf, then such a claim shall be treated as a change order request and shall be processed in accordance with the change order, audit and inspection requirements specified in the General Provisions or it shall be deemed forever waived. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted so as to allow the Contractor to recover delay damages from the Owner for delays caused by acts of God, the acts or omissions of the Contractor, its subcontractors, employees or agents, or persons over which the Owner has no control.
26.12 DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION: The Owner is a municipality organized within the State of Colorado, and as such is subject to the Colorado Open Records Act, C.R.S. 24-72-201 et. seq (CORA). All Contract Documents, and any documents or reports produced pursuant to this Contract, may be subject to public disclosure. In the event that a party to this Contract receives an Open Records request, they shall notify the other party to this Contract. Contractor may act to protect and defend any of Contractor’s information disclosed to the City and labeled with a recognized privilege against disclosure.
26.13 AUDIT
27.1.1 Records and Reports - The Contractor shall keep and maintain and shall cause its Subcontractors, Suppliers and outside consultants to keep and maintain books, records, accounts and other documents (“records”) that are sufficient to accurately and completely reflect all costs incurred pursuant to the Contract that may be the basis of a Contractor Change Request or a claim by the Contractor. Such records may include the Proposal estimate, receipts, memoranda, vouchers, and accounts of every kind and nature pertaining to the performance of the Work including but not limited to job cost ledgers, invoices from and payments to Subcontractors, Suppliers and materialmen, and records of home and field office overhead, as well as complete summaries and reports setting forth all reimbursable man hours expended and payroll records.
Page 1255 of 1257
65
All such records shall be maintained for a period of three (3) years from the date of Final Payment under the Contract in which the Work is completed. All Subcontractors shall keep and preserve such records accounts for a period of three (3) years from the date of Final Payment under the subcontract.
27.1.2 Access - The Contractor shall permit the Owner and the its auditors to have access to such records and any information or areas as provided in these General Conditions for the purpose of making such financial audits, or verifications as the Owner deems necessary or appropriate concerning the Contractor’s performance under the Contract. Access will be provided at the Contractor’s regular place of business in Colorado at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice.
26.14 FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS: When the United States of America, acting through any of its duly constituted departments or agencies, provides funds to pay for any portion of the costs of Work performed under the Contract, the provisions of the Constitution, Laws of the United States and the rules and regulations promulgated by the department or agency thereof, pertaining to the utilization of such funds, shall be incorporated by reference as a part of the terms and conditions of the Contract and shall be observed by the Contractor. When the United States of America is involved as a result of providing funds to support the Work of the Contract, it may assign observers or inspectors as it deems necessary to ensure that purposes for which the funds were provided are achieved. However, such activity by the United States does not make it a party to the Contract and shall not interfere with the rights of either the Owner or the Contractor. 26.15 DUTIES & REMEDIES: The duties and obligations imposed by, and rights and remedies available under, the Contract Documents shall be in addition to, and shall not be in any way construed to be a limitation of, any duties, obligations, rights, and remedies imposed by or available by law or contract.
26.16 SURVIVAL: All representations, warranties, and guarantees made in the Contract Documents shall survive Final Payment, Final Acceptance, and termination of the Contract for any reason.
26.17 GOVERNMENT IMMUNITY: The City is relying on, and does not waive or intend to waive by any provision of this Contract, the monetary limitations or any other rights, immunities, and protections provided by the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act, §24-10-101, et seq., as from time to time amended, or otherwise available to City, its officers, or its employees. 26.18 CONSTRUCTION: The provisions of the Contract shall be construed as to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to fairly accomplish the purposes and intentions of all Parties, and not for or against any party based upon any attributes to such party of the source of the language in question. No term of this Agreement will be construed or resolved in favor of or against the Owner or Contractor on the basis of which party drafted the uncertain or ambiguous language. Where appropriate, the singular includes the plural and neutral words and words of any gender will include the neutral and other gender. All headings, captions and titles are for convenience and reference only and of no meaning in the interpretation or effect of the Contract.
26.19 NO IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS: No representations, agreements, covenant, warranties, or certifications, express or implied, exist as between the Parties, except as specifically set forth in the Contract.
26.20 FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS OF OWNER: All financial obligations of the City under the Contract are contingent upon appropriation, budgeting, and availability of specific funds to discharge such obligations. Nothing in the Contract shall be deemed a pledge of the City's credit, or a payment guarantee by the City to the Contractor.
26.21 ASSIGNMENT / TRANSFERENCE: The Contractor may not assign or transfer any interest in the Contract, including any money due or to become due, without the express prior written consent of the City.
26.22 AMENDMENTS: The Parties shall only amend the Contract in writing with the proper official signatures and, if required elsewhere in this Contract, on the proper forms.
26.23 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES: The enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Contract and all rights of action relating to such enforcement shall be strictly reserved to the Parties. The Parties expressly intend that any person other than the Owner and the Contractor shall be deemed to be only an incidental beneficiary under this Agreement.
26.24 INDEPENDENT CONTRACT – NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY: Notwithstanding any language in the Contract Documents or any representation or warranty to the contrary, the relationship between the Contractor and the Owner shall be as independent contractors, and neither the Owner nor the Contractor shall be deemed or constitute an employee, servant, agent, partner or joint venture of the other. The Contractor is obligated to pay federal and state income tax on any money earned pursuant to this Contract, and neither the Contractor nor its employees, agents, or representatives are entitled to workers’ compensation benefits unemployment compensation benefits, sick and annual leave benefits, medical insurance, life insurance, or pension or retirement benefits from the Owner.
Page 1256 of 1257
66
26.25 GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION, VENUE: This Contract, and any amendments hereto are governed and to be construed according to the laws of the State of Colorado without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions. For all claims arising out of or related to this Contract, the Contractor consents to the jurisdiction of and exclusive venue in the state courts in the County of Arapahoe, State of Colorado. Contractor waives any exception to jurisdiction because of residence, including any right of removal based on diversity of citizenship. 26.26 ATTORNEY’S FEES AND COSTS: The prevailing party in any litigation to resolve a dispute between the Parties arising from this Contract will be entitled to recover court costs and reasonable attorney fees from the non-prevailing party.
Page 1257 of 1257